AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL SECURITIES CORP
S-3, 1996-07-24
ASSET-BACKED SECURITIES
Previous: EXTENDED STAY AMERICA INC, 8-K, 1996-07-24
Next: INNOVASIVE DEVICES INC, 8-K, 1996-07-24




<PAGE>

              AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                on July 24, 1996
                                           Registration Statement No. 333-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
              -----------------------------------------------------

                   AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation
      (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its governing instruments)

              -----------------------------------------------------

          DELAWARE                                       75-2620414
                                                  -----------------------
  (State of Incorporation)               (I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)



         Before August 9, 1996                     After August 9, 1996
      1845 Woodall Rodgers Freeway           700 N. Pearl Street, Suite 2400
          Dallas, Texas 75201                      Dallas, Texas 75201
(Address of principal executive offices)              (214) 953-7700
             (214) 953-7700



              -----------------------------------------------------

                              H. John Steele, Esq.
                                 Arter & Hadden
                               1801 K Street, N.W.
                                   Suite 400K
                              Washington, DC 20006
                                 (202) 775-7169
                               Fax: (202) 857-0172
                     (Name and address of agent for service)
              -----------------------------------------------------
                    Please send copies of communications to:
          Michael W. Trickey                            Karen H. Cornell
   Senior Vice President of Finance                  Deputy General Counsel
AMRESCO Residential Credit Corporation                   AMRESCO, Inc.
   3401 Centrelake Drive, Suite 480               1845 Woodall Rodgers Freeway
      Ontario, California 91761                       Dallas, Texas 75201
            (909) 605-7600                               (214) 953-7700
         Fax: (909) 941-7619                          Fax: (214) 953-7757

              -----------------------------------------------------

    APPROXIMATE  DATE OF COMMENCEMENT  OF PROPOSED SALE TO PUBLIC.  From time to
time after the effective  date of this  Registration  Statement as determined by
market conditions and pursuant to Rule 415.

    If the only  securities  being  registered  on this Form are  being  offered
pursuant to dividend or interest  reinvestment plans, please check the following
Box. [ ]

    If any of the securities  being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, please check the following box. |X|

    If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

    If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

    If delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]
              -----------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
=================================================================================================================================
                                                          Proposed Maximum               Proposed Maximum
      Title of Securities           Amount Being           Offering Price               Aggregate Offering         Amount of
       Being Registered              Registered               Per Unit*                       Price              Registration Fee
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                               <C>                           <C>                     <C>                        <C>        
Mortgage Loan Asset Backed        $2,000,000,000.00             100%                    $2,000,000,000.00          $689,655.17
Certificates
=================================================================================================================================
<FN>
*   Estimated solely for purposes of calculating the registration fee.
</FN>
</TABLE>

              -----------------------------------------------------

    The  Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission  acting  pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.




<PAGE>




         This  registration  statement  registers  up  to  $2,000,000,000.00  of
mortgage   asset-backed    pass-through   certificates   and   debt   securities
collateralized by various types of mortgage  collateral  described  herein.  The
registration   statement  contains  two  forms  of  prospectuses  covering,  (i)
one-to-four  ("single")  family  residential  first and junior  lien,  fixed and
adjustable  rate mortgage  loans or interests  therein  represented by agency or
private label pass-through securities and (ii)  multifamily/commercial  mortgage
loans.    Each   of   the   single   family   mortgage    prospectus   and   the
multifamily/commercial  prospectus  is  accompanied  by one  or  more  forms  of
prospectus  supplement  describing  certain  structures  that are expected to be
employed by the Registrant. As described in the Prospectus, each transaction may
have Classes of Certificates with various characteristics,  mortgage assets with
various characteristics,  various forms and terms of credit enhancement,  one or
more subservicers,  various underwriting and servicing standards with respect to
mortgage assets,  various tax  consequences  and various other  characteristics,
each  of  which  will be  fully  described  in the  actual  form  of  prospectus
supplement filed pursuant to Rule 424(b).

         The forms of the single family and multifamily/commercial  prospectuses
are similar in many  respects  in that they both relate to real estate  security
for the related  mortgage  obligations.  The primary  differences  between these
prospectuses  are under the captions  addressing  risk  factors,  certain  legal
aspects  of  the  mortgage  loans,  servicing  of the  mortgage  loans  and  the
description  of  the   securities,   as  it  now  appears  more  likely  in  the
multifamily/commercial  context than in the single family  context that internal
cash flow  allocations  (e.g.,  senior/subordinate  securities) will provide the
predominate credit enhancement on those securities.



                                        2

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               CROSS REFERENCE SHEET


                           Items and Caption in Form S-3                       Location in Prospectus

<S>    <C>                                                                     <C>
1.     Forepart of Registration Statement and Outside Front Cover
          Page of Prospectus..............................................     Forepart of Registration
                                                                               Statement and Outside Front
                                                                               Cover Page **

2.     Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of Prospectus............     Inside Front Cover Page and
                                                                               Outside Back Cover Page of
                                                                               Prospectus **

3.     Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
          Earnings to Fixed Charges.......................................     Summary**; The Seller**; Risk
                                                                               Factors**

4.     Use of Proceeds....................................................     Use of Proceeds**

5.     Determination of Offering Price....................................     *

6.     Dilution...........................................................     *

7.     Selling Security-Holders...........................................     *

8.     Plan of Distribution...............................................     Plan of Distribution **

9.     Description of Securities to be Registered.........................     Outside Front Cover; Summary;
                                                                               The Trusts; The Securities;
                                                                               Administration of Agreement
                                                                               and Servicing of Mortgage
                                                                               Loans **

10.    Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.............................     *

11.    Material Changes...................................................     *

12.    Incorporation of Certain Information by Reference..................     Inside Front Cover Page**;
                                                                               Incorporation of Certain
                                                                               Documents by Reference**

13.    Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification for
          Securities Act Liabilities......................................     See Page II-2

- --------------------------
<FN>
*  Answer negative or item inapplicable.
**  To be completed from time to time by Prospectus Supplement.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                                            

                                        3

<PAGE>

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This preliminary prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the  solicitation  of an  offer  to buy nor  shall  there  be any  sale of these
securities  in any State in which  such  offer,  solicitation  or sale  would be
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any
such State.

                 Subject to Completion, Dated ___________, 199__

PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus Dated January 24, 1996)
                                  $____________
     AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__
               $___________ Class A-1 Adjustable Rate Certificates
                          $___________ _____% Class A-2
                        Certificates $___________ _____%
                       Class A-3 Certificates $___________
                          _____% Class A-4 Certificates
                          $___________ _____% Class A-5
                        Certificates $___________ _____%
                       Class A-6 Certificates $___________
                         _____% Class A-7 Certificates*
               $___________ Class A-8 Adjustable Rate Certificates
                                   ----------
                           [Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA
                           Long Beach Mortgage Company
                        Option One Mortgage Corporation]
                                    Servicers
                   AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL SECURITIES CORPORATION
                                    Depositor
                                   ----------
                                      LOGO
                                     AMRESCO
                   AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation

         The  AMRESCO   Residential   Securities   Corporation   Mortgage   Loan
Pass-Through Certificates,  Series 199__-__ (the "Certificates") will consist of
(i) the Class A-1 Certificates,  Class A-2 Certificates, Class A-3 Certificates,
Class A-4 Certificates, Class A-5 Certificates, Class A-6 Certificates and Class
A-7 Certificates (collectively,  the "Fixed Rate Group Certificates"),  (ii) the
Class A-8 Certificates (the "Adjustable Rate Group Certificates");  and together
with the Fixed Rate Group Certificates,  the "Class A Certificates"),  (iii) one
or more classes of subordinate  interest-only  Certificates  and (iv) a residual
class (the "Class R  Certificates";  and  together  with such other  subordinate
Certificates, the "Subordinate Certificates"). Only the Class A Certificates are
offered hereby.

                                  [Surety Name]

         On or before the  issuance  of the  Certificates,  the  Depositor  will
obtain from [Surety Name] (the  "Certificate  Insurer")  two financial  guaranty
insurance  policies  relating  to the  Class A  Certificates  (the  "Certificate
Insurance Policies") in favor of the Trustee. The Certificate Insurance Policies
will in accordance with their  respective terms provide for 100% coverage of the
scheduled  principal  amount  of,  and  scheduled  interest  due on, the Class A
Certificates.

         The Certificates  represent undivided ownership interests in one of two
pools (each,  a "Mortgage  Loan Group") of fixed and  adjustable  rate  mortgage
loans (the "Mortgage Loans") held by AMRESCO Residential  Securities Corporation
Mortgage Loan Trust  199__-__ (the "Trust").  The Fixed Rate Group  Certificates
will represent  undivided  ownership  interests in the Mortgage Loans in Group I
and the  Pre-Funding  Account (as defined  herein)  solely.  The Adjustable Rate
Group Certificates will represent  undivided ownership interests in the Mortgage
Loans in Group II (the Six-Month LIBOR Loans and the 2/28 Loans (each as defined
herein)) and the  Pre-Funding  Account  solely.  All of the  Mortgage  Loans are
secured  solely  by  first  lien  mortgages  or  deeds  of  trust.  The  Class A
Certificates  also represent an undivided  ownership  interest in all monies due
under the  respective  Mortgage  Loans  after  __________,  199__ (the  "Cut-Off
Date"),  security  interests in the  properties  which secure the Mortgage Loans
(the "Mortgaged  Properties"),  the financial guaranty insurance policies, funds
on deposit in certain trust accounts, and certain other property.

         For a discussion of  significant  matters  affecting  investment in the
Certificates,  see "Risk  Factors"  beginning on page S-15 and  "Prepayment  and
Yield Considerations" beginning on page S-47 herein and "Risk Factors" beginning
on page 7 in the Prospectus.
                                                  (Cover continued on next page)
                                   ----------
 THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND 
 DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR, THE SELLER, THE
                           SERVICERS, THE TRUSTEE OR
   ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES. NEITHER THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES NOR THE MORTGAGE
           LOANS ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

<PAGE>

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
                             IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                                   ----------
         The Class A Certificates will be purchased by the Underwriters from the
Depositor  and will be  offered  by the  Underwriters  from  time to time to the
public  in  negotiated  transactions  or  otherwise  at  varying  prices  to  be
determined at the time of sale.  Proceeds to the Depositor  from the sale of the
Class A Certificates will be approximately $__________, plus accrued interest on
the Fixed Rate Group  Certificates  (except the Class A-1  Certificates)  at the
applicable Pass-Through Rate from __________,  199__ to, but not including,  the
Closing Date, before deducting expenses payable by the Depositor estimated to be
approximately $250,000.

         The Class A Certificates  are offered subject to prior sale,  when, as,
and if accepted by the  Underwriters and subject to the  Underwriters'  right to
reject  orders in whole or in part.  It is expected that delivery of the Class A
Certificates  will be made in  book-entry  form  through the  facilities  of The
Depository  Trust Company  ("DTC"),  CEDEL S.A. and the  Euroclear  System on or
about __________,  199__. The Class A Certificates will be offered in Europe and
the United States of America.
- --------
* The Class A-7  Certificate's  Pass-Through Rate is subject to adjustment after
the Clean-Up Call Date, as described in the Summary of Terms herein.
[UNDERWRITER]
                             [UNDERWRITER]
                                                                 [UNDERWRITER]
          The date of this Prospectus Supplement is ___________, 199__


<PAGE>
(Cover continued from previous page)

         The Trust will be created pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement
(the "Pooling and Servicing  Agreement")  to be dated as of  __________,  199__,
among the Depositor,  the Seller,  the Servicers and Bankers Trust  Company,  as
Trustee (the "Trustee").

         The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement provides that additional  Mortgage
Loans (the  "Subsequent  Mortgage Loans") may be purchased by the Trust from the
Depositor from time to time on or before __________, 199__ from funds on deposit
in the Pre-Funding  Account.  Each  Subsequent  Mortgage Loan so acquired by the
Trust will be assigned to one (and only one) of the Mortgage Loan Groups. On the
Closing Date aggregate cash amounts of approximately $__________ and $__________
will be  deposited  with the  Trustee in the  Pre-Funding  Account to be used to
acquire Subsequent Mortgage Loans for Group I and Group II, respectively.

         It is a  condition  to issuance  of the Class A  Certificates  that the
Class A Certificates be rated "Aaa" by Moody's, "AAA" by Standard and Poor's and
"AAA" by Fitch.

         Distributions   of  interest   will  be  made  to  the  Owners  of  the
Certificates  on the 25th day of each month  (or,  if such day is not a business
day, the next business day) beginning __________, 199__. Interest will be passed
through on each Payment Date to the Owners of the Class A Certificates  based on
the related Certificate  Principal Balance (as defined herein),  and at the rate
applicable  to  the  related  Class  of  the  Class  A  Certificates   (each,  a
"Pass-Through  Rate"). On any Payment Date on or prior to the Clean-Up Call Date
(as defined  herein),  the  Pass-Through  Rate for the Class A-7 Certificates is
8.075% and, thereafter, will be the lesser of 8.825% and the weighted average of
the  Coupon  Rates  of the  Mortgage  Loans  in  Group  I,  less  0.64625%.  The
Pass-Through  Rate for the Class A-1 Certificates and the Class A-8 Certificates
adjusts  monthly based upon One-Month  LIBOR (as defined herein) or as otherwise
described  herein.  Distributions  in  reduction  of the  Certificate  Principal
Balances  will be  made on each  Payment  Date  in the  manner  and the  amounts
described herein.  Distributions on the Subordinate Certificates are subordinate
to distributions on the Class A Certificates to the extent described herein.

         The yield to investors on the Class A Certificates sold at prices other
than  par  may be  sensitive  to the  rate  and  timing  of  principal  payments
(including prepayments,  repurchases, defaults and liquidations) on the Mortgage
Loans in the related Group,  which may vary over time. See "Prepayment and Yield
Considerations"  herein and "Risk  Factors" and "Yield,  Prepayment and Maturity
Considerations" in the Prospectus.

         An  election  will be made to treat  certain  assets  of the Trust as a
"real estate mortgage investment conduit" (a "REMIC")
for federal income tax purposes. All of the Class A Certificates will constitute
"regular  interests" in a REMIC. See "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences"
herein and in the Prospectus.
                                   ----------
         UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT, ALL DEALERS
EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE
PROSPECTUS TO WHICH IT RELATES. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS
TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING AS  UNDERWRITERS
AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

         The Certificates offered by this Prospectus  Supplement will be part of
a separate series of Certificates being offered by the Depositor pursuant to its
Prospectus dated January 24, 1996, of which this Prospectus Supplement is a part
and which  accompanies  this  Prospectus  Supplement.  The  Prospectus  contains
important information regarding this offering which is not contained herein, and
prospective  investors  are  urged to read the  Prospectus  and this  Prospectus
Supplement in full.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Depositor has filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission a
Registration  Statement  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 with  respect to the
Certificates.  This Prospectus Supplement and the related Prospectus, which form
a part of the Registration Statement, omit certain information contained in such
Registration  Statement pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the Commission.
The  Registration  Statement can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference
Room of the  Commission at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.,  and the
Commission's regional offices at Seven World Trade Center, 13th Floor, New York,
New York 10048,  and  Citicorp  Center,  500 West  Madison  Street,  Suite 1400,
Chicago,  Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials can be obtained at prescribed
rates from the Public  Reference  Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.

                                REPORTS TO OWNERS

         Monthly and annual reports  concerning the  Certificates  and the Trust
will be sent by the  Trustee to the Owners of Class A  Certificates.  So long as
any Class A Certificate is in book-entry form, such reports will be sent to Cede
& Co., as the nominee of DTC and as Owner of such Class A Certificates  pursuant
to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  DTC will supply such reports to Owners
of any such Class A Certificates in accordance with its procedures.

<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                              Prospectus Supplement

                                                                           Page
                                                                           -----

SUMMARY OF TERMS............................................................S-1
RISK FACTORS...............................................................S-16
THE PORTFOLIO OF MORTGAGE LOANS............................................S-20
     General...............................................................S-20
     Guidelines............................................................S-20
     Prepayment Penalties..................................................S-28
     Representations Relating to the Mortgage Loans........................S-28
     The Servicers.........................................................S-29
     General...............................................................S-39
USE OF PROCEEDS............................................................S-40
THE DEPOSITOR..............................................................S-40
THE SELLER.................................................................S-40
THE MORTGAGE LOAN POOLS....................................................S-40
     General...............................................................S-40
     Initial Mortgage Loans -- Group I.....................................S-41
     Initial Mortgage Loans -- Group II....................................S-45
     Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans...............................S-52
PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS........................................S-52
     General...............................................................S-52
     Mandatory Prepayment..................................................S-53
     Projected Prepayment and Yield for Class A Certificates...............S-53
     Payment Lag Feature of Certain Fixed Rate Group Certificates..........S-58
THE ORIGINATORS............................................................S-58
FORMATION OF THE TRUST AND TRUST PROPERTY..................................S-58
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.....................................................S-59
DESCRIPTION OF THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES....................................S-59
     General...............................................................S-59
     Payment Dates.........................................................S-59
     Distributions.........................................................S-60
     Overcollateralization Provisions......................................S-62
     Crosscollateralization Provisions.....................................S-64
     Pre-Funding Account...................................................S-64
     Capitalized Interest Account..........................................S-65
     Calculation of One-Month LIBOR........................................S-65
     Book Entry Registration of the Class A Certificates...................S-65
     Assignment of Rights..................................................S-68
THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICIES AND THE
     CERTIFICATE INSURER...................................................S-69
THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT........................................S-72
     Covenant of the Seller to Take Certain Actions with Respect
         to the Mortgage Loans in Certain Situations.......................S-72
     Assignment of Mortgage Loans..........................................S-73
     Servicing.............................................................S-74
     Removal and Resignation of a Servicer.................................S-78
     Reporting Requirements................................................S-79
     Removal of Trustee for Cause..........................................S-80
     Governing Law.........................................................S-81
     Amendments............................................................S-81
     Termination of the Trust..............................................S-81
     Optional Termination..................................................S-81
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES....................................S-82
     REMIC Election........................................................S-82
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.......................................................S-83
RATINGS....................................................................S-84
LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS............................................S-84
UNDERWRITING...............................................................S-85
REPORT OF EXPERTS..........................................................S-86
CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS......................................................S-86
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX
  DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES..............................................Annex I
INDEX TO LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL DEFINED TERMS................................A-1
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR
  THE CERTIFICATE INSURER...................................................B-1
UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR
  THE CERTIFICATE INSURER...................................................C-1

<PAGE>
                                   Prospectus

                                                                           Page
                                                                           ----
SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS......................................................  1
RISK FACTORS...............................................................  7
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES............................................ 10
     General............................................................... 11
     Classes of Certificates............................................... 11
     Distributions of Principal and Interest............................... 13
     Book Entry Registration............................................... 14
     List of Owners of Certificates........................................ 14
THE TRUSTS................................................................. 15
     Mortgage Loans........................................................ 15
     Contracts............................................................. 17
     Mortgage-Backed Securities............................................ 17
     Other Mortgage Securities............................................. 17
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT......................................................... 18
SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS AND CONTRACTS.................................. 22
     Payments on Mortgage Loans............................................ 23
     Advances.............................................................. 23
     Collection and Other Servicing Procedures............................. 23
     Primary Mortgage Insurance............................................ 25
     Standard Hazard Insurance............................................. 25
     Title Insurance Policies.............................................. 27
     Claims Under Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies and Standard Hazard
         Insurance Policies; Other Realization Upon Defaulted Loan......... 27
     Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses........................ 27
     Master Servicer....................................................... 28
ADMINISTRATION............................................................. 28
     Assignment of Mortgage Assets......................................... 28
     Evidence as to Compliance............................................. 31
     The Trustee........................................................... 31
     Administration of the Certificate Account............................. 31
     Reports............................................................... 32
     Forward Commitments; Pre-Funding...................................... 33
     Servicer Events of Default............................................ 33
     Rights Upon Servicer Event of Default................................. 33
     Amendment............................................................. 34
     Termination........................................................... 34

USE OF PROCEEDS............................................................ 35
THE DEPOSITOR.............................................................. 35
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE MORTGAGE ASSETS............................... 35
     General............................................................... 35
     Foreclosure........................................................... 36
     Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act............................... 41
     The Contracts......................................................... 41
     The Title I Program................................................... 44
LEGAL INVESTMENT MATTERS................................................... 44
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS....................................................... 45
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES.................................... 47
     Federal Income Tax Consequences For REMIC Certificates................ 47
     Taxation of Regular Certificates...................................... 48
     Taxation of Residual Certificates..................................... 54
     Treatment of Certain Items of REMIC Income and Expense................ 56
     Tax-Related Restrictions on Transfer of Residual Certificates......... 58
     Sale or Exchange of a Residual Certificate............................ 60
     Taxes That May Be Imposed on the REMIC Pool........................... 60
     Liquidation of the REMIC Pool......................................... 61
     Administrative Matters................................................ 61
     Limitations on Deduction of Certain Expenses.......................... 61
     Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors................................. 62
     Backup Withholding.................................................... 63
     Reporting Requirements................................................ 63
     Federal Income Tax Consequences for Certificates as to Which
         No REMIC Election Is Made......................................... 63
     Standard Certificates..................................................63
     Premium and Discount.................................................. 65
     Stripped Certificates................................................. 66
     Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding......................... 69
     Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors................................. 69
     Taxation of Securities Classified as Partnership Interests............ 69
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION....................................................... 70
LEGAL MATTERS.............................................................. 70
FINANCIAL INFORMATION...................................................... 70

INDEX TO LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL DEFINED TERMS...............................A-1


<PAGE>

                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

     This  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by  reference to the detailed
information   appearing   elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus   Supplement  and  the
accompanying Prospectus. Reference is made to the Index to Location of Principal
Defined Terms for the location of certain capitalized terms.

Issuer:                             AMRESCO Residential  Securities  Corporation
                                    Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__ (the "Trust").

Certificates Offered:               $___________   Mortgage  Loan   Pass-Through
                                    Certificates,  Series  199__-__ to be issued
                                    in the following Classes (each, a "Class"):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    Initial Certificate           Pass-Through
                                    Principal Balance                 Rate               Class
<S>                                    <C>                              <C>                      <C>           
                                       $___________                     (1)              Class A-1 Certificates
                                       $___________                   _____%             Class A-2 Certificates
                                       $___________                   _____%             Class A-3 Certificates
                                       $___________                   _____%             Class A-4 Certificates
                                       $___________                   _____%             Class A-5 Certificates
                                       $___________                   _____%             Class A-6 Certificates
                                       $___________                   _____%   (2)       Class A-7 Certificates
                                       $___________                     (3)              Class A-8 Certificates
</TABLE>

                                    (1) On each  Payment  Date,  the  Class  A-1
                                    Pass-Through  Rate  will  be  equal  to  the
                                    lesser of (i) the rate  equal to the  London
                                    interbank  offered rate for one-month United
                                    States dollar  deposits ("One- Month LIBOR")
                                    (calculated as described under  "Description
                                    of the Class A  Certificates  -- Calculation
                                    of One-Month  LIBOR" herein) plus _____% per
                                    annum and (ii) the  weighted  average of the
                                    Coupon Rates on the Mortgage  Loans in Group
                                    I, less  _____% per annum (the  "Fixed  Rate
                                    Group  Available  Funds Cap").  The weighted
                                    average of the Coupon  Rates on the Mortgage
                                    Loans in Group I as of the  Cut-Off  Date is
                                    _____%.

                                    (2) The  Pass-Through  Rate with  respect to
                                    the Class A-7  Certificates  shall as of any
                                    Payment Date after the Payment Date on which
                                    the   Outstanding    Certificate   Principal
                                    Balance has declined to less than 10% of the
                                    original   Certificate   Principal   Balance
                                    ("Clean-Up Call Date") will be the lesser of
                                    8.825% and the Fixed  Rate  Group  Available
                                    Funds Cap.

                                    (3) On each  Payment  Date,  the  Class  A-8
                                    Pass-Through  Rate  will  be  equal  to  the
                                    lesser of (i) with  respect  to any  Payment
                                    Date  which   occurs  on  or  prior  to  the
                                    Clean-Up  Call  Date,   the  rate  equal  to
                                    One-Month  LIBOR plus  _____% per annum (and
                                    for any Payment Date  thereafter,  One-Month
                                    LIBOR plus _____% per  annum),  and (ii) the
                                    weighted  average of the Coupon Rates on the
                                    Mortgage  Loans in Group II, less _____% per
                                    annum (the  "Adjustable Rate Group Available
                                    Funds  Cap").  The  weighted  average of the
                                    Coupon Rates on the Mortgage  Loans in Group
                                    II as of the Cut-Off Date is _____%.

                                    The  Class  A-1   Certificates,   Class  A-2
                                    Certificates,  Class A-3 Certificates, Class
                                    A-4  Certificates,  Class A-5  Certificates,
                                    Class   A-6   Certificates   and  Class  A-7
                                    Certificates  are  collectively  referred to
                                    herein   as   the    "Fixed    Rate    Group
                                    Certificates,"    and    the    Class    A-8
                                    Certificates  are also referred to herein as
                                    the  "Adjustable  Rate Group  Certificates."
                                    The Fixed  Rate Group  Certificates  and the
                                    Adjustable  Rate  Group   Certificates   are
                                    collectively  referred  to as the  "Class  A
                                    Certificates."

Depositor:                          AMRESCO Residential  Securities  Corporation
                                    (the "Depositor"), a Delaware corporation.

Seller:                             AMRESCO  Residential   Mortgage  Corporation
                                    (the "Seller"), a Delaware corporation.

Servicers:                          [Advanta     Mortgage     Corporation    USA
                                    ("Advanta"),    with   principal   executive
                                    offices   located  at  16875  West  Bernardo
                                    Drive, San Diego, CA 92127, Long

                                       S-1

<PAGE>




                                    Beach Mortgage Company ("Long Beach"),  with
                                    principal  executive offices located at 1100
                                    Town and  County  Road,  Orange,  California
                                    92668 and  Option One  Mortgage  Corporation
                                    ("Option  One")  with  principal   executive
                                    offices  at 2020 East  First  Street,  Suite
                                    100,  Santa Ana, CA 92705 (each a "Servicer"
                                    and collectively, the "Servicers").

Trustee:                            Bankers  Trust  Company,  a New York banking
                                    corporation (the  "Trustee").  The Trustee's
                                    principal  executive  office is located at 4
                                    Albany Street, New York, New York 10006.

Cut-Off Date:                       As of the close of business  on  __________,
                                    199__.

Closing Date:                       On or about __________, 199__.

Description of
the Certificates:                   The Mortgage Loan Pass-Through  Certificates
                                    (the  "Certificates")  will  consist  of the
                                    Class A Certificates, one or more classes of
                                    subordinate interest-only Certificates and a
                                    residual  class (the "Class R  Certificates"
                                    and  together  with such  other  subordinate
                                    Certificates,        the        "Subordinate
                                    Certificates").  The  Certificates  will  be
                                    issued  pursuant to a Pooling and  Servicing
                                    Agreement   (the   "Pooling  and   Servicing
                                    Agreement")  to be dated  as of  __________,
                                    199__, among the Depositor,  the Seller, the
                                    Servicers and the Trustee.  Only the Class A
                                    Certificates will be offered hereby.

                                    On  the  Closing  Date,  an  aggregate  cash
                                    amount    of    approximately    $16,400,000
                                    (approximately  $__________  and $__________
                                    of which shall be  allocated  to Group I and
                                    Group  II,   respectively)   (the  "Original
                                    Pre-Funded  Amount")  will be deposited in a
                                    trust  account  in the  name of the  Trustee
                                    (the "Pre-Funding  Account"). It is intended
                                    that  additional  fixed rate and  adjustable
                                    rate Mortgage Loans  satisfying the criteria
                                    specified  in  the  Pooling  and   Servicing
                                    Agreement (the "Subsequent  Mortgage Loans")
                                    will be  purchased  by the  Trust  from  the
                                    Depositor  from  time to  time on or  before
                                    __________,  199__  from funds on deposit in
                                    the  Pre-Funding  Account.  Each  Subsequent
                                    Mortgage  Loan so acquired by the Trust will
                                    be  assigned  to one (and  only  one) of the
                                    Mortgage  Loan  Groups.  As  a  result,  the
                                    aggregate  principal balance of the Mortgage
                                    Loans  in each  Group  will  increase  by an
                                    amount  equal  to  the  aggregate  principal
                                    balance of the related  Subsequent  Mortgage
                                    Loans so  purchased  and the  amount  in the
                                    Pre-Funding  Account  will  decrease  by the
                                    same amount.

                                    As  described  below,  on the Closing  Date,
                                    cash will be  deposited  in the  Capitalized
                                    Interest Account (as defined herein) held by
                                    the  Trustee.   Funds  in  the   Capitalized
                                    Interest  Account  will  be  applied  by the
                                    Trustee  to  cover  shortfalls  in  interest
                                    during  the  Funding  Period  (as  described
                                    under  "Pre-   Funding   Account")   on  the
                                    Certificates  attributable to the provisions
                                    allowing for purchase of Subsequent Mortgage
                                    Loans.

Denominations:                      The Class A  Certificates  are  issuable  in
                                    book   entry   form  in   minimum   original
                                    principal  amounts  of $1,000  and  integral
                                    multiples thereof.

The Mortgage Loans:                 The  mortgage  loans to be  conveyed  to the
                                    Trust by the  Depositor  on the Closing Date
                                    (the "Initial  Mortgage  Loans")  consist of
                                    fixed  and  adjustable   rate   conventional
                                    mortgage loans evidenced by promissory notes
                                    (the "Notes") secured by first lien deeds of
                                    trust,  security  deeds  or  mortgages  (the
                                    "Mortgages"),  which  are  located  in _____
                                    states and the  District  of  Columbia.  The
                                    properties  securing  the  Initial  Mortgage
                                    Loans (the "Mortgaged  Properties")  consist
                                    primarily of single-family residences (which
                                    may be

                                       S-2

<PAGE>

                                    attached,  detached,  part of a  two-to-four
                                    family  dwelling,  a  condominium  unit or a
                                    unit in a  planned  unit  development).  The
                                    Mortgaged  Properties may be  owner-occupied
                                    and    non-owner     occupied     investment
                                    properties.  No Loan-to-  Value Ratio (based
                                    upon   appraisals   made  at  the   time  of
                                    origination)  exceeded 90% as of the Cut-Off
                                    Date.  The  Initial  Mortgage  Loans are not
                                    insured by either  primary or pool  mortgage
                                    insurance   policies;    however,    certain
                                    distributions due to the Owners of the Class
                                    A Certificates (the "Owners") are insured by
                                    the  Certificate  Insurer  pursuant  to  the
                                    Certificate  Insurance  Policy.  See "Credit
                                    Enhancement"  herein. The Mortgage Loans are
                                    not   guaranteed   by  the   Seller  or  any
                                    affiliate thereof.

                                    Unless   otherwise  noted,  all  statistical
                                    percentages  in this  Prospectus  Supplement
                                    are  measured  by  the  aggregate  principal
                                    balance of the Initial  Mortgage  Loans (the
                                    "Original Aggregate Loan Balance") or of the
                                    Initial  Mortgage  Loans  in the  applicable
                                    Mortgage Loan Group,  in each case as of the
                                    Cut-Off      Date.      The      statistical
                                    characteristics  of the Mortgage  Loans will
                                    vary  upon  the  transfer  into  Group I and
                                    Group II of Subsequent Mortgage Loans.

                                    Group I. As of the Cut-Off Date, the average
                                    Loan Balance of the Initial  Mortgage  Loans
                                    in Group I was  $___________;  the  interest
                                    rates (the  "Coupon  Rates") of such Initial
                                    Mortgage  Loans ranged from _____% to _____%
                                    per    annum;     the    weighted    average
                                    Loan-to-Value Ratio of such Initial Mortgage
                                    Loans  was  _____%;   the  weighted  average
                                    Coupon Rate of such Initial  Mortgage  Loans
                                    was  _____%  per  annum;  and  the  weighted
                                    average  remaining  term to maturity of such
                                    Initial Mortgage Loans was _____ months. The
                                    remaining   terms  to  maturity  as  of  the
                                    Cut-Off Date of the Initial  Mortgage  Loans
                                    in Group I ranged  from _____  months to 360
                                    months.  The  maximum  Loan  Balance  of the
                                    Initial  Mortgage Loans in Group I as of the
                                    Cut-Off  Date  was   $___________.   Initial
                                    Mortgage   Loans   in   Group  I   requiring
                                    "balloon" payments represented not more than
                                    _____%  of  the  Original   Aggregate   Loan
                                    Balance  of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans in
                                    Group I. No Initial Mortgage Loan in Group I
                                    will  mature  later than June 1, 2026.  As a
                                    percentage  of the Original  Aggregate  Loan
                                    Balance  of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans in
                                    Group I, _____% were secured by mortgages on
                                    single-family dwellings, _____% by mortgages
                                    on two-to-four  family dwellings,  _____% by
                                    mortgages   on   condominiums,   _____%   by
                                    mortgages  on  planned  unit   developments,
                                    _____% by mortgages on  manufactured  homes,
                                    _____% by mortgages on townhouses and _____%
                                    by mortgages on other dwellings.

                                    All of the Initial Mortgage Loans in Group I
                                    (the "Fixed Rate Loans") bear  interest at a
                                    fixed  rate  for the  life  of such  Initial
                                    Mortgage   Loans.   _____%  of  the  Initial
                                    Mortgage Loans in Group I were originated by
                                    Long  Beach,   and  the  remaining   Initial
                                    Mortgage Loans in Group I were originated by
                                    New  Century  Mortgage   Corporation   ("New
                                    Century").  See "The Initial  Mortgage  Loan
                                    Pools -- Initial  Mortgage Loans -- Group I"
                                    herein. All of the Subsequent Mortgage Loans
                                    to  be   included   in  Group  I  have  been
                                    purchased   by   the   Seller   from   Walsh
                                    Securities,  Inc. and identified for sale to
                                    the Trust.

                                    Group  II.  As  of  the  Cut-Off  Date,  the
                                    average Loan Balance of the Initial Mortgage
                                    Loans  in  Group  II was  $___________;  the
                                    Coupon Rates of such Initial  Mortgage Loans
                                    ranged from _____% to _____% per annum;  the
                                    weighted average Loan-to-Value Ratio of such
                                    Initial  Mortgage  Loans  was  _____%;   the
                                    weighted average Coupon Rate of such Initial
                                    Mortgage Loans was _____% per annum; and the
                                    weighted average  remaining term to maturity
                                    of such  Initial  Mortgage  Loans  was _____
                                    months.  The remaining  terms to maturity as
                                    of the Cut-Off Date of the Initial  Mortgage
                                    Loans in Group II

                                       S-3

<PAGE>

                                    ranged  from _____  months to _____  months.
                                    The  maximum  Loan  Balance  of the  Initial
                                    Mortgage Loans in Group II as of the Cut-Off
                                    Date was  $___________.  None of the Initial
                                    Mortgage Loans in Group II contain "balloon"
                                    payments.  No Initial Mortgage Loan in Group
                                    II will mature later than June 1, 2026. As a
                                    percentage  of the Original  Aggregate  Loan
                                    Balance  of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans in
                                    Group II,  _____% were  secured by mortgages
                                    on two-to-four  family dwellings,  _____% by
                                    mortgages   on   condominiums,   _____%   by
                                    mortgages  on  planned  unit   developments,
                                    _____%   by   mortgages   on   single-family
                                    dwellings,    _____%   by    mortgages    on
                                    manufactured  homes and _____% by  mortgages
                                    on other  dwellings.  See "The Mortgage Loan
                                    Pools -- Initial Mortgage Loans -- Group II"
                                    herein.

                                    All of the Initial  Mortgage  Loans in Group
                                    II have maximum  Coupon Rates.  The weighted
                                    average  maximum  Coupon Rate of the Initial
                                    Mortgage  Loans in Group  II is  _____%  per
                                    annum,  with maximum Coupon Rates that range
                                    from  approximately  _____%  to  _____%  per
                                    annum.  The Initial  Mortgage Loans in Group
                                    II have a weighted  average  gross margin as
                                    of the  Cut-Off  Date of  _____%.  The gross
                                    margin  for the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans in
                                    Group II ranges from _____% to _____%.

                                    _____%  of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans  in
                                    Group II (the "Six-Month  LIBOR Loans") bear
                                    interest  at rates that  adjust,  along with
                                    the related monthly  payments,  semiannually
                                    based  on  Six-Month  LIBOR.  _____%  of the
                                    Six-Month  LIBOR  Loans  have  a  semiannual
                                    reset cap of _____% and a lifetime reset cap
                                    of  _____%.  _____% of the  Six-Month  LIBOR
                                    Loans have a semiannual reset cap of _____%,
                                    substantially  all of which  have a lifetime
                                    reset cap of  _____%.  The  Six-Month  LIBOR
                                    Loans  consist  of  Initial  Mortgage  Loans
                                    aggregating $____________.

                                    _____%  of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans  in
                                    Group II (the "2/28 Loans") bear interest at
                                    a fixed rate of interest for a period of two
                                    years after  origination and thereafter have
                                    semiannual   interest   rate   and   payment
                                    adjustments at  frequencies  and in the same
                                    manner as the Six-Month LIBOR Loans, subject
                                    to a _____%  periodic  rate  adjustment  cap
                                    after the first  adjustment.  The 2/28 Loans
                                    consist    of   Initial    Mortgage    Loans
                                    aggregating $___________.

                                    _____%  of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans  in
                                    Group II were  originated  by Long Beach and
                                    _____% were originated by New Century.

                                    All of the  Subsequent  Mortgage Loans to be
                                    included in Group II have been  purchased by
                                    the Seller from Walsh  Securities,  Inc. and
                                    identified for sale to the Trust.
Final Scheduled
Payment                             Dates: The Final Scheduled Payment Dates for
                                    each of the  respective  classes  of Class A
                                    Certificates are as follows,  although it is
                                    anticipated  that the actual  final  Payment
                                    Date for each Class may occur  earlier  than
                                    the  Final   Scheduled   Payment  Date.  See
                                    "Prepayment   and   Yield    Considerations"
                                    herein.


                                       S-4

<PAGE>
                                                              Final Scheduled
                                                                Payment Date

                                    Class A-1 Certificates:  ____________, _____
                                    Class A-2 Certificates:  ____________, _____
                                    Class A-3 Certificates:  ____________, _____
                                    Class A-4 Certificates:  ____________, _____
                                    Class A-5 Certificates:  ____________, _____
                                    Class A-6 Certificates:  ____________, _____
                                    Class A-7 Certificates:  ____________, _____
                                    Class A-8 Certificates:  ____________, _____

Distributions--General:             On the  25th day of each  month,  or if such
                                    day is not a  Business  Day,  then  the next
                                    succeeding    Business    Day,    commencing
                                    __________,  199__  (each  such day  being a
                                    "Payment   Date"),   the  Trustee   will  be
                                    required to  distribute to the Owners of the
                                    Fixed Rate Group  Certificates  (other  than
                                    the Class A-1  Certificates) of record as of
                                    the   last   day  of  the   calendar   month
                                    immediately  preceding the calendar month in
                                    which such  Payment  Date  occurs and to the
                                    Owners of the Class A-1 Certificates and the
                                    Class A-8  Certificates  of record as of the
                                    day immediately  preceding such Payment Date
                                    (each  such  date,  the  "Record  Date") the
                                    "Class  A   Distribution   Amount"  for  the
                                    related  Class which shall be the sum of (x)
                                    Current   Interest  and  (y)  the  Principal
                                    Distribution  Amount for the  related  Class
                                    (each as defined below).

                                    For each  Payment  Date,  interest  due with
                                    respect to the Fixed Rate Group Certificates
                                    (other than the Class A-1 Certificates) will
                                    be interest which has accrued thereon during
                                    the calendar month immediately preceding the
                                    month in which such Payment Date occurs; the
                                    interest  due with  respect to the Class A-1
                                    Certificates  and the Class A-8 Certificates
                                    will  be  the  interest  which  has  accrued
                                    thereon at the applicable  Pass-Through Rate
                                    from the preceding Payment Date (or from the
                                    Closing  Date  in  the  case  of  the  first
                                    Payment Date) to and including the day prior
                                    to the  current  Payment  Date.  Each period
                                    referred to in the prior  sentence  relating
                                    to the accrual of  interest is the  "Accrual
                                    Period"  for the  related  Class  of Class A
                                    Certificates.  All  calculations of interest
                                    on the Fixed Rate Group Certificates  (other
                                    than the  Class  A-1  Certificates)  will be
                                    made on the basis of a 360-day  year assumed
                                    to   consist   of  twelve   30-day   months.
                                    Calculations  of  interest  on the Class A-1
                                    Certificates  and the Class A-8 Certificates
                                    will  be  made on the  basis  of the  actual
                                    number  of  days   elapsed  in  the  related
                                    Accrual Period and a year of 360 days.

                                    A  "Business  Day" is any day  other  than a
                                    Saturday,  Sunday or a day on which  banking
                                    institutions  in California or New York City
                                    or in the city in which the corporate  trust
                                    office  of  the   Trustee  is  located   are
                                    authorized  or obligated by law or executive
                                    order to close.

Allocations of Interest
and                                 Principal:  The Class A Distribution  Amount
                                    relating to each Group of Mortgage Loans for
                                    each  Payment  Date (to the extent funds are
                                    available therefor) shall be allocated among
                                    the Class A  Certificates  in the  following
                                    amounts  and  in  the  following   order  of
                                    priority:

                                    (i)  First,  to the  Owners  of  each of the
                                    Class A  Certificates  of the related Group,
                                    the related  Current  Interest on a pro rata
                                    basis (in  accordance  with the  amounts  of
                                    such Current  Interest) without any priority
                                    among such Class A Certificates; and


                                       S-5

<PAGE>

                                    (ii)  Second,  to the Owners of the  related
                                    Class  of  Class  A  Certificates   (A)  the
                                    Principal  Distribution  Amount (as  defined
                                    below)   applicable  to  Group  I  shall  be
                                    distributed  as follows:  (I) first,  to the
                                    Owners of the Class A-1  Certificates  until
                                    the Class A-1 Certificate  Principal Balance
                                    is  reduced  to zero;  (II)  second,  to the
                                    Owners of the Class A-2  Certificates  until
                                    the Class A-2 Certificate  Principal Balance
                                    is  reduced  to zero;  (III)  third,  to the
                                    Owners of the Class A-3 Certificates,  until
                                    the Class A-3 Certificate  Principal Balance
                                    is  reduced  to zero;  (IV)  fourth,  to the
                                    Owners of the Class A-4 Certificates,  until
                                    the Class A-4 Certificate  Principal Balance
                                    is reduced to zero; (V) fifth, to the Owners
                                    of the  Class  A-5  Certificates,  until the
                                    Class A-5 Certificate  Principal  Balance is
                                    reduced to zero;  (VI) sixth,  to the Owners
                                    of the  Class  A-6  Certificates,  until the
                                    Class A-6 Certificate  Principal  Balance is
                                    reduced to zero; and (VII)  seventh,  to the
                                    Owners of the Class A-7 Certificates,  until
                                    the Class A-7 Certificate  Principal Balance
                                    is  reduced to zero;  and (B) the  Principal
                                    Distribution  Amount  applicable to Group II
                                    shall be  distributed  to the  Owners of the
                                    Class A-8  Certificates  until the Class A-8
                                    Certificate  Principal Balance is reduced to
                                    zero.

                                    See    "Description    of   the    Class   A
                                    Certificates--Distributions,"  "--Overcolla-
                                    teralization  Provisions" and "--Crosscolla-
                                    teralization   Provisions"   herein   for  a
                                    discussion  of all  transfers  and disburse-
                                    ments  of  funds  held  in  the  Certificate
                                    Account.

                                    "Current  Interest"  with  respect  to  each
                                    Class of Class A  Certificates  means,  with
                                    respect   to  any   Payment   Date  (i)  the
                                    aggregate  amount of interest accrued during
                                    the   preceding   Accrual   Period   on  the
                                    Certificate Principal Balance of the related
                                    Class A  Certificates  immediately  prior to
                                    such Payment  Date plus (ii) the  Preference
                                    Amount (as  defined  below) as it relates to
                                    interest  previously  paid on such  Class of
                                    the  Class  A  Certificates  prior  to  such
                                    Payment  Date plus  (iii) the Carry  Forward
                                    Amount,  if any,  with respect to such Class
                                    of Class A Certificates.

                                    The "Carry  Forward  Amount" with respect to
                                    any  Class of the Class A  Certificates  for
                                    any  Payment  Date  is the  sum  of (x)  the
                                    amount,  if any,  by which  (i) the  Class A
                                    Distribution   Amount  (as  defined  herein)
                                    allocable   to   such   Class   as  of   the
                                    immediately  preceding Payment Date exceeded
                                    (ii) the amount of the  actual  distribution
                                    made to the  Owners of such Class of Class A
                                    Certificates on such  immediately  preceding
                                    Payment  Date plus (y) 30 days'  interest on
                                    the   interest   portion  of  such   amount,
                                    calculated at the related  Pass-Through Rate
                                    in  effect  with  respect  to such  Class of
                                    Class  A  Certificates  as of  such  Payment
                                    Date.

                                    The  Fixed  Rate  Group   Certificates   are
                                    "sequential   pay"  classes  such  that  the
                                    Owners of the Class  A-7  Certificates  will
                                    receive no payments of  principal  until the
                                    Class A-6 Certificate  Principal Balance has
                                    been  reduced  to zero,  the  Owners  of the
                                    Class  A-6  Certificates   will  receive  no
                                    payments  of  principal  until the Class A-5
                                    Certificate   Principal   Balance  has  been
                                    reduced to zero, the Owners of the Class A-5
                                    Certificates  will  receive no  payments  of
                                    principal  until the  Class A-4  Certificate
                                    Principal  Balance has been reduced to zero,
                                    the  Owners of the  Class  A-4  Certificates
                                    will receive no payments of principal  until
                                    the Class A-3 Certificate  Principal Balance
                                    has been reduced to zero,  the Owners of the
                                    Class  A-3  Certificates   will  receive  no
                                    payments  of  principal  until the Class A-2
                                    Certificate   Principal   Balance  has  been
                                    reduced to zero, and the Owners of the Class
                                    A-2 Certificates will receive no payments of
                                    principal  until the  Class A-1  Certificate
                                    Principal Balance has been reduced to zero.


                                       S-6

<PAGE>
                                    The  credit  enhancement  provisions  of the
                                    Trust  result in a limited  acceleration  of
                                    principal  payments  to  the  Owners  of the
                                    Classes  of  Class  A  Certificates   during
                                    certain   periods   and  may  result  in  no
                                    payments of principal being allocated to any
                                    Class  of the  Class A  Certificates  during
                                    certain  periods.  See  "Description  of the
                                    Class        A        Certificates        --
                                    Overcollateralization     Provisions"    and
                                    "Description  of the Class A Certificates --
                                    Crosscollateralization  Provisions"  herein.
                                    Such credit enhancement provisions also have
                                    an effect on the weighted  average  lives of
                                    the Class A  Certificates.  See  "Prepayment
                                    and   Yield   Considerations"   herein.   In
                                    addition, the following discussion makes use
                                    of a number of technical defined terms which
                                    are defined under  "Description of the Class
                                    A        Certificates--Overcollateralization
                                    Provisions" and  "Description of the Class A
                                    Certificates    --    Crosscollateralization
                                    Provisions" herein.

                                    On  each  Payment  Date,   distributions  in
                                    reduction  of  the   Certificate   Principal
                                    Balance of the Class A Certificates  will be
                                    made in the amounts  described  herein.  The
                                    "Principal  Distribution  Amount"  for  each
                                    Mortgage  Loan Group and Payment  Date shall
                                    be the lesser of:

                                    (a) the Total  Available  Funds (as  defined
                                    below) for the related  Mortgage  Loan Group
                                    plus any related Insured  Payments  actually
                                    made by the  Certificate  Insurer  minus the
                                    related Current Interest with respect to the
                                    related Class A Certificates; and

                                    (b) the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of:

                                            (A)  the   Preference   Amount  with
                                    respect to  principal  owed to the Owners of
                                    the  Class A  Certificates  for the  related
                                    Group that remains unpaid as of such Payment
                                    Date;

                                            (B) all  scheduled  installments  of
                                    principal  actually collected or advanced by
                                    the  related  Servicer  during  the  related
                                    Remittance   Period   and  all   unscheduled
                                    collections of principal (other than Prepaid
                                    Installments)   actually  collected  by  the
                                    related    Servicer   during   the   related
                                    Prepayment Period;

                                            (C)  the  principal  portion  of the
                                    Loan  Purchase  Price  with  respect to each
                                    Mortgage  Loan in the related  Mortgage Loan
                                    Group  that was  repurchased  on or prior to
                                    the related Monthly  Remittance Date, to the
                                    extent such  amount is actually  received by
                                    the  Trustee  on or  prior  to  the  related
                                    Monthly Remittance Date;

                                            (D) any Substitution  Amounts (i.e.,
                                    the excess, if any, of the Loan Balance of a
                                    Mortgage   Loan  being   replaced  over  the
                                    outstanding    principal    balance   of   a
                                    replacement  Mortgage Loan) delivered on the
                                    related    Monthly    Remittance   Date   in
                                    connection with a substitution of a Mortgage
                                    Loan in the related  Mortgage Loan Group, to
                                    the extent  such  Substitution  Amounts  are
                                    actually received by the Trustee on or prior
                                    to the related Monthly Remittance Date;

                                            (E)  all  Net  Liquidation  Proceeds
                                    actually  collected by the related  Servicer
                                    with  respect to the  Mortgage  Loans in the
                                    related   Mortgage  Loan  Group  during  the
                                    related  Prepayment  Period  (to the  extent
                                    such Net Liquidation Proceeds are related to
                                    principal)    to   the   extent   such   Net
                                    Liquidation  Proceeds are actually  received
                                    by the  Trustee  on or prior to the  related
                                    Monthly Remittance Date;

                                       S-7

<PAGE>
                                            (F) the amount of any  Subordination
                                    Deficit with respect to the related Mortgage
                                    Loan Group for such Payment Date;

                                            (G)  the  portion  of  the  proceeds
                                    received   with   respect  to  the   related
                                    Mortgage  Loan  Group  by the  Trustee  upon
                                    termination of the Trust (to the extent such
                                    proceeds relate to principal);

                                            (H) with respect to each Group,  any
                                    moneys   released   from  the  Pre-  Funding
                                    Account as a prepayment of the related Class
                                    of Class A Certificates  on the Payment Date
                                    which  immediately  follows  the  end of the
                                    Funding Period; and

                                            (I) the amount of any  Subordination
                                    Increase  Amount with respect to the related
                                    Mortgage Loan Group for such Payment Date to
                                    the extent of any Net  Monthly  Excess  Cash
                                    Flow available for such purpose;

                                                       over

                                    (ii)  the   amount   of  any   Subordination
                                    Reduction Amount with respect to the related
                                    Mortgage Loan Group for such Payment Date.

                                    The "Remittance  Period" with respect to any
                                    Monthly   Remittance   Date  is  the  period
                                    commencing  on the  second  day of the month
                                    preceding  the  month in which  the  Monthly
                                    Remittance  Date  occurs  and  ending on the
                                    first day of the month in which such Monthly
                                    Remittance    Date   occurs.    A   "Monthly
                                    Remittance  Date" is any date on which funds
                                    on deposit  in the  Principal  and  Interest
                                    Account  are  required to be remitted by the
                                    Servicers to the Certificate Account,  which
                                    is the  20th day of each  month,  or if such
                                    day  is  not  a  Business   Day,   the  next
                                    succeeding   Business  Day,   commencing  in
                                    __________,  199__.  The  Prepayment  Period
                                    with respect to any Monthly  Remittance Date
                                    is the period  commencing on the 16th day of
                                    the month  preceding  the month in which the
                                    Monthly Remittance Date occurs and ending on
                                    the  15th day of the  month  in  which  such
                                    Monthly  Remittance Date occurs (except that
                                    the first  Prepayment  Period shall commence
                                    on __________,  199__ and end on __________,
                                    199__).

                                    A "Liquidated Mortgage Loan" is, in general,
                                    a  defaulted  Mortgage  Loan as to which the
                                    Servicer  has  determined  that all  amounts
                                    that it expects to recover on such  Mortgage
                                    Loan have been  recovered  (exclusive of any
                                    possibility of a deficiency judgment).

                                    The Owners of the Class A  Certificates  are
                                    entitled  to receive  ultimate  recovery  of
                                    Realized  Losses  which occur in the related
                                    Mortgage  Loan  Group  to  the  extent  such
                                    Realized   Losses  create  a   Subordination
                                    Deficit in the related  Mortgage Loan Group,
                                    and  payment in recovery of such losses will
                                    be in the form of an Insured  Payment on the
                                    next  following  Payment Date if not covered
                                    through Net Monthly Excess Cashflow from the
                                    related     Mortgage     Loan    Group    or
                                    crosscollateralization    from   the   other
                                    Mortgage Loan Group.

                                    A "Subordination  Deficit" with respect to a
                                    Mortgage  Loan  Group and a Payment  Date is
                                    the amount, if any, by which (x) the related
                                    Certificate Principal Balance,  after taking
                                    into account all distributions to be made on
                                    such  Payment  Date,  exceeds (y) the sum of
                                    (i)  the  aggregate  Loan  Balances  of  the
                                    Mortgage Loans in the related  Mortgage Loan
                                    Group  as of the  close of  business  on the
                                    last day of the  related  Prepayment  Period
                                    and (ii) the respective  amount,  if any, on
                                    deposit in the Pre-Funding Account as of the
                                    close of business on the

                                       S-8

<PAGE>
                                    last day of the related Remittance Period in
                                    respect of such Mortgage Loan Group.

                                    "Preference   Amount"   means   any   amount
                                    previously  distributed  to  an  Owner  on a
                                    Class A Certificate  that is recoverable and
                                    sought  to  be   recovered   as  a  voidable
                                    preference by a trustee in bankruptcy  under
                                    the United States Bankruptcy Code as amended
                                    from  time to  time,  in  accordance  with a
                                    final  nonappealable order of a court having
                                    competent jurisdiction.

                                    A   "Subordination   Increase  Amount"  with
                                    respect to a Mortgage Loan Group and Payment
                                    Date is the  amount  of Net  Monthly  Excess
                                    Cashflow actually applied as an acceleration
                                    of   principal   on  the  related   Class  A
                                    Certificates until the related Subordination
                                    Deficiency  Amount  (i.e.,  generally,   the
                                    excess,    if   any,   of   the    Specified
                                    Subordinated  Amount  over the  Subordinated
                                    Amount) is reduced to zero. A "Subordination
                                    Reduction Amount" with respect to a Mortgage
                                    Loan Group and a Payment  Date is the amount
                                    of principal on the related  Mortgage  Loans
                                    that would  otherwise be paid to the related
                                    Class   A   Certificates   and  is   instead
                                    available   to   satisfy   other  cash  flow
                                    priorities    of   the   Trust,    including
                                    distributions  to the  Owners of the Class R
                                    Certificates  until the Excess  Subordinated
                                    Amount (i.e., generally, the excess, if any,
                                    of  the   Subordinated   Amount   over   the
                                    Specified Subordinated Amount) is reduced to
                                    zero.   Net   Monthly    Excess    Cashflow,
                                    Subordination  Deficiency Amount,  Specified
                                    Subordinated Amount, Subordinated Amount and
                                    Excess  Subordinated  Amount are  defined in
                                    "Description      of     the     Class     A
                                    Certificates--Overcollateralization
                                    Provisions--Overcollateralization       from
                                    Cashflow Structure" herein.

Servicing:                          [Advanta,  Long Beach and  Option  One] will
                                    each serve as a Servicer  under the  Pooling
                                    and  Servicing  Agreement  with  respect  to
                                    certain  Mortgage Loans.  Each Servicer will
                                    be  responsible  for  the  servicing  of the
                                    related Mortgage Loans and will receive from
                                    interest   collected   on   the   applicable
                                    Mortgage  Loans a monthly  servicing  fee on
                                    each such  Mortgage  Loan  equal to the Loan
                                    Balance as of the  beginning  of the related
                                    Remittance    Period   multiplied   by   the
                                    applicable Servicing Fee Rate (such product,
                                    the "Servicing  Fee").  See "The Pooling and
                                    Servicing Agreement-- Servicing" herein.

                                    Each  Servicer  is  obligated  to make  cash
                                    advances   ("Advances")   with   respect  to
                                    delinquent  payments  of  principal  of  and
                                    interest on any  Mortgage  Loan,  other than
                                    Balloon  Payments  with  respect  to Balloon
                                    Mortgage Loans, serviced by it to the extent
                                    described   in    "Servicing   of   Mortgage
                                    Loans--Advances" herein. The Trustee will be
                                    obligated  as a  successor  servicer to make
                                    any such Advance if a Servicer  fails in its
                                    obligation to do so, to the extent  provided
                                    in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

Credit Enhancement:                 The  Credit  Enhancement  provided  for  the
                                    benefit   of  the  Owners  of  the  Class  A
                                    Certificates    consists    of    (x)    the
                                    overcollateralization                    and
                                    crosscollateralization    mechanics    which
                                    utilize the internal cash flows of the Trust
                                    and (y) the Certificate  Insurance  Policies
                                    (as defined below).

                                    Overcollateralization.       The      credit
                                    enhancement  provisions  of the Trust result
                                    in a limited  acceleration of payment of the
                                    Class  A  Certificates  (in  the  aggregate)
                                    relative to the  amortization of the related
                                    Mortgage  Loans until the required  level of
                                    overcollateralization    is   reached.   The
                                    accelerated  amortization is achieved by the
                                    application  of certain  excess  interest to
                                    the   payment   of   Class   A   Certificate
                                    principal.    This   acceleration    feature
                                    creates,  with respect to each Mortgage Loan
                                    Group,   overcollateralization   (i.e.,  the
                                    excess of the aggregate

                                       S-9

<PAGE>
                                    outstanding  Loan  Balances of the  Mortgage
                                    Loans in the  related  Mortgage  Loan Group,
                                    over   the   aggregate   related   Class   A
                                    Certificate  Principal  Balance).  Once  the
                                    required level of  overcollateralization  is
                                    reached,   and  subject  to  the  provisions
                                    described   in  the  next   paragraph,   the
                                    acceleration   feature  will  cease,   until
                                    necessary to maintain the required  level of
                                    overcollateralization.

                                    The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides
                                    that,  subject to certain  floors,  caps and
                                    triggers,     the    required    level    of
                                    overcollateralization   with  respect  to  a
                                    Mortgage Loan Group may increase or decrease
                                    over time.  An  increase  would  result in a
                                    temporary period of accelerated amortization
                                    of the Class A Certificates  to increase the
                                    actual level of overcollateralization to its
                                    required level; a decrease would result in a
                                    temporary period of decelerated amortization
                                    to    reduce    the    actual    level    of
                                    overcollateralization to its required level.
                                    See "Description of the Class A Certificates
                                    -- Overcollateralization Provisions" herein.

                                    As a result of the "sequential  pay" feature
                                    of the Fixed  Rate Group  Certificates,  any
                                    such  accelerated  principal will be paid to
                                    that   class  of  the   Fixed   Rate   Group
                                    Certificates   then   entitled   to  receive
                                    distributions of principal.

                                    Crosscollateralization.  In  addition to the
                                    foregoing,   the   Pooling   and   Servicing
                                    Agreement     provides    for    crosscolla-
                                    teralization   through  the  application  of
                                    certain  excess  amounts  generated  by  one
                                    Mortgage  Loan Group to fund  shortfalls  in
                                    Available    Funds    and    the    required
                                    overcollateralization  level  in  the  other
                                    Mortgage  Loan  Group,  subject  to  certain
                                    prior debt  service  and credit  enhancement
                                    requirements of such Mortgage Loan Group.

                                    See "Prepayment  and Yield  Considerations",
                                    "Description  of the Class A  Certificates--
                                    Overcollateralization     Provisions"    and
                                    "Description  of the Class A  Certificates--
                                    Crosscollateralization   Provisions"  herein
                                    and "Credit Enhancement" in the Prospectus.

                                    Certificate   Insurance  Policies.   [Surety
                                    Name] (the "Certificate Insurer") will issue
                                    the financial  guaranty  insurance  policies
                                    (the "Certificate Insurance Policies"),  one
                                    with   respect   to  the  Fixed  Rate  Group
                                    Certificates  and one  with  respect  to the
                                    Adjustable Rate Group Certificates, pursuant
                                    to   which   it   will    irrevocably    and
                                    unconditionally  guarantee  payment  on each
                                    Payment  Date to the Trustee for the benefit
                                    of the  Owners  of  each  Class  of  Class A
                                    Certificates  of  an  amount  equal  to  the
                                    Insured Distribution Amount for such Payment
                                    Date. The amount of the actual  payment,  if
                                    any, made by the Certificate  Insurer to the
                                    Owners of the Class A Certificates under the
                                    related Certificate Insurance Policy on each
                                    Payment Date (the "Insured  Payment") is the
                                    sum  of (i)  any  shortfall  in  the  amount
                                    required  to pay the  Subordination  Deficit
                                    for such  Payment  Date from a source  other
                                    than  the  related   Certificate   Insurance
                                    Policy,  (ii) any  shortfall  in the  amount
                                    required  to pay Current  Interest  for such
                                    Payment  Date from a source  other  than the
                                    related  Certificate  Insurance  Policy  and
                                    (iii) any  shortfall in the amount  required
                                    to  pay  the  Preference   Amount  for  such
                                    Payment  Date from a source  other  than the
                                    related  Certificate  Insurance Policy.  The
                                    effect of the Certificate Insurance Policies
                                    is  to  guaranty   the  timely   payment  of
                                    interest on, and the ultimate payment of the
<PAGE>



                                    principal  amount of,  each Class of Class A
                                    Certificates.  No  payments  in  respect  of
                                    principal will be made under the Certificate
                                    Insurance  Policies  unless a  Subordination
                                    Deficit occurs.

                                    Except upon the  occurrence  of a default by
                                    the  Certificate  Insurer,  the  Certificate
                                    Insurer  shall  have the  right to  exercise
                                    certain  rights of the Owners of the related
                                    Class A  Certificates,  as  specified in the
                                    Pooling and Servicing

                                      S-10

<PAGE>
                                    Agreement,   without  any  consent  of  such
                                    Owners;  and such Owners may  exercise  such
                                    rights only with the prior  written  consent
                                    of  the  Certificate   Insurer,   except  as
                                    provided  in  the   Pooling  and   Servicing
                                    Agreement.  In  addition,  to the  extent of
                                    unreimbursed  payments under the Certificate
                                    Insurance Policies,  the Certificate Insurer
                                    will  be  subrogated  to the  rights  of the
                                    Owners of the related  Class A  Certificates
                                    on which such Insured Payments were made. In
                                    connection  with each  Insured  Payment on a
                                    related Class A Certificate, the Trustee, as
                                    attorney-in-fact for the Owner thereof, will
                                    be  required  to assign  to the  Certificate
                                    Insurer   the  rights  of  such  Owner  with
                                    respect  to the Class A  Certificate  to the
                                    extent of such Insured Payment.

                                    The  Certificate  Insurance  Policies do not
                                    guarantee any specified rate of prepayments,
                                    nor do the  Certificate  Insurance  Policies
                                    provide funds to redeem the  Certificates on
                                    any   specified    date.   The   Certificate
                                    Insurer's  obligation  under the Certificate
                                    Insurance Policies will be discharged to the
                                    extent  that  funds  are   received  by  the
                                    Trustee  for  distribution  to the Owners of
                                    the   Class   A   Certificates.   See   "The
                                    Certificate   Insurance   Policies  and  the
                                    Certificate Insurer" herein.

Pre-Funding Account:                On the Closing Date, the Original Pre-Funded
                                    Amount will be deposited in the  Pre-Funding
                                    Account  which  account  will be in the name
                                    of, and maintained by, the Trustee on behalf
                                    of the Trust and used to acquire  Subsequent
                                    Mortgage  Loans for  addition to Group I and
                                    Group II. With respect to each Group, during
                                    the period (the  "Funding  Period") from and
                                    including   the   Closing   Date  until  the
                                    earliest of (i) the date on which the amount
                                    on deposit in the Pre- Funding  Account with
                                    respect  to the  related  Group is less than
                                    $100,000,  and (ii)  __________,  199__, the
                                    Pre-Funded  Amount will be maintained in the
                                    Pre-   Funding    Account.    The   Original
                                    Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced during the
                                    Funding Period by the amount thereof used to
                                    purchase   Subsequent   Mortgage   Loans  in
                                    accordance  with the Pooling  and  Servicing
                                    Agreement.  The  amount  on  deposit  in the
                                    Pre-Funding  Account  at  any  time  is  the
                                    "Pre-Funded  Amount".   Subsequent  Mortgage
                                    Loans purchased by and added to the Trust on
                                    any  date  (each,  a  "Subsequent   Transfer
                                    Date") must  satisfy the  criteria set forth
                                    in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  Any
                                    Pre-Funded  Amount  remaining  at the end of
                                    the  Funding  Period for the  related  Group
                                    will be  distributed  to the  Owners  of the
                                    related Class of Class A  Certificates  then
                                    entitled   to   receive   distributions   of
                                    principal   on   the   Payment   Date   that
                                    immediately  follows the end of such Funding
                                    Period  in  reduction  of  the   Certificate
                                    Principal    Balance    of   such    Owners'
                                    Certificates,  thus  resulting  in a partial
                                    principal  prepayment of such Class of Class
                                    A  Certificates  as  specified  herein under
                                    "Description    of    the     Certificates--
                                    Distributions."   All   interest  and  other
                                    investment earnings on amounts on deposit in
                                    the Pre-Funding Account will be deposited in
                                    the  Capitalized   Interest   Account.   The
                                    Pre-Funding  Account will not be an asset of
                                    the REMIC (as defined herein).

                                    Although no  assurance  can be given,  it is
                                    intended  that  the   principal   amount  of
                                    Subsequent  Mortgage Loans sold to the Trust
                                    and   added  to  the  Trust   will   require
                                    application  of  substantially  all  of  the
                                    Original  Pre-Funded  Amount  and  it is not
                                    intended  that  there  will be any  material
                                    amount of  principal  prepaid to the holders
                                    of any  Class  of the  Class A  Certificates
                                    from the Pre-Funding  Account.  In the event
                                    that  the   Depositor   is  unable  to  sell
                                    Subsequent Mortgage Loans to the Trust in an
                                    amount  equal  to  the  Original  Pre-Funded
                                    Amount,  principal  prepayments to Owners of
                                    the   related   Class   of   the   Class   A
                                    Certificates  will  occur no later  than the
                                    Payment Date in ________  199__ in an amount
                                    equal to

                                      S-11

<PAGE>

                                    the  Pre-Funded  Amount with  respect to the
                                    related Mortgage Loan Group remaining at the
                                    end of the Funding Period.

Capitalized Interest Account:       On the Closing Date,  cash will be deposited
                                    in  a  trust   account   (the   "Capitalized
                                    Interest  Account")  in  the  name  of,  and
                                    maintained  by, the Trustee on behalf of the
                                    Trust.   The   amount  on   deposit  in  the
                                    Capitalized   Interest  Account,   including
                                    reinvestment income thereon, will be used by
                                    the Trustee to fund the  excess,  if any, of
                                    (i)  the  sum  of  the  amount  of  interest
                                    accruing  during the related  Accrual Period
                                    on  the   amount  by  which  the   aggregate
                                    Certificate Principal Balance of the related
                                    Class of Class A  Certificates  exceeds  the
                                    aggregate Loan Balance of the Mortgage Loans
                                    in the  related  Group plus the  Trustee Fee
                                    and  Premium  Amount  with  respect  to each
                                    Certificate Insurance Policy accruing during
                                    the  related  Accrual  Period on such excess
                                    balance   over   (ii)  the   amount  of  any
                                    reinvestment  income on monies on deposit in
                                    the  Pre-Funding  Account;  such  amounts on
                                    deposit will be so applied by the Trustee on
                                    the Payment  Date in ________  199__ to fund
                                    such excess,  if any. Any amounts  remaining
                                    in  the  Capitalized  Interest  Account  not
                                    needed for such  purpose will be paid to the
                                    Depositor at the end of the Funding  Period.
                                    The Capitalized Interest Account will not be
                                    an asset of the REMIC (as defined herein).

Mandatory Prepayment of
Certificates:                       In the event that at the end of the  Funding
                                    Period,  not all of the Original Pre- Funded
                                    Amount has been used to  acquire  Subsequent
                                    Mortgage  Loans,  then  the  Owners  of  the
                                    related Class of Class A  Certificates  then
                                    entitled   to   receive   distributions   of
                                    principal will receive a prepayment no later
                                    than the Payment  Date in ________  199__ in
                                    an  amount  equal  to  the  portion  of  the
                                    Original  Pre- Funded  Amount  remaining and
                                    allocable to the related Group.

Optional Termination:               The Owners of Class R Certificates will have
                                    the right to purchase all the Mortgage Loans
                                    on any  Monthly  Remittance  Date  after the
                                    Clean-Up  Call Date.  If such  Owners do not
                                    exercise such right, the Servicers will also
                                    have the right,  collectively,  to  purchase
                                    all of the Mortgage Loans they are servicing
                                    on any  monthly  Remittance  Date  when  the
                                    outstanding  Certificate  Principal  Balance
                                    has  declined to 5% or less of the  original
                                    Certificate  Principal  Balance  and, if the
                                    Servicers  do not exercise  such right,  the
                                    Certificate  Insurer  shall have such right.
                                    Any such  purchase by the  Servicers  or the
                                    Certificate  Insurer  will be required to be
                                    made on the same Payment  Date,  so that the
                                    Trust  would  be   liquidated  on  the  next
                                    succeeding  Payment  Date.  See "The Pooling
                                    and      Servicing       Agreement--Optional
                                    Termination" herein.

Book-Entry Registration
of the Class A
Certificates:                       The Class A  Certificates  will initially be
                                    issued in book-entry form. Persons acquiring
                                    beneficial ownership interests in such Class
                                    A  Certificates  ("Beneficial  Owners")  may
                                    elect to hold their  interests  through  The
                                    Depository  Trust  Company  ("DTC"),  in the
                                    United  States,  or Centrale de Livraison de
                                    Valeurs  Mobilieres,  S.A.  ("CEDEL") or the
                                    Euroclear System  ("Euroclear"),  in Europe.
                                    Transfers within DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear, as
                                    the case may be, will be in accordance  with
                                    the usual rules and operating  procedures of
                                    the relevant system.  So long as the Class A
                                    Certificates are Book-Entry Certificates (as
                                    defined herein),  such  Certificates will be
                                    evidenced   by  one  or  more   Certificates
                                    registered   in  the  name  of  Cede  &  Co.
                                    ("Cede"),  as the  nominee  of DTC or one of
                                    the  European  Depositaries.   Cross  market
                                    transfers  between persons holding  directly
                                    or indirectly  through DTC, on the one hand,
                                    and   counterparties   holding  directly  or
                                    indirectly  through CEDEL or  Euroclear,  on
                                    the other, will be

                                      S-12

<PAGE>

                                    effected  by  DTC  through   Citibank   N.A.
                                    ("Citibank")   or  Morgan   Guaranty   Trust
                                    Company of New York ("Morgan",  and together
                                    with Citibank, the "European Depositaries"),
                                    the  relevant   depositaries  of  CEDEL  and
                                    Euroclear,    respectively,   and   each   a
                                    participating  member  of DTC.  The  Class A
                                    Certificates will initially be registered in
                                    the  name  of  Cede.  The  interests  of the
                                    Owners   of   such   Certificates   will  be
                                    represented by  book-entries  on the records
                                    of DTC and participating members thereof. No
                                    Beneficial Owner will be entitled to receive
                                    a definitive  certificate  representing such
                                    person's interest,  except in the event that
                                    Definitive  Certificates (as defined herein)
                                    are issued  under the limited  circumstances
                                    described  herein.  All  references  in this
                                    Prospectus   Supplement   to  any   Class  A
                                    Certificates    reflect    the   rights   of
                                    Beneficial Owners only as such rights may be
                                    exercised  through DTC and its participating
                                    organizations  for so long  as such  Class A
                                    Certificates    are   held   by   DTC.   See
                                    "Description  of the Class A Certificates --
                                    Book-Entry   Registration  of  the  Class  A
                                    Certificates"  herein,  and  Annex I hereto,
                                    and   "Description  of  the   Certificates--
                                    Book-Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

Ratings:                            It is a condition of issuance of the Class A
                                    Certificates  that the Class A  Certificates
                                    receive  ratings  of  "AAA"  by  Standard  &
                                    Poor's,   A  Division  of  The   McGraw-Hill
                                    Companies  ("Standard  & Poor's"),  "Aaa" by
                                    Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"),
                                    and "AAA" by Fitch Investors  Service,  L.P.
                                    ("Fitch").  Standard & Poor's,  Moody's  and
                                    Fitch are referred to herein collectively as
                                    the "Rating  Agencies." A security rating is
                                    not a  recommendation  to buy,  sell or hold
                                    securities,  and may be subject to  revision
                                    or  withdrawal  at any time by the assigning
                                    entity.    See    "Prepayment    and   Yield
                                    Considerations"  and  "Ratings"  herein.  No
                                    person is  obligated  to maintain any rating
                                    on any Certificate, and, accordingly,  there
                                    can  be  no   assurance   that  the  ratings
                                    assigned to any Class of  Certificates  upon
                                    initial issuance thereof will not be lowered
                                    or withdrawn at any time thereafter.

Risk Factors:                       Credit Considerations.  For information with
                                    regard  to  the  Mortgage  Loans  and  their
                                    related risks,  see "Risk  Factors--Risk  of
                                    Higher    Delinquencies    Associated   with
                                    Guidelines"  and "The  Mortgage  Loan  Pool"
                                    herein.

                                    Prepayment  Considerations.  For information
                                    regarding the consequences of prepayments of
                                    the Mortgage Loans and of the failure of the
                                    Depositor  to  convey  Subsequent   Mortgage
                                    Loans to the Trust during the Funding Period
                                    in  an   amount   equal   to  the   Original
                                    Pre-Funded Amount, see "Prepayment and Yield
                                    Considerations"    and    "Risk    Factors--
                                    Sensitivity  to   Prepayments"   and  "--The
                                    Subsequent    Mortgage    Loans    and   the
                                    Pre-Funding Account" herein.

                                    Other  Considerations.  For a discussion  of
                                    other risk factors that should be considered
                                    by  prospective  investors  in the  Class  A
                                    Certificates,  see "Risk Factors" herein and
                                    in the Prospectus.

Federal Tax Aspects:                An election  will be made to treat the Trust
                                    Estate (exclusive of the Pre-Funding Account
                                    and  the   Capitalized   Interest   Account)
                                    created  by  the   Pooling   and   Servicing
                                    Agreement   as  a  "real   estate   mortgage
                                    investment    conduit"    ("REMIC").     The
                                    Certificates   (other   than  the   Class  R
                                    Certificates)   will   constitute   "regular
                                    interests"   in  the  REMIC.   The  Class  R
                                    Certificates   will  be  designated  as  the
                                    "residual interest" in the REMIC.
<PAGE>

                                    Owners   of  the   Class   A   Certificates,
                                    including   Owners  that  generally   report
                                    income  on the cash  method  of  accounting,
                                    will be required to include  interest on the
                                    Class A Certificates in income in accordance
                                    with the accrual method of  accounting.  The
                                    Class A  Certificates  may be  considered to
                                    have been issued

                                      S-13

<PAGE>

                                    with  original   issue   discount  or  at  a
                                    premium.  Any such original  issue  discount
                                    will  be  includable  in the  income  of the
                                    Owner as it  accrues  under a method  taking
                                    into account the compounding of interest and
                                    using   the   Prepayment   Assumption.   See
                                    "Prepayment  and Yield  Considerations"  and
                                    "Certain  Federal  Income Tax  Consequences"
                                    herein.  Premium  may be  deductible  by the
                                    Owner either as it accrues or when principal
                                    is received. No representation is made as to
                                    whether  the  Mortgage  Loans will prepay in
                                    accordance  with the Prepayment  Assumption,
                                    or any other rate.  In general,  as a result
                                    of  the   qualification   of  the   Class  A
                                    Certificates  as  regular   interests  in  a
                                    REMIC,  the  Class  A  Certificates  will be
                                    treated as "qualifying  real property loans"
                                    under Section 593(d) of the Internal Revenue
                                    Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code"),
                                    "regular . . . interest(s) in a REMIC" under
                                    Section 7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code and "real
                                    estate  assets" under Section  856(c) of the
                                    Code in the same  proportion that the assets
                                    in the REMIC  consist of  qualifying  assets
                                    under such sections.  In addition,  interest
                                    on the Class A Certificates  will be treated
                                    as  "interest  on  obligations   secured  by
                                    mortgages on real  property"  under  Section
                                    856(c) of the Code to the  extent  that such
                                    Certificates  are  treated  as "real  estate
                                    assets" under Section 856(c) of the Code.

ERISA Considerations:               A fiduciary of any employee  benefit plan or
                                    other retirement  arrangement subject to the
                                    Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of
                                    1974, as amended ("ERISA"),  or Section 4975
                                    of  the  Code  (a  "Plan")   should   review
                                    carefully  with its legal  advisors  whether
                                    the  purchase  or  holding  of the  Class  A
                                    Certificates  offered hereby could give rise
                                    to a  transaction  that is  prohibited or is
                                    not otherwise  permitted  either under ERISA
                                    or Section 4975 of the Code or whether there
                                    exists  any   statutory  or   administrative
                                    exemption   applicable   to  an   investment
                                    therein.

                                    The U.S.  Department  of Labor has issued to
                                    the   Underwriters   individual   prohibited
                                    transaction   exemptions   which   generally
                                    exempt  from the  application  of certain of
                                    the  prohibited  transaction  provisions  of
                                    Section  406 of ERISA and the  excise  taxes
                                    imposed on such  prohibited  transactions by
                                    Sections   4975(a)   and  (b)  of  the  Code
                                    transactions relating to the purchase,  sale
                                    and  holding  of  pass-through  certificates
                                    underwritten  by the  Underwriters  and  the
                                    servicing  and  operation  of related  asset
                                    pools,  provided that certain conditions are
                                    satisfied.

                                    A  fiduciary  of a Plan  should  review  the
                                    sections entitled "ERISA  Considerations" in
                                    the  Prospectus  and  this   Supplement  and
                                    consider the issues discussed  therein,  and
                                    should consult with its legal advisors prior
                                    to  making  an  investment  in the  Class  A
                                    Certificates.

Legal Investment
  Considerations:                   The  Class A  Certificates  will  constitute
                                    "mortgage  related  securities" for purposes
                                    of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement
                                    Act of  1984  ("SMMEA")  for so long as they
                                    are rated in one of the two  highest  rating
                                    categories   by  one  or   more   nationally
                                    recognized statistical rating organizations.
                                    As such,  the Class A  Certificates  will be
                                    legal  investments  for certain  entities to
                                    the  extent  provided  in SMMEA,  subject to
                                    state laws  overriding  SMMEA.  In addition,
                                    institutions whose investment activities are
                                    subject   to  review  by  federal  or  state
                                    regulatory  authorities may be or may become
                                    subject  to   restrictions,   which  may  be
                                    retroactively  imposed  by  such  regulatory
                                    authorities,   on  the  investment  by  such
                                    institutions  in certain  forms of  mortgage
                                    related  securities.   Furthermore,  certain
                                    states have enacted  legislation  overriding
                                    the legal investment provisions of SMMEA. In
                                    addition,  institutions whose activities are
                                    subject   to  review  by  federal  or  state
                                    regulatory authorities may be

                                      S-14

<PAGE>


                                    or may become subject to restrictions, which
                                    may  be   retroactively   imposed   by  such
                                    regulatory authorities, on the investment by
                                    such   institutions   in  certain  forms  of
                                    mortgage related securities.

                                    [Although the Class _____  Certificates  are
                                    expected  to be rated  "AAA" by  Standard  &
                                    Poor's  and  "Aaa" by  Moody's,  the Class A
                                    Certificates  will not constitute  "mortgage
                                    related  securities"  for  purposes  of  the
                                    Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of
                                    1984  ("SMMEA")   because  the  Group  _____
                                    Mortgage   Loans   include   second   liens.
                                    Accordingly,  many  institutions  with legal
                                    authority  to  invest  in  comparably  rated
                                    securities  based on first home equity loans
                                    may not be legally  authorized  to invest in
                                    the Class _____ Certificates.]

                                      S-15

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

         Prospective  investors in the Class A Certificates  should consider the
following  risk  factors  (as well as the risk  factors  set forth  under  "Risk
Factors"  in the  Prospectus)  in  connection  with the  purchase of the Class A
Certificates.

         Sensitivity to Prepayments. A majority of the Mortgage Loans may not be
prepaid in whole or,  above a certain  percentage,  in part at any time  without
penalty. See "The Portfolio of Mortgage Loans--Prepayment  Penalties" herein for
a description of prepayment penalty provisions applicable to the Mortgage Loans.
In addition,  all of the Mortgage Loans contain due-on-sale provisions which, to
the extent enforced by the Servicer,  will result in prepayment of such Mortgage
Loans.  Furthermore,  the Seller  intends  to  initiate  a  refinance  policy as
described in "The Portfolio of Mortgage Loans-Prepayment Penalties" herein which
could have an impact on prepayments of the Mortgage  Loans.  See "Prepayment and
Yield   Considerations"   herein  and   "Certain   Legal   Aspects  of  Mortgage
Assets--Enforceability  of Certain  Provisions" in the  Prospectus.  The rate of
prepayments on fixed rate mortgage loans, such as the Mortgage Loans in Group I,
is sensitive to prevailing  interest rates.  Generally,  if prevailing  interest
rates fall significantly below the interest rates on the Mortgage Loans in Group
I, such  loans are  likely to be  subject  to higher  prepayment  rates  than if
prevailing  rates remain at or above the interest rates on the Mortgage Loans in
Group I. Conversely,  if prevailing  interest rates rise significantly above the
interest  rates on the  Mortgage  Loans in Group I, the rate of  prepayments  is
likely to decrease.

         The average  life of the Class A  Certificates,  and, if  purchased  at
other than par, the yields realized by Owners of the Class A Certificates,  will
be  sensitive  to levels  of  payment  (including  prepayments  relating  to the
Mortgage Loans (the "Prepayments")) on the Mortgage Loans. In general, the yield
on a Class A  Certificate  that is purchased  at a premium from the  outstanding
principal amount thereof will be adversely affected by a higher than anticipated
level  of  Prepayments  of the  Mortgage  Loans  and  enhanced  by a lower  than
anticipated  level.  Conversely,  the  yield  on a Class A  Certificate  that is
purchased at a discount from the  outstanding  principal  amount thereof will be
enhanced  by a higher  than  anticipated  level  of  Prepayments  and  adversely
affected by a lower than  anticipated  level.  The Servicers  have agreed in the
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  not to target  Mortgagors  in their  related
Mortgage Loan Group in  solicitations to borrowers to refinance their mortgages,
unless such solicitation is consistent with the Seller's  refinance policy.  See
"Prepayment and Yield Considerations" herein.

         [Nature of Collateral.  Because _____% of the aggregate Loan Balance of
the Initial Mortgage Loans are secured by second liens subordinate to the rights
of the  mortgagee or  beneficiary  under the related  first  mortgage or deed of
trust, the proceeds from any liquidation,  insurance or condemnation proceedings
with respect to such Mortgage Loans will be available to satisfy the outstanding
balance  of a  Mortgage  Loan only to the  extent  that the claims of such first
mortgagee or  beneficiary  have been  satisfied in full,  including  any related
foreclosure  costs.  In addition,  a second  mortgagee  may not foreclose on the
property  securing a second mortgage  unless it forecloses  subject to the first
mortgage,  in which case it must  either pay the entire  amount due on the first
mortgage to the first mortgagee at or prior to the foreclosure sale or undertake
the obligation to make payments on the first mortgage in the event the mortgagor
is in default thereunder.  In servicing second mortgages in its portfolio, it is
generally the  Servicer's  practice to satisfy the first mortgage at or prior to
the  foreclosure  sale.  The Servicer  may also advance  funds to keep the first
mortgage  current until such time as the Servicer  satisfies the first mortgage.
The Trust will have no source of funds (and may not be permitted under the REMIC
provisions  of the Code) to satisfy the first  mortgage or make  payments due to
the first  mortgagee.  The Servicer  generally  will be required to advance such
amounts in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. See "The Pooling
and Servicing Agreement--Servicing and Sub-Servicing" herein.

         An overall decline in the residential  real estate market,  the general
condition of a Property, or other factors,  could adversely affect the values of
the  Properties  such  that the  outstanding  balances  of the  Mortgage  Loans,
together with any senior liens on the  Properties,  equal or exceed the value of
the  Properties.  A decline in the value of a Property would affect the interest
of the Trust in the  Property  before  having any effect on the  interest of the
related first mortgagee, and could cause the Trust's interest in the Property to
be extinguished.  If such a decline occurs,  the actual rates of  delinquencies,
foreclosures  and  losses  on the  Mortgage  Loans  could be higher  than  those
currently  experienced in the mortgage lending industry in general. In addition,
adverse economic conditions (which

                                      S-16

<PAGE>


may or may not affect real  property  values)  may affect the timely  payment by
borrowers of scheduled  payments of principal and interest on the Mortgage Loans
and,  accordingly,  the actual rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures and losses
with respect to the Trust.]

         The  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans and the  Pre-Funding  Account.  If the
principal  amount of eligible  Subsequent  Mortgage Loans  available  during the
Funding  Period and sold by the  Depositor to the Trust is less than 100% of the
Original  Pre-Funded  Amount, a prepayment of principal to Owners of the related
Class of the Class A Certificates then entitled to receive payments of principal
will occur as described herein. See "Social,  Economic and Other Factors" below.
In addition,  any  conveyance  of  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans is subject to the
following conditions,  among others: (i) each such Subsequent Mortgage Loan must
satisfy the representations  and warranties  specified in the agreement pursuant
to which such  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans are  transferred to the Trust (each a
"Subsequent  Transfer  Agreement")  and in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement;
(ii) the Depositor  will not select such  Subsequent  Mortgage Loans in a manner
that it believes is adverse to the interest of the Owners of the Certificates or
the Certificate  Insurer;  (iii) the Depositor will deliver certain  opinions of
counsel  with  respect to the  validity  of the  conveyance  of such  Subsequent
Mortgage  Loans;  and (iv) as of each cut-off date (each, a "Subsequent  Cut-Off
Date") applicable thereto, the Mortgage Loans, including the Subsequent Mortgage
Loans to be conveyed by the Depositor as of such  Subsequent  Cut-Off Date, will
satisfy  the  criteria  set forth in the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  as
described  herein  under  "The  Mortgage  Loan  Pool--Conveyance  of  Subsequent
Mortgage Loans."

         To the extent that amounts on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account have
not been fully applied to the purchase of Subsequent Mortgage Loans by the Trust
for  inclusion  in the  related  Mortgage  Loan Group by the end of the  Funding
Period,  the  Owners  of the  related  Class of the  Class A  Certificates  then
entitled to receive payments of principal will receive a prepayment of principal
in an amount equal to the related Pre-Funded Amount remaining in the Pre-Funding
Account on the first Payment Date following the end of the Funding Period (in no
event later than the ________ 199__ Payment Date). Although no assurances can be
given, the Depositor  expects that the principal  amount of Subsequent  Mortgage
Loans  sold to the Trust will  require  the  application  of  substantially  all
amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account and that there will be no material
principal  prepayment  to the  Owners  of the  Class  A  Certificates  from  the
Pre-Funding Account.

         Each  Subsequent  Mortgage Loan must satisfy the  eligibility  criteria
referred  to  above at the  time of its  addition.  Following  the  transfer  of
Subsequent Mortgage Loans, it is anticipated that the aggregate  characteristics
of the Mortgage Loans then held in the related Mortgage Loan Group will not vary
significantly  from those of the Initial  Mortgage Loans. See "The Mortgage Loan
Pool--Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans" herein.

         The  Seller  has  acquired  and  identified  for  sale  to the  Trust a
sufficient amount of Subsequent  Mortgage Loans to fully utilize the Pre-Funding
Amount.

         Risk  of  Higher   Delinquencies   Associated  with   Guidelines.   The
Underwriting  Guidelines  (as described  herein under "The Portfolio of Mortgage
Loans--Guidelines") are intended to assess the credit quality of a mortgagor and
the  value of the  mortgaged  property  and to  evaluate  the  adequacy  of such
property as collateral  for the mortgage  loan.  The  Originators  provide loans
primarily  to  mortgagors  who do not qualify for loans  conforming  to FNMA and
FHLMC  guidelines  but who also  have  substantial  equity  in  their  property.
Furthermore,  the  Underwriting  Guidelines  do not  prohibit  a  borrower  from
obtaining  secondary  financing at the time of origination  of the  Originator's
first lien, which financing would reduce the equity the borrower would otherwise
have in the related  mortgaged  property  that is indicated in the  Originators'
loan-to-value determination.

         As a result of the  Underwriting  Guidelines,  the  Mortgage  Loans are
likely to experience  rates of delinquency,  foreclosure and bankruptcy that are
higher, and that may be substantially higher, than those experienced by mortgage
loans underwritten to FNMA and FHLMC conforming guidelines. Furthermore, changes
in the  values  of  Mortgaged  Properties  may  have  a  greater  effect  on the
delinquency,  foreclosure,  bankruptcy and loss experience of the Mortgage Loans
than on mortgage loans originated in a more traditional manner. No assurance can
be given that the  values of the  Mortgaged  Properties  have  remained  or will
remain  at the  levels in effect  on the  dates of  origination  of the  related
Mortgage Loans.

                                      S-17

<PAGE>




         Effect of Mortgage  Loan Yield on Class A-1 and Class A-8  Pass-Through
Rate; Basis Risk. The Class A-1 Pass-Through  Rate is based upon the value of an
index  (One-Month  LIBOR),  while the Coupon Rates on the Group I Mortgage Loans
are fixed.  Consequently,  the interest which becomes due on such Mortgage Loans
in Group I (net of the Servicing  Fees, the Trustee Fees and the Premium Amount)
during any Remittance  Period may be less than the amount of interest that would
accrue at One-Month LIBOR plus the margin on the Class A-1  Certificates  during
the related Accrual Period;  the interest  payable on the Class A-1 Certificates
is subject to the Fixed  Rate Group  Available  Funds Cap and will be limited to
such amount.  The Class A-1 Certificates do not contain any  "carry-forward"  or
"catch-up" feature if the amount of interest paid is so limited.

         The  calculation of the Class A-8  Pass-Through  Rate is based upon the
value of an index  (One-Month  LIBOR) which is  different  from the value of the
index applicable to a substantial portion of the Initial Mortgage Loans in Group
II  (Six-Month  LIBOR) as  described  under "The  Mortgage  Loan Pool -- Initial
Mortgage Loans -- Group II" herein and is subject to the  Adjustable  Rate Group
Available  Funds Cap. The Adjustable  Rate Group Available Funds Cap effectively
limits the amount of interest accrued on the Adjustable Rate Group  Certificates
to the weighted  average of the Coupon Rates on the Mortgage  Loans in Group II,
less  _____%.   _____%  of  the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans  in  Group  II  adjust
semi-annually  based upon the London interbank offered rate for Six-Month United
States dollar deposits ("Six-Month LIBOR"), whereas the Pass-Through Rate on the
Class A-8  Certificates  adjusts monthly based upon One-Month LIBOR as described
under  "Description  of the Class A  Certificates  --  Calculation  of One-Month
LIBOR" herein,  subject to the Adjustable Rate Group Available Funds Cap. _____%
of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans in Group II are 2/28 Loans that  provide  for a
fixed interest rate for a period of two years following origination. Thereafter,
such  Mortgage  Loans  provide for interest  rate and payment  adjustments  in a
manner similar to the Six-Month LIBOR Loans. One-Month LIBOR and Six-Month LIBOR
may  respond  to  different  economic  and  market  factors,  and  there  is not
necessarily a correlation between them. Thus, it is possible,  for example, that
One-Month LIBOR may rise during periods in which Six-Month LIBOR is stable or is
falling or that,  even if both One-Month  LIBOR and Six-Month  LIBOR rise during
the same period,  One-Month  LIBOR may rise more rapidly than  Six-Month  LIBOR.
Furthermore, even if One-Month LIBOR and Six-Month LIBOR were at the same level,
various factors may cause the Adjustable Rate Group Available Funds Cap to limit
the amount of interest that would otherwise  accrue on the Adjustable Rate Group
Certificates.  In particular,  the Class A-8 Pass- Through Rate adjusts monthly,
while the interest  rates of the Initial  Mortgage Loans in Group II adjust less
frequently,  with the result that the Adjustable  Rate Group Available Funds Cap
may limit increases in the Class A-8 Pass-Through Rate for extended periods in a
rising interest rate  environment.  In addition,  the Initial  Mortgage Loans in
Group II are subject to  periodic  adjustment  caps and maximum  rate caps which
also may  result in the  Adjustable  Rate  Group  Available  Funds Cap  limiting
increases in the Class A-8  Pass-Through  Rate.  Finally,  the Initial  Mortgage
Loans in Group II accrue  interest  on the basis of a 360-day  year  assumed  to
consist  of  twelve  30- day  months,  while  calculations  of  interest  on the
Adjustable  Rate  Group  Certificates  will be made on the  basis of the  actual
number of days  elapsed in the  related  Accrual  Period and a year of 360 days.
This may result in the Adjustable  Rate Group  Available  Funds Cap limiting the
Class A-8  Pass-Through  Rate in  Accrual  Periods  that have more than 30 days.
Consequently,  the interest  which becomes due on the Initial  Mortgage Loans in
Group II (net of the  Servicing  Fee,  the  Premium  Amount and the  Trustee Fee
related to Group II) during  any  Remittance  Period may not equal the amount of
interest that would accrue at One-Month  LIBOR plus the margin on the Adjustable
Rate Group Certificates during the related Accrual Period.  Furthermore,  if the
Available  Funds Cap  determines the Class A-8  Pass-Through  Rate for a Payment
Date, the value of the Adjustable Rate Group  Certificates may be temporarily or
permanently  reduced.  It is anticipated that Subsequent Mortgage Loans in Group
II will  have  features  similar  to the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans in Group  II,
resulting  in the same  limitations  on the Class A-8 Pass-  Through Rate as are
described above.  The Class A-8 Certificates do not contain any  "carry-forward"
or  "catch-up"  feature if the amount of interest  paid is limited as  described
above.

         Social,  Economic and Other Factors. The ability of the Trust to invest
in Subsequent Mortgage Loans is largely dependent upon the ability of the Seller
to originate or purchase additional mortgage loans. The ability of the Seller to
originate or purchase  additional mortgage loans may be affected by a variety of
social  and  economic   factors.   Economic   factors  include  interest  rates,
unemployment  levels, the rate of inflation and consumer  perception of economic
conditions  generally.  However,  the Seller is unable to  determine  and has no
basis to predict  whether or to what  extent  economic  or social  factors  will
affect its origination  ability or its ability to purchase  additional  mortgage
loans.

                                      S-18

<PAGE>


         Other Legal  Considerations.  Applicable state laws generally  regulate
interest  rates and other  charges,  require  certain  disclosure,  and  require
licensing of the Originators.  In addition,  other state laws, public policy and
general principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers, unfair and
deceptive practices and debt collection  practices may apply to the origination,
servicing and collection of the Mortgage Loans.  The related  Originator will be
required to repurchase  any Mortgage  Loans which,  at the time of  origination,
fail to comply with  applicable  federal and state laws and  regulations,  which
failure  results in a material  adverse  effect on the  Trust,  the  Certificate
Insurer or the parties to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  Depending on the
provisions  of the  applicable  law and the  specific  facts  and  circumstances
involved,  violations  of these  laws,  policies  and  principles  may limit the
ability of the  Servicers to collect all or part of the principal of or interest
on the  Mortgage  Loans,  may  entitle  the  Mortgagor  to a refund  of  amounts
previously paid and, in addition, could subject the Seller, the Servicers or the
related Originator to damages and administrative enforcement. See "Certain Legal
Aspects of Mortgage Assets" in the Prospectus.

         The Mortgage Loans are also subject to federal laws, including:

                  (i)  the  Federal  Truth  in  Lending  Act  and  Regulation  Z
         promulgated  thereunder,  which  require  certain  disclosures  to  the
         Mortgagors regarding the terms of the Mortgage Loans;

                  (ii)  the  Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act  and  Regulation  B
         promulgated  thereunder,  which prohibit discrimination on the basis of
         age, race,  color,  sex,  religion,  marital status,  national  origin,
         receipt of public  assistance  or the  exercise  of any right under the
         Consumer Credit Protection Act, in the extension of credit; and

                  (iii) the Fair Credit  Reporting Act, which  regulates the use
         and  reporting  of  information   related  to  the  Mortgagor's  credit
         experience.

Violations of certain  provisions of these federal laws may limit the ability of
the related  Servicer to collect all or part of the  principal of or interest on
the Mortgage Loans and in addition could subject the Originators,  the Seller or
the Servicers to damages and administrative enforcement. The Originators will be
required to repurchase any Mortgage Loans which, at the time of origination, did
not comply with such federal laws or regulations.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Mortgage Assets" in the Prospectus.

         The federal  Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940 may affect
the  ability of the  related  Servicer  to collect  full  amounts of interest on
certain  Mortgage  Loans and could  interfere  with the  ability of the  related
Servicer to foreclose on certain  properties.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Mortgage  Assets--Soldiers'  and  Sailors'  Civil  Relief  Act of  1940"  in the
Prospectus.

         Risk of Seller Insolvency. The Seller believes that the transfer of the
Mortgage Loans to the Depositor and by the Depositor to the Trust  constitutes a
sale by the  Seller to the  Depositor  and by the  Depositor  to the Trust  and,
accordingly,  that such  Mortgage  Loans  will not be part of the  assets of the
Seller in the event of the insolvency of the Seller and will not be available to
the  creditors  of the Seller.  However,  in the event of an  insolvency  of the
Seller, it is possible that a bankruptcy trustee or a creditor of the Seller may
argue that the transaction  between the Seller and the Depositor was a pledge of
such Mortgage  Loans in connection  with a borrowing by the Seller rather than a
true sale.  Such an attempt,  even if  unsuccessful,  could  result in delays in
distributions on the Certificates.

         On the Closing  Date,  the Trustee and the Seller will have received an
opinion of Arter & Hadden,  counsel to the Seller, with respect to the true sale
of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans from the Seller to the  Depositor  and from the
Depositor to the Trustee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, the
Certificate Insurer and the Rating Agencies.

         Risk of Higher Default Rates  Associated with California Real Property.
Because  58.57% by  principal  amount of the  Mortgaged  Properties  relating to
Initial  Mortgage  Loans are  located  in the State of  California,  an  overall
decline in the related  residential  real estate markets could adversely  affect
the values of the Mortgaged

                                      S-19

<PAGE>


Properties securing such Initial Mortgage Loans causing the Loan Balances of the
related  Initial  Mortgage  Loans to equal or exceed the value of such Mortgaged
Properties.

         The standard hazard  insurance  policy required to be maintained  under
the terms of each Mortgage Loan does not insure against  physical damage arising
from earth  movement  (including  earthquakes,  landslides  and  mudflows).  See
"Servicing of Mortgage Loans and  Contracts--Standard  Hazard  Insurance" in the
Prospectus.

         Risk  Associated  with  the  Certificate  Insurer.  If  the  protection
afforded by overcollateralization and crosscollateralization is insufficient and
if, upon the occurrence of a Subordination  Deficit,  the Certificate Insurer is
unable to meet its obligations under the Certificate  Insurance  Policies,  then
the  Owners  of the  Class A  Certificates  could  experience  a loss  on  their
investment.

                         THE PORTFOLIO OF MORTGAGE LOANS

General

         The Mortgage Loan Pool primarily  includes newly originated loans which
were purchased by the Depositor from the Seller,  which acquired such loans from
the related Originators.

         Each  Originator has made certain  representations  and warranties with
respect to Mortgage  Loans  originated or sold by it, as specified  below,  and,
upon a breach of such representations and warranties occurring after sale of the
related  Mortgage Loan to the Trust, may be required to repurchase such Mortgage
Loan from the Trust.

Guidelines

         The  information  set  forth  below  with  regard  to the  Originators'
guidelines  (collectively,  the "Underwriting  Guidelines") has been provided to
the  Depositor or compiled  from  information  provided to the  Depositor by the
Originators.  Neither the Depositor,  the Seller,  the  Underwriters  nor any of
their  respective  affiliates  have made any independent  investigation  of such
information,  nor has any Originator made any such investigation with respect to
information about the other Originators'  guidelines or the Seller's Performance
Assumption Groupings.

         Long Beach Originated Mortgage Loans

         Mortgage  Loans  originated by Long Beach (the "Long Beach Loans") were
originated generally in accordance with guidelines (the "Long Beach Guidelines")
established  by Long Beach's  underwriting  department  (or that of Long Beach's
predecessor in interest,  Long Beach Bank,  F.S.B.) under Long Beach's  "B-1st,"
"B-1st Fast Trac," "B-1st  QuickCredit," "B-1st QuickCredit Fast Trac" or "B-1st
Stated  Income"  residential  loan  programs (the "Long Beach  Programs").  Long
Beach's  Guidelines are primarily intended to evaluate the value and adequacy of
the  mortgaged  property as  collateral  and are also  intended to consider  the
mortgagor's credit standing and repayment  ability.  On a case-by-case basis and
only with the approval of two or more senior  lending  officers,  Long Beach may
determine that, based upon  compensating  factors,  a prospective  mortgagor not
strictly  qualifying under the underwriting risk category  guidelines  described
below warrants an underwriting exception.  Compensating factors may include, but
are not limited to, low  loan-to-value  ratio, low  debt-to-income  ratio,  good
credit  history,  stable  employment  and time in residence  at the  applicant's
current address.  It is expected that a substantial number of the Mortgage Loans
to be included in the Mortgage Pool will represent such underwriting exceptions.

         Under the Long Beach  Programs,  the  underwriting  department  of Long
Beach or of the originator reviews and verifies the loan applicant's  sources of
income (except under the B-1st Stated Income and Fast Trac programs), calculates
the amount of income from all such sources  indicated  on the loan  application,
reviews the credit history of the applicant and  calculates  the  debt-to-income
ratio to determine the  applicant's  ability to repay the loan,  and reviews the
mortgaged property for compliance with the Long Beach Guidelines. The Long Beach
Guidelines  are applied in  accordance  with a  procedure  which  complies  with
applicable  federal and state laws and regulations and requires (i) an appraisal
of the mortgaged  property which conforms to FHLMC and FNMA standards and (ii) a
review of such  appraisal,  which  review may be conducted by a Long Beach staff
appraiser or representative and,

                                      S-20

<PAGE>



depending upon the original  principal  balance and  loan-to-value  ratio of the
mortgaged  property  may include a desk review of the  original  appraisal  or a
drive-by review appraisal of the mortgaged  property.  The Long Beach Guidelines
permit single-family loans with loan-to-value ratios at origination of up to 90%
(75% under the B-1st Stated  Income  program),  depending on the type and use of
the property,  the  creditworthiness  of the  mortgagor  and the  debt-to-income
ratio.  Under the B-1st program,  the maximum combined  loan-to-value  ratio for
purchase money mortgage loans,  including any second deeds of trust  subordinate
to Long Beach's first deed of trust, is 90%.

         All of the Mortgage  Loans  originated  in the Long Beach  Programs are
based  on  loan  application   packages  submitted  through  mortgage  brokerage
companies or at Long Beach's  retail  branches or are  purchased  from  approved
originators  pursuant  to the  Long  Beach  Guidelines  described  herein.  Loan
application packages submitted through mortgage brokerage companies,  containing
in each case relevant credit, property and underwriting  information on the loan
request, are compiled by the applicable mortgage brokerage company and submitted
to Long Beach for approval and funding. The mortgage brokerage companies receive
a portion of the loan  origination  fee charged to the mortgagor at the time the
loan is made. No single mortgage  brokerage  company  accounts for more than 5%,
measured by outstanding  principal balance, of the single-family  mortgage loans
originated by Long Beach.

         Each  prospective  mortgagor  completes an  application  which includes
information with respect to the applicant's liabilities,  income, credit history
and  employment  history,  as well as certain other personal  information.  Long
Beach  requires  a credit  report  on each  applicant  from a  credit  reporting
company.  The applicant must generally provide to Long Beach or the originator a
letter  explaining all late payments on mortgage debt and,  generally,  consumer
(i.e., non-mortgage) debt. The report typically contains information relating to
such matters as credit  history with local and national  merchants  and lenders,
installment debt payments and any record of defaults, bankruptcy,  repossession,
suits or  judgments.  Under the B-1st  program,  self-employed  individuals  are
generally  required to submit their two most recent  federal income tax returns.
As part of its quality control system,  Long Beach  reverifies  information with
respect  to the  foregoing  matters  that  has  been  provided  by the  mortgage
brokerage company prior to funding a loan and periodically audits files based on
a random sample of closed loans.  In the course of its pre-funding  audit,  Long
Beach   reverifies  the  income  of  each  mortgagor  or,  for  a  self-employed
individual, reviews the income documentation obtained pursuant to the Long Beach
Guidelines (except under the B-1st Stated Income program).  Long Beach generally
verifies the source of funds for the down payment.

         Mortgaged  properties  that are to secure  mortgage loans  underwritten
under the Long Beach Programs are appraised by qualified independent  appraisers
who are  approved  by Long  Beach's  internal  chief  appraiser.  In most cases,
below-average   properties   (including   properties  requiring  major  deferred
maintenance) are not acceptable as security for Long Beach mortgage loans in the
Long Beach  Programs.  Each  appraisal  includes a market data analysis based on
recent sales of  comparable  homes in the area and,  where  deemed  appropriate,
replacement  cost analysis  based on the current cost of  constructing a similar
home. Every independent appraisal is reviewed by a Long Beach staff appraiser or
representative before the loan is funded.

         The Long  Beach  Guidelines  are  less  stringent  than  the  standards
generally  acceptable  to FNMA and FHLMC with regard to the  mortgagor's  credit
standing and  repayment  ability.  Mortgagors  who qualify  under the Long Beach
Programs  generally  have  payment  histories  and debt  ratios  which would not
satisfy FNMA and FHLMC  underwriting  guidelines  and may have a record of major
derogatory credit items such as outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies. The
Long Beach Guidelines  establish the maximum permitted  loan-to-value  ratio for
each loan type based upon these and other risk factors.

         The B-1st  QuickCredit and B-1st QuickCredit Fast Trac residential loan
programs  are  alternative  risk  grading  programs  whereby  the  various  risk
categories are assigned in a manner similar to that used for the B-1st and B-1st
Fast Trac loan  programs  except  that  consumer  credit  history is not used to
determine  the  appropriate  risk  grading.  As in the B-1st and B-1st Fast Trac
residential loan programs, the B-1st QuickCredit and B-1st QuickCredit Fast Trac
residential  loan  programs  use  consumer  credit to  determine  debt-to-income
ratios.  Maximum  loan-to-value  ratios and maximum loan  amounts are  generally
lower under the B-1st  QuickCredit and B-1st  QuickCredit  Fast Trac residential
loan  programs  than  those  permitted  under  the  B-1st  or  B-1st  Fast  Trac
residential  loan  programs,  respectively.  In general,  the B-1st  QuickCredit
residential loan program is similar to the B-1st residential loan program except
that the B-1st QuickCredit residential loan program does not consider consumer

                                      S-21

<PAGE>



credit history,  requires lower maximum  loan-to-value ratios and requires lower
maximum loan amounts.  In most other  respects,  the  requirements  of the B-1st
QuickCredit  and the B-1st  QuickCredit  Fast  Trac  residential  loan  programs
correspond to the requirements of the B-1st and B-1st Fast Trac residential loan
programs, respectively.

         Under the B-1st Stated Income residential loan program, the mortgagor's
employment and income sources must be stated on the mortgagor's application. The
mortgagor's  income as stated must be reasonable for the related  occupation and
such  determination as to  reasonableness  is subject to the loan  underwriter's
discretion.  However, the mortgagor's income as stated on the application is not
independently  verified.  Verification  of  employment  is required for salaried
mortgagors  only.  Maximum  loan-to-value  ratios are generally  lower under the
B-1st Stated  Income  residential  loan program than those  permitted  under the
B-1st  residential  loan program.  Except as otherwise  stated  above,  the same
mortgage credit, consumer credit and collateral property underwriting guidelines
apply to the B-1st Stated Income  residential loan program as apply to the B-1st
residential loan program.

         Long Beach requires  title  insurance on all mortgage loans in the Long
Beach Programs secured by liens on real property.  Long Beach also requires that
fire and  extended  coverage  casualty  insurance be  maintained  on the secured
property  in an amount at least  equal to the  principal  balance of the related
single-family loan or the replacement cost of the property, whichever is less.

         Long Beach Guidelines -- Seller's Performance Assumption Groupings

         Under the Long Beach  Programs,  various  risk  categories  are used to
grade the likelihood that the mortgagor will satisfy the repayment conditions of
the  mortgage  loan.  These risk  categories  establish  the  maximum  permitted
loan-to-value ratio and loan amount, given the occupancy status of the mortgaged
property and the mortgagor's  credit history and debt ratio. In general,  higher
credit risk  mortgage  loans are graded in  categories  which permit higher debt
ratios  and  more  (or  more  recent)  major  derogatory  credit  items  such as
outstanding  judgments or prior bankruptcies;  however,  the Long Beach Programs
establish lower maximum  loan-to-value ratios and maximum loan amounts for loans
graded in such categories.

         The Long Beach  Guidelines  have the following  categories and criteria
for  grading  the  potential  likelihood  that an  applicant  will  satisfy  the
repayment obligations of a mortgage loan:

                  "Ambassador;"  Credit Grade: "A." Under the "A" risk category,
         the applicant must have generally repaid  installment of revolving debt
         according to its terms and demonstrated steady employment over the last
         five years.  A maximum of one 30-day late  payment,  and no 60-day late
         payments,  within  the  last 12  months  is  permitted  on an  existing
         mortgage loan. No collection  accounts or  charge-offs  may remain open
         after the funding of the loan.  No  bankruptcy,  discharge or notice of
         default filings may have occurred during the preceding three years. The
         mortgaged  property  must be in at least  average  condition.  Mortgage
         loans originated under the "Ambassador" program must be owner-occupied.
         A maximum  Loan-  to-Value  Ratio of 85% is  permitted  for a  purchase
         and/or  refinance  mortgage  loan on a single  family  property,  and a
         maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio of 75% is permitted on a mortgaged property
         consisting of two-to-four  units and condominium  properties.  The debt
         service-to-income  ratio  generally  ranges  from 45% or less to 55% or
         less based on the mortgagor's net disposable  income.  Ambassador loans
         are classified in the Seller's PAG II category (as defined below).

                  "Program I;" Credit Grade: "A-." Under the "A-" risk category,
         the applicant  generally must have repaid installment of revolving debt
         according to its terms and have demonstrated steady employment over the
         last two years.  A maximum of one 30-day  late  payment,  and no 60-day
         late  payments,  within the last 12 months is  permitted on an existing
         mortgage loan.  Minor  derogatory items are permitted on a case-by-case
         basis as to  non-mortgage  credit  when the  majority  of the  consumer
         credit is deemed good.  No  bankruptcy,  discharge or notice of default
         filings  may have  occurred  during  the  preceding  three  years.  The
         mortgaged  property  must be in at least average  condition.  A maximum
         Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 80% is  permitted  for a purchase  money and/or
         refinance  mortgage  loan on a single  family  property,  and a maximum
         Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of  75%  is  permitted  on a  mortgaged  property
         consisting of two-to-four units and condominium  properties.  A maximum
         Loan-to-Value Ratio of 70% is permitted for non-owner

                                      S-22

<PAGE>


         occupied  purchase  money  and  refinance  loans on single  family  and
         condominium  properties,  and a maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 65% is
         permitted  for  a  mortgage  loan  on a  non-owner  occupied  mortgaged
         property consisting of two units or second home properties.  Generally,
         the debt service-to-  income ratio must be 47%, but this may be allowed
         to be increased to 55% based on the mortgagor's net disposable  income.
         Program I loans are  classified  in the  Seller's  PAG II category  (as
         defined below).

                  "Program  II;"  Credit  Grade:   "B+."  Under  the  "B+"  risk
         category,  the applicant  must have  generally  repaid  installment  of
         revolving  debt  according  to its terms and have  demonstrated  steady
         employment  over the last two  years.  A  maximum  of two  30-day  late
         payments,  and no 60-day  late  payments,  within the last 12 months is
         permitted on an existing  mortgage loan. One to three minor  derogatory
         items  that are 90 days or more late are  permitted  on a  case-by-case
         basis as to  non-mortgage  credit  when the  majority  of the  consumer
         credit is deemed good.  No  bankruptcy,  discharge or notice of default
         filings  may have  occurred  during  the  preceding  three  years.  The
         mortgaged  property  must be in at least average  condition.  A maximum
         Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 80% is  permitted  for a purchase  money and/or
         refinance  mortgage  loan on a single  family  property,  and a maximum
         Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of  75%  is  permitted  on a  mortgaged  property
         consisting of two-to-four units and condominium  properties.  A maximum
         Loan-to-Value Ratio of 70% is permitted for non-owner occupied purchase
         money and refinance  mortgage  loans on single  family and  condominium
         properties  and a maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 65% is permitted for
         non-owner  occupied  purchase  money and  refinance  mortgage  loans on
         mortgaged   properties   consisting   of  two  units  or  second  homes
         properties.  Generally, the debt service-to-income ratio must be 50% or
         less,  but this may be  increased to 55% based on the  mortgagor's  net
         disposable income.  Program II loans are classified in the Seller's PAG
         II category (as defined below).

                  "Program III;" Credit Grade: "B." Under the "B" risk category,
         the applicant must have generally repaid  installment of revolving debt
         according to its terms and have demonstrated steady employment over the
         last two years. A maximum of four 30-day late payments  within the last
         12 months is  acceptable  on an existing  mortgage  loan.  One to three
         minor derogatory items that are late 90 days or more are permitted on a
         case-by-case  basis as to non-mortgage  credit when the majority of the
         consumer  credit is deemed  good.  Any and all payments 60 days or more
         late within the past 12 months may not  represent  more than 50% of the
         credit reported during that period. No bankruptcy,  discharge or notice
         of default  filings may have  occurred  during the preceding two years.
         The mortgaged property must be in at least average condition. A maximum
         Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 80% is  permitted  for a purchase  money and/or
         refinance  mortgage  loan on a single  family  property,  and a maximum
         Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of  75%  is  permitted  on  mortgaged  properties
         consisting  of  two-to-four  units  and  condominiums.   For  non-owner
         occupied   purchase  money  and  refinance   properties,   the  maximum
         Loan-to-Value   Ratio  is  70%  for  single   family  and   condominium
         properties,   and  65%  for  non-owner  occupied  mortgaged  properties
         consisting  of  two  units  or  second  homes.   Generally,   the  debt
         service-to-income  ratio must be 50% or less but this may be  increased
         to 55% based on the  mortgagor's  net  disposable  income.  Program III
         loans are  classified  in the  Seller's  PAG III  category  (as defined
         below).

                  "Program  IV;"  Credit  Grade:   "B-."  Under  the  "B-"  risk
         category,  the applicant must have  generally  repaid  installment  and
         revolving  debt  according  to its terms and have  demonstrated  steady
         employment  over the last two  years.  A  maximum  of one  60-day  late
         payment  within  the last 12  months,  and a maximum of at most 30 days
         late at time of application is permitted on an existing  mortgage loan.
         Certain  non-consumer  credit,   collections,   or  judgments,  may  be
         disregarded  on a  case-by-case  basis.  Payments  60 days or more late
         within the last 12 months may not represent more than 50% of the credit
         items reported during that period.  No bankruptcy,  discharge or notice
         of default  filings may have  occurred  within the preceding two years.
         The mortgaged property must be in at least average condition. A maximum
         Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 75% is  permitted  for a purchase  money and/or
         refinance  mortgage loan on an  owner-occupied  single family property.
         For non-owner occupied purchase and refinance  properties,  the maximum
         Loan-to-Value   Ratio  is  65%  for  single   family  and  second  home
         properties. Generally, the debt service-to-income ratio must not exceed
         55%.  Program IV loans are  classified in the Seller's PAG III category
         (as defined below).


                                      S-23

<PAGE>

                  "Program V;" Credit Grade:  "C." Under the "C" risk  category,
         the applicant may have experienced  significant  credit problems in the
         past.  A maximum of two 60-day and one 90-day late  payments,  or three
         60-day late  payments  and no 90-day late  payments  within the last 12
         months is permitted on an existing  mortgage loan. An existing mortgage
         loan is not  required  to be  current  at the time the  application  is
         submitted.  Consumer  credit  derogatory  items will be considered on a
         case-by-case  basis.  No  bankruptcy,  discharge  or notice of  default
         filings may have  occurred  during the  preceding  twelve  months.  The
         mortgaged  property  must be in at least average  condition.  A maximum
         Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of 75% is  permitted  for a  purchase  money  and
         refinance  mortgage loan on an  owner-occupied  single family property.
         For non-owner  occupied  purchase money and refinance  properties,  the
         maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio is 60% for single  family and second home
         properties. Generally, the debt service-to-income ratio must not exceed
         55%;  however,  55%-60% will be  considered  on a  case-by-case  basis.
         Program V loans are  classified  in the  Seller's  PAG IV category  (as
         defined below).

                  "Program  VI;"  Credit  Grade:   "C-."  Under  the  "C-"  risk
         category,  the  applicant  may  have  experienced   significant  credit
         problems  in the past.  A maximum of two  60-day  and one  90-day  late
         payments,  or three 60-day late  payments  and no 90-day late  payments
         within the last 12 months is permitted on an existing mortgage loan. On
         a   case-by-case   basis,   the   applicant   may  have  a  notice   of
         default/foreclosure  within the last 24 months with a good explanation.
         The  applicant  may  not  currently  be  in  bankruptcy;  however,  the
         applicant may have had a bankruptcy  with a good  explanation and proof
         of dismissal/discharge. Consumer derogatory items will be considered on
         a case-by-case  basis.  Long Beach  underwriters must be satisfied that
         the problem that caused the "C-" credit no longer exists and that there
         is a reasonable  expectation that the applicant will repay the mortgage
         loan according to the terms and  conditions  agreed upon. The mortgaged
         property  must  be in at  least  average  condition.  A  maximum  Loan-
         to-Value  Ratio of 70% is permitted for a purchase money mortgage loan,
         and a maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 65% is permitted for a refinance
         of an owner-occupied  single family property.  On a case-by-case basis,
         the maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio  permitted  for a non-owner  occupied
         purchase money and refinance mortgage loan is 50%. Generally,  the debt
         service-to-income  ratio must not exceed 55%; however,  55%-60% will be
         considered on a case-by-case basis.  Program VI loans are classified in
         the Seller's PAG V category (as defined below).

         Approximately  _____%,  _____%,  _____%,  and  _____% of the Long Beach
Loans in Group I and _____%,  _____%, _____%, and _____% of the Long Beach Loans
in Group II are in  Seller's  PAG II,  Seller's  PAG  III,  Seller's  PAG IV and
Seller's PAG V risk categories, respectively.

         Mortgage Loans Originated by Other Originators

         The  following   discussion  addresses  Mortgage  Loans  originated  by
Originators  other than Long Beach.  The Mortgage Loans have been  originated by
the Originators in accordance with the  Underwriting  Guidelines  established by
each  of  them  and  reviewed  and  approved  by the  Seller.  The  Underwriting
Guidelines  are  primarily  intended to evaluate  the value and  adequacy of the
mortgaged  property  as  collateral  and  are  also  intended  to  consider  the
mortgagor's credit standing and repayment ability.  On a case-by-case basis, the
Originator may determine that, based upon  compensating  factors,  a prospective
mortgagor not strictly qualifying under the Underwriting  Guidelines warrants an
underwriting  exception.  Compensating  factors may include, but are not limited
to, low  loan-to-value  ratio, low  debt-to-income  ratio,  good credit history,
stable  employment,  pride of ownership and time in residence at the applicant's
current address.  It is expected that a substantial number of the Mortgage Loans
to be included in the Mortgage Pool will represent such underwriting exceptions.

         Under the Underwriting  Guidelines,  the Originators  review and verify
the  loan  applicant's  sources  of  income  (except  under  the  stated  income
programs), calculate the amount of income from all such sources indicated on the
loan  application,  review the credit history of the applicant and calculate the
debt-to-income ratio to determine the applicant's ability to repay the loan, and
review the mortgaged property for compliance with their Underwriting Guidelines.
The  Underwriting  Guidelines are applied in accordance  with a procedure  which
complies with applicable federal and state laws and regulations and requires (i)
an  appraisal  of the  mortgaged  property  which  conforms  to  FHLMC  and FNMA
standards and (ii) a review of such appraisal, which review may be conducted

                                      S-24

<PAGE>


by the Originator's  staff appraiser or representative  and,  depending upon the
original principal balance and loan-to-value ratio of the mortgaged property may
include a desk review of the original  appraisal or a drive-by review  appraisal
of the mortgaged  property.  The Underwriting  Guidelines  permit  single-family
loans with  loan-to-value  ratios at  origination  of up to 90% for the  highest
credit grading category (75% under the stated income programs), depending on the
type and use of the  property,  the  creditworthiness  of the  mortgagor and the
debt-to-income  ratio. Under the Underwriting  Guidelines,  the maximum combined
loan-to-value  ratio for  purchase  money  mortgage  loans may differ from those
applicable to refinancings.

         All of the  Mortgage  Loans  are  based  on loan  application  packages
submitted through mortgage  brokerage  companies or at the related  Originator's
retail branches or are purchased from  originators  approved by the Originators.
Loan  application  packages  submitted  through  mortgage  brokerage  companies,
containing in each case relevant credit,  property and underwriting  information
on the loan request,  are compiled by the applicable  mortgage brokerage company
and submitted to the Originator for approval and funding. The mortgage brokerage
companies receive a portion of the loan origination fee charged to the mortgagor
at the time the loan is made.

         Each  prospective  mortgagor  completes an  application  which includes
information with respect to the applicant's liabilities,  income, credit history
and  employment  history,  as well as certain other personal  information.  Each
Originator  requires a credit report on each applicant  from a credit  reporting
company.  The applicant must provide to the related Originator or the originator
a letter explaining all late payments on mortgage debt and, generally,  consumer
(i.e., non-mortgage) debt. The report typically contains information relating to
such matters as credit  history with local and national  merchants  and lenders,
installment debt payments and any record of defaults, bankruptcy,  repossession,
suits or judgments.  Self-employed  individuals are generally required to submit
their two most  recent  federal  income tax  returns.  As part of their  quality
control systems,  each Originator generally reverifies  information with respect
to the  foregoing  matters  that has been  provided  by the  mortgage  brokerage
company prior to funding a loan and periodically  audits files based on a random
sample  of  closed  loans.  In the  course  of  their  pre-funding  audit,  each
Originator  generally  reverifies  the  income  of  each  mortgagor  or,  for  a
self-employed individual,  reviews the income documentation obtained pursuant to
the  Underwriting  Guidelines  (except  under stated  income  programs).  If the
loan-to-value  ratio is greater  than a  predetermined  level,  the  Originators
generally verify the source of funds for the down payment;  however, the related
Originator may not verify the source of funds if the loan-to-value ratio is less
than such level.

         Mortgaged  properties  that are to secure  mortgage loans are generally
appraised by qualified  independent  appraisers  who are approved by the related
Originator.  In  most  cases,  below-average  properties  (including  properties
requiring  major  deferred  maintenance)  are not  acceptable  as  security  for
mortgage loans under the  Underwriting  Guidelines.  Each  appraisal  includes a
market data analysis based on recent sales of comparable  homes in the area and,
where deemed appropriate, replacement cost analysis based on the current cost of
constructing  a similar  home.  Except with respect to purchase  money  mortgage
loans,  every  independent  appraisal  is  generally  reviewed  by  the  related
Originators  before the loan is funded,  and a drive-by  review or  appraisal is
generally performed in connection with loan amounts over a certain predetermined
dollar  amount  established  for each  State.  With  respect to  purchase  money
mortgage loans, an independent appraisal may be reviewed the Originator.

         The  Underwriting  Guidelines  are less  stringent  than the  standards
generally  acceptable  to FNMA and FHLMC with regard to the  mortgagor's  credit
standing and repayment  ability.  Mortgagors who qualify under the  Underwriting
Guidelines  generally  have  payment  histories  and debt ratios which would not
satisfy FNMA and FHLMC  underwriting  guidelines  and may have a record of major
derogatory credit items such as outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies. The
Underwriting  Guidelines establish the maximum permitted loan-to-value ratio for
each loan type based upon these and other risk factors.

         The Mortgage Loans originated by the Originators  other than Long Beach
were originated  consistent with and generally conform to "Full  Documentation",
"Limited  Documentation",  or "Stated  Income  Documentation"  residential  loan
programs.  Under each of the programs,  the related Originator generally reviews
the applicant's  source of income,  calculates the amount of income from sources
indicated on the loan application or similar  documentation,  reviews the credit
history  of the  applicant,  calculates  the  debt  service-to-income  ratio  to
determine the applicant's ability to repay the loan, reviews the type and use of
the property being financed, and reviews the

                                      S-25

<PAGE>


property.  In determining the ability of the applicant to repay the loan, a rate
is  established  that  generally  is equal to the  lesser of the  fully  indexed
interest  rate on the loan being  applied for or one  percent  above the initial
interest rate on such loan. The  Underwriting  Guidelines  require that mortgage
loans be underwritten in a standardized procedure which complies with applicable
federal  and  state  laws  and   regulations   and  requires  the   Originator's
underwriters to be satisfied that the value of the property being  financed,  as
indicated by an appraisal and a review of the appraisal,  currently supports the
outstanding loan balance. In general, the maximum loan amount for mortgage loans
originated  under the programs is $3,500,000.  Mortgage loans may,  however,  be
originated  generally up to $500,000,  provided the LTV is at least 5% below the
applicable  residential  loan program  maximum that would otherwise  apply.  The
Underwriting  Guidelines  permit  one-to-four-family  loans  to  have  LTV's  at
origination  of  generally up to 90%,  depending  on,  among other  things,  the
purpose of the mortgage loan, a mortgagor's  credit history,  repayment  ability
and debt  service-to-income  ratio, as well as the type and use of the property.
With respect to mortgage  loans  secured by mortgaged  properties  acquired by a
mortgagor under a "lease option  purchase," the LTV of the related mortgage loan
is generally  based on the appraised  value at the time of  origination  of such
mortgage loan.

         The  Underwriting  Guidelines  require that income be verified for each
applicant  and that the source of funds (if any) required to be deposited by the
applicant  into  escrow  under its various  programs as follows:  Under the Full
Documentation programs,  applicants generally are required to submit two written
forms of  verification  of stable  income for 24 months  (or, if the LTV is less
than or equal to 65%, for 12 months). Under the Limited Documentation  programs,
generally  one such form of  verification  is required for 12 months.  Under the
Stated Income  Documentation  programs,  generally an applicant may be qualified
based upon monthly  income as stated on the  mortgage  loan  application  if the
applicant meets certain criteria.  All the foregoing  programs typically require
that with respect to each  applicant,  there be a telephone  verification of the
applicant's employment. Verification of the source of funds (if any) required to
be deposited by the applicant  into escrow in the case of a purchase  money loan
is generally required under the Full Documentation  program guidelines.  No such
verification is required under the other programs.

         The  Underwriting  Guidelines  require title  insurance on all mortgage
loans  secured  by liens on real  property.  The  Underwriting  Guidelines  also
require that fire and extended coverage casualty  insurance be maintained on the
secured  property  in an amount at least equal to the  principal  balance of the
related single-family loan or the replacement cost of the property, whichever is
less.

         Under the Underwriting Guidelines,  various risk categories are used to
grade the likelihood that the mortgagor will satisfy the repayment conditions of
the  mortgage  loan.  These risk  categories  establish  the  maximum  permitted
loan-to-value ratio and loan amount, given the occupancy status of the mortgaged
property and the mortgagor's  credit history and debt ratio. In general,  higher
credit risk  mortgage  loans are graded in  categories  which permit higher debt
ratios  and  more  (or  more  recent)  major  derogatory  credit  items  such as
outstanding   judgments  or  prior  bankruptcies;   however,   the  Underwriting
Guidelines establish lower maximum loan-to-value ratios and maximum loan amounts
for loans graded in such categories.

         ARCC Performance Assumption Grouping

         The Seller,  through its manager AMRESCO Residential Credit Corporation
("ARCC"),  performs  due  diligence  on all mortgage  loan  portfolios  which it
acquires,  including the Mortgage  Loans  included in the Trust Estate.  Part of
ARCC's  review  includes a review of the  credit-grading  process of the related
Originators.  ARCC has developed Performance Assumption Groupings ("PAGs") which
are  similar  to a  credit-grading  criteria.  ARCC  determines  which  PAG  the
originators'  related credit grade most closely matches, and all loans which the
Originator  has  placed in that  credit  grade are  placed  in the  related  PAG
category.  Because  there  are  multiple  factors  in  both  the  credit  grades
identified by the originators  and the PAG  categories,  it is unlikely that any
credit grade  designation  will match up exactly to any PAG category.  ARCC uses
its best  efforts to match the  categories  based upon its  projection  of asset
performance  for the related credit grade and PAG. It should be noted that while
the  Originators  have  specific  criteria  for  credit  grades,  they  have the
discretion  to place a loan in a credit  grade for which it does not meet all of
the  criteria,  based upon  consideration  of all  relevant  factors.  It should
further be noted

                                      S-26

<PAGE>



that ARCC does not make any attempt to determine how individual loans would fall
under the PAG criteria  described below, but only associates the existing credit
grades of the Originator to the various PAG categories.

         Seller's PAG I
         --------------

                  The  maximum  LTV  for  all  eligible  properties,   owner  or
         non-owner occupied, purchase money or refinance, should be 90% or less.
         The maximum  back-end debt ratio should not exceed 50%. The prospective
         mortgagor  should  have  approximately  five (5)  years of  established
         credit  with  five (5) trade  lines.  In the last 12  months,  mortgage
         credit should show no  delinquencies  in excess of 30 days,  and in the
         last 24 months, should show delinquencies only for 30 days or less. The
         credit  history should reveal no  foreclosures.  In the last 12 months,
         installment and revolving accounts should indicate no delinquencies for
         major credit, and a maximum of 30 days for minor credit. In the last 24
         months,  both  major and minor  credit  should be a maximum  of 30 days
         delinquent.  There  should be no evidence of  judgments,  charge  offs,
         collections or bankruptcies affecting the mortgagor. In last 36 months,
         the prospective mortgagor should have had only minor collection actions
         totaling less than $500.

         Seller's PAG II
         ---------------

                  The  maximum  LTV  for  all  eligible  properties,   owner  or
         non-owner occupied, purchase money or refinance, should be 85% or less.
         The maximum  back end debt ratio  should not exceed 50%.  The  customer
         should have  approximately  three (3) years of established  credit with
         three (3) trade lines.  In the last 12 months,  mortgage  credit should
         show no more than two 30-day delinquencies and no 60-day delinquencies,
         and all credits  should be current at the time of  origination;  in the
         last 24 months,  the  credit  history  should  show a maximum of 30 day
         delinquencies.  In  the  last  12  months,  installment  and  revolving
         accounts should include no more than two 30-day delinquencies for major
         credit and a maximum of 60 day  delinquency  for minor  credit.  In the
         last 24  months,  the  maximum  delinquency  should be 60 days for both
         major and  minor  credit.  In the last 12  months,  there  should be no
         collection action taken against the prospective mortgagor.  In the last
         24 months,  there  should be no  judgments  or charge offs  against the
         prospective   mortgagor,   and  discharged   bankruptcies  should  have
         reestablished  credit  with no  delinquencies.  In the last 36  months,
         mortgagor should be subject to only minor  collection  actions totaling
         less than $1,000.

         Seller's PAG III
         ----------------

                  The  maximum  LTV  for  all  eligible  properties,   owner  or
         non-owner occupied, purchase money or refinance, should be 80% or less.
         The maximum  back end debt ratio  should not exceed 50%.  The  customer
         should have  approximately two (2) years of established credit with two
         (2) trade lines. In the last 12 months,  mortgage credit should show no
         more  than  three  30-day  delinquencies  and one  60-day  delinquency.
         Mortgage  credit should be a maximum 30 days  delinquent at the time of
         origination,  and  in  the  last  24  months,  a  maximum  of  60  days
         delinquent.  In the last 12 months,  installment and revolving accounts
         should show no more than two 60-day  delinquencies for major credit and
         a  maximum  delinquency  of 90 days for  minor  credit.  In the last 24
         months,  installment and revolving accounts should be a maximum 90 days
         delinquent  for both  major and minor  credit.  In the last 12  months,
         there should be no judgments or charge offs, and only minor  collection
         actions totaling less than $500 against the prospective  mortgagor.  In
         the last 24 months,  the  prospective  mortgagor  is  permitted to have
         judgments  or charge  offs  totaling  less than  $500,  and  discharged
         bankruptcies with a maximum 30-day delinquency on reestablished credit.
         In the last 36 months, collection actions totaling less than $2,500 are
         permitted.

         Seller's PAG IV
         ---------------

                  The  maximum  LTV  for  all  eligible  properties,   owner  or
         non-owner occupied, purchase money or refinance, should be 75% or less.
         The maximum  back-end  debt ratio  should not exceed  55%.  There is no
         requirement for an established  credit history.  In the last 12 months,
         mortgage  credit should include no more than four 30-day  delinquencies
         and two 60-day delinquencies, and mortgage credit should be a

                                      S-27

<PAGE>



         maximum of 90 days delinquent at the time of  origination.  In the last
         12 months,  installment and revolving accounts should show no more than
         two  90-day  delinquencies  for major  credit  and a maximum  of 90 day
         delinquencies for minor credit. In the last 24 months,  installment and
         revolving  accounts  should be a maximum  90 days  delinquent  for both
         major and  minor  credit.  In the last 12  months,  mortgagor  may have
         discharged   bankruptcies   with   maximum   30  day   delinquency   on
         reestablished  credit, and collection actions totaling less than $2,500
         are permitted.  In the last 24 months,  total judgments and charge offs
         should be less than $2,500.

         Seller's PAG V
         --------------

                  The  maximum  LTV  for  all  eligible  properties,   owner  or
         non-owner occupied, purchase money or refinance, should be 65% or less.
         The maximum  back-end  debt ratio  should not exceed  55%.  There is no
         requirement for an established  credit history.  In the last 12 months,
         mortgage  credit  should be a maximum  of 120 days  delinquent,  and no
         foreclosure may be pending at the time of  origination.  In the last 24
         months,  mortgage  credit  should be a maximum of 120 days  delinquent.
         There are no stipulations  regarding other derogatory information other
         than that bankruptcies should have been discharged.

         Approximately _____%, _____%, _____%, and _____% of the Initial Group I
Mortgage Loans  (including  Long Beach Loans) and _____%,  _____%,  _____%,  and
_____% of the Initial Group II Mortgage Loans  (including  Long Beach Loans) are
in the Seller's PAG II, PAG III, PAG IV, and PAG V, categories, respectively.

         Approximately  _____%,  _____%,  and  _____%  of the  Initial  Group  I
Mortgage Loans that are not Long Beach Loans and _____%,  _____%,  and _____% of
the  Initial  Group II  Mortgage  Loans that are not Long Beach Loans are in the
Full  Documentation,  Limited  Documentation  and  Stated  Income  Documentation
programs, respectively.

Prepayment Penalties

         Any  Mortgage  Loan  may be  prepaid  in full  or in part at any  time;
however,  approximately  _____%  of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans in Group I and
_____% of the Initial  Mortgage Loans in Group II provide for the payment by the
Mortgagor of a  prepayment  charge in limited  circumstances  on certain full or
partial  prepayments made for up to five years from the date of execution of the
related Note. The amount of the prepayment  charge is as provided in the related
Note. In general,  the Note provides that a prepayment  charge will apply if, in
any  twelve-month  period generally during the first five years from the date of
origination  of such Mortgage Loan,  the Mortgagor  prepays an aggregate  amount
exceeding  20% of the original  principal  balance of such  Mortgage  Loan.  The
amount of the prepayment  charge will generally be equal to six months'  advance
interest  calculated  on the  basis  of the rate in  effect  at the time of such
prepayment  on the amount  prepaid in excess of 20% of the  original  balance of
such Mortgage Loan.

         The Seller  plans to initiate a refinance  policy with the  Originators
who  originated  Mortgage  Loans for the Trust and for other trusts in which the
Seller or an  affiliate  of the Seller owns a residual  interest in an effort to
retain  borrowers  who the  Seller  or the  Originators  believe  are  likely to
refinance  their loans due to interest rate changes or other  reasons.  Although
the policy is expected to permit the  Originators  to solicit such  borrowers in
accordance with the Seller's policy,  the Depositor  believes that this practice
will not likely result in a material change in the prepayment  experience of the
Trust  because the  solicited  borrowers  would have been  expected to refinance
through other originators in any event.

Representations Relating to the Mortgage Loans

         Each  Originator  will  have made  representations  and  warranties  in
respect of the Mortgage  Loans sold by such  Originator  to the Seller in a loan
purchase  and sale  agreement  (each,  a  "Transfer  Agreement"),  which will be
assigned to the Trust. Such  representations  and warranties  generally include,
among other things, that: (i) the information with respect to each Mortgage Loan
set forth in the related  Schedule  of Mortgage  Loans is true and correct as of
the specified  date;  (ii) each Mortgaged  Property is improved by a one-to-four
family residential

                                      S-28

<PAGE>


dwelling,  which may include  condominiums,  townhouses and manufactured housing
permanently  attached to foundations;  (iii) each Mortgage Loan had, at the time
of origination, either an attorney's certification of title or a title search or
title  policy;  (iv) as of the Cut-Off Date each  Mortgage Loan was secured by a
valid and subsisting  first lien of record on the Mortgaged  Property subject in
all cases  only to the  exceptions  to title  set  forth in the title  insurance
policy,  if any, with respect to the related  Mortgage Loan; (v) each Originator
held good and  indefeasible  title to, and was the sole owner of, each  Mortgage
Loan  when  conveyed  by such  Originator;  and  (vi)  each  Mortgage  Loan  was
originated in accordance with applicable law and is the valid, legal and binding
obligation of the related Mortgagor.

         If an Originator cannot cure a breach of any representation or warranty
made by it in respect of a Mortgage Loan that  materially and adversely  affects
the  interests of the Owners or the  Certificate  Insurer in such  Mortgage Loan
within a time period specified in the Transfer  Agreement,  such Originator will
be obligated  under the related  Transfer  Agreement to purchase  from the Trust
such  Mortgage  Loan at a price (the  "Loan  Purchase  Price")  set forth in the
related  Transfer  Agreement  which Loan Purchase Price will be no less than the
principal  balance thereof as of the date of purchase plus one month's  interest
at the  Mortgage  Rate (net of the  applicable  Servicing  Fee) (the "Net Coupon
Rate").

         As  to  any  such  Mortgage  Loan  required  to  be  repurchased  by an
Originator as provided  above,  rather than  repurchase the Mortgage Loan,  such
Originator  may,  at its sole  option,  remove  such  Mortgage  Loan (a "Deleted
Mortgage  Loan")  from the  Trust and  cause  the  substitution  in its place of
another Mortgage Loan of like kind (a "Qualified  Replacement  Mortgage" as such
term is defined in the  Agreement);  however,  such  substitution of a defective
Mortgage Loan may not be made if such  substitution  would cause the REMIC Trust
not to qualify as a REMIC or result in a  prohibited  transaction  tax under the
Code (generally after two years from the Startup Day).

         Upon receipt of notice by a Servicer or upon a Servicer  becoming aware
that a  representation  and  warranty  made  by an  Originator  in the  Transfer
Agreement has been breached,  such Servicer will be required to promptly  notify
the related Originator,  the Certificate  Insurer, the Trustee and the Seller of
such  breach and  request  that such  Originator  cure such  breach or honor its
repurchase  or  substitution  obligations  for the  benefit  of the  Trust.  The
foregoing will constitute the sole remedy available to the Trust for a breach of
representation by an Originator.

The Servicers

         The  information  set forth below  concerning  the  Servicers  has been
provided to the Depositor by the related  Servicer.  Neither the Depositor,  the
Seller,  the Underwriters  nor any of their respective  affiliates have made any
independent investigation of such information,  nor has either Servicer made any
such investigation with respect to information about the other Servicer.

         Advanta

         Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA ("Advanta") will act as one of the Servicers
of the Mortgage Loans pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  Advanta
is an indirect  subsidiary of Advanta  Corp., a Delaware  corporation  ("Advanta
Parent"),  a publicly traded company based in Horsham,  Pennsylvania with assets
as of March 31, 1996 in excess of $5.0 billion.

         Advanta Parent,  through its subsidiaries  (including  Advanta) managed
assets  (including  mortgage  loans) in excess of $16.1  billion as of March 31,
1996.

         As of March 31,  1996,  Advanta  and its  subsidiaries  were  servicing
approximately 34,000 mortgage loans in the Owned and Managed Servicing Portfolio
representing an aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of approximately  $1.9
billion,  and approximately  29,900 mortgage loans in the Third-Party  Servicing
Portfolio   representing   an  aggregate   outstanding   principal   balance  of
approximately $923 million.

         Owned and Managed Servicing  Portfolio.  The following tables set forth
information relating to the delinquency, loan loss and foreclosure experience of
Advanta for its servicing portfolio, excluding certain loans

                                      S-29

<PAGE>



serviced by Advanta that were not originated or purchased and  reunderwritten by
affiliates of Advanta (the "Owned and Managed  Servicing  Portfolio"),  of fixed
and variable rate mortgage  loans as of March 31, 1996, and for each of the four
prior years. In addition to the Owned and Managed Servicing  Portfolio,  Advanta
serviced  as of March 31,  1996,  approximately  29,900  mortgage  loans with an
aggregate principal balance as of such date of approximately $923 million;  such
loans were not  originated  by Advanta or  affiliates  of Advanta  and are being
serviced  for third  parties on a contract  servicing  basis (the  "Third  Party
Servicing  Portfolio").  No loans in the Third  Party  Servicing  Portfolio  are
included in the tables set forth below.

                    DELINQUENCY AND FORECLOSURE EXPERIENCE OF
                 ADVANTA'S OWNED AND MANAGED SERVICING PORTFOLIO
                                OF MORTGAGE LOANS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Year Ending December 31,
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                Three Months Ending
                        1992                   1993                     1994                    1995              March 31, 1996
               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              By                      By                      By                       By                     By
                 By No.     Dollar                  Dollar                  Dollar                   Dollar                 Dollar
                   of       Amount      By No.      Amount      By No.      Amount      By No.       Amount     By No.      Amount
                 Loans     of Loans    of Loans    of Loans    of Loans    of Loans    of Loans     of Loans   of Loans    of Loans
               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>       
Portfolio        22,318    $908,541     25,460    $1,149,864    26,446    $1,346,100    32,592     $1,797,582   $34,422   $1,928,336
Delinquency
 percentage(1)
 30-59 days      2.71%      2.59%       2.43%        2.22%       2.01%       1.57%       2.67%       2.44%       1.97%      1.94%
 60-89 days       0.64       0.64        0.77        0.63        0.57        0.45        0.72         0.71       0.65        0.65
 90 days or       1.52      1.69%        2.19        2.12        1.85        1.51        1.69         1.23       1.58        1.25
                  ----      -----        ----        ----        ----        ----        ----         ----       ----        ----
more
Total            4.87%      4.92%       5.39%        4.97%       4.43%       3.53%       5.08%       4.38%       4.20%      3.84%
Foreclosure      2.13%      2.78%       1.32%        1.62%       1.35%       1.38%       1.29%       1.53%       1.37%      1.62%
rate(2)
REO              0.35%        --        0.42%         --         0.47%        --         0.52%         --        0.49%        --
properties(3)

- ------------------------
<FN>
(1)   The  period of  delinquency  is based on the number of days  payments  are
      contractually past due. The delinquency  statistics for the period exclude
      loans in foreclosure.
(2)   "Foreclosure Rate" is the number of mortgage loans or the dollar amount of
      mortgage  loans in  foreclosure  as a  percentage  of the total  number of
      mortgage loans or the dollar amount of mortgage loans, as the case may be,
      as of the date indicated.
(3)   REO  Properties  (i.e.,  "real  estate  owned"  properties  --  properties
      relating to mortgages foreclosed or for which deeds in lieu of foreclosure
      have been accepted,  and held by Advanta pending disposition)  percentages
      are calculated using the number of loans, not the dollar amount.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      S-30

<PAGE>



                              LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
               OF ADVANTA'S OWNED AND MANAGED SERVICING PORTFOLIO
                               OF MORTGAGE LOANS*
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     Year Ending December 31,
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1992             1993              1994              1995          March 31,
                                                                                                                  1996
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                        <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>             <C>       
Average amount outstanding(1)              $786,178        $1,049,447        $1,225,529        $1,540,238      $1,850,765
Gross losses(2)                             $6,069           $14,115           $20,886           $13,978         $3,341
Recoveries(3)                                $145             $123              $179              $148             $15
Net losses(4)                               $5,924           $13,992           $20,707           $13,830         $3,326
Net losses as a percentage of
 average amount outstanding                 0.75%             1.33%             1.69%             0.90%         0.72%(5)

- ------------------------
<FN>
(1)   "Average Amount  Outstanding"  during the period is the arithmetic average
      of the principal  balances of the mortgage  loans  outstanding on the last
      business day of each month during the period.
(2)   "Gross Losses" are amounts which have been determined to be  uncollectible
      relating to mortgage loans for each respective period.
(3)   "Recoveries"  are  recoveries  from  liquidation  proceeds and  deficiency
      judgments.
(4)   "Net Losses" represents "Gross Losses" minus "Recoveries".
(5)   Annualized
* Managed portfolio statistics restated to exclude interest advances on serviced
portfolio to be consistent with presentation of owned portfolio.
</FN>
</TABLE>

         Advanta  experienced  an increase in the net loss rate on its Owned and
Managed  Servicing  Portfolio  during the period 1990 through  1994. It believes
that  such  increase  was due to four  primary  factors;  the  seasoning  of its
portfolio,  economic conditions, a decline in property values in certain regions
and the acceleration of charge-offs on loans in 1994. In addition,  the level of
net losses during such period was negatively  impacted by the performance on the
Non-Income Verification ("NIV") loan program. The net loss rates as a percentage
of the average amount outstanding on its Owned and Managed Servicing  Portfolio,
excluding NIV loans,  are 0.82%,  1.42%,  0.88% and 0.45% for the periods ending
December  31, 1995,  December 31, 1994,  December 31, 1993 and December 31, 1992
respectively.*
- -----------------
* Managed portfolio statistics restated to exclude interest advances on serviced
portfolio to be consistent with presentation of owned portfolio.

         Long Beach Mortgage Company

         Long Beach Mortgage  Company  (referred to herein as "Long  Beach"),  a
Delaware  corporation,  was  incorporated  in June 1994,  and is  approved  as a
seller/servicer for FNMA and FHLMC and as a non-supervised mortgagee by the U.S.
Department  of Housing  and Urban  Development.  On October 7, 1994,  Long Beach
succeeded  to the mortgage  banking  business  formerly  conducted by Long Beach
Bank,  F.S.B., a federally  chartered  savings bank (the "Bank"),  including all
operating systems,  computers,  files and substantially all personnel maintained
and  utilized  by the  Bank in its  mortgage  banking  operations  prior  to its
reorganization.

         The  principal  business  of Long  Beach  is  originating,  purchasing,
selling  and  servicing  residential  real  estate  loans  secured  by  one-  to
four-family properties  ("single-family") and multi-family properties containing
five or more  units  ("multi-family").  The  initial  working  capital  for Long
Beach's  operations was provided by Long Beach Financial  Services Company.  Its
principal   sources  of  funds  are   anticipated  to  be  sales  of  loans  and
mortgage-backed   securities,  bank  lines  of  credit,  term  loans  and  other
borrowings. At March 31, 1996, Long Beach had 90 offices,  consisting of 33 loan
origination  centers  located  in  California  and 57 loan  origination  centers
located in Arizona, Colorado, Georgia, Illinois,  Indiana, Michigan,  Minnesota,
Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington and Wisconsin.

Lending  Activities  and Loan Sales.  Long Beach  originates  single-family  and
multi-family  real  estate  loans  through  referrals  from  mortgage  brokerage
companies and through its network of offices and loan origination centers. Long

                                      S-31

<PAGE>



Beach also  participates  in secondary  market  activities  by  originating  and
selling mortgage loans,  participations in loans, or mortgage-backed  securities
in the secondary market,  generally  retaining loan servicing;  however, in some
cases Long  Beach's  whole loan sale  agreements  provide  for the  transfer  of
servicing  rights.  In addition,  Long Beach intends to retain mortgage loans in
its own portfolio to provide a stable  source of interest  income and to provide
collateral to secure borrowings.

         Before  Long Beach  originates  any  mortgage  loans which are based on
application  packages submitted through a mortgage brokerage company that is new
to Long Beach, such mortgage brokerage company is examined by Long Beach through
license and reference checks and through a personal visit by a senior Long Beach
representative.  If at any time Long Beach determines that a mortgage  brokerage
company  consistently  submits  applications  for  loans  which do not meet Long
Beach's  underwriting and quality control  standards,  Long Beach terminates its
relationship with that mortgage brokerage company.

         Long  Beach's  primary  lending  activity  is  funding  loans to enable
mortgagors to purchase or refinance  residential real property,  which loans are
secured by first or second liens on the related real property. Long Beach's loan
portfolio also includes loans for  commercial  and industrial  properties.  Long
Beach's  single-family  real  estate  loans  are  predominantly   "conventional"
mortgage  loans,  meaning  that  they are not  insured  by the  Federal  Housing
Administration  (the "FHA") or partially  guaranteed  by the U.S.  Department of
Veterans Affairs (the "VA").

         The following  table  summarizes  Long Beach's  (including  that of its
predecessor-in  interest  Long  Beach  Bank)  one-  to  four-family  residential
mortgage loan origination and sales activity for the periods shown below.  Sales
activity may include sales of mortgage loans  purchased by Long Beach from other
loan originators.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           Year Ended December 31,                               Three Months
                                                                                                                     Ended
                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1992                1993              1994              1995              March 31,
                                                                                                                     1996
                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)
                                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>                <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>     
Originations....................            $959,534           $786,374        $1,062,593        $1,112,890        $369,631

Sales...........................          $1,081,001           $788,291        $1,081,841        $1,108,162        $376,473
</TABLE>


Loan  Servicing.  Generally,  Long  Beach  services  all the  mortgage  loans it
originates whether those loans are sold or retained in its portfolio.  Servicing
includes  collecting and remitting  loan payments,  accounting for principal and
interest,  contacting delinquent mortgagors,  and supervising foreclosure in the
event of unremedied  defaults.  Long Beach's  servicing  activities  are audited
regularly by its  internal  auditors and  examined  periodically  by  applicable
regulatory authorities.  Certain financial records of Long Beach relating to its
loan  servicing  activities  are reviewed  annually as part of the audit of Long
Beach's financial statements conducted by its independent accountants.

Collection Procedures;  Delinquency and Loss Experience.  When a mortgagor fails
to make a required  payment on a residential  mortgage loan, Long Beach attempts
to cause the deficiency to be cured by corresponding with the mortgagor. In most
cases  deficiencies  are cured  promptly.  Pursuant  to Long  Beach's  customary
procedures  for  residential  mortgage loans serviced by it for its own account,
Long Beach  generally  mails a notice of intent to  foreclose  to the  mortgagor
after the loan has become 31 days past due (two  payments due but not  received)
and,  within one month  thereafter,  if the loan remains  delinquent,  typically
institutes  appropriate  legal action to foreclose on the property  securing the
loan. If  foreclosed,  the property is sold at public or private sale and may be
purchased by Long Beach. In California, real estate lenders are generally unable
as a practical matter to obtain a deficiency judgment against the mortgagor on a
loan secured by single-family real estate.

                                      S-32

<PAGE>




Long Beach Programs -- Servicing Portfolio

         The  following  table  sets  forth Long  Beach's  delinquency  and loss
experience  (including  that of its  predecessor  in interest,  the Bank) at the
dates indicated on its servicing  portfolio of mortgage loans  originated  under
the Long Beach  Programs (the majority of such mortgage  loans  reflected in the
following table are adjustable rate mortgage loans):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             At December 31,
                                             ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   1992             1993            1994           1995         March 31,
                                                                                                                  1996
                                             ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>       
Total Outstanding Principal Balance.........        1,561,256      $1,948,978      $2,422,604     $2,405,639     $2,394,192
Number of Loans.............................           12,257          16,289          21,291         22,775         23,121
DELINQUENCY
Period of Delinquency:
31-60 Days
   Principal Balance........................           12,630         $13,079         $16,816        $32,483        $36,046
   Number of Loans..........................               91             106             131            286            338
   Delinquency as a Percentage of Total
     Outstanding Principal Balance..........            0.81%           0.67%           0.69%          1.35%          1.51%
   Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans........................            0.74%           0.65%           0.62%          1.26%          1.46%
61-90 Days
   Principal Balance........................          $10,753         $13,144         $18,104        $21,249        $25,907
   Number of Loans..........................               75              93             129            188            220
   Delinquency as a Percentage of Total
     Outstanding Principal Balance..........            0.69%           0.67%           0.75%          0.88%          1.08%
   Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans........................            0.61%           0.57%           0.61%          0.83%          0.95%
91 Days or More
   Principal Balance........................          $48,643         $60,621         $70,034        $94,201       $102,503
   Number of Loans..........................              334             418             509            765            860
   Delinquency as a Percentage of Total
     Outstanding Principal Balance..........            3.12%           3.11%           2.89%          3.92%          4.28%
   Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans........................            2.72%           2.57%           2.39%          3.36%          3.72%
Total Delinquencies:
   Principal Balance........................          $72,026         $86,844        $104,953       $147,933       $164,456
   Number of Loans..........................              500             617             769          1,239          1,418
   Delinquency as a Percentage of Total
     Outstanding Principal Balance..........            4.61%           4.46%           4.33%          6.15%          6.87%
   Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans........................            4.08%           3.79%           3.61%          5.44%          6.13%
FORECLOSURES PENDING(1)
   Principal Balance........................          $50,104         $64,443         $77,960       $102,962       $108,600
   Number of Loans..........................              342             449             583            859            922
   Foreclosures Pending as a Percentage of
     Total Outstanding Principal Balance....            3.21%           3.31%           3.22%          4.28%          4.54%
   Foreclosures Pending as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans........................            2.79%           2.76%           2.74%          3.77%          3.99%
NET LOAN GAINS (LOSSES) for the Period(2)...        $ (3,198)      $ (13,449)      $ (24,617)     $ (24,320)      $ (6,552)
NET LOAN GAINS (LOSSES) as a Percentage of
 Total outstanding Principal Balance........           (0.20)%         (0.69)%         (1.02)%        (1.01)%        (0.27)%
- -------------
<FN>
(1)   Mortgage  loans  which  are in  foreclosure  but as to which  title to the
      mortgaged  property  has  not  been  acquired,  at the  end of the  period
      indicated.  Foreclosures  pending are  included in the  delinquencies  set
      forth above.

(2)   Net Loan Gains  (Losses) is calculated  for loans  conveyed to REMIC trust
      funds as the  aggregate  of the net loan gain  (loss)  for all such  loans
      liquidated during the period  indicated.  The net loan gain (loss) for any
      such loan is equal to the  difference  between (a) the  principal  balance
      plus accrued interest through the date of liquidation plus all liquidation
      expenses  related to such loan and (b) all amounts  received in connection
      with the  liquidation  of such loan.  The  majority of Long Beach  Program
      loans serviced by Long Beach have been conveyed to REMIC trust funds.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                      S-33

<PAGE>



         As of March 31, 1996,  400 one- to four-family  residential  properties
relating to loans in Long Beach's  total  servicing  portfolio had been acquired
through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure and were not liquidated,  334
of which properties  relate to the B 1st, B 1st Fast Trac, B 1st QuickCredit and
B 1st QuickCredit Fast Trac residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio.

         There can be no assurance that the  delinquency  and loss experience of
the Long Beach Loans will  correspond  to the loss  experience  of Long  Beach's
mortgage  portfolio set forth in the foregoing table. The statistics shown above
represent  the  delinquency  and  loss  experience  for  residential   mortgages
originated under the Long Beach Programs and serviced by Long Beach only for the
years  presented,  whereas the aggregate  delinquency and loss experience on the
Long Beach Loans will depend on the results obtained over the life of the Trust.
Long  Beach's   portfolio   includes  mortgage  loans  with  payment  and  other
characteristics   which  are  not   representative  of  the  payment  and  other
characteristics  of the Long Beach Loans. A substantial number of the Long Beach
Loans may also have been originated based on Long Beach Guidelines that are less
stringent than those generally  applicable to the servicing  portfolio reflected
in the foregoing  table.  In addition,  it should be noted that a portion of the
period  covered by the foregoing  table was one in which real estate values were
appreciating,  particularly in the areas of California where properties securing
the related  loans were  located.  However,  over the last  several  years,  the
residential  real  estate  markets  in many  regions of the  country,  including
California,  have experienced general deterioration,  and should such decline in
property  values  continue  such that the  principal  balances of the Long Beach
Loans and any secondary  financing on the related  Mortgaged  Properties  become
equal to or  greater  than the value of such  Mortgaged  Properties,  the actual
rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and  losses  could be higher  than those
previously  experienced by Long Beach. In addition,  adverse economic conditions
(which may or may not affect real property values) may affect the timely payment
by Mortgagors of scheduled  payments of principal and interest on the Long Beach
Loans and,  accordingly,  the actual rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and
losses with respect to the Long Beach Loans.


                                      S-34

<PAGE>



Residential Loan Servicing Portfolio

         The  following  table  sets  forth Long  Beach's  delinquency  and loss
experience  (including  that of its  predecessor  in interest,  the Bank) at the
dates indicated on its entire servicing portfolio (inclusive of loans originated
under the Long Beach Programs) of residential (including  multi-family) mortgage
loans:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         At December 31,
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            1992               1993              1994              1995         March 31,
                                                                                                                  1996
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                          <C>                <C>              <C>               <C>           <C>       
Total Outstanding Principal Balance.         $2,249,834         $2,434,615       $2,721,665        $2,790,704    $2,958,208
Number of Loans.....................             19,235             21,159           24,669            26,776        28,717
DELINQUENCY
Period of Delinquency:
31-60 Days
 Principal Balance..................           $ 21,394           $ 21,834         $ 20,923          $ 35,503      $ 39,604
 Number of Loans....................                220                224              195               327           391
 Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Total Outstanding Principal
     Balance........................              0.95%              0.90%            0.77%             1.27%         1.34%
 Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans................              1.14%              1.06%            0.79%             1.22%         1.36%
61-90 Days
 Principal Balance                             $ 18,360           $ 19,321         $ 24,013          $ 25,237      $ 28,199
 Number of Loans....................                173                177              193               253           261
 Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Total Outstanding Principal
     Balance........................              0.82%              0.79%            0.88%             0.90%         0.95%
 Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans................              0.90%              0.84%            0.78%             0.95%         0.91%
91 Days or More
 Principal Balance..................           $ 85,403           $ 92,100         $ 97,202          $109,703      $119,329
 Number of Loans....................                764                765              771               977         1,104
 Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Total Outstanding Principal
     Balance........................              3.80%              3.78%            3.57%             3.93%         4.03%
 Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans................              3.97%              3.62%            3.13%             3.65%         3.84%
Total Delinquencies:
 Principal Balance..................           $125,157           $133,255         $142,138          $170,444      $187,132
 Number of Loans....................              1,157              1,166            1,159             1,557         1,756
 Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Total Outstanding Principal
     Balance........................              5.56%              5.47%            5.22%             6.11%         6.33%
 Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans................              6.02%              5.51%            4.70%             5.82%         6.11%
FORECLOSURES PENDING(1)
 Principal Balance..................           $ 87,439           $ 96,810         $111,514          $132,679      $131,924
 Number of Loans....................                737                748              955             1,200         1,153
 Foreclosures Pending as a
     Percentage of Total Outstanding
     Principal Balance..............              3.89%              3.98%            4.10%             4.75%         4.46%
 Foreclosures Pending as a
     Percentage of Number of Loans..
                                                  3.83%              3.54%            3.87%             4.48%         4.02%
NET LOAN GAINS (LOSSES) for the
 Period(2)..........................          $(10,796)         $ (35,474)       $ (51,296)         $(37,914)     $ (8,523)
NET LOAN GAINS (LOSSES) as a
 Percentage of Total Outstanding
 Principal Balance..................             (0.48)%            (1.46)%          (1.88)%           (1.36)%       (0.29)%


- ------------- 
<FN>
(1)   Mortgage  loans  which  are in  foreclosure  but as to which  title to the
      mortgaged  property  has  not  been  acquired,  at the  end of the  period
      indicated.  Foreclosures  pending are  included in the  delinquencies  set
      forth above.
(2)   Net Loan Gains  (Losses) is calculated  for loans  conveyed to REMIC trust
      funds as the  aggregate  of the net loan gain  (loss)  for all such  loans
      liquidated during the period  indicated.  The net loan gain (loss) for any
      such loan is equal to the  difference  between (a) the  principal  balance
      plus accrued interest through the date of liquidation plus all liquidation
      expenses  related to such loan and (b) all amounts  received in connection
      with the  liquidation  of such loan.  The  majority of  residential  loans
      serviced by Long Beach have been conveyed to REMIC trust funds.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      S-35

<PAGE>



         The delinquency and loss experience  percentages set forth above in the
immediately  preceding  table are  calculated on the basis of the total mortgage
loans  serviced as of the end of the  periods  indicated.  However,  because the
total outstanding  principal balance of residential loans serviced by Long Beach
has increased  from  $1,209,505,000  at December 31, 1990 to  $2,958,208,000  at
March 31, 1996, the total  outstanding  principal  balance of residential  loans
serviced as of the end of any indicated period includes many loans that will not
have been  outstanding  long enough to give rise to some or all of the indicated
periods  of  delinquency.  In the  absence  of such  substantial  and  continual
additions of newly originated  loans to the total amount of loans serviced,  the
percentages  indicated above would be higher and could be substantially  higher.
The actual  delinquency  percentages with respect to the Long Beach Loans may be
expected to be substantially higher than the delinquency  percentages  indicated
above because the composition of the Long Beach Loans will not change.

         In  addition,  over the last  several  years,  there has been a general
deterioration  of the real estate  market and  weakening  of the economy in many
regions of the country,  including California.  The general deterioration of the
real estate  market has been  reflected in increases in  delinquencies  of loans
secured by real estate,  slower  absorption rates of real estate into the market
and lower sales prices for real estate. The general weakening of the economy has
been  reflected  in  decreases  in the  financial  strength  of  mortgagors  and
decreases in the value of collateral  serving as security for loans. If the real
estate  market and economy  continue to decline,  Long Beach may  experience  an
increase  in  delinquencies  on the loans it  services  and higher net losses on
liquidated loans.

         In the  opinion  of Long  Beach,  the  period to period  changes in the
delinquency  and loss  experience set forth in the table above are  attributable
primarily  to the  introduction  and  seasoning of higher  credit risk  mortgage
loans,  as measured  by credit risk  category  under Long  Beach's  underwriting
guidelines, and a general downturn in the California economy.

         Option One Mortgage Corporation

         Option One Mortgage  Corporation  ("Option  One") was  incorporated  in
1992,  commenced  receiving  applications  for mortgage  loans under its regular
lending  program  in  February  1993  and  began  funding  such  mortgage  loans
indirectly  in the same  month.  The  principal  business  of Option  One is the
origination, sale and servicing of non-conforming mortgage loans.

         As of December 31, 1994,  Option One was a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Plaza Home Mortgage Bank,  which was in turn a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Plaza
Home Mortgage Corporation ("PHMC"). On March 3, 1995, Fleet National Bank, Rhode
Island  acquired  100%  of  the  outstanding  stock  of  PHMC.   Following  such
acquisition,  Option One  became a  subsidiary  of Fleet  National  Bank,  Rhode
Island,  which is in turn a  subsidiary  of Fleet  Financial  Group,  Inc. As of
December 31, 1995,  Option One had three loan origination  centers in California
and one loan origination  center in each of Florida,  Georgia,  Illinois,  Ohio,
Texas and Virginia.

         Option One  operates as a  stand-alone  mortgage  banking  company with
functional reporting responsibility to Fleet Financial Group, Inc. Option One is
a FNMA approved servicer. Option One assumed full servicing responsibilities for
the  non-conforming  credit  servicing  portfolio of PHMC on May 4, 1995, all of
which  portfolio had been  originated by Option One. Prior to such  acquisition,
Option One acted as subservicer  on such  portfolio  performing the functions of
delinquency advancing, investor reporting,  remitting cash collected,  preparing
pertinent  reports  and  making   collections  on  delinquent   mortgage  loans,
foreclosures and real estate owned.

         The following  tables set forth, as of December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995
certain information relating to the delinquency  experience  (including imminent
foreclosures,  foreclosures in progress and bankruptcies) of one- to four-family
residential  mortgage  loans  included in Option  One's  servicing  portfolio of
mortgage loans originated under the Option One Guidelines  (which portfolio does
not include  mortgage loans that are  subserviced  for others) at the end of the
indicated periods.  The indicated periods of delinquency are based on the number
of days  past  due on a  contractual  basis.  No  mortgage  loan  is  considered
delinquent  for these  purposes  until it is one month past due on a contractual
basis. Such tables restate PHMC's  performance  statistics  relating only to the
non-conforming  mortgage  loans  previously  subserviced  by  Option  One.  Such
servicing was subsequently transferred to Option One.


                                      S-36

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Delinquencies and Foreclosures
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)

                                            At December 31,                At December 31,               At December 31,
                                                  1993                          1994                           1995
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Percent Percent                Percent Percent                Percent Percent
                                     By No.    By    By No.   by    By No.    By    By No.    by   By No.    By    By No.   by
                                       of    Dollar    of   Dollar   of     Dollar    of    Dollar   of    Dollar    of    Dollar
                                      Loans  Amount  Loans  Amount  Loan    Amount   Loans  Amount Loans   Amount  Loans   Amount
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                    <C>   <C>        <C>     <C>   <C>   <C>        <C>     <C> <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>
Total Portfolio.................       1,233 $146,352   N/A     N/A  6,115 $615,488    N/A    N/A 12,686 1,153,199   N/A     N/A
Period of Delinquency:
         31 - 59 days...........           2    251     .16     .17     32   3,247     .52    .53    126   11,364    .99     .99
         60 - 89 days...........           3    265     .24     .18     17   1,637     .28    .27     87    8,138    .69     .71
         90 days or more........           2    282     .16     .19     28   3,556     .46    .58    294   28,982   2.32    2.51
                                           -    ---     ---     ---     --   -----     ---    ---    ---   ------   ----    ----
Total Delinquent Loans..........           7    798     .56     .54     77   8,440    1.26   1.38    507   48,484   4.00    4.21
Loans in Foreclosure*...........           4    415     .32     .28     50   5,328     .82    .87    301   28,874   2.37    2.50

- --------------------
<FN>
*     Loans in foreclosure are also included under the heading "Total Delinquent
      Loans."
</FN>
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Real Estate Owned
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)

                                    At December 31,                At December 31,               At December 31,
                                         1993                            1994                         1995
                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               By Dollar                      By Dollar                     By Dollar
                                 By No.         Amount          By No.          Amount         By No.        Amount
                                of Loans       of Loans        of Loans        of Loans       of Loans      of Loans
                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>      
Total Portfolio............      1,233         $146,352         6,115          $615,488        12,686       1,153,199
Foreclosed Loans(1)........        0               0              12            1,512            80           7,634
Foreclosed Ratio(2)........        0              .00            .20             .25            .63            .66


- ------------------------
<FN>
(1)      For the purposes of these tables,  Foreclosed Loans means the principal
         balance of mortgage loans secured by mortgaged  properties the title to
         which has been  acquired by Option One, by  investors  or by an insurer
         following foreclosure or delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure.

(2)      The Foreclosure  Ratio is equal to the aggregate  principal  balance or
         number of Foreclosed Loans divided by the aggregate  principal balance,
         or number,  as applicable,  of mortgage loans in the Total Portfolio at
         the end of the indicated period.
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                      S-37

<PAGE>



                                              Loan Loss Experience on
                                         Option One's Servicing Portfolio
                                                 of Mortgage Loans
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)


                                                 Year Ending December 31,
                                       -----------------------------------------
                                           1993            1994          1995
                                       -----------------------------------------

Total Portfolio (1)                      $146,352        $615,488     $1,153,199
Gross Losses (2)                            $0              $17         $1,291
Recoveries (3)                              $0              $0            --
Net Losses (4)                              $0              $17         $1,291
Net Losses as a Percentage of Total
Portfolio                                 0.00%            0.00%         .11%


- -----------------------------------

(1)   "Total  Portfolio" on the date stated above is the  principal  balances of
      the mortgage loans outstanding on the last day of the period.
(2)   "Gross  Losses" are actual losses  incurred on liquidated  properties  for
      each  respective  period.  Losses are  calculated  after  repayment of all
      principal,   foreclosure  costs  and  accrued  interest  to  the  date  of
      liquidation.
(3)   "Recoveries"  are  recoveries  from  liquidation  proceeds and  deficiency
      judgments.
(4)   "Net Losses" means "Gross Losses" minus "Recoveries."


         The following  tables set forth, as of December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995
certain information relating to the delinquency  experience  (including imminent
foreclosures,  foreclosures in progress and bankruptcies) of one- to four-family
residential  mortgage loans included in Option One's entire servicing  portfolio
(which  portfolio   includes   mortgage  loans  originated  under  Option  One's
Guidelines and mortgage loans that are subserviced for others) at the end of the
indicated periods.  The indicated periods of delinquency are based on the number
of days  past  due on a  contractual  basis.  No  mortgage  loan  is  considered
delinquent  for these  purposes  until it is one month past due on a contractual
basis. Such tables restate PHMC's  performance  statistics  relating only to the
non-conforming  mortgage  loans  previously  subserviced  by  Option  One.  Such
servicing was subsequently transferred to Option One.

                                          Delinquencies and Foreclosures
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            At December 31,                At December 31,               At December 31,
                                                  1993                          1994                           1995
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Percent Percent                Percent Percent               Percent Percent
                                     By No.    By    By No.   by    By No.    By    By No.    by   By No.    By    By No.   by
                                       of    Dollar    of   Dollar    of    Dollar    of    Dollar   of    Dollar    of   Dollar
                                      Loans  Amount  Loans  Amount  Loan    Amount   Loans  Amount Loans   Amount  Loans  Amount
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                    <C>   <C>        <C>     <C>  <C>   <C>        <C>    <C>  <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>  
Total Portfolio.................       1,233 $146,352   N/A     N/A  6,115 $615,488    N/A    N/A 14,625 1,367,031   N/A     N/A
Period of Delinquency:
         31 - 59 days...........           2    251     .16     .17     32   3,247     .52    .53    161   16,501   1.10    1.21
         60 - 89 days...........           3    265     .24     .18     17   1,637     .28    .27    104   10,117    .71     .74
         90 days or more........           2    282     .16     .19     28   3,556     .46    .58    388   40,275   2.65    2.95
                                           -    ---     ---     ---     --   -----     ---    ---    ---   ------   ----    ----
Total Delinquent Loans..........           7    798     .56     .54     77   8,440    1.26   1.38    653   66,893   4.46    4.90
Loans in Foreclosure*...........           4    415     .32     .28     50   5,328     .82    .87    388   38,985   2.65    2.85

- --------------------
<FN>
*     Loans in foreclosure are also included under the heading "Total Delinquent
      Loans."
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      S-38

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 Real Estate Owned
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)

                                    At December 31,                At December 31,               At December 31,
                                         1993                            1994                         1995
                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               By Dollar                      By Dollar                     By Dollar
                                 By No.         Amount          By No.          Amount         By No.        Amount
                                of Loans       of Loans        of Loans        of Loans       of Loans      of Loans
                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>      
Total Portfolio............      1,233         $146,352         6,115          $615,488        14,625       1,367,031
Foreclosed Loans(1)........        0               0              12            1,512           100           9,632
Foreclosed Ratio(2)........        0              .00            .20             .25            .68            .70

- ------------------------
<FN>
(1)      For the purposes of these tables,  Foreclosed Loans means the principal
         balance of mortgage loans secured by mortgaged  properties the title to
         which has been  acquired by Option One, by  investors  or by an insurer
         following foreclosure or delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure.

(2)      The Foreclosure  Ratio is equal to the aggregate  principal  balance or
         number of Foreclosed Loans divided by the aggregate  principal balance,
         or number,  as applicable,  of mortgage loans in the Total Portfolio at
         the end of the indicated period.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                              Loan Loss Experience on
                                         Option One's Servicing Portfolio
                                                 of Mortgage Loans
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)


                                               Year Ending December 31,
                                     ------------------------------------------
                                          1993          1994          1995
                                     ------------------------------------------

Total Portfolio (1)                     $146,352      $615,488     $1,367,031
Gross Losses (2)                           $0            $17         $1,506
Recoveries (3)                             $0            $0           ---
Net Losses (4)                             $0            $17         $1,506
Net Losses as a Percentage of Total
Portfolio                                0.00%          0.00%         .11%


- -----------------------------------

(1)   "Total  Portfolio" on the date stated above is the  principal  balances of
      the mortgage loans outstanding on the last day of the period.
(2)   "Gross  Losses" are actual losses  incurred on liquidated  properties  for
      each  respective  period.  Losses are  calculated  after  repayment of all
      principal,   foreclosure  costs  and  accrued  interest  to  the  date  of
      liquidation.
(3)   "Recoveries"  are  recoveries  from  liquidation  proceeds and  deficiency
      judgments.
(4)   "Net Losses" means "Gross Losses" minus "Recoveries."

General

         There can be no assurance that the delinquency experience of the Option
One Loans will correspond to the delinquency experience of Option One's mortgage
portfolio  set forth in the  foregoing  tables.  See "The  Portfolio of Mortgage
Loans -- General"  herein.  The statistics shown above represent the delinquency
experience for Option One's residential  mortgage  servicing  portfolio only for
the periods  presented,  whereas the  delinquency  experience  on the Option One
Loans  will  depend on the  results  obtained  over the life of such  Option One
Loans.  Option One's residential  mortgage servicing portfolio includes mortgage
loans with a variety of payment, credit and other

                                      S-39

<PAGE>



characteristics  (including geographic location) which may not be representative
of the payment, credit and other characteristics of the Option One Loans. Option
One  has  limited  default  information  with  respect  to  the  mortgage  loans
originated  under the  Guidelines and is unable to predict the  delinquency  and
foreclosure  that might be expected  with  respect to the Option One Loans.  See
"Risk  Factors  -- Risk of  Higher  Delinquencies  Associated  with  Guidelines"
herein.  If the  residential  real estate  market  should  experience an overall
decline in property values,  the actual rates of delinquencies  and foreclosures
could be higher than those  previously  experienced  by Option One. In addition,
adverse  economic  conditions  may affect the timely  payment by  Mortgagors  of
scheduled  payments  of  principal  and  interest  on the  Option  One Loans and
accordingly,  the actual rates of delinquencies and foreclosures with respect to
the Mortgage Loan Pool.

         No  industrywide  data is available for mortgage  loans for  mortgagors
with less than FNMA credit  quality.  See "The  Portfolio  of Mortgage  Loans --
Guidelines" herein.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The  Depositor  will  sell the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans  to the  Trust
concurrently  with delivery of the  Certificates.  Net proceeds from the sale of
the Class A Certificates will be applied by the Depositor to the purchase of the
Initial Mortgage Loans from the Seller, to the deposit of the Initial Pre-Funded
Amount in the  Pre-Funding  Account and to the deposit of certain amounts to the
Capitalized  Interest  Account.  Such net proceeds  less the Initial  Pre-Funded
Amount  and the  amount  deposited  in the  Capitalized  Interest  Account  will
(together  with the  Subordinate  Certificates  retained by the Depositor or its
affiliates)  represent  the  purchase  price  to be  paid  by the  Trust  to the
Depositor for the Initial Mortgage Loans.

                                  THE DEPOSITOR

         The Depositor was  incorporated in the State of Delaware on November 9,
1995 and is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of AMRESCO,  INC. The Depositor maintains
its principal offices at 700 N. Pearl Street,  Suite 2400, Dallas,  Texas 75201.
Neither  the  Depositor  nor any of its  affiliates  will  insure  or  guarantee
distributions on the Certificates.

                                   THE SELLER

         The Seller was  incorporated  in the State of  Delaware  on October 13,
1995 and is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of AMRESCO, INC. The Seller maintains its
principal  offices at 700 N. Pearl  Street,  Suite 2400,  Dallas,  Texas  75201.
Neither  the  Seller  nor  any  of  its  affiliates  will  insure  or  guarantee
distributions on the Certificates.

                             THE MORTGAGE LOAN POOLS

General

         The statistical  information  presented in this  Prospectus  Supplement
concerning the pool of Mortgage  Loans is based on the pool of Initial  Mortgage
Loans as of the  Cut-Off  Date.  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans are  intended to be
purchased by the Trust from the  Depositor  for inclusion in the Trust from time
to time on or before __________,  199__ from funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account. The Initial Mortgage Loans, any Qualified Replacement Mortgages and the
Subsequent  Mortgage Loans are referred to herein  collectively as the "Mortgage
Loans." The  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans,  if available,  to be purchased by the
Trust  will be sold by the  Originators  to the  Seller,  by the  Seller  to the
Depositor and then by the Depositor to the Trust.

         This subsection  describes  generally  certain  characteristics  of the
Initial Mortgage Loans. Unless otherwise specified herein,  references herein to
percentages of loan principal  balances  relating to the Initial  Mortgage Loans
refer in each case to the  approximate  percentage  of the  aggregate  principal
balance of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans as of the  Cut-Off  Date,  based on the
scheduled  principal  balances  of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans or the  Initial
Mortgage  Loans in the  applicable  Mortgage Loan Group,  in each case as of the
Cut-Off Date,  after giving effect to all principal  payments due on or prior to
the Cut-Off Date. The Initial Mortgage Loan Pool consists of fixed


                                      S-40

<PAGE>



rate and adjustable-rate  Mortgage Loans with remaining terms to maturity of not
more than 360 months (including both fully amortizing Mortgage Loans and Balloon
Mortgage Loans). The Initial Mortgage Loans have the  characteristics  set forth
below  as of the  Cut-Off  Date.  Percentages  expressed  herein  based  on Loan
Balances  and number of Initial  Mortgage  Loans have been  rounded,  and in the
tables set forth herein the sum of the  percentages may not equal the respective
totals due to such rounding.

         Each Mortgage Loan in the Trust will be assigned to one of two mortgage
loan groups  consisting  of Mortgage  Loans which bear fixed rates only,  in the
case of Group I, and Mortgage Loans which bear  adjustable  interest rates only,
in the case of Group II. The Fixed Rate Group Certificates  represent  undivided
ownership   interests  in  all  Mortgage   Loans   contained  in  Group  I,  and
distributions  on the Fixed Rate Group  Certificates  will be based primarily on
amounts  available for distribution in respect of Mortgage Loans in Group I. The
Adjustable Rate Group Certificates  represent  undivided  ownership interests in
all Mortgage Loans  contained in Group II, and  distributions  on the Adjustable
Rate  Group  Certificates  will be based  primarily  on  amounts  available  for
distribution in respect of Mortgage Loans in Group II.

         The  Loan-to-Value  Ratios shown below were  calculated  based upon the
appraised  values of the Mortgaged  Properties at the time of  origination  (the
"Appraised  Values").  No  assurance  can be given that values of the  Mortgaged
Properties  have  remained  or will  remain  at  their  levels  on the  dates of
origination of the related Mortgage Loans. If the residential real estate market
has experienced or should  experience an overall decline in property values such
that the  outstanding  balance of any Mortgage  Loan becomes equal to or greater
than the value of the  Mortgaged  Property,  the actual rates of  delinquencies,
foreclosures and losses could be higher than those now generally  experienced in
the mortgage lending industry.

Initial Mortgage Loans -- Group I

         The  information  set forth with  respect to Group I is based upon data
provided  to the  Depositor  by each of the  related  Originators  and has  been
compiled by the Depositor. Neither the Depositor, the Seller, the Servicers, the
Underwriters,  the Originators nor any of their respective  affiliates have made
or will have made any  representation as to the accuracy or completeness of such
compiled information.

         As of the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  average  Loan  Balance  of the  Initial
Mortgage Loans in Group I was $___________;  the weighted average  Loan-to-Value
Ratio of the Initial Mortgage Loans in Group I was _____%;  the weighted average
remaining term to maturity was _____ months;  the weighted average original term
to maturity was _____ months.  The remaining terms to maturity as of the Cut-Off
Date of the Initial  Mortgage  Loans in Group I ranged from _____  months to 360
months. The minimum and maximum Loan Balances of Initial Mortgage Loans in Group
I as of the  Cut-Off  Date were  $___________  and  $___________,  respectively.
Balloon Mortgage Loans represent not more than _____% of the Original  Aggregate
Loan Balance of the Initial  Mortgage Loans in Group I. No Initial Mortgage Loan
in Group I will mature later than June 1, 2026.

         All of the Initial  Mortgage  Loans in Group I bear interest at a fixed
rate for the life of the related  Mortgage Loans.  The Initial Mortgage Loans in
Group I consist of Mortgage Loans aggregating $___________.  The Coupon Rates of
the Initial Mortgage Loans in Group I ranged from _____% per annum to _____% per
annum. The weighted average Coupon Rate of the Initial Mortgage Loans in Group I
was _____% per annum.

                                      S-41

<PAGE>




Geographic Distribution of Mortgaged Properties--Initial Group I Mortgage Loans

         The  geographic  distribution  of Initial  Mortgage Loans in Group I by
state, as of the Cut-Off Date, was as follows:

                                                                  % of Aggregate
                           Number of Group I  Aggregate Group I       Group I
Geographic Area             Mortgage Loans      Loan Balance        Loan Balance
- ---------------             --------------      ------------        ------------

Alabama
Arizona
California
Colorado
District of Columbia 
Florida 
Georgia 
Idaho 
Illinois 
Indiana 
Iowa 
Kansas 
Kentucky
Louisiana  
Maryland 
Michigan 
Minnesota 
Missouri 
Nevada 
New Jersey 
New Mexico 
New York 
North Carolina 
Ohio 
Oregon  
Pennsylvania  
Tennessee  
Texas 
Utah  
Washington
West Virginia 
Wisconsin 
Wyoming

Total                                                                  100.00%
                                                                       ====== 





                                      S-42

<PAGE>




         Original Loan-to-Value Ratios -- Initial Group I Mortgage Loans

         The original  loan-to-value ratios as of the date of origination of the
Initial  Mortgage  Loans in Group I (based upon  appraisals  made at the time of
origination  thereof) (the  "Loan-to-Value  Ratios") as of the Cut-Off Date were
distributed as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                           % of Aggregate
Range of                     Number of Group I              Aggregate Group I                   Group I
Original LTVs                 Mortgage Loans                  Loan Balance                   Loan Balance
- -------------                 --------------                  ------------                   ------------
<S>                                                                                             <C>
    5.01    -   10.00%
   10.01    -   15.00%
   15.01    -   20.00%
   20.01    -   25.00%
   25.01    -   30.00%
   30.01    -   35.00%
   35.01    -   40.00%
   40.01    -   45.00%
   45.01    -   50.00%
   50.01    -   55.00%
   55.01    -   60.00%
   60.01    -   65.00%
   65.01    -   70.00%
   70.01    -   75.00%
   75.01    -   80.00%
   80.01    -   85.00%
   85.01    -   90.00%

            Total:                                                                                100.00%
                                                                                                 =======
</TABLE>



           Cut-Off Date Coupon Rates -- Initial Group I Mortgage Loans

         The Coupon  Rates borne by the Notes  relating to the Initial  Mortgage
Loans in Group I were distributed as follows as of the Cut-Off Date:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   % of Aggregate
Range of                             Number of Group I              Aggregate Group I                   Group I
Coupon Rates                          Mortgage Loans                  Loan Balance                   Loan Balance
- ------------                          --------------                  ------------                   ------------
<S>                                                                                                      <C>
    6.501   -    7.000%
    7.501   -    8.000%
    8.001   -    8.500%
    8.501   -    9.000%
    9.001   -    9.500%
    9.501   -   10.000%
   10.001   -   10.500%
   10.501   -   11.000%
   11.001   -   11.500%
   11.501   -   12.000%
   12.001   -   12.500%
   12.501   -   13.000%
   13.001   -   13.500%
   13.501   -   14.000%
   14.001   -   14.500%
   14.501   -   15.000%

            Total                                                                                        100.00%
                                                                                                         ======
</TABLE>

                                      S-43

<PAGE>

          Cut-Off Date Loan Balances -- Initial Group I Mortgage Loans

         The  distribution of the outstanding  principal  amounts of the Initial
Mortgage Loans in Group I as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               % of Aggregate
                                     Number of Group I           Aggregate Group I                Group I
Range of Loan Balances                Mortgage Loans                Loan Balance                Loan Balance
<S>                                                                                                 <C>
         $0.01  -  $50,000.00
     50,000.01  -  100,000.00
    100,000.01  -  150,000.00
    150,000.01  -  200,000.00
    200,000.01  -  250,000.00
    250,000.01  -  300,000.00
    300,000.01  -  350,000.00
    350,000.01  -  400,000.00
    400,000.01  -  450,000.00
    450,000.01  -  500,000.00

         Total                                                                                      100.00%
                                                                                                    ======
</TABLE>

         Types of Mortgaged Properties -- Initial Group I Mortgage Loans

         The Mortgaged Properties securing the Initial Mortgage Loans in Group I
as of the Cut-Off Date were of the property types as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            % of Aggregate
                                Number of Group I             Aggregate Group I                Group I
Property Types                   Mortgage Loans                 Loan Balance                 Loan Balance
- --------------                   --------------                 ------------                 ------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>
Single-family
PUD
Townhouses
Condominiums
Manufactured Home
Apartment 2-4 Units
Other

          Total                                                                                  100.00%
                                                                                                 ======
</TABLE>

        Months Since First Payment Date -- Initial Group I Mortgage Loans

         The  distribution of the number of months since the date of origination
of the Initial Mortgage Loans in Group I as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                                   % of Aggregate
Months Elapsed                        Number of Group I             Aggregate Group I                   Group I
Since Origination                      Mortgage Loans                 Loan Balance                   Loan Balance
- -----------------                      --------------                 ------------                   ------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
  0       -      6
  7       -     12

          Total                                                                                         100.00%
                                                                                                        ======
</TABLE>

                                      S-44

<PAGE>




          Remaining Term to Maturity -- Initial Group I Mortgage Loans

         The  distribution of the number of months  remaining to maturity of the
Initial Mortgage Loans in Group I as of the CutOff Date was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     % of Aggregate
Months Remaining         Number of Group I             Aggregate Group I                   Group I
to Maturity               Mortgage Loans                 Loan Balance                   Loan Balance
- -----------               --------------                 ------------                   ------------
<S>                                                                                        <C>
0     -      60
61    -     120
121   -     180
181   -     240
241   -     360

          Total                                                                            100.00%
                                                                                           ======
</TABLE>


               Occupancy Status -- Initial Group I Mortgage Loans

         The occupancy status of the Mortgaged  Properties  securing the Initial
Mortgage Loans in Group I as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                     % of Aggregate
                        Number of Group I             Aggregate Group I                   Group I
Occupancy Status         Mortgage Loans                 Loan Balance                   Loan Balance
- ----------------         --------------                 ------------                   ------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
Owner Occupied
Non-Owner Occupied

          Total                                                                           100.00%
                                                                                          ======
</TABLE>

Initial Mortgage Loans -- Group II

         The  information  set forth with respect to Group II is based upon data
provided to the Depositor by Long Beach and each of the related  Originators and
has been  compiled by the  Depositor.  Neither the  Depositor,  the Seller,  the
Servicers,  the  Underwriters,  the  Originators  nor  any of  their  respective
affiliates have made or will have made any  representation as to the accuracy or
completeness of such compiled information.

         As of the  Cut-Off  Date,  the  average  Loan  Balance  of the  Initial
Mortgage  Loans in Group II was  $___________;  the Coupon  Rates of the Initial
Mortgage Loans in Group II ranged from _____% per annum to _____% per annum; the
weighted average  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of the Initial Mortgage Loans in Group II
was _____%;  the weighted  average Coupon Rate of the Initial  Mortgage Loans in
Group II was _____% per annum; the weighted  average  remaining term to maturity
was _____ months;  and the weighted  average original term to maturity was _____
months.  The  remaining  terms to maturity as of the Cut-Off Date of the Initial
Mortgage Loans in Group II ranged from _____ months to _____ months. The minimum
and  maximum  Loan  Balances  of  Initial  Mortgage  Loans in Group II as of the
Cut-Off  Date were  $___________  and  $___________,  respectively.  None of the
Initial Mortgage Loans in Group II provided for "balloon"  payments.  No Initial
Mortgage Loan in Group II will mature later than June 1, 2026.

         All of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans in Group  II have  maximum  Coupon
Rates. The weighted average maximum Coupon Rate of the Initial Mortgage Loans in
Group II was _____% per annum,  with maximum Coupon Rates that range from _____%
per annum to _____% per annum.  The weighted  average minimum Coupon Rate of the
Initial  Mortgage  Loans in Group II was _____% per annum,  with minimum  Coupon
Rates that range from _____% to _____% per annum.  The Initial Mortgage Loans in
Group II have a weighted  average gross margin as of the Cut-Off Date of _____%.
The gross margin for the Initial Mortgage Loans in Group II range from _____% to
_____%.

                                      S-45

<PAGE>




         _____% of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans in Group II bear  interest at a
rate that  adjusts  based on  Six-Month  LIBOR (the  "Six-Month  LIBOR  Loans").
Substantially,  all of the interest  rates on the  Six-Month  LIBOR Loans adjust
semiannually, along with the monthly payments, and have periodic rate adjustment
caps. _____% of the Six- Month LIBOR Loans have a semiannual reset cap of _____%
and  lifetime  reset cap of _____% and _____% have a  semiannual  reset cap of 1
1/2%,  substantially all of which have a lifetime reset cap of _____%. _____% of
the Initial Mortgage Loans in Group II bear interest at a fixed rate of interest
for a period of two years after origination and thereafter  provide for interest
rate and payment  adjustments at frequencies  and in the same manner as the Six-
Month LIBOR Loans and subject to generally a _____% periodic rate adjustment cap
(the "2/28 Loans").

       Geographic Distribution of Mortgaged Properties -- Initial Group II
                                 Mortgage Loans

         The geographic  distribution  of Initial  Mortgage Loans in Group II by
state, as of the Cut-Off Date, was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                          % of Aggregate
                                     Number of Group II         Aggregate Group II           Group II
Geographic Area                         Mortgage Loans             Loan Balance            Loan Balance
- ---------------                         --------------             ------------            ------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>
Alabama
Arizona
California
Colorado
District of Columbia
Florida
Georgia
Idaho
Illinois
Indiana
Kansas
Kentucky
Louisiana
Maryland
Michigan
Minnesota
Missouri
Nevada
New Jersey
New Mexico
Ohio
Oregon
Pennsylvania
Texas
Utah
Washington
Wisconsin

Total                                                                                          100.00%
                                                                                               ======

</TABLE>



                                      S-46

<PAGE>



        Original Loan-to-Value Ratios -- Initial Group II Mortgage Loans

         The  original  Loan-to-Value  Ratios of the Initial  Mortgage  Loans in
Group II as of the Cut-Off Date were distributed as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                     % of Aggregate
Range of                            Number of Group II              Aggregate Group II                  Group II
Original LTV's                        Mortgage Loans               Mortgage Loan Balance          Mortgage Loan Balance
- --------------                        --------------               ---------------------          ---------------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
15.01    -    20.00%
25.01    -    30.00%
30.01    -    35.00%
35.01    -    40.00%
40.01    -    45.00%
45.01    -    50.00%
50.01    -    55.00%
55.01    -    60.00%
60.01    -    65.00%
65.01    -    70.00%
70.01    -    75.00%
75.01    -    80.00%
80.01    -    85.00%
85.01    -    90.00%

          Total                                                                                        100.00%
                                                                                                       ======
</TABLE>

          Cut-Off Date Coupon Rates -- Initial Group II Mortgage Loans

         The Coupon  Rates borne by the Notes  relating to the Initial  Mortgage
Loans in Group II were distributed as follows as of the Cut-Off Date:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  % of Aggregate
Range of                            Number of Group II             Aggregate Group II                  Group II
Coupon Rates                          Mortgage Loans              Mortgage Loan Balance          Mortgage Loan Balance
- ------------                          --------------              ---------------------          ---------------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
 6.001   -    6.500%
 6.501   -    7.000%
 7.001   -    7.500%
 7.501   -    8.000%
 8.001   -    8.500%
 8.501   -    9.000%
 9.001   -    9.500%
 9.501   -   10.000%
10.001   -   10.500%
10.501   -   11.000%
11.001   -   11.500%
11.501   -   12.000%
12.001   -   12.500%
12.501   -   13.000%
13.001   -   13.500%
13.501   -   14.000%
14.001   -   14.500%
14.501   -   15.000%

         Total                                                                                         100.00%
                                                                                                       ======
</TABLE>




                                      S-47

<PAGE>



          Cut-Off Date Loan Balances -- Initial Group II Mortgage Loans

         The  distribution of the outstanding  principal  amounts of the Initial
Mortgage Loans in Group II as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                 % of Aggregate
                                      Number of Group II           Aggregate Group II               Group II
Range of Loan Balances                  Mortgage Loans           Mortgage Loan Balance       Mortgage Loan Balance
- ----------------------                  --------------           ---------------------       ---------------------
<S>                                                                                                <C> 
     $0.01    -    $50,000.00
 50,000.01    -    100,000.00
100,000.01    -    150,000.00
150,000.01    -    200,000.00
200,000.01    -    250,000.00
250,000.01    -    300,000.00
300,000.01    -    350,000.00
350,000.01    -    400,000.00
400,000.01    -    450,000.00
450,000.01    -    500,000.00

       Total                                                                                       100.00%
                                                                                                   ======
</TABLE>


        Types of Mortgaged Properties -- Initial Group II Mortgage Loans

         The Mortgaged  Properties  securing the Initial Mortgage Loans in Group
II as of the Cut-Off Date were of the property types as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                            % of Aggregate
                              Number of Group II            Aggregate Group II                  Group II
Property Types                  Mortgage Loans             Mortgage Loan Balance          Mortgage Loan Balance
- --------------                  --------------             ---------------------          ---------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>
Single Family
PUD
Condominiums
Manufactured Home
Apartment 2-4 Units
Other

          Total                                                                                100.00%
                                                                                               ======
</TABLE>


           Months Since Origination -- Initial Group II Mortgage Loans

         The  distribution of the number of months since the date of origination
of the Initial Mortgage Loans in Group II as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   % of Aggregate
Months Elapsed                       Number of Group II            Aggregate Group II                  Group II
Since Origination                      Mortgage Loans             Mortgage Loan Balance          Mortgage Loan Balance
- -----------------                      --------------             ---------------------          ---------------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
0   -    6

          Total                                                                                        100.00%
                                                                                                       ======
</TABLE>


                                      S-48

<PAGE>



          Remaining Term to Maturity -- Initial Group II Mortgage Loans

         The  distribution of the number of months  remaining to maturity of the
Initial Mortgage Loans in Group II as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   % of Aggregate
Months Remaining                     Number of Group II            Aggregate Group II                  Group II
to Maturity                            Mortgage Loans             Mortgage Loan Balance          Mortgage Loan Balance
- -----------                            --------------             ---------------------          ---------------------
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
0     -    120
121   -    180
181   -    240
241   -    360

          Total                                                                                       100.00%
                                                                                                      ======
</TABLE>



               Occupancy Status Initial -- Group II Mortgage Loans

         The occupancy status of the Mortgaged  Properties  securing the Initial
Mortgage Loans in Group II as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  % of Aggregate
                                     Number of Group II            Aggregate Group II                  Group II
Occupancy Status                       Mortgage Loans             Mortgage Loan Balance          Mortgage Loan Balance
- ----------------                       --------------             ---------------------          ---------------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
Owner Occupied
Non Owner Occupied

          Total                                                                                        100.00%
                                                                                                       ======
</TABLE>


                                      S-49

<PAGE>



                   Margins -- Initial Group II Mortgage Loans

         The margins borne by the Notes  relating to the Initial  Mortgage Loans
in Group II as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  % of Aggregate
                                    Number of Group II             Aggregate Group II                  Group II
           Margins                    Mortgage Loans              Mortgage Loan Balance          Mortgage Loan Balance
           -------                    --------------              ---------------------          ---------------------
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
  3.500%    -     3.750%
  3.751%    -     4.000%
  4.001%    -     4.250%
  4.251%    -     4.500%
  4.501%    -     4.750%
  4.751%    -     5.000%
  5.001%    -     5.250%
  5.251%    -     5.500%
  5.501%    -     5.750%
  5.751%    -     6.000%
  6.001%    -     6.250%
  6.251%    -     6.500%
  6.501%    -     6.750%
  6.751%    -     7.000%
  7.001%    -     7.250%
  7.251%    -     7.500%
  7.501%    -     7.750%
  7.751%    -     8.000%
  8.001%    -     8.250%

            Total                                                                                     100.00%
                                                                                                      ======
</TABLE>


                                      S-50

<PAGE>



             Maximum Coupon Rates -- Initial Group II Mortgage Loans

         The maximum  Coupon  Rates  borne by the Notes  relating to the Initial
Mortgage Loans in Group II as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                  % of Aggregate
Maximum                             Number of Group II             Aggregate Group II                  Group II
Coupon Rates                          Mortgage Loans              Mortgage Loan Balance          Mortgage Loan Balance
- ------------                          --------------              ---------------------          ---------------------
<S>                                                                                                  <C>
   13.001   -   13.500%
   13.501   -   14.000%
   14.001   -   14.500%
   14.501   -   15.000%
   15.001   -   15.500%
   15.501   -   16.000%
   16.001   -   16.500%
   16.501   -   17.000%
   17.001   -   17.500%
   17.501   -   18.000%
   18.001   -   18.500%
   18.501   -   19.000%
   19.001   -   19.500%
   19.501   -   20.000%
   20.001   -   20.500%
   20.501   -   21.000%
   21.001   -   21.500%
   21.501   -   22.000%

            Total                                                                                    100.00%
                                                                                                     ======
</TABLE>





       Next Rate Adjustment Date Change -- Initial Group II Mortgage Loans

         Next rate  adjustment date change for each of the Notes relating to the
Initial Mortgage Loans in Group II as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   % of Aggregate
     Date of Next Coupon             Number of Group II            Aggregate Group II                  Group II
         Rate Change                   Mortgage Loans                 Loan Balance                   Loan Balance
         -----------                   --------------                 ------------                   ------------
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
    August 1, 1996
 September 1, 1996
   October 1, 1996
  November 1, 1996
  December 1, 1996
     March 1, 1998
     April 1, 1998
       May 1, 1998
      June 1, 1998

                         Total                                                                          100.00%
                                                                                                        ======
</TABLE>


                                      S-51

<PAGE>




Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans

         The  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  permits  the Trust to  acquire
approximately  $__________  and  $__________ in aggregate  principal  balance of
Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans for addition to Group I and Group II,  respectively.
Accordingly,  the statistical characteristics of the Mortgage Loan Pool and each
Group  will  vary as of any  Subsequent  Cut-Off  Date upon the  acquisition  of
Subsequent Mortgage Loans.

         The obligation of the Trust to purchase  Subsequent Mortgage Loans on a
Subsequent Transfer Date is subject to the following requirements,  among others
(which  may  be  waived  or  modified  by the  Certificate  Insurer):  (i)  such
Subsequent Mortgage Loan may not be 30 or more days contractually  delinquent as
of the related  Subsequent  Cut-Off Date; (ii) the remaining term to maturity of
such  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loan may not exceed 360 months;  (iii) no Subsequent
Mortgage Loan will have a Coupon Rate less than _____%;  and (iv)  following the
purchase of such  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans by the Trust,  the Mortgage  Loans
(including  the  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans) (a) will have a  weighted  average
Coupon  Rate of at least  _____%  for Group I and  _____% for Group II; (b) will
have a weighted average  Loan-to-Value Ratio of not more than _____% for Group I
and  _____%  for Group II;  (b) will not have  Balloon  Loans  with a  principal
balance in excess of _____% and _____% of the Original Aggregate Loan Balance of
the Mortgage  Loans in Group I and Group II,  respectively,  (d) will not have a
weighted average remaining term to stated maturity of more than _____ months for
Group I and  _____  for Group  II;  and (e) will  have no  Mortgage  Loan with a
principal  balance in excess of $___________  for Group I and  $___________  for
Group II.

         All of the Mortgage  Loans are  "Actuarial  Loans",  which provide that
interest is charged to the Mortgagors thereunder, and payments are due from such
Mortgagors,  as of a  scheduled  day of each month which is fixed at the time of
origination.  Scheduled monthly payments made by the Mortgagors on the Actuarial
Loans  either  earlier or later than the  scheduled  due dates  thereof will not
affect the amortization schedule or the relative application of such payments to
principal and interest.

                       PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

General

         The  weighted  average  life of,  and, if  purchased  at other than par
(disregarding,  for  purposes of this  discussion,  the effect on an  investor's
yield resulting from the timing of the settlement date and those  considerations
discussed  below  under  "Payment  Lag  Feature  of  Certain  Fixed  Rate  Group
Certificates"),  the  yield to  maturity  on the  Class A  Certificates  will be
affected  by the rate of  payment  of  principal  of the  Mortgage  Loans in the
related   Mortgage  Loan  Group,   including   for  this  purpose   Prepayments,
liquidations due to defaults,  casualties and condemnations,  and repurchases by
the Originators of Mortgage Loans.  The actual rate of principal  prepayments on
pools of mortgage loans is influenced by a variety of economic, tax, geographic,
demographic,  social, legal and other factors and has fluctuated considerably in
recent years.  In addition,  the rate of principal  prepayments may differ among
pools of mortgage loans at any time because of specific  factors relating to the
mortgage loans in the particular pool, including, among other things, the age of
the mortgage  loans,  the geographic  locations of the  properties  securing the
loans and the extent of the mortgagors'  equity in such  properties,  changes in
the mortgagors' housing needs, job transfers and unemployment.

         As with fixed rate obligations  generally,  the rate of prepayment on a
pool of mortgage loans with fixed rates such as the Mortgage Loans in Group I is
affected by prevailing  market rates for mortgage loans of a comparable term and
risk  level.  When the  market  interest  rate is  below  the  mortgage  coupon,
mortgagors may have an increased  incentive to refinance  their mortgage  loans.
Depending on prevailing  market rates,  the future  outlook for market rates and
economic conditions  generally,  some mortgagors may sell or refinance mortgaged
properties in order to realize their equity in the mortgaged properties, to meet
cash flow needs or to make other investments.

         The Mortgage Loans in Group II are adjustable  rate mortgage  loans. As
is the case  with  conventional  fixed  rate  mortgage  loans,  adjustable  rate
mortgage  loans may be subject to a greater rate of principal  prepayments  in a
declining interest rate environment.  For example,  if prevailing interest rates
fall  significantly,  adjustable-rate  mortgage loans could be subject to higher
prepayment  rates than if prevailing  interest rates remain constant because the
availability  of fixed rate mortgage  loans at  competitive  interest  rates may
encourage mortgagors to refinance

                                      S-52

<PAGE>
their  adjustable  rate mortgage loan to "lock in" a lower fixed  interest rate.
However,  no  assurance  can be given as to the  level of  prepayments  that the
Mortgage Loans will experience.

         In addition to the foregoing  factors  affecting  the weighted  average
life of each Class of the Class A Certificates,  the subordination provisions of
the Trust result in a limited acceleration of the Class A Certificates  relative
to the  amortization of the related  Mortgage Loans until the related  Specified
Subordination Amount is reached. The accelerated amortization is achieved by the
application of certain excess interest and principal to the payment of the Class
A   Certificate   Principal   Balance.   This   acceleration   feature   creates
overcollateralization  which  results  from the  excess  of the  aggregate  Loan
Balances of the Mortgage Loans over the Class A Certificate  Principal  Balance.
Once the required level of  overcollateralization  is reached,  the acceleration
feature  will  cease,  unless  necessary  to  maintain  the  required  level  of
overcollateralization.

         A majority of the Mortgage Loans contain prepayment penalty provisions.
For  a  discussion  of  such   provisions,   see  "The   Portfolio  of  Mortgage
Loans--Prepayment Penalties" herein.

Mandatory Prepayment

         In the  event  that at the end of the  Funding  Period,  not all of the
Original  Pre-Funded Amount has been used to acquire Subsequent  Mortgage Loans,
then the related Class of Class A Certificates then entitled to receive payments
of principal  will receive a partial  prepayment on the Payment Date in ________
199__ in an amount equal the portion of the Original Pre-Funded Amount remaining
and allocable to each such Class.

         Although no assurances  can be given,  the  Depositor  expects that the
principal amount of Subsequent Mortgage Loans sold to the Trust will require the
application  of  substantially  all the amount on  deposit  in the Pre-  Funding
Account and that there should be no material  principal prepaid to the Owners of
the Class A Certificates.

Projected Prepayment and Yield for Class A Certificates

         As  indicated  above,  if  purchased  at other  than par,  the yield to
maturity on a Class A Certificate will be affected by the rate of the payment of
principal of the Mortgage  Loans. If the actual rate of payments on the Mortgage
Loans is slower than the rate anticipated by an investor who purchases a Class A
Certificate at a discount,  the actual yield to such investor will be lower than
such  investor's  anticipated  yield.  If the  actual  rate of  payments  on the
Mortgage Loans is faster than the rate  anticipated by an investor who purchases
a Class A  Certificate  at a premium,  the actual yield to such investor will be
lower than such investor's anticipated yield.

         The  "Final  Scheduled  Payment  Date"  for each  Class of the  Class A
Certificates  is  as  follows:  Class  A-1,  ____________,   _____,  Class  A-2,
____________,  _____, Class A-3,  ____________,  _____, Class A-4, ____________,
_____, Class A-5,  ____________,  _____, Class A-6,  ____________,  _____, Class
A-7, ____________,  _____, and Class A-8,  ____________,  _____. These dates are
the dates on which the "Initial Certificate  Principal Balance" set forth in the
summary  hereof for the related  Class as of the  Closing  Date less all amounts
previously  distributed to the Owners on account of principal (such amount as to
any Class of the Class A  Certificates  and as of any time, the related "Class A
Certificate Principal Balance" and as to the Class A Certificates  collectively,
the "Certificate  Principal  Balance") would be reduced to zero assuming that no
Prepayments  are  received  on the  Mortgage  Loans in the related  Group,  that
scheduled  monthly  payments of principal of and interest on each of the related
Mortgage  Loans are timely  received  and no optional  termination  or mandatory
termination is exercised.  The weighted average life of the Class A Certificates
is likely to be shorter than would be the case if payments  actually made on the
Mortgage  Loans  conformed to the foregoing  assumptions,  and the final Payment
Date with respect to the Class A Certificates could occur significantly  earlier
than the related Final Scheduled Payment Date because (i) Prepayments are likely
to occur, (ii) the Owners of the Class R Certificates may cause a termination of
the Trust when the outstanding Certificate Principal Balance is less than 10% of
the original  Certificate  Principal  Balance and (iii) the  Servicers  may each
purchase all Mortgage Loans serviced by them,  thereby  causing a termination of
the Trust when the outstanding  Certificate Principal Balance is less than 5% of
the Original Certificate Balance.

         "Weighted  average life" refers to the average amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issuance of a security until each dollar of principal of
such security will be repaid to the investor.  The weighted  average life of any
Class  of the  Class A  Certificates  will be  influenced  by the  rate at which
principal  of the  Mortgage  Loans in the related  Mortgage  Loan Group is paid,
which may be in the form of  scheduled  amortization  or  prepayments  (for this
purpose,  the term  "prepayment"  includes  Prepayments and  liquidations due to
default).

         The tables relating to the  Certificates are calculated at various Home
Equity Prepayment ("HEP") assumptions.  HEP assumes that a pool of loans prepays
in the first month of the life of such loan at a constant

                                      S-53

<PAGE>


prepayment  rate that  corresponds  in CPR to one-tenth the given HEP percentage
and increases by an additional  one-tenth each month  thereafter until the tenth
month,  where  it  remains  at a CPR  equal to the  given  HEP  percentage.  The
"Constant  Prepayment  Rate" or "CPR"  represents an assumed  annualized rate of
prepayment  relative to the then outstanding  principal balance on a pool of new
mortgage  loans.  The Prepayment  Assumption does not purport to be a historical
description of prepayment  experience or a prediction of the anticipated rate of
prepayment  of any pool of mortgage  loans,  including the Mortgage  Loans.  The
Depositor  believes  that no existing  statistics of which it is aware provide a
reliable basis for Owners of Class A  Certificates  to predict the amount or the
timing of receipt of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans.

         It is very  unlikely  that the  Mortgage  Loans  will  prepay  at rates
consistent  with the  Prepayment  Assumption  until  maturity or that all of the
Mortgage Loans in the related  Mortgage Loan Group will prepay at the same rate.
There will be discrepancies  between the actual  characteristics of the Mortgage
Loans  included in the Trust and the assumed  characteristics  used in preparing
the following tables. Any discrepancy may have an effect upon the percentages of
Initial Certificate Principal Balance outstanding set forth in the table and the
weighted average lives of the Class A Certificates.

         Since the tables were prepared on the basis of the  assumptions  in the
following   paragraph,   there  will   likely  be   discrepancies   between  the
characteristics  of the actual  Mortgage  Loans and the  characteristics  of the
Mortgage Loans assumed in preparing the tables. Any such discrepancy will likely
have an  effect  upon the  percentages  of the  Certificate  Principal  Balances
outstanding and weighted  average lives of the Class A Certificates set forth in
the  tables.  In  addition,  since the actual  Mortgage  Loans in the Trust have
characteristics  which  differ from those  assumed in  preparing  the tables set
forth below,  the  distributions of principal on the Class A Certificates may be
made earlier or later than as indicated in the tables.

         For the  purpose of the tables  below,  it is  assumed  that:  (i) each
Mortgage  Loan Group  consists of Mortgage  Loans with the  characteristics  set
forth in the table below,  (ii) the Closing Date for the Certificates  occurs on
__________,  199__, (iii) distributions on the Certificates are made on the 25th
day of each  month  regardless  of the day on which the  Payment  Date  actually
occurs, commencing in ________ 199__ in accordance with the priorities described
herein,  (iv) the  difference  between the Gross  Coupon Rate and the Net Coupon
Rate is equal to the Servicing Fee and the Net Coupon Rate is further reduced by
the  Premium  Amount  and the  Trustee  Fee,  (v)  prepayments  include 30 day's
interest  thereon,   (vi)  optional  termination  or  mandatory  termination  is
exercised on the date on which the Outstanding Certificate Principal Balance has
declined to less than 10% of the original Certificate  Principal Balance,  (vii)
the "Specified  Subordinated Amount" (as defined under "Description of the Class
A  Certificates  --  Overcollateralization  Provisions")  for each Mortgage Loan
Group is set initially as specified in the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement and
thereafter  decreases  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the  Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement,  (viii)  all of the  Pre-Funded  Amount is used to acquire
Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans on  __________,  199__ and prior to such date,  each
Subsequent  Mortgage  Loan  accrues  interest at the  related  Net Coupon  Rates
indicated in the table  below,  (ix) the Coupon Rate for each  Mortgage  Loan in
Group II is adjusted on its next rate  adjustment  date (and on subsequent  rate
adjustment  dates,  if  necessary)  to  equal  the sum of (a) an  assumed  final
constant  level of the  applicable  index of _____% per annum,  with  respect to
Six-Month  LIBOR and _____% per annum with  respect to One-Year  CMT and (b) the
respective  gross  margin  (such sum being  subject to the  applicable  periodic
adjustment cap,  maximum  interest rate and minimum interest rate (which minimum
interest rate will equal the initial  coupon)),  (x) the Class A-1 and Class A-8
Pass-Through Rates remain constant at _____% and _____% per annum, respectively,
(xi) all Mortgage  Loans pay on their  respective  due dates in accordance  with
their respective terms, (xii) the Initial Certificate  Principal Balance of each
Class  of  Certificates  is  as  set  forth  and  under  "Summary  of  Terms  --
Certificates Offered" herein.



                                      S-54

<PAGE>



                                          Initial Group I Mortgage Loans
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                  <C>                <C>                  <C>                 <C>               <C>
                                                                                 Original          Remaining
                                                                                  Term to           Term to
                     Principal          Gross Coupon         Net Coupon          Maturity          Maturity
                      Balance               Rate                Rate            (in months)       (in months)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------






                                         Subsequent Group I Mortgage Loans

                                                                                 Original          Remaining
                                                                                  Term to           Term to
                     Principal          Gross Coupon         Net Coupon          Maturity          Maturity
                      Balance               Rate                Rate            (in months)       (in months)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                         Initial Group II Mortgage Loans
<S>          <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>      <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>        <C>              <C>
                                                                                             Original  Remaining
             Gross                                    Periodic                               Term to    Term to
Principal   Coupon        Net        Gross    Net       Rate      Months to   Rate Change    Maturity   Maturity
 Balance     Rate     Coupon Rate   Margin  Life Cap    Cap      Next Reset    Frequency   (in months) (in months)      Index

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                                                                                                     Six-Month LIBOR
                                                                                                                     Six-Month LIBOR
                                                                                                                     Six-Month LIBOR
                                                                                                                     Six-Month LIBOR
                                                                                                                     Six-Month LIBOR
                                                                                                                     Six-Month LIBOR
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                        Subsequent Group II Mortgage Loans
<S>         <C>      <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>             <C>
                                                                                               Original    Remaining
            Gross                                         Periodic                              Term to     Term to
Principal  Coupon       Net         Gross       Net         Rate      Months to   Rate Change  Maturity    Maturity
 Balance    Rate    Coupon Rate    Margin    Life Cap       Cap      Next Reset    Frequency  (in months) (in months)      Index

- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                     Six-Month LIBOR
                                                                                                                       One Year CMT
</TABLE>

                                      S-55

<PAGE>



         The following tables set forth the percentages of the initial principal
amount of the Class A Certificates  that would be outstanding  after each of the
dates shown, assuming (1) for the Fixed Rate Certificates,  the Group I Mortgage
Loans prepay according to the indicated percentages of the Prepayment Assumption
under each Fixed Rate  Certificate  below and the Group II Mortgage Loans prepay
at  21%  of  the  Prepayment   Assumption  and  (2)  for  the  Adjustable   Rate
Certificates,  the  Group  I  Mortgage  Loans  prepay  at 21% of the  Prepayment
Assumption  and the Group II Mortgage  Loans prepay  according to the  indicated
percentages of the Prepayment  Assumption  under the Adjustable Rate Certificate
below, except that under the 0% Prepayment Assumption for all Certificates,  the
Group I  Mortgage  Loans and the  Group II  Mortgage  Loans  prepay at 0% of the
Prepayment Assumption.

               PERCENTAGE OF INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Class A-1                                                    Class A-2
<S>                  <C>    <C>     <C>     <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>         <C>   <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>   <C>
Payment Date         0%     15%     18%     20%    22%      24%     28%         0%    15%     18%     20%      22%     24%   28%
                     --     ---     ---     ---    ---      ---     ---         --    ---     ---     ---      ---     ---   ---
Initial Balance 
June 25, 1997 
June 25, 1998 
June 25, 1999 
June 25, 2000 
June 25, 2001 
June 25, 2002 
June 25, 2003 
June 25, 2004 
June 25, 2005 
June 25, 2006 
June 25, 2007 
June 25, 2008 
June 25, 2009 
June 25, 2010 
June 25, 2011 
June 25, 2012
June 25, 2013 
June 25, 2014 
June 25, 2015 
June 25, 2016 
June 25, 2017 
June 25, 2018 
June 25, 2019 
June 25, 2020 
June 25, 2021 
June 25, 2022 
June 25, 2023 
June 25, 2024 
June 25, 2025 
June 25, 2026 
June 25, 2027

Weighted Avg Life(1)
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                          Class A-3                                             Class A-4
<S>                <C>    <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>        <C>   <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>
Payment Date       0%     15%      18%     20%      22%      24%     28%        0%    15%     18%      20%     22%     24%     28%
                   --     ---      ---     ---      ---      ---     ---        --    ---     ---      ---     ---     ---     ---
Initial Balance 
June 25, 1997 
June 25, 1998 
June 25, 1999 
June 25, 2000 
June 25, 2001 
June 25, 2002 
June 25, 2003 
June 25, 2004 
June 25, 2005 
June 25, 2006 
June 25, 2007 
June 25, 2008 
June 25, 2009 
June 25, 2010 
June 25, 2011 
June 25, 2012
June 25, 2013 
June 25, 2014 
June 25, 2015 
June 25, 2016 
June 25, 2017 
June 25, 2018 
June 25, 2019 
June 25, 2020 
June 25, 2021 
June 25, 2022 
June 25, 2023 
June 25, 2024 
June 25, 2025 
June 25, 2026 
June 25, 2027

Weighted Avg Life(1)

- -----------------------------
<FN>
(1)      The weighted  average life of the Class A Certificates is determined by
         (i) multiplying  the amount of each principal  payment by the number of
         years from the date of  issuance  to the  related  Payment  Date,  (ii)
         adding  the  results,  and  (iii)  dividing  the  sum  by  the  initial
         respective  Certificate  Principal  Balance  for such  Class of Class A
         Certificate.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      S-56

<PAGE>



         The following tables set forth the percentages of the initial principal
amount of the Class A Certificates  that would be outstanding  after each of the
dates shown, assuming (1) for the Fixed Rate Certificates,  the Group I Mortgage
Loans prepay according to the indicated percentages of the Prepayment Assumption
under each Fixed Rate  Certificate  below and the Group II Mortgage Loans prepay
at  21%  of  the  Prepayment   Assumption  and  (2)  for  the  Adjustable   Rate
Certificates,  the  Group  I  Mortgage  Loans  prepay  at 21% of the  Prepayment
Assumption  and the Group II Mortgage  Loans prepay  according to the  indicated
percentages of the Prepayment  Assumption  under the Adjustable Rate Certificate
below, except that under the 0% Prepayment Assumption for all Certificates,  the
Group I  Mortgage  Loans and the  Group II  Mortgage  Loans  prepay at 0% of the
Prepayment Assumption.

               PERCENTAGE OF INITIAL CERTIFICATE PRINCIPAL BALANCE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           Class A-5                                                             Class A-6
<S>             <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>    <C>   <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>
Payment Date    0%       15%      18%     20%     22%      24%      28%         0%     15%   18%      20%     22%      24%     28%
                --       ---      ---     ---     ---      ---      ---         --     ---   ---      ---     ---      ---     ---
Initial Balance 
June 25, 1997 
June 25, 1998 
June 25, 1999 
June 25, 2000 
June 25, 2001 
June 25, 2002 
June 25, 2003 
June 25, 2004 
June 25, 2005 
June 25, 2006 
June 25, 2007 
June 25, 2008 
June 25, 2009 
June 25, 2010 
June 25, 2011 
June 25, 2012
June 25, 2013 
June 25, 2014 
June 25, 2015 
June 25, 2016 
June 25, 2017 
June 25, 2018 
June 25, 2019 
June 25, 2020 
June 25, 2021 
June 25, 2022 
June 25, 2023 
June 25, 2024 
June 25, 2025 
June 25, 2026 
June 25, 2027 
Weighted Avg 
Life(1)
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Class A-7                                                    Class A-8
<S>               <C>   <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>         <C>   <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>      <C>     <C>
Payment Date      0%    15%      18%      20%     22%      24%      28%         0%    15%     18%     20%     22%      24%     28%
                  --    ---      ---      ---     ---      ---      ---         --    ---     ---     ---     ---      ---     ---
Initial Balance 
June 25, 1997 
June 25, 1998 
June 25, 1999 
June 25, 2000 
June 25, 2001 
June 25, 2002 
June 25, 2003 
June 25, 2004 
June 25, 2005 
June 25, 2006 
June 25, 2007 
June 25, 2008 
June 25, 2009 
June 25, 2010 
June 25, 2011 
June 25, 2012
June 25, 2013 
June 25, 2014 
June 25, 2015 
June 25, 2016 
June 25, 2017 
June 25, 2018 
June 25, 2019 
June 25, 2020 
June 25, 2021 
June 25, 2022 
June 25, 2023 
June 25, 2024 
June 25, 2025 
June 25, 2026 
June 25, 2027
Weighted Avg Life(1)

- -----------------------------
<FN>
(1)      The weighted  average life of the Class A Certificates is determined by
         (i) multiplying  the amount of each principal  payment by the number of
         years from the date of  issuance  to the  related  Payment  Date,  (ii)
         adding  the  results,  and  (iii)  dividing  the  sum  by  the  initial
         respective  Certificate  Principal  Balance  for such  Class of Class A
         Certificate.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      S-57

<PAGE>



Payment Lag Feature of Certain Fixed Rate Group Certificates

         Pursuant to the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  an amount  equal to
Mortgagor  payments  with respect to each  Mortgage  Loan in Group I (net of the
Servicing Fee) received by the Servicer during each  Remittance  Period is to be
remitted  to the  Trustee on or prior to the related  Monthly  Remittance  Date;
however,  the Trustee will not be required to distribute any such amounts to the
Owners  until  the next  succeeding  Payment  Date.  As a  result,  the  monthly
distributions to the Owners of the Fixed Rate Group Certificates (other than the
Class A-1 Certificates) generally reflect an Accrual Period reflecting Mortgagor
payments  during the prior calendar  month,  and the first Payment Date will not
occur until  __________,  199__.  Thus, the effective yield to the Owners of the
Fixed Rate Group  Certificates  (other than the Class A-1 Certificates)  will be
below that  otherwise  produced by the  related  Pass-Through  Rate  because the
distribution of the related Class A Distribution  Amount in respect of any given
month will not be made until on or about the 25th day of the following month.

                                 THE ORIGINATORS

         The  Mortgage  Loan  Pool  consists  of  Mortgage  Loans  purchased  or
originated by three originators (the "Originators")  with aggregate  outstanding
Loan  Balances of  $___________.  The largest  Originator  of such loans is Long
Beach Mortgage Company, which originated _____% of the Initial Mortgage Loans in
Group I and  _____%  of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans in  Group  II.  The  other
Originator is New Century, which originated _____% of the Initial Mortgage Loans
in Group I and _____% of the Initial  Mortgage Loans in Group II. The Seller has
purchased  approximately  $___________ of mortgage loans from Walsh  Securities,
Inc., approximately  $__________ of which are expected to be used to satisfy the
Pre-Funding   Account  purchase   requirement  for  Group  I  and  approximately
$__________ of which are expected to be used to satisfy the Pre-Funding  Account
purchase requirement for Group II.

                    FORMATION OF THE TRUST AND TRUST PROPERTY

         AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__
(the  "Trust")  will be created  and  established  pursuant  to the  Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement.  The Depositor will convey  without  recourse the Mortgage
Loans to the Trust and the Trust  will  issue the Class A  Certificates  and the
Subordinate Certificates.

         The property of the Trust will  include (a) the  Mortgage  Loans (other
than  payments  due on the  Mortgage  Loans on or prior to the Cut-Off Date with
respect to those  Mortgage  Loans  that were  current  as of the  Cut-Off  Date)
together with the related  Mortgage Loan documents and the Seller's  interest in
any Mortgaged  Property  which secures a Mortgage Loan and all payments  thereon
and proceeds of the conversion,  voluntary or involuntary, of the foregoing, (b)
such  amounts as may be held by the  Trustee  in the  Certificate  Account,  the
Pre-Funding  Account,  the Capitalized  Interest  Account and any other accounts
held by the  Trustee for the Trust  together  with  investment  earnings on such
amounts  and  such  amounts  as may be held in the  name of the  Trustee  in the
Principal and Interest Account, if any, exclusive of investment earnings thereon
(except as otherwise provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) whether in
the  form  of  cash,  instruments,  securities  or  other  properties,  (c)  the
Certificate  Insurance Policies,  (d) proceeds of all the foregoing  (including,
but not by way of  limitation,  all proceeds of any hazard  insurance  and title
insurance  policy  relating to the  Mortgage  Loans,  cash  proceeds,  accounts,
accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances,  chattel paper, checks, deposit
accounts,  rights  to  payment  of any  and  every  kind,  and  other  forms  of
obligations and  receivables  which at any time constitute all or part of or are
included in the proceeds of any of the  foregoing)  to pay the  Certificates  as
specified in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement and (e) certain  rights of the
Seller under the Transfer Agreements (collectively, the "Trust Estate").

         The  Class A  Certificates  will not  represent  an  interest  in or an
obligation of, nor will the Mortgage Loans be guaranteed by, the Depositor,  the
Trustee, the Seller, the Servicers, the Originators or any of their affiliates.

         Prior  to  its  formation,  the  Trust  will  have  had  no  assets  or
obligations.  Upon formation, the Trust will not engage in any business activity
other than  acquiring,  holding and collecting  payments on the Mortgage  Loans,
issuing the Certificates and distributing  payments thereon.  The Trust will not
acquire any  receivables  or assets other than the Mortgage Loans and the rights
appurtenant thereto and will not have any need for additional capital resources.
To the extent that mortgagors make scheduled  payments under the Mortgage Loans,
the  Trust  will  have  sufficient   liquidity  to  make  distributions  on  the
Certificates.  As the Trust  does not have any  operating  history  and will not
engage in any business  activity other than issuing the  Certificates and making
distributions  thereon,  there has not been included any historical or pro forma
ratio of earnings to fixed charges with respect to the Trust.

                                      S-58

<PAGE>




                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The description in this Prospectus  Supplement of the Initial  Mortgage
Loans and the Mortgaged  Properties is based upon the pool as constituted at the
close of business on the Cut-Off Date, as adjusted  (with respect to all Initial
Mortgage  Loans that were  current  as of the  Cut-Off  Date) for the  scheduled
principal  payments  due on or before  such date.  Prior to the  issuance of the
Class A Certificates,  Initial  Mortgage Loans may be removed from the pool as a
result of incomplete  documentation or non-compliance  with  representations and
warranties  set forth in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  if the Depositor
deems such removal  necessary or appropriate.  A limited number of other Initial
Mortgage  Loans  may be  included  in the  pool  prior  to the  issuance  of the
Certificates.

         A current  report on Form 8-K will be  available to  purchasers  of the
Class A Certificates  and will be filed and  incorporated  by reference into the
Registration  Statement  together with the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement with
the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  within fifteen days after the initial
issuance of the Class A  Certificates.  In the event Initial  Mortgage Loans are
removed from or added to the pool as set forth in the preceding paragraph,  such
removal or addition  will be noted in the current  report on Form 8-K. A current
report  on Form 8-K will  also be filed  within  fifteen  days of the end of the
Funding Period reflecting the additions to the Trust.

                     DESCRIPTION OF THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES

General

         Each Certificate will represent certain undivided, fractional ownership
interests  in the Trust  Estate  created  and held  pursuant  to the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement,  subject to the limits and the  priority  of  distribution
described therein.

         As described in "The Mortgage Loan Pool" herein, the Mortgage Loan Pool
is divided into two Groups,  Group I, which  contains  only fixed rate  Mortgage
Loans,  and Group II, which contains only adjustable  rate Mortgage  Loans.  For
each  Mortgage  Loan  Group,  the  related  Class of Class A  Certificates  will
evidence  the right to receive  on each  Payment  Date the Class A  Distribution
Amount for such Class of Class A  Certificates,  in each case until the  related
Class A Certificate Principal Balance is reduced to zero.

Payment Dates

         On  each  Payment  Date,  the  Owners  of  each  Class  of the  Class A
Certificates  will be entitled to receive,  from  amounts then on deposit in the
certificate account established and maintained by the Trustee in accordance with
the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement (the  "Certificate  Account") and until the
Certificate  Principal  Balance of such Class of Class A Certificates is reduced
to zero, the Class A  Distribution  Amount as of such Payment Date, as described
below.  Distributions  will be made in immediately  available funds to Owners of
Class A Certificates by wire transfer or otherwise, to the account of such Owner
at a domestic bank or other entity having appropriate  facilities  therefor,  if
such Owner has so notified the Trustee, or by check mailed to the address of the
person  entitled  thereto  as  it  appears  on  the  register  (the  "Register")
maintained by the Trustee as registrar (the "Registrar").  Beneficial Owners may
experience  some delay in the receipt of their payments due to the operations of
DTC. See "Risk Factors--Book Entry Registration" in the Prospectus, "Description
of  the  Class  A   Certificates--Book   Entry   Registration  of  the  Class  A
Certificates"   herein  and   "Description  of  the   Certificates--Book   Entry
Registration" in the Prospectus.

         The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will provide that an Owner will be
required to send its  Certificate  to the Trustee  prior to receiving  the final
distribution on such Owner's  Certificate.  The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement
additionally  will provide that, in any event,  any  Certificate as to which the
final  distribution  thereon  has been  made  shall be deemed  canceled  for all
purposes  under or  pursuant  to the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  and the
Certificate Insurance Policy.

         Each Owner of record of the related  Class of the Class A  Certificates
will be entitled to receive such Owner's Percentage  Interest in the amounts due
such  Class  on  such  Payment  Date.  The  "Percentage  Interest"  of a Class A
Certificate  as of any date of  determination  will be  equal to the  percentage
obtained by dividing the principal balance of such Certificate as of the Cut-Off
Date by the Certificate  Principal  Balance for the related Class of the Class A
Certificates as of the Cut-Off Date.

                                      S-59

<PAGE>


Distributions

         Upon  receipt,  the  Trustee  will be  required  to  deposit  into  the
Certificate  Account, (i) the total of the principal and interest collections on
the Mortgage  Loans,  including  any Net  Liquidation  Proceeds,  required to be
remitted by the Servicers,  together with any  Substitution  Amount and any Loan
Purchase  Price,  (ii) the  related  Capitalized  Interest  Requirement  and any
Pre-Funding Account Earnings,  (iii) any Insured Payment,  and (iv) the proceeds
of any  liquidation  of the Trust  Estate.  The Trustee will also be required to
deposit into the Certificate Account any Pre-Funded Amounts to be distributed as
a prepayment at the end of the Funding Period.

         The Pooling and Servicing Agreement  establishes a pass-through rate on
each Class of the Class A  Certificates  (each,  a  "Pass-Through  Rate") as set
forth in the Summary herein under "Certificates  Offered." The Pass-Through Rate
of Fixed  Rate  Group  Certificates  will be as set forth on the  cover  hereof;
provided,  that,  (i) the  Pass-Through  Rate  with  respect  to the  Class  A-1
Certificates  will equal the lesser of (a) the London interbank offered rate for
one-month   United  States  dollar  deposits   (calculated  as  described  under
"--Calculation  of One-Month LIBOR" below) as of the second to last business day
prior to the  immediately  preceding  Payment  Date (or as of the second to last
business  day prior to the  Closing  Date with  respect  to the  ________  199__
Payment Date) (the "One-Month LIBOR  Determination  Date") plus _____% per annum
and (b) the Fixed Rate Group  Available  Funds Cap and (ii) on each Payment Date
after the Clean-Up Call Date, the Class A-7  Pass-Through  Rate will be equal to
the lesser of (a) _____% per annum and (b) the Fixed Rate Group  Available Funds
Cap. The Pass-Through Rate with respect to the Class A-8 Certificates will equal
the lesser of (i) with  respect to any Payment  Date which occurs on or prior to
the Clean-Up Call Date,  One-Month LIBOR as of the One-Month LIBOR Determination
Date plus _____% per annum (and for any  Payment  Date after the  Clean-Up  Call
Date, One-Month LIBOR plus _____% per annum), and (ii) the Adjustable Rate Group
Available Funds Cap.

         On each  Payment  Date,  the Trustee is required to make the  following
disbursements  and  transfers  from  moneys  then on deposit in the  Certificate
Account as  specified  below in the  following  order of  priority  of each such
transfer and disbursement:

         (i)      First,  out of Total Monthly Excess Spread,  the Trustee shall
                  disburse the Premium Amount to the Certificate Insurer;

         (ii)     Second,  to the  Trustee,  the Trustee  Fees and  reimbursable
                  expenses with respect to such Mortgage Loan Group then due;

         (iii)    Third,  the Trustee shall  allocate an amount equal to the sum
                  of (x) the Total  Monthly  Excess  Spread with respect to such
                  Mortgage   Loan   Group   and   Payment   Date  plus  (y)  any
                  Subordination  Reduction  Amount with respect to such Mortgage
                  Loan  Group and  Payment  Date (net of the  Trustee  Fees with
                  respect to such Mortgage Loan Group and the amounts payable to
                  the  Certificate  Insurer with respect to such  Mortgage  Loan
                  Group (the  "Premium  Amount") as described in clauses (i) and
                  (ii)  above)  (such net sum being the  "Total  Monthly  Excess
                  Cashflow" with respect to such Mortgage Loan Group and Payment
                  Date) in the following order of priority:

                  (A)      first,  such Total Monthly  Excess  Cashflow shall be
                           allocated to the payment of the Class A  Distribution
                           Amount  pursuant  to clauses  (v)(A) and (B) below on
                           such   Payment  Date  with  respect  to  the  related
                           Mortgage Loan Group in an amount equal to the amount,
                           if any,  by  which  (x)  the  sum of (i) the  related
                           Current Interest and (ii) the Subordination  Deficit,
                           if  any,  for  such  Payment  Date  exceeds  (y)  the
                           Available  Funds with respect to such  Mortgage  Loan
                           Group  for such  Payment  Date  (the  amount  of such
                           difference  with  respect  to a  Mortgage  Loan Group
                           being  an  "Available   Funds   Shortfall"  for  such
                           Mortgage Loan Group);

                  (B)      second,  any  portion  of the  Total  Monthly  Excess
                           Cashflow  with  respect to such  Mortgage  Loan Group
                           remaining after the  application  described in clause
                           (A) above shall be  allocated  against any  Available
                           Funds  Shortfall  with respect to the other  Mortgage
                           Loan Group;

                  (C)      third,  any  portion  of  the  Total  Monthly  Excess
                           Cashflow  with  respect to such  Mortgage  Loan Group
                           remaining after the allocations  described in clauses
                           (A) and (B) above shall

                                      S-60

<PAGE>
                           be paid to the  Certificate  Insurer  in  respect  of
                           amounts owed on account of any  Reimbursement  Amount
                           owed to the  Certificate  Insurer with respect to the
                           related Mortgage Loan Group; and

                  (D)      fourth,  any  portion  of the  Total  Monthly  Excess
                           Cashflow  with  respect to such  Mortgage  Loan Group
                           remaining after the allocations  described in clauses
                           (A),   (B)  and  (C)  above  shall  be  paid  to  the
                           Certificate  Insurer in respect of any  Reimbursement
                           Amount with respect to the other Mortgage Loan Group;

         (iv)     Fourth,  the  amount,  if any,  of the  Total  Monthly  Excess
                  Cashflow with respect to such Mortgage Loan Group on a Payment
                  Date remaining after the allocations described in clause (iii)
                  above (the "Net Monthly Excess  Cashflow" with respect to such
                  Mortgage  Loan Group for such Payment  Date) is required to be
                  applied in the following order or priority:

                  (A)      first, such Net Monthly Excess Cashflow shall be used
                           to  reduce  to  zero,  through  the  allocation  of a
                           Subordination  Increase  Amount to the payment of the
                           Class A  Distribution  Amount  pursuant to clause (v)
                           below,  any   Subordination   Deficiency  Amount  (as
                           defined in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement) with
                           respect  to  such  Mortgage  Loan  Group  as of  such
                           Payment Date;

                  (B)      second,  any Net Monthly  Excess  Cashflow  remaining
                           after the  application  described in clause (A) above
                           shall be used to reduce to zero,  through the payment
                           of a Subordination Increase Amount, the Subordination
                           Deficiency  Amount, if any, with respect to the other
                           Mortgage Loan Group; and

                  (C)      third,  any Net  Monthly  Excess  Cashflow  remaining
                           after the  application  described  in clauses (A) and
                           (B)  above  shall  be  paid to the  Servicers  to the
                           extent of any unreimbursed  Delinquency  Advances and
                           Servicing  Advances  to  the  extent  deemed  by  the
                           Servicer  to  be   nonrecoverable   and  unreimbursed
                           Servicing Fees; and

         (v)      Fifth, following the making by the Trustee of all allocations,
                  transfers and disbursements  described above from amounts then
                  on  deposit in the  Certificate  Account  with  respect to the
                  related Mortgage Loan Group, the Trustee shall distribute:

                  (A)      To the  Owners  of the  Class A  Certificates  of the
                           related Group, the related Current Interest, on a pro
                           rata basis  without any  priority  among such Class A
                           Certificates;

                  (B)      To the  Owners  of  the  related  Class  of  Class  A
                           Certificates,  (i) the Principal  Distribution Amount
                           applicable  to  Group  I  shall  be   distributed  as
                           follows:  (a)  first,  to the Owners of the Class A-1
                           Certificates   until  the   Class   A-1   Certificate
                           Principal  Balance is reduced to zero; (b) second, to
                           the Owners of the Class A-2  Certificates,  until the
                           Class A-2 Certificate Principal Balance is reduced to
                           zero;  (c)  third,  to the  Owners  of the  Class A-3
                           Certificates,   until  the   Class  A-3   Certificate
                           Principal  Balance is reduced to zero; (d) fourth, to
                           the Owners of the Class A-4  Certificates,  until the
                           Class A-4 Certificate Principal Balance is reduced to
                           zero;  (e)  fifth,  to the  Owners  of the  Class A-5
                           Certificates   until  the   Class   A-5   Certificate
                           Principal  Balance is reduced to zero; (f) sixth,  to
                           the Owners of the Class A-6  Certificates,  until the
                           Class A-6 Certificate Principal Balance is reduced to
                           zero; and (g) seventh, to the Owners of the Class A-7
                           Certificates,   until  the   Class  A-7   Certificate
                           Principal  Balance is  reduced to zero;  and (ii) the
                           Principal  Distribution Amount applicable to Group II
                           shall be  distributed  to the Owners of the Class A-8
                           Certificates   until  the   Class   A-8   Certificate
                           Principal Balance is reduced to zero; and

                  (C)      To the Owners of the  Subordinate  Certificates,  all
                           remaining  distributable  amounts as specified in the
                           Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         "Total Net Monthly Excess Spread" as to either  Mortgage Loan Group and
any  Payment  Date  equals the  excess,  if any,  of (x) the  interest  which is
collected on the Mortgage  Loans during a Remittance  Period (net of the related
Servicing  Fee,  the  related  Premium  Amount  and  of  certain   miscellaneous
administrative amounts) plus the

                                      S-61

<PAGE>



interest portion of any Delinquency Advances and any Compensating  Interest over
(y) the sum of the Class A Current Interest.

         "Available Funds" as to any Mortgage Loan Group and Payment Date is the
amount on deposit in the Certificate  Account on such Payment Date (net of Total
Monthly Excess  Cashflow and  disregarding  the amounts of any Insured  Payments
with respect to a Mortgage Loan Group to be made on such Payment Date).

         "Total  Available Funds" as to any Mortgage Loan Group and Payment Date
is (x) the amount on deposit in the  Certificate  Account (net of Total  Monthly
Excess  Cashflow)  on such  Payment  Date plus (y) any amounts of Total  Monthly
Excess  Cashflow  with  respect to a  Mortgage  Loan Group to be applied on such
Payment Date  (disregarding  the amount of any Insured Payment with respect to a
Mortgage  Loan Group to be made on such Payment  Date) plus,  (z) any deposit to
the Certificate  Account from the Pre-Funding  Account and Capitalized  Interest
Account  expected  to be made in  accordance  with  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.

         The Trustee or Paying  Agent shall (i) receive as  attorney-in-fact  of
each Owner of Class A  Certificates  any Insured  Payment  from the  Certificate
Insurer and (ii)  disburse the same to each Owner of Class A  Certificates.  The
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will provide that to the extent the Certificate
Insurer  makes Insured  Payments,  either  directly or indirectly  (as by paying
through  the  Trustee  or  Paying  Agent),   to  the  Owners  of  such  Class  A
Certificates,  if any, the Certificate  Insurer will be subrogated to the rights
of such Owners of Class A  Certificates  with respect to such Insured  Payments,
and shall  receive  reimbursement  for such Insured  Payments as provided in the
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  but only from the sources and in the manner
provided in the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement for the payment of the Class A
Distribution Amount to Owners of Class A Certificates,  if any; such subrogation
and reimbursement will have no effect on the Certificate  Insurer's  obligations
under the Certificate Insurance Policy.

         The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  provides that the term "Available
Funds" does not include  Insured  Payments and does not include any amounts that
cannot be  distributed  to the Owners of Class A  Certificates,  if any,  by the
Trustee as a result of proceedings under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

         Each Owner of a Class A Certificate will be required promptly to notify
the  Trustee  in  writing  upon  the  receipt  of a court  order  relating  to a
Preference Amount and will be required to enclose a copy of such order with such
notice to the Trustee.

Overcollateralization Provisions

         Overcollateralization  Resulting from Cash Flow Structure.  The Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement requires that, on each Payment Date, Net Monthly Excess
Cashflow (as defined  above) be applied with respect to each Mortgage Loan Group
on such Payment Date as an accelerated payment of principal on the related Class
A Certificates, but only to the limited extent hereafter described.

         This has the effect of  accelerating  the  amortization  of the Class A
Certificates  relative to the amortization of the related Mortgage Loans. To the
extent that any Net Monthly Excess  Cashflow is not so used for either  Mortgage
Loan Group, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that it will be used to
reimburse the  Servicers  with respect to certain  amounts  owing to them,  and,
thereafter, paid to the Owners of the Class R Certificates.

         Pursuant to the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  Net Monthly  Excess
Cashflow will be applied as an  accelerated  payment of principal on the Class A
Certificates until the Subordinated  Amount has increased to the level required.
"Subordinated Amount" means, with respect to each Payment Date and each Mortgage
Loan  Group,  the  excess,  if any,  of (x) the  sum of (i) the  aggregate  Loan
Balances of the related  Mortgage  Loans [in such Mortgage Loan Group] as of the
close of business on the last day of the  preceding  Remittance  Period and (ii)
any amount on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account with respect to such Mortgage
Loan Group at such time  exclusive  of any Pre-  Funding  Account  Earnings  (as
defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) over (y) the related Certificate
Principal Balance as of such Payment Date (after taking into account the payment
of  the  related  Class  A  Principal   Distribution   Amount  (except  for  any
Subordination  Deficit or Subordination  Increase Amount) on such Payment Date).
Any amount of Net Monthly  Excess  Cashflow  actually  applied as an accelerated
payment of principal  with respect to a Mortgage Loan Group is a  "Subordination
Increase Amount." The required level of the Subordinated  Amount with respect to
a Mortgage  Loan Group and Payment Date is the related  "Specified  Subordinated
Amount."

         The  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  generally  provides  that  the
Specified Subordinated Amount with respect to

                                      S-62

<PAGE>



a Mortgage Loan Group may, over time, decrease, or increase,  subject to certain
floors,  caps and triggers,  including triggers that allow the related Specified
Subordinated  Amount to decrease or "step down" based on the  performance on the
related  Mortgage  Loans with respect to certain tests  specified in the Pooling
and Servicing  Agreement based on delinquency  rates and cumulative  losses.  If
certain  delinquency  and/or loss levels set forth in the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement  are  exceeded,   the  "Specified   Subordinated  Amount"  may  become
unlimited.  Net Monthly  Excess  Cashflow will then be applied to the payment in
reduction  of principal of the related  Class A  Certificates  during the period
that the related  Mortgage Loan Group is unable to meet certain tests  specified
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement based on delinquency rates and cumulative
losses.

         In the event that the  Specified  Subordinated  Amount is  permitted to
decrease or "step down" on a Payment  Date in the future or in the event that an
Excess Subordinated Amount otherwise exists, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
provides that some or all of the principal  which would otherwise be distributed
to the  Owners  of the  Class A  Certificates  on such  Payment  Date  shall  be
available  to  satisfy  other  cash  flow  priorities  of the  Trust,  including
distributions  to the  Owners  of the  Class  R  Certificates  over  the  period
specified in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement until the Excess  Subordinated
Amount is reduced to zero. This has the effect of decelerating  the amortization
of related  Class A  Certificates  relative to the  amortization  of the related
Mortgage Loans and of reducing the related  Subordinated Amount. With respect to
any Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the related  Subordinated Amount on
such Payment Date after taking into account all distributions to be made on such
Payment Date (except for any  distributions of related  Subordination  Reduction
Amounts  as  described  in the next  sentence)  over (y) the  related  Specified
Subordinated Amount is the "Excess  Subordinated  Amount" for such Payment Date.
If, on any Payment  Date,  the Excess  Subordinated  Amount is, or, after taking
into account all other  distributions  to be made on such Payment Date would be,
greater than zero (i.e., the related  Subordinated Amount is or would be greater
than the related Specified  Subordinated  Amount),  then any amounts relating to
principal  which would  otherwise  be  distributed  to the Owners of the Class A
Certificates  on such Payment Date shall instead be distributed to the Owners of
the Class R Certificates (to the extent  available  therefor) in an amount equal
to the lesser of (x) the related Excess  Subordinated  Amount and (y) the amount
available for  distribution  on account of principal with respect to the related
Class A Certificates  on such Payment Date;  such amount being a  "Subordination
Reduction  Amount."  As a  result  of the  cash  flow  structure  of the  Trust,
Subordination  Reduction  Amounts may result even prior to the occurrence of any
decrease or "step down" in the related Specified  Subordinated  Amount.  This is
because the Owners of the Class A  Certificates  will  generally  be entitled to
receive  100% of  collected  principal,  even  though  the  Class A  Certificate
Principal Balance will,  following the accelerated  amortization  resulting from
the application of the Net Monthly Excess Cashflow,  represent less than 100% of
the aggregate Loan Balance.  Accordingly, with respect to a Mortgage Loan Group,
in the absence of the provisions  relating to Subordination  Reduction  Amounts,
the Subordinated  Amount would increase above the Specified  Subordinated Amount
requirements  even  without the further  application  of any Net Monthly  Excess
Cashflow.

         The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  provides  generally  that, on any
Payment  Date,  all amounts  collected  on account of scheduled  principal  with
respect to the related Remittance Period and unscheduled  principal with respect
to the related  Prepayment  Period  (other  than any such amount  applied to the
payment of a Subordination  Reduction  Amount) will be distributed to the Owners
of the related Class A  Certificates  on such Payment Date. If any Mortgage Loan
became  a  Liquidated  Loan  during  such  prior  Remittance   Period,  the  Net
Liquidation Proceeds related thereto and allocated to principal may be less than
the  principal  balance of the  related  Mortgage  Loan;  the amount of any such
insufficiency  is a "Realized  Loss." In  addition,  the  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement provides that the principal balance of any Mortgage Loan which becomes
a  Liquidated  Loan shall  thenceforth  equal zero.  The  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement does not contain any requirement  that the amount of any Realized Loss
be distributed to the Owners of the related Class A Certificates  on the Payment
Date  which  immediately  follows  the  event of loss;  i.e.,  the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement does not require the current  recovery of losses.  However,
the  occurrence of a Realized Loss will reduce the related  Subordinated  Amount
(and  may  result  in  a   Subordination   Deficit  as  described   below  under
"--Overcollateralization  and the Certificate Insurance Policies"), which to the
extent that such reduction causes such  Subordinated  Amount to be less than the
related  Specified  Subordinated  Amount applicable to the related Payment Date,
will require the payment of a Subordination Increase Amount on such Payment Date
(or, if  insufficient  funds are available on such Payment Dates,  on subsequent
Payment  Dates,  until the  Subordinated  Amount  equals the  related  Specified
Subordinated  Amount).  The effect of the foregoing is to allocate losses to the
Owners of the  Subordinate  Certificates by reducing,  or eliminating  entirely,
payments of Total Monthly Excess Spread and of Subordination  Reduction  Amounts
which such Owners would otherwise receive.


                                      S-63

<PAGE>



         Overcollateralization  and  the  Certificate  Insurance  Policies.  The
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement defines a "Subordination  Deficit" with respect
to a Payment  Date as the amount,  if any, by which (x) the related  Certificate
Principal  Balance with respect to a Payment Date, after taking into account all
distributions  to be made on such  Payment  Date  (except for any  Subordination
Deficit  and  Subordination  Increase  Amount),  exceeds  (y) the sum of (a) the
aggregate  Loan  Balances  of the  related  Mortgage  Loans  as of the  close of
business on the last day of the related Prepayment Period and (b) the amount, if
any, on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account on such Payment Date and allocable to
the related Mortgage Loan Group,  exclusive of Pre-Funding Account Earnings. The
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  requires  the Trustee to make a claim for an
Insured Payment under the related  Certificate  Insurance  Policy not later than
the second  Business  Day prior to any Payment  Date as to which the Trustee has
determined that a  Subordination  Deficit will occur for the purpose of applying
the proceeds of such Insured  Payment as a payment of principal to the Owners of
the related Class A Certificates on such Payment Date. No payments in respect of
principal  will be  made  under  such  Certificate  Insurance  Policy  unless  a
Subordination  Deficit occurs. Each Certificate Insurance Policy is thus similar
to the  subordination  provisions  described  above insofar as such  Certificate
Insurance  Policy  guarantees  ultimate,  rather  than  current,  payment of the
amounts  of any  Realized  Losses to the  Owners  of the  Class A  Certificates.
Investors in the Class A Certificates should realize that, under extreme loss or
delinquency  scenarios  applicable to the related Mortgage Loan Group that occur
when  no  Subordination   Deficit  exists,   they  may  temporarily  receive  no
distributions  of principal when they would otherwise be entitled  thereto under
the principal allocation provisions described herein. Nevertheless, the exposure
to risk of loss of principal to the Owners of the Class A  Certificates  depends
in part on the ability of the  Certificate  Insurer to satisfy  its  obligations
under the relevant Certificate Insurance Policy.

Crosscollateralization Provisions

         In addition to the use of Total Monthly Excess Cashflow with respect to
a Mortgage  Loan Group to pay related  Available  Funds  Shortfalls,  such Total
Monthly Excess Cashflow will be available to pay Available Funds  Shortfalls for
the other  Mortgage  Loan Group as  described  in clauses  (iii)(A) and (iii)(B)
under the caption "-- Distributions" above. Furthermore,  in addition to the use
of Net  Monthly  Excess  Cashflow  with  respect  to a  Mortgage  Loan  Group to
distribute  related  Subordination  Increase  Amounts  in  reduction  of related
Subordination  Deficits,  such Net Monthly Excess  Cashflow will be available to
distribute   Subordination   Increase  Amounts  in  reduction  of  Subordination
Deficiency  Amounts  related to the other  Mortgage  Loan Group as  described in
clauses (iv) (A) and (iv) (B) under the caption "--  Distributions"  above.  The
occurrence  of a  disproportionate  amount of Available  Funds  Shortfalls  with
respect to one of the  Mortgage  Loan Groups may result in the  continuation  of
Subordination  Deficiencies with respect to the other Mortgage Loan Group to the
extent that Net Monthly  Excess  Cashflow with respect to the  better-performing
Mortgage Loan Group is diminished  due to the allocation of Total Monthly Excess
Cashflow  from such  Mortgage  Loan Group to cover  Available  Funds  Shortfalls
occurring in the other Mortgage Loan Group.

Pre-Funding Account

         On the Closing Date, the Original  Pre-Funded  Amount will be deposited
in the Pre-Funding Account, which account shall be in the name of and maintained
by the Trustee and shall be part of the Trust Estate. During the Funding Period,
the  Pre-Funded  Amount  will be  maintained  in the  Pre-Funding  Account.  The
Original  Pre-Funded  Amount will be reduced  during the  Funding  Period by the
amount thereof used to purchase Subsequent Mortgage Loans in accordance with the
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  Any Pre-Funded Amount remaining at the end of
the Funding  Period for the related Group will be  distributed  to the Owners of
the related Class of Class A Certificates  then entitled to receive  payments of
interest on the Payment  Date that  immediately  follows the end of such Funding
Period  in  reduction  of the  Certificate  Principal  Balance  of such  Owner's
Certificates,  thus resulting in a principal prepayment of such Class of Class A
Certificates.

         Amounts on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account will be invested in the
investments  permitted by the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  (the  "Eligible
Investments").  All  interest  and any other  investment  earnings on amounts on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be deposited in the Capitalized Interest
Account prior to each Payment Date during the Funding  Period.  The  Pre-Funding
Account will not be an asset of the REMIC.

                                      S-64

<PAGE>




Capitalized Interest Account

         On the Closing Date cash will be deposited in the Capitalized  Interest
Account, which account shall be in the name of and maintained by the Trustee and
shall be part of the Trust.  The amount on deposit in the  Capitalized  Interest
Account,  including  reinvestment  income thereon and amounts  deposited thereto
from the Pre-Funding Account, will be used by the Trustee to fund the excess, if
any, of (i) the sum of the amount of interest  accruing at the weighted  average
Pass-Through  Rate in the case of the  Fixed  Rate  Group  Certificates  and the
applicable  Pass- Through Rate on the Adjustable Rate Group  Certificates on the
amount by which the  aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balance  of the  related
Class(es)  of Class A  Certificates  exceeds the  aggregate  Loan Balance of the
Mortgage Loans in the related Group plus the related  Premium Amount accruing on
such excess balance over (ii) the amount of any reinvestment income on monies on
deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account;  such amounts on deposit will be so applied
by the Trustee on each Payment  Date in the Funding  Period to fund such excess,
if any. Any amounts remaining in the Capitalized  Interest Account at the end of
the Funding Period and not needed for such purpose will be paid to the Depositor
and will not thereafter be available for distribution to the Owners of the Class
A Certificates.

         Amounts on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account will be invested
in Eligible  Investments.  The Capitalized Interest Account will not be an asset
of the REMIC.

Calculation of One-Month LIBOR

         On each One-Month  LIBOR  Determination  Date (as defined  above),  the
Trustee will determine One-Month LIBOR for the next Accrual Period for the Class
A-1 and Class A-8 Certificates.

         "One-Month LIBOR" means, as of any One-Month LIBOR  Determination Date,
the rate  for  deposits  in  United  States  dollars  for a period  equal to the
relevant  Accrual Period  (commencing  on the first day of such Accrual  Period)
which appears in the Telerate  Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m.,  London time, on such
date. If such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750,  the rate for that day
will be determined on the basis of the rates at which  deposits in United States
dollars are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately  11:00 a.m.,  London
time,  on that day to prime  banks in the London  interbank  market for a period
equal to the  relevant  Accrual  Period  (commencing  on the  first  day of such
Accrual Period). The Trustee will request the principal London office of each of
the  Reference  Banks to provide a quotation  of its rate.  If at least two such
quotations are provided,  the rate for that day will be the  arithmetic  mean of
the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, the rate
for that day will be the  arithmetic  mean of the rates quoted by major banks in
New York City,  selected by the Trustee,  at approximately  11:00 a.m., New York
City time,  on that day for loans in United States  dollars to leading  European
banks for a period equal to the relevant Accrual Period (commencing on the first
day of such Accrual Period).

         "Telerate  Page 3750" means the display page currently so designated on
the Dow Jones  Telerate  Service (or such other page as may replace that page on
that  service  for the  purpose of  displaying  comparable  rates or prices) and
"Reference  Banks" means  leading  banks  selected by the Trustee and engaged in
transactions in Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurocurrency market.

Book Entry Registration of the Class A Certificates

         The  Class  A  Certificates   will  be  book-entry   Certificates  (the
"Book-Entry Certificates").  Persons acquiring beneficial ownership interests in
such Book-Entry Certificates ("Beneficial Owners") may elect to hold their Book-
Entry  Certificates  directly  through  DTC in the  United  States,  or CEDEL or
Euroclear (in Europe) if they are Participants of such systems ("Participants"),
or indirectly  through  organizations  which are  Participants.  The Book- Entry
Certificates  will be  issued in one or more  certificates  per class of Class A
Certificates  which in the aggregate equal the principal balance of such Class A
Certificates  and will  initially be  registered  in the name of Cede & Co., the
nominee of DTC.  CEDEL and  Euroclear  will hold omnibus  positions on behalf of
their  Participants  through  customers'  securities  accounts  in  CEDEL's  and
Euroclear's  names on the books of their respective  depositaries  which in turn
will hold such positions in customers'  securities accounts in the depositaries'
names on the books of DTC.  Citibank will act as depositary for CEDEL and Morgan
will act as  depositary  for  Euroclear (in such  capacities,  individually  the
"Relevant Depositary" and collectively the "European  Depositaries").  Investors
may hold such  beneficial  interests in the Book-Entry  Certificates  in minimum
denominations representing principal amounts of $1,000 and in integral multiples
in excess  thereof.  Except as  described  below,  no  Beneficial  Owner will be
entitled to receive a physical  certificate  representing  such  Certificate  (a
"Definitive Certificate"). Unless and

                                      S-65

<PAGE>



until  Definitive  Certificates  are  issued,  it is  anticipated  that the only
"Owner" of such Book-Entry  Certificates  will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.
Beneficial  Owners  will not be Owners as that term is used in the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement.  Beneficial  Owners are only  permitted to exercise  their
rights indirectly through Participants and DTC.

         The Beneficial  Owner's  ownership of a Book-Entry  Certificate will be
recorded on the records of the brokerage firm, bank, thrift institution or other
financial  intermediary  (each, a "Financial  Intermediary")  that maintains the
Beneficial   Owner's   account  for  such  purpose.   In  turn,   the  Financial
Intermediary's  ownership of such Book-Entry Certificate will be recorded on the
records of DTC (or of a participating  firm that acts as agent for the Financial
Intermediary,  whose interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if
the Beneficial  Owner's  Financial  Intermediary is not a DTC Participant and on
the records of CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).

         Beneficial  Owners will receive all  distributions of principal of, and
interest on, the Book-Entry  Certificates  from the Trustee  through DTC and DTC
Participants.   While  such  Certificates  are  outstanding  (except  under  the
circumstances  described  below),  under the rules,  regulations  and procedures
creating and affecting DTC and its operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is required to
make  book-entry  transfers  among  Participants  on whose  behalf  it acts with
respect  to  such   Certificates   and  is  required  to  receive  and  transmit
distributions of principal of, and interest on, such Certificates.  Participants
and indirect Participants with whom Beneficial Owners have accounts with respect
to Book-Entry  Certificates are similarly required to make book-entry  transfers
and  receive  and  transmit  such  distributions  on behalf of their  respective
Beneficial  Owners.  Accordingly,  although  Beneficial  Owners will not possess
certificates,  the Rules  provide a mechanism  by which  Beneficial  Owners will
receive distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.

         Beneficial   Owners   will  not  receive  or  be  entitled  to  receive
certificates   representing   their   respective   interests   in  the  Class  A
Certificates, except under the limited circumstances described below. Unless and
until  Definitive  Certificates  are  issued,  Beneficial  Owners  who  are  not
Participants  may  transfer  ownership  of  Class A  Certificates  only  through
Participants  and indirect  Participants by instructing  such  Participants  and
indirect  Participants  to transfer  such Class A  Certificates,  by  book-entry
transfer,  through  DTC for  the  account  of the  purchasers  of  such  Class A
Certificates,  which account is maintained with their  respective  Participants.
Under the Rules and in  accordance  with DTC's normal  procedures,  transfers of
ownership  of such Class A  Certificates  will be  executed  through DTC and the
accounts of the  respective  Participants  at DTC will be debited and  credited.
Similarly,  the  Participants  and  indirect  Participants  will make  debits or
credits,  as the case may be, on their  records  on behalf  of the  selling  and
purchasing Beneficial Owners.

         Because of time zone  differences,  credits of  securities  received in
CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a Participant will be made
during subsequent  securities  settlement  processing and dated the business day
following the DTC  settlement  date.  Such credits or any  transactions  in such
securities  settled  during such  processing  will be  reported to the  relevant
Euroclear or CEDEL  Participants on such business day. Cash received in CEDEL or
Euroclear as a result of sales of securities  by or through a CEDEL  Participant
(as  defined  below)  or  Euroclear  Participant  (as  defined  below)  to a DTC
Participant  will be received with value on the DTC settlement  date but will be
available  in the  relevant  CEDEL  or  Euroclear  cash  account  only as of the
business day following  settlements in DTC. For information  with respect to tax
documentation  procedures  relating to the  Certificates,  see "Certain  Federal
Income Tax Consequences -- Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors" and "-- Backup
Withholding"  in the  Prospectus  and  "Global  Clearance,  Settlement  and  Tax
Documentation   Procedures--Certain   U.S.  Federal  Income  Tax   Documentation
Requirements" in Annex I hereto.

         Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers  between CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

         Cross-market  transfers  between persons holding directly or indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing  system  by  the  Relevant  Depositary;   however,   such  cross-market
transactions  will require  delivery of  instructions  to the relevant  European
international  clearing system by the  counterparty in such system in accordance
with its rules and procedures  and within its  established  deadlines  (European
time).  The  relevant  European  international  clearing  system  will,  if  the
transaction  meets its  settlement  requirements,  deliver  instructions  to the
Relevant  Depositary to take action to effect final  settlement on its behalf by
delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and making or receiving payment in

                                      S-66

<PAGE>



accordance with normal  procedures for same day funds  settlement  applicable to
DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear  Participants may not deliver instructions
directly to the European Depositaries.

         DTC,  which is a New  York-chartered  limited  purpose  trust  company,
performs  services  for its  Participants  ("DTC  Participants"),  some of which
(and/or  their   representatives)   own  DTC.  In  accordance  with  its  normal
procedures, DTC is expected to record the positions held by each DTC Participant
in the Book-Entry Certificates, whether held for its own account or as a nominee
for another person. In general, beneficial ownership of Book- Entry Certificates
will be subject to the rules,  regulations and procedures  governing DTC and DTC
Participants as in effect from time to time.

         CEDEL is  incorporated  under the laws of Luxembourg as a  professional
depository.  CEDEL holds  securities for its participant  organizations  ("CEDEL
Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of CEDEL  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the  need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  Transactions  may be  settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  CEDEL  provides  to its  CEDEL
Participants,  among other  things,  services for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally  traded  securities and securities
lending  and  borrowing.  CEDEL  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries. As a professional  depository,  CEDEL is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg  Monetary  Institute.  CEDEL  Participants  are recognized  financial
institutions around the world,  including  underwriters,  securities brokers and
dealers,  banks,  trust  companies,  clearing  corporations  and  certain  other
organizations.  Indirect  access to CEDEL is also  available to others,  such as
banks,  brokers,  dealers and trust  companies  that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.

         Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold  securities for  Participants  of
Euroclear  ("Euroclear  Participants")  and to  clear  and  settle  transactions
between  Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous   electronic  book-entry
delivery against payment,  thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 32 currencies,  including United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services,  including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several  countries
generally  similar  to the  arrangements  for  cross-market  transfers  with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the  "Euroclear  Operator"),  under contract
with Euroclear  Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian  cooperative  corporation (the
"Cooperative").  All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear Securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator,  not the Cooperative.  The Cooperative  establishes
policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include banks  (including  central  banks),  securities  brokers and dealers and
other  professional  financial  intermediaries.  Indirect access to Euroclear is
also  available  to other  firms that  clear  through  or  maintain a  custodial
relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

         The  Euroclear  Operator  is the Belgian  branch of a New York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

         Securities  clearance  accounts and cash  accounts  with the  Euroclear
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively,  the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and
cash from  Euroclear,  and receipts of payments  with respect to  securities  in
Euroclear.  All  securities  in Euroclear  are held on a fungible  basis without
attribution of specific  certificates to specific securities clearance accounts.
The  Euroclear  Operator acts under the Terms and  Conditions  only on behalf of
Euroclear  Participants,  and has no  record  of or  relationship  with  persons
holding through Euroclear Participants.

         Distributions  on the  Book-Entry  Certificates  will  be  made on each
Payment Date by the Trustee to DTC. DTC will be  responsible  for  crediting the
amount of such payments to the accounts of the  applicable DTC  Participants  in
accordance  with  DTC's  normal   procedures.   Each  DTC  Participant  will  be
responsible  for  disbursing  such  payment  to  the  Beneficial  Owners  of the
Book-Entry  Certificates  that it represents and to each Financial  Intermediary
for which it acts as agent. Each such Financial Intermediary will be responsible
for  disbursing  funds to the Beneficial  Owners of the Book-Entry  Certificates
that it represents.


                                      S-67

<PAGE>



         Under  a  book-entry  format,   Beneficial  Owners  of  the  Book-Entry
Certificates may experience some delay in their receipt of payments,  since such
payments will be forwarded by the Trustee to Cede. Distributions with respect to
Certificates  held  through  CEDEL or  Euroclear  will be  credited  to the cash
accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear  Participants in accordance with the
relevant  system's rules and procedures,  to the extent received by the Relevant
Depositary.  Such  distributions  will be subject to tax reporting in accordance
with relevant United States tax laws and  regulations.  Because DTC can only act
on behalf of  Financial  Intermediaries,  the ability of a  Beneficial  Owner to
pledge Book-Entry Certificates to persons or entities that do not participate in
the Depository  system,  or otherwise take actions in respect of such Book-Entry
Certificates,  may be limited due to the lack of physical  certificates for such
Book-Entry Certificates. In addition, issuance of the Book-Entry Certificates in
book-entry  form may reduce the liquidity of such  Certificates in the secondary
market  since  certain   potential   investors  may  be  unwilling  to  purchase
Certificates for which they cannot obtain physical certificates.

         Monthly  and annual  reports on the Trust  provided  by the  Trustee to
Cede,  as  nominee of DTC,  may be made  available  to  Beneficial  Owners  upon
request,  in accordance with the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and
affecting  the  Depository,  and to the  Financial  Intermediaries  to whose DTC
accounts the Book-Entry Certificates of such Beneficial Owners are credited.

         DTC  has  advised  the  Trustee  that,   unless  and  until  Definitive
Certificates  are issued,  DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the
Owners of the Book-Entry  Certificates under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
only at the  direction  of one or more  Financial  Intermediaries  to whose  DTC
accounts  the  Book-Entry  Certificates  are  credited,  to the extent that such
actions are taken on behalf of Financial  Intermediaries  whose holdings include
such Book-Entry  Certificates.  CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may
be, will take any action permitted to be taken by an Owner under the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement on behalf of a CEDEL  Participant or Euroclear  Participant
only in accordance  with its relevant  rules and  procedures  and subject to the
ability of the Relevant  Depositary to effect such actions on its behalf through
DTC. DTC may take actions,  at the direction of the related  Participants,  with
respect to some Class A  Certificates  which  conflict  with actions  taken with
respect to other Class A Certificates.

         Definitive  Certificates  will be  issued to  Beneficial  Owners of the
Book-Entry Certificates,  or their nominees, rather than to DTC, only if (a) DTC
or the Depositor  advises the Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer  willing,
qualified or able to discharge  properly its  responsibilities  as a nominee and
depository with respect to the Book-Entry  Certificates and the Depositor or the
Trustee is unable to locate a qualified  successor,  (b) the  Depositor,  at its
sole option,  elects to terminate a book-entry system through DTC or (c) DTC, at
the  direction  of  the  Beneficial  Owners   representing  a  majority  of  the
outstanding  Percentage  Interests  of the  Class A  Certificates,  advises  the
Trustee in writing that the continuation of a book-entry  system through DTC (or
a successor thereto) is no longer in the best interests of Beneficial Owners.

         Upon the occurrence of any of the events  described in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  the Trustee  will be  required  to notify all  Beneficial
Owners of the  occurrence  of such  event and the  availability  through  DTC of
Definitive  Certificates.  Upon  surrender by DTC of the global  certificate  or
certificates  representing  the Book- Entry  Certificates  and  instructions for
re-registration,  the Trustee will issue Definitive Certificates, and thereafter
the Trustee will recognize the holders of such Definitive Certificates as Owners
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         Although  DTC,  CEDEL  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the  foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate  transfers of Certificates  among Participants
of DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue
to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at any time.

Assignment of Rights

         An Owner may pledge, encumber, hypothecate or assign all or any part of
its right to  receive  distributions  under any  Certificate,  but such  pledge,
encumbrance,  hypothecation  or assignment shall not constitute a transfer of an
ownership  interest  sufficient  to render the  transferee an Owner of the Trust
without  compliance  with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement
described  above.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  provides  that the  Certificate  Insurer  may, in  connection  with a
subrogation of the Certificate  Insurer to the rights of the Owners of the Class
A Certificates to an amount equal to Insured  Payments for which the Certificate
Insurer has not received  reimbursement,  be  considered to be an "Owner" to the
extent (but only to the extent) of such rights.

                                      S-68

<PAGE>




         THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICIES AND THE CERTIFICATE INSURER

         The following  information has been supplied by the Certificate Insurer
for inclusion in this Prospectus  Supplement.  No  representation is made by the
Underwriters,  the  Seller,  the  Servicers,  the  Depositor  or  any  of  their
affiliates as to the accuracy or completeness of such information.

         The  Certificate  Insurer,  in  consideration  of  the  payment  of the
premiums and subject to the terms of the Certificate  Insurance  Policies,  will
unconditionally  and irrevocably  guarantee to any Owner that an amount equal to
each full and  complete  Insured  Payment will be received by the Trustee or its
successor,  as  trustee  for the  Owners,  on  behalf  of the  Owners  from  the
Certificate  Insurer,  for  distribution  by the  Trustee  to each Owner of each
Owner's  proportionate share of the Insured Payment.  The Certificate  Insurer's
obligations  under  the  Certificate   Insurance  Policies  with  respect  to  a
particular  Insured Payment shall be discharged to the extent funds equal to the
applicable  Insured  Payment are  received by the  Trustee,  whether or not such
funds are properly  applied by the Trustee.  Insured Payments shall be made only
at the time set forth in such  Certificate  Insurance  Policy and no accelerated
Insured  Payments shall be made  regardless of any  acceleration  of the Offered
Certificates,  unless such acceleration is at the sole option of the Certificate
Insurer.

         Notwithstanding  the foregoing  paragraph,  the  Certificate  Insurance
Policies do not cover shortfalls,  if any,  attributable to the liability of the
Trust, any REMIC created within the Trust or the Trustee for withholding  taxes,
if any (including interest and penalties in respect of any such liability).

         The  Certificate  Insurer  will  pay  any  Insured  Payment  that  is a
Preference Amount on the second Business Day following receipt on a Business Day
by the Fiscal Agent (as  described  below) of (i) a certified  copy of the order
requiring  the  return of such  Preference  Amount,  (ii) an  opinion of counsel
satisfactory to the Certificate Insurer that such order is final and not subject
to appeal,  (iii) an assignment  in such form as is  reasonably  required by the
Certificate Insurer, irrevocably assigning to the Certificate Insurer all rights
and claims of the Owner  relating to or arising  under the Offered  Certificates
against the debtor which made such preference  payment or otherwise with respect
to  such  Preference  Amount,   (iv)  appropriate   instruments  to  effect  the
appointment  of the  Certificate  Insurer  as agent for such  Owner in any legal
proceeding related to such preference payment,  such instruments being in a form
satisfactory to the Certificate  Insurer and (v) a Notice (as described  below);
provided, that if such documents are received after 5:00 p.m. New York City time
on such  Business  Day,  they  will be deemed to be  received  on the  following
Business  Day.  Such  payments  shall be disbursed to the receiver or trustee in
bankruptcy  named in the final  order of the court  exercising  jurisdiction  on
behalf of the Owner and not to any Owner directly unless such Owner has returned
principal  or interest  paid on the  Offered  Certificates  to such  receiver or
trustee in  bankruptcy,  in which case such  payment  shall be disbursed to such
Owner.

         The  Certificate  Insurer  will pay any other  amount  payable  under a
Certificate  Insurance  Policy no later than 12:00 noon,  New York City time, on
the  later of the  Payment  Date on which  the  Deficiency  Amount is due or the
second  Business Day following  receipt in New York, New York, on a Business Day
by  State  Street  Bank  and  Trust  Company,  N.A.,  as  Fiscal  Agent  for the
Certificate  Insurer or any successor  fiscal agent appointed by the Certificate
Insurer (the "Fiscal Agent") of a Notice (as described below);  provided that if
such Notice is received after 5:00 p.m. New York City time on such Business Day,
it will be deemed to be  received  on the  following  Business  Day. If any such
Notice  received  by the  Fiscal  Agent is not in  proper  form or is  otherwise
insufficient  for the  purpose of making a claim under a  Certificate  Insurance
Policy,  it shall be deemed not to have been  received  by the Fiscal  Agent for
purposes of this paragraph,  and the Certificate Insurer or the Fiscal Agent, as
the case may be, shall promptly so advise the Trustee and the Trustee may submit
an amended Notice.

         Insured  Payments  due under a  Certificate  Insurance  Policy,  unless
otherwise  stated therein,  will be disbursed by the Fiscal Agent to the Trustee
on behalf  of Owners by wire  transfer  of  immediately  available  funds in the
amount of the Insured  Payment less, in respect of Insured  Payments  related to
Preference  Amounts,  any amount  held by the  Trustee  for the  payment of such
Insured Payment and legally available therefor.

         The Fiscal Agent is the agent of the  Certificate  Insurer only and the
Fiscal  Agent  shall in no event be liable to Owners  for any acts of the Fiscal
Agent or any  failure  of the  Certificate  Insurer  to  deposit  or cause to be
deposited,  sufficient funds to make payments due under the related  Certificate
Insurance Policy.

         As used in the related  Certificate  Insurance  Policy,  the  following
terms shall have the following meanings:

                                      S-69

<PAGE>


                  "Agreement" means the Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as
         of __________,  199__ among AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation,
         as Depositor,  AMRESCO Residential Securities  Corporation,  as Seller,
         Long  Beach  Mortgage  Company  and  Advanta  Mortgage  Corp.  USA,  as
         Servicers, and the Trustee, as Trustee, without regard to any amendment
         or supplement thereto, unless the Certificate
         Insurer shall have consented in writing thereto.

                  "Business  Day" means any day other than a Saturday,  a Sunday
         or a day on which banking institutions in California,  New York City or
         in the city in which the  corporate  trust office of the Trustee  under
         the  Agreement  is  located  are  authorized  or  obligated  by  law or
         executive order to close.

                  "Deficiency Amount" means with respect to the related Mortgage
         Loan Group and Payment  Date,  the excess of (i) the sum of the related
         Current  Interest and the then existing  Subordination  Deficit for the
         related  Mortgage  Loan Group,  if any,  over (ii) the Total  Available
         Funds (net of the Premium Amount for such Mortgage Loan Group) for such
         Mortgage Loan Group.

                  "Insured  Payment"  means (i) as of any Payment Date an amount
         equal to the Deficiency Amount plus (ii) any Preference Amount then due
         and owing under the Certificate Insurance Policy.

                  "Mortgage  Loan Group"  means Group I or Group II, as the case
         may be.

                  "Notice" means the telephonic or telegraphic notice,  promptly
         confirmed in writing by telecopy substantially in the form of Exhibit A
         attached to the Certificate  Insurance Policy, the original of which is
         subsequently  delivered  by  registered  or  certified  mail,  from the
         Trustee  specifying the Insured Payment which shall be due and owing on
         the applicable Payment Date.

                  "Owner" means each Owner (as defined in the Agreement) who, on
         the  applicable  Payment  Date,  is  entitled  under  the  terms of the
         applicable  Offered   Certificate  to  payment  under  the  Certificate
         Insurance Policy.

                  "Preference Amount" means any amount previously distributed to
         an Owner on a Offered  Certificate that is recoverable and sought to be
         recovered as a voidable  preference by a trustee in bankruptcy pursuant
         to the United States  Bankruptcy  Code (11 U.S.C.) as amended from time
         to time,  in  accordance  with a final  nonappealable  order of a court
         having competent jurisdiction.

         Capitalized  terms used in each  Certificate  Insurance  Policy and not
otherwise  defined  therein will have the  respective  meanings set forth in the
Agreement  as of the date of  execution of such  Certificate  Insurance  Policy,
without  giving effect to any  subsequent  amendment to or  modification  of the
Agreement  unless such amendment or modification has been approved in writing by
the Certificate Insurer.

         Any notice under a Certificate  Insurance  Policy or service of process
on the Fiscal Agent of the Certificate Insurer may be made at the address listed
below for the Fiscal Agent of the  Certificate  Insurer or such other address as
the Certificate Insurer shall specify in writing to the Trustee.

         The notice address of the Fiscal Agent is 61 Broadway,  15th Floor, New
York, New York, 10006, Attention:  Municipal Registrar and Paying Agent, or such
other address as the Fiscal Agent shall specify to the Trustee in writing.

         Each  Certificate  Insurance  Policy is being issued under and pursuant
to, and shall be  construed  under,  the laws of the State of New York,  without
giving effect to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

         The  insurance  provided by each  Certificate  Insurance  Policy is not
covered by the Property/Casualty Insurance Security Fund specified in Article 76
of the New York Insurance Law.

         The Certificate  Insurance  Policies are not cancelable for any reason.
The premium on a Certificate  Insurance  Policy is not refundable for any reason
including payment, or provision being made for payment, prior to the maturity of
the Offered Certificates.


                                      S-70

<PAGE>



         The  Certificate  Insurer,  formerly  known as  [Surety  Name],  is the
principal  operating  subsidiary  of [Surety  Name],  a New York Stock  Exchange
listed  company.  [Surety  Name] is not  obligated to pay the debts of or claims
against the Certificate  Insurer.  The  Certificate  Insurer is domiciled in the
State of New York and licensed to do business in all 50 states,  the District of
Columbia,  the  Commonwealth  of Puerto Rico, the  Commonwealth  of the Northern
Mariana  Islands,  the Virgin  Islands of the United States and the Territory of
Guam. The Certificate Insurer has one European branch in the Republic of France.

         All  information  regarding  the  Certificate  Insurer,  a wholly owned
subsidiary  of  [Surety  Name],   including  the  financial  statements  of  the
Certificate Insurer for the year ended December 31, 1995, prepared in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles,  included in the Annual Report on
Form 10-K of  [Surety  Name] for the year ended  December  31,  1995,  is hereby
incorporated by reference into this Prospectus Supplement and shall be deemed to
be a  part  hereof.  Any  statement  contained  in a  document  incorporated  by
reference herein shall be modified or superseded for purposes of this Prospectus
Supplement  to the  extent  that a  statement  contained  herein or in any other
subsequently  filed  document  which also is  incorporated  by reference  herein
modifies or supersedes such  statement.  Any statement so modified or superseded
shall not be deemed,  except as so modified or superseded,  to constitute a part
of this Prospectus Supplement.

         The  tables  below  present  selected  financial   information  of  the
Certificate Insurer determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices
prescribed  or  permitted  by  insurance  regulatory   authorities  ("SAP")  and
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"):

                                                 SAP
                         ----------------------------------------------------
                           December 31,      December 31,        March 31,
                               1994                 1995           1996
                               ----                 ----           ----
                            (Audited)          (Audited)       (Unaudited)
                                            (In millions)
Admitted Assets
Liabilities
Capital and Surplus
                                                GAAP
                         ----------------------------------------------------
                           December 31,      December 31,        March 31,
                              1994              1995             1996
                              ----              ----             ----
                            (Audited)          (Audited)       (Unaudited)
                                            (In millions)
Assets
Liabilities
Shareholder's Equity


                              --------------------

         Audited financial  statements of the Certificate Insurer as of December
31, 1995 and 1994 and for each of the three years in the period  ended  December
31, 1995 are included  herein as Appendix B. Unaudited  financial  statements of
the  Certificate  Insurer as of the three month  period ended March 31, 1996 are
included  herein as Appendix C. Such financial  statements have been prepared on
the basis of generally accepted accounting principles. Copies of the Certificate
Insurer's 1995 year-end audited financial statements prepared in accordance with
statutory  accounting  practices are available from the Certificate Insurer. The
address of the Certificate Insurer is _______
_____________________________________________.

         A copy of the Annual  Report on Form 10-K of [Surety Name] is available
from the  Certificate  Insurer or the  Securities and Exchange  Commission.  The
address of the Certificate Insurer is _______________
_______________________________.



                                      S-71

<PAGE>



         The  Certificate  Insurer  does not accept any  responsibility  for the
accuracy or  completeness  of this  Prospectus  Supplement or any information or
disclosure contained herein, or omitted herefrom, other than with respect to the
accuracy of the information regarding the Certificate Insurance Policies and the
Certificate  Insurer under the heading "THE CERTIFICATE  INSURANCE  POLICIES AND
THE CERTIFICATE INSURER" and in Appendix B and Appendix C.

         Moody's  rates the claims  paying  ability of the  Certificate  Insurer
"Aaa".

         Standard & Poor's rates the claims  paying  ability of the  Certificate
Insurer "AAA".

         Fitch  Investors  Service,  L.P. rates the claims paying ability of the
Certificate Insurer "AAA".

         Each   rating  of  the   Certificate   Insurer   should  be   evaluated
independently.  The  ratings  reflect the  respective  rating  agency's  current
assessment of the creditworthiness of the Certificate Insurer and its ability to
pay claims on its  policies  of  insurance.  Any further  explanation  as to the
significance  of the above  ratings  may be  obtained  only from the  applicable
rating agency.

         The above  ratings  are not  recommendations  to buy,  sell or hold the
Offered Certificates,  and such ratings may be subject to revision or withdrawal
at any time by the rating agencies.  Any downward  revision or withdrawal of any
of the above  ratings  may have an  adverse  effect on the  market  price of the
Offered Certificates. The Certificate Insurer does not guaranty the market price
of the Offered Certificates nor does it guaranty that the ratings on the Offered
Certificates will not be reversed or withdrawn.

                       THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

         In addition to the  provisions of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement
summarized elsewhere in the Prospectus and this Prospectus Supplement,  there is
set forth  below a summary  of  certain  other  provisions  of the  Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement.

Covenant of the Seller to Take  Certain  Actions  with  Respect to the  Mortgage
Loans in Certain Situations

         Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  upon the discovery by
the Depositor,  Seller, a Servicer,  the Certificate Insurer or the Trustee that
any  representations  and  warranties  contained  in a Transfer  Agreement  with
respect to the Mortgage Loans that were assigned to the Trust were untrue in any
material  respect as of the Closing  Date with the result that the  interests of
the Owners or of the Certificate  Insurer are materially and adversely affected,
or the value of the related Mortgage Loan is materially and adversely  affected,
the party  discovering  such breach is required to give prompt written notice to
certain other parties thereto.

         Upon the earliest to occur of the Seller's  discovery of or its receipt
of notice of a breach  described above from any of the other parties pursuant to
the related Transfer Agreement, the related Originator will be required promptly
to (i) cure such  breach in all  material  respects  or,  within the time period
specified in the related Transfer Agreement,  to (ii) substitute in lieu of each
affected Mortgage Loan a Qualified Replacement Mortgage (as such term is defined
in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement) and deliver any Substitution  Amount to
the related  Servicer for deposit  into its  Principal  and Interest  Account on
behalf of the Trust as part of the Monthly Remittance  remitted by such Servicer
on the related Monthly Remittance Date or (iii) purchase such Mortgage Loan from
the Trust at a  purchase  price  equal to the Loan  Purchase  Price (as  defined
below)  thereof.  Notwithstanding  any  provision  of the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement to the  contrary,  with  respect to any Mortgage  Loan which is not in
default  or  as  to  which  no  default  is  imminent,  no  such  repurchase  or
substitution will be made unless the Originator  obtains for the Trustee and the
Certificate  Insurer an opinion of  counsel  experienced  in federal  income tax
matters  and  acceptable  to the  Certificate  Insurer to the effect that such a
repurchase or substitution would not constitute a Prohibited Transaction for the
Trust or otherwise  subject the Trust to tax and would not jeopardize the status
of the REMIC Pool as a REMIC (a "REMIC  Opinion"),  addressed to the Trustee and
the  Certificate  Insurer and  acceptable  to the  Trustee  and the  Certificate
Insurer.  Any Mortgage Loan as to which  repurchase or substitution  was delayed
pursuant  to the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  shall  be  repurchased  or
substituted  for (subject to compliance  with the  provisions of the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement)  upon the  earlier of (a) the  occurrence  of a default or
imminent  default  with  respect to such  Mortgage  Loan and (b)  receipt by the
Trustee and the Certificate  Insurer of a REMIC Opinion.  In connection with any
breach of a  representation,  warranty or  covenant  or defect in  documentation
giving  rise to such  repurchase  or  substitution  obligation,  the  Seller may
request  the  Originator,  to  cause  to be  delivered  to the  Trustee  and the
Certificate Insurer a REMIC Opinion, if a favorable opinion can be

                                      S-72

<PAGE>


rendered, as a result of any such repurchase or substitution.  The obligation of
the  Originator  so to cure,  substitute  or purchase any such  Mortgage Loan in
respect  of a breach  that has not been  remedied  constitutes  the sole  remedy
available to the Owners, the Seller, the Trustee and the Certificate Insurer.

         "Loan Purchase Price" means generally the outstanding principal balance
of the related  Mortgage  Loan on the Cut-Off Date,  less any principal  amounts
previously  distributed  to the  Owners  relating  to such  Mortgage  Loan (such
amount,  the "Loan  Balance" of such  Mortgage  Loan) as of the date of purchase
(assuming that the Monthly  Remittance  remitted by the Servicer on such Monthly
Remittance Date has already been remitted), plus one month's interest at the Net
Coupon Rate.

Assignment of Mortgage Loans

         Pursuant  to the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Seller on the
Closing  Date will  transfer,  assign,  set over and  otherwise  convey  without
recourse to the Depositor and the Depositor will transfer,  assign, set over and
otherwise  convey without recourse to the Trustee in trust all of its respective
right,  title and interest in and to each Mortgage  Loan and all its  respective
right,  title and  interest in and to  principal  and  interest due on each such
Mortgage  Loan on or  after  the  Cut-Off  Date;  provided,  however,  that  the
Depositor  will  reserve and retain all its right,  title and interest in and to
principal (including Prepayments) and interest due on each Initial Mortgage Loan
on or prior to the Cut-Off Date (except with respect to Initial  Mortgage  Loans
that were delinquent on the Cut-Off Date,  which payments are not being retained
by the  Depositor).  Purely as a  protective  measure and not to be construed as
contrary to the parties' intent that the transfer on the Closing Date is a sale,
the  Seller  has also  been  deemed to have  granted  to the  Depositor  and the
Depositor  has also  been  deemed to have  granted  to the  Trustee  a  security
interest in the Trust  Estate in the event that the transfer of the Trust Estate
is deemed to be a loan and not a sale.

         In connection with the transfer and assignment of the Initial  Mortgage
Loans on the Closing Date and the Subsequent  Mortgage Loans on each  Subsequent
Transfer Date, the Depositor will be required to:

                  (i)  deliver  without  recourse  to the Trustee on the Closing
         Date with respect to each Initial  Mortgage Loan or on each  Subsequent
         Transfer Date with respect to each Subsequent  Mortgage Loan identified
         in the  related  schedule  of Mortgage  Loans (A) the  original  Notes,
         endorsed  in blank or to the  order of the  Trustee,  (B) the  original
         title  insurance  policy or any one of an  original  title  binder,  an
         original preliminary title report, or an original title commitment,  or
         a copy  certified  by the  issuer  of  any  of  the  foregoing,  or the
         attorney's  opinion of title,  (C) originals or certified copies of all
         intervening  recorded  assignments,  showing a complete  chain of title
         from  origination  to  the  Trustee,  if  any,  including   warehousing
         assignments,  with evidence of recording thereon,  (D) originals of all
         assumption, modification, written assurance or substitution agreements,
         if any and (E) either:  (1) the  original  Mortgage,  with  evidence of
         recording  thereon,  (2) a certified copy if such original Mortgage has
         not been received from the  applicable  recording  office by the Seller
         and returned to the  custodian or (3) a copy of the Mortgage  certified
         by the public  recording  office in those  instances where the original
         recorded Mortgage has been lost;

                   (ii) cause the  Originator  (if the Originator is Long Beach)
         or the Seller within 60 days following the Closing Date with respect to
         the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans,  or the  Subsequent  Transfer  Date with
         respect to the Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans,  to submit for recording in
         the appropriate jurisdictions, assignments of the Mortgages to "Bankers
         Trust Company, as Trustee of AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation
         Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__ under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement
         dated as of __________,  199__" provided,  however,  that the Depositor
         shall  not be  required  to  cause to be  recorded  any  assignment  of
         Mortgage for a Mortgage with respect to which the Mortgaged Property is
         located in California or the original recording information is lacking;

                  (iii) if not delivered on the Closing Date,  deliver the title
         insurance  policy or title  searches,  the original  Mortgages and such
         recorded assignments,  together with originals or duly certified copies
         of any and all  prior  assignments,  to the  Trustee  within 15 days of
         receipt thereof by the Depositor (but in any event, with respect to any
         Mortgage  as to which  original  recording  information  has been  made
         available to the Depositor within two years after the Closing Date with
         respect to the Initial Mortgage Loans, or Subsequent Transfer Date with
         respect to the Subsequent Mortgage Loans); and


                                      S-73

<PAGE>



                  (iv) furnish to the Trustee and the  Certificate  Insurer,  at
         the Depositor's  expense,  a tax opinion and an opinion of counsel with
         respect to the sale and  perfection of all  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans
         delivered  to the  Trust  in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the
         Trustee and the Certificate Insurer.

         The Trustee  will agree,  for the benefit of the Owners,  to review the
documents  contained  in each  Mortgage  Loan File held by the Trustee  ("File")
within 45 days after the Closing Date or  Subsequent  Transfer Date (or the date
of  receipt  of any  documents  delivered  to the  Trustee  after  such date) to
ascertain that all required  documents (or certified  copies of documents)  have
been executed and received.

         If  the  Trustee   during  such  45-day   period   finds  any  document
constituting  a part of a File  which  is not  properly  executed,  has not been
received,  or is unrelated to the Mortgage Loans, or that any Mortgage Loan does
not conform in a material respect to the description thereof as set forth in the
Schedule of Mortgage Loans,  the Trustee will be required to promptly notify the
Depositor,  the Seller, the Owners and the Certificate  Insurer. The Seller will
agree in the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  to  request  that the  related
Originator  use  reasonable  efforts to remedy a  material  defect in a document
constituting  part of a File of  which it is so  notified  by the  Trustee.  If,
however,  within the time  period set forth in the  related  Transfer  Agreement
after the Trustee's  notice to it respecting such defect the related  Originator
or other party to a Transfer  Agreement  shall not have  remedied the defect and
the defect materially and adversely affects the interest in the related Mortgage
Loan of the Owners or of the  Certificate  Insurer,  the Seller will request the
related  Originator  within the time period  specified  in the related  Transfer
Agreement to (i) substitute in lieu of such Mortgage Loan another  Mortgage Loan
of like kind (a "Qualified Replacement Mortgage," as such term is defined in the
Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement)  and deliver any  "Substitution  Amount" (the
excess,  if any, of the Loan Balance of a Mortgage Loan being  replaced over the
outstanding  principal  balance of a replacement  Mortgage Loan plus accrued and
unpaid  interest) to the related  Servicer for deposit  into its  Principal  and
Interest  Account  on  behalf  of the  Trust as part of the  Monthly  Remittance
remitted by the Servicer on such Monthly  Remittance  Date or (ii) purchase such
Mortgage  Loan at a purchase  price equal to the Loan  Purchase  Price  thereof,
which purchase  price shall be delivered to the related  Servicer for deposit in
the related  Principal and Interest  Account  along with the Monthly  Remittance
remitted by such Servicer on such Monthly Remittance Date.

         In  addition  to the  foregoing,  the  Trustee has agreed to provide an
updated exception report during the 12th month after the Closing Date indicating
the current status of the exceptions previously noted by the Trustee (the "Final
Certification").  After delivery of the Final  Certification,  the Trustee shall
provide to the Certificate  Insurer and the related  Servicer no less frequently
than  monthly  updated  certifications  indicating  the then  current  status of
exceptions, until all such exceptions have been eliminated.

Servicing

         Each  Servicer  will be  obligated  under  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement to service and  administer  the  Mortgage  Loans  identified  as being
serviced by it as described  therein and with  reasonable  care,  and using that
degree of skill and  attention  that such  Servicer  exercises  with  respect to
comparable  mortgage loans that it services for itself or others, and shall have
full power and  authority,  acting alone,  to do or cause to be done any and all
things in connection  with such servicing and  administration  which it may deem
necessary or desirable.  Consistent  with the  foregoing,  each Servicer will be
permitted to, in its  discretion,  (i) waive any assumption  fees,  late payment
charges,  charges for checks returned for insufficient funds or other fees which
may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing the Mortgage Loans, (ii) if
a  Mortgagor  is in default or about to be in default  because of a  Mortgagor's
financial  condition,  arrange with the  Mortgagor a schedule for the payment of
delinquent  payments due on the related  Mortgage Loan, or (iii) modify payments
of monthly  principal and interest on any Mortgage Loan becoming  subject to the
terms of the  Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act of 1940,  as amended,  in
accordance  with such  Servicer's  general  policies  with respect to comparable
mortgage loans subject to such Act.

         Each Servicer will be paid a monthly fee from interest  collected  with
respect to each Mortgage  Loan  serviced by it (as well as from any  Liquidation
Proceeds  from a Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan  ("Liquidation  Proceeds")  that are
applied  to accrued  and  unpaid  interest)  equal to the Loan  Balance  thereof
multiplied by the applicable  Servicing Fee Rate (such  product,  the "Servicing
Fee"). The "Servicing Fee Rate" for each Mortgage Loan will be the rate provided
in the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  not to exceed  0.50% per annum.  The
amount of the monthly  Servicing  Fee is subject to  adjustment  with respect to
prepaid  Mortgage Loans, as described  below.  Each Servicer is also entitled to
receive, as additional  servicing  compensation,  amounts in respect of interest
paid on  Prepayments  received  from the 2nd day through the 15th day of a month
("Prepayment Interest Excess"), all late

                                      S-74

<PAGE>



payment fees,  assumption  fees and other similar  charges and all  reinvestment
income  earned on  amounts  on deposit in the  related  Principal  and  Interest
Account.  In  addition,  each  Servicer  will be entitled  to retain  additional
servicing  compensation  in  the  form  of  release  fees,  bad  check  charges,
assumption fees, late payment charges, or any other  servicing-related fees, Net
Liquidation  Proceeds not required to be deposited in the related  Principal and
Interest  Account pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  and similar
items.  Prepayment  penalties  may  also be  retained  as  additional  servicing
compensation to the extent set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         Each Servicer is required to establish, or cause to be established,  in
the name of the Trustee at one or more depository institutions,  a principal and
interest  account  maintained as a trust account in the trust department of such
institution  (each,  a  "Principal  and  Interest  Account").  All  funds in the
Principal and Interest  Accounts are required to be held (i)  uninvested or (ii)
invested in  Eligible  Investments  (as  defined in the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement).  Any investment of funds in the Principal and Interest Accounts must
mature on or prior to the immediately  succeeding  Monthly  Remittance Date. Any
investment earnings on funds held in the Principal and Interest Accounts are for
the account  of, and any losses  therein are also for the account of and must be
promptly replenished by, the respective Servicer.

         Each  Servicer  is required  to deposit in the  related  Principal  and
Interest  Account,  on a daily  basis  (but in no event  later  than the  second
Business Day  following  receipt) all  principal and interest due on the related
Mortgage  Loans,  other than  "Balloon  Payments"  (i.e.,  the final  payment of
principal due with respect to a Balloon  Mortgage Loan),  after the Cut-Off Date
and past due interest and  principal  on any Mortgage  Loan,  other than Balloon
Payments, that was delinquent as of the Cut-Off Date, including any Prepayments,
the proceeds of any  liquidation  of a Mortgage  Loan  (including  any insurance
proceeds) net of expenses and  unreimbursed  Delinquency  Advances and Servicing
Advances ("Net Liquidation  Proceeds"),  any income from REO Properties received
thereafter (net of unreimbursed  Servicing  Advances and Delinquency  Advances),
but net of (i) the  Servicing  Fee with respect to each  Mortgage Loan and other
servicing  compensation,  (ii) principal  collected and interest  accrued on any
Mortgage  Loan prior to the Cut-Off Date if such Mortgage Loan was current as of
the Cut-Off Date,  which  amounts  shall be delivered to the Seller,  (iii) late
payments  received on any  Mortgage  Loan in respect of  unreimbursed  Servicing
Advances and Delinquency  Advances and (iv)  reimbursements for past Delinquency
Advances which the Servicer has  determined in its good faith business  judgment
are not  recoverable  from the related  Mortgagor or Mortgage Loan proceeds (all
such net amounts being referred to herein as the "Daily Collections").

         Each  Servicer  may make  withdrawals  for its own  account (or for the
account  of the  Seller in the case of clause  (i)  below)  from the  amounts on
deposit in the  related  Principal  and  Interest  Account  with  respect to the
related Mortgage Loan Group, only for the following purposes:

                  (i) to withdraw  interest  paid with  respect to any  Mortgage
         Loans that had accrued for periods on or prior to the Cut-Off  Date and
         principal due on all current  Mortgage Loans on the Cut-Off Date, which
         shall be paid to the Seller;

                  (ii) to withdraw  investment earnings on amounts on deposit in
         its respective Principal and Interest Account;

                  (iii) to reimburse itself for unrecovered Delinquency Advances
         and  Servicing  Advances  to the extent  permitted  in the  Pooling and
         Servicing Agreement;

                  (iv) to  withdraw  amounts  that  have been  deposited  to its
         respective Principal and Interest Account in error; and

                  (v) to  clear  and  terminate  its  respective  Principal  and
         Interest Account following the termination of the Trust Estate.

         Each Servicer will remit to the Trustee for deposit in the  Certificate
Account  the  Monthly  Remittance  Amount  not later  than the  related  Monthly
Remittance Date.

         Subject to the following limitations, each Servicer will be required to
advance on any Mortgage  Loan  serviced by it prior to each Payment Date its own
funds or other  funds  made  available  to it under the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  as set forth in the next  paragraph,  for such  Payment  Date,  in an
amount  equal to the  aggregate  of payments of  principal  and  interest on the
Mortgage  Loans serviced by it in the related  Mortgage Loan Group  (adjusted to
the  applicable  Net Coupon Rate) that became due during the related  Remittance
Period and delinquent

                                      S-75

<PAGE>



on the  related  Determination  Date,  together  with an  amount  equivalent  to
interest on the principal balance of the Mortgage Loan related to each Mortgaged
Property  (each, an "REO  Property")  acquired by the Trust through  liquidation
(any such advance,  a  "Delinquency  Advance").  The Net Coupon Rate is the rate
equal to the excess of the Coupon Rate over the applicable Servicing Fee Rate.

         Delinquency  Advances  are  intended  to  maintain  a  regular  flow of
scheduled  interest and principal  payments on the  Certificates  rather than to
guarantee  or  insure  against  losses.  Each  Servicer  is  obligated  to  make
Delinquency  Advances  with  respect to  delinquent  payments of principal of or
interest  on each  Mortgage  Loan,  other than  delinquent  Balloon  Payments on
"Balloon  Mortgage  Loans"  (i.e.,  Mortgage  Loans  with  respect  to which the
principal  balance,  by its  original  terms,  does not fully  amortize at final
maturity),  serviced  by it (with such  payments  of  interest  adjusted  to the
related Net Coupon Rate) to the extent that such  Delinquency  Advances  are, in
its  good  faith  business  judgment,   recoverable  from  future  payments  and
collections  or  insurance  payments or proceeds of  liquidation  of the related
Mortgage Loan. With respect to a delinquent Balloon Payment, the Servicer is not
required to make a Delinquency  Advance of such delinquent Balloon Payment.  The
Servicer  will,  however,  make  monthly  Delinquency  Advances  with respect to
Balloon  Mortgage Loans with  delinquent  Balloon  Payments,  in each case in an
amount equal to the assumed  monthly  principal and interest  payment that would
have  been  due on  the  related  Due  Date  based  on  the  original  principal
amortization schedule for the applicable Balloon Mortgage Loan. Such Delinquency
Advances  shall be required  only to the extent that the  Servicer,  in its good
faith  business  judgment,  determines  that such  Delinquency  Advance  will be
recoverable  from future  payments  and  collections  or  insurance  payments or
proceeds of  liquidation of the related  Mortgage  Loan.  Each Servicer shall be
permitted to fund its payment of Delinquency Advances on any Business Day, or to
reimburse  itself for any  Delinquency  Advances paid from such  Servicer's  own
funds,  from  collections on the related  Mortgage Loan deposited to the related
Principal  and Interest  Account  subsequent  to the related  Remittance  Period
(including "Prepaid  Installments"  (i.e., early payments of scheduled principal
and interest  intended by the borrower to be treated as such)) and shall deposit
into the  related  Principal  and  Interest  Account  with  respect  thereto (i)
collections  from the  Mortgagor  whose  delinquency  gave rise to the shortfall
which resulted in such Delinquency  Advance net of any such Delinquency  Advance
and (ii) Net Liquidation  Proceeds  recovered on account of the related Mortgage
Loan to the  extent of the  amount of  aggregate  Delinquency  Advances  related
thereto.   Previously  unreimbursed   Delinquency  Advances  that  the  Servicer
determines  to be  unrecoverable  may be  reimbursed  to the Servicer out of any
Mortgagor  payments prior to their deposit to the related Principal and Interest
Account or from funds on deposit in the related  Principal and Interest Account.
All Delinquency Advances will be included with the distribution to Owners of the
Certificates  of the related Group of  Certificates on the related Payment Date.
Any failure by a Servicer to make a  Delinquency  Advance as required  under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Certificates will constitute
an event of default thereunder for such Servicer,  in which case the Trustee, as
successor servicer, or the successor servicer will be obligated to make any such
Delinquency  Advance,  in accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.

         Each Servicer  will be required to pay all  customary,  reasonable  and
necessary "out of pocket" costs and expenses  incurred in the performance of its
servicing  obligations,  including,  but not  limited  to, (i)  expenditures  in
connection  with a foreclosed  Mortgage Loan prior to the  liquidation  thereof,
including,  without  limitation,  expenditures  for real estate  property taxes,
hazard insurance premiums,  property restoration or preservation  ("Preservation
Expenses"), (ii) the cost of any enforcement or judicial proceedings,  including
foreclosures  and (iii) the cost of the management  and  liquidation of Property
acquired in  satisfaction of the related  Mortgage,  to the extent such expenses
are,  in  its  good  faith  business  judgment,  recoverable.  Such  costs  will
constitute  "Servicing  Advances." Each Servicer may recover a Servicing Advance
(x) to the  extent  permitted  by the  Mortgage  Loans  or,  if not  theretofore
recovered  from the Mortgagor on whose behalf such  Servicing  Advance was made,
from Liquidation  Proceeds realized upon the liquidation of the related Mortgage
Loan or (y),  to the extent that such  Servicing  Advance is  determined  by the
Servicer in its good faith  business  judgment to be  non-recoverable  from such
proceeds  from Net Monthly  Excess  Cashflow  and certain  other  Mortgage  Loan
proceeds as specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         A full  month's  interest at the related Net Coupon Rate will be due to
the  Trust on the  outstanding  Loan  Balance  of each  Mortgage  Loan as of the
beginning of each Remittance  Period. If a Prepayment in full of a Mortgage Loan
occurs during any calendar month, any difference  between the interest collected
from the  Mortgagor  in  connection  with such  prepayment  and the full month's
interest at the Net Coupon Rate ("Compensating  Interest") (but not in excess of
the aggregate Servicing Fee, and any Prepayment Interest Excess for such period)
will be required to be deposited to the  Principal  and Interest  Account on the
Monthly Remittance Date by the related

                                      S-76

<PAGE>



Servicer and shall be included in the Monthly Remittance to be made available to
the Trustee on the next succeeding Monthly Remittance Date.

         When a Mortgagor  prepays all or a portion of a Mortgage  Loan  between
scheduled  monthly  payment dates ("Due Dates"),  the Mortgagor pays interest on
the amount prepaid only to the date of prepayment. Prepayments received from the
2nd day through the 15th day of a month are included in the  distribution on the
25th day of the same month, and accordingly no shortfall in interest distributed
to the Owners of the Certificates results. Conversely, Prepayments received from
the 16th day to the last day of a month are not  distributed  until the 25th day
of the following  month,  and  accordingly an interest  shortfall (a "Prepayment
Interest  Shortfall")  would result. In order to mitigate the effect of any such
shortfall in interest  distributions  to the Owners of the  Certificates  on any
Payment Date,  the amount of the Servicing Fee otherwise  payable to the related
Servicer for such month shall, to the extent of such shortfall,  be deposited by
the  Servicer in the Group I  Certificate  Account  (as  defined  below) (if the
Prepayment  Interest Shortfall occurred with respect to a Group I Mortgage Loan)
or in the Group II  Certificate  Account (as defined  below) (if the  Prepayment
Interest  Shortfall  occurred  with  respect  to a Group II  Mortgage  Loan) for
distribution  to the Owners of the Fixed Rate Group  Certificates  or Adjustable
Rate Group Certificates as applicable,  on such Payment Date. However,  any such
reduction in the  Servicing Fee will be made only to the extent of the Servicing
Fee otherwise payable to such Servicer with respect to Scheduled Payments having
the Due Date to which such Payment Date relates. Any such deposit by the related
Servicer  will  be  reflected  in  the   distributions  to  the  Owners  of  the
Certificates made on the Payment Date on which the Prepayment  received would be
distributed.  Subject to the availability thereof to fund Compensating  Interest
requirements  referred  to in the  previous  paragraph,  the  Servicers  will be
permitted to retain any Prepayment  Interest Excess due to prepayments  received
in the month in which they are distributed.

         Each  Servicer  will  have  the  right  and  the  option,  but  not the
obligation,  to purchase  for its own account any Mortgage  Loan  serviced by it
which becomes  delinquent,  in whole or in part, as to four consecutive  monthly
installments or any Mortgage Loan as to which enforcement  proceedings have been
brought by such Servicer. The purchase price for any such Mortgage Loan is equal
to the Loan Purchase Price  thereof,  which purchase price shall be deposited in
the related Principal and Interest Account.

         Each  Servicer,  with respect to Mortgage  Loans  serviced by it, shall
foreclose  upon or otherwise  comparably  convert the ownership on behalf of the
Trust of Mortgaged  Properties  relating to defaulted Mortgage Loans as to which
no satisfactory  arrangements can be made for collection of delinquent  payments
and which the related  Servicer has not purchased from the Trust.  Each Servicer
will be required to sell any REO Property  managed by it within 23 months of its
acquisition  by the Trust,  unless an appropriate  extension is obtained,  or an
opinion of counsel is  obtained  to the effect  that the holding by the Trust of
such REO Property for any greater  period will not result in the  imposition  of
taxes on  "Prohibited  Transactions"  of the Trust as defined in Section 860F of
the Code or cause  the  Trust to fail to  qualify  as a REMIC  under  the  REMIC
Provisions at any time that any Certificates are outstanding, in which case such
Servicer shall sell any REO Property by the end of any extended period specified
in any such opinion or such extension as applicable.

         Notwithstanding  the  generality  of  the  foregoing  provisions,  each
Servicer  will be required  to manage,  conserve,  protect and operate  each REO
Property  managed  by it for the  Owners  solely  for the  purpose of its prompt
disposition  and sale in a manner which does not cause such REO Property to fail
to qualify as "foreclosure property" within the meaning of Section 860G(a)(8) of
the Code or result in the receipt by the Trust of any "income from non-permitted
assets"  within the  meaning of  Section  860F(a)(2)(B)  of the Code or any "net
income from  foreclosure  property" which is subject to taxation under the REMIC
Provisions.  Pursuant  to its  efforts to sell such REO  Property,  the  related
Servicer will be required to either itself or through an agent  selected by such
Servicer  protect and conserve  such REO Property in the same manner and to such
extent as is customary  in the  locality  where such REO Property is located and
may,  incident to its conservation and protection of the interests of the Owners
and after  consultation with the holder of a majority in interest of the Class R
Certificates,  rent the same, or any part thereof,  as such Servicer deems to be
in the best  interest of the Owners and the  Certificate  Insurer for the period
prior to the sale of such REO Property.

         If so required by the terms of any Mortgage Loan, the related  Servicer
will be required to cause hazard  insurance to be maintained with respect to the
related  Mortgaged  Property and to advance sums (such Advances to be treated as
Servicing  Advances)  on account  of the  premiums  therefor  if not paid by the
Mortgagor if permitted by the terms of such Mortgage Loan.


                                      S-77

<PAGE>



         Each  Servicer  will have the right  under the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  to accept  applications  of  Mortgagors  for  consent to (i)  partial
releases  of  Mortgages,  (ii)  alterations  and (iii)  removal,  demolition  or
division of Mortgaged Properties.  No application for approval may be considered
by such  Servicer  unless:  (i) the  provisions of the related Note and Mortgage
have been complied with; (ii) the loan-to-value  ratio and debt-to-income  ratio
after  any  release  does  not  exceed  the  maximum   loan-to-value  ratio  and
debt-to-income  ratio  established  in accordance  with the Guidelines set forth
herein to be applicable to such  Mortgage  Loan;  and (iii) the lien priority of
the related Mortgage is not affected.

         Each  Servicer  will be  permitted  under  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  to  enter  into   subservicing   agreements  for  any  servicing  and
administration of Mortgage Loans with any institution which is acceptable to the
Certificate Insurer and a majority of Percentage Interests of the Class R Owners
and meeting the requirements of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         Notwithstanding any subservicing  agreement,  each Servicer will not be
relieved of its obligations  under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement and such
Servicer  will be  obligated  to the same  extent  and under the same  terms and
conditions as if it alone were servicing and  administering  the Mortgage Loans.
Each Servicer  shall be entitled to enter into any agreement  with a subservicer
for  indemnification  of such Servicer by such subservicer and nothing contained
in such  subservicing  agreement  shall be deemed to limit or modify the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.

         Each  Servicer  (except  the  Trustee if it is  required to succeed any
Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement) will agree to indemnify and
hold the Trustee, the Certificate Insurer, the Seller and the Depositor harmless
against any and all claims, losses, penalties,  fines,  forfeitures,  legal fees
and related costs,  judgments,  and any other costs,  fees and expenses that the
Trustee,  the Certificate  Insurer,  the Seller and the Depositor may sustain in
any way  related to the  failure  of such  Servicer  to  perform  its duties and
service  the  Mortgage  Loans in  compliance  with the terms of the  Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement.  A party  against  whom any such  claim is  brought  shall
immediately  notify the other parties and the Rating Agencies if a claim is made
by a third party with respect to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  and such
Servicer may assume the defense of any such claim and, upon a determination that
the claim results from the Servicer's  failure to perform in accordance with the
Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  pay all  expenses in  connection  therewith,
including  reasonable  counsel fees, and promptly pay, discharge and satisfy any
judgment or decree which may be entered against such Servicer,  the Trustee, the
Certificate Insurer, the Seller or the Depositor in respect of such claim.

         Each  Servicer  will  be  required  to  deliver  to  the  Trustee,  the
Certificate Insurer,  the Seller, the Depositor and the Rating Agencies:  (1) on
or before April 15 of each year,  commencing in 1997,  an officers'  certificate
stating, as to each signer thereof,  that (i) a review of the activities of such
Servicer  during  such  preceding  calendar  year and of  performance  under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement has been made under such officers'  supervision,
and (ii) to the best of such  officers'  knowledge,  based on such review,  such
Servicer  has  fulfilled  all its  obligations  under the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement for such year,  or, if there has been a default in the  fulfillment of
all such obligation, specifying each such default known to such officers and the
nature and status  thereof  including  the steps being taken by such Servicer to
remedy such  default;  and (2) on or before April 15 of any year  commencing  in
1997,  a letter  or  letters  of a firm of  independent,  nationally  recognized
certified public accountants  reasonably  acceptable to the Certificate  Insurer
dated as of the date of the Servicer's  fiscal audit for each subsequent  letter
stating that such firm has examined the Servicer's overall servicing  operations
in accordance with the  requirements of the Uniform Single  Attestation  Program
for Mortgage Bankers, and stating such firm's conclusions relating thereto.

Removal and Resignation of a Servicer

         The  Certificate  Insurer or the Owners,  the Trustee or the Seller (in
each case with the  consent  of the  Certificate  Insurer),  will have the right
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to remove any Servicer upon the
occurrence  of, and in certain cases after notice and  expiration of the related
cure period:  (a) certain acts of  bankruptcy  or insolvency on the part of such
Servicer;  (b)  certain  failures  on the part of such  Servicer  to perform its
obligations under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement;  (c) the failure to cure
material  breaches of such  Servicer's  obligations in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement;  or (d) if the loss and/or delinquency levels of the related Mortgage
Loans are at certain specified levels.

         No Servicer is  permitted  to resign  from the  obligations  and duties
imposed  on it  under  the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  except  (i) upon
determination that its duties thereunder are no longer permissible under

                                      S-78

<PAGE>



applicable law or are in material  conflict by reason of applicable law with any
other  activities  carried on by it, the other  activities  of such  Servicer so
causing such conflict  being of a type and nature carried on by such Servicer on
the date of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement or (ii) upon written consent of
the Certificate  Insurer,  the Seller and the Trustee and confirmation  from the
Rating  Agencies that the Class A Certificate  ratings  (absent the  Certificate
Insurance  Policies)  are not reduced.  Any such  determination  permitting  the
resignation  of such  Servicer  pursuant  to clause (i) above is  required to be
evidenced  by an opinion of counsel to such effect  which shall be  delivered to
the Trustee and the Certificate Insurer.

         Upon  removal or  resignation  of a  Servicer,  the  Trustee  (x) shall
solicit  bids for a successor  Servicer  and (y) pending  the  appointment  of a
successor Servicer as a result of soliciting such bids, shall serve as Servicer.
The Trustee,  if it is unable to obtain a qualifying bid and is prevented by law
from acting as  servicer,  will be  required to appoint,  or petition a court of
competent  jurisdiction  to appoint,  any housing and home finance  institution,
bank or  mortgage  servicing  institution  designated  as an  approved  servicer
meeting the requirements of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  and acceptable
to the Certificate Insurer and the Owners of the Class R Certificates  (provided
that  if  the  Certificate  Insurer  and  such  Owners  cannot  agree  as to the
acceptability  of such  successor  Servicer,  the  decision  of the  Certificate
Insurer shall  control) as the  successor to such Servicer in the  assumption of
all or any part of the responsibilities, duties or liabilities of such Servicer.

         No removal or resignation of a Servicer will become effective until the
Trustee or a successor Servicer shall have assumed a Servicer's responsibilities
and obligations in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

Reporting Requirements

         On each  Payment  Date the  Trustee is required to report in writing to
each Owner and the Certificate Insurer:

                (i) the amount of the  distribution  with respect to the related
         Class of the  Class A  Certificates  and the  Subordinate  Certificates
         (based on a Certificate in the original principal amount of $1000);

               (ii) the amount of such  distribution  allocable  to principal on
         the Mortgage Loans in each Group,  separately identifying the aggregate
         amount of any  Prepayments  or other  recoveries of principal  included
         therein,  any Pre-Funded Amounts distributed as a Prepayment at the end
         of the Funding Period (based on a Certificate in the original principal
         amount of $1000) and any Subordination  Increase Amount with respect to
         each such Group;

              (iii) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest on the
         related  Mortgage  Loans in each Group (based on a  Certificate  in the
         original principal amount of $1000);

               (iv) if the  distribution  (net of any  Insured  Payment)  to the
         Owners of any Class of the Class A  Certificates  on such  Payment Date
         was less than the related Class A  Distribution  Amount on such Payment
         Date,  the  Carry-Forward  Amount  and the  allocation  thereof  to the
         related Classes of the Class A Certificates resulting therefrom;

                (v) the amount of any  Insured  Payment  included in the amounts
         distributed to the Owners of each Class of the Class A Certificates  on
         such Payment Date;

               (vi)  the  principal   amount  of  each  Class  of  the  Class  A
         Certificate (based on a Certificate in the original principal amount of
         $1000) which will be outstanding  after giving effect to any payment of
         principal on such Payment Date;

              (vii) the  aggregate  Loan  Balance  of all  Mortgage  Loans,  the
         aggregate  Loan  Balance of the  Mortgage  Loans in each Group and, the
         aggregate Loan Balance of the Initial Mortgage Loans and the Subsequent
         Mortgage  Loans,  in each case after  giving  effect to any  payment of
         principal on such Payment Date;

             (viii) the Subordinated  Amount and Subordination  Deficit for each
         Group, if any,  remaining after giving effect to all  distributions and
         transfers on such Payment Date;


                                      S-79

<PAGE>


               (ix) based  upon  information  furnished  by the  Depositor  such
         information as may be required by Section 6049(d)(7)(C) of the Code and
         the  regulations   promulgated  thereunder  to  assist  the  Owners  in
         computing their market discount;

                (x) the total of any Substitution Amounts or Loan Purchase Price
         amounts included in such distribution with respect to each Group;

               (xi) the weighted  average Coupon Rate of the Mortgage Loans with
         respect to each Group;

              (xii)  such  other  information  as the  Certificate  Insurer  may
         reasonably request with respect to delinquent Mortgage Loans;

             (xiii) the largest Mortgage Loan balance outstanding;

              (xiv) for Payment Dates during the Funding  Period,  the remaining
         Pre-Funded Amount allocable to each Mortgage Loan Group; and

               (xv)  the  Servicing  Fees,   Trustee  Fees  and  Premium  Amount
         allocable to each Group.

         Certain obligations of the Trustee to provide information to the Owners
are conditioned upon such information being received from the Servicers.

         In  addition,  on each  Payment  Date the  Trustee  will be required to
distribute to the Depositor,  the Underwriters,  the Rating Agencies, each Owner
and the Certificate Insurer,  together with the information described above, the
following  information  prepared by the related  Servicer  and  furnished to the
Trustee for such purpose and with respect to each Mortgage Loan Group:

                  (a) the number and  aggregate  principal  balances of Mortgage
         Loans (i) 30-59 days delinquent, (ii) 60-89 days delinquent and (ii) 90
         or more days delinquent, as of the close of business on the last day of
         the Remittance  Period (taking into account any payments  received from
         Mortgages on or prior to the related  Determination Date) and the Class
         A Certificate  Principal Balance as of such Payment Date and the number
         and aggregate Loan Balances of all Mortgage Loans and related data;

                  (b) the  status  and the  number  and  dollar  amounts  of all
         Mortgage   Loans  in   foreclosure   proceedings   as  of  the  related
         Determination Date;

                  (c) the  number of  Mortgagors  and the Loan  Balances  of the
         related Mortgages involved in bankruptcy  proceedings as of the related
         Determination Date;

                  (d) the existence and status of any Mortgaged Properties as to
         which title has been taken in the name of, or on behalf of the Trustee,
         as of the related Determination Date;

                  (e)  the  book  value  of any  real  estate  acquired  through
         foreclosure or grant of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure as of the related
         Determination Date; and

                  (f) the amount of cumulative Realized Losses.

Removal of Trustee for Cause

         The  Trustee  may be  removed  upon  the  occurrence  of any one of the
following  events  (whatever  the reason for such event and  whether it shall be
voluntary or  involuntary  or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any
judgment,  decree or order of any court or any order,  rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body) on the part of the Trustee:  (1) failure to
make distributions of available  amounts;  (2) certain breaches of covenants and
representations by the Trustee;  (3) certain acts of bankruptcy or insolvency on
the part of the  Trustee;  and (4)  failure  to meet the  standards  of  Trustee
eligibility as set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         If any such event occurs and is continuing, then and in every such case
(i) the  Certificate  Insurer  or (ii) with the  prior  written  consent  of the
Certificate Insurer (which is required not to be unreasonably  withheld) (x) the
Depositor  or  (y)  the  Owners  of  a  majority  of  the  Percentage  Interests
represented by the Class A Certificates or,

                                      S-80

<PAGE>



if there are no Class A  Certificates  then  outstanding,  by a majority  of the
Percentage Interests represented by the Subordinate Certificates,  may appoint a
successor trustee.

Governing Law

         The  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  and each  Certificate  will be
construed in  accordance  with and governed by the laws of the State of New York
applicable to agreements made and to be performed therein.

Amendments

         The  Trustee,  the  Depositor,  the Seller and the  Servicers  with the
consent of the  Certificate  Insurer  may, at any time and from time to time and
without notice to or the consent of the Owners,  amend the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement,  and the Trustee will be required to consent to such  amendment,  for
the purposes of (i) if accompanied by a favorable opinion of counsel experienced
in federal income tax matters,  removing the restriction against the transfer of
a Class R Certificate to a Disqualified Organization (as such term is defined in
the Code),  (ii)  complying  with the  requirements  of the Code  including  any
amendments necessary to maintain REMIC status, (iii) curing any ambiguity,  (iv)
correcting or supplementing  any provisions  therein which are inconsistent with
any other provisions therein or (v) for any other purpose,  provided that in the
case of clause (v), (A) the Seller delivers an opinion of counsel  acceptable to
the  Trustee  that such  amendment  will not  adversely  affect in any  material
respect the interest of the Owners and (B) such  amendment  will not result in a
withdrawal or reduction of the rating of the Class A Certificates without regard
to the Certificate Insurance Policy.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary,
no such  amendment  shall (a)  change in any  manner the amount of, or delay the
timing of,  payments  which are required to be  distributed to any Owner without
the  consent of the Owner of such  Certificate,  (b) reduce the  percentages  of
Percentage  Interest  which are  required  to  consent  to any such  amendments,
without  the consent of the Owners of all  Certificates  of the Class or Classes
affected  then  outstanding  or (c) which  affects  in any  manner  the terms or
provisions of the Certificate Insurance Policy.

         The Trustee  will be required to furnish  written  notification  of the
substance  of any such  amendment  to each  Owner in the manner set forth in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

Termination of the Trust

         The  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  provides  that the Trust  will
terminate upon the payment to the Owners of all Certificates and the Certificate
Insurer from amounts other than those available under the Certificate  Insurance
Policy of all amounts  required  to be paid to such  Owners and the  Certificate
Insurer upon the last to occur of (a) the final payment or other liquidation (or
any advance  made with  respect  thereto)  of the last  Mortgage  Loan,  (b) the
disposition  of all property  acquired in respect of any Mortgage Loan remaining
in the Trust  Estate  and (c) at any time when a  Qualified  Liquidation  of the
Trust Estate is effected as described below. To effect a termination pursuant to
clause  (c) above,  the  Owners of all  Certificates  then  outstanding  will be
required (i) unanimously to direct the Trustee on behalf of the REMIC to adopt a
plan of complete liquidation,  as contemplated by Section 860F(a)(4) of the Code
and (ii) to furnish to the Trustee an opinion of counsel  experienced in federal
income tax matters acceptable to the Certificate  Insurer and the Trustee to the
effect that such liquidation constitutes a Qualified Liquidation.

Optional Termination

         By Owners of Class R  Certificates.  At their  option,  the Owners of a
majority of the Percentage Interest represented by the Class R Certificates then
outstanding or in certain limited  circumstances the Certificate Insurer may, on
any Payment Date after the Clean-Up Call Date,  purchase from the Trust all (but
not fewer than all) remaining  Mortgage Loans, in whole only, and other property
acquired  by  foreclosure,   deed-in-lieu  of  foreclosure,  or  otherwise  then
constituting  the Trust  Estate by payment of an amount (i) agreed upon  between
the  Certificate  Insurer and such Class R  Certificate  Owners,  or (ii) in the
absence of such agreement at a price equal to 100% of the aggregate Loan Balance
of the related  Mortgage Loans as of the day of purchase minus amounts  remitted
from the Principal and Interest Account to the Certificate Account  representing
collections  of principal on the  Mortgage  Loans during the current  Remittance
Period,  plus one  month's  interest on such  amount  computed  at the  Adjusted
Pass-Through Rate (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement); provided,
that such amount  shall in any event  include  all accrued and unpaid  Servicing
Fees plus the aggregate amount of any unreimbursed Delinquency

                                      S-81

<PAGE>



Advances and Servicing Advances and Delinquency  Advances which any Servicer has
theretofore failed to remit together with Reimbursement Amounts then owed to the
Certificate Insurer.

         By Servicers.  If the Class R Certificate  Owners do not exercise their
right to purchase  all the  Mortgage  Loans after the  Clean-Up  Call Date,  the
Servicers, or if the Servicers shall fail to, the Certificate Insurer, will also
have the right,  collectively,  to purchase all of the  Mortgage  Loans they are
servicing on any  Remittance  Date when the  outstanding  Certificate  Principal
Balance has declined to 5% of the original Certificate Principal Balance.

         Termination Upon Loss of REMIC Status.  Following a final determination
by the  Internal  Revenue  Service or by a court of competent  jurisdiction,  in
either  case from which no appeal is taken  within the  permitted  time for such
appeal,  or if any  appeal is taken,  following  a final  determination  of such
appeal from which no further  appeal can be taken,  to the effect that the REMIC
does not and will no longer qualify as a "REMIC" pursuant to Section 860D of the
Code (the "Final  Determination"),  at any time on or after the date which is 30
calendar days following such Final  Determination the Certificate Insurer or the
Owners  of a  majority  in  Percentage  Interests  represented  by the  Class  A
Certificates  then outstanding  with the consent of the Certificate  Insurer may
direct  the  Trustee  on  behalf  of the  Trust  to  adopt  a plan  of  complete
liquidation, as contemplated by Section 860F(a)(4) of the Code.

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The following discussion of certain of the material anticipated federal
income tax consequences of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of the Class
A  Certificates  is to be considered  only in connection  with "Certain  Federal
Income Tax  Consequences"  in the Prospectus.  The discussion  herein and in the
Prospectus is based upon laws, regulations, rulings and decisions now in effect,
all of which are subject to change.  The discussion  below and in the Prospectus
does not  purport to deal with all federal tax  consequences  applicable  to all
categories  of  investors,  some of  which  may be  subject  to  special  rules.
Investors  should  consult  their own tax advisors in  determining  the federal,
state,  local and any other tax consequences to them of the purchase,  ownership
and disposition of the Class A Certificates.

REMIC Election

         Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee will elect
to  treat  the  Trust  Estate  (other  than  the  Pre-Funding  Account  and  the
Capitalized  Interest  Account) as a REMIC for federal income tax purposes.  The
REMIC  will  issue the Class A  Certificates  and the  Subordinate  Certificates
(other  than the Class R  Certificates)  which  will be  designated  as  regular
interests in the REMIC and the Class R Certificates  which will be designated as
the  residual  interest  in the  REMIC.  See  "Formation  of the Trust and Trust
Property" herein.

         Qualification  as a REMIC  requires  ongoing  compliance  with  certain
conditions.  Arter & Hadden,  special  tax  counsel,  will advise  that,  in its
opinion,  for federal  income tax purposes,  assuming (i) the REMIC  election is
made and (ii)  compliance  with the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  the REMIC
will be treated as a REMIC, the Class A Certificates will be treated as "regular
interests" in the REMIC and the Class R Certificates  will be the sole "residual
interest" in the REMIC.  Except as indicated  below and in the  Prospectus,  for
federal  income tax purposes,  regular  interests in a REMIC are treated as debt
instruments  issued  by the  REMIC  on the  date on which  those  interests  are
created,  and not as ownership  interests in the REMIC or its assets.  Owners of
the Class A  Certificates  that  otherwise  report income under a cash method of
accounting  will be  required  to report  income  with  respect  to such Class A
Certificates under an accrual method.

         The  prepayment  assumption  for each Class of the Class A Certificates
for  calculating  original  issue  discount  is 21% HEP for the Fixed Rate Group
Certificates and 21% HEP for the Adjustable Group Certificates.  See "Prepayment
and  Yield  Considerations  --  Projected  Prepayment  and  Yield  for  Class  A
Certificates" herein.

         As a result of the  qualification  of certain  specified  assets of the
Trust as a REMIC,  the Trust will not be  subject  to federal  income tax except
with respect to (i) income from prohibited  transactions,  (ii) "net income from
foreclosure  property"  and (iii) certain  contributions  to the Trust after the
Closing Date (see "Certain Federal Income Tax  Consequences" in the Prospectus).
The total  income of the Trust  (exclusive  of any  income  that is taxed at the
REMIC level) will be taxable to the Beneficial Owners of the Certificates.


                                      S-82

<PAGE>



         Under the laws of New York State and New York City,  an entity  that is
treated for federal  income tax  purposes  as a REMIC  generally  is exempt from
entity  level taxes  imposed by those  jurisdictions.  This  exemption  does not
apply, however, to the income on the Class A Certificates.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         The  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of  1974,  as  amended
("ERISA"),  imposes  certain  requirements  on those employee  benefit plans and
individual  retirement  arrangements  to which it applies  ("Plan") and on those
persons who are fiduciaries with respect to such Plans. Any Plan fiduciary which
proposes  to cause a Plan to  acquire  any of the  Class A  Certificates  should
consult with counsel with respect to the  consequences  under ERISA and the Code
of the  Plan's  acquisition  and  ownership  of such  Certificates.  See  "ERISA
Considerations" in the Prospectus.

         The  Department  of Labor  has  issued to the  Underwriters  individual
prohibited  transaction  exemptions  PTE 89-88,  54 Fed. Reg.  42.582 (Oct.  17,
1989),  PTE 89-89, 54 Fed. Reg.  42.589 (Oct. 17, 1989),  and PTE 90-32, 55 Fed.
Reg. 23.147 (June 6, 1990) (the  "Exemptions");  which generally exempt from the
application of the prohibited  transaction provisions of Section 406(a), Section
406(b)(1) and Section  406(b)(2) of ERISA and the excise taxes imposed  pursuant
to Sections  4975(a) and (b) of the Code, with respect to the initial  purchase,
the holding and the subsequent  resale by Plans of  certificates in pass-through
trusts that consist of certain  receivables,  loans and other  obligations  that
meet the conditions and requirements of the Exemptions. The loans covered by the
Exemptions include mortgage loans such as the Mortgage Loans.

         Among the conditions that must be satisfied for the Exemptions to apply
are the following:

                  (1) the  acquisition of the Class A Certificates  by a Plan is
         on terms (including the price for the  certificates)  that are at least
         as  favorable  to  the  Plan  as  they  would  be  in  an  arm's-length
         transaction with an unrelated party;

                  (2)  the  rights  and  interests  evidenced  by  the  Class  A
         Certificates  acquired by the Plan are not  subordinated  to the rights
         and interests evidenced by other Certificates of the Trust Estate;

                  (3)  the  Class  A  Certificates  acquired  by the  Plan  have
         received  a rating at the time of such  acquisition  that is one of the
         three highest generic rating  categories from either Standard & Poor's,
         Moody's, Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. ("D&P") or Fitch;

                  (4) the Trustee  must not be an  affiliate of any other member
         of the Restricted Group (as defined below);

                  (5)  the  sum of all  payments  made  to and  retained  by any
         Underwriter  in  connection  with  the  distribution  of  the  Class  A
         Certificates  represents  not more  than  reasonable  compensation  for
         underwriting the Class A Certificates;  the sum of all payments made to
         and retained by the Seller  pursuant to the  assignment of the Mortgage
         Loans to the Trust  Estate  represents  not more  than the fair  market
         value of such loans;  the sum of all  payments  made to and retained by
         any Servicer represents not more than reasonable  compensation for such
         person's  services  under  the  Agreement  and  reimbursement  of  such
         person's reasonable expenses in connection therewith; and

                  (6) the Plan investing in the  certificates  is an "accredited
         investor"  as  defined  in  Rule  501(a)(1)  of  Regulation  D  of  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

         The Trust Estate must also meet the following requirements:

                  (i) the corpus of the Trust  Estate must  consist  solely of a
         fixed  pool of assets of the type  that  have  been  included  in other
         investment pools;

                  (ii)  certificates  in such other  investment  pools must have
         been rated in one of the three highest rating  categories of Standard &
         Poor's, Moody's, Fitch or D&P for at least one year prior to the Plan's
         acquisition of Class A Certificates; and


                                      S-83

<PAGE>


                  (iii)   certificates   evidencing   interests  in  such  other
         investment pools must have been purchased by investors other than Plans
         for at least one year  prior to the Plan's  acquisition  of the Class A
         Certificates.

         Moreover,     the    Exemptions    provide    relief    from    certain
self-dealing/conflict  of interest  prohibited  transactions that may occur when
the Plan fiduciary causes a Plan to acquire certificates in a trust in which the
fiduciary  (or its  affiliate)  is a mortgagor  on the  receivables  held in the
trust;  provided  that,  among  other  requirements,  (i)  in  the  case  of  an
acquisition in connection with the initial  issuance of  certificates,  at least
fifty  percent of each class of  certificates  in which  Plans have  invested is
acquired  by persons  independent  of the  Restricted  Group and at least  fifty
percent  of  the  aggregate  interest  in  the  trust  is  acquired  by  persons
independent of the Restricted Group; (ii) such fiduciary (or its affiliate) is a
mortgagor  with  respect to five percent or less of the fair market value of the
obligations  contained in the trust; (iii) the Plan's investment in certificates
of any class does not exceed  twenty-five  percent of all of the certificates of
that class  outstanding  at the time of the  acquisition;  and (iv)  immediately
after the  acquisition,  no more than  twenty-five  percent of the assets of the
Plan  with  respect  to  which  such  person  is a  fiduciary  are  invested  in
certificates  representing an interest in one or more trusts  containing  assets
sold or  serviced  by the same  entity.  The  Exemptions  do not  apply to Plans
sponsored by the Depositor,  the  Certificate  Insurer,  the  Underwriters,  the
Trustee,  the related  Servicer,  any mortgagor  with respect to Mortgage  Loans
included  in the  Trust  Estate  constituting  more  than  five  percent  of the
aggregate  unamortized  principal  balance of the assets in the Trust Estate, or
any affiliate of such parties (the "Restricted  Group").  As of the date hereof,
there is no single  Mortgage Loan included in the Trust Estate that  constitutes
more than five percent of the  aggregate  unamortized  principal  balance of the
assets of the Trust Estate.

         It is believed that the Exemptions  will apply to the  acquisition  and
holding of  Certificates  by Plans and that all  conditions of the Exemptions as
they relate to the  acquisition and holding by Plans of the  Certificates  other
than those within the control of the investors will be met after such time.

         Prospective  Plan  investors  should  consult with their legal advisors
concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code, the possible  applicability  of the
Exemptions,  or other exemptive relief, and all of the potential consequences in
their  specific  circumstances,  prior to  making an  investment  in the Class A
Certificates.  Each Plan fiduciary  should  determine  whether under the general
fiduciary standards of investment procedure and diversification an investment in
the Class A Certificates  is appropriate  for the Plan,  taking into account the
overall  investment  policy  of the  Plan  and  the  composition  of the  Plan's
investment portfolio.

                                     RATINGS

         It is a condition of the issuance of the Class A Certificates  that the
Class A  Certificates  receive  ratings of "AAA" by Standard & Poor's,  "Aaa" by
Moody's  and "AAA" by Fitch.  The ratings  assigned to the Class A  Certificates
will be based primarily on the claims-paying ability of the Certificate Insurer.
Explanations  of the  significance of such ratings may be obtained from Moody's,
99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007, Standard & Poor's, 25 Broadway,  New
York, New York 10004 and Fitch Investors Services,  One State Street Plaza, 33rd
Floor,  New York,  New York 10004.  Such  ratings will be the views only of such
rating  agencies.  There is no assurance that any such ratings will continue for
any period of time or that such  ratings will not be revised or  withdrawn.  Any
such revision or  withdrawal  of such ratings may have an adverse  effect on the
market  price  of  the  Class  A  Certificates.  A  security  rating  is  not  a
recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities.

                         LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         The Class A Certificates will constitute  "mortgage related securities"
for  purposes  of SMMEA for so long as they are rated in one of the two  highest
rating  categories  by one or  more  nationally  recognized  statistical  rating
organizations.  As such, such Classes of Certificates  will be legal investments
for  certain  entities to the extent  provided  in SMMEA,  subject to state laws
overriding  SMMEA. In addition,  institutions  whose  investment  activities are
subject  to review by  federal  or state  regulatory  authorities  may be or may
become  subject  to  restrictions,  which may be  retroactively  imposed by such
regulatory authorities,  on the investment by such institutions in certain forms
of  mortgage  related  securities.  Furthermore,  certain  states  have  enacted
legislation overriding the legal investment provisions of SMMEA.


                                      S-84

<PAGE>



                                  UNDERWRITING

         Subject  to the terms  and  conditions  set  forth in the  Underwriting
Agreement  relating to the  Certificates  (the  "Underwriting  Agreement"),  the
Depositor  has  agreed to cause  the  Trust to sell to each of the  Underwriters
named below (the  "Underwriters"),  and each of the  Underwriters  has severally
agreed to purchase,  the principal amount or Percentage  Interest of the Class A
Certificates set forth opposite its name below:

                                   Class A-1 Certificates

       Underwriters                                       Percentage Interest
       ------------                                       -------------------

       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%

                                   Class A-2 Certificates

       Underwriters                                       Percentage Interest
       ------------                                       -------------------

       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%

                                   Class A-3 Certificates

       Underwriters                                       Percentage Interest
       ------------                                       -------------------

       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%

                                   Class A-4 Certificates

       Underwriters                                       Percentage Interest
       ------------                                       -------------------

       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%

                                   Class A-5 Certificates

       Underwriters                                       Percentage Interest
       ------------                                       -------------------

       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%

                                   Class A-6 Certificates

       Underwriters                                       Percentage Interest
       ------------                                       -------------------

       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
       [Underwriter]                                                 _____%

                                      S-85

<PAGE>




                             Class A-7 Certificates

      Underwriters                                       Percentage Interest
      ------------                                       -------------------

      [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
      [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
      [Underwriter]                                                 _____%

                             Class A-8 Certificates

      Underwriters                                       Percentage Interest
      ------------                                       -------------------

      [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
      [Underwriter]                                                 _____%
      [Underwriter]                                                 _____%

         The  Underwriters  are  collectively  committed  to purchase all of the
Class A Certificates if any Class A Certificates are purchased. The Underwriters
intend  to act as  market  makers  in  the  Class  A  Certificates,  subject  to
applicable  provisions of federal and state securities laws and other regulatory
requirements,  but are under no  obligation to do so. The  Underwriters  and any
dealers that  participate with the Underwriters in the distribution of the Class
A  Certificates  may  be  deemed  to  be  underwriters,  and  any  discounts  or
commissions  received  by them  and any  profit  on the  resale  of the  Class A
Certificates by them may be deemed to be underwriting  discounts or commissions,
under the Securities Act.

         The Depositor has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters  against certain
liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute
to payments which the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

                                REPORT OF EXPERTS

         The  consolidated  balance sheets of the Certificate  Insurer,  [Surety
Name] (formerly known as [Surety Name]) as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and the
related consolidated  statements of income, changes in shareholder's equity, and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period  ended  December  31, 1995,
appearing  in Appendix B of this  Prospectus  Supplement,  have been  audited by
______________________________,  independent accountants,  as set forth in their
report included therein,  and are included in reliance upon such report and upon
the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                              CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal  matters  relating to the validity of the issuance of the
Certificates  will be passed upon for the Seller by Arter & Hadden,  Washington,
D.C. and by L. Keith  Blackwell,  Esquire,  General  Counsel for the  Depositor.
Certain legal matters  relating to insolvency  issues and certain federal income
tax matters concerning the Certificates will be passed upon for the Depositor by
Arter & Hadden.  Certain legal matters  relating to the validity of the issuance
of the Certificates  will be passed upon for the Underwriters by Arter & Hadden.
Legal  matters  relating to the Policy  will be passed upon for the  Certificate
Insurer by ______________________________.


                                      S-86

<PAGE>



                                     ANNEX I

          GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

         Except in certain limited  circumstances,  the globally offered AMRESCO
Residential  Securities  Corporation  Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__ Mortgage Loan
Pass-Through  Certificates,  Class A (the "Global Securities") will be available
only in book-entry form. Investors in the Global Securities may hold such Global
Securities through any of DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear. The Global Securities will be
tradeable as home market  instruments  in both the  European  and U.S.  domestic
markets.  Initial  settlement  and all secondary  trades will settle in same-day
funds.

         Secondary market trading between  investors through CEDEL and Euroclear
will be conducted in the  ordinary way in  accordance  with the normal rules and
operating  procedures of CEDEL and Euroclear and in accordance with conventional
eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

         Secondary  market  trading  between   investors  through  DTC  will  be
conducted  according to DTC's rules and procedures  applicable to U.S. corporate
debt obligations.

         Secondary  cross-market  trading  between  CEDEL or  Euroclear  and DTC
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-payment
basis  through  the  respective  Depositaries  of CEDEL and  Euroclear  (in such
capacity) and as DTC Participants.

         Non-U.S.  holders (as  described  below) of Global  Securities  will be
subject to U.S.  withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements
and  deliver   appropriate  U.S.  tax  documents  to  the  securities   clearing
organizations or their Participants.

         Initial Settlement

         All Global  Securities  will be held in  book-entry  form by DTC in the
name  of Cede & Co.  as  nominee  of DTC.  Investors'  interests  in the  Global
Securities will be represented  through financial  institutions  acting on their
behalf  as direct  and  indirect  Participants  in DTC.  As a result,  CEDEL and
Euroclear  will hold  positions on behalf of their  Participants  through  their
Relevant  Depositary which in turn will hold such positions in their accounts as
DTC Participants.

         Investors  electing to hold their  Global  Securities  through DTC will
follow DTC settlement  practices.  Investor  securities custody accounts will be
credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement
date.

         Investors  electing to hold their Global  Securities  through  CEDEL or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow  the  settlement   procedures   applicable  to
conventional  eurobonds,  except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities  custody  accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.

         Secondary Market Trading

         Since the purchaser  determines the place of delivery,  it is important
to  establish at the time of the trade where both the  purchaser's  and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that  settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

         Trading between DTC Participants.  Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants  will be  settled  using the  procedures  generally  applicable  to
mortgage loan asset-backed certificates issues in same-day funds.

         Trading between CEDEL and/or Euroclear  Participants.  Secondary market
trading  between CEDEL  Participants or Euroclear  Participants  will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

         Trading between DTC, Seller and CEDEL or Euroclear  Participants.  When
Global Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to
the account of a CEDEL  Participant  or a Euroclear  Participant,  the purchaser
will send  instructions  to CEDEL or Euroclear  through a CEDEL  Participant  or
Euroclear  Participant at least one business day prior to  settlement.  CEDEL or
Euroclear will instruct the Relevant Depositary, as the case

                                       I-1

<PAGE>



may be, to receive the Global Securities  against payment.  Payment will include
interest  accrued on the Global  Securities  from and  including the last coupon
payment date to and  excluding the  settlement  date, on the basis of the actual
number of days in such accrual period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days.
For  transactions  settling  on the  31st of the  month,  payment  will  include
interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month.  Payment
will then be made by the Relevant  Depositary to the DTC  Participant's  account
against delivery of the Global Securities.  After settlement has been completed,
the Global Securities will be credited to the respective  clearing system and by
the clearing  system,  in  accordance  with its usual  procedures,  to the CEDEL
Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's  account.  The securities  credit will
appear the next day (European  time) and the cash debt will be  back-valued  to,
and the  interest  on the Global  Securities  will accrue  from,  the value date
(which would be the  preceding  day when  settlement  occurred in New York).  If
settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e.,  the trade fails),
the  CEDEL or  Euroclear  cash  debt will be  valued  instead  as of the  actual
settlement date.

         CEDEL  Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants  will  need  to  make
available  to the  respective  clearing  systems the funds  necessary to process
same-day funds  settlement.  The most direct means of doing so is to preposition
funds for settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit,  as
they would for any settlement  occurring  within CEDEL or Euroclear.  Under this
approach,  they may take on  credit  exposure  to CEDEL or  Euroclear  until the
Global Securities are credited to their account one day later.

         As an alternative,  if CEDEL or Euroclear has extended a line of credit
to  them,  CEDEL  Participants  or  Euroclear  Participants  can  elect  not  to
preposition  funds  and  allow  that  credit  line to be drawn  upon to  finance
settlement.  Under this procedure,  CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants
purchasing Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming
they cleared the  overdraft  when the Global  Securities  were credited to their
accounts. However, interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value
date.  Therefore,  in many cases the investment  income on the Global Securities
earned during that one-day period may substantially  reduce or offset the amount
of such  overdraft  charges,  although  the  result  will  depend on each  CEDEL
Participant's or Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.

         Since the  settlement is taking place during New York  business  hours,
DTC  Participants  can  employ  their  usual  procedures  for  crediting  Global
Securities  to the  respective  European  Depositary  for the  benefit  of CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear  Participants.  The sale proceeds will be available to
the  DTC  seller  on the  settlement  date.  Thus,  to the  DTC  Participants  a
cross-market transaction will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC
Participants.

         Trading  between CEDEL or Euroclear  Seller and DTC  Purchaser.  Due to
time  zone  differences  in  their  favor,   CEDEL  Participants  and  Euroclear
Participants  may employ their  customary  procedures for  transactions in which
Global  Securities  are to be transferred  by the  respective  clearing  system,
through the respective  Depositary,  to a DTC Participant.  The seller will send
instructions  to CEDEL or  Euroclear  through a CEDEL  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement.  In these cases CEDEL
or Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate,  to credit
the Global Securities to the DTC Participant's account against payment.  Payment
will include  interest  accrued on the Global  Securities from and including the
last coupon  payment to and  excluding the  settlement  date on the basis of the
actual  number of days in such  accrual  period and a year assumed to consist to
360 days.  For  transactions  settling  on the 31st of the month,  payment  will
include  interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month.
The  payment  will then be  reflected  in the  account of CEDEL  Participant  or
Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the
CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's  account would be back-valued to
the value date (which would be the preceding  day, when  settlement  occurred in
New York). Should the CEDEL Participant or Euroclear  Participant have a line of
credit  with  its  respective  clearing  system  and  elect  to  be in  debt  in
anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account,  the back-valuation
will extinguish any overdraft  incurred over that one-day period.  If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails),  receipt of
the cash proceeds in the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.

         Finally,  day traders  that use CEDEL or  Euroclear  and that  purchase
Global  Securities from DTC Participants  for delivery to CEDEL  Participants or
Euroclear Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on
the sale side unless  affirmative  action is taken.  At least  three  techniques
should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:


                                       I-2

<PAGE>



         (a)  borrowing  through  CEDEL  or  Euroclear  for one day  (until  the
purchase side of the trade is reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear accounts) in
accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

         (b) borrowing the Global  Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
no later  than  one day  prior  to  settlement,  which  would  give  the  Global
Securities  sufficient time to be reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear  account
in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

         (c)  staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at least one
day prior to the value date for the sale to the CEDEL  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements

         A beneficial  owner of Global  Securities  holding  securities  through
CEDEL or  Euroclear  (or  through  DTC if the holder has an address  outside the
U.S.) will be subject to the 30% U.S.  withholding tax that generally applies to
payments of interest  (including  original  issue  discount) on registered  debt
issued by U.S. Persons (as defined below), unless (i) each clearing system, bank
or other financial  institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary
course of its trade or  business  in the chain of  intermediaries  between  such
beneficial  owner and the U.S.  entity  required to withhold tax  complies  with
applicable  certification  requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one
of the following steps to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:

         Exemption for Non-U.S.  Persons (Form W-8). Beneficial Owners of Global
Securities  that are Non-U.S.  Persons (as defined  below) can obtain a complete
exemption from the withholding  tax by filing a signed Form W-8  (Certificate of
Foreign Status).  If the information  shown on Form W-8 changes,  a new Form W-8
must be filed within 30 days of such change.

         Exemption for Non-U.S.  Persons with effectively connected income (Form
4224). A Non-U.S. Person (as defined below), including a non-U.S. corporation or
bank with a U.S. branch, for which the interest income is effectively  connected
with its  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United  States,  can obtain an
exemption  from  the  withholding  tax  by  filing  Form  4224  (Exemption  from
Withholding of Tax on Income  Effectively  Connected with the Conduct of a Trade
or Business in the United States).

         Exemption  or reduced  rate for  Non-U.S.  Persons  resident  in treaty
countries  (Form 1001).  Non-U.S.  Persons  residing in a country that has a tax
treaty  with the  United  States  can obtain an  exemption  or reduced  tax rate
(depending  on the treaty  terms) by filing Form 1001  (Ownership,  Exemption or
Reduced  Rate  Certificate).  If the treaty  provides  only for a reduced  rate,
withholding  tax will be  imposed at that rate  unless  the filer  alternatively
files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by Certificate Owners or their agent.

         Exemption  for U.S.  Persons  (Form  W-9).  U.S.  Persons  can obtain a
complete  exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request
for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

         U.S.  Federal  Income Tax  Reporting  Procedure.  The Owner of a Global
Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer,  his agent,  files
by  submitting  the  appropriate  form to the person  through  whom it holds the
security (the clearing  agency,  in the case of persons holding  directly on the
books of the clearing  agency).  Form W-8 and Form 1001 are  effective for three
calendar years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

         The term "U.S.  Person"  means (i) a citizen or  resident of the United
States,  (ii) a corporation,  partnership or other entity  organized in or under
the laws of the United States or any political  subdivision  thereof or (iii) an
estate or trust that is subject to U.S.  federal  income tax  regardless  of the
source of its income.  The term "Non-U.S.  Person" means any person who is not a
U.S. Person.  This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. Federal income
tax  withholding  that  may  be  relevant  to  foreign  holders  of  the  Global
Securities. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for specific
tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the Global Securities.


                                       I-3

<PAGE>



- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         No dealer,  salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any
information  or to make any  representations  not  contained in this  Prospectus
Supplement  or the  Prospectus  and,  if  given  or made,  such  information  or
representations  must  not be  relied  upon as  having  been  authorized  by the
Depositor or by the Underwriters.  This Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus
do not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation  of an offer to buy any of
the  securities  offered hereby in any  jurisdiction  in which the person making
such offer or  solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is
unlawful  to make such  offer or  solicitation.  Neither  the  delivery  of this
Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under
any  circumstances,  create any implication that information  herein  (including
information  incorporated  by reference  herein) or therein is correct as of any
time subsequent to the date of this Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus.
                                   ----------
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                         Page
                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Summary of Terms..........................................................S-1
Risk Factors ............................................................S-15
The Portfolio of Mortgage Loans..........................................S-18
Use of Proceeds..........................................................S-35
The Depositor............................................................S-35
The Seller...............................................................S-35
The Mortgage Loan Pools..................................................S-35
Prepayment and Yield Considerations......................................S-47
The Originators..........................................................S-53
Formation of the Trust and Trust Property................................S-53
Additional Information...................................................S-54
Description of the Class A Certificates..................................S-54
The Certificate Insurance Policies and the Certificate
Insurer..................................................................S-64
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement......................................S-67
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences..................................S-77
ERISA Considerations.....................................................S-78
Ratings..................................................................S-79
Legal Investment Considerations..........................................S-79
Underwriting.............................................................S-80
Report of Experts........................................................S-81
Certain Legal Matters....................................................S-81
Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax
         Documentation Procedures.....................................Annex I
Index to Location of Principal Defined Terms..............................A-1
Audited Financial Statements for the
         Certificate Insurer..............................................B-1
Unaudited Financial Statements for the
         Certificate Insurer..............................................C-1
                                   PROSPECTUS
Summary of Prospectus.......................................................1
Risk Factors................................................................7
Description of the Certificates............................................10
The Trusts.................................................................15
Credit Enhancement.........................................................18
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans and Contracts..............................22
Administration.............................................................28
Use of Proceeds............................................................35
The Depositor..............................................................35
Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Assets...............................35
Legal Investment Matters...................................................44
ERISA Considerations.......................................................45
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences....................................47
Plan of Distribution.......................................................71
Legal Matters..............................................................71
Financial Information......................................................71
Index to Location of Principal Defined Terms..............................A-1

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<PAGE>



                               AMRESCO Residential
                             Securities Corporation
                          Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__


                                  $____________

                           Mortgage Loan Pass-Through
                          Certificates, Series 199__-__


                                  $____________
                             Class A-1 Certificates

                                  $____________
                             Class A-2 Certificates

                                  $____________
                             Class A-3 Certificates

                                  $___________
                             Class A-4 Certificates

                                  $___________
                             Class A-5 Certificates

                                  $___________
                             Class A-6 Certificates

                                  $___________
                             Class A-7 Certificates

                                  $____________
                         Class A-8 Adjustable Rate Group
                                  Certificates



                                   -----------
                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                   -----------

                                  [Underwriter]
                                 [Underwriters]




                               ___________, 199__




<PAGE>



                                   APPENDIX A
                  INDEX TO LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL DEFINED TERMS
                                                                        Page
2/28 Loans                                                               S-46
Accrual Period                                                            S-5
Actuarial Loans                                                          S-52
Adjustable Rate Certificates                                              S-1
Adjustable Rate Group Available Funds Cap                                 S-1
Advanta                                                                   S-1
Advanta Parent                                                           S-29
Appraised Values                                                         S-41
Available Funds                                                          S-62
Balloon Mortgage Loans                                                   S-76
Balloon Payments                                                         S-75
Bank                                                                     S-31
Beneficial Owners                                                        S-12
Book-Entry Certificates                                                  S-65
Business Day                                                              S-5
Capitalized Interest Account                                             S-12
Carry Forward Amount                                                      S-6
Cede                                                                     S-12
CEDEL                                                                    S-12
CEDEL Participants                                                       S-67
Certificate Account                                                      S-59
Certificate Insurance Policy                                             S-10
Certificate Insurer                                                      S-10
Certificate Principal Balance                                            S-53
Certificates                                                              S-2
Citibank                                                                 S-13
Class                                                                     S-1
Class A Certificate Principal Balance                                    S-53
Class A Certificates                                                      S-1
Class A Distribution Amount                                               S-5
Class A-1 Certificates                                                    S-1
Class A-2 Certificates                                                    S-1
Class A-3 Certificates                                                    S-1
Class A-4 Certificates                                                    S-1
Class A-5 Certificates                                                    S-1
Class A-6 Certificates                                                    S-1
Class A-7 Certificates                                                    S-1
Class A-8 Certificates                                                    S-1
Class R Certificates                                                      S-2
Clean-Up Call Date                                                        S-1
Closing Date                                                              S-2
Code                                                                     S-14
Compensating Interest                                                    S-76
Cooperative                                                              S-67
Coupon Rates                                                              S-3
Current Interest                                                          S-6
Cut-Off Date                                                              S-2
D&P                                                                      S-83
Daily Collections                                                        S-75
Definitive Certificate                                                   S-65
Deleted Mortgage Loan                                                    S-29
Depositor                                                                 S-1
DTC                                                                      S-12
DTC Participants                                                         S-67
Due Dates                                                                S-77
ERISA                                                                    S-83
Euroclear                                                                S-12
Euroclear Operator                                                       S-67
Euroclear Participants                                                   S-67
European Depositaries                                                    S-13
Excess Subordinated Amount                                               S-63
Exemption                                                                S-83
FHA                                                                      S-32
File                                                                     S-74
Final Certification                                                      S-74
Final Scheduled Payment Dates                                            S-53
Financial Intermediary                                                   S-66
Fiscal Agent                                                             S-69
Fitch                                                                    S-83
Fixed Rate Certificates                                                   S-1
Fixed Rate Group Available Funds Cap                                      S-1
Funding Period                                                           S-11
GAAP                                                                     S-71
Initial Certificate Principal Balance                                    S-53
Initial Mortgage Loans                                                    S-2
Insurance Policy                                                         S-10
Insured Payment                                                          S-10
Liquidated Mortgage Loan                                                  S-8
Liquidation Proceeds                                                     S-74
Loan Balance                                                             S-73
Loan Purchase Price                                                      S-29
Loan-to-Value Ratios                                                     S-43
Long Beach Loans                                                         S-20
Monthly Remittance Date                                                   S-8
Moody's                                                                  S-13
Morgan                                                                   S-13
Mortgage Loan Group                                                         1
Mortgage Loans                                                           S-40
Mortgaged Properties                                                      S-2
Mortgages                                                                 S-2
Net Coupon Rate                                                          S-29
Net Liquidation Proceeds                                                 S-75
Net Monthly Excess Cashflow                                              S-61
New Century                                                               S-3
NIV                                                                      S-31
Notes                                                                     S-2
One-Month LIBOR                                                           S-1
Original Aggregate Loan Balance                                           S-3
Original Pre-Funded Amount                                                S-2
Originators                                                              S-58
Owners                                                                    S-3
Participants                                                             S-65
Pass-Through Rate                                                        S-60
Payment Date                                                              S-5
Percentage Interest                                                      S-59
PHMC                                                                     S-36
Plan                                                                     S-83
Preference Amount                                                         S-9
Pre-Funded Amount                                                        S-11
Pre-Funding Account                                                       S-2
Premium Amount                                                           S-60
Prepaid Installments                                                     S-76
Prepayment Interest Excess                                               S-74
Prepayment Interest Shortfall                                            S-77
Prepayments                                                              S-16
Preservation Expenses                                                    S-76
Principal and Interest Account                                           S-75
Principal Distribution Amount                                             S-7
Qualified Replacement Mortgage                                           S-29
Rating Agencies                                                          S-13
Realized Loss                                                            S-63
Record Date                                                               S-5
Reference Banks                                                          S-65
Register                                                                 S-59
Registrar                                                                S-59
Relevant Depositary                                                      S-65
REMIC                                                                    S-13
REMIC Opinion                                                            S-72
Remittance Period                                                         S-8
REO Property                                                             S-76
Restricted Group                                                         S-84
Rules                                                                    S-66
SAP                                                                      S-71
Seller                                                                    S-1
sequential pay                                                            S-6
Servicer                                                                  S-2
Servicers                                                                 S-2
Servicing Advance                                                        S-76
Servicing Fee Rate                                                       S-74
Six-Month LIBOR Loan                                                      S-4
Six-Month LIBOR Loans                                                    S-46
Specified Subordinated Amount                                            S-62
Standard & Poor's                                                        S-13
Subordinate Certificates                                                  S-2
Subordinated Amount                                                      S-62
Subordination Deficit                                                     S-8
Subordination Increase Amount                                            S-62
Subordination Reduction Amount                                           S-63
Subsequent Cut-Off Date                                                  S-17
Subsequent Mortgage Loans                                                 S-2
Subsequent Transfer Agreement                                            S-17
Subsequent Transfer Date                                                 S-11
Substitution Amount                                                      S-74
Telerate Page 3750                                                       S-65
Terms and Conditions                                                     S-67
Total Available Funds                                                    S-62
Total Monthly Excess Cashflow                                            S-60
Transfer Agreement                                                       S-28
Trust                                                                    S-58
Trust Estate                                                             S-58
Trustee                                                                   S-2
Underwriters                                                             S-85
VA                                                                       S-32
Weighted average life                                                    S-53

<PAGE>
                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

<PAGE>



                                                                      APPENDIX B





            AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE CERTIFICATE INSURER

                                  [Surety Name]

                        CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        As of December 31, 1995 and 1994
                             and for the years ended
                        December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993




                                       B-1

<PAGE>


                                                                      APPENDIX C























           UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE CERTIFICATE INSURER



                                       C-1

<PAGE>

 PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus Dated _______________, 1996)
     AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__
                         $_________________ _____% Notes
                $___________________ _____% Class A Certificates

                                   ----------
                           [Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA
                           Long Beach Mortgage Company
                          Option One Mortgage Company]
                                    Servicers
                   AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL SECURITIES CORPORATION
                                    Depositor
                                   ----------

                                     AMRESCO
                     AMRESCO Residential Credit Corporation
                                     Seller
         The AMRESCO Residential  Securities  Corporation  Mortgage Loan 199_-__
Trust  (the  "Trust")  was  formed  pursuant  to a trust  agreement  dated as of
________ 1, 199__ (the "Trust Agreement"),  among the Depositor, the Seller, the
Servicers  and _______,  as Owner  Trustee (the "Owner  Trustee").  The Trust is
issuing (i) its ____% Notes (the "Notes")  pursuant to an indenture  dated as of
________ 1, 199__,  between the Trust and _________,  as Indenture  Trustee (the
"Indenture  Trustee"),   and  (ii)  its  Class  A  Certificates  (the  "Class  A
Certificates")  and  one or  more  classes  of  Subordinated  Certificates  (the
"Subordinated  Certificates"  and,  together with the Class A Certificates,  the
"Certificates") pursuant to the Trust Agreement.  Only the Notes and the Class A
Certificates are offered hereby and are referred to collectively as the "Offered
Securities."

                                  [Surety Name]

         On or before the issuance of the Offered Securities, the Depositor will
obtain  from   _______________________  (the  "Insurer")  a  financial  guaranty
insurance policy relating to the Offered Securities (the "Insurance  Policy") in
favor of the Trustee.  The Insurance  Policy will in  accordance  with its terms
provide for 100% coverage of the principal amount of, and scheduled interest due
on, the Offered Securities.

         The assets of the Trust  consist of fixed rate single  family  mortgage
loans (the  "Initial  Mortgage  Loans") and all monies due after  _____________,
199__ (the "Cut-Off  Date"),  security  interests in the properties which secure
the Mortgage Loans (the "Mortgaged  Properties"),  an insurance policy, funds on
deposit in certain trust accounts, including a Pre-Funding Account providing for
the purchase of Subsequent  Mortgage Loans, and certain other property.  All the
Mortgage Loans are secured solely by first lien mortgages or deeds of trust. The
rights of the holders of the Class A Certificates  will be  subordinated  to the
rights of the holders of the Notes.

         For a discussion of  significant  matters  affecting  investment in the
Offered  Securities,  see "Risk Factors"  beginning on page S-__ and "Prepayment
and Yield  Considerations"  beginning  on page S-__  herein  and "Risk  Factors"
beginning on page 7 in the Prospectus.
                                                  (Cover continued on next page)
                                   ----------
     THE NOTES REPRESENT OBLIGATIONS OF, AND CLASS A CERTIFICATES REPRESENT
     BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN, THE TRUST ONLY AND DO NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS
   IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF THE DEPOSITOR, THE SELLER, THE SERVICERS, THE TRUSTEE
       OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES. NEITHER THE OFFERED SECURITIES NOR THE
      MORTGAGE LOANS ARE INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
  ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
                             IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                                   ----------
      The Offered Securities will be purchased by the Underwriters from the
Depositor  and will be  offered  by the  Underwriters  from  time to time to the
public  in  negotiated  transactions  or  otherwise  at  varying  prices  to  be
determined at the time of sale.  Proceeds to the Depositor  from the sale of the
Offered  Securities will be approximately  $___________,  plus accrued interest,
to, but not including,  the Closing Date,  before deducting  expenses payable by
the Depositor estimated to be approximately $_______.

         The Offered Securities are offered subject to prior sale, when, as, and
if accepted by the Underwriters and subject to the Underwriters' right to reject
orders  in  whole  or in part.  It is  expected  that  delivery  of the  Offered
Securities  will  be made in  book-entry  form  through  the  facilities  of The
Depository  Trust Company  ("DTC"),  CEDEL S.A. and the  Euroclear  System on or
about  __________,  199__. The Offered  Securities will be offered in Europe and
the United States of America.
[UNDERWRITER]
                               [UNDERWRITER]
                                                                   [UNDERWRITER]

          The date of this Prospectus Supplement is ___________, 199__


<PAGE>

(Cover continued from previous page)

     The Initial  Mortgage  Loans will be transferred to the Trust pursuant to a
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement dated _________ 1, 199_, between the Trust, the
Depositor,  the  Servicers and the Seller.  The Pooling and Servicing  Agreement
provides that Mortgage Loans (the "Subsequent  Mortgage Loans") may be purchased
by the Trust from the Depositor from time to time on or before __________, 1996,
from  funds on  deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account.  On the  Closing  Date an
aggregate cash amount of  approximately  $__________  will be deposited with the
Trustee in the  Pre-Funding  Account to be used to acquire  Subsequent  Mortgage
Loans.

     It is a condition  to issuance of the Offered  Securities  that the Offered
Securities be rated "Aaa" by Moody's and "AAA" by Standard and Poor's.

     Interest  on and  principal  of the  Notes  are  required  to be paid,  and
distributions  on the Class A Certificates  are required to be made, on the 25th
day of each month (or, if such day is not a business day, the next business day)
beginning __________,  199__ (each, a "Payment Date"). On any Payment Date on or
prior to the Clean-Up Call Date (as defined herein),  the Pass-Through  Rate for
the Class A Certificates is _____% per annum, and, thereafter, will be
- -----%.

     The yield to investors on the Offered  Securities sold at prices other than
par may be  sensitive to the rate and timing of  principal  payments  (including
prepayments, repurchases, defaults and liquidations) on the Mortgage Loans which
may vary over time. See "Prepayment and Yield  Considerations"  herein and "Risk
Factors" and "Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations" in the Prospectus.

     For a description of certain tax  consequences  of owning the Notes and the
Class A Certificates,  see "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences"  herein and
in the Prospectus.
                                   ----------
     UNTIL 90 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT,  ALL  DEALERS
EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS IN THE OFFERED SECURITIES,  WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE
PROSPECTUS TO WHICH IT RELATES. THIS IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS
TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING AS  UNDERWRITERS
AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

     This Prospectus  Supplement does not contain complete information about the
Offered Securities.  Additional information is contained in the Prospectus dated
__________,  1996,  of which  this  Prospectus  Supplement  is a part and  which
accompanies  this  Prospectus  Supplement.  The  Prospectus  contains  important
information   regarding  this  offering  which  is  not  contained  herein,  and
prospective  investors  are  urged to read the  Prospectus  and this  Prospectus
Supplement in full.


                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     The  Depositor  has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission a
Registration  Statement  under the  Securities  Act of 1933 with  respect to the
Offered Securities. This Prospectus Supplement and the related Prospectus, which
form a part of the Registration Statement, omit certain information contained in
such  Registration  Statement  pursuant  to the  Rules  and  Regulations  of the
Commission. The Registration Statement can be inspected and copied at the Public
Reference Room of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.,
and the Commission's  regional offices at Seven World Trade Center,  13th Floor,
New York, New York 10048,  and Citicorp Center,  500 West Madison Street,  Suite
1400,  Chicago,  Illinois  60661.  Copies of such  materials  can be obtained at
prescribed  rates from the Public  Reference  Section of the  Commission  at 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.


                                REPORTS TO OWNERS

     Monthly and annual reports  concerning the Offered Securities and the Trust
will be sent by the Trustee to the Owners of the Offered Securities.  So long as
any of the Offered  Securities is in book-entry  form, such reports will be sent
to Cede & Co.,  as the nominee of DTC and as Owner of such  Offered  Securities.
DTC will supply such reports to Beneficial Owners of any such Offered Securities
in accordance with its procedures.




<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                              Prospectus Supplement

SUMMARY OF TERMS............................................................S-1
RISK FACTORS...............................................................S-13
THE PORTFOLIO OF MORTGAGE LOANS............................................S-15
     General...............................................................S-15
     Guidelines............................................................S-16
     Prepayment Penalties..................................................S-24
     Representations Relating to the Mortgage Loans........................S-24
     The Servicers.........................................................S-25
     General...............................................................S-35
USE OF PROCEEDS............................................................S-36
THE DEPOSITOR..............................................................S-36
THE SELLER.................................................................S-36
THE MORTGAGE LOAN POOL.....................................................S-36
     General...............................................................S-36
     Mortgage Loans........................................................S-37
     Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans...............................S-41
PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS........................................S-42
     General...............................................................S-42
     Mandatory Prepayment..................................................S-42
     Projected Prepayment and Yield for Notes and Class A Certificates.....S-42
     Payment Lag Feature of Class A Certificates...........................S-46
THE ORIGINATORS............................................................S-46
FORMATION OF THE TRUST AND TRUST PROPERTY..................................S-46
     Capitalization of the Trust...........................................S-47
     The Owner Trustee.....................................................S-47
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.....................................................S-47
DESCRIPTION OF THE OFFERED SECURITIES......................................S-48
     General...............................................................S-48
     Payment Dates.........................................................S-48
     Distributions.........................................................S-48
     Optional Redemption of Notes; Optional Prepayment of Certificates.....S-49
     Overcollateralization Provisions......................................S-50
     Pre-Funding Account...................................................S-51
     Capitalized Interest Account..........................................S-52
BOOK ENTRY REGISTRATION OF THE OFFERED SECURITIES..........................S-52
     Assignment of Rights..................................................S-55
THE INSURANCE POLICY AND THE INSURER.......................................S-55
THE INDENTURE..............................................................S-56
     Modification of Indenture Without Noteholder Consent..................S-56

     Modification of Indenture With Noteholder Consent.....................S-56
     Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default.......................S-57
     Certain Covenants.....................................................S-58
     Annual Compliance Statement...........................................S-58
     Indenture Trustee's Annual Report.....................................S-58
     Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture...............................S-59
THE TRUST AGREEMENT........................................................S-59
     Liability of the Depositor............................................S-59
     Termination of Trust Agreement........................................S-60
     Dissolution upon Bankruptcy of Depositor..............................S-60
     Amendments Without Consent of the Owners of the Certificates
         or Notes..........................................................S-60
     Amendments With Consent of the Insurer and the Owners of
         the Certificates..................................................S-61
     No Petition Covenant..................................................S-61
THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT........................................S-61
     Covenant of the Seller to Take Certain Actions with Respect to
         the Mortgage Loans in Certain Situations..........................S-61
     Assignment of Mortgage Loans..........................................S-62
     Servicing.............................................................S-63
     Removal and Resignation of a Servicer.................................S-67
     Reporting Requirements................................................S-68
     Removal of Trustee for Cause..........................................S-69
     Governing Law.........................................................S-69
     Amendments............................................................S-69
     Termination of the Trust..............................................S-70
     Optional Termination..................................................S-70
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES....................................S-70
     Taxation of the Notes.................................................S-71
     Taxation of Class A Certificates......................................S-71
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.......................................................S-71
RATINGS....................................................................S-73
LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS............................................S-73
UNDERWRITING...............................................................S-73
REPORT OF EXPERTS..........................................................S-74
CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS......................................................S-74

<PAGE>

                                   Prospectus

SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS........................................................1
RISK FACTORS.................................................................7
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES.............................................10

     General   .............................................................11
     Classes of Certificates ...............................................11
     Distributions of Principal and Interest ...............................13
     Book Entry Registration ...............................................14
     List of Owners of Certificates ........................................14
THE TRUSTS .................................................................15
     Mortgage Loans ........................................................15
     Contracts .............................................................17
     Mortgage-Backed Securities ............................................17
     Other Mortgage Securities .............................................17
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT .........................................................18
SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS AND CONTRACTS ..................................22
     Payments on Mortgage Loans.............................................23
     Advances ..............................................................23
     Collection and Other Servicing Procedures..............................23
     Primary Mortgage Insurance.............................................25
     Standard Hazard Insurance .............................................25
     Title Insurance Policies ..............................................27
     Claims Under Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies and Standard Hazard
     Insurance Policies; Other Realization Upon Defaulted Loan .............27
     Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses ........................27
     Master Servicer .......................................................28
ADMINISTRATION .............................................................28
     Assignment of Mortgage Assets .........................................28
     Evidence as to Compliance .............................................31
     The Trustee ...........................................................31
     Administration of the Certificate Account..............................31
     Reports ...............................................................32
     Forward Commitments; Pre-Funding.......................................33
     Servicer Events of Default ............................................33
Rights Upon Servicer Event of Default.......................................33
     Amendment .............................................................34
     Termination ...........................................................34

USE OF PROCEEDS ............................................................35
THE DEPOSITOR ..............................................................35
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE MORTGAGE ASSETS................................35
     General ...............................................................35
     Foreclosure ...........................................................36
     Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act ...............................41
     The Contracts .........................................................41
     The Title I Program ...................................................44
LEGAL INVESTMENT MATTERS ...................................................44
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS .......................................................45
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES ....................................47
     Federal Income Tax Consequences For REMIC Certificates ................47
     Taxation of Regular Certificates ......................................48
     Taxation of Residual Certificates .....................................54
     Treatment of Certain Items of REMIC Income and Expense ................56
     Tax-Related Restrictions on Transfer of Residual Certificates .........58
     Sale or Exchange of a Residual Certificate ............................60
     Taxes That May Be Imposed on the REMIC Pool ...........................60
     Liquidation of the REMIC Pool .........................................61
     Administrative Matters ................................................61
     Limitations on Deduction of Certain Expenses ..........................61
     Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors .................................62
     Backup Withholding ....................................................63
     Reporting Requirements ................................................63
     Federal Income Tax Consequences for Certificates as to Which No
     REMIC Election Is Made ................................................63
     Standard Certificates..................................................63
     Premium and Discount ..................................................65
     Stripped Certificates .................................................66
     Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding .........................69
     Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors .................................69
     Taxation of Securities Classified as Partnership Interests ............69
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION .......................................................70
LEGAL MATTERS ..............................................................70
FINANCIAL INFORMATION ......................................................70
INDEX TO LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL DEFINED TERMS...............................A-1
<PAGE>



                                SUMMARY OF TERMS

     This  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by  reference to the detailed
information   appearing   elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus   Supplement  and  the
accompanying Prospectus. Reference is made to the Index to Location of Principal
Defined Terms for the location of certain capitalized terms.

Issuer:                             AMRESCO Residential  Securities  Corporation
                                    Mortgage  Loan Trust  199__-__ (the "Trust")
                                    formed  pursuant to a Trust  Agreement dated
                                    as   of    _______,    199__   (the   "Trust
                                    Agreement"),   between  the   Depositor  and
                                    _________,  as  trustee  of the  Trust  (the
                                    "Owner Trustee").

Offered Securities:                 ______%  Notes due  __________  1, 20__ (the
                                    "Notes")   to  be  issued   pursuant  to  an
                                    indenture  dated  as  of  ________,   199__,
                                    between the Trust and _______,  as indenture
                                    trustee (the "Indenture Trustee").

                                    $__________ ____% Mortgage Loan Pass-Through
                                    Certificates, Series 199__- __.(the "Class A
                                    Certificate")(1).  The Class A  Certificates
                                    and  one or  more  classes  of  Subordinated
                                    Certificates       (the        "Subordinated
                                    Certificates")  will be issued  pursuant  to
                                    the  Trust  Agreement.   Only  the  Class  A
                                    Certificates are offered hereby.

                                    (1) The  Pass-Through  Rate with  respect to
                                    the Class A Certificates  shall be _____% as
                                    of any Payment  Date after the Payment  Date
                                    on which the outstanding Class A Certificate
                                    Principal  Balance has declined to less than
                                    10%  of the  original  Class  A  Certificate
                                    Principal Balance ("Clean-Up Call Date").

                                    The Notes and the Class A  Certificates  are
                                    collectively  referred  to as  the  "Offered
                                    Securities".

Depositor:                          AMRESCO Residential  Securities  Corporation
                                    (the "Depositor"), a Delaware corporation.

Seller:                             AMRESCO  Residential   Mortgage  Corporation
                                    (the "Seller"), a Delaware corporation.

Servicers:                          [Advanta     Mortgage     Corporation    USA
                                    ("Advanta"),    with   principal   executive
                                    offices   located  at  16875  West  Bernardo
                                    Drive,  San  Diego,  CA  92127,  Long  Beach
                                    Mortgage   Company  ("Long   Beach"),   with
                                    principal  executive offices located at 1100
                                    Town and County Road,  Orange, CA 92668, and
                                    Option  One  Mortgage  Corporation  ("Option
                                    One")  with  principal   executive   offices
                                    located  at 2020 East  First  Street,  Suite
                                    100,  Santa Ana, CA 92705 (each a "Servicer"
                                    and collectively, the "Servicers").


Owner Trustee:

Indenture Trustee:

Cut-Off Date:                       As   of   the   close   of    business    on
                                    _____________, 199__.

Closing Date:                       On or about __________, 199__.


                                       S-1

<PAGE>
Denominations:                      The Notes and the Class A  Certificates  are
                                    issuable  in  book  entry  form  in  minimum
                                    original  principal  amounts  of $1,000  and
                                    integral multiples thereof.


The Mortgage Loans:                 The  mortgage  loans to be  conveyed  to the
                                    Trust by the  Depositor  on the Closing Date
                                    (the "Initial  Mortgage  Loans")  consist of
                                    _____ fixed and adjustable rate conventional
                                    mortgage loans evidenced by promissory notes
                                    (the "Notes") secured by first lien deeds of
                                    trust,  security  deeds  or  mortgages  (the
                                    "Mortgages"),  which  are  located  in _____
                                    states and the  District  of  Columbia.  The
                                    properties  securing  the  Initial  Mortgage
                                    Loans (the "Mortgaged  Properties")  consist
                                    primarily of single-family residences (which
                                    may  be  attached,   detached,   part  of  a
                                    two-to-four  family dwelling,  a condominium
                                    unit   or  a   unit   in  a   planned   unit
                                    development).  The Mortgaged  Properties may
                                    be  owner-occupied  and  non-owner  occupied
                                    investment  properties.  No  Loan-to-  Value
                                    Ratio  (based  upon  appraisals  made at the
                                    time of origination)  exceeded 90% as of the
                                    Cut-Off Date. The Initial Mortgage Loans are
                                    not  insured  by  either   primary  or  pool
                                    mortgage   insurance   policies;    however,
                                    certain  distributions  due to the Owners of
                                    the Offered  Securities  (the  "Owners") are
                                    insured  by  the  Insurer  pursuant  to  the
                                    Insurance Policy.  See "Credit  Enhancement"
                                    herein.   The   Mortgage   Loans   are   not
                                    guaranteed  by the  Seller or any  affiliate
                                    thereof.

                                    Unless   otherwise  noted,  all  statistical
                                    percentages  in this  Prospectus  Supplement
                                    are  measured  by  the  aggregate  principal
                                    balance of the Initial  Mortgage  Loans (the
                                    "Original Aggregate Loan Balance") as of the
                                    Cut-Off      Date.      The      statistical
                                    characteristics  of the Mortgage  Loans will
                                    vary  upon  the   transfer   of   Subsequent
                                    Mortgage Loans.

                                    As of the Cut-Off  Date,  the  average  Loan
                                    Balance   of   the   Mortgage    Loans   was
                                    $___________;   the   interest   rates  (the
                                    "Coupon Rates") of the Mortgage Loans ranged
                                    from _____% to _____%;  the weighted average
                                    Loan-to-Value  Ratio of such Mortgage  Loans
                                    was _____%; the weighted average Coupon Rate
                                    of  such  Mortgage  Loans  was  _____%;  the
                                    weighted average  remaining term to maturity
                                    of such Mortgage Loans was _____ months. The
                                    remaining   terms  to  maturity  as  of  the
                                    Cut-Off  Date of the  Mortgage  Loans ranged
                                    from  _____  months  to  _____  months.  The
                                    maximum Loan  Balance of the Mortgage  Loans
                                    as of the  Cut-Off  Date  was  $___________.
                                    Mortgage Loans requiring  "balloon" payments
                                    represented  not  more  than  _____%  of the
                                    Original   Aggregate  Loan  Balance  of  the
                                    Mortgage Loans. No Mortgage Loan will mature
                                    later  than   _____________,   20__.   As  a
                                    percentage  of the Original  Aggregate  Loan
                                    Balance of the Mortgage  Loans,  _____% were
                                    secured  by   mortgages   on   single-family
                                    dwellings,    _____%   by    mortgages    on
                                    two-to-four   unit   dwellings,   _____%  by
                                    mortgages   on   condominiums,   _____%   by
                                    mortgages on planned unit  developments  and
                                    _____% by mobile homes.

                                    Each of the Mortgage  Loans bear interest at
                                    a fixed  rate for the life of such  Mortgage
                                    Loan. The Mortgage Loans were  originated as
                                    to  ____% by Long  Beach  and as to ____% by
                                    ______.  See  "The  Mortgage  Loan  Pool  --
                                    Mortgage Loans" herein.

                                    On  the  Closing  Date,  an  aggregate  cash
                                    amount  of  approximately  $__________  (the
                                    "Original   Pre-Funded   Amount")   will  be
                                    deposited in a trust account in the


                                       S-2

<PAGE>


                                    name   of   the   Indenture   Trustee   (the
                                    "Pre-Funding  Account"). It is intended that
                                    additional  Mortgage  Loans  satisfying  the
                                    criteria   specified   in  the  Pooling  and
                                    Servicing    Agreement   (the    "Subsequent
                                    Mortgage  Loans")  will be  purchased by the
                                    Trust from the  Depositor  from time to time
                                    on or before ____ __,  199__,  from funds on
                                    deposit  in the  Pre-Funding  Account.  As a
                                    result,  the aggregate  principal balance of
                                    the  Mortgage  Loans  will  increase  by  an
                                    amount  equal  to  the  aggregate  principal
                                    balance of the Subsequent  Mortgage Loans so
                                    purchased and the amount in the  Pre-Funding
                                    Account will decrease by the same amount.

                                    As  described  below,  on the Closing  Date,
                                    cash will be  deposited  in the  Capitalized
                                    Interest Account (as defined herein) held by
                                    the   Indenture   Trustee.   Funds   in  the
                                    Capitalized Interest Account will be applied
                                    by the Indenture Trustee to cover shortfalls
                                    in interest  during the  Funding  Period (as
                                    described   under   "Pre-Funding   Account")
                                    attributable to the provisions  allowing for
                                    purchase of Subsequent Mortgage Loans.

The Notes
   A. Maturity Date                 The   Maturity   Date   of  the   Notes   is
                                    __________,    202__,    although    it   is
                                    anticipated that the actual final payment of
                                    principal  of the Notes  may  occur  earlier
                                    than the Maturity Date. See  "Prepayment and
                                    Yield Considerations" herein.

   B.  Payment of Principal
           and Interest             On the  25th day of each  month,  or if such
                                    day is not a  Business  Day,  then  the next
                                    succeeding    Business    Day,    commencing
                                    _________,  199__  (each  such  day  being a
                                    "Payment  Date"),  the Indenture  Trustee is
                                    required to pay, to the extent of  available
                                    funds,  to the Owners of the Notes of record
                                    as of the last day of the month  immediately
                                    preceding  the month in which  such  Payment
                                    Date  occurs  (each  such  date,  a  "Record
                                    Date") the "Note Amount", which shall be the
                                    sum of (x) Current Interest and (y) the Note
                                    Principal Payment (each as defined below).

                                    For each  Payment  Date,  interest  due with
                                    respect to the Notes will be interest  which
                                    has accrued  thereon  during the period from
                                    the  preceding  Payment  Date  (or  from the
                                    Closing  Date  in  the  case  of  the  first
                                    Payment Date) to and including the day prior
                                    to the current  Payment  Date (the  "Accrual
                                    Period" for the Notes).  All calculations of
                                    interest  will  be made  on the  basis  of a
                                    360-day  year  assumed  to consist of twelve
                                    30-day months.

                                    A  "Business  Day" is any day  other  than a
                                    Saturday,  Sunday or a day on which  banking
                                    institutions in California,  Rhode Island or
                                    New York  City or in the  city in which  the
                                    corporate  trust  office of the  Trustee  is
                                    located are  authorized  or obligated by law
                                    or executive order to close.

  C. Optional Redemption            The Notes are subject to  redemption  (i) in
                                    whole,  but not in part, on any Payment Date
                                    on or after the  Clean-up  Call Date in each
                                    case at a redemption price equal to the then
                                    outstanding  Note  Principal  Balance,  plus
                                    accrued and unpaid interest thereon.

The Certificates
  A.  Final Scheduled
         Payment Date:              The Final Scheduled Payment Date for Class A
                                    Certificates is ________,  20__, although it
                                    is anticipated that the actual final Payment
                                    Date for each Class may

                                       S-3

<PAGE>




                                    occur  earlier  than  the  Final   Scheduled
                                    Payment  Date.  See  "Prepayment  and  Yield
                                    Considerations" herein.

  B.  Distributions of
          Principal and
          Interest:                 On each  Payment  Date,  the Trustee will be
                                    required  to  distribute,  to the  extent of
                                    available   funds,  to  the  Owners  of  the
                                    Certificates of record as of the last day of
                                    the calendar month immediately preceding the
                                    calendar  month in which such  Payment  Date
                                    occurs  (the  "Record  Date")  the  "Class A
                                    Distribution  Amount" which shall be the sum
                                    of (x) Current  Interest and (y) the Class A
                                    Principal   Distribution   Amount  (each  as
                                    defined below).

                                    For each  Payment  Date,  interest  due with
                                    respect to the Class A Certificates  will be
                                    interest  which has accrued  thereon  during
                                    the calendar month immediately preceding the
                                    month in which such Payment Date occurs (the
                                    "Accrual    Period"    for   the   Class   A
                                    Certificates).  All calculations of interest
                                    on the Class A Certificates  will be made on
                                    the  basis  of a  360-day  year  assumed  to
                                    consist of twelve 30-day months.

  C.  Optional Prepayment:          The  Class A  Certificates  are  subject  to
                                    optional  repurchase  in  whole,  but not in
                                    part,  on any  Payment  Date on or after the
                                    Clean-up   Call  Date  in  each  case  at  a
                                    purchase price equal to the then outstanding
                                    Certificate  Principal Balance, plus accrued
                                    and unpaid interest.

Certain Definitions:                "Current Interest" with respect to the Notes
                                    and the  Class A  Certificates  means,  with
                                    respect  to  any  Payment   Date,   (i)  the
                                    aggregate  amount of interest accrued on the
                                    Note  Principal   Balance  or  the  Class  A
                                    Certificate  Principal  Balance  during  the
                                    Accrual  Period  immediately  prior  to such
                                    Payment Date plus (ii) the Preference Amount
                                    (as defined below) as it relates to interest
                                    previously  paid on the Notes or the Class A
                                    Certificates prior to such Payment Date plus
                                    (iii) the Carry Forward Amount, if any, with
                                    respect   to  the   Notes  or  the  Class  A
                                    Certificates.

                                    The "Carry  Forward  Amount" with respect to
                                    the  Notes or the Class A  Certificates  for
                                    any  Payment  Date  is the  sum  of (x)  the
                                    amount,  if any, by which (i) Note Amount or
                                    the Class A Distribution  Amount (as defined
                                    herein)  as  of  the  immediately  preceding
                                    Payment Date exceeded (ii) the amount of the
                                    actual  distribution  made to the  Owners of
                                    the  Notes or Class A  Certificates  on such
                                    immediately  preceding Payment Date plus (y)
                                    30 days' interest on the interest portion of
                                    such amount, calculated at the interest rate
                                    or Pass-Through  Rate in effect with respect
                                    to the Notes or Class A  Certificates  as of
                                    such Payment Date.

                                    The "Principal Distribution Amount" for each
                                    Payment Date shall be the lesser of:

                                            (a) the  Total  Available  Funds (as
                                            defined   below)  plus  any  related
                                            Insured  Payments  actually  made by
                                            the   Insurer   minus  the   related
                                            Current Interest; and

                                            (b) the sum of:


                                       S-4

<PAGE>




                                            (A)      the Preference  Amount with
                                                     respect to  principal  owed
                                                     to the  Owners of the Notes
                                                     and     the     Class     A
                                                     Certificates  that  remains
                                                     unpaid  as of such  Payment
                                                     Date;

                                            (B)      all scheduled  installments
                                                     of    principal    actually
                                                     collected  or  advanced  by
                                                     the  Servicers  during  the
                                                     related  Remittance  Period
                                                     and     all     unscheduled
                                                     collections   of  principal
                                                     (other     than     Prepaid
                                                     Installments)      actually
                                                     collected by the  Servicers
                                                     during     the      related
                                                     Prepayment Period;

                                            (C)      the  principal  portion  of
                                                     the  Loan  Purchase   Price
                                                     with    respect   to   each
                                                     Mortgage   Loan   that  was
                                                     repurchased  on or prior to
                                                     the     related     Monthly
                                                     Remittance   Date,  to  the
                                                     extent   such   amount   is
                                                     actually  received  by  the
                                                     Trustee  on or prior to the
                                                     related Monthly  Remittance
                                                     Date;

                                            (D)      any  Substitution   Amounts
                                                     (i.e., the excess,  if any,
                                                     of the  Loan  Balance  of a
                                                     Mortgage     Loan     being
                                                     replaced      over      the
                                                     outstanding       principal
                                                     balance  of  a  replacement
                                                     Mortgage Loan) delivered on
                                                     the     related     Monthly
                                                     Remittance      Date     in
                                                     connection      with      a
                                                     substitution  of a Mortgage
                                                     Loan,  to the  extent  such
                                                     Substitution   Amounts  are
                                                     actually  received  by  the
                                                     Trustee  on or prior to the
                                                     related Monthly  Remittance
                                                     Date;

                                            (E)      all     Net     Liquidation
                                                     Proceeds actually collected
                                                     by   the   Servicers   with
                                                     respect  to  the   Mortgage
                                                     Loans  during  the  related
                                                     Prepayment  Period  (to the
                                                     extent such Net Liquidation
                                                     Proceeds   are  related  to
                                                     principal)  to  the  extent
                                                     such    Net     Liquidation
                                                     Proceeds    are    actually
                                                     received  by the Trustee on
                                                     or  prior  to  the  related
                                                     Monthly Remittance Date;

                                            (F)      any  moneys  released  from
                                                     the Pre-Funding  Account on
                                                     the   Payment   Date  which
                                                     immediately follows the end
                                                     of the Funding Period; and

                                            (G)      the portion of the proceeds
                                                     received   by  the  Trustee
                                                     upon   termination  of  the
                                                     Trust (to the  extent  such
                                                     proceeds      relate     to
                                                     principal).

                                    "Total  Available  Funds" as to any  Payment
                                    Date is (x) the  amount  on  deposit  in the
                                    Certificate  Account plus (y) any deposit to
                                    the Certificate  Account expected to be made
                                    on that  Payment  Date from the  Pre-Funding
                                    Account   and   the   Capitalized   Interest
                                    Account.

                                    The  "Note   Principal   Payment"  for  each
                                    Payment  Date is equal  to (i)  ____% of the
                                    Principal   Distribution   Amount  for  such
                                    Payment  Date  plus  (ii) the  amount of any
                                    Subordination   Increase   Amount  for  such
                                    Payment  Date less  (iii) the  amount of any
                                    Subordination   Reduction  Amount  for  such
                                    Payment Date.

                                    The "Class A Principal  Distribution Amount"
                                    for  each  Payment  Date  is  equal  to  the
                                    Principal   Distribution   Amount  for  such
                                    Payment Date less the sum of (i)

                                       S-5

<PAGE>


                                    the Note Principal  Payment for such Payment
                                    Date   and   (ii)   the    amount   of   any
                                    Subordination   Reduction  Amount  for  such
                                    Payment Date.

                                    The "Remittance  Period" with respect to any
                                    Monthly   Remittance   Date  is  the  period
                                    commencing  on the  second  day of the month
                                    preceding  the  month in which  the  Monthly
                                    Remittance  Date  occurs  and  ending on the
                                    first day of the month in which such Monthly
                                    Remittance    Date   occurs.    A   "Monthly
                                    Remittance  Date" is any date on which funds
                                    on deposit  in the  Principal  and  Interest
                                    Account  are  required to be remitted by the
                                    Servicers to the Certificate Account,  which
                                    is the  20th day of each  month,  or if such
                                    day  is  not  a  Business   Day,   the  next
                                    succeeding   Business  Day,   commencing  in
                                    __________,  199__.  The  Prepayment  Period
                                    with respect to any Monthly  Remittance Date
                                    is the period  commencing on the 16th day of
                                    the month  preceding  the month in which the
                                    Monthly Remittance Date occurs and ending on
                                    the  15th day of the  month  in  which  such
                                    Monthly  Remittance Date occurs (except that
                                    the first  Prepayment  Period shall commence
                                    on __________ 2, 199__ and end on __________
                                    15, 199__).

                                    "Preference   Amount"   means   any   amount
                                    previously distributed to an Owner on a Note
                                    or a Class A Certificate that is recoverable
                                    and  sought to be  recovered  as a  voidable
                                    preference by a trustee in bankruptcy  under
                                    the United States Bankruptcy Code as amended
                                    from  time to  time,  in  accordance  with a
                                    final  nonappealable order of a court having
                                    competent jurisdiction.

                                    A   "Subordination   Increase  Amount"  with
                                    respect  to a  Payment  Date  is the  amount
                                    required   to   reduce   the   Subordination
                                    Deficiency  Amount  (i.e.,  generally,   the
                                    excess,    if   any,   of   the    Specified
                                    Subordinated  Amount  over the  Subordinated
                                    Amount) to zero. A "Subordination  Reduction
                                    Amount"  with  respect to a Payment  Date is
                                    the  amount  required  to reduce  the Excess
                                    Subordinated  Amount (i.e.,  generally,  the
                                    excess,  if any, of the Subordinated  Amount
                                    over the Specified  Subordinated  Amount) to
                                    zero.   Subordination   Deficiency   Amount,
                                    Specified Subordinated Amount,  Subordinated
                                    Amount  and Excess  Subordinated  Amount are
                                    defined  in   "Description  of  the  Offered
                                    Securities--Overcollateralization Provisions
                                    --Overcollateralization    Resulting    from
                                    Cashflow Structure" herein.

Servicing:                          [Advanta,  Long Beach and  Option  One] will
                                    act  as  Servicers  under  the  Pooling  and
                                    Servicing Agreement with respect to Mortgage
                                    Loans  and  will  be  responsible   for  the
                                    servicing  of the  Mortgage  Loans  and will
                                    receive  from  interest   collected  on  the
                                    Mortgage  Loans a monthly  servicing  fee on
                                    each Mortgage Loan equal to the Loan Balance
                                    as  of  the   beginning   of   the   related
                                    Remittance    Period   multiplied   by   the
                                    applicable Servicing Fee Rate (such product,
                                    the "Servicing  Fee").  See "The Pooling and
                                    Servicing Agreement-- Servicing" herein.

                                    Each  Servicer  is  obligated  to make  cash
                                    advances   ("Advances")   with   respect  to
                                    delinquent  payments  of  principal  of  and
                                    interest on any Mortgage Loan serviced by it
                                    to the extent  described  in  "Servicing  of
                                    Mortgage    Loans--Advances"   herein.   The
                                    Trustee  will be  obligated  as a  successor
                                    servicer  to  make  any  such  Advance  if a
                                    Servicer  fails in its  obligation to do so,
                                    to the extent  provided  in the  Pooling and
                                    Servicing Agreement.

                                       S-6

<PAGE>


Credit Enhancement:                 The  Credit  Enhancement  provided  for  the
                                    benefit  of the  Owners of the Notes and the
                                    Class  A  Certificates  consists  of (x) the
                                    overcollateralization     mechanics    which
                                    utilize the internal cash flows of the Trust
                                    and (y) the  Insurance  Policy  (as  defined
                                    below).

                                    Overcollateralization.       The      credit
                                    enhancement  provisions  of the Trust result
                                    in  a  limited  acceleration  of  the  Notes
                                    relative to the  amortization of the related
                                    Mortgage  Loans until the required  level of
                                    overcollateralization    is   reached.   The
                                    accelerated  amortization is achieved by the
                                    application,  in certain  circumstances,  of
                                    excess interest and excess  principal to the
                                    payment  of  the  Notes.  This  acceleration
                                    feature creates overcollateralization (i.e.,
                                    the excess of the aggregate outstanding Loan
                                    Balance of the  Mortgage  Loans over the sum
                                    of the Note  Principal  Balance  and Class A
                                    Certificate  Principal  Balance).  Once  the
                                    required level of  overcollateralization  is
                                    reached,   and  subject  to  the  provisions
                                    described   in  the  next   paragraph,   the
                                    acceleration   feature  will  cease,   until
                                    necessary to maintain the required  level of
                                    overcollateralization.

                                    The  Indenture  provides  that,  subject  to
                                    certain  floors,  caps  and  triggers,   the
                                    required level of overcollateralization  may
                                    increase or decrease  over time. An increase
                                    would  result  in  a  temporary   period  of
                                    accelerated  amortization  of the  Notes  to
                                    increase     the     actual     level     of
                                    overcollateralization to its required level;
                                    a  decrease  would  result  in  a  temporary
                                    period of decelerated amortization to reduce
                                    the actual level of overcollateralization to
                                    its  required  level  and may  result  in no
                                    payments of principal being allocated to the
                                    Notes  or the  Class A  Certificates  during
                                    certain other periods.  See  "Description of
                                    the  Offered  Securities--Overcollateraliza-
                                    tion   Provisions"   herein.   Such   credit
                                    enhancement  provisions  also have an effect
                                    on the weighted  average  lives of the Notes
                                    and   the   Class   A   Certificates.    See
                                    "Prepayment   and   Yield    Considerations"
                                    herein.

                                    Insurance  Policy.   _______________________
                                    (the   "Insurer")  will  issue  a  Financial
                                    Guaranty  Insurance  Policy (the  "Insurance
                                    Policy")   pursuant   to   which   it   will
                                    irrevocably  and  unconditionally  guarantee
                                    payment   on  each   Payment   Date  to  the
                                    Indenture  Trustee of an amount equal to the
                                    Insured Distribution Amount for such Payment
                                    Date. The amount of the actual  payment,  if
                                    any, made by the Insurer under the Insurance
                                    Policy on each  Payment  Date (the  "Insured
                                    Payment") is the sum of (i) any shortfall in
                                    the amount required to pay the Subordination
                                    Deficit for such  Payment Date from a source
                                    other than the  Insurance  Policy,  (ii) any
                                    shortfall  in  the  amount  required  to pay
                                    Current  Interest for such Payment Date from
                                    a source other than the Insurance Policy and
                                    (iii) any  shortfall in the amount  required
                                    to  pay  the  Preference   Amount  for  such
                                    Payment  Date from a source  other  than the
                                    Insurance   Policy.   The   effect   of  the
                                    Insurance  Policy is to guarantee the timely
                                    payment of  interest  on,  and the  ultimate
                                    payment  of the  principal  amount  of,  the
                                    Notes and Class A Certificates;  however, so
                                    long as the Notes are  outstanding,  Insured
                                    Payments  with  respect  to a  Subordination
                                    Deficit will be applied to pay the principal
                                    of the  Notes.  No  payments  in  respect of
                                    principal  will be made under the  Insurance
                                    Policy   unless  a   Subordination   Deficit
                                    occurs.

                                    A "Subordination  Deficit" with respect to a
                                    Payment Date is the amount, if any, by which
                                    (x)  the  sum  of  (i)  the  Note  Principal
                                    Balance  and  (ii) the  Class A  Certificate
                                    Principal Balance, after taking into account
                                    all distributions to be made on such Payment
                                    Date,   exceeds  (y)  the  sum  of  (i)  the
                                    aggregate Loan

                                       S-7

<PAGE>




                                    Balances  of the  Mortgage  Loans  as of the
                                    close  of  business  on the  last day of the
                                    related   Prepayment  Period  and  (ii)  the
                                    amount,   if   any,   on   deposit   in  the
                                    Pre-Funding  Account  as  of  the  close  of
                                    business  on the  last  day  of the  related
                                    Remittance Period.

                                    Except  upon  the  occurrence  of a  Insurer
                                    Default, the Insurer shall have the right to
                                    exercise certain rights of the Owners of the
                                    Notes  and  the  Class  A  Certificates,  as
                                    specified  in the  Indenture  and the  Trust
                                    Agreement,   without  any  consent  of  such
                                    Owners;  and such Owners may  exercise  such
                                    rights only with the prior  written  consent
                                    of the  Insurer,  except as  provided in the
                                    Indenture and Trust Agreement.  In addition,
                                    to the extent of unreimbursed payments under
                                    the  Insurance  Policy,  the Insurer will be
                                    subrogated  to the  rights of the  Owners of
                                    the Notes and Class A Certificates  on which
                                    such   Insured   Payments   were  made.   In
                                    connection  with each  Insured  Payment on a
                                    Note or a Class A Certificate, the Indenture
                                    Trustee, as  attorney-in-fact  for the Owner
                                    thereof,  will be  required to assign to the
                                    Insurer   the  rights  of  such  Owner  with
                                    respect   to  the   Note  or  the   Class  A
                                    Certificate  to the  extent of such  Insured
                                    Payment.

                                    The Insurance  Policy does not guarantee any
                                    specified rate of prepayments,  nor does the
                                    Insurance Policy provide funds to redeem the
                                    Notes or the  Certificates  on any specified
                                    date.  The  Insurer's  obligation  under the
                                    Insurance  Policy will be  discharged to the
                                    extent  that  funds  are   received  by  the
                                    Indenture  Trustee for  distribution  to the
                                    Owners   of  the   Notes  or  the   Class  A
                                    Certificates.  See "The Insurance Policy and
                                    the Insurer" herein.

Pre-Funding Account:                On the Closing Date, the Original Pre-Funded
                                    Amount will be deposited in the  Pre-Funding
                                    Account  which  account  will be in the name
                                    of, and maintained by, the Indenture Trustee
                                    on behalf  of the Trust and used to  acquire
                                    Subsequent Mortgage Loans. During the period
                                    (the  "Funding  Period")  from and including
                                    the  Closing  Date until the  earlier of (i)
                                    the date on which the  amount on  deposit in
                                    the   Pre-Funding   Account   is  less  than
                                    $100,000 and (ii)  _________ __, 199__,  the
                                    Pre-Funded  Amount will be maintained in the
                                    Pre-Funding Account. The Original Pre-Funded
                                    Amount  will be reduced  during the  Funding
                                    Period  by  the  amount   thereof   used  to
                                    purchase   Subsequent   Mortgage   Loans  in
                                    accordance  with the Pooling  and  Servicing
                                    Agreement. The amount on deposit in the Pre-
                                    Funding   Account   at  any   time   is  the
                                    "Pre-Funded  Amount".   Subsequent  Mortgage
                                    Loans   purchased  on  any  date  (each,   a
                                    "Subsequent Transfer Date") must satisfy the
                                    criteria   set  forth  in  the  Pooling  and
                                    Servicing  Agreement.  Any Pre-Funded Amount
                                    remaining  at the end of the Funding  Period
                                    will be applied  to reduce  the  outstanding
                                    principal  amount of the Notes and the Class
                                    A  Certificates  on the  Payment  Date  that
                                    immediately  follows  the end of the Funding
                                    Period,   thus   resulting   in  a   partial
                                    principal  prepayment  of the  Notes and the
                                    Class A Certificates. All interest and other
                                    investment earnings on amounts on deposit in
                                    the Pre-Funding Account will be deposited in
                                    the Capitalized Interest Account.

                                    Although no  assurance  can be given,  it is
                                    intended  that  the   principal   amount  of
                                    Subsequent  Mortgage Loans sold to the Trust
                                    will require  application  of  substantially
                                    all the Original  Pre-Funded  Amount, and it
                                    is  not  intended  that  there  will  be any
                                    material amount of principal  prepaid to the
                                    Owners   of  the   Notes  and  the  Class  A
                                    Certificates  from the Pre-Funding  Account.
                                    If  the   Depositor   is   unable   to  sell
                                    Subsequent Mortgage Loans to the Trust in an

                                       S-8

<PAGE>




                                    amount  equal  to  the  Original  Pre-Funded
                                    Amount,  principal  prepayments to Owners of
                                    the Notes and the Class A Certificates  will
                                    occur no  later  than  the  Payment  Date in
                                    __________, 199__, in an amount equal to the
                                    Pre-Funded  Amount  remaining  at the end of
                                    the Funding Period.

Capitalized Interest Account:       On the Closing Date,  cash will be deposited
                                    in  a  trust   account   (the   "Capitalized
                                    Interest  Account")  in  the  name  of,  and
                                    maintained  by,  the  Indenture  Trustee  on
                                    behalf of the  Trust.  The amount on deposit
                                    in   the   Capitalized   Interest   Account,
                                    including  reinvestment income thereon, will
                                    be used by the Indenture Trustee to fund the
                                    excess,   if  any,  of  (i)  the  amount  of
                                    interest accruing during the related Accrual
                                    Period at the Class A  Pass-Through  Rate on
                                    the  amount by which the sum of (i) the Note
                                    Principal  Balance  and  (ii)  the  Class  A
                                    Certificate  Principal  Balance  exceeds the
                                    aggregate Loan Balance of the Mortgage Loans
                                    plus the Trustee and Insurer  fees  accruing
                                    during the  related  Accrual  Period on such
                                    excess  balance  over (ii) the amount of any
                                    reinvestment  income on monies on deposit in
                                    the  Pre-Funding  Account;  such  amounts on
                                    deposit will be so applied by the Trustee on
                                    each Payment  Date in the Funding  Period to
                                    fund  such  excess,   if  any.  Any  amounts
                                    remaining   in  the   Capitalized   Interest
                                    Account not needed for such  purpose will be
                                    paid  to the  Depositor  at  the  end of the
                                    Funding Period.

Optional Termination:               The Owners of Subordinated Certificates will
                                    have the right to purchase  all the Mortgage
                                    Loans on any Monthly  Remittance  Date after
                                    the  Clean-Up  Call Date.  If such Owners do
                                    not exercise such right,  the Servicers will
                                    also  have  the  right,   collectively,   to
                                    purchase  all the  Mortgage  Loans  they are
                                    servicing  on any  Remittance  Date when the
                                    outstanding  Class A  Certificate  Principal
                                    Balance  has  declined  to 5% or less of the
                                    original   Class  A  Certificate   Principal
                                    Balance.  Any such purchase by the Servicers
                                    will be  required  to be  made  on the  same
                                    Remittance  Date, so that the Trust would be
                                    liquidated  on the next  succeeding  Payment
                                    Date.   See  "The   Pooling  and   Servicing
                                    Agreement--Optional Termination" herein.

Book-Entry Registration:            The Notes and the Class A Certificates  will
                                    initially  be  issued  in  book-entry  form.
                                    Persons   acquiring   beneficial   ownership
                                    interests  in Notes or Class A  Certificates
                                    ("Beneficial  Owners")  may  elect  to  hold
                                    their interests through The Depository Trust
                                    Company  ("DTC"),  in the United States,  or
                                    Centrale de Livraison de Valeurs Mobilieres,
                                    S.A.   ("CEDEL")  or  the  Euroclear  System
                                    ("Euroclear"),  in Europe.  Transfers within
                                    DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear, as the case may be,
                                    will be in  accordance  with the usual rules
                                    and  operating  procedures  of the  relevant
                                    system.  So long  as the  Notes  or  Class A
                                    Certificates  are Book-  Entry  Certificates
                                    (as defined herein),  they will be evidenced
                                    by  one  or  more   Notes  or   Certificates
                                    registered   in  the  name  of  Cede  &  Co.
                                    ("Cede"),  as the  nominee  of DTC or one of
                                    the  European  Depositories.   Cross  market
                                    transfers  between persons holding  directly
                                    or indirectly  through DTC, on the one hand,
                                    and   counterparties   holding  directly  or
                                    indirectly  through CEDEL or  Euroclear,  on
                                    the other,  will be  effected by DTC through
                                    Citibank   N.A.   ("Citibank")   or   Morgan
                                    Guaranty   Trust   Company   of   New   York
                                    ("Morgan",  and together with Citibank,  the
                                    "European   Depositories"),   the   relevant
                                    depositaries   of   CEDEL   and   Euroclear,
                                    respectively,   and  each  a   participating
                                    member  of DTC.  The  Notes  and the Class A
                                    Certificates will initially be registered in
                                    the  name  of  Cede.  The  interests  of the
                                    Owners   thereof  will  be   represented  by
                                    book-entries  on  the  records  of  DTC  and
                                    participating members thereof. No Beneficial
                                    Owner will

                                       S-9

<PAGE>
                                    be entitled to receive a definitive  note or
                                    certificate   representing   such   person's
                                    interest,   except   in   the   event   that
                                    Definitive  Notes or Certificates are issued
                                    under the  limited  circumstances  described
                                    herein.  All  references in this  Prospectus
                                    Supplement   to  the  rights  of  Beneficial
                                    Owners  reflect  only as such  rights may be
                                    exercised  through DTC and its participating
                                    organizations  for so long as the  Notes  or
                                    Class A  Certificates  are held by DTC.  See
                                    "Book-Entry  Registration" herein, and Annex
                                    I   hereto,    and   "Description   of   the
                                    Securities--Book-Entry  Registration" in the
                                    Prospectus.

Ratings:                            It is a condition of issuance of the Offered
                                    Securities   that  the  Offered   Securities
                                    receive  ratings  of  "AAA"  by  Standard  &
                                    Poor's,   a  Division  of  The  McGraw  Hill
                                    Companies,  Inc. ("Standard & Poor's"),  and
                                    "Aaa"   by   Moody's    Investors    Service
                                    ("Moody's").  Standard & Poor's and  Moody's
                                    are referred to herein  collectively  as the
                                    "Rating  Agencies." A security rating is not
                                    a  recommendation   to  buy,  sell  or  hold
                                    securities,  and may be subject to  revision
                                    or  withdrawal  at any time by the assigning
                                    entity.    See    "Prepayment    and   Yield
                                    Considerations" and "Ratings" herein.

Risk Factors:                       Credit Considerations.  For information with
                                    regard  to  the  Mortgage  Loans  and  their
                                    related risks,  see "Risk  Factors--Risk  of
                                    Higher    Delinquencies    Associated   with
                                    Guidelines"  and "The  Mortgage  Loan  Pool"
                                    herein.

                                    Prepayment  Considerations.  For information
                                    regarding the consequences of prepayments of
                                    the Mortgage Loans and of the failure of the
                                    Depositor  to convey to the Trust during the
                                    Funding Period Subsequent  Mortgage Loans in
                                    an amount equal to the  Original  Pre-Funded
                                    Amount,    see    "Prepayment    and   Yield
                                    Considerations"           and          "Risk
                                    Factors--Sensitivity   to  Prepayments"  and
                                    "--The  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans  and the
                                    Pre-Funding Account" herein.

                                    Other  Considerations.  For a discussion  of
                                    other risk factors that should be considered
                                    by prospective investors, see "Risk Factors"
                                    herein and in the Prospectus.

Federal Tax Aspects:                In the  opinion  of Arter & Hadden,  (i) the
                                    Trust will not be treated as an  association
                                    taxable as a  corporation  or as a "publicly
                                    traded partnership" taxable as a corporation
                                    and (ii) the Notes  will be treated as debt.
                                    The Depositors,  the Seller and the Servicer
                                    have  agreed,  and by the  purchase of Notes
                                    and the Class A Certificates,  the Owners of
                                    the Notes and the Class A Certificates  will
                                    agree,  to treat the Trust as a  partnership
                                    for  purposes  of Federal  and state  income
                                    taxes,  with the partners of the partnership
                                    being the Owners of Class A Certificate  and
                                    the Subordinated Certificates.  See "Certain
                                    Federal Income Tax Consequences"  herein and
                                    in the Prospectus.

                                    The  Notes  may be  considered  to have been
                                    issued with original  issue discount or at a
                                    premium.  Any such original  issue  discount
                                    will  be  includable  in the  income  of the
                                    Owner as it  accrues  under a method  taking
                                    into account the compounding of interest and
                                    using   the   Prepayment   Assumption.   See
                                    "Prepayment  and Yield  Considerations"  and
                                    "Certain  Federal  Income Tax  Consequences"
                                    herein.  Premium  may be  deductible  by the
                                    Owner either as it accrues or when principal
                                    is received. No representation is made as to
                                    whether  the  Mortgage  Loans will prepay in
                                    accordance  with the Prepayment  Assumption,
                                    or any other  rate.  The  Notes  will not be
                                    treated as qualifying real property

                                      S-10

<PAGE>

                                    loans  within the  meaning  of Code  section
                                    593(d)(1)   or  assets   described  in  Code
                                    section  7701(a)(19)(C),  and probably  will
                                    not  be  treated  as  "real  estate  assets"
                                    within   the   meaning   of   Code   section
                                    856(c)(6)(B).  Income derived from the Notes
                                    probably will not be treated as "interest on
                                    obligations  secured  by  mortgages  on real
                                    property or on interests  in real  property"
                                    within   the   meaning   of   Code   section
                                    856(c)(3)(B).

                                    For any Owner of Class A  Certificates  that
                                    is a "real estate  investment  trust" within
                                    the meaning of Code section 856, the Class A
                                    Certificates will be treated as "real estate
                                    assets"  within the meaning of Code  section
                                    856(c)(6)(B).    No   comparable   authority
                                    exists,  however,  that would allow a thrift
                                    institution  that  is an  Owner  of  Class A
                                    Certificates    to   treat   the   Class   A
                                    Certificates  as  qualifying  real  property
                                    loans  within the  meaning  of Code  section
                                    593(d)(1)   or  assets   described  in  Code
                                    section  7701(a)(19)(C).   If  the  Class  A
                                    Certificates  were treated as  indebtedness,
                                    the  Class  A  Certificates   would  not  be
                                    treated as qualifying  real  property  loans
                                    within the meaning of Code section 593(d)(1)
                                    and  assets   described   in  Code   section
                                    7701(a)(19)(C)  and  probably  would  not be
                                    treated as "real estate  assets"  within the
                                    meaning  of Code  section  856(c)(6)(B).  In
                                    addition,  in that case, income derived from
                                    the Class A Certificates  probably would not
                                    be  treated  as  "interest  on   obligations
                                    secured by mortgages on real  property or on
                                    interests  in  real  property"   within  the
                                    meaning of Code  section  856(c)(3)(B).  See
                                    "Certain  Federal  Income Tax  Consequences"
                                    herein and in the Prospectus.

ERISA Considerations:               A fiduciary of any employee  benefit plan or
                                    other retirement  arrangement subject to the
                                    Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of
                                    1974, as amended ("ERISA"),  or Section 4975
                                    of  the  Code  (a  "Plan")   should   review
                                    carefully  with its legal  advisors  whether
                                    the  purchase  or  holding  of  the  Offered
                                    Securities  could give rise to a transaction
                                    that  is  prohibited  or  is  not  otherwise
                                    permitted either under ERISA or Section 4975
                                    of the  Code or  whether  there  exists  any
                                    statutory   or   administrative    exemption
                                    applicable to an investment therein.

                                    The U.S.  Department  of Labor has issued to
                                    the   Underwriters   individual   prohibited
                                    transaction   exemptions   which   generally
                                    exempt  from the  application  of certain of
                                    the  prohibited  transaction  provisions  of
                                    Section  406 of ERISA and the  excise  taxes
                                    imposed on such  prohibited  transactions by
                                    Sections   4975(a)   and  (b)  of  the  Code
                                    transactions relating to the purchase,  sale
                                    and  holding  of  pass-through  certificates
                                    underwritten  by the  Underwriters  and  the
                                    servicing  and  operation  of related  asset
                                    pools,  provided that certain conditions are
                                    satisfied.

                                    A  fiduciary  of a Plan  should  review  the
                                    sections entitled "ERISA  Considerations" in
                                    the  Prospectus  and  this   Supplement  and
                                    consider the issues discussed  therein,  and
                                    should consult with its legal advisors prior
                                    to  making  an  investment  in the  Class  A
                                    Certificates.

Legal Investment
  Considerations:                   The  Offered   Securities   will  constitute
                                    "mortgage  related  securities" for purposes
                                    of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement
                                    Act of  1984  ("SMMEA")  for so long as they
                                    are rated in one of the two  highest  rating
                                    categories   by  one  or   more   nationally
                                    recognized statistical rating organizations.
                                    As  such,  the  Offered  Securities  will be
                                    legal  investments  for certain  entities to
                                    the  extent  provided  in SMMEA,  subject to
                                    state laws  overriding  SMMEA.  In addition,
                                    institutions

                                      S-11

<PAGE>




                                    whose  investment  activities are subject to
                                    review  by  federal   or  state   regulatory
                                    authorities  may be or may become subject to
                                    restrictions,  which  may  be  retroactively
                                    imposed by such regulatory  authorities,  on
                                    the  investment  by  such   institutions  in
                                    certain    forms   of    mortgage    related
                                    securities. Furthermore, certain states have
                                    enacted  legislation  overriding  the  legal
                                    investment provisions of SMMEA. In addition,
                                    institutions whose activities are subject to
                                    review  by  federal   or  state   regulatory
                                    authorities  may be or may become subject to
                                    restrictions,  which  may  be  retroactively
                                    imposed by such regulatory  authorities,  on
                                    the  investment  by  such   institutions  in
                                    certain    forms   of    mortgage    related
                                    securities.


                                      S-12

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

         Prospective  investors in the Offered  Securities  should  consider the
following  risk  factors  (as well as the risk  factors  set forth  under  "Risk
Factors" in the Prospectus).

         Subordination  of Class A  Certificates.  Distributions  on the Class A
Certificates,   which  represent   equity  in  the  assets  of  the  Trust,  are
subordinated  to  payments  on the Notes.  If on any  Payment  Date,  the credit
enhancement  provided  by the  Insurance  Policy is  unavailable  and the amount
available  for  payment  to the  Owners of Notes and  Class A  Certificates,  is
insufficient to pay the Note Amount and the Class A Distribution Amount for such
Payment  Date,  the  rights  of  the  Owners  of  the  Certificates  to  receive
distributions  on account of the Class A Certificates  are  subordinated  to the
rights of the Owners of the Notes to be paid the Note Amount in full.

         Sensitivity  to  Prepayments.  ____% of the  Mortgage  Loans may not be
prepaid in whole or,  above a certain  percentage,  in part at any time  without
penalty.  See "The  Portfolio  of Mortgage  Loans--Prepayment  Penalties"  for a
description of prepayment penalty  provisions  applicable to the Mortgage Loans.
In addition, all the Mortgage Loans contain due-on-sale provisions which, to the
extent  enforced by the  Servicer,  will result in  prepayment  of such Mortgage
Loans.  See  "Prepayment  and Yield  Considerations"  herein and "Certain  Legal
Aspects  of  Mortgage  Assets--Enforceability  of  Certain  Provisions"  in  the
Prospectus. The rate of prepayments on fixed rate mortgage loans is sensitive to
prevailing  interest  rates.   Generally,  if  prevailing  interest  rates  fall
significantly  below the interest  rates on the Mortgage  Loans,  such loans are
likely to be subject to higher  prepayment rates than if prevailing rates remain
at or above the interest rates on the Mortgage Loans. Conversely,  if prevailing
interest  rates rise  significantly  above the  interest  rates on the  Mortgage
Loans,  the rate of prepayments  is likely to decrease.  The average life of the
Notes and the Class A  Certificates,  and, if  purchased  at other than par, the
yields  realized  by Owners of the Notes and the Class A  Certificates,  will be
sensitive to levels of payment  (including  prepayments (the  "Prepayments")) on
the Mortgage  Loans.  In general,  the yield on a Notes or a Class A Certificate
that is purchased at a premium from the  outstanding  principal  amount  thereof
will be adversely  affected by a higher than anticipated level of Prepayments of
the Mortgage Loans and enhanced by a lower than anticipated  level.  Conversely,
the yield on a Note or a Class A  Certificate  that is  purchased  at a discount
from the outstanding  principal amount thereof will be enhanced by a higher than
anticipated  level  of  Prepayments  and  adversely  affected  by a  lower  than
anticipated level. See "Prepayment and Yield Considerations" herein.

         The  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans and the  Pre-Funding  Account.  If the
principal  amount of eligible  Subsequent  Mortgage Loans  available  during the
Funding  Period and sold by the  Depositor to the Trust is less than 100% of the
Original Pre-Funded Amount, a prepayment of principal to Owners of the Notes and
the Class A Certificates will occur as described herein.  See "Social,  Economic
and Other Factors"  below.  In addition,  any conveyance of Subsequent  Mortgage
Loans is  subject  to the  following  conditions,  among  others:  (i) each such
Subsequent  Mortgage  Loan  must  satisfy  the  representations  and  warranties
specified in the agreement pursuant to which such Subsequent  Mortgage Loans are
transferred  to the Trust (each a "Subsequent  Transfer  Agreement")  and in the
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement;  (ii) the  Depositor  will not  select  such
Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans in a  manner  that it  believes  is  adverse  to the
interest of the Owners of the Notes and the Class A Certificates or the Insurer;
(iii) the Depositor will deliver certain opinions of counsel with respect to the
validity of the conveyance of such  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans;  and (iv) as of
each cut-off date (each, a "Subsequent  Cut-Off Date") applicable  thereto,  the
Mortgage  Loans,  including the Subsequent  Mortgage Loans to be conveyed by the
Depositor  as of such  Subsequent  Cut-Off  Date,  will satisfy the criteria set
forth in the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  as described  herein under "The
Mortgage Loan Pool--Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans."

         To the extent that amounts on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account have
not been fully applied to the purchase of Subsequent Mortgage Loans by the Trust
by the end of the  Funding  Period,  the  Owners  of the  Notes  and the Class A
Certificates  will receive a  prepayment  of principal in an amount equal to the
Pre-Funded Amount remaining in the Pre-Funding Account on the first Payment Date
following the end of the Funding Period (in no event later than the ____________
Payment Date).  Although no assurances can be given, the Depositor  expects that
the principal amount of Subsequent Mortgage Loans sold to the Trust will require
the  application  of  substantially  all  amounts on deposit in the  Pre-Funding
Account and that there will be no material principal prepayment to the Owners of
Notes and the Class A Certificates from the Pre-Funding Account.

                                      S-13

<PAGE>


         Each  Subsequent  Mortgage Loan must satisfy the  eligibility  criteria
referred to above at the time of its addition.  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans may,
however,  have been  originated  or  purchased  by the  Depositor  using  credit
criteria  different from those which were applied to the Initial  Mortgage Loans
and may be of a different credit quality.  Therefore,  following the transfer of
Subsequent  Mortgage Loans, the aggregate  characteristics of the Mortgage Loans
may vary from  those of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans.  See "The  Mortgage  Loan
Pool--Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans."

         Social,  Economic and Other Factors. The ability of the Trust to invest
in Subsequent Mortgage Loans is largely dependent upon the ability of the Seller
to purchase  additional  mortgage  loans.  _______________  has  entered  into a
forward  commitment  with the  Seller to sell on or prior to  __________,  199__
sufficient  mortgage loans to satisfy the full Pre-Funded Amount.  However,  the
ability of ___________ to originate or purchase additional mortgage loans may be
affected  as a result of a variety  of social  and  economic  factors.  Economic
factors include interest rates,  unemployment  levels, the rate of inflation and
consumer perception of economic conditions generally. The Depositor is unable to
determine  and has no basis to predict  whether or to what  extent  economic  or
social  factors  will  affect  the  originator's  origination  ability  and  the
availability of Subsequent Mortgage Loans.

         Risk of Higher Delinquencies Associated with Guidelines. The Servicer's
Guidelines   (as   described   herein   under   "The   Portfolio   of   Mortgage
Loans--Guidelines") are intended to assess the credit quality of a mortgagor and
the  value of the  mortgaged  property  and to  evaluate  the  adequacy  of such
property as collateral  for the mortgage  loan.  The  Originators  provide loans
primarily  to  mortgagors  who do not qualify for loans  conforming  to FNMA and
FHLMC  guidelines  but who also  have  substantial  equity  in  their  property.
Furthermore,  the  Originators'  Guidelines  do not  prohibit  a  borrower  from
obtaining  secondary  financing at the time of origination  of the  Originator's
first lien, which financing would reduce the equity the borrower would otherwise
have in the related  mortgaged  property  that is indicated in the  Originators'
loan-to-value determination.

         As a result  of the  Guidelines,  the  Mortgage  Loans  are  likely  to
experience rates of delinquency, foreclosure and bankruptcy that are higher, and
that may be  substantially  higher,  than those  experienced  by mortgage  loans
underwritten to FNMA and FHLMC conforming  guidelines.  Furthermore,  changes in
the values of Mortgaged Properties may have a greater effect on the delinquency,
foreclosure,  bankruptcy  and loss  experience  of the  Mortgage  Loans  than on
mortgage  loans  originated in a more  traditional  manner.  No assurance can be
given that the values of the Mortgaged  Properties  have remained or will remain
at the  levels in effect on the dates of  origination  of the  related  Mortgage
Loans.

         Other Legal  Considerations.  Applicable state laws generally  regulate
interest  rates and other  charges,  require  certain  disclosure,  and  require
licensing of the Originators.  In addition,  other state laws, public policy and
general principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers, unfair and
deceptive practices and debt collection  practices may apply to the origination,
servicing and collection of the Mortgage Loans.  The related  Originator will be
required to repurchase any Mortgage Loans which, at the time of origination, did
not comply with applicable federal and state laws and regulations.  Depending on
the provisions of the  applicable  law and the specific facts and  circumstances
involved,  violations  of these  laws,  policies  and  principles  may limit the
ability of the  Servicers to collect all or part of the principal of or interest
on the  Mortgage  Loans,  may  entitle  the  Mortgagor  to a refund  of  amounts
previously paid and, in addition, could subject the Seller, the Servicers or the
related Originator to damages and administrative enforcement. See "Certain Legal
Aspects of Mortgage Assets" in the Prospectus.

         The Mortgage Loans are also subject to federal laws, including:

                  (i)  the  Federal  Truth  in  Lending  Act  and  Regulation  Z
         promulgated  thereunder,  which  require  certain  disclosures  to  the
         Mortgagors regarding the terms of the Mortgage Loans;

                  (ii)  the  Equal  Credit  Opportunity  Act  and  Regulation  B
         promulgated  thereunder,  which prohibit discrimination on the basis of
         age, race,  color,  sex,  religion,  marital status,  national  origin,
         receipt of public  assistance  or the  exercise  of any right under the
         Consumer Credit Protection Act, in the extension of credit; and

                                      S-14

<PAGE>


                  (iii) the Fair Credit  Reporting Act, which  regulates the use
         and  reporting  of  information   related  to  the  Mortgagor's  credit
         experience.

Violations of certain  provisions of these federal laws may limit the ability of
the related  Servicer to collect all or part of the  principal of or interest on
the Mortgage Loans and in addition could subject the Originators,  the Seller or
the Servicers to damages and administrative enforcement. The Originators will be
required to repurchase any Mortgage Loans which, at the time of origination, did
not comply with such federal laws or regulations.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Mortgage Assets" in the Prospectus.

         The federal  Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940 may affect
the  ability of the  related  Servicer  to collect  full  amounts of interest on
certain  Mortgage  Loans and could  interfere  with the  ability of the  related
Servicer to foreclose on certain  properties.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Mortgage  Assets--Soldiers'  and  Sailors'  Civil  Relief  Act of  1940"  in the
Prospectus.

         Risk of Seller Insolvency. The Seller believes that the transfer of the
Mortgage Loans to the Depositor and by the Depositor to the Trust  constitutes a
sale by the  Seller to the  Depositor  and by the  Depositor  to the Trust  and,
accordingly,  that such  Mortgage  Loans  will not be part of the  assets of the
Seller in the event of the insolvency of the Seller and will not be available to
the  creditors  of the  Seller.  In the event of an  insolvency  of the  Seller,
however,  it is possible  that a bankruptcy  trustee or a creditor of the Seller
may argue that the transaction between the Seller and the Depositor was a pledge
of such Mortgage Loans in connection  with a borrowing by the Seller rather than
a true sale. Such an attempt,  even if  unsuccessful,  could result in delays in
distributions on the Certificates.

         On the Closing  Date,  the Trustee and the Seller will have received an
opinion of Arter & Hadden,  counsel to the Seller, with respect to the true sale
of the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans from the Seller to the  Depositor  and from the
Depositor to the Trustee, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, the
Insurer and the Rating Agencies.

         Risk of Higher Default Rates  Associated with California Real Property.
Because  _____% by  principal  amount of the  Mortgaged  Properties  relating to
Initial  Mortgage  Loans are  located  in the State of  California,  an  overall
decline in the related  residential  real estate markets could adversely  affect
the values of the Mortgaged  Properties securing such Mortgage Loans causing the
Loan Balances of the related Mortgage Loans to equal or exceed the value of such
Mortgaged Properties.

         The standard hazard  insurance  policy required to be maintained  under
the terms of each Mortgage Loan does not insure against  physical damage arising
from earth  movement  (including  earthquakes,  landslides  and  mudflows).  See
"Servicing of Mortgage Loans and  Contracts--Standard  Hazard  Insurance" in the
Prospectus.

         Risk  Associated  with  the  Insurer.  If the  protection  afforded  by
overcollateralization   is  insufficient  and  if,  upon  the  occurrence  of  a
Subordination  Deficit,  the Insurer is unable to meet its obligations under the
Insurance  Policy,  then the Owners of the Notes and Class A Certificates  could
experience a loss on their investment.


                         THE PORTFOLIO OF MORTGAGE LOANS

General

         The Mortgage Loan Pool primarily  includes newly originated loans which
were purchased by the Depositor from the Seller,  which acquired such loans from
the related  Originators  or another party who purchased the loans directly from
the related Originator.

         Each Originator and other party from whom the Seller purchased Mortgage
Loans has made certain  representations  and warranties with respect to Mortgage
Loans originated or sold by it, as specified  below,  and, upon a breach of such
representations and warranties occurring after sale of the related Mortgage Loan
to the Trust, may be required to repurchase such Mortgage Loan from the Trust.

                                      S-15

<PAGE>




Guidelines

         The  information  set  forth  below  with  regard  to the  Originators'
guidelines has been provided to the Depositor by the related Originator. Neither
the  Depositor,  the  Seller,  the  Underwriters  nor  any of  their  respective
affiliates have made any independent investigation of such information,  nor has
either Originator made any such  investigation with respect to information about
the other Originator's guidelines.

         Long Beach Originated Mortgage Loans

         Mortgage  Loans  originated by Long Beach (the "Long Beach Loans") were
originated generally in accordance with guidelines (the "Long Beach Guidelines")
established  by Long Beach's  underwriting  department  (or that of Long Beach's
predecessor in interest,  Long Beach Bank,  F.S.B.) under Long Beach's  "B-1st,"
"B-1st Fast Trac," "B-1st  QuickCredit," "B-1st QuickCredit Fast Trac" or "B-1st
Stated  Income"  residential  loan  programs (the "Long Beach  Programs").  Long
Beach's  Guidelines are primarily intended to evaluate the value and adequacy of
the  mortgaged  property as  collateral  and are also  intended to consider  the
mortgagor's credit standing and repayment  ability.  On a case-by-case basis and
only with the approval of two or more senior  lending  officers,  Long Beach may
determine that, based upon  compensating  factors,  a prospective  mortgagor not
strictly  qualifying under the underwriting risk category  guidelines  described
below warrants an underwriting exception.  Compensating factors may include, but
are not limited to, low  loan-to-value  ratio, low  debt-to-income  ratio,  good
credit  history,  stable  employment  and time in residence  at the  applicant's
current address.  It is expected that a substantial number of the Mortgage Loans
to be included in the Mortgage Pool will represent such underwriting exceptions.

         Under the Long Beach  Programs,  the  underwriting  department  of Long
Beach or of the originator reviews and verifies the loan applicant's  sources of
income (except under the B-1st Stated Income program),  calculates the amount of
income from all such  sources  indicated  on the loan  application,  reviews the
credit  history of the  applicant and  calculates  the  debt-to-income  ratio to
determine the  applicant's  ability to repay the loan, and reviews the mortgaged
property  for  compliance  with  the  Long  Beach  Guidelines.  The  Long  Beach
Guidelines  are applied in  accordance  with a  procedure  which  complies  with
applicable  federal and state laws and regulations and requires (i) an appraisal
of the mortgaged  property which conforms to FHLMC and FNMA standards and (ii) a
review of such  appraisal,  which  review may be conducted by a Long Beach staff
appraiser or representative  and,  depending upon the original principal balance
and loan-to-value  ratio of the mortgaged  property may include a desk review of
the original appraisal or a drive-by review appraisal of the mortgaged property.
The Long Beach Guidelines permit  single-family loans with loan-to-value  ratios
at  origination  of up to 90% (70%  under  the  B-1st  Stated  Income  program),
depending  on the  type and use of the  property,  the  creditworthiness  of the
mortgagor and the debt-to-  income ratio.  Under the B-1st program,  the maximum
combined  loan-to-value  ratio for purchase money mortgage loans,  including any
second deeds of trust subordinate to Long Beach's first deed of trust, is 90%.

         All the Mortgage Loans  originated in the Long Beach Programs are based
on loan application  packages submitted through mortgage brokerage  companies or
at Long Beach's  retail  branches or are  purchased  from  approved  originators
pursuant  to the  Long  Beach  Guidelines  described  herein.  Loan  application
packages submitted through mortgage brokerage companies, containing in each case
relevant credit, property and underwriting  information on the loan request, are
compiled by the  applicable  mortgage  brokerage  company and  submitted to Long
Beach for approval  and funding.  The  mortgage  brokerage  companies  receive a
portion of the loan  origination  fee charged to the  mortgagor  at the time the
loan is made. No single mortgage  brokerage  company  accounts for more than 5%,
measured by outstanding  principal balance, of the single-family  mortgage loans
originated by Long Beach.

         Each  prospective  mortgagor  completes an  application  which includes
information with respect to the applicant's liabilities,  income, credit history
and  employment  history,  as well as certain other personal  information.  Long
Beach  requires  a credit  report  on each  applicant  from a  credit  reporting
company.  The  applicant  must provide to Long Beach or the  originator a letter
explaining all late payments on mortgage debt and,  generally,  consumer  (i.e.,
non-mortgage) debt. The report typically contains  information  relating to such
matters  as credit  history  with  local and  national  merchants  and  lenders,
installment debt payments and any record of defaults, bankruptcy,  repossession,
suits or  judgments.  Under the B-1st  program,  self-employed  individuals  are
generally  required to submit their two most recent  federal income tax returns.
As part of its quality control system, Long Beach

                                      S-16

<PAGE>



reverifies  information  with  respect to the  foregoing  matters  that has been
provided  by the  mortgage  brokerage  company  prior  to  funding  a  loan  and
periodically  audits  files  based on a random  sample of closed  loans.  In the
course of its  pre-funding  audit,  Long  Beach  reverifies  the  income of each
mortgagor or, for a self-employed  individual,  reviews the income documentation
obtained  pursuant to the Long Beach  Guidelines  (except under the B-1st Stated
Income  program).  If the  loan-to-value  ratio is greater than 70%,  Long Beach
generally verifies the source of funds for the down payment; Long Beach does not
verify the source of funds if the loan-to-value ratio is 70% or less.

         Mortgaged  properties  that are to secure  mortgage loans  underwritten
under the Long Beach Programs are appraised by qualified independent  appraisers
who are  approved  by Long  Beach's  internal  chief  appraiser.  In most cases,
below-average   properties   (including   properties  requiring  major  deferred
maintenance) are not acceptable as security for Long Beach mortgage loans in the
Long Beach  Programs.  Each  appraisal  includes a market data analysis based on
recent sales of  comparable  homes in the area and,  where  deemed  appropriate,
replacement  cost analysis  based on the current cost of  constructing a similar
home.  Except with respect to purchase money mortgage loans,  every  independent
appraisal is reviewed by a Long Beach staff appraiser or  representative  before
the  loan  is  funded,  and a  drive-by  appraisal  is  generally  performed  in
connection with loan amounts over $200,000 for properties  located in California
or in excess of other loan amounts  established for each State.  With respect to
purchase money  mortgage  loans,  an independent  appraisal may be reviewed by a
Long Beach staff appraiser or representative.

         The Long  Beach  Guidelines  are  less  stringent  than  the  standards
generally  acceptable  to FNMA and FHLMC with regard to the  mortgagor's  credit
standing and  repayment  ability.  Mortgagors  who qualify  under the Long Beach
Programs  generally  have  payment  histories  and debt  ratios  which would not
satisfy FNMA and FHLMC  underwriting  guidelines  and may have a record of major
derogatory credit items such as outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies. The
Long Beach Guidelines  establish the maximum permitted  loan-to-value  ratio for
each loan type based upon these and other risk factors.

         The B-1st  QuickCredit and B-1st QuickCredit Fast Trac residential loan
programs  are  alternative  risk  grading  programs  whereby  the  various  risk
categories are assigned in a manner similar to that used for the B-1st and B-1st
Fast Trac loan  programs  except  that  consumer  credit  history is not used to
determine  the  appropriate  risk  grading.  As in the B-1st and B-1st Fast Trac
residential loan programs, the B-1st QuickCredit and B-1st QuickCredit Fast Trac
residential  loan  programs  use  consumer  credit to  determine  debt-to-income
ratios.  Maximum  loan-to-value  ratios and maximum loan  amounts are  generally
lower under the B-1st  QuickCredit and B-1st  QuickCredit  Fast Trac residential
loan  programs  than  those  permitted  under  the  B-1st  or  B-1st  Fast  Trac
residential  loan  programs,  respectively.  In general,  the B-1st  QuickCredit
residential loan program is similar to the B-1st residential loan program except
that the B-1st  QuickCredit  residential loan program does not consider consumer
credit history,  requires lower maximum  loan-to-value ratios and requires lower
maximum loan amounts.  In most other  respects,  the  requirements  of the B-1st
QuickCredit  and the B-1st  QuickCredit  Fast  Trac  residential  loan  programs
correspond to the requirements of the B-1st and B-1st Fast Trac residential loan
programs, respectively.

         Under the B-1st Stated Income residential loan program, the mortgagor's
employment and income sources must be stated on the mortgagor's application. The
mortgagor's  income as stated must be reasonable for the related  occupation and
such  determination as to  reasonableness  is subject to the loan  underwriter's
discretion.  However, the mortgagor's income as stated on the application is not
independently  verified.  Verification  of  employment  is required for salaried
mortgagors  only.  Maximum  loan-to-value  ratios are generally  lower under the
B-1st Stated  Income  residential  loan program than those  permitted  under the
B-1st  residential  loan program.  Except as otherwise  stated  above,  the same
mortgage credit, consumer credit and collateral property underwriting guidelines
apply to the B-1st Stated Income  residential loan program as apply to the B-1st
residential loan program.

         Long Beach requires  title  insurance on all mortgage loans in the Long
Beach Programs secured by liens on real property.  Long Beach also requires that
fire and  extended  coverage  casualty  insurance be  maintained  on the secured
property  in an amount at least  equal to the  principal  balance of the related
single-family loan or the replacement cost of the property, whichever is less.

                                      S-17

<PAGE>


         Under the Long Beach  Programs,  various  risk  categories  are used to
grade the likelihood that the mortgagor will satisfy the repayment conditions of
the  mortgage  loan.  These risk  categories  establish  the  maximum  permitted
loan-to-value ratio and loan amount, given the occupancy status of the mortgaged
property and the mortgagor's  credit history and debt ratio. In general,  higher
credit risk  mortgage  loans are graded in  categories  which permit higher debt
ratios  and  more  (or  more  recent)  major  derogatory  credit  items  such as
outstanding  judgments or prior bankruptcies;  however,  the Long Beach Programs
establish lower maximum  loan-to-value ratios and maximum loan amounts for loans
graded in such categories.

         The Long Beach  Guidelines  have the following  categories and criteria
for  grading  the  potential  likelihood  that an  applicant  will  satisfy  the
repayment obligations of a mortgage loan:

                  "Ambassador;"  Credit Grade: "A." Under the "A" risk category,
         the applicant must have generally repaid  installment of revolving debt
         according to its terms and demonstrated steady employment over the last
         five years.  A maximum of one 30-day late  payment,  and no 60-day late
         payments,  within  the  last 12  months  is  permitted  on an  existing
         mortgage loan. No collection  accounts or  charge-offs  may remain open
         after the  funding  of the loan.  No  bankruptcy  or notice of  default
         filings  may have  occurred  during  the  preceding  three  years.  The
         mortgaged  property  must be in at least  average  condition.  Mortgage
         loans originated under the "Ambassador" program must be owner-occupied.
         A maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio of 80% is permitted for a purchase and/or
         refinance  mortgage  loan on a single  family  property,  and a maximum
         Loan-to-Value  Ratio  of  75%  is  permitted  on a  mortgaged  property
         consisting of two-to-four  units and condominium  properties.  The debt
         service-to-income  ratio  generally  ranges  from 45% or less to 55% or
         less based on the mortgagor's net disposable income.

                  "Program I;" Credit Grade: "A-." Under the "A-" risk category,
         the applicant  generally must have repaid installment of revolving debt
         according to its terms and have demonstrated steady employment over the
         last two years.  A maximum of one 30-day  late  payment,  and no 60-day
         late  payments,  within the last 12 months is  permitted on an existing
         mortgage loan.  Minor  derogatory items are permitted on a case-by-case
         basis as to  non-mortgage  credit  when the  majority  of the  consumer
         credit is deemed good. Mortgagors must provide a reasonable explanation
         letter for all late payments  within the last 12 months.  No bankruptcy
         or notice of default  filings may have  occurred  during the  preceding
         three  years.  The  mortgaged  property  must  be in at  least  average
         condition.  A maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 80% is  permitted  for a
         purchase  money  and/or  refinance  mortgage  loan on a  single  family
         property,  and a maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 75% is permitted on a
         mortgaged  property  consisting of  two-to-four  units and  condominium
         properties.  A  maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 70% is  permitted  for
         non-owner  occupied purchase money and refinance loans on single family
         and condominium properties, and a maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio of 65% is
         permitted for a mortgage loan on a mortgaged property consisting of two
         units or second home properties.  Generally, the debt service-to-income
         ratio must be 47%, but this may be allowed to be increased to 55% based
         on the mortgagor's net disposable income.

                  "Program  II;"  Credit  Grade:   "B+."  Under  the  "B+"  risk
         category,  the applicant  must have  generally  repaid  installment  of
         revolving  debt  according  to its terms and have  demonstrated  steady
         employment  over the last two  years.  A  maximum  of two  30-day  late
         payments,  and no 60-day  late  payments,  within the last 12 months is
         permitted on an existing  mortgage loan. One to three minor  derogatory
         items  that are 90 days or more late are  permitted  on a  case-by-case
         basis as to  non-mortgage  credit  when the  majority  of the  consumer
         credit is deemed good. Mortgagors must provide a reasonable explanation
         letter for all payments 60 days or more late within the last 12 months.
         No bankruptcy or notice of default filings may have occurred during the
         preceding  three  years.  The  mortgaged  property  must be in at least
         average condition.  A maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 80% is permitted
         for a purchase money and/or refinance  mortgage loan on a single family
         property,  and a maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 75% is permitted on a
         mortgaged  property  consisting of  two-to-four  units and  condominium
         properties.  A  maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 70% is  permitted  for
         non-owner  occupied  purchase  money and  refinance  mortgage  loans on
         single family and  condominium  properties and a maximum  Loan-to-Value
         Ratio of 65% is permitted  for purchase  money and  refinance  mortgage
         loans on mortgaged properties consisting of two

                                                       S-18

<PAGE>



         units or second homes properties. Generally, the debt service-to-income
         ratio must be 50% or less,  but this may be  increased  to 55% based on
         the mortgagor's net disposable income.

                  "Program III;" Credit Grade: "B." Under the "B" risk category,
         the applicant must have generally repaid  installment of revolving debt
         according to its terms and have demonstrated steady employment over the
         last two years. A maximum of four 30-day late payments  within the last
         12 months is  acceptable  on an existing  mortgage  loan.  One to three
         minor derogatory items that are late 90 days or more are permitted on a
         case-by-case  basis as to non-mortgage  credit when the majority of the
         consumer  credit is deemed  good.  Any and all payments 60 days or more
         late within the past 12 months may not  represent  more than 50% of the
         credit  reported   during  that  period.   Mortgagors  must  provide  a
         reasonable  explanation  letter for all  payments  60 days or more late
         within the last 12 months.  No bankruptcy or notice of default  filings
         may have  occurred  during  the  preceding  two  years.  The  mortgaged
         property must be in at least average condition. A maximum Loan-to-Value
         Ratio  of  80% is  permitted  for a  purchase  money  and/or  refinance
         mortgage loan on a single family property,  and a maximum Loan-to-Value
         Ratio  of  75% is  permitted  on  mortgaged  properties  consisting  of
         two-to-four  units and  condominiums.  For non-owner  occupied purchase
         money and refinance properties,  the maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio is 70%
         for single  family and  condominium  properties,  and 65% for mortgaged
         properties consisting of two units or second homes. Generally, the debt
         service-to-income  ratio must be 50% or less but this may be  increased
         to 55% based on the mortgagor's net disposable income.

                  "Program  IV;"  Credit  Grade:   "B-."  Under  the  "B-"  risk
         category,  the applicant must have  generally  repaid  installment  and
         revolving  debt  according  to its terms and have  demonstrated  steady
         employment  over the last two  years.  A  maximum  of one  60-day  late
         payment  within  the last 12  months,  and a maximum of at most 30 days
         late at time of application is permitted on an existing  mortgage loan.
         An existing mortgage loan is not required to be current at the time the
         application is submitted.  Certain non-consumer credit, collections, or
         judgments, may be disregarded on a case-by-case basis. Payments 60 days
         or more late within the last 12 months may not represent  more than 50%
         of the credit  items  reported  during  that  period.  Mortgagors  must
         provide a  reasonable  explanation  letter for all  payments 60 days or
         more late within the last 12 months. No bankruptcy or notice of default
         filings may have occurred within the preceding two years. The mortgaged
         property must be in at least average condition. A maximum Loan-to-Value
         Ratio  of  75% is  permitted  for a  purchase  money  and/or  refinance
         mortgage  loan  on  an  owner-occupied  single  family  property.   For
         non-owner  occupied  purchase  and  refinance  properties,  the maximum
         Loan-to-Value   Ratio  is  65%  for  single   family  and  second  home
         properties. Generally, the debt service-to-income ratio must not exceed
         55%.

                  "Program V;" Credit Grade:  "C." Under the "C" risk  category,
         the applicant may have experienced  significant  credit problems in the
         past.  A maximum of two 60-day and one 90-day late  payments,  or three
         60-day late  payments  and no 90-day late  payments  within the last 12
         months is permitted on an existing  mortgage loan. An existing mortgage
         loan is not  required  to be  current  at the time the  application  is
         submitted.  Consumer  credit  derogatory  items will be considered on a
         case-by-case  basis.  Mortgagors must provide a reasonable  explanation
         letter for all payments 60 days or more late within the last 12 months.
         No bankruptcy or notice of default filings may have occurred during the
         preceding  twelve  months.  The mortgaged  property must be in at least
         average condition.  A maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 75% is permitted
         for a purchase money and refinance  mortgage loan on an  owner-occupied
         single family  property.  For  non-owner  occupied  purchase  money and
         refinance properties, the maximum Loan-to-Value Ratio is 60% for single
         family   and   second   home    properties.    Generally,    the   debt
         service-to-income  ratio must not exceed 55%; however,  55%-60% will be
         considered on a case-by-case basis.

                  "Program  VI;"  Credit  Grade:   "C-."  Under  the  "C-"  risk
         category,  the  applicant  may  have  experienced   significant  credit
         problems  in the past.  A maximum of two  60-day  and one  90-day  late
         payments,  or three 60-day late  payments  and no 90-day late  payments
         within the last 12 months is permitted on an existing mortgage loan. On
         a   case-by-case   basis,   the   applicant   may  have  a  notice   of
         default/foreclosure  within the last 24 months with a good explanation.
         The  applicant  may  not  currently  be  in  bankruptcy;  however,  the
         applicant may have had a bankruptcy with a good explanation and proof

                                      S-19

<PAGE>



         of dismissal/discharge. Consumer derogatory items will be considered on
         a case-by-case  basis.  Long Beach  underwriters must be satisfied that
         the problem that caused the "C-" credit no longer exists and that there
         is a reasonable  expectation that the applicant will repay the mortgage
         loan according to the terms and  conditions  agreed upon. The mortgaged
         property  must  be in at  least  average  condition.  A  maximum  Loan-
         to-Value  Ratio of 70% is permitted for a purchase money mortgage loan,
         and a maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of 65% is permitted for a refinance
         of an owner-occupied  single family property.  On a case-by-case basis,
         the maximum  Loan-to-Value  Ratio  permitted  for a non-owner  occupied
         purchase money and refinance mortgage loan is 50%. Generally,  the debt
         service-to-income  ratio must not exceed 55%; however,  55%-60% will be
         considered on a case-by-case basis.

         Approximately _____%, _____%, _____% and _____% of the Long Beach Loans
in Group I and  _____%,  _____%,  _____% and  _____% of the Long Beach  Loans in
Group II are in Seller's PAG II, Seller's PAG III,  Seller's PAG IV and Seller's
PAG V risk categories, respectively.

         Mortgage Loans Originated by Other Originators

         The  following   discussion  addresses  Mortgage  Loans  originated  by
Originators  other than Long Beach.  The Mortgage Loans have been  originated by
the Originators in accordance with the  Underwriting  Guidelines  established by
each  of  them  and  reviewed  and  approved  by the  Seller.  The  Underwriting
Guidelines  are  primarily  intended to evaluate  the value and  adequacy of the
mortgaged  property  as  collateral  and  are  also  intended  to  consider  the
mortgagor's credit standing and repayment ability.  On a case-by-case basis, the
Originator may determine that, based upon  compensating  factors,  a prospective
mortgagor not strictly qualifying under the Underwriting  Guidelines warrants an
underwriting  exception.  Compensating  factors may include, but are not limited
to, low  loan-to-value  ratio, low  debt-to-income  ratio,  good credit history,
stable  employment,  pride of ownership and time in residence at the applicant's
current address.  It is expected that a substantial number of the Mortgage Loans
to be included in the Mortgage Pool will represent such underwriting exceptions.

         Under the Underwriting  Guidelines,  the Originators  review and verify
the  loan  applicant's  sources  of  income  (except  under  the  stated  income
programs), calculate the amount of income from all such sources indicated on the
loan  application,  review the credit history of the applicant and calculate the
debt-to-income ratio to determine the applicant's ability to repay the loan, and
review the mortgaged property for compliance with their Underwriting Guidelines.
The  Underwriting  Guidelines are applied in accordance  with a procedure  which
complies with applicable federal and state laws and regulations and requires (i)
an  appraisal  of the  mortgaged  property  which  conforms  to  FHLMC  and FNMA
standards and (ii) a review of such appraisal,  which review may be conducted by
the  Originator's  staff  appraiser or  representative  and,  depending upon the
original principal balance and loan-to-value ratio of the mortgaged property may
include a desk review of the original  appraisal or a drive-by review  appraisal
of the mortgaged  property.  The Underwriting  Guidelines  permit  single-family
loans with  loan-to-value  ratios at  origination  of up to 90% for the  highest
credit grading category (75% under the stated income programs), depending on the
type and use of the  property,  the  creditworthiness  of the  mortgagor and the
debt-to-income  ratio. Under the Underwriting  Guidelines,  the maximum combined
loan-to-value  ratio for  purchase  money  mortgage  loans may differ from those
applicable to refinancings.

         All of the  Mortgage  Loans  are  based  on loan  application  packages
submitted through mortgage  brokerage  companies or at the related  Originator's
retail branches or are purchased from  originators  approved by the Originators.
Loan  application  packages  submitted  through  mortgage  brokerage  companies,
containing in each case relevant credit,  property and underwriting  information
on the loan request,  are compiled by the applicable  mortgage brokerage company
and submitted to the Originator for approval and funding. The mortgage brokerage
companies receive a portion of the loan origination fee charged to the mortgagor
at the time the loan is made.

         Each  prospective  mortgagor  completes an  application  which includes
information with respect to the applicant's liabilities,  income, credit history
and  employment  history,  as well as certain other personal  information.  Each
Originator  requires a credit report on each applicant  from a credit  reporting
company.  The applicant must provide to the related Originator or the originator
a letter explaining all late payments on mortgage debt and, generally,  consumer
(i.e., non-mortgage) debt. The report typically contains information relating to
such matters

                                      S-20

<PAGE>



as credit  history with local and national  merchants  and lenders,  installment
debt  payments and any record of defaults,  bankruptcy,  repossession,  suits or
judgments.  Self-employed individuals are generally required to submit their two
most  recent  federal  income  tax  returns.  As part of their  quality  control
systems,  each Originator generally  reverifies  information with respect to the
foregoing matters that has been provided by the mortgage brokerage company prior
to funding a loan and  periodically  audits  files  based on a random  sample of
closed  loans.  In the  course  of  their  pre-funding  audit,  each  Originator
generally  reverifies  the  income of each  mortgagor  or,  for a  self-employed
individual,   reviews  the  income   documentation   obtained  pursuant  to  the
Underwriting   Guidelines   (except  under  stated  income  programs).   If  the
loan-to-value  ratio is greater  than a  predetermined  level,  the  Originators
generally verify the source of funds for the down payment;  however, the related
Originator may not verify the source of funds if the loan-to-value ratio is less
than such level.

         Mortgaged  properties  that are to secure  mortgage loans are generally
appraised by qualified  independent  appraisers  who are approved by the related
Originator.  In  most  cases,  below-average  properties  (including  properties
requiring  major  deferred  maintenance)  are not  acceptable  as  security  for
mortgage loans under the  Underwriting  Guidelines.  Each  appraisal  includes a
market data analysis based on recent sales of comparable  homes in the area and,
where deemed appropriate, replacement cost analysis based on the current cost of
constructing  a similar  home.  Except with respect to purchase  money  mortgage
loans,  every  independent  appraisal  is  generally  reviewed  by  the  related
Originators  before the loan is funded,  and a drive-by  review or  appraisal is
generally performed in connection with loan amounts over a certain predetermined
dollar  amount  established  for each  State.  With  respect to  purchase  money
mortgage loans, an independent appraisal may be reviewed the Originator.

         The  Underwriting  Guidelines  are less  stringent  than the  standards
generally  acceptable  to FNMA and FHLMC with regard to the  mortgagor's  credit
standing and repayment  ability.  Mortgagors who qualify under the  Underwriting
Guidelines  generally  have  payment  histories  and debt ratios which would not
satisfy FNMA and FHLMC  underwriting  guidelines  and may have a record of major
derogatory credit items such as outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies. The
Underwriting  Guidelines establish the maximum permitted loan-to-value ratio for
each loan type based upon these and other risk factors.

         The Mortgage Loans originated by the Originators  other than Long Beach
were originated  consistent with and generally conform to "Full  Documentation",
"Limited  Documentation",  or "Stated  Income  Documentation"  residential  loan
programs.  Under each of the programs,  the related Originator generally reviews
the applicant's  source of income,  calculates the amount of income from sources
indicated on the loan application or similar  documentation,  reviews the credit
history  of the  applicant,  calculates  the  debt  service-to-income  ratio  to
determine the applicant's ability to repay the loan, reviews the type and use of
the property  being  financed,  and reviews the  property.  In  determining  the
ability of the applicant to repay the loan, a rate is established that generally
is equal to the  lesser of the fully  indexed  interest  rate on the loan  being
applied for or one percent  above the initial  interest  rate on such loan.  The
Underwriting  Guidelines  require  that  mortgage  loans  be  underwritten  in a
standardized procedure which complies with applicable federal and state laws and
regulations and requires the Originator's  underwriters to be satisfied that the
value of the property being financed,  as indicated by an appraisal and a review
of the appraisal,  currently supports the outstanding loan balance.  In general,
the maximum  loan amount for  mortgage  loans  originated  under the programs is
$3,500,000. Mortgage loans may, however, be originated generally up to $500,000,
provided the LTV is at least 5% below the  applicable  residential  loan program
maximum  that  would  otherwise  apply.  The  Underwriting   Guidelines   permit
one-to-four-family  loans to have LTV's at  origination  of generally up to 90%,
depending  on,  among  other  things,  the  purpose  of  the  mortgage  loan,  a
mortgagor's credit history,  repayment ability and debt service-to-income ratio,
as well as the type and use of the  property.  With  respect to  mortgage  loans
secured by mortgaged  properties  acquired by a mortgagor  under a "lease option
purchase,"  the LTV of the  related  mortgage  loan is  generally  based  on the
appraised value at the time of origination of such mortgage loan.

         The  Underwriting  Guidelines  require that income be verified for each
applicant  and that the source of funds (if any) required to be deposited by the
applicant  into  escrow  under its various  programs as follows:  Under the Full
Documentation programs,  applicants generally are required to submit two written
forms of  verification  of stable  income for 24 months  (or, if the LTV is less
than or equal to 65%, for 12 months). Under the Limited Documentation  programs,
generally  one such form of  verification  is required for 12 months.  Under the
Stated

                                      S-21

<PAGE>



Income  Documentation  programs,  generally an applicant may be qualified  based
upon monthly income as stated on the mortgage loan  application if the applicant
meets certain criteria.  All the foregoing  programs typically require that with
respect to each applicant,  there be a telephone verification of the applicant's
employment.  Verification  of the  source  of  funds  (if  any)  required  to be
deposited by the applicant  into escrow in the case of a purchase  money loan is
generally  required under the Full  Documentation  program  guidelines.  No such
verification is required under the other programs.

         The  Underwriting  Guidelines  require title  insurance on all mortgage
loans  secured  by liens on real  property.  The  Underwriting  Guidelines  also
require that fire and extended coverage casualty  insurance be maintained on the
secured  property  in an amount at least equal to the  principal  balance of the
related single-family loan or the replacement cost of the property, whichever is
less.

         Under the Underwriting Guidelines,  various risk categories are used to
grade the likelihood that the mortgagor will satisfy the repayment conditions of
the  mortgage  loan.  These risk  categories  establish  the  maximum  permitted
loan-to-value ratio and loan amount, given the occupancy status of the mortgaged
property and the mortgagor's  credit history and debt ratio. In general,  higher
credit risk  mortgage  loans are graded in  categories  which permit higher debt
ratios  and  more  (or  more  recent)  major  derogatory  credit  items  such as
outstanding   judgments  or  prior  bankruptcies;   however,   the  Underwriting
Guidelines establish lower maximum loan-to-value ratios and maximum loan amounts
for loans graded in such categories.

         ARCC Performance Assumption Grouping

         The Seller,  through its manager AMRESCO Residential Credit Corporation
("ARCC"),  performs  due  diligence  on all mortgage  loan  portfolios  which it
acquires,  including the Mortgage  Loans  included in the Trust Estate.  Part of
ARCC's  review  includes a review of the  credit-grading  process of the related
Originators.  ARCC has developed Performance Assumption Groupings ("PAGs") which
are  similar  to a  credit-grading  criteria.  ARCC  determines  which  PAG  the
originators'  related credit grade most closely matches, and all loans which the
Originator  has  placed in that  credit  grade are  placed  in the  related  PAG
category.  Because  there  are  multiple  factors  in  both  the  credit  grades
identified by the originators  and the PAG  categories,  it is unlikely that any
credit grade  designation  will match up exactly to any PAG category.  ARCC uses
its best  efforts to match the  categories  based upon its  projection  of asset
performance  for the related credit grade and PAG. It should be noted that while
the  Originators  have  specific  criteria  for  credit  grades,  they  have the
discretion  to place a loan in a credit  grade for which it does not meet all of
the  criteria,  based upon  consideration  of all  relevant  factors.  It should
further be noted that ARCC does not make any attempt to determine how individual
loans would fall under the PAG criteria described below, but only associates the
existing credit grades of the Originator to the various PAG categories.

         Seller's PAG I
         --------------

                  The  maximum  LTV  for  all  eligible  properties,   owner  or
         non-owner occupied, purchase money or refinance, should be 90% or less.
         The maximum  back-end debt ratio should not exceed 50%. The prospective
         mortgagor  should  have  approximately  five (5)  years of  established
         credit  with  five (5) trade  lines.  In the last 12  months,  mortgage
         credit should show no  delinquencies  in excess of 30 days,  and in the
         last 24 months, should show delinquencies only for 30 days or less. The
         credit  history should reveal no  foreclosures.  In the last 12 months,
         installment and revolving accounts should indicate no delinquencies for
         major credit, and a maximum of 30 days for minor credit. In the last 24
         months,  both  major and minor  credit  should be a maximum  of 30 days
         delinquent.  There  should be no evidence of  judgments,  charge  offs,
         collections or bankruptcies affecting the mortgagor. In last 36 months,
         the prospective mortgagor should have had only minor collection actions
         totaling less than $500.

         Seller's PAG II
         ---------------

                  The  maximum  LTV  for  all  eligible  properties,   owner  or
         non-owner occupied, purchase money or refinance, should be 85% or less.
         The maximum  back end debt ratio  should not exceed 50%.  The  customer
         should have  approximately  three (3) years of established  credit with
         three (3) trade lines. In the

                                      S-22

<PAGE>



         last 12 months,  mortgage  credit  should  show no more than two 30-day
         delinquencies  and no 60-day  delinquencies,  and all credits should be
         current at the time of origination;  in the last 24 months,  the credit
         history should show a maximum of 30 day  delinquencies.  In the last 12
         months,  installment and revolving accounts should include no more than
         two  30-day  delinquencies  for major  credit  and a maximum  of 60 day
         delinquency  for  minor  credit.  In the last 24  months,  the  maximum
         delinquency  should be 60 days for both major and minor credit.  In the
         last 12 months,  there should be no collection action taken against the
         prospective  mortgagor.  In the  last 24  months,  there  should  be no
         judgments  or  charge  offs  against  the  prospective  mortgagor,  and
         discharged  bankruptcies  should  have  reestablished  credit  with  no
         delinquencies.  In the last 36 months,  mortgagor  should be subject to
         only minor collection actions totaling less than $1,000.

         Seller's PAG III
         ----------------

                  The  maximum  LTV  for  all  eligible  properties,   owner  or
         non-owner occupied, purchase money or refinance, should be 80% or less.
         The maximum  back end debt ratio  should not exceed 50%.  The  customer
         should have  approximately two (2) years of established credit with two
         (2) trade lines. In the last 12 months,  mortgage credit should show no
         more  than  three  30-day  delinquencies  and one  60-day  delinquency.
         Mortgage  credit should be a maximum 30 days  delinquent at the time of
         origination,  and  in  the  last  24  months,  a  maximum  of  60  days
         delinquent.  In the last 12 months,  installment and revolving accounts
         should show no more than two 60-day  delinquencies for major credit and
         a  maximum  delinquency  of 90 days for  minor  credit.  In the last 24
         months,  installment and revolving accounts should be a maximum 90 days
         delinquent  for both  major and minor  credit.  In the last 12  months,
         there should be no judgments or charge offs, and only minor  collection
         actions totaling less than $500 against the prospective  mortgagor.  In
         the last 24 months,  the  prospective  mortgagor  is  permitted to have
         judgments  or charge  offs  totaling  less than  $500,  and  discharged
         bankruptcies with a maximum 30-day delinquency on reestablished credit.
         In the last 36 months, collection actions totaling less than $2,500 are
         permitted.

         Seller's PAG IV
         ---------------

                  The  maximum  LTV  for  all  eligible  properties,   owner  or
         non-owner occupied, purchase money or refinance, should be 75% or less.
         The maximum  back-end  debt ratio  should not exceed  55%.  There is no
         requirement for an established  credit history.  In the last 12 months,
         mortgage  credit should include no more than four 30-day  delinquencies
         and two 60-day  delinquencies,  and mortgage credit should be a maximum
         of 90 days  delinquent  at the  time  of  origination.  In the  last 12
         months, installment and revolving accounts should show no more than two
         90-day  delinquencies  for  major  credit  and  a  maximum  of  90  day
         delinquencies for minor credit. In the last 24 months,  installment and
         revolving  accounts  should be a maximum  90 days  delinquent  for both
         major and  minor  credit.  In the last 12  months,  mortgagor  may have
         discharged   bankruptcies   with   maximum   30  day   delinquency   on
         reestablished  credit, and collection actions totaling less than $2,500
         are permitted.  In the last 24 months,  total judgments and charge offs
         should be less than $2,500.

         Seller's PAG V
         --------------

                  The  maximum  LTV  for  all  eligible  properties,   owner  or
         non-owner occupied, purchase money or refinance, should be 65% or less.
         The maximum  back-end  debt ratio  should not exceed  55%.  There is no
         requirement for an established  credit history.  In the last 12 months,
         mortgage  credit  should be a maximum  of 120 days  delinquent,  and no
         foreclosure may be pending at the time of  origination.  In the last 24
         months,  mortgage  credit  should be a maximum of 120 days  delinquent.
         There are no stipulations  regarding other derogatory information other
         than that bankruptcies should have been discharged.

         Approximately _____%, _____%, _____%, and _____% of the Initial Group I
Mortgage Loans  (including  Long Beach Loans) and _____%,  _____%,  _____%,  and
_____% of the Initial Group II Mortgage Loans  (including  Long Beach Loans) are
in the Seller's PAG II, PAG III, PAG IV, and PAG V, categories, respectively.


                                      S-23

<PAGE>



         Approximately  _____%,  _____%,  and  _____%  of the  Initial  Group  I
Mortgage Loans that are not Long Beach Loans and _____%,  _____%,  and _____% of
the  Initial  Group II  Mortgage  Loans that are not Long Beach Loans are in the
Full  Documentation,  Limited  Documentation  and  Stated  Income  Documentation
programs, respectively.

Prepayment Penalties

         Any  Mortgage  Loan  may be  prepaid  in full  or in part at any  time;
however,  approximately  _____% of the Mortgage Loans provide for the payment by
the Mortgagor of a prepayment charge in limited circumstances on certain full or
partial  prepayments  made within five years from the date of  execution  of the
related Note. The amount of the prepayment  charge is as provided in the related
Note. In general,  the Note provides that a prepayment  charge will apply if, in
any  twelve-month  period generally during the first five years from the date of
origination  of such Mortgage Loan,  the Mortgagor  prepays an aggregate  amount
exceeding  20% of the original  principal  balance of such  Mortgage  Loan.  The
amount of the prepayment  charge will generally be equal to six months'  advance
interest  calculated  on the  basis  of the rate in  effect  at the time of such
prepayment  on the amount  prepaid in excess of 20% of the  original  balance of
such Mortgage Loan.

         The Seller  plans to initiate a refinance  policy with the  Originators
who  originated  Mortgage  Loans for the Trust and for other trusts in which the
Seller or an  affiliate  of the Seller owns a residual  interest in an effort to
retain  borrowers  who the  Seller  or the  Originators  believe  are  likely to
refinance  their loans due to interest rate changes or other  reasons.  Although
the policy is expected to permit the  Originators  to solicit such  borrowers in
accordance with the Seller's policy,  the Depositor  believes that this practice
will not likely result in a material change in the prepayment  experience of the
Trust  because the  solicited  borrowers  would have been  expected to refinance
through other originators in any event.

Representations Relating to the Mortgage Loans

         Each  Originator  will  have made  representations  and  warranties  in
respect of the Mortgage  Loans sold by such  Originator to the Seller or another
party  who  sold  Mortgage  Loans  to the  Seller  in a loan  purchase  and sale
agreement (each, a "Transfer  Agreement"),  which will be assigned to the Trust.
Such representations and warranties generally include, among other things, that:
(i) the information  with respect to each Mortgage Loan set forth in the related
Schedule of Mortgage  Loans is true and correct as of the specified  date;  (ii)
each Mortgaged Property is improved by a single (one-to-four) family residential
dwelling,  which may include  condominiums,  townhouses and manufactured housing
permanently  attached to foundations;  (iii) each Mortgage Loan had, at the time
of origination, either an attorney's certification of title or a title search or
title  policy;  (iv) as of the Cut-Off Date each  Mortgage Loan was secured by a
valid and subsisting  first lien of record on the Mortgaged  Property subject in
all cases  only to the  exceptions  to title  set  forth in the title  insurance
policy,  if any, with respect to the related  Mortgage Loan; (v) each Originator
or other party to a Transfer  Agreement held good and indefeasible title to, and
was the sole owner of, each Mortgage  Loan when  conveyed by such  Originator or
other party;  and (vi) each  Mortgage Loan was  originated  in  accordance  with
applicable  law and is the valid,  legal and binding  obligation  of the related
Mortgagor.

         If an Originator or other party to a Transfer  Agreement  cannot cure a
breach of any  representation  or  warranty  made by it in respect of a Mortgage
Loan that  materially  and adversely  affects the interests of the Owners or the
Insurer in such  Mortgage  Loan within a time period  specified  in the Transfer
Agreement,  such  Originator or other party will be obligated  under the related
Transfer Agreement to purchase from the Trust such Mortgage Loan at a price (the
"Loan Purchase  Price") set forth in the related  Transfer  Agreement which Loan
Purchase Price will be no less than the principal balance thereof as of the date
of  purchase  plus  one  month's  interest  at the  Mortgage  Rate  (net  of the
applicable Servicing Fee) (the "Net Coupon Rate").

         As  to  any  such  Mortgage  Loan  required  to  be  repurchased  by an
Originator,  as provided  above,  rather than repurchase the Mortgage Loan, such
Originator  may,  at its sole  option,  remove  such  Mortgage  Loan (a "Deleted
Mortgage  Loan")  from the  Trust and  cause  the  substitution  in its place of
another Mortgage Loan of like kind (a "Qualified  Replacement  Mortgage" as such
term is defined in the Agreement).

                                      S-24

<PAGE>




         Upon receipt of notice by a Servicer or upon a Servicer  becoming aware
that a  representation  and  warranty  made  by an  Originator  in the  Transfer
Agreement has been breached,  such Servicer will be required to promptly  notify
the related Originator,  the Insurer,  the Trustee and the Seller of such breach
and request that such  Originator  cure such breach or honor its  repurchase  or
substitution  obligations  for the  benefit of the  Trust.  The  foregoing  will
constitute the sole remedy available to the Trust for a breach of representation
by an Originator.

The Servicers

         The  information  set forth below  concerning  the  Servicers  has been
provided to the Depositor by the related  Servicer.  Neither the Depositor,  the
Seller,  the Underwriters  nor any of their respective  affiliates have made any
independent investigation of such information,  nor has either Servicer made any
such investigation with respect to information about the other Servicer.

         Advanta

         Advanta Mortgage Corp. USA ("Advanta") will act as one of the Servicers
of the Mortgage Loans pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  Advanta
is an indirect  subsidiary of Advanta  Corp., a Delaware  corporation  ("Advanta
Parent"),  a publicly traded company based in Horsham,  Pennsylvania with assets
as of March 31, 1996 in excess of $5.0 billion.

         Advanta Parent,  through its subsidiaries  (including  Advanta) managed
assets  (including  mortgage  loans) in excess of $16.1  billion as of March 31,
1996.

         As of March 31,  1996,  Advanta  and its  subsidiaries  were  servicing
approximately 34,000 mortgage loans in the Owned and Managed Servicing Portfolio
representing an aggregate  outstanding  principal balance of approximately  $1.9
billion,  and approximately  29,900 mortgage loans in the Third-Party  Servicing
Portfolio   representing   an  aggregate   outstanding   principal   balance  of
approximately $923 million.

         Owned and Managed Servicing  Portfolio.  The following tables set forth
information relating to the delinquency, loan loss and foreclosure experience of
Advanta for its servicing portfolio, excluding certain loans serviced by Advanta
that were not  originated  or purchased  and  reunderwritten  by  affiliates  of
Advanta  (the "Owned and Managed  Servicing  Portfolio"),  of fixed and variable
rate mortgage  loans as of March 31, 1996, and for each of the four prior years.
In addition to the Owned and Managed Servicing Portfolio, Advanta serviced as of
March 31, 1996,  approximately 29,900 mortgage loans with an aggregate principal
balance  as of such date of  approximately  $923  million;  such  loans were not
originated by Advanta or affiliates of Advanta and are being  serviced for third
parties on a contract  servicing basis (the "Third Party Servicing  Portfolio").
No loans in the Third Party  Servicing  Portfolio are included in the tables set
forth below.

                                      S-25

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     DELINQUENCY AND FORECLOSURE EXPERIENCE OF
                                  ADVANTA'S OWNED AND MANAGED SERVICING PORTFOLIO
                                                 OF MORTGAGE LOANS

                                                   Year Ending December 31,
               ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                Three Months Ending
                        1992                   1993                     1994                    1995              March 31, 1996
               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                              By                      By                      By                       By                     By
                 By No.     Dollar                  Dollar                  Dollar                   Dollar                 Dollar
                   of       Amount      By No.      Amount      By No.      Amount      By No.       Amount     By No.      Amount
                 Loans     of Loans    of Loans    of Loans    of Loans    of Loans    of Loans     of Loans   of Loans    of Loans
               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>              <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>           <C>       <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>       <C>       
Portfolio        22,318    $908,541     25,460    $1,149,864    26,446    $1,346,100    32,592     $1,797,582   $34,422   $1,928,336
Delinquency
 percentage(1)
 30-59 days      2.71%      2.59%       2.43%        2.22%       2.01%       1.57%       2.67%       2.44%       1.97%      1.94%
 60-89 days       0.64       0.64        0.77        0.63        0.57        0.45        0.72         0.71       0.65        0.65
 90 days or       1.52      1.69%        2.19        2.12        1.85        1.51        1.69         1.23       1.58        1.25
                  ----      -----        ----        ----        ----        ----        ----         ----       ----        ----
more
Total            4.87%      4.92%       5.39%        4.97%       4.43%       3.53%       5.08%       4.38%       4.20%      3.84%
Foreclosure      2.13%      2.78%       1.32%        1.62%       1.35%       1.38%       1.29%       1.53%       1.37%      1.62%
rate(2)
REO              0.35%        --        0.42%         --         0.47%        --         0.52%         --        0.49%        --
properties(3)

- ------------------------
<FN>
(1)   The  period of  delinquency  is based on the number of days  payments  are
      contractually past due. The delinquency  statistics for the period exclude
      loans in foreclosure.
(2)   "Foreclosure Rate" is the number of mortgage loans or the dollar amount of
      mortgage  loans in  foreclosure  as a  percentage  of the total  number of
      mortgage loans or the dollar amount of mortgage loans, as the case may be,
      as of the date indicated.
(3)   REO  Properties  (i.e.,  "real  estate  owned"  properties  --  properties
      relating to mortgages foreclosed or for which deeds in lieu of foreclosure
      have been accepted,  and held by Advanta pending disposition)  percentages
      are calculated using the number of loans, not the dollar amount.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                              LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
               OF ADVANTA'S OWNED AND MANAGED SERVICING PORTFOLIO
                               OF MORTGAGE LOANS*
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                     Year Ending December 31,
                                      -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                             1992             1993              1994              1995          March 31,
                                                                                                                  1996
                                      --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                        <C>             <C>               <C>               <C>             <C>       
Average amount outstanding(1)              $786,178        $1,049,447        $1,225,529        $1,540,238      $1,850,765
Gross losses(2)                             $6,069           $14,115           $20,886           $13,978         $3,341
Recoveries(3)                                $145             $123              $179              $148             $15
Net losses(4)                               $5,924           $13,992           $20,707           $13,830         $3,326
Net losses as a percentage of
 average amount outstanding                 0.75%             1.33%             1.69%             0.90%         0.72%(5)

- ------------------------
<FN>
(1)   "Average Amount  Outstanding"  during the period is the arithmetic average
      of the principal  balances of the mortgage  loans  outstanding on the last
      business day of each month during the period.
(2)   "Gross Losses" are amounts which have been determined to be  uncollectible
      relating to mortgage loans for each respective period.
(3)   "Recoveries"  are  recoveries  from  liquidation  proceeds and  deficiency
      judgments.
(4)   "Net Losses" represents "Gross Losses" minus "Recoveries".
(5)      Annualized
* Managed portfolio statistics restated to exclude interest advances on serviced
portfolio to be consistent with presentation of owned portfolio.
</FN>
</TABLE>
         Advanta  experienced  an increase in the net loss rate on its Owned and
Managed  Servicing  Portfolio  during the period 1990 through  1994. It believes
that such increase was due to four primary factors; the seasoning of its

                                      S-26

<PAGE>



portfolio,  economic conditions, a decline in property values in certain regions
and the acceleration of charge-offs on loans in 1994. In addition,  the level of
net losses during such period was negatively  impacted by the performance on the
Non-Income Verification ("NIV") loan program. The net loss rates as a percentage
of the average amount outstanding on its Owned and Managed Servicing  Portfolio,
excluding NIV loans,  are 0.82%,  1.42%,  0.88% and 0.45% for the periods ending
December  31, 1995,  December 31, 1994,  December 31, 1993 and December 31, 1992
respectively.*

- -----------------
* Managed portfolio statistics restated to exclude interest advances on serviced
portfolio to be consistent with presentation of owned portfolio.

         Long Beach Mortgage Company

         Long Beach Mortgage  Company  (referred to herein as "Long  Beach"),  a
Delaware  corporation,  was  incorporated  in June 1994,  and is  approved  as a
seller/servicer for FNMA and FHLMC and as a non-supervised mortgagee by the U.S.
Department  of Housing  and Urban  Development.  On October 7, 1994,  Long Beach
succeeded  to the mortgage  banking  business  formerly  conducted by Long Beach
Bank,  F.S.B., a federally  chartered  savings bank (the "Bank"),  including all
operating systems,  computers,  files and substantially all personnel maintained
and  utilized  by the  Bank in its  mortgage  banking  operations  prior  to its
reorganization.

         The  principal  business  of Long  Beach  is  originating,  purchasing,
selling  and  servicing  residential  real  estate  loans  secured  by  one-  to
four-family properties  ("single-family") and multi-family properties containing
five or more  units  ("multi-family").  The  initial  working  capital  for Long
Beach's  operations was provided by Long Beach Financial  Services Company.  Its
principal   sources  of  funds  are   anticipated  to  be  sales  of  loans  and
mortgage-backed   securities,  bank  lines  of  credit,  term  loans  and  other
borrowings.  At December 31, 1995,  Long Beach had 79 offices,  consisting of 33
loan origination  centers located in California and 46 loan origination  centers
located in Arizona, Colorado, Georgia, Illinois,  Indiana, Michigan,  Minnesota,
Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington and Wisconsin.

         Lending Activities and Loan Sales. Long Beach originates  single-family
and  multi-family  real estate loans through  referrals from mortgage  brokerage
companies and through its network of offices and loan origination centers.  Long
Beach also  participates  in secondary  market  activities  by  originating  and
selling mortgage loans,  participations in loans, or mortgage-backed  securities
in the secondary market,  generally  retaining loan servicing;  however, in some
cases Long  Beach's  whole loan sale  agreements  provide  for the  transfer  of
servicing  rights.  In addition,  Long Beach intends to retain mortgage loans in
its own portfolio to provide a stable  source of interest  income and to provide
collateral to secure borrowings.

         Before  Long Beach  originates  any  mortgage  loans which are based on
application  packages submitted through a mortgage brokerage company that is new
to Long Beach, such mortgage brokerage company is examined by Long Beach through
license and reference checks and through a personal visit by a senior Long Beach
representative.  If at any time Long Beach determines that a mortgage  brokerage
company  consistently  submits  applications  for  loans  which do not meet Long
Beach's  underwriting and quality control  standards,  Long Beach terminates its
relationship with that mortgage brokerage company.

         Long  Beach's  primary  lending  activity  is  funding  loans to enable
mortgagors to purchase or refinance  residential real property,  which loans are
secured by first or second liens on the related real property. Long Beach's loan
portfolio also includes loans for  commercial  and industrial  properties.  Long
Beach's  single-family  real  estate  loans  are  predominantly   "conventional"
mortgage  loans,  meaning  that  they are not  insured  by the  Federal  Housing
Administration  (the "FHA") or partially  guaranteed  by the U.S.  Department of
Veterans Affairs (the "VA").

                                      S-27

<PAGE>




         The following  table  summarizes  Long Beach's  (including  that of its
predecessor,  in  interest  Long  Beach  Bank) one- to  four-family  residential
mortgage loan origination and sales activity for the periods shown below.  Sales
activity may include sales of mortgage loans  purchased by Long Beach from other
loan originators.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Year Ended December 31,

                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                  1992                  1993                  1994                 1995
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)

                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>                   <C>                <C>                  <C>       
Originations.............................             $959,534              $786,374           $1,062,593           $1,112,890

Sales....................................           $1,081,001              $788,291           $1,081,841           $1,108,162
</TABLE>



         Loan Servicing.  Generally,  Long Beach services all the mortgage loans
it  originates  whether  those  loans  are sold or  retained  in its  portfolio.
Servicing  includes  collecting  and remitting  loan  payments,  accounting  for
principal  and  interest,  contacting  delinquent  mortgagors,  and  supervising
foreclosure  in  the  event  of  unremedied  defaults.  Long  Beach's  servicing
activities  are  audited   regularly  by  its  internal  auditors  and  examined
periodically by applicable regulatory authorities.  Certain financial records of
Long Beach  relating to its loan servicing  activities are reviewed  annually as
part  of the  audit  of  Long  Beach's  financial  statements  conducted  by its
independent accountants.

         Collection  Procedures;   Delinquency  and  Loss  Experience.   When  a
mortgagor fails to make a required payment on a residential  mortgage loan, Long
Beach  attempts to cause the  deficiency to be cured by  corresponding  with the
mortgagor.  In most cases  deficiencies  are cured  promptly.  Pursuant  to Long
Beach's customary  procedures for residential  mortgage loans serviced by it for
its own account,  Long Beach  generally mails a notice of intent to foreclose to
the  mortgagor  after the loan has become 31 days past due (two payments due but
not received) and, within one month thereafter,  if the loan remains delinquent,
typically  institutes  appropriate  legal  action to  foreclose  on the property
securing the loan. If foreclosed, the property is sold at public or private sale
and may be  purchased  by Long Beach.  In  California,  real estate  lenders are
generally unable as a practical  matter to obtain a deficiency  judgment against
the mortgagor on a loan secured by single-family real estate.

                                      S-28

<PAGE>



Long Beach Programs -- Servicing Portfolio

         The  following  table  sets  forth Long  Beach's  delinquency  and loss
experience  (including  that of its  predecessor  in interest,  Long Beach Bank,
F.S.B.) at the dates  indicated on its  servicing  portfolio  of mortgage  loans
originated  under the Long Beach  Programs (the majority of such mortgage  loans
reflected in the following table are adjustable rate mortgage loans):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                At December 31,
                                             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1991              1992             1993             1994            1995
                                             --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                                   <C>            <C>               <C>             <C>             <C>       
Total Outstanding Principal Balance.........          $930,728       $1,561,256        $1,948,978      $2,422,604      $2,405,639
Number of Loans.............................             7,094           12,257            16,289          21,291          22,775
DELINQUENCY
Period of Delinquency:
31-60 Days
   Principal Balance........................           $13,518          $12,630           $13,079         $16,816         $32,483
   Number of Loans..........................                97               91               106             131             286
   Delinquency as a Percentage of Total
     Outstanding Principal Balance..........             1.45%            0.81%             0.67%           0.69%           1.35%
     Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans........................             1.37%            0.74%             0.65%           0.62%           1.26%
61-90 Days
   Principal Balance........................            $7,949          $10,753           $13,144         $18,104         $21,249
   Number of Loans..........................                59               75                93             129             188
   Delinquency as a Percentage of Total
     Outstanding Principal Balance..........             0.85%            0.69%             0.67%           0.75%           0.88%
     Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans........................             0.83%            0.61%             0.57%           0.61%           0.83%
91 Days or More
   Principal Balance........................           $24,482          $48,643           $60,621         $70,034         $94,201
   Number of Loans..........................               154              334               418             509             765
   Delinquency as a Percentage of Total
     Outstanding Principal Balance..........             2.63%            3.12%             3.11%           2.89%           3.92%
   Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans........................             2.17%            2.72%             2.57%           2.39%           3.36%
Total Delinquencies:
   Principal Balance........................           $45,949          $72,026           $86,844        $104,953        $147,933
   Number of Loans..........................               310              500               617             769           1,239
   Delinquency as a Percentage of Total
     Outstanding Principal Balance..........             4.94%            4.61%             4.46%           4.33%           6.15%
   Delinquency as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans........................             4.37%            4.08%             3.79%           3.61%           5.44%
FORECLOSURES PENDING(1)
   Principal Balance........................           $27,452          $50,104           $64,443         $77,960        $102,962
   Number of Loans..........................               184              342               449             583             859
   Foreclosures Pending as a Percentage of
     Total Outstanding Principal Balance....             2.95%            3.21%             3.31%           3.22%           4.28%
   Foreclosures Pending as a Percentage of
     Number of Loans........................             2.59%            2.79%             2.76%           2.74%           3.77%
NET LOAN GAINS (LOSSES) for the Period(2)...
                                                        $ (57)        $ (3,198)        $ (13,449)      $ (24,617)      $ (24,320)
NET LOAN GAINS (LOSSES) as a Percentage of Total
   outstanding Principal Balance............           (0.01)%          (0.20)%           (0.69)%         (1.02)%         (1.01)%

- -------------
<FN>
   (1)  Mortgage  loans  which are in  foreclosure  but as to which title to the
   mortgaged property has not been acquired, at the end of the period indicated.
   Foreclosures pending are included in the delinquencies set forth above.

   (2) Net Loan Gains  (Losses) is calculated  for loans conveyed to REMIC trust
   funds  as the  aggregate  of the net loan  gain  (loss)  for all  such  loans
   liquidated during the period indicated. The net loan gain (loss) for any such
   loan is  equal to the  difference  between  (a) the  principal  balance  plus
   accrued  interest  through  the  date of  liquidation  plus  all  liquidation
   expenses related to such loan and (b) all amounts received in connection with
   the  liquidation  of such loan.  The  majority  of Long Beach  Program  loans
   serviced by Long Beach have been conveyed to REMIC trust funds.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      S-29

<PAGE>



         As of December 31, 1995, 363 one- to four-family residential properties
relating to loans in Long Beach's  total  servicing  portfolio had been acquired
through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure and were not liquidated,  300
of which properties  relate to the B 1st, B 1st Fast Trac, B 1st QuickCredit and
B 1st QuickCredit Fast Trac residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio.

         There can be no assurance that the  delinquency  and loss experience of
the Long Beach Loans will  correspond  to the loss  experience  of Long  Beach's
mortgage  portfolio set forth in the foregoing table. The statistics shown above
represent  the  delinquency  and  loss  experience  for  residential   mortgages
originated under the Long Beach Programs and serviced by Long Beach only for the
years  presented,  whereas the aggregate  delinquency and loss experience on the
Long Beach Loans will depend on the results obtained over the life of the Trust.
Long  Beach's   portfolio   includes  mortgage  loans  with  payment  and  other
characteristics   which  are  not   representative  of  the  payment  and  other
characteristics  of the Long Beach Loans. A substantial number of the Long Beach
Loans may also have been originated based on Long Beach Guidelines that are less
stringent than those generally  applicable to the servicing  portfolio reflected
in the foregoing  table.  In addition,  it should be noted that a portion of the
period  covered by the foregoing  table was one in which real estate values were
appreciating,  particularly in the areas of California where properties securing
the related  loans were  located.  However,  over the last  several  years,  the
residential  real  estate  markets  in many  regions of the  country,  including
California,  have experienced general deterioration,  and should such decline in
property  values  continue  such that the  principal  balances of the Long Beach
Loans and any secondary  financing on the related  Mortgaged  Properties  become
equal to or  greater  than the value of such  Mortgaged  Properties,  the actual
rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and  losses  could be higher  than those
previously  experienced by Long Beach. In addition,  adverse economic conditions
(which may or may not affect real property values) may affect the timely payment
by Mortgagors of scheduled  payments of principal and interest on the Long Beach
Loans and,  accordingly,  the actual rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and
losses with respect to the Long Beach Loans.

                                      S-30

<PAGE>




Residential Loan Servicing Portfolio

         The  following  table  sets  forth Long  Beach's  delinquency  and loss
experience  (including  that of its  predecessor  in interest,  Long Beach Bank,
F.S.B.) at the dates indicated on its entire servicing  portfolio  (inclusive of
loans  originated  under the Long  Beach  Programs)  of  residential  (including
multi-family) mortgage loans:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                          At December 31,
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1991                     1992              1993               1994              1995
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                        <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>               <C>       
Total Outstanding Balance                  $1,749,232         $2,249,834        $2,434,615         $2,721,665        $2,790,704
Number of Loans                                15,536             19,235            21,159             24,669            26,766
DELINQUENCY
Period of Delinquency:
31-60 Days
  Principal Balance                           $26,077            $21,394           $21,834            $20,923           $35,503
  Number of Loans                                 235                220               224                195               327
  Delinquency as a Percentage of
    Total Outstanding Principal Balance         1.49%              0.95%             0.90%              0.77%             1.27%
Delinquency as a Percentage of
    Number of Loans                             1.51%              1.14%             1.06%              0.79%             1.22%
61-90 Days
  Principal Balance                           $13,600            $18,360           $19,321            $24,013           $25,237
  Number of Loans                                 128                173               177                193               253
  Delinquency as a Percentage of
    Total Outstanding Principal Balance         0.78%              0.82%             0.79%              0.88%             0.90%
  Delinquency as a Percentage of
    Number of Loans                             0.82%              0.90%             0.84%              0.78%             0.95%
91 Days or More
  Principal Balance                           $47,910            $85,403           $92,100            $97,202          $109,703
  Number of Loans                                 406                764               765                771               977
  Delinquency as a Percentage of
    Total Outstanding Principal Balance         2.74%              3.80%             3.78%              3.57%             3.93%
  Delinquency as a Percentage of
    Number of Loans                             2.61%              3.97%             3.62%              3.13%             3.65%
Total Delinquencies:
  Principal Balance                           $87,587           $125,157          $133,255           $142,138          $170,444
  Number of Loans                                 769              1,157             1,166              1,159             1,557
  Delinquency as a Percentage of
    Total Outstanding Principal Balance         5.01%              5.56%             5.47%              5.22%             6.11%
Delinquency as a Percentage of
    Number of Loans                             4.95%              6.02%             5.51%              4.70%             5.82%
FORECLOSURES PENDING(1)
  Principal Balance                           $45,987            $87,439           $96,810           $111,514          $132,679
  Number of Loans                                 415                737               748                955             1,200
  Foreclosures Pending as a Percentage
    of Total Outstanding Principal
    Balance                                     2.63%              3.89%             3.98%              4.10%             4.75%
  Foreclosures Pending as a
    Percentage of Number of Loans               2.67%              3.83%             3.54%              3.87%             4.48%
NET LOAN GAINS (LOSSES) for the
 Period(2)                                     $(728)          $(10,796)         $(35,474)          $(51,296)         $(37,914)
NET LOAN GAINS (LOSSES) as a
  Percentage of Total Outstanding Principal
   Balance                                    (0.04)%            (0.48)%           (1.46)%            (1.88)%           (1.36)%


- --------------------------------
<FN>
(1)   Mortgage  loans  which  are in  foreclosure  but as to which  title to the
      mortgaged  property  has  not  been  acquired,  at the  end of the  period
      indicated.  Foreclosures  pending are  included in the  delinquencies  set
      forth above.
(2)   Net Loan Gains  (Losses) is calculated  for loans  conveyed to REMIC trust
      funds as the  aggregate  of the net loan gain  (loss)  for all such  loans
      liquidated during the period  indicated.  The net loan gain (loss) for any
      such loan is equal to the  difference  between (a) the  principal  balance
      plus accrued interest through the date of liquidation plus all liquidation
      expenses  related to such loan and (b) all amounts  received in connection
      with the  liquidation  of such loan.  The  majority of  residential  loans
      serviced by Long Beach have been conveyed to REMIC trust funds.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      S-31

<PAGE>



         The delinquency and loss experience  percentages set forth above in the
immediately  preceding  table are  calculated on the basis of the total mortgage
loans  serviced as of the end of the  periods  indicated.  However,  because the
total outstanding  principal balance of residential loans serviced by Long Beach
has  increased  from  $1,209,505,000  at December 31,  1990,  to  $2,790,704  at
December 31, 1995, the total outstanding  principal balance of residential loans
serviced as of the end of any indicated period includes many loans that will not
have been  outstanding  long enough to give rise to some or all of the indicated
periods  of  delinquency.  In the  absence  of such  substantial  and  continual
additions of newly originated  loans to the total amount of loans serviced,  the
percentages  indicated above would be higher and could be substantially  higher.
The actual  delinquency  percentages with respect to the Long Beach Loans may be
expected to be substantially higher than the delinquency  percentages  indicated
above because the composition of the Long Beach Loans will not change.

         In  addition,  over the last  several  years,  there has been a general
deterioration  of the real estate  market and  weakening  of the economy in many
regions of the country,  including California.  The general deterioration of the
real estate  market has been  reflected in increases in  delinquencies  of loans
secured by real estate,  slower  absorption rates of real estate into the market
and lower sales prices for real estate. The general weakening of the economy has
been  reflected  in  decreases  in the  financial  strength  of  mortgagors  and
decreases in the value of collateral  serving as security for loans. If the real
estate  market and economy  continue to decline,  Long Beach may  experience  an
increase  in  delinquencies  on the loans it  services  and higher net losses on
liquidated loans.

         In the  opinion  of Long  Beach,  the  period to period  changes in the
delinquency  and loss  experience set forth in the table above are  attributable
primarily  to the  introduction  and  seasoning of higher  credit risk  mortgage
loans,  as measured  by credit risk  category  under Long  Beach's  underwriting
guidelines, and a general downturn in the California economy.

         Option One Mortgage Corporation

         Option One Mortgage  Corporation  ("Option  One") was  incorporated  in
1992,  commenced  receiving  applications  for mortgage  loans under its regular
lending  program  in  February  1993  and  began  funding  such  mortgage  loans
indirectly  in the same  month.  The  principal  business  of Option  One is the
origination, sale and servicing of non-conforming mortgage loans.

         As of December 31, 1994,  Option One was a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of
Plaza Home Mortgage Bank,  which was in turn a wholly-owned  subsidiary of Plaza
Home Mortgage Corporation ("PHMC"). On March 3, 1995, Fleet National Bank, Rhode
Island  acquired  100%  of  the  outstanding  stock  of  PHMC.   Following  such
acquisition,  Option One  became a  subsidiary  of Fleet  National  Bank,  Rhode
Island,  which is in turn a  subsidiary  of Fleet  Financial  Group,  Inc. As of
December 31, 1995,  Option One had three loan origination  centers in California
and one loan origination  center in each of Florida,  Georgia,  Illinois,  Ohio,
Texas and Virginia.

         Option One  operates as a  stand-alone  mortgage  banking  company with
functional reporting responsibility to Fleet Financial Group, Inc. Option One is
a FNMA approved servicer. Option One assumed full servicing responsibilities for
the  non-conforming  credit  servicing  portfolio of PHMC on May 4, 1995, all of
which  portfolio had been  originated by Option One. Prior to such  acquisition,
Option One acted as subservicer  on such  portfolio  performing the functions of
delinquency advancing, investor reporting,  remitting cash collected,  preparing
pertinent  reports  and  making   collections  on  delinquent   mortgage  loans,
foreclosures and real estate owned.

         The following  tables set forth, as of December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995
certain information relating to the delinquency  experience  (including imminent
foreclosures,  foreclosures in progress and bankruptcies) of one- to four-family
residential  mortgage  loans  included in Option  One's  servicing  portfolio of
mortgage loans originated under the Option One Guidelines  (which portfolio does
not include  mortgage loans that are  subserviced  for others) at the end of the
indicated periods.  The indicated periods of delinquency are based on the number
of days  past  due on a  contractual  basis.  No  mortgage  loan  is  considered
delinquent  for these  purposes  until it is one month past due on a contractual
basis. Such tables restate PHMC's  performance  statistics  relating only to the
non-conforming  mortgage  loans  previously  subserviced  by  Option  One.  Such
servicing was subsequently transferred to Option One.


                                      S-32

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Delinquencies and Foreclosures
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)

                                            At December 31,                At December 31,               At December 31,
                                                  1993                          1994                           1995
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Percent Percent                Percent Percent               Percent  Percent
                                     By No.    By    By No.   by    By No.   By     By No.   by   By No.    By    By No.    by
                                       of    Dollar    of   Dollar    of   Dollar    of    Dollar   of    Dollar    of    Dollar
                                      Loans  Amount  Loans  Amount  Loan   Amount   Loans  Amount Loans   Amount  Loans   Amount
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                    <C>   <C>        <C>     <C>  <C>   <C>        <C>    <C>  <C>    <C>        <C>    <C>  
Total Portfolio.................       1,233 $146,352   N/A     N/A  6,115 $615,488    N/A    N/A 12,686 1,153,199   N/A     N/A
Period of Delinquency:
         31 - 59 days...........           2    251     .16     .17     32   3,247     .52    .53    126   11,364    .99     .99
         60 - 89 days...........           3    265     .24     .18     17   1,637     .28    .27     87    8,138    .69     .71
         90 days or more........           2    282     .16     .19     28   3,556     .46    .58    294   28,982   2.32    2.51
                                           -    ---     ---     ---     --   -----     ---    ---    ---   ------   ----    ----
Total Delinquent Loans..........           7    798     .56     .54     77   8,440    1.26   1.38    507   48,484   4.00    4.21
Loans in Foreclosure*...........           4    415     .32     .28     50   5,328     .82    .87    301   28,874   2.37    2.50

- --------------------
<FN>
*     Loans in foreclosure are also included under the heading "Total Delinquent
      Loans."
</FN>
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                 Real Estate Owned
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)

                                    At December 31,                At December 31,               At December 31,
                                         1993                            1994                         1995
                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               By Dollar                      By Dollar                     By Dollar
                                 By No.         Amount          By No.          Amount         By No.        Amount
                                of Loans       of Loans        of Loans        of Loans       of Loans      of Loans
                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>      
Total Portfolio............      1,233         $146,352         6,115          $615,488        12,686       1,153,199
Foreclosed Loans(1)........        0               0              12            1,512            80           7,634
Foreclosed Ratio(2)........        0              .00            .20             .25            .63            .66


- ------------------------
<FN>
(1)      For the purposes of these tables,  Foreclosed Loans means the principal
         balance of mortgage loans secured by mortgaged  properties the title to
         which has been  acquired by Option One, by  investors  or by an insurer
         following foreclosure or delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure.

(2)      The Foreclosure  Ratio is equal to the aggregate  principal  balance or
         number of Foreclosed Loans divided by the aggregate  principal balance,
         or number,  as applicable,  of mortgage loans in the Total Portfolio at
         the end of the indicated period.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      S-33

<PAGE>



                                              Loan Loss Experience on
                                         Option One's Servicing Portfolio
                                                 of Mortgage Loans
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)


                                              Year Ending December 31,
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                           1993          1994           1995
                                      -----------------------------------------

Total Portfolio (1)                      $146,352      $615,488      $1,153,199
Gross Losses (2)                            $0            $17          $1,291
Recoveries (3)                              $0            $0             --
Net Losses (4)                              $0            $17          $1,291
Net Losses as a Percentage of Total
Portfolio                                 0.00%          0.00%          .11%


- -----------------------------------

(1)   "Total  Portfolio" on the date stated above is the  principal  balances of
      the mortgage loans outstanding on the last day of the period.
(2)   "Gross  Losses" are actual losses  incurred on liquidated  properties  for
      each  respective  period.  Losses are  calculated  after  repayment of all
      principal,   foreclosure  costs  and  accrued  interest  to  the  date  of
      liquidation.
(3)   "Recoveries"  are  recoveries  from  liquidation  proceeds and  deficiency
      judgments.
(4)   "Net Losses" means "Gross Losses" minus "Recoveries."


         The following  tables set forth, as of December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995
certain information relating to the delinquency  experience  (including imminent
foreclosures,  foreclosures in progress and bankruptcies) of one- to four-family
residential  mortgage loans included in Option One's entire servicing  portfolio
(which  portfolio   includes   mortgage  loans  originated  under  Option  One's
Guidelines and mortgage loans that are subserviced for others) at the end of the
indicated periods.  The indicated periods of delinquency are based on the number
of days  past  due on a  contractual  basis.  No  mortgage  loan  is  considered
delinquent  for these  purposes  until it is one month past due on a contractual
basis. Such tables restate PHMC's  performance  statistics  relating only to the
non-conforming  mortgage  loans  previously  subserviced  by  Option  One.  Such
servicing was subsequently transferred to Option One.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Delinquencies and Foreclosures
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)

                                            At December 31,                At December 31,               At December 31,
                                                  1993                          1994                           1995
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Percent Percent                Percent Percent               Percent Percent
                                     By No.    By    By No.   by    By No.   By    By No.    by   By No.    By    By No.   by
                                       of    Dollar    of   Dollar    of   Dollar    of    Dollar   of    Dollar    of   Dollar
                                      Loans  Amount  Loans  Amount   Loan  Amount   Loans  Amount Loans   Amount  Loans  Amount
                                -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                                    <C>   <C>        <C>     <C>  <C>   <C>        <C>    <C>  <C>    <C>        <C>     <C> 
Total Portfolio.................       1,233 $146,352   N/A     N/A  6,115 $615,488    N/A    N/A 14,625 1,367,031   N/A     N/A
Period of Delinquency:
         31 - 59 days...........           2    251     .16     .17     32   3,247     .52    .53    161   16,501   1.10    1.21
         60 - 89 days...........           3    265     .24     .18     17   1,637     .28    .27    104   10,117    .71     .74
         90 days or more........           2    282     .16     .19     28   3,556     .46    .58    388   40,275   2.65    2.95
                                           -    ---     ---     ---     --   -----     ---    ---    ---   ------   ----    ----
Total Delinquent Loans..........           7    798     .56     .54     77   8,440    1.26   1.38    653   66,893   4.46    4.90
Loans in Foreclosure*...........           4    415     .32     .28     50   5,328     .82    .87    388   38,985   2.65    2.85

- --------------------
<FN>
*     Loans in foreclosure are also included under the heading "Total Delinquent
      Loans."
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      S-34

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                 Real Estate Owned
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)

                                    At December 31,                At December 31,               At December 31,
                                         1993                            1994                         1995
                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               By Dollar                      By Dollar                     By Dollar
                                 By No.         Amount          By No.          Amount         By No.        Amount
                                of Loans       of Loans        of Loans        of Loans       of Loans      of Loans
                            -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>           <C>              <C>            <C>             <C>          <C>      
Total Portfolio............      1,233         $146,352         6,115          $615,488        14,625       1,367,031
Foreclosed Loans(1)........        0               0              12            1,512           100           9,632
Foreclosed Ratio(2)........        0              .00            .20             .25            .68            .70


- ------------------------
<FN>
(1)      For the purposes of these tables,  Foreclosed Loans means the principal
         balance of mortgage loans secured by mortgaged  properties the title to
         which has been  acquired by Option One, by  investors  or by an insurer
         following foreclosure or delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure.

(2)      The Foreclosure  Ratio is equal to the aggregate  principal  balance or
         number of Foreclosed Loans divided by the aggregate  principal balance,
         or number,  as applicable,  of mortgage loans in the Total Portfolio at
         the end of the indicated period.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                              Loan Loss Experience on
                                         Option One's Servicing Portfolio
                                                 of Mortgage Loans
                                              (Dollars in Thousands)


                                                Year Ending December 31,
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                          1993            1994         1995
                                       ----------------------------------------

Total Portfolio (1)                     $146,352        $615,488    $1,367,031
Gross Losses (2)                           $0              $17        $1,506
Recoveries (3)                             $0              $0          ---
Net Losses (4)                             $0              $17        $1,506
Net Losses as a Percentage of Total
Portfolio                                0.00%            0.00%        .11%


- -----------------------------------

(1)   "Total  Portfolio" on the date stated above is the  principal  balances of
      the mortgage loans outstanding on the last day of the period.
(2)   "Gross  Losses" are actual losses  incurred on liquidated  properties  for
      each  respective  period.  Losses are  calculated  after  repayment of all
      principal,   foreclosure  costs  and  accrued  interest  to  the  date  of
      liquidation.
(3)   "Recoveries"  are  recoveries  from  liquidation  proceeds and  deficiency
      judgments.
(4)   "Net Losses" means "Gross Losses" minus "Recoveries."

General

         There can be no assurance that the delinquency experience of the Option
One Loans will correspond to the delinquency experience of Option One's mortgage
portfolio  set forth in the  foregoing  tables.  See "The  Portfolio of Mortgage
Loans -- General"  herein.  The statistics shown above represent the delinquency
experience for Option One's residential  mortgage  servicing  portfolio only for
the periods  presented,  whereas the  delinquency  experience  on the Option One
Loans  will  depend on the  results  obtained  over the life of such  Option One
Loans.  Option One's residential  mortgage servicing portfolio includes mortgage
loans with a variety of payment, credit and other

                                      S-35

<PAGE>



characteristics  (including geographic location) which may not be representative
of the payment, credit and other characteristics of the Option One Loans. Option
One  has  limited  default  information  with  respect  to  the  mortgage  loans
originated  under the  Guidelines and is unable to predict the  delinquency  and
foreclosure  that might be expected  with  respect to the Option One Loans.  See
"Risk  Factors  -- Risk of  Higher  Delinquencies  Associated  with  Guidelines"
herein.  If the  residential  real estate  market  should  experience an overall
decline in property values,  the actual rates of delinquencies  and foreclosures
could be higher than those  previously  experienced  by Option One. In addition,
adverse  economic  conditions  may affect the timely  payment by  Mortgagors  of
scheduled  payments  of  principal  and  interest  on the  Option  One Loans and
accordingly,  the actual rates of delinquencies and foreclosures with respect to
the Mortgage Loan Pool.

         No  industrywide  data is available for mortgage  loans for  mortgagors
with less than FNMA credit  quality.  See "The  Portfolio  of Mortgage  Loans --
Guidelines" herein.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The  Depositor  will  sell the  Initial  Mortgage  Loans  to the  Trust
concurrently with delivery of the Notes and the Certificates.  Net proceeds from
the sale of the  Notes  and the  Class A  Certificates  will be  applied  by the
Depositor to the purchase of the Initial Mortgage Loans from the Seller,  to the
deposit of the Initial  Pre-Funded Amount in the Pre-Funding  Account and to the
deposit  of  certain  amounts  to the  Capitalized  Interest  Account.  Such net
proceeds  less the Initial  Pre-Funded  Amount and the amount  deposited  in the
Capitalized  Interest Account will (together with the Subordinated  Certificates
retained by the Depositor or its affiliates)  represent the purchase price to be
paid by the Trust to the Depositor for the Initial Mortgage Loans.

                                  THE DEPOSITOR

         The Depositor was  incorporated in the State of Delaware on November 9,
1995, and is a wholly-owned  subsidiary of AMRESCO, Inc. The Depositor maintains
its principal offices at 700 N. Pearl Street,  Suite 2400, Dallas,  Texas 75201.
Neither  the  Depositor  nor any of its  affiliates  will  insure  or  guarantee
distributions on the Certificates.

                                   THE SELLER

         The Seller was  incorporated  in the State of  Delaware  on October 13,
1995, and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of AMRESCO, Inc. The Seller maintains its
principal  offices at 700 N. Pearl  Street,  Suite 2400,  Dallas,  Texas  75201.
Neither  the  Seller  nor  any  of  its  affiliates  will  insure  or  guarantee
distributions on the Certificates.

                             THE MORTGAGE LOAN POOL

General

         The statistical  information  presented in this  Prospectus  Supplement
concerning the pool of Mortgage  Loans is based on the pool of Initial  Mortgage
Loans as of the  Cut-Off  Date.  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans are  intended to be
purchased  by the  Trust  from  the  Depositor  from  time to time on or  before
__________ ___, 199__,  from funds on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account.  The
Initial Mortgage Loans, any Qualified  Replacement  Mortgages and the Subsequent
Mortgage Loans are referred to herein  collectively as the "Mortgage Loans." The
Subsequent  Mortgage Loans,  if available,  to be purchased by the Trust will be
sold by the Originator to the Seller, by the Seller to the Depositor and then by
the Depositor to the Trust.

         This subsection  describes  generally  certain  characteristics  of the
Initial Mortgage Loans. Unless otherwise specified herein,  references herein to
percentages  of Initial  Mortgage  Loans  refer in each case to the  approximate
percentage of the aggregate  principal  balance of the Initial Mortgage Loans as
of the Cut-Off Date,  based on the scheduled  principal  balances of the Initial
Mortgage  Loans as of the Cut-Off Date, and giving effect to all payments due on
or prior to the Cut-Off Date.  The Initial  Mortgage Loan Pool consists of fixed
rate Mortgage Loans with remaining terms to maturity of not more than 360 months
(including both fully amortizing Mortgage Loans and

                                      S-36

<PAGE>



Balloon Loans).  The Initial Mortgage Loans have the  characteristics  set forth
below  as of the  Cut-Off  Date.  Percentages  expressed  herein  based  on Loan
Balances  and number of Initial  Mortgage  Loans have been  rounded,  and in the
tables set forth herein the sum of the  percentages may not equal the respective
totals due to such rounding.

         The  Loan-to-Value  Ratios shown below were  calculated  based upon the
appraised  values of the Mortgaged  Properties at the time of  origination  (the
"Appraised  Values").  No  assurance  can be given that values of the  Mortgaged
Properties  have  remained  or will  remain  at  their  levels  on the  dates of
origination of the related Mortgage Loans. If the residential real estate market
has experienced or should  experience an overall decline in property values such
that the  outstanding  balance of any Mortgage  Loan becomes equal to or greater
than the value of the  Mortgaged  Property,  the actual rates of  delinquencies,
foreclosures and losses could be higher than those now generally  experienced in
the mortgage lending industry.

Mortgage Loans

         The  information set forth is based upon data provided to the Depositor
by  the  Servicers.   Neither  the  Depositor,  the  Seller,  the  Underwriters,
Originators nor any of their  respective  affiliates have made or will have made
any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of such information.

         As of the Cut-Off Date,  the average Loan Balance of the Mortgage Loans
was $___________; the weighted average Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Mortgage Loans
was _____%;  the weighted  average  remaining term to maturity was _____ months;
the weighted average  original term to maturity was _____ months.  The remaining
terms to maturity as of the Cut-Off Date of the Mortgage Loans ranged from _____
months to _____ months.  The minimum and maximum Loan Balances of Mortgage Loans
as of  the  Cut-Off  Date  were  $___________  and  $___________,  respectively.
Mortgage Loans containing "balloon" payments represented not more than _____% of
the Original  Aggregate  Loan Balance of Mortgage  Loans.  No Mortgage Loan will
mature later than _____________, 2026.

         All the  Mortgage  Loans bear  interest at a fixed rate for the life of
the related  Mortgage Loans.  The Mortgage Loans consist of _____ Mortgage Loans
aggregating  $___________.  The Coupon Rates of the  Mortgage  Loans ranged from
_____% to _____%. The weighted average Coupon Rate of the Initial Mortgage Loans
was
- -----%.


                                      S-37

<PAGE>


                 Geographic Distribution of Mortgaged Properties

         The  geographic  distribution  of  Mortgage  Loans by state,  as of the
Cut-Off Date, was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    Number of                 Aggregate             % of Aggregate
Geographic Area                                  Mortgage Loans             Loan Balance             Loan Balance
- ---------------                                  --------------             ------------             ------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>        <C>
Arizona
California
Colorado
Delaware
Florida
Georgia
Illinois
Indiana
Kansas
Louisiana
Maryland
Michigan
Minnesota
Missouri
Nevada
New Mexico
North Carolina
Ohio
Oregon
Pennsylvania
Texas
Utah
Washington
Wisconsin
Wyoming

Total                                                                                                       100.00
                                                                                                            ======
                                                                                                 %
                                                                                                 =
</TABLE>

                                      S-38

<PAGE>




                          Original Loan-to-Value Ratios

         The original  loan-to-value ratios as of the date of origination of the
Mortgage Loans (based upon appraisals  made at the time of origination  thereof)
(the "Loan-to-Value Ratios") as of the Cut-Off Date were distributed as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Range of                      Number of                     Aggregate              % of Aggregate
       Original LTVs                 Mortgage Loans                Loan Balance              Loan Balance
       -------------                 --------------                ------------              ------------
<S>                                                                                                <C>
 5.001   -   10.000%
10.001   -   15.000%
20.001   -   25.000%
25.001   -   30.000%
35.001   -   40.000%
40.001   -   45.000%
45.001   -   50.000%
50.001   -   55.000%
55.001   -   60.000%
60.001   -   65.000%
65.001   -   70.000%
70.001   -   75.000%
75.001   -   80.000%
80.001   -   85.000%
85.001   -   90.000%
         Total:                                                                                    100.00%
                                                                                                   ====== 
</TABLE>


                            Cut-Off Date Coupon Rates

         The Coupon Rates borne by the Notes relating to the Mortgage Loans were
distributed as follows as of the Cut-Off Date:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

        Range of                       Number of                         Aggregate                    % of Aggregate
      Coupon Rates                   Mortgage Loans                    Loan Balance                    Loan Balance
      ------ -----                   -------- -----                    ---- -------                    ---- -------
<S>                                                                                                       <C>
8.01     -      8.50%
8.51     -      9.00%
9.01     -      9.50%
9.51     -     10.00%
10.01    -     10.50%
10.51    -     11.00%
11.01    -     11.50%
11.51    -     12.00%
12.01    -     12.50%
12.51    -     13.00%
13.01    -     13.50%
13.51    -     14.00%
         Total:                                                                                           100.00%
                                                                                                          ====== 
</TABLE>


                                      S-39

<PAGE>




                           Cut-Off Date Loan Balances

         The distribution of the outstanding  principal  amounts of the Mortgage
Loans as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                               Number of                    Aggregate                 % of Aggregate
Range of Loan Balances      Mortgage Loans                Loan Balance                 Loan Balance
- ----------------------      --------------                ------------                 ------------
<S>                                                                                       <C>
  $0.00    -    $50,000
 50,001    -   $100,000
100,001    -   $150,000
150,001    -   $200,000
200,001    -   $250,000
250,001    -   $300,000
300,001    -   $350,000
450,001    -   $500,000

  Total                                                                                   100.00%
                                                                                          ====== 
</TABLE>



                          Types of Mortgaged Properties

         The Mortgaged  Properties securing the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-Off
Date were of the property types as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                Number of                     Aggregate                 % of Aggregate
Property Types               Mortgage Loans                 Loan Balance                 Loan Balance
- --------------               --------------                 ------------                 ------------
<S>                                                                                          <C>
Single-family
PUD
Condominiums
2-4 Family
Mobile Home

               Total                                                                         100.00%
                                                                                             ====== 
</TABLE>


                 Distribution of Months Since First Payment Date

         The  distribution of the number of months since the date of origination
of the Mortgage Loans as of the CutOff Date was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



Months Elapsed                            Number of                     Aggregate                   % of Aggregate
Since Origination                      Mortgage Loans                 Loan Balance                   Loan Balance
- -----------------                      --------------                 ------------                   ------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>
0   -   6

                           Total                                                                       100.00%
                                                                                                       ====== 
</TABLE>

                                      S-40

<PAGE>




                   Distribution of Remaining Term to Maturity

         The  distribution of the number of months  remaining to maturity of the
Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Months Remaining                          Number of                     Aggregate                   % of Aggregate
to Maturity                            Mortgage Loans                 Loan Balance                   Loan Balance
- -----------                            --------------                 ------------                   ------------
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
109  -  120
169  -  180
229  -  240
349  -  360
             Total                                                                                      100.00%
                                                                                                        ====== 
</TABLE>


                                Occupancy Status

         The occupancy status of the Mortgaged  Properties securing the Mortgage
Loans as of the Cut-Off Date was as follows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                          Number of                     Aggregate                   % of Aggregate
Occupancy Status                       Mortgage Loans                 Loan Balance                   Loan Balance
- ----------------                       --------------                 ------------                   ------------
<S>                                                                                                     <C>
Owner Occupied
Non-Owner Occupied

                           Total                                                                        100.00%
                                                                                                        ====== 
</TABLE>

Conveyance of Subsequent Mortgage Loans

         The  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  permits  the Trust to  acquire
approximately  $__________ in aggregate principal balance of Subsequent Mortgage
Loans.  Accordingly,  the statistical  characteristics of the Mortgage Loan Pool
will vary as of any Subsequent  Cut-Off Date upon the  acquisition of Subsequent
Mortgage Loans.

         The obligation of the Trust to purchase  Subsequent Mortgage Loans on a
Subsequent Transfer Date is subject to the following requirements,  among others
(which may be waived or modified by the Insurer):  (i) such Subsequent  Mortgage
Loan  may not be 30 or more  days  contractually  delinquent  as of the  related
Subsequent  CutOff Date;  (ii) the remaining term to maturity of such Subsequent
Mortgage Loan may not exceed ___ months;  (iii) no Subsequent Mortgage Loan will
have a Coupon  Rate less than ____%;  and (iv)  following  the  purchase of such
Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans by the Trust,  the  Mortgage  Loans  (including  the
Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans) (a) will have a weighted  average Coupon Rate of at
least _____%; (b) will have a weighted average  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of not more
than ____%;  (c) will not have any Balloon  Loans;  (d) will not have a weighted
average remaining term to stated maturity of more than ___ months;  and (e) will
have no Mortgage Loan with a principal balance in excess of $_______.

         All the  Mortgage  Loans are  "Actuarial  Loans",  which  provide  that
interest is charged to the Mortgagors thereunder, and payments are due from such
Mortgagors,  as of a  scheduled  day of each month which is fixed at the time of
origination.  Scheduled monthly payments made by the Mortgagors on the Actuarial
Loans  either  earlier or later than the  scheduled  due dates  thereof will not
affect the amortization schedule or the relative application of such payments to
principal and interest.


                                      S-41

<PAGE>



                       PREPAYMENT AND YIELD CONSIDERATIONS

General

         The  weighted  average  life of,  and, if  purchased  at other than par
(disregarding,  for  purposes of this  discussion,  the effect on an  investor's
yield resulting from the timing of the settlement date and those  considerations
discussed below under "Payment Lag Feature of Class A Certificates"),  the yield
to  maturity on the Notes and the Class A  Certificates  will be affected by the
rate of payment of principal of the Mortgage  Loans,  including for this purpose
Prepayments,  liquidations due to defaults,  casualties and  condemnations,  and
repurchases  by the  Originators  of Mortgage Loans or other party to a Transfer
Agreement.  The actual rate of principal  prepayments on pools of mortgage loans
is influenced by a variety of economic,  tax, geographic,  demographic,  social,
legal and other factors and has  fluctuated  considerably  in recent  years.  In
addition,  the rate of principal  prepayments may differ among pools of mortgage
loans at any time because of specific  factors relating to the mortgage loans in
the  particular  pool,  including,  among other things,  the age of the mortgage
loans,  the geographic  locations of the  properties  securing the loans and the
extent of the mortgagors' equity in such properties,  changes in the mortgagors'
housing needs, job transfers and unemployment.

         As with fixed rate obligations  generally,  the rate of prepayment on a
pool of mortgage  loans with fixed rates is affected by prevailing  market rates
for mortgage loans of a comparable term and risk level. When the market interest
rate is below the mortgage coupon, mortgagors may have an increased incentive to
refinance their mortgage loans. Depending on prevailing market rates, the future
outlook for market rates and economic conditions generally,  some mortgagors may
sell or refinance  mortgaged  properties in order to realize their equity in the
mortgaged properties, to meet cash flow needs or to make other investments.

         In addition to the foregoing  factors  affecting  the weighted  average
life of the Notes and the Class A Certificates,  the subordination provisions of
the  Trust  result  in a  limited  acceleration  of the  Notes  relative  to the
amortization  of  the  related  Mortgage  Loans  until  the  related   Specified
Subordination Amount is reached. The accelerated amortization is achieved by the
application  of certain  excess  interest  and  principal  to the payment of the
Notes.  This  acceleration  feature creates  overcollateralization  equal to the
excess of the aggregate  Loan Balances of the Mortgage Loans over the sum of the
Note Principal Balance and the Class A Certificate  Principal Balance.  Once the
required level of  overcollateralization  is reached,  the acceleration  feature
will   cease,   unless   necessary   to   maintain   the   required   level   of
overcollateralization.

         A majority of the Mortgage Loans contain prepayment penalty provisions.
For  a  discussion  of  such   provisions,   see  "The   Portfolio  of  Mortgage
Loans--Prepayment Penalties" herein.

Mandatory Prepayment

         In the  event  that  at the  end of the  Funding  Period,  not  all the
Original  Pre-Funded Amount has been used to acquire Subsequent  Mortgage Loans,
then the Notes and the Class A Certificates will receive a partial prepayment on
the Payment Date in __________ 199__.

         Although no assurances  can be given,  the  Depositor  expects that the
principal amount of Subsequent Mortgage Loans sold to the Trust will require the
application  of  substantially  all the amount on  deposit  in the Pre-  Funding
Account and that there should be no material  principal prepaid to the Owners of
the Notes and the Class A Certificates.

Projected Prepayment and Yield for Notes and Class A Certificates

         As  indicated  above,  if  purchased  at other  than par,  the yield to
maturity on a Note or a Class A Certificate  will be affected by the rate of the
payment of principal of the  Mortgage  Loans.  If the actual rate of payments on
the  Mortgage  Loans is slower  than the rate  anticipated  by an  investor  who
purchases a Note or a Class A  Certificate  at a discount,  the actual  yield to
such  investor  will be lower than such  investor's  anticipated  yield.  If the
actual  rate  of  payments  on the  Mortgage  Loans  is  faster  than  the  rate
anticipated  by an investor who purchases a Note or a Class A  Certificate  at a
premium,  the actual yield to such investor  will be lower than such  investor's
anticipated yield.

         The  Maturity  Date of the Notes is _______  and the  "Final  Scheduled
Payment Date" for the Class A Certificates is  _______________.  These dates are
the dates on which the "Initial Note Principal Balance" and the "Initial Class A
Certificate  Principal  Balance"  would  be  reduced  to zero  assuming  that no
Prepayments are received

                                      S-42

<PAGE>



on the  Mortgage  Loans,  that  scheduled  monthly  payments of principal of and
interest on the related  Mortgage  Loans are timely  received and  Subordination
Increase  Amounts will be paid to the Owners of the Notes. The Maturity Date for
the Notes and the Final  Scheduled  Payment Date for the Class A Certificates is
the  thirteenth  Payment Date  following  the  calendar  month in which the Loan
Balances of all Mortgage  Loans which may be purchased at the end of the Funding
Period  with an  original  term of 360  months  will have been  reduced  to zero
assuming  that the  Mortgage  Loans pay in  accordance  with  their  terms.  The
weighted  average life of the Notes and the Class A Certificates is likely to be
shorter than would be the case if payments  actually made on the Mortgage  Loans
conformed to the foregoing assumptions,  and the final Payment Date with respect
to the Notes and the Class A  Certificates  could  occur  significantly  earlier
because (i) Prepayments are likely to occur, (ii) the Owners of the Subordinated
Certificates  may cause a termination of the Trust when the outstanding  Class A
Certificate  Principal  Balance  is  less  than  10% of  the  original  Class  A
Certificate  Principal  Balance and (iii) the  Servicers  may each  purchase all
Mortgage Loans serviced by them, thereby causing a termination of the Trust when
the  outstanding  Class A Certificate  Principal  Balance is less than 5% of the
Original Class A Certificate Balance.

         "Weighted  average life" refers to the average amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issuance of a security until each dollar of principal of
such security will be repaid to the investor.  The weighted  average life of the
Notes  and the  Class A  Certificates  will be  influenced  by the rate at which
principal of the Mortgage  Loans is paid,  which may be in the form of scheduled
amortization or prepayments (for this purpose,  the term  "prepayment"  includes
Prepayments and liquidations due to default).

         The tables at various Home Equity Prepayment ("HEP")  assumptions.  HEP
assumes that a pool of loans prepays in the first month of the life of such loan
at a constant prepayment rate that corresponds in CPR to one-tenth the given HEP
percentage and increases by an additional  one-tenth each month thereafter until
the tenth  month,  where it remains at a CPR equal to the given HEP  percentage.
The "Constant Prepayment Rate" or "CPR" represents an assumed annualized rate of
prepayment  relative to the then outstanding  principal balance on a pool of new
mortgage  loans.  The Prepayment  Assumption does not purport to be a historical
description of prepayment  experience or a prediction of the anticipated rate of
prepayment  of any pool of mortgage  loans,  including the Mortgage  Loans.  The
Depositor  believes  that no existing  statistics of which it is aware provide a
reliable  basis for Owners of the Notes or Class A  Certificates  to predict the
amount or the timing of receipt of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans.

         It is very  unlikely  that the  Mortgage  Loans  will  prepay  at rates
consistent  with  the  Prepayment  Assumption  until  maturity  or that  all the
Mortgage Loans will prepay at the same rate. There will be discrepancies between
the actual  characteristics  of the Mortgage Loans included in the Trust and the
assumed  characteristics used in preparing the following tables. Any discrepancy
may have an effect upon the percentages of Initial Certificate Principal Balance
outstanding  set forth in the table and the weighted  average lives of the Notes
and the Class A Certificates.

         Because the tables were prepared on the basis of the assumptions in the
following   paragraph,   there  will   likely  be   discrepancies   between  the
characteristics  of the actual  Mortgage  Loans and the  characteristics  of the
Mortgage Loans assumed in preparing the tables. Any such discrepancy will likely
have an effect upon the  percentages of the Principal  Balances  outstanding and
weighted  average lives of the Notes and the Class A  Certificates  set forth in
the  tables.  In  addition,  since the actual  Mortgage  Loans in the Trust have
characteristics  which  differ from those  assumed in  preparing  the tables set
forth  below,  the  distributions  of  principal  on the  Notes  and the Class A
Certificates may be made earlier or later than as indicated in the tables.

         For the purpose of the tables below,  it is assumed that:  (i) Mortgage
Loans have the  characteristics  set forth in the table below,  (ii) the Closing
Date occurs on __________,  199__, (iii)  distributions are made on the 25th day
of each month  regardless of the day on which the Payment Date actually  occurs,
commencing in _______ 199__ in accordance with the priorities  described herein,
(iv) the  difference  between  the Gross  Coupon Rate and the Net Coupon Rate is
equal to the  Servicing  Fee and the Net Coupon  Rate is further  reduced by the
Premium  Amount and the Trustee Fee, (v)  prepayments  include 30 day's interest
thereon,  (vi) optional termination or mandatory termination is exercised on the
date on which the Outstanding Certificate Principal Balance has declined to less
than 10% of the original  Principal Balance,  (vii) the "Specified  Subordinated
Amount"     (as     defined     under     "Description     of    the     Offered
Securities--Overcollateralization  Provisions") is set initially as specified in
the Indenture and thereafter  decreases in accordance with the provisions of the
Indenture,  (viii)  all the  Pre-Funded  Amount  is used to  acquire  Subsequent
Mortgage Loans on _________ 199__, and prior to such date, the Pre-Funded Amount
accrues  interest at a rate of _____% per annum,  (ix) all Mortgage Loans pay on
their respective due dates in accordance with their respective terms and (x) the
Initial Note Principal Balance and Initial Class A Certificate Principal Balance
is as set forth and under "Summary of Terms--Securities Offered" herein.

                                      S-43

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              Initial Mortgage Loans
<S>                  <C>                <C>                  <C>                <C>               <C>
                                                                                 Original          Remaining
                                                                                  Term to           Term to
                     Principal          Gross Coupon         Net Coupon          Maturity          Maturity
                      Balance               Rate                Rate            (in months)       (in months)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



















                                             Subsequent Mortgage Loans
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>           <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>         <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>
                                                                                               Original      Remaining
              Gross      Net                          Periodic      Monthly        Rate         Term to       Term to
Principal     Coupon   Coupon      Gross      Net       Rate        to Next       Change       Maturity      Maturity
 Balance       Rate     Rate      Margin   Life Cap     Cap          Reset      Frequency     (in months)   (in months)      Index
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>






                                      S-44

<PAGE>



         The following tables set forth the percentages of the initial principal
amount of the Notes and the Class A Certificates that would be outstanding after
each of the dates shown,  based on a rate equal to 0%, 10%,  22%, 26% and 30% of
the Prepayment Assumption (as defined above).


                     PERCENTAGE OF INITIAL PRINCIPAL BALANCE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                        Notes                                                  Class A Certificates
<S>                       <C>    <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>           <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>         <C>
 Payment Date             0%     10%        22%         26%         30%           0%         10%          22%        26%         30%
                          --     ---        ---         ---         ---           --         ---          ---        ---         ---
 Initial Balance
 __________, 1997
 __________, 1998
 __________, 1999
 __________, 2000
 __________, 2001
 __________, 2002
 __________, 2003
 __________, 2004
 __________, 2005
 __________, 2006
 __________, 2007
 __________, 2008
 __________, 2009
 __________, 2010
 __________, 2011
 __________, 2012
 __________, 2013
 __________, 2014
 __________, 2015
 __________, 2016
 __________, 2017
 __________, 2018
 __________, 2019
 __________, 2020
 __________, 2021
 __________, 2022
 __________, 2023
 __________, 2024
 __________, 2025
 __________, 2026
 __________, 2027

 Weighted Avg Life(1)





- -----------------------------
<FN>
(1)      The weighted  average life of the Notes and the Class A Certificates is
         determined by (i) multiplying  the amount of each principal  payment by
         the number of years from the date of issuance  to the  related  Payment
         Date, (ii) adding the results and (iii) dividing the sum by the initial
         respective  Note  Principal  Balance and Class A Certificate  Principal
         Balance for such Class of Class A Certificate.
</FN>
</TABLE>
                                      S-45

<PAGE>



Payment Lag Feature of Class A Certificates

         An amount equal to  Mortgagor  payments  with respect to each  Mortgage
Loan (net of the Servicing Fee) received by the Servicer  during each Remittance
Period is to be  remitted  to the  Trustee  on or prior to the  related  Monthly
Remittance  Date;  however,  the Trustee will not be required to distribute  any
such  amounts to the Owners of Class A  Certificates  until the next  succeeding
Payment Date. As a result, the monthly  distributions to the Owners of the Class
A  Certificates  generally  reflect an Accrual  Period with respect to Mortgagor
payments  during the prior calendar  month,  and the first Payment Date will not
occur until  _________,  199__.  Thus, the effective  yield to the Owners of the
Class A  Certificates  will be below  that  otherwise  produced  by the  related
Pass-Through  Rate because the  distribution of the related Class A Distribution
Amount in respect of any given month will not be made until on or about the 25th
day of the following month.


                                 THE ORIGINATORS

         The  Mortgage  Loan  Pool  consists  of _____  Initial  Mortgage  Loans
purchased or originated by two originators  (the  "Originators")  with aggregate
outstanding Loan Balances of $___________.  The largest Originator of such loans
is ______________________________,  which originated ____% of the Mortgage Loans
and has committed to the Seller to originate all Subsequent  Mortgage Loans. The
other Originator is ______________ ________________,  which originated _____% of
the Mortgage Loans.


                    FORMATION OF THE TRUST AND TRUST PROPERTY

         AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__
(the "Trust") will be created and established as a business trust under Delaware
law  pursuant to the Trust  Agreement.  The Trust may not engage in any activity
other than (i) acquiring,  holding and managing the Mortgage Loans and the other
assets of the Trust and the proceeds  therefrom,  (ii) issuing the Notes and the
Certificates,  (iii) making payments on the Notes and the  Certificates and (iv)
engaging in other  activities  incidental to the  foregoing.  The Depositor will
convey  without  recourse  the  Mortgage  Loans to the Trust and the Trust  will
issue:  (i)  the  Notes  pursuant  to  the  Indenture;  and  (ii)  the  Class  A
Certificates and the Subordinated Certificates pursuant to the Trust Agreement.

         The property of the Trust will  include (a) the  Mortgage  Loans (other
than  payments  due on the  Mortgage  Loans on or prior to the Cut-Off Date with
respect to those  Mortgage  Loans  that were  current  as of the  Cut-Off  Date)
together with the related  Mortgage Loan documents and the Seller's  interest in
any Mortgaged  Property  which secures a Mortgage Loan and all payments  thereon
and proceeds of the conversion,  voluntary or involuntary, of the foregoing, (b)
such amounts as may be held by the Indenture Trustee in the Certificate Account,
the Pre-Funding Account, the Capitalized Interest Account and any other accounts
held by the Indenture Trustee for the Trust together with investment earnings on
such  amounts  and  such  amounts  as may be held in the  name of the  Indenture
Trustee in the Principal and Interest Account,  if any,  exclusive of investment
earnings  thereon  (except as  otherwise  provided in the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement)  whether  in the  form of  cash,  instruments,  securities  or  other
properties,  (c)  the  Insurance  Policy,  (d)  proceeds  of all  the  foregoing
(including,  but not by way of limitation,  all proceeds of any hazard insurance
and title  insurance  policy  relating to the  Mortgage  Loans,  cash  proceeds,
accounts,  accounts  receivable,  notes,  drafts,  acceptances,  chattel  paper,
checks,  deposit  accounts,  rights to payment of any and every kind,  and other
forms of obligations and receivables which at any time constitute all or part of
or are included in the proceeds of any of the foregoing) to pay the Certificates
as specified in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  and (e) certain  rights of
the Seller under the Transfer Agreements (collectively, the "Trust Estate").

         The Notes will be secured by a pledge of the  property  of the Trust to
the Indenture Trustee.

         The  Class A  Certificates  will not  represent  an  interest  in or an
obligation of, nor will the Mortgage Loans be guaranteed by, the Depositor,  the
Seller, the Servicers or any of their affiliates.

                                      S-46

<PAGE>



         Prior  to  its   formation  the  Trust  will  have  had  no  assets  or
obligations.  Upon formation, the Trust will not engage in any business activity
other than  acquiring,  holding and collecting  payments on the Mortgage  Loans,
issuing the Notes and the Certificates and distributing  payments  thereon.  The
Trust will not acquire any  receivables  or assets other than the Mortgage Loans
and the rights  appurtenant  thereto  and will not have any need for  additional
capital  resources.  To the extent that mortgagors make scheduled payments under
the Mortgage Loans,  the Trust will have  sufficient  liquidity to pay the Notes
and to make  distributions on the  Certificates.  As the Trust does not have any
operating  history  and will not  engage in any  business  activity  other  than
issuing the Notes and the Certificates and making distributions  thereon,  there
has not been  included  any  historical  or pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed
charges with respect to the Trust..

Capitalization of the Trust

         The following table  illustrates the anticipated  capitalization of the
Trust as of the  Cut-off  Date  (based  on the  approximate  original  principal
amounts  of  Offered  Securities  set forth  herein  and  without  regard to the
Subordinated  Certificates),  as  if  the  issuance  and  sale  of  the  Offered
Securities had taken place on such date:

          ______% Notes                              $
     Class A Certificates                              _____________
            Total                                    $


The Owner Trustee

         ______________   is  the  Owner  Trustee  under  the  Trust  Agreement.
___________ is a _________  banking  corporation  and its principal  offices are
located  at  ____________________________,  ____________,  _________.  The Owner
Trustee's  liability in  connection  with the issuance and sale of the Notes and
the  Certificates  is limited  solely to the  express  obligations  of the Owner
Trustee set forth in the Trust  Agreement.  The Owner  Trustee may resign at any
time, in which event the Depositor or its successor will be obligated to appoint
a successor  trustee.  The  Depositor may remove the Owner Trustee under certain
circumstances.  Any  resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee will not become
effective until acceptance of the appointment by a successor trustee.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The description in this Prospectus  Supplement of the Initial  Mortgage
Loans and the Mortgaged  Properties is based upon the pool as constituted at the
close of business on the Cut-Off Date, as adjusted (with respect to all Mortgage
Loans that were  current as of the  Cut-Off  Date) for the  scheduled  principal
payments  due on or before  such  date.  Prior to the  issuance  of the  Offered
Securities,  Initial  Mortgage Loans may be removed from the pool as a result of
incomplete  documentation or non-compliance with  representations and warranties
set forth in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  if the Depositor  deems such
removal  necessary or  appropriate.  A limited number of other Initial  Mortgage
Loans  may be  included  in  the  pool  prior  to the  issuance  of the  Offered
Securities.

         A current  report on Form 8-K will be  available to  purchasers  of the
Offered Securities and will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
and incorporated by reference into the Registration  Statement together with the
forms of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement and the Indenture  within  fifteen
days after the initial issuance of the Offered Securities.  In the event Initial
Mortgage  Loans  are  removed  from or  added  to the  pool as set  forth in the
preceding  paragraph,  such  removal or  addition  will be noted in the  current
report on Form  8-K.  A  current  report  on Form 8-K will also be filed  within
fifteen days of the end of the Funding  Period  reflecting  the additions to the
Mortgage Loans.


                                      S-47

<PAGE>



                      DESCRIPTION OF THE OFFERED SECURITIES

General

         The Notes will be issued  pursuant  to an  Indenture  to be dated as of
________    1,   199__    (the    "Indenture"),    between    the   Issuer   and
______________________ as Indenture Trustee (the "Indenture Trustee"). The Class
A  Certificates,  together  with  the  Subordinated  Certificates  (the  Class A
Certificates  and  the   Subordinated   Certificates  are  referred  to  as  the
"Certificates"),  will be issued pursuant to the Trust Agreement. Only the Notes
and the  Class A  Certificates  (collectively,  the  "Offered  Securities")  are
offered hereby.  The following summary describes certain terms of the Notes, the
Class A  Certificates,  the Indenture,  the Trust  Agreement and the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement.  Reference  is made  to the  accompanying  Prospectus  for
important additional  information  regarding the terms of the Offered Securities
and the underlying  documents.  Forms of the Indenture,  the Trust Agreement and
the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  have  been  filed  a  exhibits  to  the
Registration  Statement of which the  Prospectus  forms a part. The summary does
not purport to be complete  and is subject to, and is  qualified in its entirety
by reference to, the provisions of the Notes, the  Certificates,  the Indenture,
the Trust Agreement and the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  Where  particular
provisions  or terms used in any of such  documents  are referred to, the actual
provisions  (including  definitions of terms) are  incorporated  by reference as
part  of  such  summaries.   The  Certificates  represent  undivided  fractional
ownership  interests  in the  equity  of the Trust  subject  to the  limits  and
priority  of  distribution   described  herein.   The  Notes  and  the  Class  A
Certificates  will also have the benefit of an  irrevocable  financial  guaranty
insurance policy (the "Insurance  Policy") to be issued on or before the date of
issuance of the Offered Securities by  _______________  (the "Insurer") in favor
of the Indenture Trustee.

Payment Dates

         On each Payment Date,  the Owners of the Notes and Class A Certificates
will be entitled to receive,  from  amounts  then on deposit in the  certificate
account  established and maintained by the Indenture  Trustee in accordance with
the Indenture (the  "Certificate  Account") and until the Note Principal Balance
and the Class A  Certificate  Principal  Balance are  reduced to zero,  the Note
Amount and the Class A  Distribution  Amount,  respectively,  as of such Payment
Date, as described below.  Distributions  will be made in immediately  available
funds by wire transfer or otherwise, to the account of Owners of Notes and Class
A Certificates at domestic banks or other entities having appropriate facilities
therefor,  if the Owner has so notified the  Trustee,  or by check mailed to the
address of the person  entitled  thereto  as it  appears  on the  register  (the
"Register") maintained by the Trustee as registrar (the "Registrar"). Beneficial
Owners may  experience  some delay in the receipt of their  payments  due to the
operations  of  DTC.  See  "Risk   Factors--Book   Entry  Registration"  in  the
Prospectus,"Book  Entry  Registration  of the  Offered  Securities"  herein  and
"Description of the Securities--Book Entry Registration" in the Prospectus.

         An Owner will be  required to send its Note or Class A  Certificate  to
the Trustee prior to receiving the final payment or distribution.  In any event,
any Note or Class A Certificate  as to which the final  payment or  distribution
has been made shall be deemed canceled for all purposes under or pursuant to the
Insurance Policy.

         Each Owner of the Notes of the Class A Certificates will be entitled to
receive  such  Owner's  Percentage  Interest in the amounts due on such  Payment
Date.  The  "Percentage  Interest" of a Note or a Class A Certificate  as of any
date of determination  will be equal to the percentage  obtained by dividing the
principal balance of such Note or Certificate as of the Cut-Off Date by the Note
Principal Balance or the Class A Certificate Principal Balance as of the Cut-Off
Date.

Distributions

         Upon  receipt,  the  Trustee  will be  required  to  deposit  into  the
Certificate  Account, (i) the total of the principal and interest collections on
the Mortgage  Loans,  including  any Net  Liquidation  Proceeds,  required to be
remitted by the Servicers,  together with any  Substitution  Amount and any Loan
Purchase  Price,  (ii) any  Insured  Payment,  and  (iii)  the  proceeds  of any
liquidation  of the Trust  Estate.  The Trustee will also be required to deposit
into the  Certificate  Account any  Pre-Funded  Amounts to be  distributed  as a
prepayment at the end of the Funding Period.

                                      S-48

<PAGE>




         The Pooling and Servicing Agreement  establishes a pass-through rate on
the Class A Certificates  (the "Pass- Through Rate") as set forth in the Summary
herein under "Offered Securities."

         On each  Payment  Date,  the Trustee is required to make the  following
disbursements  and  transfers  from  moneys  then on deposit in the  Certificate
Account as  specified  below in the  following  order of  priority  of each such
transfer and disbursement:

                  (i)      First,  to the Insurer  the  Premium  Amount for such
                           Payment Date;

                  (ii)     Second,   to  the  Trustee   the  Trustee   Fees  and
                           reimbursable expenses then due;

                  (iii)    Third, to the Owners of the Notes on a pro rata basis
                           without any priority among the Notes:

                           (A)      the Current Interest; and

                           (B) Note  Principal  Payment  Amount  until  the Note
         Principal Balance is reduced to zero;

                  (iv)     Fourth,  to the Owners of the Class A Certificates on
                           a pro rata basis without any priority among the Class
                           A Certificates:

                           (A)      the Current Interest;

                           (B)      the Class A  Principal  Distribution  Amount
                                    until  the  Class  A  Certificate  Principal
                                    Balance is reduced to zero; and

                  (v)      Fifth,   to   the   Owners   of   the    Subordinated
                           Certificates, all remaining distributable amounts.

         The Trustee or Paying  Agent shall (i) receive as  attorney-in-fact  of
each  Owner of Notes and  Class A  Certificates  any  Insured  Payment  from the
Insurer  and  (ii)  disburse  the  same to  each  Owner  of  Notes  and  Class A
Certificates.  The Indenture and Trust Agreement will provide that to the extent
the Insurer makes Insured Payments,  either directly or indirectly (as by paying
through  the  Trustee  or  Paying  Agent),  to the  Owners  of  Notes or Class A
Certificates,  the Insurer will be  subrogated to the rights of such Owners with
respect to such  Insured  Payments,  and shall  receive  reimbursement  for such
Insured  Payments  as  provided  in the  Indenture  and  Trust  Agreement;  such
subrogation and reimbursement  will have no effect on the Insurer's  obligations
under the Insurance Policy.

         The term "Available  Funds" does not include Insured  Payments and does
not include any amounts that cannot be distributed to the Owners of the Notes or
the Class A  Certificates,  if any,  by the  Trustee as a result of  proceedings
under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

         Each Owner of a Note or a Class A Certificate will be required promptly
to notify the Trustee in writing upon the receipt of a court order relating to a
Preference Amount and will be required to enclose a copy of such order with such
notice to the Trustee.

Optional Redemption of Notes; Optional Prepayment of Certificates

         The Notes are subject to redemption  in whole,  but not in part, on any
Payment  Date on or after the  Cleanup  Call  Date in each case at a  redemption
price equal to the then  outstanding  Note Principal  Balance,  plus accrued and
unpaid interest thereon.

                                      S-49

<PAGE>



         The Class A Certificates  are subject to optional  repurchase in whole,
but not in part,  on any Payment Date on or after the Clean-up Call Date in each
case at a  purchase  price  equal to the then  outstanding  Class A  Certificate
Principal Balance, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Overcollateralization Provisions

         Overcollateralization Resulting from Cash Flow Structure. The Indenture
provides,  on each Payment Date, for an accelerated  payment of principal on the
Notes, but only to the limited extent hereafter described,  which has the effect
of accelerating  the  amortization of the Notes relative to the  amortization of
the related Mortgage Loans.

         An accelerated  payment of principal of the Notes is required until the
Subordinated Amount has increased to the level required.  "Subordinated  Amount"
means,  with respect to each Payment Date, the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of
(i) the  aggregate  Loan  Balances  of the  Mortgage  Loans  as of the  close of
business on the last day of the preceding  Remittance Period and (ii) any amount
on deposit in the Pre-Funding  Account at such time exclusive of any Pre-Funding
Account  Earnings (as defined in the Indenture) over (y) the sum of (i) the Note
Principal Balance and (ii) the Class A Certificate  Principal Balance as of such
Payment  Date  (after  taking into  account  the  payment of the Note  Principal
Payment (except for any Subordination Deficit or Subordination  Increase Amount)
and Class A Principal  Distribution  Amount on such  Payment  Date).  Any amount
actually  applied  as an  accelerated  payment  of  principal  of the Notes is a
"Subordination  Increase Amount." The required level of the Subordinated  Amount
with  respect to a Payment  Date is the  "Specified  Subordinated  Amount."  The
Indenture  generally provides that the Specified  Subordinated  Amount may, over
time,  decrease,  or increase,  subject to certain  floors,  caps and  triggers,
including triggers that allow the Specified  Subordinated  Amount to decrease or
"step down" based on the performance of the related  Mortgage Loans with respect
to certain  tests  specified in the  Indenture  based on  delinquency  rates and
cumulative  losses. If certain  delinquency  and/or loss levels set forth in the
Indenture are exceeded, the "Specified Subordinated Amount" may become unlimited
and accelerate  payment in reduction of principal of the Notes during the period
that the  Mortgage  Loans are  unable to meet  certain  tests  specified  in the
Indenture based on delinquency rates and cumulative losses.

         If the Specified  Subordinated Amount is permitted to decrease or "step
down"  on a  Payment  Date  in  the  future  or in  the  event  that  an  Excess
Subordinated Amount otherwise exists, the Indenture provides that some of or all
the principal which would otherwise be distributed to the Owners of the Notes on
such  Payment  Date  shall be  distributed  to the  Owners  of the  Subordinated
Certificates until the Excess  Subordinated  Amount is reduced to zero. This has
the  effect  of  decelerating  the  amortization  of the  Notes  and the Class A
Certificates  relative to the  amortization of the related Mortgage Loans and of
reducing the related  Subordinated Amount. With respect to any Payment Date, the
excess, if any, of (x) the Subordinated Amount on such Payment Date after taking
into account all  distributions  to be made on such Payment Date (except for any
distributions  of  Subordination  Reduction  Amounts  as  described  in the next
sentence) over (y) the Specified Subordinated Amount is the "Excess Subordinated
Amount" for such Payment Date. If, on any Payment Date, the Excess  Subordinated
Amount is, or, after taking into account all other  distributions  to be made on
such Payment Date would be, greater than zero (i.e., the Subordinated  Amount is
or would be greater than the Specified  Subordinated  Amount),  then any amounts
relating to  principal  which would  otherwise be  distributed  to the Owners of
Notes on such Payment  Date shall  instead be  distributed  to the Owners of the
Subordinated  Certificates (to the extent available therefor) in an amount equal
to the lesser of (x) the related Excess  Subordinated  Amount and (y) the amount
available for  distribution  on account of principal on such Payment Date;  such
amount being a  "Subordination  Reduction  Amount." As a result of the cash flow
structure of the Trust, Subordination Reduction Amounts may result even prior to
the  occurrence  of  any  decrease  or  "step  down"  in the  related  Specified
Subordinated  Amount.  This is  because  the Owners of the Notes and the Class A
Certificates will generally be entitled to receive ___% of collected  principal,
even  though  the sum of (i) the Note  Principal  Balance  and (ii) the  Class A
Certificate  Principal  Balance will,  following any  accelerated  amortization,
represent  less than ___% of the  aggregate  Loan Balance.  Accordingly,  in the
absence of the  provisions  relating to  Subordination  Reduction  Amounts,  the
Subordinated   Amount  would   automatically   increase   above  the   Specified
Subordinated Amount requirements.

         Generally,  on any  Payment  Date,  ____% of all amounts  collected  on
account of scheduled principal with respect to the related Remittance Period and
unscheduled principal with respect to the related Prepayment Period

                                      S-50

<PAGE>



(other than any such amount applied to the payment of a Subordination  Reduction
Amount)  will  be  distributed  to the  Owners  of the  Notes  and  the  Class A
Certificates on such Payment Date. If any Mortgage Loan became a Liquidated Loan
during  such prior  Remittance  Period,  the Net  Liquidation  Proceeds  related
thereto and allocated to principal may be less than the principal balance of the
related  Mortgage  Loan;  the amount of any such  insufficiency  is a  "Realized
Loss." In addition,  the principal  balance of any Mortgage Loan which becomes a
Liquidated Loan shall  thenceforth equal zero. There is not any requirement that
the amount of any Realized  Loss be  distributed  to the Owners of the Notes and
the Class A Certificates on the Payment Date which immediately follows the event
of loss;  i.e.,  current recovery of losses is not required.  Nevertheless,  the
occurrence of a Realized Loss will reduce the related  Subordinated  Amount (and
may   result   in   a   Subordination   Deficit   as   described   below   under
"--Overcollateralization  and the Insurance Policy"),  which, to the extent that
such  reduction  causes  such  Subordinated  Amount to be less than the  related
Specified  Subordinated  Amount  applicable to the related  Payment  Date,  will
require the payment of a Subordination Increase Amount on such Payment Date (or,
if insufficient  funds are available on such Payment Date, on subsequent Payment
Dates, until the Subordinated  Amount equals the related Specified  Subordinated
Amount).  The effect of the foregoing is to allocate losses to the Owners of the
Subordinated  Certificates by reducing, or eliminating entirely,  payments which
such Owners would otherwise receive.

         Overcollateralization   and  the  Insurance  Policy.  A  "Subordination
Deficit" with respect to a Payment Date is the amount,  if any, by which (x) the
sum of (i) the Note Principal Balance and Class A Certificate  Principal Balance
with respect to a Payment Date,  after taking into account all  distributions to
be made  on  such  Payment  Date  (except  for  any  Subordination  Deficit  and
Subordination  Increase  Amount),  exceeds (y) the sum of (a) the aggregate Loan
Balances  of the  Mortgage  Loans as of the close of business on the last day of
the  related  Prepayment  Period and (b) the  amount,  if any, on deposit in the
Pre-Funding  Account on such  Payment  Date  exclusive  of  Pre-Funding  Account
Earnings.  The Trustee is required to make a claim for an Insured  Payment under
the Insurance Policy not later than the second Business Day prior to any Payment
Date as to which the Trustee has determined  that a  Subordination  Deficit will
occur for the purpose of applying  the  proceeds  of such  Insured  Payment as a
payment of principal on such Payment  Date.  No payments in respect of principal
will be made under the Insurance  Policy unless a Subordination  Deficit occurs.
The Insurance Policy is thus similar to the subordination  provisions  described
above insofar as the Insurance Policy guarantees ultimate,  rather than current,
payment of the amounts of any Realized Losses to the Owners of the Notes and the
Class A  Certificates.  Investors  should  realize  that,  under extreme loss or
delinquency  scenarios that occur when no Subordination Deficit exists, they may
temporarily  receive no  distributions of principal when they would otherwise be
entitled thereto under the principal  allocation  provisions  described  herein.
Nevertheless,  the  exposure to risk of loss of  principal  to the Owners of the
Notes and the Class A Certificates depends in part on the ability of the Insurer
to satisfy its obligations under the Insurance Policy.

Pre-Funding Account

         On the Closing Date, the Original  Pre-Funded  Amount will be deposited
in the Pre-Funding Account, which account shall be in the name of and maintained
by the  Indenture  Trustee  and shall be part of the Trust  Estate.  During  the
Funding  Period,  the  Pre-Funded  Amount will be maintained in the  Pre-Funding
Account.  The  Original  Pre-Funded  Amount  will be reduced  during the Funding
Period by the amount thereof used to purchase  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans.  Any
Pre-Funded Amount remaining at the end of the Funding Period will be distributed
to the Owners of the Notes and Class A  Certificates  on the  Payment  Date that
immediately follows the end of the Funding Period, thus resulting in a principal
prepayment of the Notes and the Class A Certificates.

         Amounts on deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account will be invested in the
investments  permitted by the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  (the  "Eligible
Investments").  All  interest  and any other  investment  earnings on amounts on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account will be deposited in the Capitalized Interest
Account prior to each Payment Date during the Funding Period.

                                      S-51

<PAGE>




Capitalized Interest Account

         On the Closing Date cash will be deposited in the Capitalized  Interest
Account, which account shall be in the name of and maintained by the Trustee and
shall be part of the Trust.  The amount on deposit in the  Capitalized  Interest
Account,  including  reinvestment  income thereon and amounts  deposited thereto
from the Pre-Funding Account, will be used by the Trustee to fund the excess, if
any,  of (i)  the  sum  of the  amount  of  interest  accruing  at the  Class  A
Pass-Through  Rate on the  amount  by which  the sum of (i) the  Note  Principal
Balance and (ii) the Class A Certificate Principal Balance exceeds the aggregate
Loan  Balance of the  Mortgage  Loans plus the Trustee  Fees and Premium  Amount
accruing on such excess balance over (ii) the amount of any reinvestment  income
on monies on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account; such amounts on deposit will be
so applied by the Trustee on each  Payment  Date in the  Funding  Period to fund
such excess, if any. Any amounts  remaining in the Capitalized  Interest Account
at the end of the Funding Period and not needed for such purpose will be paid to
the Depositor  and will not  thereafter  be available  for  distribution  to the
Owners of the Notes or Class A Certificates.

         Amounts on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account will be invested
in Eligible Investments.

                BOOK ENTRY REGISTRATION OF THE OFFERED SECURITIES

         The Notes and the Class A Certificates will be book-entry  Certificates
(the  "Book-Entry   Certificates").   Persons  acquiring   beneficial  ownership
interests in such  Book-Entry  Certificates  ("Beneficial  Owners") may elect to
hold their Book-Entry Certificates directly through DTC in the United States, or
CEDEL  or  Euroclear  (in  Europe)  if they  are  Participants  of such  systems
("Participants") , or indirectly through  organizations  which are Participants.
The Book-Entry  Certificates will be issued in one or more certificates which in
the aggregate equal the principal  balance of the Notes and Class A Certificates
and will  initially be registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC.
CEDEL and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their  Participants
through customers'  securities  accounts in CEDEL's and Euroclear's names on the
books of their respective depositaries which in turn will hold such positions in
customers'  securities  accounts in the depositaries' names on the books of DTC.
Citibank will act as depositary  for CEDEL and Morgan will act as depositary for
Euroclear  (in such  capacities,  individually  the  "Relevant  Depositary"  and
collectively  the "European  Depositaries").  Investors may hold such beneficial
interests in the Book-Entry  Certificates in minimum denominations  representing
principal amounts of $1,000 and in integral multiples in excess thereof.  Except
as described  below, no Beneficial  Owner will be entitled to receive a physical
certificate representing such Certificate (a "Definitive  Certificate").  Unless
and until definitive  Certificates  are issued,  it is anticipated that the only
"Owner" of such Book-Entry  Certificates  will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.
Beneficial  Owners  will not be Owners as that term is used in the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement.  Beneficial  Owners are only  permitted to exercise  their
rights indirectly through Participants and DTC.

         The Beneficial  Owner's  ownership of a Book-Entry  Certificate will be
recorded on the records of the brokerage firm, bank, thrift institution or other
financial  intermediary  (each, a "Financial  Intermediary")  that maintains the
Beneficial   Owner's   account  for  such  purpose.   In  turn,   the  Financial
Intermediary's  Ownership of such Book-Entry Certificate will be recorded on the
records of DTC (or of a participating  firm that acts as agent for the Financial
Intermediary,  whose interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if
the Beneficial  Owner's  Financial  Intermediary is not a DTC Participant and on
the records of CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).

         Beneficial  Owners will receive all  distributions of principal of, and
interest on, the Book-Entry  Certificates  from the Trustee  through DTC and DTC
Participants.   While  such  Certificates  are  outstanding  (except  under  the
circumstances  described  below),  under the rules,  regulations  and procedures
creating and affecting DTC and its operations (the "Rules"),  DTC is required to
make  book-entry  transfers  among  Participants  on whose  behalf  it acts with
respect  to  such   Certificates   and  is  required  to  receive  and  transmit
distributions of principal of, and interest on, such Certificates.  Participants
and indirect Participants with whom Beneficial Owners have accounts with respect
to Book-Entry  Certificates are similarly required to make book-entry  transfers
and  receive  and  transmit  such  distributions  on behalf of their  respective
Beneficial Owners. Accordingly, although Beneficial Owners will not

                                      S-52

<PAGE>



possess  certificates,  the Rules provide a mechanism by which Beneficial Owners
will receive distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.

         Beneficial   Owners   will  not  receive  or  be  entitled  to  receive
certificates  representing  their respective  interests except under the limited
circumstances  described  below.  Unless and until  Definitive  Certificates are
issued,  Beneficial  Owners who are not Participants  may transfer  ownership of
Notes  and  Class  A  Certificates   only  through   Participants  and  indirect
Participants  by instructing  such  Participants  and indirect  Participants  to
transfer such Notes and Class A Certificates,  by book-entry  transfer,  through
DTC for the account of the  purchasers  of such Notes and Class A  Certificates,
which account is maintained with their respective Participants.  Under the Rules
and in accordance with DTC's normal  procedures,  transfers of ownership of such
Notes and Class A Certificates  will be executed through DTC and the accounts of
the respective Participants at DTC will be debited and credited.  Similarly, the
Participants and indirect  Participants will make debits or credits, as the case
may be, on their  records on behalf of the  selling  and  purchasing  Beneficial
Owners.

         Because of time zone  differences,  credits of  securities  received in
CEDEL or Euroclear as a result of a transaction  with a Participant will be made
during subsequent  securities  settlement  processing and dated the business day
following the DTC  settlement  date.  Such credits or any  transactions  in such
securities  settled  during such  processing  will be  reported to the  relevant
Euroclear or CEDEL  Participants on such business day. Cash received in CEDEL or
Euroclear as a result of sales of securities  by or through a CEDEL  Participant
(as  defined  below)  or  Euroclear  Participant  (as  defined  below)  to a DTC
Participant  will be received with value on the DTC settlement  date but will be
available  in the  relevant  CEDEL  or  Euroclear  cash  account  only as of the
business day following  settlements in DTC. For information  with respect to tax
documentation  procedures  relating to the  Certificates,  see "Certain  Federal
Income Tax Consequences -- Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors" and "-- Backup
Withholding"  in the  Prospectus  and  "Global  Clearance,  Settlement  and  Tax
Documentation   Procedures--Certain   U.S.  Federal  Income  Tax   Documentation
Requirements" in Annex I hereto.

         Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers  between CEDEL  Participants and Euroclear  Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.

         Cross-market  transfers  between persons holding directly or indirectly
through  DTC,  on the  one  hand,  and  directly  or  indirectly  through  CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance  with DTC  rules on  behalf of the  relevant  European  international
clearing  system  by  the  Relevant  Depositary;   however,   such  cross-market
transactions  will require  delivery of  instructions  to the relevant  European
international  clearing system by the  counterparty in such system in accordance
with its rules and procedures  and within its  established  deadlines  (European
time).  The  relevant  European  international  clearing  system  will,  if  the
transaction  meets its  settlement  requirements,  deliver  instructions  to the
Relevant  Depositary to take action to effect final  settlement on its behalf by
delivering or receiving  securities  in DTC, and making or receiving  payment in
accordance with normal  procedures for same day funds  settlement  applicable to
DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear  Participants may not deliver instructions
directly to the European Depositaries.

         DTC,  which is a New  York-chartered  limited  purpose  trust  company,
performs  services  for its  Participants  ("DTC  Participants"),  some of which
(and/or  their   representatives)   own  DTC.  In  accordance  with  its  normal
procedures, DTC is expected to record the positions held by each DTC Participant
in the Book-Entry Certificates, whether held for its own account or as a nominee
for another person. In general, beneficial ownership of Book- Entry Certificates
will be subject to the rules,  regulations and procedures  governing DTC and DTC
Participants as in effect from time to time.

         CEDEL is  incorporated  under the laws of Luxembourg as a  professional
depository.  CEDEL holds  securities for its participant  organizations  ("CEDEL
Participants")  and  facilitates  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts  of CEDEL  Participants,  thereby  eliminating  the  need for  physical
movement  of  certificates.  Transactions  may be  settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies,  including  United  States  dollars.  CEDEL  provides  to its  CEDEL
Participants,  among other  things,  services for  safekeeping,  administration,
clearance and  settlement of  internationally  traded  securities and securities
lending  and  borrowing.  CEDEL  interfaces  with  domestic  markets  in several
countries.

                                      S-53

<PAGE>



As a professional  depository,  CEDEL is subject to regulation by the Luxembourg
Monetary  Institute.  CEDEL Participants are recognized  financial  institutions
around the world, including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks,
trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect
access to CEDEL is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and
trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial  relationship  with a
CEDEL Participant, either directly or indirectly.

         Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold  securities for  Participants  of
Euroclear  ("Euroclear  Participants")  and to  clear  and  settle  transactions
between  Euroclear  Participants  through  simultaneous   electronic  book-entry
delivery against payment,  thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous  transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 32 currencies,  including United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services,  including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several  countries
generally  similar  to the  arrangements  for  cross-market  transfers  with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the  "Euroclear  Operator"),  under contract
with Euroclear  Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian  cooperative  corporation (the
"Cooperative").  All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear Securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator,  not the Cooperative.  The Cooperative  establishes
policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include banks  (including  central  banks),  securities  brokers and dealers and
other  professional  financial  intermediaries.  Indirect access to Euroclear is
also  available  to other  firms that  clear  through  or  maintain a  custodial
relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.

         The  Euroclear  Operator  is the Belgian  branch of a New York  banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal  Reserve  System
and the New  York  State  Banking  Department,  as well as the  Belgian  Banking
Commission.

         Securities  clearance  accounts and cash  accounts  with the  Euroclear
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating  Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively,  the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and
cash from  Euroclear,  and receipts of payments  with respect to  securities  in
Euroclear.  All  securities  in Euroclear  are held on a fungible  basis without
attribution of specific  certificates to specific securities clearance accounts.
The  Euroclear  Operator acts under the Terms and  Conditions  only on behalf of
Euroclear  Participants,  and has no  record  of or  relationship  with  persons
holding through Euroclear Participants.

         Distributions  on the  Book-Entry  Certificates  will  be  made on each
Payment Date by the Trustee to DTC. DTC will be  responsible  for  crediting the
amount of such payments to the accounts of the  applicable DTC  Participants  in
accordance  with  DTC's  normal   procedures.   Each  DTC  Participant  will  be
responsible  for  disbursing  such  payment  to  the  Beneficial  Owners  of the
Book-Entry  Certificates  that it represents and to each Financial  Intermediary
for which it acts as agent. Each such Financial Intermediary will be responsible
for  disbursing  funds to the Beneficial  Owners of the Book-Entry  Certificates
that it represents.

         Under  a  book-entry  format,   Beneficial  Owners  of  the  Book-Entry
Certificates may experience some delay in their receipt of payments,  since such
payments will be forwarded by the Trustee to Cede. Distributions with respect to
Certificates  held  through  CEDEL or  Euroclear  will be  credited  to the cash
accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear  Participants in accordance with the
relevant  system's rules and procedures,  to the extent received by the Relevant
Depositary.  Such  distributions  will be subject to tax reporting in accordance
with relevant United States tax laws and  regulations.  Because DTC can only act
on behalf of  Financial  Intermediaries,  the ability of a  Beneficial  Owner to
pledge Book-Entry Certificates to persons or entities that do not participate in
the Depository  system,  or otherwise take actions in respect of such Book-Entry
Certificates,  may be limited due to the lack of physical  certificates for such
Book-Entry Certificates. In addition, issuance of the Book-Entry Certificates in
book-entry  form may reduce the liquidity of such  Certificates in the secondary
market  since  certain   potential   investors  may  be  unwilling  to  purchase
Certificates for which they cannot obtain physical certificates.


                                      S-54

<PAGE>



         Monthly  and annual  reports on the Trust  provided  by the  Trustee to
Cede,  as  nominee of DTC,  may be made  available  to  Beneficial  Owners  upon
request,  in accordance with the rules,  regulations and procedures creating and
affecting  the  Depository,  and to the  Financial  Intermediaries  to whose DTC
accounts the Book-Entry Certificates of such Beneficial Owners are credited.

         DTC  has  advised  the  Trustee  that,   unless  and  until  Definitive
Certificates  are issued,  DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the
Owners of the Book-Entry  Certificates under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
only at the  direction  of one or more  Financial  Intermediaries  to whose  DTC
accounts  the  Book-Entry  Certificates  are  credited,  to the extent that such
actions are taken on behalf of Financial  Intermediaries  whose holdings include
such Book-Entry  Certificates.  CEDEL or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may
be, will take any action permitted to be taken by an Owner under the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement on behalf of a CEDEL  Participant or Euroclear  Participant
only in accordance  with its relevant  rules and  procedures  and subject to the
ability of the Relevant  Depositary to effect such actions on its behalf through
DTC. DTC may take actions,  at the direction of the related  Participants,  with
respect to some Class A  Certificates  which  conflict  with actions  taken with
respect to other Class A Certificates.

         Definitive  Certificates  will be  issued to  Beneficial  Owners of the
Book-Entry Certificates,  or their nominees, rather than to DTC, only if (a) DTC
or the Depositor  advises the Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer  willing,
qualified or able to discharge  properly its  responsibilities  as a nominee and
depository with respect to the Book-Entry  Certificates and the Depositor or the
Trustee is unable to locate a qualified  successor,  (b) the  Depositor,  at its
sole option,  elects to terminate a book-entry system through DTC or (c) DTC, at
the  direction  of  the  Beneficial  Owners   representing  a  majority  of  the
outstanding Percentage Interests of the Notes and Class A Certificates,  advises
the Trustee in writing that the continuation of a book-entry  system through DTC
(or a  successor  thereto)  is no longer  in the best  interests  of  Beneficial
Owners.

         Upon the occurrence of any of the events  described in the  immediately
preceding  paragraph,  the Trustee  will be  required  to notify all  Beneficial
Owners of the  occurrence  of such  event and the  availability  through  DTC of
Definitive  Certificates.  Upon  surrender by DTC of the global  certificate  or
certificates  representing  the Book- Entry  Certificates  and  instructions for
re-registration,  the Trustee will issue Definitive Certificates, and thereafter
the Trustee will recognize the holders of such Definitive Certificates as Owners
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         Although  DTC,  CEDEL  and  Euroclear  have  agreed  to  the  foregoing
procedures  in order to facilitate  transfers of Notes and Class A  Certificates
among Participants of DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear,  they are under no obligation to
perform or  continue  to perform  such  procedures  and such  procedures  may be
discontinued at any time.

Assignment of Rights

         An Owner may pledge, encumber, hypothecate or assign all or any part of
its right to receive  distributions  under any Note or Class A Certificate,  but
such pledge,  encumbrance,  hypothecation  or assignment  shall not constitute a
transfer of an ownership  interest  sufficient to render the transferee an Owner
of the Trust without compliance with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement  described  above.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement  provides  that  the  Insurer  may,  in  connection  with a
subrogation  of the  Insurer  to the  rights of the  Owners of the Notes and the
Class A  Certificates  to an  amount  equal to  Insured  Payments  for which the
Insurer has not received  reimbursement,  be  considered to be an "Owner" to the
extent (but only to the extent) of such rights.

                      THE INSURANCE POLICY AND THE INSURER

         The  following  information  has  been  supplied  by  the  Insurer  for
inclusion  in  this  Prospectus  Supplement.  No  representation  is made by the
Underwriters,  the  Seller,  the  Servicers,  the  Depositor  or  any  of  their
affiliates as to the accuracy or completeness of such information.

                                [To be supplied.]

                                      S-55

<PAGE>




                                  THE INDENTURE

         In addition to the provisions of the Indenture  summarized elsewhere in
this  Prospectus  Summary,  there is set forth below a summary of certain  other
provisions of the Indenture.

Modification of Indenture Without Noteholder Consent

         The Trust and the  Indenture  Trustee  may,  without the consent of the
Owners of the Notes,  but with the prior written  consent of the Insurer,  enter
into one or more supplemental  indentures for any of the following purposes: (i)
to  correct or amplify  the  description  of the  collateral  or add  additional
collateral;  (ii) to provide for the  assumption  of the Notes and the Indenture
obligations  by a  permitted  successor  to the Trust;  (iii) to add  additional
covenants for the benefit of the Owners of the Notes, or to surrender any rights
or power conferred upon the Trust; (iv) to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or
pledge any property to or with the Indenture Trustee;  (v) to cure any ambiguity
or correct or supplement  any provision in the Indenture or in any  supplemental
indenture,  which may be inconsistent  with any other provision of the Indenture
or in any  supplemental  indenture;  (vi) to provide  for the  appointment  of a
successor Indenture Trustee or to add to or change any of the provisions of this
Indenture as shall be necessary and permitted to facilitate  the  administration
by more than one trustee; (vii) to modify, eliminate or add to the provisions of
the  Indenture  in order to comply  with the  Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939,  as
amended; and (viii) to add any provisions to, change in any manner, or eliminate
any of the  provisions  of, the  Indenture or modify in any manner the rights of
the Owners of the Notes under the Indenture;  provided that any action specified
in this  clause  (viii)  shall not,  as  evidenced  by an  opinion  of  counsel,
adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Owner of the Notes
unless consent is obtained as described below.

Modification of Indenture With Noteholder Consent

         With the  consent of the Owners of a majority in  aggregate  Percentage
Interest (a  "Majority  in Voting  Interest")  of the Notes,  and with the prior
written consent of the Insurer,  the Trust and the Indenture Trustee may execute
a supplemental indenture to add provisions to, change in any manner or eliminate
any provisions of, the  Indenture,  or modify (except as provided  below) in any
manner the rights of the Owners of the Notes.

         Without  the  consent of the Owner of each  outstanding  Note  affected
thereby  and the  written  consent  of the  Insurer,  however,  no  supplemental
indenture  may:  (i) change the due date of any  installment  of principal of or
interest on any Note or reduce the principal  amount thereof,  the interest rate
specified  thereon or the  redemption  price with respect  thereto or change any
place of payment where or the coin or currency in which any Note or any interest
thereon is payable;  (ii) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement
of certain  provisions  of the  Indenture  regarding  payment;  (iii) reduce the
percentage of the aggregate  amount of the outstanding  Notes the consent of the
Owners of which is required for any such  supplemental  indenture or the consent
of the Owners of which is required  for any waiver of  compliance  with  certain
provisions  of  the  Indenture  or of  certain  defaults  thereunder  and  their
consequences  as  provided  for in the  Indenture;  (iv)  modify  or  alter  the
provisions of the Indenture regarding the voting of Notes held by the Trust, any
other  obligor on the Notes,  the  Depositor,  the Seller,  the  Servicers or an
affiliate of any of them; (v) reduce the percentage of the aggregate outstanding
amount of the Notes the consent of the Owners of which is required to direct the
Indenture  Trustee to sell or liquidate  the assets of the Trust if the proceeds
of such sale would be insufficient  to pay the principal  amount and accrued but
unpaid  interest on the outstanding  Notes;  (vi) decrease the percentage of the
aggregate  principal  amount of the Notes  required to amend the sections of the
Indenture which specify the applicable  percentage of aggregate principal amount
of the  Notes  necessary  to  amend  the  Indenture  or  certain  other  related
agreements;  or (vii) permit the  creation of any lien ranking  prior to or on a
parity with the lien of the Indenture  with respect to any of the collateral for
the Notes,  or, except as otherwise  permitted or contemplated in the Indenture,
terminate the lien of the Indenture on any such collateral or deprive the holder
of any Note of the security afforded by the lien of the Indenture.

                                      S-56

<PAGE>



Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default

         "Events  of  Default"  under the  Indenture  will  consist  of: (i) any
failure to make any  required  payment of interest on the Notes,  which  failure
continues  unremedied  for five days;  (ii) any failure (a) to make any required
payment of  principal  on the Notes or (b) to observe or perform in any material
respect any other covenants or agreements in the Indenture, which failure in the
case of a default  described  under (ii)(b)  immediately  above  materially  and
adversely  affects the rights of the Owners of the Notes,  and which  failure in
either case  continues  unremedied or 30 days after the giving of written notice
of such failure to the Trust and the Depositor or the Servicers,  as applicable,
by the Indenture Trustee or the Insurer or by the Owners of not less than 25% of
the  principal  amount of the  Notes,  with the  consent of the  Insurer;  (iii)
failure to pay the unpaid principal  balance of the Notes on the final scheduled
Payment  Date;  and (iv) certain  events of  insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,
marshaling of assets and liabilities or similar  proceedings and certain actions
by the Trust  indicating its insolvency,  reorganization  pursuant to bankruptcy
proceedings  or inability to pay its  obligations.  Nevertheless,  the amount of
principal  required  to be  distributed  to the  Owners of the  Notes  under the
Indenture is generally limited to amounts available  therefor in the Certificate
Account. Therefore, the failure to pay principal on the Notes will not result in
the occurrence of an Event of Default until the final scheduled Payment Date.

         If any Event of Default should occur and be continuing  with respect to
the Notes,  the  Insurer  (so long as the  Insurer has not failed to satisfy its
obligations  under  the  Insurance  Policy),  or the  Indenture  Trustee  or the
Majority in Voting  Interest of the Notes then  outstanding  (in each case, with
the  consent of the  Insurer),  may  declare  the  principal  of the Notes to be
immediately due and payable. Such declaration may, under certain  circumstances,
be  rescinded  by the  Insurer (so long as the Insurer has not failed to satisfy
its obligations under the Insurance Policy) or (with the Insurer's prior written
consent) the Majority in Voting Interest of the Notes then outstanding.

         If the Notes have been  declared  to be due and  payable  following  an
Event of Default with respect  thereto,  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall,  at the
direction  of the Insurer  (so long as the  Insurer is not in default  under the
Insurance  Policy)  and may,  with the consent of the  Insurer,  either sell the
assets of the Trust or elect to have the Trust maintain possession of the assets
of the Trust and continue to apply  distributions  on the  Mortgage  Loans as if
there had been no declaration of acceleration.  The Indenture Trustee,  however,
is  prohibited  from  selling  the  assets  of the Trust  following  an Event of
Default,  unless (a)(i) the Owners of all the outstanding  Notes consent to such
sale, (ii) the proceeds of such sale are sufficient to pay in full the principal
of and the accrued  interest on the outstanding  Notes at the date of such sale,
or (iii) the  Indenture  Trustee  determines  that the  proceeds of the Mortgage
Loans would not be  sufficient  on an ongoing  basis to make all payments on the
Notes as such payments  would have become due if the Notes had not been declared
due and  payable,  and (b) the  Indenture  Trustee  obtains  the  consent of the
Insurer.  Following a  declaration  upon an Event of Default  that the Notes are
immediately  due and payable,  repayment in full of the accrued  interest on and
unpaid principal  balance of the Notes will be made prior to any further payment
of principal of or interest on the Class A Certificates

         Subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture  relating to the duties of
the Indenture  Trustee,  if an Event of Default  occurs and is  continuing  with
respect to the Notes,  the  Indenture  Trustee  will be under no  obligation  to
exercise  any of the  rights or powers  under the  Indenture  at the  request or
direction of any of the Owners of Notes,  if the  Indenture  Trustee  reasonably
believes it will not be adequately  indemnified against the costs,  expenses and
liabilities  which  might be  incurred  by it in  complying  with such  request.
Subject to such provisions for indemnification and certain limitations contained
in the Indenture, the Insurer will have the right to direct the time, method and
place of  conducting  any  proceeding  or any remedy  available to the Indenture
Trustee.

         No holder of any Note will have the right to institute  any  proceeding
with respect to the Indenture, unless (i) such Owner previously has given to the
Indenture  Trustee  and the  Insurer  written  notice of a  continuing  Event of
Default,  (ii) the  Owners of not less than 25% of the  principal  amount of the
Notes have made  written  request of the  Indenture  Trustee to  institute  such
proceeding in its own name as Indenture Trustee, (iii) such Owner or Owners have
offered the Indenture Trustee reasonable  indemnity,  (iv) the Indenture Trustee
has  for  60  days  failed  to  institute  such  proceeding,  (v)  no  direction
inconsistent  with such written request has been given to the Indenture  Trustee
during such 60-day period by the Owners of a Majority in Voting  Interest of the
Notes and (vi) such Owner has obtained the written consent of the Insurer.

                                      S-57

<PAGE>




         In  addition,  the  Indenture  Trustee and the Owners of the Notes will
covenant  that  they  will not at any  time  institute  against  the  Trust  any
bankruptcy,  reorganization  or other  proceeding  under  any  federal  or state
bankruptcy or similar law.

         Neither the Indenture  Trustee nor the Owner Trustee in its  individual
capacity,  nor any Owner of a Certificate  representing an ownership interest in
the Trust including,  without  limitation,  the Depositor,  the Servicers or the
Seller nor any of their  respective  owners,  beneficiaries,  agents,  officers,
directors, employees, affiliates,  successors or assigns will, in the absence of
an express  agreement to the contrary,  be personally  liable for the payment of
the  principal  of or interest on the Notes or for the  agreements  of the Trust
contained in the Indenture.

Certain Covenants

         The  Trust may not  consolidate  with or merge  into any other  entity,
unless (i) the entity  formed by or surviving  such  consolidation  or merger is
organized  under the laws of the United  States,  any state or the  District  of
Columbia,  (ii) such entity expressly assumes the Trust's obligation to make due
and punctual  payments upon the Notes and the performance or observance of every
agreement  and  covenant  of the Trust  under the  Indenture,  (iii) no Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing  immediately  after such merger or
consolidation,  (iv) the Insurer shall have consented to such  transaction,  (v)
the  Trust  has  received  an  opinion  of  counsel  to  the  effect  that  such
consolidation  or merger would have no material  adverse tax  consequence to the
Trust or to any  Owner  of  Notes  or  Certificates  and  (vi)  such  merger  or
consolidation  does  not  result  in the  rating  of the  Notes  or the  Class A
Certificates being downgraded.

         The  Trust  will not,  among  other  things  (i)  except  as  expressly
permitted  by the  Indenture,  the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  or certain
related  documents  (collectively,  the "Related  Documents"),  sell,  transfer,
exchange or otherwise  dispose of any of the assets of the Trust, (ii) claim any
credit on or make any  deduction  from the  principal  and  interest  payable in
respect of the Notes (other than amounts  withheld  under the Code or applicable
state  law) or assert any claim  against  any  present or former  Owner of Notes
because  of the  payment  of taxes  levied or  assessed  upon the  Trust,  (iii)
dissolve  or  liquidate  in  whole or in  part,  (iv)  permit  the  validity  or
effectiveness  of the  Indenture  to be  impaired  or  permit  any  person to be
released from any covenants or  obligations  with respect to the Notes under the
Indenture except as may be expressly  permitted  thereby or (v) permit any lien,
charge,  excise, claim,  security interest,  mortgage or other encumbrance to be
created  on or extend to or  otherwise  arise  upon or burden  the assets of the
Trust or any part thereof, or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof.

         The Trust may not engage in any activity other than as specified  under
"Formation of the Trust and Trust  Property"  herein.  The Trust will not incur,
assume or guarantee any indebtedness  other than indebtedness  incurred pursuant
to the Notes and the  Indenture  or  otherwise  in  accordance  with the Related
Documents.

Annual Compliance Statement

         The Trust will be required to file annually with the Indenture  Trustee
a  written  statement  as to  the  fulfillment  of  its  obligations  under  the
Indenture.

Indenture Trustee's Annual Report

         Pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, the Indenture  Trustee may
be required to mail each year to the Owners of Notes, a brief report relating to
its eligibility and qualification to continue as the Indenture Trustee under the
Indenture,  any amounts advanced by it under the Indenture, the amount, interest
rate  and  maturity  date of  certain  indebtedness  owing  by the  Trust to the
Indenture Trustee in its individual capacity,  the property and funds physically
held by the Indenture Trustee as such and any action taken by it that materially
affects the Notes and that has not been previously reported.

                                      S-58

<PAGE>




Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

         The  Indenture  will  be  discharged  with  respect  to the  collateral
securing the Notes upon the delivery to the Indenture  Trustee for  cancellation
of all the Notes or, with certain  limitations,  upon deposit with the Indenture
Trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all the Notes.

         Pursuant to the  Indenture,  the  Indenture  Trustee is required at all
times to be a banking corporation organized and doing business under the laws of
the United  States of America  or of any  State,  authorized  under such laws to
exercise  corporate  trust powers,  having a combined  capital and surplus of at
least $50,000,000,  whose long-term deposits,  if any, are rated at least "____"
by S&P and  "______"  by  Moody's,  or such lower  rating as may be  approved in
writing by the Insurer, S&P and Moody's subject to supervision or examination by
federal or state authority and reasonably  acceptable to the Insurer.  If at any
time the Indenture  Trustee  shall cease to be eligible in  accordance  with the
provisions described in this paragraph,  the Indenture Trustee shall give notice
of such  ineligibility to the Insurer and shall resign,  upon the request of the
Insurer or the Majority in Voting  Interest of the Notes, in the manner and with
the effect specified in the Indenture.

         Any resignation or removal of the Indenture  Trustee and appointment of
a successor trustee shall become effective upon the acceptance of appointment by
such successor trustee.

         The Indenture Trustee, or any successor trustee or trustees, may resign
at any time by giving  written notice to Depositor,  the Seller,  the Servicers,
the  Insurer  and all Owners of Notes in the manner set forth in the  Indenture.
Upon receiving  notice of  resignation,  the Depositor,  with the consent of the
Insurer, is required to promptly appoint a successor trustee or trustees meeting
the  eligibility  requirements  set forth  above in the  manner set forth in the
Indenture. The Depositor will deliver a copy of the instrument used to appoint a
successor  trustee to the Owners of Notes.  If no successor  trustee  shall have
been appointed and have accepted  appointment within 60 days after the giving of
such notice of  resignation,  the  resigning  trustee may  petition any court of
competent  jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor  trustee.  Such court
may thereupon,  after such notice,  if any, as it may deem proper and prescribe,
appoint a successor trustee.

         The  Majority  in Voting  Interest  of the  Notes or, if the  Indenture
Trustee  fails to perform in  accordance  with the terms of the  Indenture,  the
Insurer,  may remove the Indenture Trustee under the conditions set forth in the
Indenture and appoint a successor trustee in the manner set forth therein.

         At any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal  requirements  of any
jurisdiction in which any assets of the Trust or property  securing the same may
at the time be located,  the Depositor and the Indenture  Trustee acting jointly
shall have the power and shall  execute and deliver all  instruments  to appoint
one or more persons approved by the Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer to act as
co-trustee  or  co-trustees,  jointly with the  Indenture  Trustee,  or separate
trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the assets of the Trust, and
to vest in such person or persons, in such capacity, such title to the assets of
the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the provisions of the Indenture,
such  powers,  duties,  obligations,  rights and trusts as the  Servicer and the
Trustee may consider necessary or desirable.

                               THE TRUST AGREEMENT

         In  addition  to the  provisions  of  the  Trust  Agreement  summarized
elsewhere  is this  Prospectus  Summary,  there is set forth  below a summary of
certain other provisions of the Trust Agreement.

Liability of the Depositor

         Under the Trust  Agreement,  the  Depositor  agrees to be  jointly  and
severally liable directly to an injured party for all losses, claims, damages or
liabilities  (other than certain tax liabilities and those losses incurred by an
Owner of Certificates  in its capacity as an investor in the  Certificates or by
an Owner of Notes in its capacity as

                                      S-59

<PAGE>



an investor in the Notes) to the extent  that the  Depositor  would be liable if
the Trust were a partnership under the Uniform Limited  Partnership Act in which
the Depositor was a general partner.

Termination of Trust Agreement

         The Trust  Agreement and the Trust shall terminate and be in no further
force or effect on the  earlier  of:  (i) the  final  distribution  by the Owner
Trustee of all moneys or other  property  or proceeds of the assets of the Trust
in  accordance  with the  terms of the  Indenture,  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  and the Trust  Agreement  or (ii) at the time  described  below under
"--Dissolution upon Bankruptcy of Depositor".

         Notice of any  termination  of the Trust,  specifying  the Payment Date
upon which the Owners of the  Certificates  are to surrender their  Certificates
for payment of the final distribution and cancellation,  is required to be given
by the Owner Trustee by letter to the Insurer and the Owners of the Certificates
mailed within five business days of receipt of notice of such  termination  from
the Servicers given pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         If all  the  Owners  of the  Certificates  shall  not  surrender  their
Certificates for cancellation  within six months after the date specified in the
above mentioned  written notice,  the Owner Trustee is required to give a second
written notice to the remaining  Owners of the  Certificate  to surrender  their
Certificates for cancellation  and receive the final  distribution  with respect
thereto.  If within one year after the second notice all the Certificates  shall
not  have  been  surrendered  for  cancellation,  the  Owner  Trustee  may  take
appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact
the  remaining  Owners  of  the  Certificate   concerning   surrender  of  their
Certificates.  Subject to applicable laws with respect to escheat of funds,  any
funds remaining in the Trust after  exhaustion of such remedies in the preceding
sentence shall be deemed  property of the Depositor and distributed by the Owner
Trustee to the Depositor.

Dissolution upon Bankruptcy of Depositor

         The Trust Agreement shall be terminated 90 days after the occurrence of
certain  events  of  insolvency  or  reorganization  or  inability  to  pay  its
obligations with respect to the Depositor, unless, before the end of such 90 day
period, the Owner Trustee shall have received written instructions from (a) each
Owner of the  Certificates  (other than the Depositor) and (b) each Owner of the
Notes, to the effect that each such party  disapproves of the liquidation of the
Mortgage Loans and  termination  of the Trust.  Promptly after the occurrence of
any such event with respect to either  Depositor:  (i) such Depositor shall give
the Insurer,  the Indenture Trustee and the Owner Trustee written notice of such
event;  (ii) the Owner Trustee  shall,  upon the receipt of such written  notice
from the Depositor,  give prompt written notice to the Owners of the Certificate
and the  Indenture  Trustee  of the  occurrence  of such  event;  and  (iii) the
Indenture  Trustee shall,  upon receipt of written notice of such event from the
Owner Trustee or the Depositor,  give prompt written notice to the Owners of the
Note of the  occurrence of such event;  provided,  however,  that any failure to
give such notice shall not prevent or delay in any manner a  termination  of the
Trust.  Upon such  termination,  the Owner  Trustee  shall direct the  Indenture
Trustee  promptly to sell the assets of the Trust in a  commercially  reasonable
manner and on  commercially  reasonable  terms.  The  proceeds of any such sale,
disposition  or  liquidation  of the  assets of the Trust  shall be  treated  as
collections  on the  Mortgage  Loans and  deposited in the  Certificate  Account
pursuant to the Indenture.

Amendments Without Consent of the Owners of the Certificates or Notes

         The Trust  Agreement  may be  amended  by the  Depositor  and the Owner
Trustee  without  the  consent  of  any  of  the  Owners  of  the  Notes  or the
Certificates  (but with the prior written  consent of the Insurer),  to (i) cure
any ambiguity,  (ii) correct or supplement any provision in the Trust  Agreement
that may be  defective  or  inconsistent  with any other  provision in the Trust
Agreement, (iii) add or supplement any credit enhancement for the benefit of the
Owners of the Notes or the Certificates, (iv) add to the covenants, restrictions
or obligations  of the Depositor or the Owner Trustee,  (v) evidence and provide
for the acceptance of the appointment of a successor trustee with respect to the
assets of the Trust or add to or change any  provisions as shall be necessary to
facilitate the  administration of the trusts by more than one trustee,  and (vi)
add, change or eliminate any other provision of the

                                      S-60

<PAGE>



Trust  Agreement  in any manner  that shall not, as  evidenced  by an opinion of
counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Owners of
the Notes or the Certificates.

Amendments With Consent of the Insurer and the Owners of the Certificates

         The Trust  Agreement  may be amended from time to time by the Depositor
and the Owner Trustee with the consent of a Majority in Voting Interest of Class
A Certificates and of the Subordinated Certificates, voting separately, and with
the  consent of the  Insurer,  for the  purpose of adding any  provisions  to or
changing  in any  manner  or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of the  Trust
Agreement,  or of  modifying  in any  manner  the  rights  of the  Certificates;
provided,  however,  that no such amendment  shall (a) increase or reduce in any
manner the  amount of, or  accelerate  or delay the  timing of,  collections  of
payments on Mortgage Loans or distributions that shall be required to be made on
any  Certificate  or the Class A  Pass-Through  Rate or (b) reduce the aforesaid
percentage required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the
Owners of all the Certificates then outstanding.

No Petition Covenant

         The Owner Trustee and the Owners of the Certificates will covenant that
they will not prior to the date which is one year and one day after  termination
of the Trust Agreement  institute at any time against the Trust or the Depositor
any bankruptcy,  reorganization  or other  proceeding under any federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law.

                       THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

         In addition to the  provisions of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement
summarized  elsewhere in the Prospectus and this Supplement,  there is set forth
below a summary  of  certain  other  provisions  of the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.

Covenant of the Seller to Take  Certain  Actions  with  Respect to the  Mortgage
Loans in Certain Situations

         Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  upon the discovery by
the  Depositor,  Seller,  a  Servicer,  the  Insurer  or the  Trustee  that  any
representations and warranties contained in a Transfer Agreement with respect to
the Mortgage  Loans that were  assigned to the Trust were untrue in any material
respect as of the Closing Date with the result that the  interests of the Owners
or of the Insurer are  materially  and adversely  affected,  or the value of the
related  Mortgage  Loan  is  materially  and  adversely   affected,   the  party
discovering  such breach is required  to give prompt  written  notice to certain
other parties thereto.

         Upon the earliest to occur of the Seller's  discovery of or its receipt
of notice of a breach  described above from any of the other parties pursuant to
the related  Transfer  Agreement,  the  Originator or other party to the related
Transfer  Agreement  will be  required  promptly  to (i) cure such breach in all
material  respects or, within the time period  specified in the related Transfer
Agreement, to (ii) substitute in lieu of each affected Mortgage Loan a Qualified
Replacement  Mortgage  (as such term is defined  in the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement)  and deliver any  Substitution  Amount to the  related  Servicer  for
deposit into its Principal  and Interest  Account on behalf of the Trust as part
of the  Monthly  Remittance  remitted by such  Servicer  on the related  Monthly
Remittance  Date or (iii)  purchase  such  Mortgage  Loan  from  the  Trust at a
purchase price equal to the Loan Purchase Price (as defined below) thereof.

         "Loan Purchase Price" means generally the outstanding principal balance
of the related  Mortgage  Loan on the Cut-Off Date,  less any principal  amounts
previously  distributed  relating to such Mortgage Loan (such amount,  the "Loan
Balance" of such Mortgage  Loan) as of the date of purchase  (assuming  that the
Monthly Remittance  remitted by the Servicer on such Monthly Remittance Date has
already been remitted), plus one month's interest at the Net Coupon Rate.

                                      S-61

<PAGE>



Assignment of Mortgage Loans

         Pursuant  to the  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Seller on the
Closing Date and on each  Subsequent  Transfer Date will transfer,  assign,  set
over and otherwise  convey  without  recourse to the Depositor and the Depositor
will transfer,  assign,  set over and otherwise  convey without  recourse to the
Trustee in trust all its  respective  right,  title and  interest in and to each
Mortgage  Loan  and all its  respective  right,  title  and  interest  in and to
principal and interest due on each such Mortgage Loan on or after the applicable
Cut-Off Date; provided,  however, that the Depositor will reserve and retain all
its right,  title and interest in and to principal  (including  Prepayments) and
interest due on each  Mortgage Loan on or prior to the Cut-Off Date (except with
respect to Mortgage  Loans that were  delinquent  on such  Cut-Off  Date,  which
payments  are not being  retained  by the  Depositor).  Purely  as a  protective
measure and not to be  construed  as contrary to the  parties'  intent that such
transfers  are sales,  the Seller  has also been  deemed to have  granted to the
Depositor  and the Depositor has also been deemed to have granted to the Trustee
a security  interest in the Trust  Estate in the event that the  transfer of the
Trust Estate is deemed to be a loan and not a sale.

         In connection with the transfer and assignment of the Initial  Mortgage
Loans on the Closing Date and the Subsequent  Mortgage Loans on each  Subsequent
Transfer Date, the Depositor will be required to:

                  (i)  deliver  without  recourse  to the Trustee on the Closing
         Date with respect to each Initial  Mortgage Loan or on each  Subsequent
         Transfer Date with respect to each Subsequent  Mortgage Loan identified
         in the  related  schedule  of Mortgage  Loans (A) the  original  Notes,
         endorsed  in blank or to the  order of the  Trustee,  (B) the  original
         title  insurance  policy or any one of an  original  title  binder,  an
         original preliminary title report, or an original title commitment,  or
         a copy  certified  by the  issuer  of  any  of  the  foregoing,  or the
         attorney's  opinion of title,  (C) originals or certified copies of all
         intervening  recorded  assignments,  showing a complete  chain of title
         from  origination  to  the  Trustee,  if  any,  including   warehousing
         assignments,  with evidence of recording thereon,  (D) originals of all
         assumption, modification, written assurance or substitution agreements,
         if any and (E) either:  (1) the  original  Mortgage,  with  evidence of
         recording  thereon (if such original  Mortgage has been returned to the
         custodian holding for the Seller from the applicable  recording office)
         or (2) a copy of the Mortgage  certified by the public recording office
         in those instances where the original recorded Mortgage has been lost;

                   (ii) cause the Servicer, within 60 days following the Closing
         Date with  respect to the Initial  Mortgage  Loans,  or the  Subsequent
         Transfer Date with respect to the Subsequent  Mortgage Loans, to submit
         for  recording in the  appropriate  jurisdictions,  assignments  of the
         Mortgages to "_____________ ___________________________,  as Trustee of
         AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__
         under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement  dated as of  _____________,
         199__"; provided,  however, that the Depositor shall not be required to
         prepare any assignment of Mortgage for a Mortgage with respect to which
         the  Mortgaged  Property  is  located  in  California  or the  original
         recording information is lacking;

                  (iii) if not  delivered on the Closing Date or the  Subsequent
         Transfer Date,  deliver the title  insurance  policy or title searches,
         the original  Mortgages  and such recorded  assignments,  together with
         originals or duly certified copies of any and all prior assignments, to
         the Trustee within 15 days of receipt  thereof by the Depositor (but in
         any event, with respect to any Mortgage as to which original  recording
         information  has been made available to the Depositor  within two years
         after the Closing Date with respect to the Initial  Mortgage  Loans, or
         Subsequent  Transfer  Date  with  respect  to the  Subsequent  Mortgage
         Loans); and

                  (iv)  furnish  to  the  Trustee  and  the   Insurer,   at  the
         Depositor's  expense,  a tax  opinion  and an opinion  of counsel  with
         respect to the sale and  perfection of all  Subsequent  Mortgage  Loans
         delivered  to the  Trust  in form  and  substance  satisfactory  to the
         Trustee and the Insurer.

         The Trustee  will agree,  for the benefit of the Owners,  to review the
documents  contained  in each  Mortgage  Loan File held by the Trustee  ("File")
within 45 days after the Closing Date or Subsequent Transfer Date (or the

                                      S-62

<PAGE>



date of receipt of any  documents  delivered to the Trustee  after such date) to
ascertain that all required  documents (or certified  copies of documents)  have
been executed and received.

         If  the  Trustee   during  such  45-day   period   finds  any  document
constituting  a part of a File  which  is not  properly  executed,  has not been
received,  or is unrelated to the Mortgage Loans, or that any Mortgage Loan does
not conform in a material respect to the description thereof as set forth in the
Schedule of Mortgage Loans,  the Trustee will be required to promptly notify the
Depositor,  the Seller, the Owners and the Insurer. The Seller will agree in the
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement to request that the related Originator or other
party to a Transfer Agreement use reasonable efforts to remedy a material defect
in a  document  constituting  part of a File of which it is so  notified  by the
Trustee.  If, however,  within the time period set forth in the related Transfer
Agreement  after the Trustee's  notice to it respecting  such defect the related
Originator  or other party to a Transfer  Agreement  shall not have remedied the
defect and the defect  materially  and  adversely  affects  the  interest in the
related  Mortgage Loan of the Owners or of the Insurer,  the Seller will request
the related  Originator or other party to a Transfer  Agreement  within the time
period specified in the related Transfer  Agreement to (i) substitute in lieu of
such Mortgage Loan another Mortgage Loan of like kind (a "Qualified  Replacement
Mortgage," as such term is defined in the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement)  and
deliver any "Substitution  Amount" (the excess, if any, of the Loan Balance of a
Mortgage  Loan  being  replaced  over the  outstanding  principal  balance  of a
replacement  Mortgage  Loan plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest)  to the related
Servicer for deposit into its  Principal  and Interest  Account on behalf of the
Trust as part of the Monthly Remittance remitted by the Servicer on such Monthly
Remittance Date or (ii) purchase such Mortgage Loan at a purchase price equal to
the Loan Purchase Price thereof,  which purchase price shall be delivered to the
related Servicer for deposit in the related Principal and Interest Account along
with the Monthly Remittance remitted by such Servicer on such Monthly Remittance
Date.

         In  addition  to the  foregoing,  the  Trustee has agreed to provide an
updated exception report during the 12th month after the Closing Date indicating
the current status of the exceptions previously noted by the Trustee (the "Final
Certification").  After delivery of the Final  Certification,  the Trustee shall
provide to the Insurer and the related  Servicer no less frequently than monthly
updated certifications  indicating the then current status of exceptions,  until
all such exceptions have been eliminated.

Servicing

         Each  Servicer  will be  obligated  under  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement to service and  administer  the  Mortgage  Loans  identified  as being
serviced by it as described  therein and with  reasonable  care,  and using that
degree of skill and  attention  that such  Servicer  exercises  with  respect to
comparable  mortgage loans that it services for itself or others, and shall have
full power and  authority,  acting alone,  to do or cause to be done any and all
things in connection  with such servicing and  administration  which it may deem
necessary or desirable.  Consistent  with the  foregoing,  each Servicer will be
permitted to, in its  discretion,  (i) waive any assumption  fees,  late payment
charges,  charges for checks returned for insufficient funds or other fees which
may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing the Mortgage Loans, (ii) if
a  Mortgagor  is in default or about to be in default  because of a  Mortgagor's
financial  condition,  arrange with the  Mortgagor a schedule for the payment of
delinquent  payments due on the related  Mortgage Loan, or (iii) modify payments
of monthly  principal and interest on any Mortgage Loan becoming  subject to the
terms of the  Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act of 1940,  as amended,  in
accordance  with such  Servicer's  general  policies  with respect to comparable
mortgage loans subject to such Act.

         Each Servicer will be paid a monthly fee from interest  collected  with
respect to each Mortgage  Loan  serviced by it (as well as from any  Liquidation
Proceeds  from a Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan  ("Liquidation  Proceeds")  that are
applied  to accrued  and  unpaid  interest)  equal to the Loan  Balance  thereof
multiplied by the applicable  Servicing Fee Rate (such  product,  the "Servicing
Fee"). The "Servicing Fee Rate" for each Mortgage Loan will be the rate provided
in the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  not to exceed  0.50% per annum.  The
amount of the monthly  Servicing  Fee is subject to  adjustment  with respect to
prepaid  Mortgage Loans, as described  below.  Each Servicer is also entitled to
receive, as additional  servicing  compensation,  amounts in respect of interest
paid on  Prepayments  received  from the 2nd day through the 15th day of a month
("Prepayment Interest Excess"), all late payment fees, assumption fees and other
similar charges and all reinvestment  income earned on amounts on deposit in the
related  Principal  and Interest  Account.  In addition,  each  Servicer will be
entitled to retain additional servicing

                                      S-63

<PAGE>



compensation  in the form of release fees, bad check charges,  assumption  fees,
late payment  charges,  or any other  servicing-related  fees,  Net  Liquidation
Proceeds  not required to be  deposited  in the related  Principal  and Interest
Account  pursuant to the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  and similar  items.
Prepayment penalties may also be retained as additional  servicing  compensation
to the extent set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         Each Servicer is required to establish, or cause to be established,  in
the name of the Trustee at one or more depository institutions,  a principal and
interest  account  maintained as a trust account in the trust department of such
institution  (each,  a  "Principal  and  Interest  Account").  All  funds in the
Principal and Interest  Accounts are required to be held (i)  uninvested or (ii)
invested in  Eligible  Investments  (as  defined in the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement).  Any investment of funds in the Principal and Interest Accounts must
mature on or prior to the immediately  succeeding  Monthly  Remittance Date. Any
investment earnings on funds held in the Principal and Interest Accounts are for
the account  of, and any losses  therein are also for the account of and must be
promptly replenished by, the respective Servicer.

         Each  Servicer  is required  to deposit in the  related  Principal  and
Interest  Account,  on a daily  basis  (but in no event  later  than the  second
Business Day  following  receipt) all  principal and interest due on the related
Mortgage Loans after the Cut-Off Date and past due interest and principal on any
Mortgage  Loan  that  was  delinquent  as of the  Cut-Off  Date,  including  any
Prepayments,  the proceeds of any  liquidation of a Mortgage Loan (including any
insurance  proceeds) net of expenses and unreimbursed  Delinquency  Advances and
Servicing Advances ("Net Liquidation Proceeds"),  any income from REO Properties
received  thereafter  (net of  unreimbursed  Servicing  Advances and Delinquency
Advances),  but net of (i) the  Servicing Fee with respect to each Mortgage Loan
and other servicing compensation,  (ii) principal collected and interest accrued
on any Mortgage Loan prior to the Cut-Off Date if such Mortgage Loan was current
as of the Cut-Off Date,  which  amounts shall be delivered to the Seller,  (iii)
late  payments  received  on any  Mortgaged  Loan  in  respect  of  unreimbursed
Servicing  Advances and Delinquency  Advances and (iv)  reimbursements  for past
Delinquency  Advances  which  the  Servicer  has  determined  in its good  faith
business  judgment are not  recoverable  from the related  Mortgagor or Mortgage
Loan  proceeds  (all such net  amounts  being  referred  to herein as the "Daily
Collections").

         Each  Servicer  may make  withdrawals  for its own  account (or for the
account  of the  Seller in the case of clause  (i)  below)  from the  amounts on
deposit in the related  Principal  and Interest  Account only for the  following
purposes:

                  (i) to withdraw  interest  paid with  respect to any  Mortgage
         Loans that had accrued for periods on or prior to the Cut-Off  Date and
         principal due on all current  Mortgage Loans on the Cut-Off Date, which
         shall be paid to the Seller;

                  (ii) to withdraw  investment earnings on amounts on deposit in
         its respective Principal and Interest Account;

                  (iii) to reimburse itself for unrecovered Delinquency Advances
         and  Servicing  Advances  to the extent  permitted  in the  Pooling and
         Servicing Agreement;

                  (iv) to  withdraw  amounts  that  have been  deposited  to its
         respective Principal and Interest Account in error; and

                  (v) to  clear  and  terminate  its  respective  Principal  and
         Interest Account following the termination of the Trust Estate.

         Each Servicer will remit to the Trustee for deposit in the  Certificate
Account  the  Monthly  Remittance  Amount  not later  than the  related  Monthly
Remittance Date.

         Subject to the following limitations, each Servicer will be required to
advance on any Mortgage  Loan  serviced by it prior to each Payment Date its own
funds as set forth in the next  paragraph,  for such Payment  Date, in an amount
equal to the  aggregate  of payments of  principal  and interest on the Mortgage
Loans serviced by it

                                      S-64

<PAGE>



(adjusted to the  applicable Net Coupon Rate) that became due during the related
Remittance  Period and delinquent on the related  Determination  Date,  together
with an amount  equivalent to interest on the principal  balance of the Mortgage
Loan related to each Mortgaged  Property (each,  an "REO Property")  acquired by
the Trust through liquidation (any such advance, a "Delinquency  Advance").  The
Net Coupon  Rate is the rate  equal to the  excess of the  Coupon  Rate over the
applicable Servicing Fee Rate.

         Delinquency  Advances  are  intended  to  maintain  a  regular  flow of
scheduled  interest and principal  payments on the  Certificates  rather than to
guarantee  or  insure  against  losses.  Each  Servicer  is  obligated  to  make
Delinquency  Advances  with  respect to  delinquent  payments of principal of or
interest on each  Mortgage  Loan  serviced by it (with such payments of interest
adjusted  to the related  Net Coupon  Rate) to the extent that such  Delinquency
Advances  are,  in its good faith  business  judgment,  recoverable  from future
payments and collections or insurance payments or proceeds of liquidation of the
related  Mortgage Loan.  Each Servicer shall be permitted to fund its payment of
Delinquency  Advances  on any  Business  Day,  or to  reimburse  itself  for any
Delinquency  Advances paid from such Servicer's own funds,  from  collections on
the related  Mortgage  Loan  deposited  to the related  Principal  and  Interest
Account  subsequent  to  the  related  Remittance  Period  (including   "Prepaid
Installments" (i.e., early payments of scheduled principal and interest intended
by the  borrower  to be  treated as such)) and shall  deposit  into the  related
Principal and Interest  Account with respect  thereto (i)  collections  from the
Mortgagor  whose  delinquency  gave rise to the shortfall which resulted in such
Delinquency Advance net of any such Delinquency Advance and (ii) Net Liquidation
Proceeds  recovered on account of the related Mortgage Loan to the extent of the
amount  of  aggregate   Delinquency   Advances   related   thereto.   Previously
unreimbursed   Delinquency   Advances   that  the  Servicer   determines  to  be
unrecoverable  may be reimbursed  to the Servicer out of any Mortgagor  payments
prior to their  deposit to the related  Principal  and Interest  Account or from
funds on deposit in the related Principal and Interest Account.  All Delinquency
Advances will be included with the distribution on the related Payment Date. Any
failure by a  Servicer  to make a  Delinquency  Advance  as  required  under the
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement will constitute an event of default  thereunder
for such  Servicer,  in which case the Trustee,  as successor  servicer,  or the
successor  servicer will be obligated to make any such Delinquency  Advance,  in
accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         Each Servicer  will be required to pay all  customary,  reasonable  and
necessary "out of pocket" costs and expenses  incurred in the performance of its
servicing  obligations,  including,  but not  limited  to, (i)  expenditures  in
connection  with a foreclosed  Mortgage Loan prior to the  liquidation  thereof,
including,  without  limitation,  expenditures  for real estate  property taxes,
hazard insurance premiums,  property restoration or preservation  ("Preservation
Expenses"), (ii) the cost of any enforcement or judicial proceedings,  including
foreclosures  and (iii) the cost of the management  and  liquidation of Property
acquired in  satisfaction of the related  Mortgage,  to the extent such expenses
are,  in  its  good  faith  business  judgment,  recoverable.  Such  costs  will
constitute  "Servicing  Advances." Each Servicer may recover a Servicing Advance
(x) to the  extent  permitted  by the  Mortgage  Loans  or,  if not  theretofore
recovered  from the Mortgagor on whose behalf such  Servicing  Advance was made,
from Liquidation  Proceeds realized upon the liquidation of the related Mortgage
Loan or (y), to the extent that such  Advance is  determined  by the Servicer in
its good faith business judgment to be  non-recoverable  from such proceeds from
Net  Monthly  Excess  Cashflow  and  certain  other  Mortgage  Loan  proceeds as
specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         A full  month's  interest at the related Net Coupon Rate will be due to
the  Trust on the  outstanding  Loan  Balance  of each  Mortgage  Loan as of the
beginning of each Remittance  Period.  If a Prepayment of a Mortgage Loan occurs
during any calendar month,  any difference  between the interest  collected from
the Mortgagor in connection with such  prepayment and the full month's  interest
at the Net  Coupon  Rate  ("Compensating  Interest")  (but not in  excess of the
aggregate Servicing Fee, and any Prepayment Interest Excess) will be required to
be deposited to the  Principal  and Interest  Account on the Monthly  Remittance
Date by the Servicer and shall be included in the Monthly  Remittance to be made
available to the Trustee on the next succeeding Monthly Remittance Date.

         When a Mortgagor  prepays all or a portion of a Mortgage  Loan  between
scheduled  monthly  payment dates ("Due Dates"),  the Mortgagor pays interest on
the amount prepaid only to the date of prepayment. Prepayments received from the
2nd day through the 15th day of a month are included in the  distribution on the
25th day of the

                                      S-65

<PAGE>



same month,  and  accordingly  no  shortfall  in interest  results.  Conversely,
Prepayments  received  from the  16th  day to the  last  day of a month  are not
distributed  until  the 25th day of the  following  month,  and  accordingly  an
interest shortfall (a "Prepayment Interest Shortfall") would result. In order to
mitigate  the effect of any such  shortfall  in  interest  distributions  on any
Payment Date,  the amount of the Servicing Fee otherwise  payable to the related
Servicer for such month shall, to the extent of such shortfall,  be deposited by
the Servicer in the Certificate  Account Any such reduction in the Servicing Fee
will be made only to the extent of the Servicing  Fee otherwise  payable to such
Servicer  with respect to Scheduled  Payments  having the Due Date to which such
Payment Date relates. Any such deposit by the related Servicer will be reflected
in the distributions  made on the Payment Date on which the Prepayment  received
would be distributed.  Subject to the availability  thereof to fund Compensating
Interest requirements referred to in the previous paragraph,  the Servicers will
be  permitted  to retain  any  Prepayment  Interest  Excess  due to  prepayments
received in the month in which they are distributed.

         Each  Servicer  will  have  the  right  and  the  option,  but  not the
obligation,  to purchase  for its own account any Mortgage  Loan  serviced by it
which becomes  delinquent,  in whole or in part, as to four consecutive  monthly
installments or any Mortgage Loan as to which enforcement  proceedings have been
brought by such Servicer. The purchase price for any such Mortgage Loan is equal
to the Loan Purchase Price  thereof,  which purchase price shall be deposited in
the related Principal and Interest Account.

         Each  Servicer,  with respect to Mortgage  Loans  serviced by it, shall
foreclose  upon or otherwise  comparably  convert the ownership on behalf of the
Trust of Mortgaged  Properties  relating to defaulted Mortgage Loans as to which
no satisfactory  arrangements can be made for collection of delinquent  payments
and which the related Servicer has not purchased from the Trust.

         If so required by the terms of any Mortgage Loan, the related  Servicer
will be required to cause hazard  insurance to be maintained with respect to the
related  Mortgaged  Property and to advance sums (such Advances to be treated as
Servicing  Advances)  on account  of the  premiums  therefor  if not paid by the
Mortgagor if permitted by the terms of such Mortgage Loan.

         Each  Servicer  will have the right  under the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  to accept  applications  of  Mortgagors  for  consent to (i)  partial
releases  of  Mortgages,  (ii)  alterations  and (iii)  removal,  demolition  or
division of Mortgaged Properties.  No application for approval may be considered
by such  Servicer  unless:  (i) the  provisions of the related Note and Mortgage
have been complied with; (ii) the loan-to-value  ratio and debt-to-income  ratio
after  any  release  does  not  exceed  the  maximum   loan-to-value  ratio  and
debt-to-income  ratio  established  in accordance  with the Guidelines set forth
herein to be applicable to such  Mortgage  Loan;  and (iii) the lien priority of
the related Mortgage is not affected.

         Each  Servicer  will be  permitted  under  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement  to  enter  into   subservicing   agreements  for  any  servicing  and
administration of Mortgage Loans with any institution which is acceptable to the
Insurer and a majority of Percentage Interests of the Owners of the Subordinated
Certificates   and  meeting  the  requirements  of  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement.

         Notwithstanding any subservicing  agreement,  each Servicer will not be
relieved of its obligations  under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement and such
Servicer  will be  obligated  to the same  extent  and under the same  terms and
conditions as if it alone were servicing and  administering  the Mortgage Loans.
Each Servicer  shall be entitled to enter into any agreement  with a subservicer
for  indemnification  of such Servicer by such subservicer and nothing contained
in such  subservicing  agreement  shall be deemed to limit or modify the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement.

         Each  Servicer  (except  the  Trustee if it is  required to succeed any
Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement) will agree to indemnify and
hold the Trustee,  the Insurer,  the Seller, the Depositor,  each other Servicer
and each Owner harmless against any and all claims,  losses,  penalties,  fines,
forfeitures,  legal fees and related costs, judgments, and any other costs, fees
and expenses that the Trustee,  the Insurer,  the Seller,  the  Depositor,  each
other  Servicer  and any Owner may  sustain in any way related to the failure of
such Servicer to perform its duties and service the Mortgage Loans in compliance
with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  A party against whom any
such claim is brought shall immediately  notify the other parties and the Rating
Agencies and each Owner

                                      S-66

<PAGE>



if a claim is made by a third party with  respect to the  Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement,  and such  Servicer  may assume (with the consent of the Trustee) the
defense of any such claim and, upon a determination  that the claim results from
the Servicer's  failure to perform in accordance  with the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement,  pay all  expenses  in  connection  therewith,  including  reasonable
counsel  fees,  and promptly  pay,  discharge and satisfy any judgment or decree
which may be entered  against such  Servicer,  the Trustee,  the Insurer  and/or
Owner in respect of such claim.

         Each Servicer will be required to deliver to the Trustee,  the Insurer,
the Seller, the Depositor and the Rating Agencies:  (1) on or before April 15 of
each year,  commencing in 1997,  an officers'  certificate  stating,  as to each
signer thereof, that (i) a review of the activities of such Servicer during such
preceding  calendar  year and of  performance  under the Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement has been made under such officers'  supervision,  and (ii) to the best
of such officers'  knowledge,  based on such review, such Servicer has fulfilled
all its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for such year, or,
if  there  has  been a  default  in the  fulfillment  of all  such  obligations,
specifying  each such default  known to such  officers and the nature and status
thereof including the steps being taken by such Servicer to remedy such default;
and (2) on or  before  April 15 of any year  commencing  in  199__,  a letter or
letters  of a  firm  of  independent,  nationally  recognized  certified  public
accountants  reasonably  acceptable  to the Insurer  dated as of the date of the
Servicer's  fiscal audit for each  subsequent  letter stating that such firm has
examined the  Servicer's  overall  servicing  operations in accordance  with the
requirements of the Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers, and
stating such firm's conclusions relating thereto.

Removal and Resignation of a Servicer

         The Insurer or the Owners, the Trustee or the Seller (in each case with
the  consent of the  Insurer),  will have the right  pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement,  to remove any  Servicer  upon the  occurrence  of, and in
certain  cases after  notice and  expiration  of the related  cure  period:  (a)
certain acts of  bankruptcy  or  insolvency  on the part of such  Servicer;  (b)
certain  failures on the part of such Servicer to perform its obligations  under
the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement;  (c) the failure to cure material breaches
of such Servicer's obligations in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; or (d) if
the loss and/or  delinquency levels of the related Mortgage Loans are at certain
specified levels.

         No Servicer is  permitted  to resign  from the  obligations  and duties
imposed  on it  under  the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  except  (i) upon
determination  that  its  duties  thereunder  are no  longer  permissible  under
applicable law or are in material  conflict by reason of applicable law with any
other  activities  carried on by it, the other  activities  of such  Servicer so
causing such conflict  being of a type and nature carried on by such Servicer on
the date of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement or (ii) upon written consent of
the  Insurer,  the  Seller  and the  Trustee  and  confirmation  from the Rating
Agencies that the Class A Certificate  ratings (absent the Insurance Policy) are
not reduced. Any such determination  permitting the resignation of such Servicer
pursuant  to clause  (i) above is  required  to be  evidenced  by an  opinion of
counsel to such effect which shall be delivered to the Trustee and the Insurer.

         Upon  removal or  resignation  of a  Servicer,  the  Trustee  (x) shall
solicit  bids for a successor  servicer  and (y) pending  the  appointment  of a
successor Servicer as a result of soliciting such bids, shall serve as Servicer.
The Trustee,  if it is unable to obtain a qualifying bid and is prevented by law
from acting as  servicer,  will be  required to appoint,  or petition a court of
competent  jurisdiction  to appoint,  any housing and home finance  institution,
bank or  mortgage  servicing  institution  designated  as an  approved  servicer
meeting the requirements of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  and acceptable
to the Insurer and the Owners of the Subordinated Certificates (provided that if
the  Insurer  and  such  Owners  cannot  agree as to the  acceptability  of such
successor Servicer,  the decision of the Insurer shall control) as the successor
to such Servicer in the  assumption of all or any part of the  responsibilities,
duties or liabilities of such Servicer.

         No removal or resignation of a Servicer will become effective until the
Trustee or a successor servicer shall have assumed a Servicer's responsibilities
and obligations in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                      S-67

<PAGE>




Reporting Requirements

         On each  Payment  Date the  Trustee is required to report in writing to
each Owner and the Insurer:

                  (i) the amount of the distribution  with respect to the Notes,
         the Class A Certificates and the Subordinated Certificates (based on an
         original principal amount of $1,000);

                  (ii) the amount of such distribution allocable to principal on
         the Mortgage Loans,  separately identifying the aggregate amount of any
         Prepayments  or other  recoveries of principal  included  therein,  any
         Pre-Funded  Amounts  distributed  as a  Prepayment  at  the  end of the
         Funding  Period (based on an original  principal  amount of $1,000) and
         any Subordination Increase Amount;

                  (iii) the amount of such distribution allocable to interest on
         Mortgage Loans (based on an original principal amount of $1,000);

                  (iv) if the  distribution  (net of any Insured Payment) to the
         Owners of the Notes or the Class A  Certificates  on such  Payment Date
         was less than the related Distribution Amount on such Payment Date, the
         Carry-Forward Amount and the allocation thereof;

                  (v) the amount of any Insured Payment  included in the amounts
         distributed to the Owners of the Notes and the Class A Certificates  on
         such Payment Date;

                  (vi)  the  principal  amount  of the  Notes  and  the  Class A
         Certificate  (based on an original  principal  amount of $1,000)  which
         will be outstanding  after giving effect to any payment of principal on
         such Payment Date;

                  (vii) the aggregate  Loan Balance of all Mortgage  Loans,  the
         aggregate Loan Balance of the Initial Mortgage Loans and the Subsequent
         Mortgage  Loans,  in each case after  giving  effect to any  payment of
         principal on such Payment Date;

                  (viii) the Subordinated  Amount and Subordination  Deficit, if
         any,  remaining after giving effect to all  distributions and transfers
         on such Payment Date;

                  (ix) based upon  information  furnished by the Depositor  such
         information as may be required by Section 6049(d)(7)(C) of the Code and
         the  regulations   promulgated  thereunder  to  assist  the  Owners  in
         computing their market discount;

                  (x) the total of any  Substitution  Amounts  or Loan  Purchase
         Price amounts included in such distribution;

                  (xi) the weighted average Coupon Rate of the Mortgage Loans;

                  (xii) such other  information  as the Insurer  may  reasonably
         request with respect to delinquent Mortgage Loans;

                  (xiii) the largest Mortgage Loan balance outstanding;

                  (xiv)  for  Payment  Dates  during  the  Funding  Period,  the
         remaining Pre-Funded Amount; and

                  (xv) the Servicing Fees, Trustee Fees and Premium Amount.

         Certain obligations of the Trustee to provide information to the Owners
are conditioned upon such information being received from the Servicers.

                                      S-68

<PAGE>




         In  addition,  on each  Payment  Date the  Trustee  will be required to
distribute to the Depositor,  the Underwriters,  the Rating Agencies, each Owner
and the Insurer,  together with the information  described  above, the following
information  prepared by the related  Servicer and  furnished to the Trustee for
such purpose:

                  (p) the number and  aggregate  principal  balances of Mortgage
         Loans (i) 30-59 days delinquent, (ii) 60-89 days delinquent and (ii) 90
         or more  days  delinquent,  as of the  close  of  business  on the last
         business day of the calendar  month next preceding the Payment Date and
         the  number and  aggregate  Loan  Balances  of all  Mortgage  Loans and
         related data;

                  (q) the  status  and the  number  and  dollar  amounts  of all
         Mortgage Loans in  foreclosure  proceedings as of the close of business
         on the last  business day of the  calendar  month next  preceding  such
         Payment Date;

                  (r) the  number of  Mortgagors  and the Loan  Balances  of the
         related Mortgages involved in bankruptcy proceedings as of the close of
         business on the last business day of the calendar  month next preceding
         such Payment Date;

                  (s) the existence and status of any Mortgaged Properties as to
         which title has been taken in the name of, or on behalf of the Trustee,
         as of the close of business of the last  business day of the month next
         preceding the Payment Date;

                  (t)  the  book  value  of any  real  estate  acquired  through
         foreclosure  or grant of a deed in lieu of  foreclosure as of the close
         of  business  on the  last  business  day of the  calendar  month  next
         preceding the Payment Date; and

                  (f)  the amount of cumulative Realized Losses.

Removal of Trustee for Cause

         The  Trustee  may be  removed  upon  the  occurrence  of any one of the
following  events  (whatever  the reason for such event and  whether it shall be
voluntary or  involuntary  or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any
judgment,  decree or order of any court or any order,  rule or regulation of any
administrative or governmental body) on the part of the Trustee:  (1) failure to
make distributions of available  amounts;  (2) certain breaches of covenants and
representations by the Trustee;  (3) certain acts of bankruptcy or insolvency on
the part of the  Trustee;  and (4)  failure  to meet the  standards  of  Trustee
eligibility as set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         If the  Insurer or (ii) with the prior  written  consent of the Insurer
(which is required not to be unreasonably withheld) (x) the Depositor or (y) the
Owners of a majority  of the  Percentage  Interests  represented  by the Class A
Certificates  or, if there are no Class A Certificates  then  outstanding,  by a
majority  of  the  Percentage   Interests   represented   by  the   Subordinated
Certificates, may appoint a successor trustee.

Governing Law

         The  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  and each  Certificate  will be
construed in  accordance  with and governed by the laws of the State of New York
applicable to agreements made and to be performed therein.

Amendments

         The  Trustee,  the  Depositor,  the Seller and the  Servicers  with the
consent of the Insurer may, at any time and from time to time and without notice
to or the consent of the Owners, amend the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  and
the Trustee will be required to consent to such  amendment,  for the purposes of
(i) curing any  ambiguity,  (ii)  correcting  or  supplementing  any  provisions
therein which are inconsistent  with any other  provisions  therein or (iii) for
any other  purpose,  provided  that in the case of clause  (iv),  (A) the Seller
delivers an opinion of counsel  acceptable  to the Trustee  that such  amendment
will not adversely affect in any material respect the interest

                                      S-69

<PAGE>



of the  Owners  and (B)  such  amendment  will not  result  in a  withdrawal  or
reduction  of the  ratings  of the Class A  Certificates  without  regard to the
Insurance Policy.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary,  no such amendment
shall (a) change in any  manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,  payments
which are  required to be  distributed  to any Owner  without the consent of the
Owner of such  Certificate,  (b) reduce the  percentages of Percentage  Interest
which are required to consent to any such amendments, without the consent of the
Owners of all  Certificates of the Class or Classes affected then outstanding or
(c) which affects in any manner the terms or provisions of the Insurance Policy.

         The Trustee  will be required to furnish  written  notification  of the
substance  of any such  amendment  to each  Owner in the manner set forth in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

Termination of the Trust

         The  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  provides  that the Trust  will
terminate  upon the  payment to the Owners of all  Certificates  and the Insurer
from  amounts  other  than those  available  under the  Insurance  Policy of all
amounts  required  to be paid to such  Owners and the  Insurer  upon the last to
occur of (a) the final  payment or other  liquidation  (or any advance made with
respect  thereto) of the last Mortgage Loan, (b) the disposition of all property
acquired in respect of any Mortgage Loan remaining in the Trust Estate.

Optional Termination

         By Owners of Subordinated Certificates or the Insurer. At their option,
the  Owners  of a  majority  of  the  Percentage  Interest  represented  by  the
Certificates  then outstanding or in certain limited  circumstances  the Insurer
may, on any Payment Date after the Clean-Up  Call Date,  purchase from the Trust
all (but not fewer than all) remaining  Mortgage Loans, in whole only, and other
property acquired by foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, or otherwise then
constituting  the Trust  Estate by payment of an amount (i) agreed upon  between
the Insurer and such Subordinated  Certificate Owners, or (ii) in the absence of
such  agreement  at a price equal to 100% of the  aggregate  Loan Balance of the
related Mortgage Loans as of the day of purchase minus amounts remitted from the
Principal  and  Interest  Account  to  the  Certificate   Account   representing
collections  of principal on the  Mortgage  Loans during the current  Remittance
Period,  plus one  month's  interest on such  amount  computed  at the  Adjusted
Pass-Through Rate (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement); provided,
that such amount  shall in any event  include  all accrued and unpaid  Servicing
Fees plus the  aggregate  amount of any  unreimbursed  Delinquency  Advances and
Servicing  Advances and Delinquency  Advances which any Servicer has theretofore
failed to remit together with Reimbursement Amounts then owed to the Insurer.

         By Servicers.  If the Subordinated  Certificate  Owners do not exercise
their right to purchase all the Mortgage Loans after the Clean-Up Call Date, the
Servicers will also have the right,  collectively,  to purchase all the Mortgage
Loans they are servicing on any  Remittance  Date when the  outstanding  Class A
Certificate  Principal  Balance  has  declined  to 5% of the  original  Class  A
Certificate Principal Balance.

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The following discussion of certain of the material anticipated federal
income tax consequences of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of the Notes
and Class A Certificates  is to be considered  only in connection  with "Certain
Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus. The discussion herein and in
the  Prospectus  is based upon laws,  regulations,  rulings and decisions now in
effect,  all of which are  subject to change.  The  discussion  below and in the
Prospectus does not purport to deal with all federal tax consequences applicable
to all  categories of investors,  some of which may be subject to special rules.
Investors  should  consult  their own tax advisors in  determining  the federal,
state,  local and any other tax consequences to them of the purchase,  ownership
and disposition of the Notes and the Class A Certificates.


                                      S-70

<PAGE>



Taxation of the Notes

         See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences--Federal  Income  Tax
Consequences  for  Certificates  as to Which No REMIC  Election  Is Made" in the
Prospectus.

Taxation of Class A Certificates

         In the opinion of Arter & Hadden,  (i) the Trust will not be treated as
an association  taxable as a corporation or as a "publicly  traded  partnership"
taxable  as a  corporation  and (ii) the  Notes  will be  treated  as debt.  The
Depositors,  the Seller and the  Servicer  have  agreed,  and by the purchase of
Notes  and the  Class A  Certificates,  the  Owners of the Notes and the Class A
Certificates  will agree,  to treat the Trust as a  partnership  for purposes of
Federal and state income taxes,  with the partners of the partnership  being the
Owners of Class A Certificate and the  Subordinated  Certificates.  See "Certain
Federal Income Tax Consequences" herein and in the Prospectus.

         The tax  items  of a  partnership  are  allocable  to the  partners  in
accordance with the Code,  Treasury  regulations  and the partnership  agreement
(here, the Trust Agreement and related documents).  The Trust Agreement provides
that any deductions  attributable to the amortization of premium on the Mortgage
Loans and certain amounts payable to the Indenture  Trustee,  the Owner Trustee,
the Servicer or the Representative  will be specially allocated to the Owners of
the   Subordinated   Certificates   in  proportion  to  their  holding  of  such
Certificates.  A portion of the net income of the Trust for each month, computed
without taking into account the specially allocated  deductions described above,
equal to the sum of (i) the excess of (x) the Class A  Pass-Through  Rate on the
Class A Certificate  Principal  Balance for such month and all preceding  months
over  (y) all  amounts  allocated  to the  Owners  of the  Class A  Certificates
pursuant  to this clause for all  preceding  months;  and (ii) any Trust  income
corresponding  to the  portions  of any  excess of the  principal  amount of the
Certificates  over  their  initial  issue  price  that  accrues  for such  month
(determined in a manner as if the Class A  Certificates  were  indebtedness  and
such excess were original  issue  discount)  shall be allocated to the Owners of
the  Class  A   Certificates   in  proportion  to  their  holdings  of  Class  A
Certificates. Any remaining net income and any net loss (computed without taking
into account the deductions otherwise specially allocated as described above) of
the Trust will be allocable to the Owners of the  Subordinated  Certificates  in
proportion to their holding of Subordinated Certificates.

         Treasury  regulations  govern whether  partnership  allocations will be
respected by the IRS. It is believed that these  allocations will be valid under
these  Regulations.  No assurance  can be given that the IRS would not require a
greater  amount  of  income  to be  allocated  to the  Owners  of any  Class  of
Certificates.  Moreover,  even under the foregoing method of allocation,  Owners
may be  allocated  income equal to the amounts  described  above even though the
Trust might not have sufficient cash to make current cash  distributions of such
amount. Thus, cash basis Owners will in effect be required to report income from
the  Class A  Certificates  on the  accrual  basis.  In  addition,  because  tax
allocations  and tax reporting will be done on a uniform basis for all Owners of
Certificates,  while Owners of  Certificates  may be purchasing  Certificates at
different times and at different prices,  Certificates may be required to report
on their tax  returns  taxable  income  that is  greater or less than the amount
reported  to them by the  Trust.  See  generally,  "Certain  Federal  Income Tax
Consequences--Federal  Income Tax  Consequences for Certificates as the Which No
REMIC  Election  Is  Made--Taxation  of  Securities  Classified  as  Partnership
Interests" in the Prospectus.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         The  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of  1974,  as  amended
("ERISA"),  imposes  certain  requirements  on those employee  benefit plans and
individual  retirement  arrangements  to which it applies  ("Plan") and on those
persons who are fiduciaries with respect to such Plans. Any Plan fiduciary which
proposes  to cause a Plan to  acquire  any of the  Class A  Certificates  should
consult with counsel with respect to the  consequences  under ERISA and the Code
of the  Plan's  acquisition  and  ownership  of such  Certificates.  See  "ERISA
Considerations" in the Prospectus.

         The  Department  of Labor  has  issued to the  Underwriters  individual
prohibited  transaction  exemptions  PTE 89-88,  54 Fed. Reg.  42.582 (Oct.  17,
1989), PTE 89-89, 54 Fed. Reg. 42.589 (Oct. 17, 1989), and PTE 90-32,

                                      S-71

<PAGE>



55 Fed. Reg. 23.147 (June 6, 1990) (the  "Exemptions");  which generally  exempt
from the application of the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406(a),
Section  406(b)(1)  and Section  406(b)(2) of ERISA and the excise taxes imposed
pursuant to Sections  4975(a) and (b) of the Code,  with  respect to the initial
purchase,  the holding and the  subsequent  resale by Plans of  certificates  in
pass-through  trusts  that  consist  of  certain  receivables,  loans  and other
obligations  that meet the conditions and  requirements of the  Exemptions.  The
loans  covered by the  Exemptions  include  mortgage  loans such as the Mortgage
Loans.

         Among the conditions that must be satisfied for the Exemptions to apply
are the following:

                  (1) the acquisition of the Offered  Securities by a Plan is on
         terms (including the price for the  certificates)  that are at least as
         favorable to the Plan as they would be in an  arm's-length  transaction
         with an unrelated party;

                  (2)  the  rights  and  interests   evidenced  by  the  Offered
         Securities  acquired by the Plan are not subordinated to the rights and
         interests evidenced by other Certificates of the Trust Estate;

                  (3) the Offered Securities  acquired by the Plan have received
         a  rating  at the  time of such  acquisition  that is one of the  three
         highest  generic  rating  categories  from  either  Standard  & Poor's,
         Moody's,  Duff & Phelps  Credit Rating Co.  ("D&P") or Fitch  Investors
         Service, Inc. ("Fitch");

                  (4) the Trustee  must not be an  affiliate of any other member
         of the Restricted Group (as defined below);

                  (5)  the  sum of all  payments  made  to and  retained  by any
         Underwriter  in  connection  with  the   distribution  of  the  Offered
         Securities  represents  not  more  than  reasonable   compensation  for
         underwriting  the Offered  Securities;  the sum of all payments made to
         and retained by the Seller  pursuant to the  assignment of the Mortgage
         Loans to the Trust  Estate  represents  not more  than the fair  market
         value of such loans;  the sum of all  payments  made to and retained by
         any Servicer represents not more than reasonable  compensation for such
         person's  services  under  the  Agreement  and  reimbursement  of  such
         person's reasonable expenses in connection therewith; and

                  (6) the Plan investing in the  certificates  is an "accredited
         investor"  as  defined  in  Rule  501(a)(1)  of  Regulation  D  of  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933.

         The Trust Estate must also meet the following requirements:

                           (i) the  corpus  of the  Trust  Estate  must  consist
                  solely  of a fixed  pool of  assets of the type that have been
                  included in other investment pools;

                           (ii) certificates in such other investment pools must
                  have been rated in one of the three highest rating  categories
                  of Standard & Poor's,  Moody's,  Fitch or D&P for at least one
                  year prior to the Plan's  acquisition of Class A Certificates;
                  and

                           (iii) certificates evidencing interests in such other
                  investment  pools must have been purchased by investors  other
                  than  Plans  for  at  least  one  year  prior  to  the  Plan's
                  acquisition of the Class A Certificates.

         Moreover,     the    Exemptions    provide    relief    from    certain
self-dealing/conflict  of interest  prohibited  transactions that may occur when
the Plan fiduciary causes a Plan to acquire certificates in a trust in which the
fiduciary  (or its  affiliate)  is a mortgagor  on the  receivables  held in the
trust;  provided  that,  among  other  requirements,  (i)  in  the  case  of  an
acquisition in connection with the initial  issuance of  certificates,  at least
fifty  percent of each class of  certificates  in which  Plans have  invested is
acquired  by persons  independent  of the  Restricted  Group and at least  fifty
percent  of  the  aggregate  interest  in  the  trust  is  acquired  by  persons
independent of the Restricted Group; (ii) such fiduciary (or its affiliate) is a
mortgagor with respect to five percent or less of the fair market value of the

                                      S-72

<PAGE>



obligations  contained in the trust; (iii) the Plan's investment in certificates
of any class does not exceed  twenty-five  percent of all of the certificates of
that class  outstanding  at the time of the  acquisition;  and (iv)  immediately
after the  acquisition,  no more than  twenty-five  percent of the assets of the
Plan  with  respect  to  which  such  person  is a  fiduciary  are  invested  in
certificates  representing an interest in one or more trusts  containing  assets
sold or  serviced  by the same  entity.  The  Exemptions  do not  apply to Plans
sponsored by the Depositor,  the Insurer,  the  Underwriters,  the Trustee,  the
related  Servicer,  any mortgagor with respect to Mortgage Loans included in the
Trust Estate  constituting  more than five percent of the aggregate  unamortized
principal  balance of the assets in the Trust  Estate,  or any affiliate of such
parties (the  "Restricted  Group").  As of the date  hereof,  there is no single
Mortgage  Loan  included  in the Trust  Estate that  constitutes  more than five
percent  of the  aggregate  unamortized  principal  balance of the assets of the
Trust Estate.

         It is believed that the Exemptions  will apply to the  acquisition  and
holding of Offered Securities by Plans and that all conditions of the Exemptions
as they  relate  to the  acquisition  and  holding  by  Plans of the  Class  A-1
Certificates  other than those within the control of the investors  will be met.
It is further  believed that the Exemptions  will apply to the  acquisition  and
holding of Offered  Securities by Plans  following the expiration of the Funding
Period  and  that  all  conditions  of the  Exemptions  as  they  relate  to the
acquisition  and  holding by Plans of the  Offered  Securities  other than those
within the control of the investors will be met after such time.

         Prospective  Plan  investors  should  consult with their legal advisors
concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code, the possible  applicability  of the
Exemptions,  or other exemptive relief, and all of the potential consequences in
their  specific  circumstances,  prior to making an  investment  in the  Offered
Securities.  Each Plan  fiduciary  should  determine  whether  under the general
fiduciary standards of investment procedure and diversification an investment in
the Offered  Securities  is  appropriate  for the Plan,  taking into account the
overall  investment  policy  of the  Plan  and  the  composition  of the  Plan's
investment portfolio.

                                     RATINGS

         It is a condition  of the issuance of the Offered  Securities  that the
Offered  Securities  receive  ratings of "AAA" by Standard & Poor's and "Aaa" by
Moody's. The ratings will be based primarily on the claims-paying ability of the
Insurer.  Explanations of the  significance of such ratings may be obtained from
Moody's,  99 Church Street,  New York, New York 10007 and Standard & Poor's,  25
Broadway,  New York, New York 10004. Such ratings will be the views only of such
rating  agencies.  There is no assurance that any such ratings will continue for
any period of time or that such  ratings will not be revised or  withdrawn.  Any
such revision or  withdrawal  of such ratings may have an adverse  effect on the
market  price  of  the  Offered   Securities.   A  security   rating  is  not  a
recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities.

                         LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         The Offered  Securities will constitute  "mortgage related  securities"
for  purposes  of SMMEA for so long as they are rated in one of the two  highest
rating  categories  by one or  more  nationally  recognized  statistical  rating
organizations.  As such, the Offered  Securities  will be legal  investments for
certain  entities  to the  extent  provided  in  SMMEA,  subject  to state  laws
overriding  SMMEA. In addition,  institutions  whose  investment  activities are
subject  to review by  federal  or state  regulatory  authorities  may be or may
become  subject  to  restrictions,  which may be  retroactively  imposed by such
regulatory authorities,  on the investment by such institutions in certain forms
of  mortgage  related  securities.  Furthermore,  certain  states  have  enacted
legislation overriding the legal investment provisions of SMMEA.

                                  UNDERWRITING

         Subject  to the terms  and  conditions  set  forth in the  Underwriting
Agreement  relating to the  Certificates  (the  "Underwriting  Agreement"),  the
Depositor  has  agreed to cause  the  Trust to sell to each of the  Underwriters
named below (the  "Underwriters"),  and each of the  Underwriters  has severally
agreed to purchase,  the principal amount or Percentage  Interest of the Class A
Certificates set forth opposite its name below:

                                      S-73

<PAGE>



                                         Notes

    Underwriters                                          Percentage Interest
    ------------                                          -------------------


                                 Class A Certificates

    Underwriters                                          Percentage Interest
    ------------                                          -------------------


         The Underwriters are collectively committed to purchase all the Offered
Securities if any Offered Securities are purchased.  The Underwriters  intend to
act as market makers in the Offered Securities, subject to applicable provisions
of federal and state securities laws and other regulatory requirements,  but are
under no obligation to do so. The  Underwriters and any dealers that participate
with the  Underwriters  in the  distribution  of the Offered  Securities  may be
deemed to be underwriters, and any discounts or commissions received by them and
any profit on the resale of the Offered  Securities  by them may be deemed to be
underwriting discounts or commissions, under the Securities Act.

         The Depositor has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters  against certain
liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute
to payments which the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

                                REPORT OF EXPERTS

         The consolidated balance sheets of the Insurer, _______________________
as of December 31, 199__ and 199__, and the related  consolidated  statements of
income,  changes in shareholder's  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended  December 31,  199__,  appearing in Appendix B of this
Prospectus   Supplement,   have  been   audited   by   ________________________,
independent accountants,  as set forth in their report included therein, and are
included in reliance  upon such  report and upon the  authority  of such firm as
experts in accounting and auditing.

                              CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal  matters  relating to the validity of the issuance of the
Offered  Securities  will be  passed  upon for the  Seller  by  Arter &  Hadden,
Washington,  D.C. and by L. Keith  Blackwell,  Esquire,  General Counsel for the
Depositor.  Certain  legal  matters  relating to  insolvency  issues and certain
federal income tax matters concerning the Offered Securities will be passed upon
for the  Depositor  by Arter & Hadden.  Certain  legal  matters  relating to the
validity of the issuance of the Offered  Securities  will be passed upon for the
Underwriters  by  ______________.  Legal matters  relating to the Policy will be
passed upon for the Insurer by _______________, ____________.


                                      S-74

<PAGE>



                                     ANNEX I

          GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES

         Except in certain limited  circumstances,  the globally offered AMRESCO
Residential  Securities  Corporation  Mortgage  Loan  Trust  199__-__  Notes and
Mortgage Loan Pass-Through Certificates,  Class A (the "Global Securities") will
be available  only in book-entry  form.  Investors in the Global  Securities may
hold such Global Securities  through any of DTC, CEDEL or Euroclear.  The Global
Securities will be tradeable as home market instruments in both the European and
U.S. domestic markets.  Initial  settlement and all secondary trades will settle
in same-day funds.

         Secondary market trading between  investors through CEDEL and Euroclear
will be conducted in the  ordinary way in  accordance  with the normal rules and
operating  procedures of CEDEL and Euroclear and in accordance with conventional
eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).

         Secondary  market  trading  between   investors  through  DTC  will  be
conducted  according to DTC's rules and procedures  applicable to U.S. corporate
debt obligations.

         Secondary  cross-market  trading  between  CEDEL or  Euroclear  and DTC
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-payment
basis  through  the  respective  Depositaries  of CEDEL and  Euroclear  (in such
capacity) and as DTC Participants.

         Non-U.S.  holders (as  described  below) of Global  Securities  will be
subject to U.S.  withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements
and  deliver   appropriate  U.S.  tax  documents  to  the  securities   clearing
organizations or their Participants.

         Initial Settlement

         All Global  Securities  will be held in  book-entry  form by DTC in the
name  of Cede & Co.  as  nominee  of DTC.  Investors'  interests  in the  Global
Securities will be represented  through financial  institutions  acting on their
behalf  as direct  and  indirect  Participants  in DTC.  As a result,  CEDEL and
Euroclear  will hold  positions on behalf of their  Participants  through  their
Relevant  Depositary which in turn will hold such positions in their accounts as
DTC Participants.

         Investors  electing to hold their  Global  Securities  through DTC will
follow DTC settlement  practices.  Investor  securities custody accounts will be
credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement
date.

         Investors  electing to hold their Global  Securities  through  CEDEL or
Euroclear  accounts  will  follow  the  settlement   procedures   applicable  to
conventional  eurobonds,  except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities  custody  accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.

         Secondary Market Trading

         Since the purchaser  determines the place of delivery,  it is important
to  establish at the time of the trade where both the  purchaser's  and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that  settlement can be made on the desired value
date.

         Trading between DTC Participants.  Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants  will be  settled  using the  procedures  generally  applicable  to
mortgage loan asset-backed certificates issues in same-day funds.

                                       I-1

<PAGE>



         Trading between CEDEL and/or Euroclear  Participants.  Secondary market
trading  between CEDEL  Participants or Euroclear  Participants  will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.

         Trading between DTC, Seller and CEDEL or Euroclear  Participants.  When
Global Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to
the account of a CEDEL  Participant  or a Euroclear  Participant,  the purchaser
will send  instructions  to CEDEL or Euroclear  through a CEDEL  Participant  or
Euroclear  Participant at least one business day prior to  settlement.  CEDEL or
Euroclear will instruct the Relevant Depositary,  as the case may be, to receive
the Global Securities against payment.  Payment will include interest accrued on
the Global  Securities  from and including  the last coupon  payment date to and
excluding the settlement date, on the basis of the actual number of days in such
accrual  period and a year  assumed to  consist  of 360 days.  For  transactions
settling on the 31st of the month,  payment will include interest accrued to and
excluding the first day of the following month. Payment will then be made by the
Relevant  Depositary to the DTC  Participant's  account against  delivery of the
Global  Securities.  After settlement has been completed,  the Global Securities
will be credited to the respective  clearing system and by the clearing  system,
in accordance with its usual procedures, to the CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear
Participant's  account. The securities credit will appear the next day (European
time) and the cash debt will be  back-valued  to, and the interest on the Global
Securities  will accrue from,  the value date (which would be the  preceding day
when  settlement  occurred in New York).  If  settlement is not completed on the
intended  value date (i.e.,  the trade fails),  the CEDEL or Euroclear cash debt
will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.

         CEDEL  Participants  and  Euroclear  Participants  will  need  to  make
available  to the  respective  clearing  systems the funds  necessary to process
same-day funds  settlement.  The most direct means of doing so is to preposition
funds for settlement,  either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit,  as
they would for any settlement  occurring  within CEDEL or Euroclear.  Under this
approach,  they may take on  credit  exposure  to CEDEL or  Euroclear  until the
Global Securities are credited to their account one day later.

         As an alternative,  if CEDEL or Euroclear has extended a line of credit
to  them,  CEDEL  Participants  or  Euroclear  Participants  can  elect  not  to
preposition  funds  and  allow  that  credit  line to be drawn  upon to  finance
settlement.  Under this procedure,  CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants
purchasing Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming
they cleared the  overdraft  when the Global  Securities  were credited to their
accounts. However, interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value
date.  Therefore,  in many cases the investment  income on the Global Securities
earned during that one-day period may substantially  reduce or offset the amount
of such  overdraft  charges,  although  the  result  will  depend on each  CEDEL
Participant's or Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.

         Since the  settlement is taking place during New York  business  hours,
DTC  Participants  can  employ  their  usual  procedures  for  crediting  Global
Securities  to the  respective  European  Depositary  for the  benefit  of CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear  Participants.  The sale proceeds will be available to
the  DTC  seller  on the  settlement  date.  Thus,  to the  DTC  Participants  a
cross-market transaction will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC
Participants.

         Trading  between CEDEL or Euroclear  Seller and DTC  Purchaser.  Due to
time  zone  differences  in  their  favor,   CEDEL  Participants  and  Euroclear
Participants  may employ their  customary  procedures for  transactions in which
Global  Securities  are to be transferred  by the  respective  clearing  system,
through the respective  Depositary,  to a DTC Participant.  The seller will send
instructions  to CEDEL or  Euroclear  through a CEDEL  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement.  In these cases CEDEL
or Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate,  to credit
the Global Securities to the DTC Participant's account against payment.  Payment
will include  interest  accrued on the Global  Securities from and including the
last coupon  payment to and  excluding the  settlement  date on the basis of the
actual  number of days in such  accrual  period and a year assumed to consist to
360 days.  For  transactions  settling  on the 31st of the month,  payment  will
include  interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month.
The  payment  will then be  reflected  in the  account of CEDEL  Participant  or
Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the
CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's  account would be back-valued to
the value date (which would be

                                       I-2

<PAGE>



the  preceding  day,  when  settlement  occurred in New York).  Should the CEDEL
Participant or Euroclear  Participant  have a line of credit with its respective
clearing  system and elect to be in debt in  anticipation of receipt of the sale
proceeds in its  account,  the  back-valuation  will  extinguish  any  overdraft
incurred  over that  one-day  period.  If  settlement  is not  completed  on the
intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the
CEDEL Participant's or Euroclear  Participant's  account would instead be valued
as of the actual settlement date.

         Finally,  day traders  that use CEDEL or  Euroclear  and that  purchase
Global  Securities from DTC Participants  for delivery to CEDEL  Participants or
Euroclear Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on
the sale side unless  affirmative  action is taken.  At least  three  techniques
should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:

         (a)  borrowing  through  CEDEL  or  Euroclear  for one day  (until  the
purchase side of the trade is reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear accounts) in
accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;

         (b) borrowing the Global  Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
no later  than  one day  prior  to  settlement,  which  would  give  the  Global
Securities  sufficient time to be reflected in their CEDEL or Euroclear  account
in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or

         (c)  staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at least one
day prior to the value date for the sale to the CEDEL  Participant  or Euroclear
Participant.

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements

         A beneficial  owner of Global  Securities  holding  securities  through
CEDEL or  Euroclear  (or  through  DTC if the holder has an address  outside the
U.S.) will be subject to the 30% U.S.  withholding tax that generally applies to
payments of interest  (including  original  issue  discount) on registered  debt
issued by U.S. Persons (as defined below), unless (i) each clearing system, bank
or other financial  institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary
course of its trade or  business  in the chain of  intermediaries  between  such
beneficial  owner and the U.S.  entity  required to withhold tax  complies  with
applicable  certification  requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one
of the following steps to obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:

         Exemption for Non-U.S.  Persons (Form W-8). Beneficial Owners of Global
Securities  that are Non-U.S.  Persons (as defined  below) can obtain a complete
exemption from the withholding  tax by filing a signed Form W-8  (Certificate of
Foreign Status).  If the information  shown on Form W-8 changes,  a new Form W-8
must be filed within 30 days of such change.

         Exemption for Non-U.S.  Persons with effectively connected income (Form
4224). A Non-U.S. Person (as defined below), including a non-U.S. corporation or
bank with a U.S. branch, for which the interest income is effectively  connected
with its  conduct of a trade or  business  in the United  States,  can obtain an
exemption  from  the  withholding  tax  by  filing  Form  4224  (Exemption  from
Withholding of Tax on Income  Effectively  Connected with the Conduct of a Trade
or Business in the United States).

         Exemption  or reduced  rate for  Non-U.S.  Persons  resident  in treaty
countries  (Form 1001).  Non-U.S.  Persons  residing in a country that has a tax
treaty  with the  United  States  can obtain an  exemption  or reduced  tax rate
(depending  on the treaty  terms) by filing Form 1001  (Ownership,  Exemption or
Reduced  Rate  Certificate).  If the treaty  provides  only for a reduced  rate,
withholding  tax will be  imposed at that rate  unless  the filer  alternatively
files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by Certificate Owners or their agent.

         Exemption  for U.S.  Persons  (Form  W-9).  U.S.  Persons  can obtain a
complete  exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request
for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).

         U.S.  Federal  Income Tax  Reporting  Procedure.  The Owner of a Global
Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer,  his agent,  files
by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it holds

                                       I-3

<PAGE>



the security (the clearing  agency,  in the case of persons holding  directly on
the books of the  clearing  agency).  Form W-8 and Form 1001 are  effective  for
three calendar years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.

         The term "U.S.  Person"  means (i) a citizen or  resident of the United
States,  (ii) a corporation,  partnership or other entity  organized in or under
the laws of the United States or any political  subdivision  thereof or (iii) an
estate or trust that is subject to U.S.  federal  income tax  regardless  of the
source of its income.  The term "Non-U.S.  Person" means any person who is not a
U.S. Person.  This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. Federal income
tax  withholding  that  may  be  relevant  to  foreign  holders  of  the  Global
Securities. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for specific
tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the Global Securities.

                                       I-4

<PAGE>



================================================================================

         No dealer,  salesperson or other person has been authorized to give any
information  or to make any  representations  not  contained in this  Prospectus
Supplement  or the  Prospectus  and,  if  given  or made,  such  information  or
representations  must  not be  relied  upon as  having  been  authorized  by the
Depositor or by the Underwriters.  This Prospectus Supplement and the Prospectus
do not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation  of an offer to buy any of
the  securities  offered hereby in any  jurisdiction  in which the person making
such offer or  solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is
unlawful  to make such  offer or  solicitation.  Neither  the  delivery  of this
Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall, under
any  circumstances,  create any implication that information  herein  (including
information  incorporated  by reference  herein) or therein is correct as of any
time subsequent to the date of this Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus.
          
                                                                               

                          ----------                                           
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS                                       
                                                          Page
                     PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT                                     
Summary of Terms...........................................S-1
Risk Factors .............................................S-15                 
The Portfolio of Mortgage Loans...........................S-18
Use of Proceeds...........................................S-34
The Depositor.............................................S-35
The Seller................................................S-35
The Mortgage Loan Pools...................................S-35
Prepayment and Yield Considerations.......................S-50
The Originators...........................................S-56
Formation of the Trust and Trust Property.................S-56
Additional Information....................................S-56
Description of the Class A Certificates...................S-57
The Insurer...............................................S-66
Credit Enhancement........................................S-69
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement.......................S-71
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences...................S-80
ERISA Considerations......................................S-81
Ratings...................................................S-83
Legal Investment Considerations...........................S-83
Underwriting..............................................S-83
Report of Experts.........................................S-84
Certain Legal Matters.....................................S-84
Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax
Documentation Procedures...............................Annex I
Index to Location of Principal Defined Terms...............A-1
Audited Financial Statements for the
Certificate Insurer........................................B-1
                          PROSPECTUS
Summary of Prospectus........................................1
Risk Factors.................................................7
Description of the Certificates.............................10
The Trusts..................................................15
Credit Enhancement..........................................18
Servicing of the Mortgage Loans and Contracts...............22
Administration..............................................28
Use of Proceeds.............................................35
The Depositor...............................................35
Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Assets................35
Legal Investment Matters....................................44
ERISA Considerations........................................45
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences.....................47
Plan of Distribution........................................71
Legal Matters...............................................71
Financial Information.......................................71
Index to Location of Principal Defined Terms...............A-1

================================================================================




                                       I-1

<PAGE>

                         AMRESCO Residential Securities
                        Corporation Mortgage Loan Trust
                                    199__-__





                                   -----------

                              PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
                                   -----------
                                 [UNDERWRITERS]

                              _______________, 1996

<PAGE>






                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]








<PAGE>

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This preliminary prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the  solicitation  of an  offer  to buy nor  shall  there  be any  sale of these
securities  in any State in which  such  offer,  solicitation  or sale  would be
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any
such State.

               SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED __________ ___, 199__
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus Dated ______________ __, 199___)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation Multifamily Mortgage 
                              Loan Trust 199__-__
                   $__________________ Class A-1 Certificates
            $__________________ Class S-A Interest-only Certificates
                        $___________ Class B Certificates
                 Multifamily Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates
                                 SERIES 199__-__
                   AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL SECURITIES CORPORATION
                                    Depositor
                             -----------------------
                                    Servicer
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         The AMRESCO Residential  Securities  Corporation  Multifamily  Mortgage
Pass-Through Certificates,  Series 199__-__ (the "Certificates") will consist of
the Class A-1 senior certificates (the "Class A-1 Certificates"),  the Class S-A
senior  certificates (the "Class S-A Certificates"  and, together with the Class
A-1  Certificates  (the  "Senior   Certificates")),   the  Class  B  subordinate
certificates (the "Class B Certificates"),  the Class C subordinate Certificates
(the "Class C Certificates") and the Class R residual certificates (the "Class R
Certificates");  (together  with  the  Class B  Certificates,  and  the  Class C
Certificates, the "Subordinate Certificates").  Only the Senior Certificates and
Class B  Certificates  (collectively,  the  "Offered  Certificates")  are  being
offered hereby.

         As more fully described herein,  interest  distributions on the Offered
Certificates  will be based on the Certificate  Principal Balance of the related
Class or the  aggregate  principal  balance  of the  Mortgage  Loans or  another
specified Class of Certificates (the "Notional  Principal Balance") and the then
applicable Pass-Through Rate.

         The Pass-Through Rate for the Class A-1 Certificates will be _____% per
annum,  for the  Class B  Certificates  will be ___% per  annum  and for the S-A
Certificates   will  be  ___%  per  annum.   The  Class  S-A   Certificates  are
interest-only Certificates. The yield to investors on the Class S-A Certificates
will be  extremely  sensitive  to the  rate and  timing  of  principal  payments
(including prepayments,  repurchases, defaults and liquidations) on the Mortgage
Loans,  which may vary over time. A rapid rate of such principal payments on the
Mortgage  Loans  could  result  in the  failure  of  investors  in the Class S-A
Certificates to recover their initial investments.

         See "Risk Factors"  beginning on Page S-10 herein and beginning on Page
6 in the related Prospectus for a discussion of significant risk factors.
                                                  (Cover continued on next page)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES REPRESENT BENEFICIAL INTERESTS IN THE TRUST ONLY AND DO
     NOT REPRESENT INTERESTS IN OR OBLIGATIONS OF AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL CREDIT
      CORPORATION, ANY ORIGINATORS OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES. NEITHER THE
             OFFERED CERTIFICATES NOR THE MORTGAGE LOANS ARE INSURED
                    OR GUARANTEED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY.
  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
           SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
               COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF
                   THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE
                         CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
        [THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAS NOT PASSED ON
                  OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING. ANY
                         REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY
                                  IS UNLAWFUL.]
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         The Offered Certificates will be purchased by the Underwriters from the
Depositor  and will be  offered  by the  Underwriters  from  time to time to the
public  in  negotiated  transactions  or  otherwise  at  varying  prices  to  be
determined at the time of sale.

         Proceeds to the  Depositor  from the sale of the  Offered  Certificates
will be approximately  $____________,  before deducting  expenses payable by the
Depositor estimated to be approximately $_______ in the aggregate.  See "Plan of
Distribution" in this Prospectus Supplement.

         The Offered  Certificates  are offered subject to prior sale, when, as,
and if accepted by the Underwriters and subject to the approval of certain legal
matters.  It is expected that delivery of the Senior  Certificates in book-entry
form will be made on or about  ____________,  199___  only  through the Same Day
Funds Settlement System of The Depository Trust Company and that delivery of the
Class B Certificates  will be made at the offices of  ____________,  on or about
__, 199_ against payment therefor in immediately available funds.
                                 [UNDERWRITERS]
          The date of this Prospectus Supplement is __________, 199__.


<PAGE>



(Cover continued from previous page)

         The  Certificates  will  evidence,  in  the  aggregate,   100%  of  the
beneficial  ownership interest in one of two trust funds established pursuant to
a  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  dated  as  of  _____________,  199_  (the
"Agreement"),  among the Depositor, in its capacity as sponsor of the Trust (the
"Depositor"),  as seller  (the  "Seller"),  ____________  as the  servicer  (the
"Servicer"),  and __________,  as trustee (the  "Trustee").  One trust fund (the
"Trust  Fund") will  consist of the  "regular  interests"  (and all the proceeds
thereof) in a separate trust fund (the "Mortgage  Trust" and,  together with the
Trust Fund,  the  "Trusts")  that will  consist  primarily of a pool of mortgage
loans  (the   "Mortgage   Loans")   secured  by  first  [and  junior]  liens  on
[multi-family residential (including multi-family/retail  mixed-use)/commercial]
properties  located  in ___ states  (the  "Mortgaged  Properties").  Each of the
Mortgage Loans bear  [fixed/adjustable]  rates of interest and contain level pay
amortization  schedules extending beyond such Mortgage Loans, scheduled maturity
date,  with a  "balloon"  payment on the  maturity  date equal to the  remaining
principal  balance of such  Mortgage  Loans and any accrued and unpaid  interest
thereon ending no later than the Final Scheduled Distribution Date.

         The Class A-1 and Class S-A Certificates represent the senior interests
in the Trust Fund. As described herein, the rights of the holders of the Class B
Certificates  and Class C Certificates to receive  distributions  from the Trust
Fund  will  be  subordinate  to  the  rights  of the  holders  of  the  Class  A
Certificates and the rights of the holders of the Class C Certificates will also
be  subordinated  to the  rights of the  holders  of the  Class B  Certificates,
respectively, to receive distributions from the Trust Fund.

         Principal  of and interest on the Offered  Certificates  are payable on
the ___th day of each month or, if such day is not a business  day,  on the next
succeeding business day (each, a "Distribution Date"), commencing in __________,
199__.  See  "Description  of  the  Offered  Certificates--Distributions  on the
Certificates" herein.

         The last scheduled  Distribution Date for the Class A-1 Certificates is
_____________  ___, ____. It is expected that the actual last  Distribution Date
for each  Class of  Certificates  will  occur  significantly  earlier  than such
scheduled  Distribution Dates. The yield to maturity on the Offered Certificates
will depend on,  among other  things,  the price at which the  Certificates  are
acquired and the rate and timing of principal payments  (including  prepayments,
repurchases,  defaults and  liquidations) on the Mortgage Loans,  which rate may
vary significantly over time.
See  "Yield,   Prepayment  and  Maturity   Considerations"  in  this  Prospectus
Supplement.

         It is a condition to the issuance of the Offered  Certificates that the
Senior  Certificates  be rated "___" and "___," and the Class B Certificates  be
rated "___" and "___," by Moody's Investor Service and Standard & Poor's.

         As described  herein,  the Trustee  will cause  elections to be made to
treat the  Mortgage  Trust and Trust Fund as "real  estate  mortgage  investment
conduits"  ("REMICs"  or, in the  alternative,  the "Lower  Tier  REMIC" and the
"Upper Tier REMIC," respectively) for federal income tax purposes. Each class of
the Offered Certificates will be designated as a "regular interest" in the Upper
Tier REMIC and the Class R Certificates  and the Class RL  Certificates  will be
designated as the sole class of "residual  interest" in the Upper Tier REMIC and
the  Lower  Tier  REMIC,   respectively.   See  "Certain   Federal   Income  Tax
Considerations" herein and in the Prospectus.

         Prior to  their  issuance  there  has been no  market  for the  Offered
Certificates nor can there be any assurance that one will develop, or if it does
develop,  that it will  provide  the  Owners of the  Offered  Certificates  with
liquidity  or will  continue  for  the  life of the  Offered  Certificates.  The
Underwriters  intend,  but are not  obligated,  to make a market in the  Offered
Certificates.

         IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE  UNDERWRITERS  MAY OVER-ALLOT OR
EFFECT  TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE OFFERED
CERTIFICATES  AT LEVELS  ABOVE THOSE WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

         UNTIL _________, 199_ ALL DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE OFFERED
CERTIFICATES, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED
TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT AND THE PROSPECTUS TO WHICH IT RELATES. THIS
IS IN ADDITION TO THE  OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT
AND  PROSPECTUS  WHEN ACTING AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH  RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

                              --------------------

         The Certificates offered by this Prospectus  Supplement will be part of
a separate series of Certificates being offered by the Depositor pursuant to its
Prospectus dated  ____________,  199__ of which this Prospectus  Supplement is a
part and which accompanies this Prospectus  Supplement.  The Prospectus contains
important information regarding this offering which is not contained herein, and
prospective  investors  are  urged to read the  Prospectus  and this  Prospectus
Supplement in full.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Depositor has filed with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission a
Registration  Statement  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  with
respect  to  the  Certificates.  This  Prospectus  Supplement  and  the  related
Prospectus,  which  form a part  of the  Registration  Statement,  omit  certain
information  contained in such Registration  Statement pursuant to the Rules and
Regulations of the Commission.  The Registration  Statement can be inspected and
copied at the Public Reference Room of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington,  D.C. 20549,  and the  Commission's  regional offices at Seven World
Trade Center,  13th Floor,  New York, New York 10048,  and  Northwestern  Atrium
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,  Illinois 60661. Copies of
such  materials  can be obtained at prescribed  rates from the Public  Reference
Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549.

                          REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS

         Monthly and annual reports  concerning the  Certificates  and the Trust
will be sent by the  Trustee to the Owners of Class A  Certificates.  So long as
any Class A Certificate is in book-entry form, such reports will be sent to Cede
& Co., as the nominee of DTC and as Owner of such Class A Certificates  pursuant
to the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement.  DTC will supply such reports to Owners
of any such Class A Certificates in accordance with its procedures.


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------



                                                                      Page



AVAILABLE INFORMATION.................................................  2

REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.........................................  2

SUMMARY...............................................................S-1

RISK FACTORS.........................................................S-10

THE MORTGAGE TRUST...................................................S-15

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION...............................................S-22

THE DEPOSITOR........................................................S-22

THE SELLER...........................................................S-22

THE SERVICER.........................................................S-22

MASTER SERVICER......................................................S-22

SPECIAL SERVICER.....................................................S-22



DESCRIPTION OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATE...............................S-22

YIELD, PREPAYMENT AND MATURITY
     CONSIDERATIONS..................................................S-28

DESCRIPTION OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING
     AGREEMENT.......................................................S-33

CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES..............................S-40

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.................................................S-41

LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS......................................S-43

RATINGS..............................................................S-43

UNDERWRITING.........................................................S-44

LEGAL MATTERS........................................................S-45

APPENDIX A    INDEX TO LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL
              DEFINED TERMS
EXHIBIT A     MORTGAGE LOAN SCHEDULE



<PAGE>


                                     SUMMARY

   This  summary is  qualified  in its  entirety by  reference  to the  detailed
information   appearing   elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus   Supplement  and  the
accompanying  Prospectus.  Reference is made to the Index of  Principal  Defined
Terms  for  the  location  in the  Prospectus  of  the  definitions  of  certain
capitalized terms.

Issuer..........................    AMRESCO Residential  Securities  Corporation
                                    Multifamily  Mortgage  Loan  Trust,  199__-_
                                    (the "Trust").

Certificates Offered............    The Class A-1 Certificates and the Class S-A
                                    Certificates   (collectively,   the  "Senior
                                    Certificates")  and the Class B Certificates
                                    (collectively with the Senior  Certificates,
                                    the   "Offered    Certificates")    evidence
                                    undivided  beneficial ownership interests in
                                    the Trust Fund.  The Class A-1  Certificates
                                    have an original aggregate principal balance
                                    (the "Original Class A-1 Principal Balance")
                                    of  $_________.  The Class S-A  Certificates
                                    are  interest-only  Certificates and have no
                                    principal    balance.    The    Class    S-A
                                    Certificates  will  accrue  interest  on the
                                    Notional  Principal  Balance,  as  described
                                    herein.  The  Class B  Certificates  have an
                                    original  aggregate   principal  balance  of
                                    $________.

Depositor.......................    AMRESCO Residential Securities  Corporation,
                                    a Delaware corporation, having its principal
                                    executive  office  at 1845  Woodall  Rodgers
                                    Freeway,    Dallas,    Texas    75201   (the
                                    "Depositor").

Servicer........................    _________________,  a _________  corporation
                                    (the "Servicer").  The Servicer's  principal
                                    executive offices are located at ________.

Trustee.........................    ____________________,  a __________  banking
                                    association,  the ("Trustee"). The Trustee's
                                    principal  executive  offices are located at
                                    ___________.

Master Servicer.................    _____________________,   a  ________________
                                    corporation  (the  "Master  Servicer").  The
                                    Master   Servicer's    principal   executive
                                    offices are located at ----------------.

[Special Servicer...............    ___________________       a      ___________
                                    corporation  (the "Special  Servicer").  The
                                    Special  Servicer's   principal   executives
                                    offices are located at ----------------.]

Cut-Off Date....................    _____________, 199___.

Closing Date....................    ________________, 199__.

Description of the
Certificates....................    The    AMRESCO    Residential     Securities
                                    Corporation   Multifamily   Mortgage   Pass-
                                    Through  Certificates,  Series 199__-__ (the
                                    "Certificates")  will consist of the Offered
                                    Certificates,   the  Class  C  Certificates,
                                    which have an original  aggregate  principal
                                    balance of  $________,  the Class R residual
                                    certificates  (the "Class R  Certificates"),
                                    which represent the residual interest in the
                                    Trust   Fund,    the   Class   RL   residual
                                    certificates  (the "Class RL  Certificates")
                                    which represent the residual interest in the
                                    Mortgage  Trust (the "Class R  Certificates"
                                    and the "Class RL Certificates" are referred
                                    to    collectively    as    the    "Residual
                                    Certificates"). The Class C Certificates and
                                    the  Residual  Certificates  are not offered
                                    hereby,  and  may be  offered  for  sale  in
                                    privately negotiated transactions.


                                       S-1

<PAGE>

                                    The Certificates  represent in the aggregate
                                    the entire beneficial  ownership interest in
                                    two trust funds established  pursuant to the
                                    Agreement. One trust fund (the "Trust Fund")
                                    will consist of all the "regular  interests"
                                    (and all  proceeds  thereof)  in a  separate
                                    trust  fund  (the   "Mortgage   Trust"  and,
                                    together with the Trust Fund,  the "Trusts")
                                    that  will  consist  primarily  of a pool of
                                    loans  (the  "Mortgage  Loans")  secured  by
                                    [first]  liens on  multi-family  residential
                                    (including      family/retail     mixed-use)
                                    properties   located   in   ___states   (the
                                    "Mortgaged Properties").

Denominations...................    The Class A-1 Certificates will be issued in
                                    book-entry form in denominations of original
                                    principal  amounts  of $_____  and  integral
                                    multiples of $_____ in excess  thereof.  The
                                    Class  S-A  Certificates  will be  issued in
                                    [book  entry/fully  registered,   definitive
                                    form] in  percentage  interests of ownership
                                    of such  class of not less  than  ___%.  The
                                    Class B  Certificates  will be  issuable  in
                                    fully   registered,   certificated  form  in
                                    denominations   of  $_______   and  integral
                                    multiples in excess  thereof and one Class B
                                    Certificate  evidencing an additional amount
                                    equal  to  the  remainder  of  the  Original
                                    Certificate Principal Balance of such Class.
                                    See     "Description    of    the    Offered
                                    Certificates--  General" and "Description of
                                    the   Offered   Certificates--    Book-Entry
                                    Registration  of  the  Senior  Certificates"
                                    herein.

The Mortgage Loans..............    The Mortgage  Loans will have a Cut-Off Date
                                    aggregate  principal  balance   outstanding,
                                    after the deduction of payments of principal
                                    due on such date, of approximately $ ______.
                                    The  Mortgage  Loans were  originated  by in
                                    ----------   accordance  with  the  Seller's
                                    Underwriting   Guidelines,    as   described
                                    herein. See "The Mortgage Trust-Underwriting
                                    Standards"   herein.   As  of  the  date  of
                                    origination,  the weighted  average Mortgage
                                    Rate of the Mortgage Loans  (weighted by the
                                    aggregate  principal  balance  thereof)  was
                                    approximately  ___%.  All the Mortgage Loans
                                    were  originated  on  or  after  __________,
                                    199__.  As of the Cut-Off Date, the Mortgage
                                    Loans  had  an  average  remaining  term  to
                                    maturity  (weighted by  aggregate  principal
                                    balance thereof) of  approximately  _______.
                                    As  of  their  date  of   origination,   the
                                    Mortgage  Loans  had  an  average  principal
                                    balance of approximately $_________.

                                    Each  Mortgage Loan is secured by a mortgage
                                    creating  a   [first/junior]   lien  on  the
                                    related  Mortgaged  Property.  The Mortgaged
                                    Properties  will  consist  of a total of ___
                                    multi-family          (including         ___
                                    multi-family/retail   mixed-use)   apartment
                                    complexes.  Each of the Mortgage Loans bears
                                    interest  at a  [fixed/adjustable]  rate  of
                                    interest   and  had  an  original   term  to
                                    maturity of 3, 5 or 7 years,  and all of the
                                    Mortgage Loans require  monthly  payments of
                                    principal based on a ___- year  amortization
                                    schedule. The Maturity Dates of the Mortgage
                                    Loans  will  fall  between  ___________  and
                                    __________,  inclusive. None of the Mortgage
                                    Loans  are  insured  or  guaranteed  by  any
                                    governmental entity or private insurer. [All
                                    of  the  Mortgage  Loans  are   non-recourse
                                    loans.] See "The Mortgage  Trust--  Mortgage
                                    Loan Characteristics" herein.

Originators.....................    Each of the Mortgage Loans to be acquired by
                                    the Trust from the  Depositor  were acquired
                                    by the Depositor from seller (the "Seller"),
                                    which previously  originated or acquired the
                                    Mortgage  Loans from the related  originator
                                    (each an "Originator").


                                       S-2

<PAGE>

Class A-1 Pass-Through
  Rate..........................    ____% per annum.

Class S-A Pass-Through
  Rate..........................    ___%  per  annum on the  Notional  Principal
                                    Balance.

Class B Pass-Through
  Rate..........................    ___% per annum.

Distributions on the
  Certificates..................    Distributions of interest and principal,  if
                                    any,   on   the   Class   A-1,   Class   S-A
                                    Certificates  and the  Class B  Certificates
                                    will  be  made  by  the   Trustee   on  each
                                    Distribution  Date  (i.e.,  the  __th day of
                                    each  month  or if  such  __th  day is not a
                                    business  day,  then the  business  day next
                                    following  such  __th  day),  commencing  in
                                    199__,  to the  Owners  of  Certificates  of
                                    record as of the close of  -------  business
                                    on  the  last  business  day  of  the  month
                                    preceding  such  Distribution  Date (each, a
                                    "Record Date").

Amount of Distributions.........    On each Distribution  Date, the Trustee will
                                    apply the  aggregate of amounts  distributed
                                    [in respect of the Lower Tier  Interest]  on
                                    such  Distribution  Date  in  the  following
                                    order of priority:

                                            (i)  first,  concurrently,   to  the
                                    Owners of the Class  A-1  Certificates,  the
                                    Class  A-1  Monthly   Interest  (as  defined
                                    below);  and to the  Owners of the Class S-A
                                    Certificates,  Class S-A  Monthly  Interest,
                                    any  shortfall  being  allocated  among  the
                                    Class  A-1  Certificates  and the  Class S-A
                                    Certificates    in   proportion   to   their
                                    respective  amounts  of  Class  A-1  Monthly
                                    Interest and Class S-A Monthly Interest;

                                            (ii)  second,  to the  Owners of the
                                    Class  A-1   Certificates,   the  Class  A-1
                                    Principal  Distribution  Amount (as  defined
                                    below) until the Class A-1 Principal Balance
                                    has been reduced to zero;

                                            (iii)  third,  to the  Owners of the
                                    Class B  Certificates,  the  Class B Monthly
                                    Interest;

                                            (iv)  fourth,  to the  Owners of the
                                    Class   A-1    Certificates,    any   Unpaid
                                    Delinquent   Maturity   Amount  (as  defined
                                    below) until the Class A-1 Principal Balance
                                    has been reduced to zero;

                                            (v)  fifth,  to  the  Owners  of the
                                    Class B Certificates,  the Class B Principal
                                    Distribution   Amount   until  the  Class  B
                                    Principal Balance has been reduced to zero;

                                            (vi)  sixth,  to the  Owners  of the
                                    Class C  Certificates,  the  Class C Monthly
                                    Interest;

                                            (vii) seventh,  to the Owners of the
                                    Class C Certificates,  the Class C Principal
                                    Distribution   Amount   until  the  Class  C
                                    Principal  Balance has been reduced to zero;
                                    and



                                       S-3

<PAGE>
                                            (viii) eighth,  to the Owners of the
                                    Class   R   Certificates,    all   remaining
                                    Available Funds, if any.

                                    The   "Class  A-1   Principal   Distribution
                                    Amount," as to any  Distribution  Date, will
                                    equal the sum of the  items set forth  below
                                    and, if Available  Funds should be less than
                                    such sum, any partial  distribution shall be
                                    with  respect  to such items in the order of
                                    priority set forth below:

                                    (i)  the   product   of  (x)  the   Class  A
                                    Percentage    and   (y-1)   prior   to   the
                                    Subordination  Termination  Date, the sum of
                                    (A) the  aggregate  of the Unpaid  Principal
                                    Balance of all  Mortgage  Loans which ceased
                                    to be Outstanding  Mortgage Loans as of such
                                    Distribution  Date other than Mortgage Loans
                                    that were subject to a Principal  Prepayment
                                    In Full  prior  to the end of the  preceding
                                    calendar   month   and  (B)  all   scheduled
                                    principal payments on the Mortgage Loans due
                                    on the  related  Due  Date;  or (y-2) on and
                                    after the  Subordination  Termination  Date,
                                    the sum of the amounts described in (y-1)(A)
                                    and (y-1)(B)  above,  but only to the extent
                                    such  amounts are  actually  received by the
                                    Trustee prior to the Distribution Date;

                                    (ii) all  Principal  Prepayments  made on or
                                    before the related Determination Date; and

                                    (iii)   any   Unpaid   Principal   Shortfall
                                    allocable to the Class A-1 Certificates.

                                    The "Class B Principal  Distribution Amount"
                                    as to any Distribution  Date, will equal the
                                    sum of the  items set forth  below  and,  if
                                    Available  Funds  should  be less  than such
                                    sum, any partial  distribution shall be with
                                    respect  to  such  items  in  the  order  of
                                    priority set forth below:

                                    (i)  the   product   of  (x)  the   Class  B
                                    Percentage  and the sum of (A) the aggregate
                                    of  the  Unpaid  Principal  Balance  of  all
                                    Mortgage    Loans   which   ceased   to   be
                                    Outstanding   Mortgage   Loans  as  of  such
                                    Distribution  Date other than Mortgage Loans
                                    that were subject to a Principal  Prepayment
                                    In Full  prior  to the end of the  preceding
                                    calendar   month   and  (B)  all   scheduled
                                    principal payments on the Mortgage Loans due
                                    on the related Due Date;

                                    (ii) after the Class A-1  Termination  Date,
                                    all Principal  Prepayments made on or before
                                    the related Determination Date; and

                                    (iii)   any   Unpaid   Principal   Shortfall
                                    allocable to the Class B Certificates.

                                    [In addition, on each Distribution Date, the
                                    Trustee will  withdraw  from the  Prepayment
                                    Premium   Account  (as  defined  herein)  an
                                    amount   equal  to  the   aggregate  of  all
                                    Prepayment Premiums deposited therein during
                                    the   previous   calendar   month  and  will
                                    distribute   such   amount   (i)   on   each
                                    Distribution  Date  prior  to  the  Class  A
                                    Termination    Date,   (a)   if   prior   to
                                    __________,   to  the   Owners  of  Class  A
                                    Certificates,  allocated  ___% to the  Class
                                    A-1  Certificates  and ___% to the Class S-A
                                    Certificates,  and (b) if after  __________,
                                    solely   to  the   Owners   of   Class   A-1
                                    Certificates,   (ii)   on  the   Class   A-1
                                    Termination  Date,  to the Owners of Class A
                                    Certificates   (in   accordance   with   the
                                    allocations  described in subclauses (a) and
                                    (b)  (as the  case  may  be) of  clause  (i)
                                    above,  only if the  Class  A-1  Termination
                                    Date is prior to __________) and Class B


                                       S-4

<PAGE>
                                    Certificates    in    proportion    to   the
                                    distributions  of principal  made in respect
                                    of the Class  A-1 and Class B  Certificates,
                                    respectively,  (iii)  on  each  Distribution
                                    Date  thereafter,  to the  Owners of Class B
                                    Certificates.]

                                    Interest   for  the  Class  A  and  Class  B
                                    Certificates for any given Distribution Date
                                    is equal to one month's  interest accrued at
                                    the  applicable  Pass-Through  Rate,  on the
                                    Class A-1 or Class B Principal  Balance,  as
                                    the case may be,  immediately  prior to such
                                    Distribution  Date. See  "Description of the
                                    Offered     Certificates--     Amounts    of
                                    Distribution" herein.

Monthly Advances................    In the  event  that a monthly  payment  on a
                                    Mortgage  Loan has not been  received by the
                                    Servicer  as of the close of business on the
                                    Determination Date immediately preceding the
                                    related Distribution Date, the Servicer will
                                    be obligated to advance,  for deposit in the
                                    Certificate   Account,   the   aggregate  of
                                    payments  of   principal   (other  than  any
                                    Balloon   Payment)   and   interest  on  the
                                    Mortgage  Loans that were due on the related
                                    Due Date and that is  allocable to the Class
                                    A Certificates, less the aggregate amount of
                                    any  such   delinquent   payments  that  the
                                    Servicer   has   determined   in  its  sole,
                                    reasonable   judgment  would   constitute  a
                                    nonrecoverable  advance if made (a  "Monthly
                                    Advance").  The Servicer will be entitled to
                                    be reimbursed from the  Certificate  Account
                                    for all such Monthly Advances.

                                    The obligation to make Monthly Advances with
                                    respect to any Mortgage Loan shall  continue
                                    until the  earliest  to occur of (i) payment
                                    thereof  in full,  (ii)  liquidation  of the
                                    related  Mortgaged  Property  and  (iii) the
                                    purchase  or  repurchase  thereof  from  the
                                    Mortgage  Trust  pursuant to any  applicable
                                    provision  of the  Agreement.  If the rights
                                    and  obligations  of the Servicer  under the
                                    Agreement are terminated upon the occurrence
                                    of an event of default that remains uncured,
                                    the  [Trustee/Master  Servicer]  will be the
                                    successor  in  all  respects  (with  certain
                                    exceptions  relating  to the  repurchase  of
                                    Mortgage Loans under certain  circumstances)
                                    to the  Servicer in its capacity as servicer
                                    under   the    Agreement,    including   the
                                    obligation  to  make  all  required  Monthly
                                    Advances.

Subordination of the
  Subordinate Certificates......    The  rights  of the  Owners  of the  Class B
                                    Certificates and the Class C Certificates to
                                    receive  distributions  with  respect to the
                                    Mortgage Loans will be  subordinated to such
                                    rights  of  the   holders  of  the  Class  A
                                    Certificates to the extent  described below.
                                    The  subordination  provided  to the Class A
                                    Certificates by the Class B Certificates and
                                    the  Class C  Certificates  is  intended  to
                                    enhance the  likelihood of timely receipt by
                                    the  Owners of the Class A  Certificates  of
                                    the full amount of their  scheduled  monthly
                                    payments   and   to   afford   such   Owners
                                    protection  against  losses  resulting  form
                                    Liquidated Mortgage Loans.

                                    The  rights  of the  Owners  of the  Class C
                                    Certificates to receive  distributions  with
                                    respect to the Loans will be subordinated to
                                    such  rights  of the  Owners  of the Class B
                                    Certificates to the extent  described below.
                                    The  subordination  provided  to the Class B
                                    Certificates  by the Class C Certificates is
                                    intended to enhance the likelihood of timely
                                    receipt   by  the  Owners  of  the  Class  B
                                    Certificates  of the  full  amount  of their
                                    scheduled  monthly  payments  and to  afford
                                    such  Owners   protection   against   losses
                                    resulting form Liquidated Mortgage Loans.


                                      S-5

<PAGE>




                                    The  protection  afforded  to the  Owners of
                                    Class  A   Certificates   by  means  of  the
                                    subordination  of the  Class B  Certificates
                                    and  the  Class  C   Certificates   will  be
                                    accomplished  by the  preferential  right of
                                    such  Owners  to   receive,   prior  to  any
                                    distribution  being  made on a  Distribution
                                    Date in respect of the Class B  Certificates
                                    and the Class C Certificates,  the Class A-1
                                    Monthly  Interest  and the Class S-A Monthly
                                    Interest, respectively, and to the Owners of
                                    the  Class  A  Certificates  the  Class  A-1
                                    Principal  Distribution  Amount. The Class B
                                    Certificates  will,  however,   receive  the
                                    Class B Monthly  Interest  before the Owners
                                    of the  Class  A  Certificates  receive  any
                                    Unpaid  Delinquent  Maturity  Amount.  There
                                    will be no other form of Credit  Enhancement
                                    available  for the  benefit  of the  Offered
                                    Certificates.   See   "Description   of  the
                                    Offered Certificates -- Subordination of the
                                    Subordinate Certificates" herein.

Allocation of Losses............    Subject to the limitations described herein,
                                    losses of principal and interest realized on
                                    the Mortgage Loans ("Realized  Losses") will
                                    be   allocated,   first,   to  the  Class  R
                                    Certificates   and,  then  to  the  Class  C
                                    Certificates   and,  then  to  the  Class  B
                                    Certificates,  as described herein, prior to
                                    allocation    thereof    to    the    Senior
                                    Certificates.   See   "Description   Of  The
                                    Offered  Certificates  --  Subordination  of
                                    Subordinate Certificates" herein.

Servicing Fee...................    With respect to each Distribution  Date, the
                                    Servicer  shall be entitled to withhold from
                                    deposit into the Certificate  Account,  with
                                    respect to each  Mortgage  Loan (for which a
                                    Monthly  Payment was  received)  that was an
                                    Outstanding   Mortgage   Loan   as  of  such
                                    Distribution   Date,   an  amount  equal  to
                                    one-twelfth  of the  product of (i) the rate
                                    set forth in the Mortgage Loan Schedule (the
                                    "Servicing  Fee  Rate")  and (ii) the Unpaid
                                    Principal  Balance of such  Mortgage Loan as
                                    of such Distribution Date. The Servicer will
                                    be entitled to retain  additional  servicing
                                    compensation in the form of assumption fees,
                                    late payment  charges or extension and other
                                    administrative   charges   to   the   extent
                                    collected.

Optional Termination............    At its option the Depositor  may  repurchase
                                    all the Mortgage  Loans at any time when the
                                    Pool  Principal  Balance is less than 10% of
                                    the Cut-Off Date Pool Principal Balance. The
                                    payment  of  such  purchase  price  will  be
                                    applied to the early retirement of the Class
                                    A-1,   Class  S-A,   Class  B  and  Class  C
                                    Certificates.   See   "Description   of  the
                                    Pooling    and     Servicing     Agreement--
                                    Termination; Retirement of the Certificates"
                                    herein.

Final Scheduled Distribution
  Date..........................    Scheduled  Payments  on the  Mortgage  Loans
                                    will be sufficient to distribute interest on
                                    the Offered  Certificates  at the applicable
                                    Pass-Through   Rate   and  to   reduce   the
                                    principal amount of the Offered Certificates
                                    to zero not later than the "Final  Scheduled
                                    Distribution  Date"  set  forth on the cover
                                    page hereof, determined as described herein.
                                    Because   the  rate  of   distributions   of
                                    principal on the Offered  Certificates  will
                                    depend  on the  rate of  payment  (including
                                    prepayments)   of  the   principal   of  the
                                    Mortgage  Loans and on the timing of receipt
                                    of   Liquidation   Proceeds  and   Insurance
                                    Proceeds with respect to the Mortgage Loans,
                                    the actual final  Distribution Date for each
                                    Class  of the  Offered  Certificates  may be
                                    earlier, and could be substantially earlier,
                                    or may be later,  than the  Final  Scheduled
                                    Distribution  Date. See  "Description Of The
                                    Offered   Certificates  --  Final  Scheduled
                                    Distribution  Date" and  "Yield,  Prepayment
                                    and Maturity Considerations" herein.


                                       S-6

<PAGE>




Nature of Class S-A
  Certificates..................    General   Character   as  an   Interest-Only
                                    Security.   The  owners  of  the  Class  S-A
                                    Certificates  will be  entitled  to  receive
                                    monthly  distributions  equal to one-month's
                                    interest at the Class S-A Pass-Through  Rate
                                    on  the  Notional   Principal  Balance  then
                                    outstanding.       The       Class       S-A
                                    Certificateholders  will not be  entitled to
                                    receive  any   distributions   of  principal
                                    collected  on the  Mortgage  Loans.  Because
                                    they will not receive any  distributions  of
                                    principal,  the Class S-A Certificateholders
                                    will    be    affected    by    prepayments,
                                    liquidations  and other  dispositions of the
                                    Mortgage Loans to a greater degree than will
                                    the  Class  A   Certificateholders.   As  an
                                    extreme illustration,  in the event that the
                                    entire  Mortgage Pool prepays in full during
                                    the  first   month,   then  on  the  initial
                                    Distribution  Date the Owners of the Class A
                                    Certificates will receive the full par value
                                    of their  Certificates  while the  Owners of
                                    the  Class  S-A  Certificates   will  suffer
                                    nearly  a  complete  loss  (except  for  one
                                    month's interest) on their investment.

                                    In  general,  liquidations  due  to  losses,
                                    repurchases   by  the   Seller   and   other
                                    dispositions  of  Mortgage  Loans  from  the
                                    Trust  Fund  will  have the same  effect  on
                                    Class   S-A    Certificateholders    as   do
                                    prepayments of principal,  liquidations  due
                                    to  losses,  repurchases  by the  Seller and
                                    other  dispositions  of Mortgage  Loans from
                                    the Trust, and are collectively  referred to
                                    as "Prepayments."

                                    Because   the   yield  to  the   Class   S-A
                                    Certificateholders  is  sensitive to certain
                                    constant   rates   of   prepayment,   it  is
                                    advisable  for  potential  investors  in the
                                    Class   S-A    Certificates    to   consider
                                    carefully,  and to make their own evaluation
                                    of, the effect of any particular  assumption
                                    regarding   the  rates  and  the  timing  of
                                    prepayments. In general, when interest rates
                                    decline,    prepayments   in   a   pool   of
                                    receivables  such as the Mortgage Loans will
                                    increase as  borrowers  seek to refinance at
                                    lower  rates.  This will have the  effect of
                                    reducing  the  future   stream  of  payments
                                    available  to an owner  of an  interest-only
                                    security  based  on such  receivables  pool,
                                    thus  adversely  affecting  such  investor's
                                    yield.   Conversely,   when  interest  rates
                                    increase  prepayments  will tend to decrease
                                    (since attractive refinancing  opportunities
                                    are not  available) and the future stream of
                                    payments  available  to such an  owner of an
                                    interest-only  security may  increase,  thus
                                    positively affecting such investor's yield.

                                    Accrual of "Original  Issue  Discount."  The
                                    Class S-A  Certificates  may be issued  with
                                    "original issue discount" within the meaning
                                    of the Code.  As a result,  in certain rapid
                                    prepayment  environments  the  effect of the
                                    rules  governing  the  accrual  of  original
                                    issue     discount    may    require    such
                                    Certificateholders  to accrue original issue
                                    discount  at a rate in excess of the rate at
                                    which  distributions  are  received  by such
                                    Certificateholders.   See  "Certain  Federal
                                    Income Tax  Consequences"  herein and in the
                                    Prospectus.

Ratings.........................    It is a  condition  to the  issuance  of the
                                    Offered  Certificates that the Class A-1 and
                                    Class  S-A  Certificates  each be  rated  no
                                    lower  than  "AAA"  and  that  the  Class  B
                                    Certificates be rated no lower than "___" by
                                    Standard  and  Poor's   Ratings   Group,   a
                                    division of McGraw Hill  ("S&P") and Moody's
                                    Investors    Service,    Inc.    ("Moody's")
                                    (collectively,  the "Rating Agencies").  The
                                    Class C  Certificates  will not be rated.  A
                                    security rating is not a  recommendation  to
                                    buy,  sell  or  hold  securities  and may be
                                    subject to  revision  or  withdrawal  at any
                                    time by the  assigning  rating  agency.  See
                                    "Ratings" herein.


                                       S-7

<PAGE>

                                    Ratings of the Class S-A  Certificates.  The
                                    Class S-A  Certificates  will,  upon initial
                                    issuance,  receive  ratings  of "___" by ___
                                    and of "___" by  __________.  Ratings  which
                                    are assigned to securities such as the Class
                                    S-A  Certificates   generally  evaluate  the
                                    ability of the issuer  (i.e.,  the Trust) to
                                    make timely  payments when such payments are
                                    due,  as  required  by such  securities.  As
                                    described  above,  such amounts with respect
                                    to the Class S-A  Certificates  consist only
                                    of  interest.  In general,  the ratings thus
                                    address credit risk and not prepayment risk.
                                    See "Ratings" herein.


                                    The "r" symbol is  appended to the rating by
                                    Standard   &  Poor's   of  the   Class   S-A
                                    Certificates  because they are interest-only
                                    Certificates that Standard & Poor's believes
                                    may  experience   high  volatility  or  high
                                    variability  in  expected   returns  due  to
                                    non-credit  risks  created  by the  terms of
                                    such  Certificates.  The  absence  of an "r"
                                    symbol in the  ratings of the other  Class A
                                    Certificates  should  not  be  taken  as  an
                                    indication  that  such   Certificates   will
                                    experience no volatility or  variability  in
                                    total returns. See "Ratings" herein.

Certain Federal Income
  Tax Consequences..............    The Trustee will cause  elections to be made
                                    to treat the Mortgage  Trust (also  referred
                                    to  herein as "Lower  Tier  REMIC")  and the
                                    Trust   Fund  as   "real   estate   mortgage
                                    investment  conduits"  (each, a "REMIC") for
                                    federal income tax purposes.  The Lower Tier
                                    A  Interest  and the Lower  Tier B  Interest
                                    will be the "regular interests" in the Lower
                                    Tier  REMIC  and the  Class RL  Certificates
                                    will  constitute the sole class of "residual
                                    interests"  in the  Lower  Tier  REMIC.  The
                                    Class   A-1,   Class   S-A   and   Class   B
                                    Certificates will be "regular  interests" in
                                    the Trust Fund and the Class R  Certificates
                                    will  be  the  sole   class   of   "residual
                                    interests"  in the Trust Fund.  See "Certain
                                    Federal Income Tax Consequences" herein.

ERISA Considerations............    Any  fiduciary of any employee  benefit plan
                                    (a   "Plan")   subject   to   the   Employee
                                    Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as
                                    amended  ("ERISA"),  who proposes to cause a
                                    Plan   to   acquire   any  of  the   Offered
                                    Certificates  should  consult  with  its own
                                    counsel with respect to the applicability of
                                    ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
                                    as amended (the "Code"), to such investment.

                                    Under  current law the  purchase and holding
                                    of the Class B Certificates  by or on behalf
                                    of  any  Plan   subject  to  the   fiduciary
                                    responsibility   provisions   of  ERISA  may
                                    result in "prohibited  transactions"  within
                                    the  meaning  of  ERISA  and the  Code.  [No
                                    transfer  of a  Class B  Certificate  or any
                                    interest  therein may be made to any Plan or
                                    other  retirement   arrangement,   including
                                    individual     retirement    accounts    and
                                    annuities,   Keogh   plans  and   collective
                                    investment  and  separate  accounts in which
                                    such  plans,  accounts or  arrangements  are
                                    invested  that is  subject  to  ERISA or the
                                    Code unless the  prospective  transferee  of
                                    the Class B Certificate provides the Trustee
                                    with a representation  letter and an opinion
                                    of counsel,  each in the form required under
                                    the  Agreement.  See "ERISA  Considerations"
                                    herein and in the Prospectus.]

Risk Factors....................    Credit Considerations.  For information with
                                    regard  to  the  Mortgage  Loans  and  their
                                    related   risks,   see  "The   Portfolio  of
                                    Mortgage Loans" herein.



                                       S-8

<PAGE>




                                    Prepayment  Considerations.  For information
                                    regarding the consequences of prepayments of
                                    the Mortgage Loans,  particularly  Owners of
                                    Class S-A Certificates,  see "Prepayment and
                                    Yield Considerations" herein.

                                    Other.   For  a  discussion  of  other  risk
                                    factors   that  should  be   considered   by
                                    prospective   investors   in   the   Offered
                                    Certificates,  see "Risk Factors" herein and
                                    in the Prospectus.

Legal Investment
  Considerations................    The   Senior    Certificates    will   [not]
                                    constitute "mortgage related securities" for
                                    purposes of the  Secondary  Mortgage  Market
                                    Enhancement  Act of 1984  ("SMMEA")  [for so
                                    long as  they  are  rated  in one of the two
                                    highest  rating  categories  by one or  more
                                    nationally  recognized   statistical  rating
                                    organizations.    As   such,    the   Senior
                                    Certificates  will be legal  investments for
                                    certain  entities to the extent  provided in
                                    SMMEA,  subject  to  state  laws  overriding
                                    SMMEA.  In  addition,   institutions   whose
                                    investment  activities are subject to review
                                    by federal or state  regulatory  authorities
                                    may   be   or   may   become    subject   to
                                    restrictions,  which  may  be  retroactively
                                    imposed by such regulatory  authorities,  on
                                    the  investment  by  such   institutions  in
                                    certain    forms   of    mortgage    related
                                    securities. Furthermore, certain states have
                                    enacted  legislation  overriding  the  legal
                                    investment provisions of SMMEA.]

                                    The Class B Certificates will not constitute
                                    "mortgage  related  securities" for purposes
                                    of  SMMEA.  As  a  result,  the  appropriate
                                    characterization of the Class B Certificates
                                    under various legal investment restrictions,
                                    and thus the ability of investors subject to
                                    these  restrictions  to purchase the Class B
                                    Certificates,  maybe subject to  significant
                                    interpretative uncertainties.

                                    Prospective investors are advised to consult
                                    their  counsel  as to  qualification  of the
                                    Offered  Certificates  as legal  investments
                                    under any such laws, regulations,  rules and
                                    orders. See "Legal Investment Consideration"
                                    herein and in the Prospectus.



                                       S-9

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS


         Prospective  investors in the Offered  Certificates should consider the
following  risk  factors  (as well as the risk  factors  set forth  under  "Risk
Factors"  in the  Prospectus)  in  connection  with the  purchase of the Offered
Certificates.

The Mortgage Loans

         General.  The Mortgage  Loans were  originated by the between _____ and
_______,  inclusive.  The Mortgage Loans are all secured by multi-family (or, in
some cases,  multi-family/retail mixed-use) apartment buildings, each containing
five or more residential units. Owners of multi-family  apartment buildings rely
on  monthly  lease  payments  from  tenants  to pay for  maintenance  and  other
operating expenses of the building,  to fund capital improvements and to service
the  related  Mortgage  Loan and any  other  debt  that may be  secured  by such
property.  Various factors, many of which are beyond the control of the owner or
operator of an  apartment  building,  may affect the  economic  viability of the
building.

         Adverse economic  conditions,  either local or national,  may limit the
amount of rent that can be charged and may result in a reduction in timely lease
payments or a reduction in occupancy levels.  Occupancy and rent levels may also
be affected by  construction  of additional  housing  units and local  politics,
including rent stabilization or rent control laws and policies.  In addition,  a
low level of mortgage  rates may  encourage  tenants to  purchase  single-family
housing.

         Changes in payment  patterns  by tenants  may result  from a variety of
social,  legal and economic  factors.  Economic  factors  including  the rate of
inflation,  unemployment  levels and relative rents offered for various types of
housing may be reflected  in changes in payment  patterns,  including  increased
risks of defaults by tenants and higher vacancy  rates.  The Depositor is unable
to determine and has no basis to predict whether,  or to what extent,  economic,
legal or social factors will affect future rental or payment patterns.

         Environmental  Risks.  Under the laws of certain states where Mortgaged
Properties are located,  violation of applicable environmental laws may give may
rise to a "superlien" on the Mortgaged  Property (i.e., a lien prior to the lien
of the  related  mortgage)  to assure the  payment of the costs of  cleanup.  In
addition,  under the laws of several states and under the federal  Comprehensive
Environmental  Response,  Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA") a lender may
be liable, as an "owner" or "operator",  for cleanup costs on mortgaged property
containing  hazardous  wastes if agents or  employees  of the lender have become
involved in the  operations  of the  borrower,  regardless of whether a previous
owner caused the  environmental  damage. If the lender actually takes possession
of the property,  it may, more clearly,  be liable for cleanup costs pursuant to
CERCLA.  Under certain recent court decisions,  even very little  involvement by
the lender has led to  liability  for  cleanup  costs and efforts by the Federal
Environmental   Protection  Agency  to  clarify  questions  relating  to  lender
liability  through  rulemaking have been rejected.  The Depositor will generally
require the preparation of environmental  assessments;  however, there can be no
assurance as to the ultimate level of protection,  if any,  afforded by any such
assessment. Although the lender can bring an action for contribution against the
owner who created the  environmental  hazard,  any amounts awarded to the lender
under  such an  action  may not be  collectible  if the  owner  is  bankrupt  or
otherwise judgment-proof. See "Risk Factors -- Environmental Risks" and "Certain
Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans--Environmental Risks" in the Prospectus.

         The  Agreement  provides  that the  Servicer  may not, on behalf of the
Trustee,  obtain title to (as a result of  foreclosure or in lieu of foreclosure
or  otherwise),  or take  possession  of or other  actions  with  respect  to, a
Mortgaged  Property  unless the Servicer has previously  determined,  based on a
report prepared by a person who regularly conducts  environmental  audits,  that
(i) the Mortgaged  Property is in compliance with applicable  environmental laws
or, if it is not, that it would be in the best economic  interest of the holders
of the  Certificates  to take  the  actions  necessary  to bring  the  Mortgaged
Property into compliance with such laws and (ii)  circumstances  relating to the
use,  management  or  disposal  of certain  hazardous  materials  either are not
present at the Mortgaged


                                      S-10

<PAGE>



Property  or  should  be  addressed  if to do so would  be in the best  economic
interest of the holders of the Certificates. See "Description of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement -- Realization upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans" herein.

         Environmental   studies  were   commissioned   by  the  Seller  or  its
correspondent  originators  prior to the  origination of each Mortgage Loan. The
reports indicated that no material environmental conditions existed with respect
to any of the Mortgaged Properties.  [Identified  environmental conditions which
may result in  liability  to the issuer  will be  disclosed  in a separate  risk
factor.]

         In addition,  each Mortgagor has  represented  in the related  Mortgage
that,  the related  Mortgaged  Property was in  compliance  with all  applicable
federal,  state  and local  environmental  laws and  regulations  on the date of
origination of the related Mortgage Loan.

         Mortgagor  Default.  The Mortgage  Loans are not insured or  guaranteed
against Mortgagor default by any governmental  entity or by any private mortgage
insurer.

         The amount recoverable upon the occurrence of a default may be affected
by, among other things,  a decline in real estate values or a change in mortgage
market interest rates. If the multifamily  residential real estate market should
experience  an overall  decline in  property  values  such that the  outstanding
balances  of the  Mortgage  Loans  exceed  the  value of the  related  Mortgaged
Properties, the actual rates of delinquencies,  foreclosures and losses could be
higher than those anticipated by investors.

         The Agreement also contains  limitations on the ability of the Servicer
to  foreclose  on a  Mortgaged  Property,  to modify  the  terms of the  related
Mortgage Loan as an alternative to foreclosure,  and to rehabilitate a Mortgaged
Property acquired by the Mortgage Trust upon foreclosure.  These limitations may
delay or  otherwise  adversely  affect  recoveries  in  respect  of a  defaulted
Mortgage  Loan.  See  "Description  of the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement--
Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans".

         Nonrecourse  Mortgage  Loans.  All the Mortgage  Loans are  nonrecourse
loans,  as to  which,  in the event of a  Mortgagor  default,  recourse  will be
available  solely against the related  Mortgaged  Property,  and not against any
other  assets of the  Mortgagor,  to pay amounts due under the related  Mortgage
Loan. In the case of a nonrecourse Mortgage Loan, a decrease in the value of the
related Mortgaged  Property will directly reduce the amount of gross liquidation
proceeds  that may be realized in respect  thereof and,  after the  deduction of
liquidation  expenses,  applied to payment of such Mortgage  Loan. [In addition,
the laws of some  states  prohibit  obtaining  a  personal  judgment  against  a
mortgagor  for  any  deficiency  in the net  liquidation  proceeds  following  a
foreclosure of a defaulted mortgage loan.]

         Liquidation Risks. Even assuming that the Mortgaged  Properties provide
adequate security for the Mortgage Loans, substantial delay could be encountered
in connection with the liquidation of defaulted Mortgage Loans and corresponding
delays in the receipt of related proceeds by Owners of the Offered  Certificates
could occur.  Further,  liquidation  expenses  (such as legal fees,  real estate
taxes,  and  maintenance  and  preservation  expenses)  will reduce the proceeds
payable to holders of the Offered  Certificates  and thereby reduce the security
for the Mortgage  Loans.  In the event any Mortgaged  Properties fail to provide
adequate security for the related Mortgage Loans and the protection  provided by
the  subordination  described  herein is  exhausted or  unavailable,  holders of
Offered Certificates could experience a loss on their investment.

         Other Risks of Multifamily Residential Lending. Multifamily residential
lending is  generally  viewed as exposing  the lender to a greater  risk of loss
than  one-to-four-family  residential lending.  Multifamily  residential lending
typically  involves a larger loan to a single obligor than a residential one- to
four- family  mortgage  loan.  Furthermore,  the  repayment of loans  secured by
income producing properties is typically dependent upon the successful operation
of the related real estate project. If the net operating income from the project
is reduced (for  example,  if tenant  leases are not  obtained or renewed),  the
obligor's  ability to repay the loan may be  impaired.  Multifamily  residential
real estate can be affected significantly by supply and demand in the market for
the type of property securing the loan and, therefore, may be subject to adverse
economic  conditions.  Market values may vary as a result of economic  events or
governmental regulations outside the control of the borrower or lender, such as


                                      S-11

<PAGE>



the  imposition  of rent  control or changes in the laws which impact the future
cash flow of the property.  Market values may also be influenced by the relative
affordability  of  single-family  housing  in the area in which the  multifamily
residential housing is located.

         The  successful  operation of a multifamily  project is also  dependent
upon the management of such project.  The project  manager,  in conjunction with
the owner of the project,  is responsible for responding to changes in the local
rental  market,  planning  and  implementing  the rental  market,  planning  and
implementing  the  rental  structure,  including  establishing  levels of rental
rates, and insuring that maintenance and capital improvements are carried out in
a timely fashion. Management errors may adversely affect the long-term viability
of a project. There can be no assurance that such errors by the property manager
will not ultimately  cause a default on the related Mortgage Loan. See "Security
for the Certificates -- The Mortgage Loans" herein.

         Mortgage Loan Concentration. The ______ largest Mortgage Loans, with an
aggregate  Scheduled  Principal  Balance as of the Cut-Off Date of approximately
$__________,  comprise  approximately ___% of the aggregate  Scheduled Principal
Balance of the Mortgage  Loans on such date.  The largest of such Mortgage Loans
has a Scheduled Principal Balance of approximately $__________, or approximately
___% of the aggregate  Scheduled  Principal  Balance of the Mortgage Loans as of
the Cut-Off  Date. As a result of this  relative  concentration  of the Mortgage
Loans, Losses, prepayments or modifications (including an extension of the final
Due Date) on any such Mortgage  Loans are likely to have a greater effect on the
yield to Holders of the Offered Certificates or the anticipated weighted average
lives of the Offered Certificates than if such concentration had not existed. In
addition (i)  approximately  ___% of the Mortgage  Loans by aggregate  Scheduled
Principal  Balance are secured by Mortgaged  Premises located in ________,  (ii)
approximately __% by Mortgaged  Premises located in _____,  (iii)  approximately
___% by  Mortgaged  Premises  located  in _____ and (iv)  approximately  ___% by
Mortgage Premises located in
- ---------.

         As a result of this relative  geographic  concentration of the Mortgage
Loans,  the performance of the Offered  Certificates  may be more dependent upon
the economic conditions in the noted states.

         The  Mortgage  Loans are all  secured by  Mortgaged  Premises  that are
either newly constructed or have been recently substantially  rehabilitated.  As
such,  each  Mortgaged  Premises  has  limited  operating  history  on which the
calculation  of the Debt  Service  Coverage  Ratio  was  based.  There can be no
assurance that the future operating  history will be consistent with the limited
recent operating history. To the extent future Net Operating Income is less than
the Net Operating Income used in underwriting a Mortgage Loan, the likelihood of
a default on such Mortgage Loan increases, which may result in a Realized Loss.

         Balloon  Mortgage  Loans and Extension  Risk.  Because all the Mortgage
Loans have amortization schedules extending  significantly beyond their original
terms to maturity, substantial payments (that is "Balloon Payments") will be due
on the Mortgage Loans at their  respective  stated  maturity  dates.  Such loans
involve a  greater  risk to  lenders  because a  Mortgagor's  ability  to make a
Balloon Payment  typically will depend upon its ability either to refinance such
Mortgage Loan or to sell the related Mortgaged  Property.  A mortgagor's ability
to  accomplish  either of these goals will be affected by the factors  described
above under "The Mortgage  Loans--General"  and by other  factors  including the
level  of  available  mortgage  rates at the  time of sale or  refinancing,  the
Mortgagor's  equity in the Mortgaged  Property,  the financial  condition of the
Mortgagor,  the  operating  history  and  physical  condition  of the  Mortgaged
Property,  tax laws and prevailing general economic conditions.  A high interest
rate  environment  may make it more  difficult for the Mortgagor to accomplish a
refinancing or sale and may result in  delinquencies or defaults which, in turn,
could cause delays in distributions to holders of Offered Certificates.

         There is no assurance  that the values of the  Mortgaged  Properties at
maturity of the  Mortgage  Loans will be equal to or will exceed their values at
the date of origination of the Mortgage Loans.  Since the Mortgage Loans require
Balloon Payments at maturity,  holders of Offered  Certificates will be assuming
the risk that the Mortgage  Loans may not be paid off when the Balloon  Payments
are due.

         In addition,  if certain conditions are satisfied,  such as the absence
of any deferred maintenance, the satisfaction of a minimum debt service coverage
ratio, the absence of delinquencies and the good faith effort to


                                      S-12

<PAGE>



secure  refinancing,  the Servicer may extend a Mortgagor's  Balloon Payment due
date by as much as ____ months if the  Mortgagor  needs more time to  refinance.
Such extension of the scheduled maturity date of the loan may cause the weighted
average lives of the Offered Certificates to be longer than if the loan had been
paid  under  its  original   terms.   See  "Yield,   Maturity   and   Prepayment
Considerations" herein.

Credit Risk of Subordinate Certificates

         As described herein,  the rights of the Subordinate  Certificateholders
to receive  payments of interest and principal will be  subordinated to those of
the  Holders  of  the  Senior  Certificates,  and  the  rights  of the  Class  C
Certificateholders  to  receive  payments  of  interest  and  principal  will be
subordinated to those of the Holders of the Class B Certificates.

         Losses on the  Mortgage  Loans  will  first be  charged  to the Class C
Certificates.  If as a  consequence  of such  Losses  the  Class  C  Certificate
Principal  Balance  has been  reduced to zero,  any  additional  Losses  will be
allocated  first to reduce the principal  balance of the Class B Certificates to
zero.  Further,  if as a consequence  of such Losses the  aggregate  outstanding
principal  balance of the Class B Certificates and Class C Certificates has been
reduced to zero, any  additional  Losses will reduce the  outstanding  principal
balance  of  the  Class  A-1  Certificates.  See  "Description  of  the  Offered
Certificates -- Subordination of Subordinate Certificates" herein.

Certain Bankruptcy Issues

         Each Borrower is a limited partnership,  which limited partnership is a
special purpose entity with limited liability and limited capitalization.  Under
certain  circumstances,  the  bankruptcy  of a  general  partner  of  a  limited
partnership  may result in the  dissolution  of such  limited  partnership.  The
dissolution  of a limited  partnership,  the  winding-up  of its affairs and the
distribution  of its  assets  could  result in an  acceleration  of its  payment
obligations  under  the  related  Mortgage  Loan,  reducing  the  yield  to  the
Certificateholders in the same manner as a principal prepayment.

         In addition, in the event of the bankruptcy of the general partner of a
Borrower, a trustee in bankruptcy for such general partner, such general partner
as a  debtor-in-possession,  or a creditor of such general partner could attempt
to seek an order from a court  consolidating  the assets and  liabilities of the
related Borrower with those of the general  partner.  [Counsel for each Borrower
has  delivered an opinion in respect of each  Borrower  concluding  that a court
applying state  partnership  law should not issue an order, in some cases on the
basis of a reasoned  analysis  and  subject to certain  facts,  assumptions  and
qualifications specified therein. However, notwithstanding such opinion, if such
consolidation were to be permitted,  the respective Mortgage, for example, would
likely become property of the estate of such bankrupt general partner. In such a
case,  not only would the Mortgaged  Property be available to satisfy the claims
of creditors of such general  partner,  but an automatic stay would apply to any
attempt by the  Servicer  on behalf of the  Trustee to  exercise  remedies  with
respect  to such  Mortgage.  However,  such an  occurrence  should  not affect a
properly  perfected security interest in the Mortgaged Property or the Trustee's
status as the holder of such security interest.]

         [Certain limited  liability general partners are affiliated with two or
more  Borrowers.  The two largest  groups of affiliated  general  partner of the
Borrowers  each  represent  between  ___%  and ___% of the  aggregate  principal
balance of the Mortgage Loans. In the event that one of such general partners or
any of its  affiliates  becomes  the  subject of a  bankruptcy  proceeding,  the
trustee in bankruptcy for such entity, such entity as debtor-in- possession or a
creditor  of  such  entity,  could  attempt  to  seek  an  order  from  a  court
consolidating  the assets  and  liabilities  of one or more of those  affiliated
parties  that are not part of the  bankruptcy  proceeding  with the  assets  and
liabilities of such entity. If successful,  the number of Borrowers  potentially
affected by the concerns  addressed in the  preceding  two  paragraphs  could be
increased significantly.  See also "Certain Legal Aspects of The Mortgage Loans"
in the Prospectus.



                                      S-13

<PAGE>



[Geographic Concentration]

         Commercial  Lending.  The  Mortgage  Loans are  secured  by  commercial
properties.  Commercial  lending is generally viewed as exposing the lender to a
greater risk of loss than  residential  one-to-four-family  lending.  Commercial
lending  typically  involves  larger loans to a single obligor than  residential
lending.

         Commercial property values are subject to volatility.  The repayment of
loans secured by income  producing  properties is typically  dependent  upon the
successful  operation  of the related real estate  project  rather than upon the
liquidation  value of the  underlying  real  estate.  If the cash  flow from the
related  project  is  reduced  (for  example,  in the  case of  Shopping  Center
Properties,  leases  are not  obtained  or  renewed  or,  in the  case of  Hotel
Properties,  room rates decline or occupancy levels are reduced),  the obligor's
ability to repay the loan may be impaired.  Real estate projects can be affected
significantly  by supply  and  demand  in the  market  for the type of  property
securing the loan and, therefore, may be subject to adverse economic conditions.

         The  liquidation  value  of  commercial  properties  may  be  adversely
affected by risks generally  incident to interests in real property,  including:
changes or continued  weakness in general or local  economic  conditions  and/or
specific industry segments;  declines in real estate values; declines in rental,
room or occupancy rates;  increases in interest rates,  real estate and personal
property tax rates and other operating  expenses  (including energy costs);  the
availability of  refinancing;  changes in  governmental  rules,  regulations and
fiscal   policies,   including  rent  control   ordinances   and   environmental
legislation; and other factors beyond the control of the borrower or the lender.

         The successful  operation of a real estate project is also dependent on
the performance of the property manager of such project. The property manager is
responsible  for  responding  to  changes  in the  local  market,  planning  and
implementing  the  rental  structure,  including  establishing  levels  of  rent
payments or room rates,  and advising  the  borrowers  so that  maintenance  and
capital  improvements  can be  carried  out in a  timely  fashion.  Each  of the
Mortgaged Properties will be managed by an affiliate of the respective borrower.

         One Action Considerations.  Several states have laws that prohibit more
than one  "judicial  action" to enforce a mortgage  obligation,  and some courts
have construed the term "judicial  action" broadly.  Accordingly,  the Pooling &
Servicing  Agreement will require the Servicer to obtain advice of counsel prior
to enforcing any of the lender's  rights under any of the lender's  rights under
nay of the  Mortgage  Loans  that  include  properties  where  the  rule  can be
applicable.  In addition,  the  Servicer  may be required to foreclose  first on
properties  located  in states  where  such "one  action"  rule apply (and where
non-judicial  foreclosure is permitted) before foreclosing on properties located
in  states  where  judicial   foreclosure  is  the  only  permitted   method  of
foreclosure.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of Mortgage Loan -- Foreclosure" in the
Prospectus.

[Group Leases]

[Zoning]

         Limited  Liquidity.  There is  currently  no  secondary  market for the
Offered  Certificates.  While the  Underwriter  has  advised  that it  currently
intends to make a secondary market in the Offered  Certificates,  it is under no
obligation  to do so.  Accordingly,  there can be no assurance  that a secondary
market for the  Offered  Certificates  will  develop.  Moreover,  if a secondary
market does develop,  there can be no assurance that it will provide  holders of
Offered  Certificates  with liquidity of investment or that it will continue for
the life of the Offered Certificates.
The Offered Certificates will not be listed on any securities exchange.

         Other  Financing.  Certain of the Mortgage Loans permit the borrower to
incur additional  indebtedness,  including subordinated  indebtedness secured by
the related  Mortgaged  Properties,  if certain financial tests are met and such
financing will not result in the downgrading of the ratings then assigned to any
class  Certificates.  The existence of additional  indebtedness  could adversely
affect the financial viability of the related borrowers.

[Costs of Compliance with Americans with Disabilities Act]



                                      S-14

<PAGE>




                               THE MORTGAGE TRUST

General

         The  mortgage  assets in the Mortgage  Trust will consist  primarily of
Mortgage  Loans with a Cut-Off Date  aggregate  principal  balance  outstanding,
after the deduction of payments of principal due on such date, of  approximately
$_______.  Each Mortgage Loan is secured by a mortgage creating a [first/junior]
lien on the related Mortgaged  Property.  The Mortgaged  Properties consist of a
total of ___ multifamily (including ___ multifamily/retail  mixed-use) apartment
complexes.  The Mortgage Loans had an original term to maturity of ____, ____ or
____ years,  but all the Mortgage  Loans require  monthly  payments of principal
based on a ___ or ___ year amortization schedule. Thus, Balloon Payments will be
due on each Mortgage Loan at its stated maturity date. The Maturity Dates of the
Mortgage Loans will fall between ________ and _________  inclusive.  None of the
Mortgage Loans are insured or guaranteed by any  governmental  entity or private
insurer. All the Mortgage Loans are non-recourse loans. The Mortgage Loans to be
included in the  Mortgage  Trust will be  acquired by the Trust from  Depositor,
which will have acquired the Mortgage  Loans from the Seller.  [All the Mortgage
Loans were underwritten in accordance with the Seller's Underwriting  standards,
as described under "Underwriting Standards" below.]

         [The Mortgage Loans permit voluntary  prepayment prior to maturity only
upon the payment by the  Mortgagor  of a  prepayment  penalty  based on a [yield
maintenance  formula/predetermined  schedule  reducing over time].  See "Certain
Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations" herein.]

The Mortgaged Properties

         The Mortgaged  Properties  consist of __  multifamily  (including  ____
multifamily/retail   mixed-use)   apartment  complexes  comprising  a  total  of
approximately ___ rental units. The mortgage amount, name of Mortgagor, property
type and  property  address  for each  Mortgaged  Property  are set forth in the
schedule (the "Mortgage Loan Schedule") attached hereto as Exhibit A.

         The Mortgage Loan  Schedule  also sets forth the  appraised  values for
each of the Mortgaged Properties and the resultant loan-to-value ratios based on
the principal balance of the Mortgage Loans  attributable to each such Mortgaged
Property as of the Cut-Off Date.

         The original loan-to-value ratio of a Mortgage Loan is the ratio of the
original  principal balance of such Mortgage Loan (assuming  disbursement of all
funds  required or  conditionally  required to be disbursed  thereunder)  to the
appraised  value of the related  Mortgaged  Property.  The Mortgage  Loans had a
weighted average original  loan-to-value  ratio of approximately  _____%, with a
range from _____% of _____%.

Delinquencies

         Owned and Managed Servicing  Portfolio.  The following tables set forth
information relating to the delinquency, loan loss and foreclosure experience of
the Servicer for its  servicing  portfolio  of fixed rate  multifamily  mortgage
loans for      , 199 ,      , 199 and for each of the three prior years.



                                      S-15

<PAGE>



                  Delinquency and Foreclosure Experience of the
 Servicer's Owned and Managed Servicing Portfolio of Multifamily Mortgage Loans

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                            As of [ ]                                             Year End [ ],
                              199                   199                   199                    199                   198
                              ----                  ----                  ----                   ----                  ---
<S>                    <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
                       Number     Dollar      Number     Dollar     Number     Dollar     Number      Dollar     Number     Dollar
                         of       Amount        of       Amount       of       Amount       of        Amount       of       Amount
                        Loans      (000)      Loans      (000)      Loans       (000)      Loans      (000)      Loans      (000)
Portfolio...........
Delinquent Loans(1).
  31-60 (2).........
  61-90.............
  91 days or more...
         Total......
Total Delinquency
  Percentage........
REO Properties (3)..

- --------------------
<FN>
(1)   The  period of  delinquency  is based on the number of days  payments  are
      contractually past due and includes all loans in foreclosure.
(2)   Generally  all  Mortgage  Loans  31 to 60 days or more  delinquent  are in
      foreclosure.
(3)   REO Properties (i.e., "real estate owned" properties--properties  relating
      to mortgages  foreclosed  or for which deeds in lieu of  foreclosure  have
      been accepted and held by the Servicer pending disposition).
</FN>
</TABLE>

                           Loan Loss Experience of the
 Servicer's Owned and Managed Servicing Portfolio of Multifamily Mortgage Loans

                               [ ] Months
                                  Ending
                                   [ ],                Year End [ ],
                                   199        199      199     199      198
                                   ----       ----     ----    ----     ---
                                               (Dollars in Thousands)
Average Portfolio Balance (1)
Net Losses (2)(3)..........
As a percentage of Average
  Portfolio Balance........

- --------------------
(1)   Average  Portfolio  Balance equals the average of the portfolio balance of
      the current period and the portfolio balance of the prior period.
(2)   "Net  Losses"  means  actual  net  profits  realized  with  respect to the
      disposition  of REO property less net losses  incurred with respect to the
      liquidation or charge-off of mortgage loans. Net Losses are presented only
      if a net loss has occurred or, as $0 if net profit has occurred.
(3)   Annualized for , 199 information.


Mortgage Loan Characteristics

         The Mortgage Loans had the following characteristics:

         The  weighted   average   Mortgage  Rate  of  the  Mortgage  Loans  was
approximately  per  annum at  origination.  _____  of the  Mortgage  Loans  have
Mortgage  Rates of ___ per annum (the lowest such  rate).  The highest  Mortgage
Rate of the other Mortgage Loans is ____ per annum.

         The weighted  average  remaining term to maturity of the Mortgage Loans
was  approximately  four years and two months as of the Cut-Off Date. All of the
Mortgage Loans were originated on or after _______ and before _________.  All of
the Mortgage Loans had original  terms to maturity of five,  seven or ten years.
The Mortgage Loans had principal  balances  ranging from $______ to $________ at
origination  and from  $_____ to $______ as of the  Cut-Off  Date.  The  average
principal  balance  of  the  Mortgage  Loans  was  $______  at  origination  and
approximately $ ______ as of the Cut-Off Date.


                                      S-16

<PAGE>




         The original  amortization  of all the Mortgage  Loans was either 20 or
either 30 years, with a weighted average remaining amortization term of ____.

         The debt service  coverage  ratios of the Mortgage Loans at origination
ranged  from  ___%  to  ___%  (after  the  enhancements  described  in the  next
sentence),  with a weighted  average of ___.  Mortgage  Loans with debt  service
coverage ratios ranging from ___ to ___ (prior to any  enhancement)  have posted
letters of credit or cash reserve  deposits in amounts  sufficient to raise such
ratios to a range of ___ to ___.

         The Mortgaged Properties contain between ___ and ___ units, the average
being ___. The Mortgage Loan balance per unit at origination was ___ on average,
with a range from $ ____ to _______.

         The Mortgage Loan  Schedule  sets forth a description  of certain other
characteristics  of the  Mortgage  Loans as of the dates of  origination  of the
Mortgage Loans or as of the Cut-Off Date, as indicated.

                              DISTRIBUTION OF LTV'S

                                                               % of Aggregate
                                          Aggregate                 Unpaid
                       Number of           Unpaid                  Principal
Range of LTV's      Mortgage Loans    Principal Balance             Balance
- --------------      --------------    -----------------             -------









Total



         The LTV's shown above were calculated  based upon the appraised  values
of the Mortgaged Properties at the time of origination (the "Appraised Values").
No assurance can be given that such appraised values of the Mortgaged Properties
have remained or will remain at their levels on the dates of  origination of the
related  Mortgage  Loans.  If property  values decline such that the outstanding
balances of the Mortgage Loans,  [together with the outstanding  balances of any
Senior  Mortgage  Loans,]  become  equal to or  greater  than  the  value of the
Mortgaged Properties, the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses
could be higher than those heretofore  experienced by the Servicer, as set forth
above under "The  Portfolio  of Mortgage  Loans,"  and by the  mortgage  lending
industry in general.



                                      S-17

<PAGE>



                         DISTRIBUTION OF MORTGAGE RATES

                                                                  % of Aggregate
                                               Aggregate              Unpaid
Range of                Number of               Unpaid               Principal
Mortgage Rates       Mortgage Loans        Principal Balance          Balance
- --------------       --------------        -----------------          -------









Total



                   DISTRIBUTION OF REMAINING TERMS TO MATURITY

                                                                  % of Aggregate
                                            Aggregate                 Unpaid
                        Number of            Unpaid                  Principal
Range of Months      Mortgage Loans     Principal Balance             Balance
- ---------------      --------------     -----------------             -------















                                      S-18

<PAGE>



                       DISTRIBUTION OF PRINCIPAL BALANCES

                                                                  % of Aggregate
                                                Aggregate              Unpaid
Range of                   Number of             Unpaid               Principal
Principal Balances      Mortgage Loans      Principal Balance          Balance
- ------------------      --------------      -----------------          -------









Total


                          DEBT SERVICE COVERAGE RATIOS

                                                                % of Aggregate
                                               Aggregate             Unpaid
Range of Debt Service       Number of           Unpaid              Principal
Coverage Ratios          Mortgage Loans    Principal Balance         Balance
- ---------------          --------------    -----------------         -------





Total


                             GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION
                                                                  % of Aggregate
                                             Aggregate                 Unpaid
                    Number of                 Unpaid                  Principal
State            Mortgage Loans          Principal Balance             Balance
- -----            --------------          -----------------             -------









Total


         [If the Mortgage Assets securing the Certificates of a Series include a
multifamily  Mortgage  Loan or  Mortgage-Backed  Security or a group of Mortgage
Loans or Mortgage-Backed  Securities of a single obligor or affiliated  obligors
representing:  (a) 20% or more of the principal amount of such Certificates, the
financial statements of such obligor(s) will be included in accordance with Rule
3-14(a)  of  Regulation  S-X;  and (b)  10% or more  but  less  than  20% of the
principal  amount  of  such  Certificates,   information,   including  financial
information,  sufficient  for  investors  to assess  the  credit  quality of the
obligor(s) will be included.

         If the Mortgage Assets securing the  Certificates of a Series include a
concentration of properties within regions, counties, or other subdivisions of a
state whose adverse economic conditions are greater than those of the state as a
whole, address such concentration in the prospectus supplement.


                                      S-19

<PAGE>




         If the Mortgage Assets securing the  Certificates of a Series include a
concentration  of multifamily  residential  properties with brief or financially
troubled  operating  histories,  such  concentration  will be  discussed  in the
prospectus supplement.]

Underwriting Standards

         [The Seller originates  multifamily mortgage loans through a network of
approved  correspondents;  each  correspondent  is responsible  for applying the
Seller's standard loan underwriting  guidelines and forwarding loan applications
to ___________________  only when guideline requirements concerning the borrower
and property  are met.  ___________________  verifies  all data  gathered by the
correspondent  to ensure  that  guidelines  are being  applied  in a  consistent
manner.

         The Seller's underwriting  guidelines (which were in effect at the time
of  origination  of the Mortgage  Loans and were applied with respect to each of
them) are presented in detail in the ___________________  Approved Correspondent
Manual.  In addition to listing the various  documents that must be submitted to
___________________  by the  correspondent,  the guidelines  focus on four major
components of the underwriting process:

         1. Net  Operating  Income/Debt  Service  Coverage:  ___________________
requires that each property's net operating  income exceed its debt service by a
factor of not less than _____.  Net  operating  income is equal to gross  income
(calculated  using a current rent roll) less:  (i) a vacancy  factor of not less
than,  generally,  __%--or  greater if the  actual  vacancy is greater or if the
appraisal  (see  below)  uses a  larger  factor;  and (ii)  operating  expenses,
including ___% management fee and a replacement reserve (____% of adjusted gross
income).

         2.  Appraisal/Loan-to-Value:  ___________________ requires an appraisal
performed  by an  appraiser  with a  designation  of the  Society of Real Estate
Appraisers  ("SREA"),  Senior  Real  Property  Appraiser  ("SRPA")  or Member of
Appraisal  Institute ("MAI");  the appraiser must be independent and approved by
___________________.  The appraisal must use the three traditional approaches to
value and establish a current value for the property such that the loan-to-value
ratio does not exceed  ____%.  The  appraisal  must also contain the  following:
location  maps  for the  subject  and for the  comparables,  photographs  of the
subject and comparables,  area and neighborhood analysis,  market analysis, site
description and information on current zoning and tax assessments.

         3. Property Condition:  The correspondent must inspect each property to
ensure that it is in acceptable physical  condition.  The inspection focuses on:
ongoing maintenance  programs,  common area upkeep,  laundry facility condition,
mechanical systems and grounds maintenance.

         4.  Borrower  Credit:   ___________________   requires  that  a  credit
investigation be completed for all prospective borrowers;  the file must include
a credit  report not more than 60 days old,  three  years of Federal  income tax
returns and current financial statements.

         Other  important  aspects  of  the  Seller's  underwriting   guidelines
include:  (i) a requirement for a complete Phase I environmental report for each
property,  (ii) a general prohibition against subordinate  financing and (iii) a
review of the property's occupancy history.]

         [Describe any bulk  acquisitions of Mortgage Loans not  underwritten in
connection with the Seller's program.]

Prepayment Provisions

         The  principal  balance of any Mortgage Loan may be prepaid in whole or
in part upon the payment by the Mortgagor of: (a) interest accrued and unpaid on
the outstanding  principal balance of the related note (the "Mortgage Note); (b)
all other sums due under the  Mortgage  Note and the  Mortgage  Loan;  and (c) a
prepayment consideration [describe yield maintenance or prepayment charges].



                                      S-20

<PAGE>



         In addition,  if following  the  occurrence of any Event of Default (as
hereinafter  defined) the Mortgagor shall tender payment of an amount sufficient
to satisfy the remaining sums due on the Mortgage Loan in whole or in part prior
to a foreclosure sale of the Mortgaged Property,  such tender shall be deemed to
be a voluntary prepayment of the principal balance of the Mortgage Notes and the
Mortgagor  shall,  in addition to all sums due on the Mortgage Loan, be required
to pay the prepayment consideration.

Default Provisions

         Each of the Mortgage  Loans  provides for certain  events of default by
the Mortgagor ("Events of Default"). Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default
the  remaining  sums under the Mortgage  Loan shall  immediately  become due and
payable  and the  Mortgagor  will pay,  from the date of such Event of  Default,
interest on the unpaid  principal  balance of the  Mortgage  Note at the rate of
interest  (the  "Default  Rate")  equal  to the  greater  of (i)  __  above  the
applicable  interest rate on the Mortgage Note, or (ii) __% above the prime rate
charged  on  corporate  loans or  large  U.S.  money  center  banks  and (b) the
mortgagee  shall have the right to  exercise  any and all  rights  and  remedies
available  at law and in equity.  If the  Default  Rate as  calculated  above is
greater than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law, then the Default Rate
shall then be deemed to equal to the maximum rate  permitted by such  applicable
law.

Due-on-Sale and Due-on-Encumbrance Provisions

         All the Mortgage  Loans  contain  clauses  requiring the consent of the
mortgagee to any sale or other transfer of the related  Mortgaged  Property with
the  criteria  for  granting  consent  set forth in the  related  Mortgage  Loan
documents and due-on-sale  clauses entitling the mortgagee to accelerate payment
of a Mortgage upon any sale or other transfer of the related Mortgaged  Property
without the consent of the  Mortgagor.  Furthermore,  the Mortgage Loans contain
certain restrictions regarding further encumbrances on the Mortgaged Properties,
requiring  the  consent of the  mortgagee  to the  creation of any other lien or
encumbrance on such Mortgaged Property and entitling the mortgagee to accelerate
payment  of a  Mortgage  upon  the  imposition  of any such  additional  lien or
encumbrance on such Mortgaged Property.

         The  Servicer,  on behalf of the  Owners of the  Certificates,  will be
required to exercise  any right the Trustee may have as  mortgagee  of record of
any such  Mortgage  Loan to  withhold  its  consent to any  transfer  or further
encumbrance in accordance with the general servicing  standards described in the
Agreement.

Hazard, Liability and Other Insurance

         Each Mortgage  requires the  Mortgagor to keep the  Mortgaged  Property
insured against loss or damage by fire, flood and such other hazards,  risks and
matters,  including,  without  limitation,  business  interruption and/or rental
loss, public  habituating and boiler damage and liability,  as the mortgagee may
from time to time require in amounts  required by the  mortgagee,  and shall pay
the premiums for such insurance as they become due and payable.  All policies of
insurance  (the  "Policies")  shall be issued by an  insurer  acceptable  to the
mortgagee  and be rated [A:V] by Best's Key Rating  Guide and shall  contain the
standard New York mortgagee  non-contribution clause naming the mortgagee as the
person to which all payments made by such  insurance  company shall be paid. The
Mortgagor will assign and deliver the Policies to the mortgagee.  Not later than
thirty  (30) days  prior to the  expiration  date of each of the  Policies,  the
Mortgagor will deliver evidence  satisfactory to the mortgagee of the renewal of
each of the Policies.

         The  Servicer  will be  obligated  to cause to be  maintained  for each
Mortgage Loan fire insurance with extended coverage (and, if applicable, federal
flood  insurance)  in an amount  at least  equal to the  lesser  of the  current
principal  balance  of  such  Mortgage  Loan  and  the  replacement  cost of the
improvements which are part of such property or, in lieu thereof,  to maintain a
blanket policy insuring against hazard losses on the Mortgaged Properties,  with
a deductible clause not in excess of a customary amount.



                                      S-21

<PAGE>




                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

         The description in this Prospectus  Supplement of the mortgage pool and
the Mortgaged  Properties is based upon the mortgage pool as  constituted at the
close of business on the Cut-Off Date,  as adjusted for the scheduled  principal
payments  due on or before  such  date.  Prior to the  issuance  of the  Offered
Certificates,  Mortgage  Loans may be removed from the mortgage pool as a result
of  incomplete   documentation  or  non-compliance   with   representations  and
warranties  set forth in the  Agreement,  if the  Depositor  deems such  removal
necessary  or  appropriate.  A  limited  number of other  mortgage  loans may be
included in the mortgage pool prior to the issuance of the Offered Certificates.

         A current  report on Form 8-K will be  available to  purchasers  of the
Offered  Certificates  and will be filed and  incorporated  by  reference to the
Registration  Statement  together with the  Agreement  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  within  fifteen  days after the  initial  issuance  of the
Offered  Certificates.  In the event Mortgage Loans are removed from or added to
the  mortgage  pool as set forth in the  preceding  paragraph,  such  removal or
addition will be noted in the current report on Form 8-K.


                                  THE DEPOSITOR

         The Depositor was  incorporated in the State of Delaware on November 9,
1995 and is affiliated  with the Seller.  The Depositor  maintains its principal
executive offices at 1845 Woodall Rodgers Freeway,  Dallas, Texas 75201. Neither
the Depositor,  the Seller nor any of their  affiliates will insure or guarantee
distributions on the Certificates.

                                   THE SELLER

                                [To be provided]

                                  THE SERVICER

                                [To be provided]


                                 MASTER SERVICER

                                [To be provided]


                                SPECIAL SERVICER

                                [To be provided]


                     DESCRIPTION OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES

General

         The  Class  A-1  will  be   available  in  minimum   denominations   of
$___________ and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, except that one
Certificate  of  each  class  may  be  issued  in  any  amount.  The  Class  S-A
Certificates  will  not  have  a  stated  principal   balance.   The  Class  S-A
Certificates  will be  issuable  in  minimum  Percentage  Interests  of ___% and
integral  multiples of ___% in excess thereof.  The Senior  Certificates will be
issued,  maintained and  transferred  on the  book-entry  records of DTC and its
Participants as described  below.  The Class B Certificates  will be issuable in
fully registered, certificated form in denominations of $__________ and


                                      S-22

<PAGE>



integral  multiples in excess thereof and one Class B Certificate  evidencing an
additional amount equal to the remainder of the Original  Certificate  Principal
Balance of such Class.

         [Until  Definitive  Senior  Certificates  are issued,  interest in such
Classes  will  be  transferred  on  the  book-entry   records  of  DTC  and  its
Participants.  The Class B Certificates may be transferred or exchanged, subject
to certain  restrictions  on the  transfer  of such  Certificates  to Plans (see
"ERISA Considerations" herein), at the offices of __________________  located at
_________________________________,  without the payment of any service  charges,
other than any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.
________________  will  initially  serve as  registrar  (in such  capacity,  the
"Certificate  Registrar") for purposes of recording and otherwise  providing for
the  registration of the Offered  Certificates and of transfers and exchanges of
the Class B and, if issued, the Definitive Senior Certificates.

Distributions on the Certificates

         Distributions on the  Certificates  will be made on the ___ day of each
calendar  month,  or if such day is not a  business  day,  the  next  succeeding
business day (each, a "Payment  Date")  commencing in __________  __, 199__,  to
holders of record of the  Certificates  (the "Owners") as of the last day of the
calendar  month  immediately  preceding the calendar month in which such Payment
Date occurs,  whether or not such day is a business day (each,  a "Record Date")
in an amount  equal to the product of such Owner's  Percentage  Interest and the
amount  distributed  in  respect  of  such  Certificateholder's  Class  of  such
Certificates on such Payment Date. The "Percentage  Interest" represented by any
Offered  Certificate  will be equal to the  percentage  obtained by dividing the
Original  Certificate  Principal  Balance  of such  Offered  Certificate  by the
Original Certificate Principal Balance of all Certificates of the same Class.

Book Entry Registration of the Senior Certificates

         Each Class of the Senior  Certificates  will be represented by a single
certificate  registered  in the  name of the  nominee  of The  Depository  Trust
Company (the "Clearing  Agency"),  [except that one Certificate of each Class of
the Class A Certificates may be issued in an amount of less than $1,000 and held
in fully registered  definitive form directly by the applicable  investor].  The
Clearing  Agency will maintain  book entry  records of ownership,  transfers and
pledges of such  Certificates only in the names of its participants and indirect
participants  (the "Clearing  Agency  Participants"),  which include  securities
brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies and clearing corporations and may
include certain other organizations. Prior to Book Entry Termination (as defined
below),  Beneficial Owners who are not Clearing Agency Participants may transfer
and pledge their interests in the Offered  Certificates,  and exercise any other
rights  and  remedies  of  Certificateholders,   only  through  Clearing  Agency
Participants or other entities that maintain  relationships with Clearing Agency
Participants.  The  Clearing  Agency may charge its  customary  fee to  Clearing
Agency  Participants  in  connection  with any such  transfers  and pledges.  In
addition,  prior  to  Book  Entry  Termination,  distributions  on  the  Offered
Certificates  will be made to Beneficial Owners only through the Clearing Agency
and its  Clearing  Agency  Participants.  Consequently,  Beneficial  Owners  may
experience some delay in the receipt of their payments.  See "Risk Factors--Book
Entry   Registration"   and  "Description  of  the  Certificates  -  Book  Entry
Registration" in the Prospectus.

         The Senior  Certificates will be issued in definitive,  registered form
to Beneficial  Owners or their nominees,  and thereupon such  Beneficial  Owners
will  become  Certificateholders  if, and only if, one of the  following  events
shall occur (any such event being referred to as "Book Entry Termination"):  (i)
the  Clearing  Agency or the  Depositor  advises the Trustee in writing that the
Clearing  Agency  is no  longer  willing  or  able  properly  to  discharge  its
responsibilities   as  a  clearing   corporation  with  respect  to  the  Senior
Certificates  and the Depositor and the Trustee are unable to engage a qualified
successor to serve as the Clearing Agency,  or (ii) the Clearing Agency,  at the
direction  of  Beneficial  Owners  representing  a majority  of the  outstanding
principal amount of the Senior Certificates,  advise the Trustee in writing that
the  continuation  of a book entry system is no longer in the best  interests of
Beneficial  Owners, or (iii) the Depositor,  at its option,  advises the Trustee
that it elects to terminate the book entry system.  Upon Book Entry Termination,
Beneficial  Owners  will  become  registered  Certificateholders  and will  deal
directly with the Trustee with respect to transfers, notices and payments.


                                      S-23

<PAGE>



         The Clearing  Agency has advised the  Depositor  and the Trustee  that,
prior to Book  Entry  Termination,  the  Clearing  Agency  will take any  action
permitted to be taken by a  Certificateholder  under the  Agreement  only at the
direction  of one or  more  Clearing  Agency  Participants  to whom  the  Senior
Certificates are credited in an account  maintained by the Clearing Agency.  The
Clearing  Agency has advised  that it will take such action with  respect to any
principal  amount of the Senior  Certificates  only at the  direction  of and on
behalf of Clearing Agency  Participants  with respect to those principal amounts
of such Senior Certificates.

         Issuance of the Senior  Certificates  in book entry form rather than as
physical  Certificates  may  adversely  affect  the  liquidity  of  such  Senior
Certificates   in   the   secondary   market   and   the   ability   of   Senior
Certificateholders  to pledge them. In addition,  because  distributions  on the
Senior  Certificates  will be made by the Trustee to the Clearing Agency and the
Clearing  Agency  will  credit  such   distributions  to  the  accounts  of  its
Participants,  which  will  further  credit  them to the  accounts  of  indirect
participants  of the Senior  Certificateholders  such  beneficial  owners of the
Senior Certificates may experience delays in the receipt of such distributions.

Amounts of Distribution

         On each  Distribution  Date,  the Trustee  will apply the  aggregate of
amounts  distributed in respect of the Lower Tier Interests on such Distribution
Date in the following order of priority:

                  (i) concurrently to the Owners of the Class A-1  Certificates,
         Class A-1 Monthly  Interest (as defined below) and to the Owners of the
         Class S-A Certificates, Class S-A Monthly Interest, any shortfall being
         allocated  among  the  Class  A-1   Certificates   and  the  Class  S-A
         Certificates  in  proportion to their  respective  amounts of Class A-1
         Monthly Interest and Class S-A Monthly Interest;

                  (ii) to the Owners of the Class A-1 Certificates,  the Class A
         Principal Distribution Amount until the Class A-1 Principal Balance has
         been reduced to zero;

                  (iii) to the Owners of the Class B  Certificates,  the Class B
         Monthly Interest;

                  (iv) to the Owners of the Class A-1  Certificates,  any Unpaid
         Delinquent  Maturity  Amount  (as  defined  below)  until the Class A-1
         Principal Balance has been reduced to zero;

                  (v) to the  Owners  of the Class B  Certificates,  the Class B
         Principal  Distribution  Amount until the Class B Principal Balance has
         been reduced to zero; and

                  (vi)  sixth,  to the Owners of the Class C  Certificates,  the
         Class C Monthly Interest;

                  (vii) seventh, to the Owners of the Class C Certificates,  the
         Class C  Principal  Distribution  Amount  until the  Class C  Principal
         Balance has been reduced to zero; and

                  (viii) eighth, to the Owners of the Class R Certificates,  all
         remaining Available Funds, if any.

         In addition, on each Distribution Date, the Trustee shall withdraw from
the  Prepayment  Premium  Account  (as  defined  herein) an amount  equal to the
aggregate  of all  Prepayment  Premiums  deposited  therein  during the previous
calendar month and shall  distribute such amount (i) on each  Distribution  Date
prior to the Class A-1 Termination  Date, (A) if such Distribution Date is prior
to , to the  Owners  of Class A  Certificates,  allocated  ___% to the Class A-1
Certificates and __% to the Class S-A Certificates, and (B) if such Distribution
Date is after , solely to the  Owners  of Class  A-1  Certificates,  (ii) on the
Class A-1  Termination  Date, to the Holders of Class A-1  Certificates  and the
Class  S-A  Certificates  (in  accordance  with  the  allocations  described  in
subclauses  (a) and (b) (as the case may be) of clause (i) above) and the Owners
of [Class B] Certificates in proportion to the  distributions  of principal made
in respect of the Class A-1 and Class B Certificates, respectively, on the Class
A-1 Termination Date, to the Owners of Class [B Certificates].



                                      S-24

<PAGE>



         "Monthly  Interest" for the Class A-1, Class B and Class C Certificates
for any given  Distribution Date is equal to one month's interest accrued at the
applicable  Pass-Through Rate on the Certificate  Principal Balance  immediately
prior to such Distribution Date. Monthly Interest for the Class S-A Certificates
for any given  Distribution Date is equal to the sum of (i) one month's interest
accrued at the Class S-A  Pass-Through  Rate on the Notional  Principal  Balance
immediately  prior to such  Distribution  Date and (ii)  any  Unpaid  Class  S-A
Interest Shortfall (as defined herein).

         The "Class  Principal  Balance" as to any Class of  certificates  other
than the Class S-A  Certificates  and the Residual  Certificates,  and as to any
Distribution  Date, is the sum of (i) the  applicable  initial  Class  Principal
Balance thereof and (ii) the aggregate of all Interest Shortfalls for such Class
for previous  Distribution  Date,  less all amounts  distributed as principal of
such Class on previous  Distribution  Dates.  The Class S-A Certificates and the
Residual Certificates have no Class Principal Balance.

         An  "Outstanding  Mortgage  Loan" is, as to any  Distribution  Date,  a
Mortgage  Loan which was not the subject of  prepayment in full prior to the end
of the preceding calendar month, which did not become a Liquidated Mortgage Loan
prior to the end of such preceding  calendar month, which was not repurchased by
the Seller as a Defective Mortgage Loan on or prior to such Distribution Date or
which was not paid in full through the receipt of a Balloon Payment on or before
the related Determination Date.

         The "Unpaid  Principal  Balance" is, as to any Mortgage  Loan as of any
Distribution  Date, the Cut-Off Date  Principal  Balance  thereof,  less (i) all
unscheduled  payments by or on behalf of the  Mortgagor  allocable  to principal
which were received prior to the end of the preceding  calendar month;  (ii) any
Balloon Payment or portion thereof received on or before the Determination  Date
next preceding such Distribution  Date; (iii) any Insurance Proceeds (other than
Liquidation  Proceeds)  applied in  reduction of the  principal  balance of such
Mortgage  Loan  prior  to the end of such  preceding  calendar  month;  (iv) the
principal component of any Monthly Payment which was due on the related Due Date
and received on or before the related  Determination  Date or, if  delinquent on
such Determination  Date, was included in a Monthly Advance made by the Servicer
in respect of such  Distribution  Date;  (v) the  aggregate of all REO Principal
Amortization Amounts prior to the end of such preceding calendar month; and (vi)
all amounts deemed to have been distributed to Holders of Class A-1 Certificates
on previous  Distribution  Dates with respect to such Mortgage Loans pursuant to
the definition of Unpaid Delinquent Maturity Amount.

         The  "Unpaid  Delinquent  Maturity  Amount"  is,  with  respect  to any
Distribution  Date,  the  aggregate  of the  Unpaid  Principal  Balances  of all
Outstanding  Mortgage  Loans which had Maturity Dates on or before the preceding
Due  Date  and were  delinquent  as of the  close  of  business  on the  related
Determination  Date.  For purposes of clause (vi) of the  definition  of "Unpaid
Principal Balance" any amounts  distributed to Class A-1  Certificateholders  on
account of an Unpaid Delinquent  Maturity Amount will be allocated to particular
delinquent  Outstanding  Mortgage  Loans  in the  chronological  order  of their
Maturity Dates, beginning with all such Outstanding Mortgage Loans with Maturity
Dates in the  twenty-third  preceding  calendar  month with any excess  over the
Unpaid Principal  Balances of such  Outstanding  Mortgage Loans being applied to
all such  Outstanding  Mortgage  Loans  with  Maturity  Dates in the  __________
preceding calendar month and so forth.

         An "Unpaid  Principal  Shortfall" is, as to any Distribution  Date, the
amount,  if any, by which the  aggregate of the Principal  Shortfalls  for prior
Distribution  Dates is in excess of the aggregate of the amounts  distributed on
prior  Distribution  Dates  pursuant to clause (iv) of the definition of Formula
Distribution Amount.

         A Mortgage Loan becomes a "Liquidated  Mortgage Loan" when the Servicer
determines  that all amounts  which it expects to recover  from or on account of
such Mortgage Loan have been recovered.

Monthly Advances

         In the event that a monthly  payment  on a  Mortgage  Loan has not been
received by the Servicer as of the close of business on the  Determination  Date
immediately  preceding  the related  Distribution  Date,  the  Servicer  will be
obligated to advance,  for deposit in the Certificate  Account, the aggregate of
payments of principal  (other than any Balloon Payment) and interest at the Loan
Rate (less the Servicing Fee Rate) on the Mortgage Loans that were


                                      S-25

<PAGE>



due on the related Due Date,  less the aggregate  amount of any such  delinquent
payments  that the Servicer has  determined  would  constitute a  nonrecoverable
advance if made (a "Monthly Advance"). If the Servicer determines that it is not
obligated to make the entire Monthly  Advance because all or a lesser portion of
such  Monthly  Advance  would  not  be  recoverable  from  Insurance   Proceeds,
Liquidation Proceeds or otherwise,  the Servicer will deliver to the Trustee for
the benefit of the Certificateholders an officer's certificate setting forth the
reasons for the  Servicer's  determination.  The Servicer will be entitled to be
reimbursed from the Certificate Account for all such Monthly Advances.

         The  obligation  to make Monthly  Advances with respect to any Mortgage
Loan shall continue until the earliest to occur of (i) payment  thereof in full,
(ii)  liquidation  of the related  Mortgaged  Property and (iii) the purchase or
repurchase thereof from the Mortgage Trust pursuant to any applicable  provision
of the Agreement.

         If the rights and  obligations  of the Servicer under the Agreement are
terminated upon the occurrence of an event of default that remains uncured,  the
Trustee will be the successor in all respects (with certain exceptions  relating
to the repurchase of Mortgage Loans under certain circumstances) to the Servicer
in its capacity as servicer  under the  Agreement,  including the  obligation to
make all required Monthly Advances.

Subordination of the Subordinated Certificates

         The rights of the  Owners of the  Subordinate  Certificates  to receive
distributions  with respect to the Mortgage Loans will be  subordinated  to such
rights of the  Owners  of the  Senior  Certificates,  in the case of the Class B
Certificates,  and to the Owners of the Offered  Certificates in the case of the
Class C Certificates.  The subordination  provided to the Senior Certificates by
the  Class  B  Certificates  and to the  Class  B  Certificates  by the  Class C
Certificates  is  intended to enhance the  likelihood  of timely  receipt by the
Owners  of the  respective  Class of  Certificates  of the full  amount of their
scheduled monthly payments and to afford such Owners  protection  against losses
resulting from Liquidated Mortgage Loans.

         The protection  afforded to the Owners of Senior  Certificates by means
of the subordination of the Subordinate Certificates will be accomplished by the
preferential  rights of such Owners to receive,  prior to any distribution being
made on a  Distribution  Date in respect of the  Subordinate  Certificates,  the
Class A-1 Monthly Interest and the Class S-A Monthly Interest, respectively, and
to the Class A-1 Certificateholders,  the Class A Principal Distribution Amount.
The Class B Certificates  will,  however,  receive the Class B Monthly  Interest
before the Class A-1  Certificateholders  receive any Unpaid Delinquent Maturity
Amount.  The Class B  Certificates  will be  entitled  to the Class B  Principal
Distribution  Amount only after such time as the Class A-1 Principal Balance has
been reduced to zero through payment to the Class A-1  Certificateholders of the
Formula Principal  Distribution  Amount and then any Unpaid Delinquent  Maturity
Amount.

         Loss realized on the Mortgage Loans will not be allocated to the Owners
of the  Class  A-1  Certificates  until the  principal  balances  of the Class C
Certificates  and then the Class B Certificates  have both been reduced to zero.
Any losses allocated to the Class A-1 Certificates will be allocated pro rata to
all Owners of the Class A-1  Certificates.  Any losses  allocated to the Class B
Certificates  will  be  allocated  pro  rata  to  all  Owners  of  the  Class  B
Certificates.

Reports to Holders of the Certificates

         The Trustee is required  to prepare and mail to the  Servicer,  to each
Owner of a Class A-1,  Class S-A and Class B Certificate a statement (a "Monthly
Report") setting forth:

                  (i) the Available Funds for such Distribution Date, including,
         stated separately, any Monthly Advance component thereof;

                  (ii)  the  aggregate  of all  Principal  Prepayments  received
         during the previous  calendar month together with,  stated  separately,
         the  aggregate  of all REO  Principal  Amortization  Amounts  for  such
         preceding calendar month;


                                      S-26

<PAGE>




                  (iii)  all  previously   undistributed   Balloon  Payments  or
         portions  thereof  received  on or before the  preceding  Determination
         Date;

                  (iv) the aggregate Unpaid  Principal  Balances of all Mortgage
         Loans and Foreclosed  Mortgage Loans which became  Liquidated  Mortgage
         Loans during the previous calendar month;

                  (v) the aggregate  Unpaid  Principal  Balances of all Mortgage
         Loans which are  required to be  purchased  by the Seller  prior to the
         related Distribution Date pursuant to the Agreement;

                  (vi) the amount of all Prepayment Premiums received during the
         previous calendar month;

                  (vii)  the  Formula  Principal  Distribution  Amount  for such
         Distribution Date;

                  (viii) the Class A-1 Monthly  Interest  for such  Distribution
         Date;

                  (ix) the  Class S-A  Monthly  Interest  for such  Distribution
         Date;

                  (x) the Class B Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date;

                  (xi) the Class C Monthly Interest for such Distribution Date;

                  (xii)  the  Unpaid   Delinquent   Maturity   Amount  for  such
         Distribution Date;

                  (xiii) the Class A-1  Distribution  Amount  (exclusive  of any
         distribution from the Prepayment Premium Account) for such Distribution
         Date;

                  (xiv) the Class B  Distribution  Amount for such  Distribution
         Date;

                  (xv) the Class S-A Distribution  Amount for such  Distribution
         Date;

                  (xvi) the Class C  Distribution  Amount for such  Distribution
         Date;

                  (xvii)  any  Interest  Shortfall  for the Class A-1 or Class B
         Certificates, dated separately;

                  (xviii) any Unpaid  Class S-A Interest  Shortfall  immediately
         following such  Distribution Date together with the amount of any Class
         S-A Interest Shortfall for such Distribution Date;

                  (xix) the Class A-1 Principal  Balance  immediately  following
         such Distribution Date;

                  (xx) the Class B Principal Balance immediately  following such
         Distribution Date;

                  (xxi) the Class C Principal Balance immediately following such
         Distribution Date;

                  (xxii) any Unpaid  Principal  Shortfall for such  Distribution
         Date and any remaining Unpaid  Principal  Shortfall after giving effect
         to such distribution;

                  (xxiii) the amount and allocation of any distribution from the
         Prepayment Premium Account on such Distribution Date; and

                  (xxiv)  the  Pool   Principal   Balance   for  the   following
         Distribution Date;



                                      S-27

<PAGE>



                  (xxv) the number,  percentage and aggregate  unpaid  principal
         balances of Mortgage Loans delinquent (a) 30 to 59 days and (b) 60 days
         or more (including Foreclosed Mortgage Loans), respectively,  as of the
         end of the preceding  calendar month (separately  stating the aggregate
         unpaid principal balances of Foreclosed Mortgage Loans);

                  (xxvi) with  respect to any  Mortgage  Loan  included in (xxv)
         above,  the  number  of each  such  Mortgage  Loan as set  forth in the
         Agreement and the Unpaid Principal Balance of each such Mortgage Loan;

                  (xxvii) the number and aggregate principal balances of any REO
         Properties;

                  (xxviii) with respect to each Mortgage Loan that has become an
         REO Property  included in (xxvii)  above,  the number of such  Mortgage
         Loan as set forth in the Agreement and the Unpaid Principal  Balance of
         each such REO Property;

                  (xxix)  with  respect  to each  Mortgage  Loan  that  became a
         Liquidated Mortgage Loan during the prior calendar month, the number of
         such Mortgage Loan, as set forth in Exhibit [G] to the  Agreement,  the
         Net  Liquidation  Proceeds  with respect to each such Mortgage Loan and
         the Unpaid Principal Balance of each such Mortgage Loan; and

                  (xxx) such other  information  as is  required by the Code and
         regulations thereunder to be made available to Owners of the Class A-1,
         Class S-A, Class B Certificates and Class C Certificates.

         The  Trustee  shall be  under  no duty to  recalculate  or  verify  the
information  (set forth above in subclauses  (i) through (vi) and (xxiv) through
(xxiii)) provided to it by the Servicer in each Servicing  Certificate and shall
be protected in relying upon such information in connection with the calculation
of all amounts and  preparation  of all  reports and  statements  required to be
prepared by it pursuant to this  Agreement.  The Servicer  shall  indemnify  the
Trustee  for any loss,  expense or cost  incurred  by it as a result of any such
reliance which is caused by the Servicer's gross negligence,  willful misconduct
or bad faith.

         In the case of  information  furnished  pursuant to subclauses  (viii),
(x),  (xiii),  (xiv),  (xii),  (xxv) and  (xxvi)  above,  the  amounts  shall be
expressed as a dollar amount per Class A-1  Certificate and Class B Certificate,
as  applicable,  with a  $1,000  denomination.  In the  case of the  information
furnished pursuant to subclauses (ix), (xv) and (xix) above, the amount shall be
expressed as a dollar  amount per Class S-A  Certificate  with a 100  Percentage
Interest.  Any such statement  furnished to an Owner of a Class A-1 Certificate,
Class S-A  Certificate or Class B Certificate  may, if requested by the Trustee,
omit  information  pertinent  only to  Certificates  of Classes not held by such
Owner.

         Within 90 days after the end of each calendar  year,  the Trustee shall
prepare and mail to each Person who at any time during the calendar year was the
Owner of a Class A-1 Certificate,  Class S-A Certificate, Class B Certificate or
Class C Certificate,  a statement  containing the  information  set forth in the
subclauses mentioned in the preceding paragraph,  as applicable,  aggregated for
such  calendar  year  or,  in the  case of each  Person  who was an  Owner  of a
Certificate for a portion of such calendar year,  setting forth such information
for each month  thereof for the portion of the year during which such Person was
an Owner of a Certificate of such Class. Such obligation of the Trustee shall be
deemed  to have been  satisfied  to the  extend  that  substantially  comparable
information shall be provided by the Trustee pursuant to any requirements of the
Code.


                  YIELD, PREPAYMENT AND MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS

         The yield to maturity on the Offered  Certificates  will be affected by
the  rate of  principal  payments  on the  Mortgage  Loans  including,  for this
purpose,   prepayments,   which  may  include  amounts  received  by  virtue  of
repurchase,  condemnation,  insurance  or  foreclosure.  The  rate of  principal
payments on the Offered  Certificates  will  correspond to the rate of principal
payments (including prepayments) on the Mortgage Loans. Principal


                                      S-28

<PAGE>



prepayments may be influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, demographic,
social,  tax, legal and other factors.  In general, if prevailing interest rates
fall significantly  below the interest rates on the Mortgage Loans, the Mortgage
Loans are likely to be subject to higher  prepayments  than if prevailing  rates
remain at or above the interest  rates on such Mortgage  Loans.  Conversely,  if
prevailing  interest rates rise above the interest rates on such Mortgage Loans,
the rate of prepayment  would be expected to decrease.  Other factors  affecting
prepayment of the Mortgage Loans include the availability of mortgage financing,
changes in tax laws (including  depreciation  benefits),  changes in Mortgagors'
net equity in the  Mortgaged  Properties,  servicing  decisions  and  prevailing
general  economic  conditions.  The  Mortgage  Loans may be  prepaid at any time
subject  to  the   payment  of  a   prepayment   penalty.   See  "The   Mortgage
Trust--Prepayment Provisions" herein.

         The effective yield to holders of the Offered  Certificates will differ
from the  yield  otherwise  produced  by the  applicable  Pass-Through  Rate and
purchase  prices of such Offered  Certificates  because  principal  and interest
distributions  will not be payable to such holders  until at least the ___th day
of the month following the month of accrual (without any additional distribution
of interest or earnings thereon in respect of such delay).

         If the purchaser of an Offered  Certificate  offered at a discount from
its initial  principal amount calculates its anticipated yield to maturity based
on an assumed  rate of payment of  principal  that is faster than that  actually
experienced  on the Mortgage  Loans,  the actual yield to maturity will be lower
than that so calculated.  Conversely, if the purchaser of an Offered Certificate
offered at a premium  calculates its  anticipated  yield to maturity based on an
assumed  rate  of  payment  of  principal  that is  slower  than  that  actually
experienced  on the Mortgage  Loans,  the actual yield to maturity will be lower
than that so calculated.

         The timing of changes in the rate of  prepayments on the Mortgage Loans
may affect an investor's  actual yield to maturity,  even if the average rate of
principal payments is consistent with an investor's expectation. In general, the
earlier a prepayment of principal of the Mortgage Loans,  the greater the effect
on an  investor's  yield to  maturity.  The  effect  on an  investor's  yield of
principal  payments  occurring  at a  rate  higher  (or  lower)  than  the  rate
anticipated by the investor during the period immediately following the issuance
of the Offered  Certificates may not be offset by a subsequent like decrease (or
increase)  in  the  rate  of  principal  payments.  An  investor  must  make  an
independent  decision as to the  appropriate  prepayment  scenario to be used in
deciding whether to purchase the Offered Certificates.

         Voluntary  prepayments  of a  Mortgage  Loan can be made  only upon the
payment by the Mortgagor of a prepayment  penalty based on a [yield  maintenance
formula/predetermined  schedule]. See "The Mortgage Trust--Prepayment Provision"
for a description of such formula.  The payment of such prepayment  penalties by
Mortgagors  should  have the  effect  of  reducing  the  risk of rapid  rates of
voluntary prepayments.  If, however, such penalties were to be uncollectible for
any  reason,  investors  would  have to bear the risk  that  prepayments  on the
Mortgage Loans, and therefore of principal payments on the Offered Certificates,
could coincide with periods of low prevailing interest rates. In that event, the
effective  interest  rates on  securities  in which an investor  might choose to
reinvest amounts received as principal  payments on such investor's  Certificate
might be lower than the applicable Pass-Through Rate.

         Conversely,  slow  rates of  prepayments  on the  Mortgage  Loans,  and
therefore of principal payments on the Offered  Certificates,  may coincide with
periods of high prevailing  interest rates.  During such periods,  the amount of
principal  payments  available  to an  investor  for  reinvestment  at such high
prevailing interest rates may be relatively low.

         Many of the Mortgage Loans contain  "due-on-sale"  provisions,  and the
Agreement  obligates  the  Servicer,  with certain  exceptions,  to enforce such
"due-on-sale" provisions.

         Because amounts  distributable  to Owners of the Class S-A Certificates
consist of interest  payable on the Mortgage Loans, the yield to maturity of the
Class  S-A  Certificates  will  be  sensitive  to  the  repurchase  and  default
experience  of the  Mortgage  Loans,  and  prospective  investors  should  fully
consider the  associated  risks,  including the risk that such investors may not
fully recover their initial  investment.  In particular,  investors in the Class
S-A  Certificates  should be aware that the Mortgage Loans may be required to be
repurchased in the event of certain


                                      S-29

<PAGE>



breaches of representations  and warranties  relating to certain events.  [Other
calamity  calls] [With  respect to  voluntary  prepayments,  however,  Class S-A
Certificateholders  will be allocated a percentage of the  prepayment  penalties
discussed  above.  See  also  "Description  of  the   Certificates--Amounts   of
Distribution."]

Weighted Average Life of the Class A-1 and Class B Certificates

         The following  information  is given solely to illustrate the effect of
prepayments of the Mortgage Loans on the weighted average lives of the Class A-1
and Class B Certificates under the stated assumptions and is not a prediction of
the prepayment rate that might actually be experienced by the Mortgage Loans.

         "Weighted  average life" refers to the average amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issuance of a security until each dollar of principal of
such security will be repaid to the investor.  The weighted  average life of the
Class  A-1 and  Class B  Certificates  will be  influenced  by the rate at which
principal  payments on the Mortgage Loans are paid,  which may be in the form of
scheduled  amortization or prepayments (for this purpose,  the term "prepayment"
includes prepayments,  condemnation, insurance and liquidations due to default).
Prepayments  on mortgage  loans are commonly  measured  relative to a prepayment
standard  or  model.  In the  model  used in  this  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
"constant  prepayment  rate" ("CPR")  represents an assumed  annualized  rate of
prepayment  relative to the then outstanding  principal balance of a pool of new
mortgage loans.

         Based on the  foregoing  assumptions,  the tables  below  indicate  the
weighted  average life of the Class A-1 and Class B Certificates,  assuming that
the Mortgage Loans prepay according to the following CPR prepayment scenarios:

            [CPR PREPAYMENT SCENARIOS

            Scenario I     Scenario II   Scenario III   Scenario IV   Scenario V









         Neither the CPR nor any other prepayment  model or assumption  purports
to be an historical  description of prepayment experience or a prediction of the
anticipated  rate of  prepayment  of any pool of mortgage  loans,  including the
Mortgage  Loans  included  in the Trust.  Variations  in the  actual  prepayment
experience  and the balance of the  Mortgage  Loans that prepay may  increase or
decrease  each  weighted  average  life  shown  in the  following  tables.  Such
variations  may occur  even if the  average  prepayment  experience  of all such
Mortgage Loans equals any of the specified percentages of the CPR.]



                                      S-30

<PAGE>



                             WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIVES

                                    Class A-1

                                       Weighted
CPR                                  Average Life         Earliest Retirement
Prepayment                              (years)                 Date(1)
- ----------                              -------                 -------









                                     Class B

                                       Weighted
CPR                                  Average Life         Earliest Retirement
Prepayment                              (years)                 Date(1)
- ----------                              -------                 -------









- --------------------
(1)   Assuming early  termination or the Mortgage Loan Groups when the aggregate
      Loan Balances  decline to a level equal to 10% of the aggregate  principal
      balance of the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-Off Date.

         There is no  assurance  that  prepayments  will  occur,  or, if they do
occur,  that they will occur at any constant  percentage of CPR or in accordance
with any of the aforementioned scenarios.

Payment Delay Feature of Class A-1 and Class B Certificates

         The  effective  yield  to the  Owners  of the  Class  A-1  and  Class B
Certificates  will be lower than the yield otherwise  produced by the respective
Pass-Through Rate and the purchase price of such Certificates  because principal
and interest distributions will not be payable to such Certificateholders  until
at least the  twenty-fifth  day of the  month  following  the  month of  accrual
(without any additional distributions of interest or earnings thereon in respect
of such delay).

Yield Sensitivity of the Class S-A Certificates

         Because amounts distributable to Class S-A  Certificateholders  consist
entirely of interest,  the yield to maturity of the Class S-A Certificates  will
be extremely  sensitive to the repurchase,  prepayment and default experience of
the  Mortgage  Loans,  and  prospective  investors  should  fully  consider  the
associated  risks,  including the risk that such investors may not fully recover
their initial investment. In particular, investors in the Class S-A Certificates
should be aware that  Depositor  may cause a  termination  of the Trust when the
aggregate  outstanding  principal  balance of the Mortgage Loans has declined to
___% or less of the aggregate  principal balance of the Mortgage Loans as of the
Cut-Off Date.


                                      S-31

<PAGE>



         The following table indicates certain relationships between the assumed
purchase price and the yield to maturity on the Class S-A  Certificates,  stated
on  a  corporate  bond  equivalent   basis.   Such  table  also  indicates  such
relationships  on the  assumption  that (a) the Trust is not  terminated  by the
Depositor  pursuant  to its __% a  "clean-up  call",  and (b)  the  Trust  is so
terminated.

            Sensitivity of the Class S-A Certificates to Prepayments

                                                   Pre-Tax Yield to Maturity
Prepayment                               0%       22       47       50       55
Scenario                                 CPR      CPR      CPR      CPR      CPR
- --------                                 ---      ---      ---      ---      ---
I
II
III
IV
V







         On the basis of  approximately  __% CPR, and a purchase price of ____%,
no termination of the Trust by the Depositor pursuant to its __% "clean-up call"
and the other assumptions  described above, the pre-tax yield to maturity of the
Class S-A Certificates would be approximately __%. If the actual prepayment rate
were to exceed  approximately __% CPR based on such assumptions,  an investor in
the Class S-A Certificates as to which such percentage of CPR was exceeded would
not fully recover the initial purchase price thereof.

         On the basis of  approximately  ___% CPR, a purchase price of _______%,
termination of the Trust by the Depositor  pursuant to its ___% "clean-up  call"
and the other assumptions  described above, the pre-tax yield to maturity of the
Class S-A  Certificates  would be approximately  ___%. If the actual  prepayment
rate were to exceed approximately ___% CPR, on such assumptions,  an investor in
the Class S-A Certificates as to which such percentage of CPR was exceeded would
not fully recover the initial purchase price thereof.

         It is highly unlikely that the Mortgage Loans will prepay at a constant
rate until  maturity or that all of the  Mortgage  Loans will prepay at the same
rate. In fact, Mortgage Loans are expected to prepay at different rates.

         The  yields  set  forth in the  preceding  tables  were  calculated  by
determining the monthly discount rates which, when applied to the assumed stream
of  cash  flow to be  paid  on the  Class  S-A  Certificates,  would  cause  the
discounted  present  value of such  assumed  cash  flows to  equal  the  assumed
purchase  price of such Class S-A  Certificates  and by converting  such monthly
rates to corporate bond  equivalent  rates.  Such  calculations do not take into
account  variations  that may occur in the interest rates at which investors may
be able to reinvest  funds  received by them as  distributions  on the Class S-A
Certificates  and  consequently  do not  purport  to  reflect  the return on any
investment  in the  Class S-A  Certificates  when  such  reinvestment  rates are
considered.

         The  Mortgage  Loans  will not  necessarily  have  the  characteristics
assumed  above,  and there can be no assurance  the (i) the Mortgage  Loans will
prepay at any of the rates shown in the table or at any other particular rate or
will  prepay   proportionately,   (ii)  the  pre-tax  yield  on  the  Class  S-A
Certificates  will  correspond to any of the pre-tax yields shown above or (iii)
the aggregate  purchase price of the Class S-A Certificates will be equal to the
purchase price assumed.

         Scheduled Final  Distribution  Date. The Scheduled  Final  Distribution
Date for the Class S-A Certificates is ___________ __, 200_.


                                      S-32

<PAGE>





               DESCRIPTION OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT

         The  Certificates  will issued  pursuant  to the Pooling and  Servicing
Agreement to be dated as of the Closing Date (the  "Agreement").  The  following
summaries  describe certain  provisions of the Agreement which are not otherwise
described elsewhere in this Prospectus Supplement.  The summaries do not purport
to be complete and are subject to and  qualified in their  entirety by reference
to, the provisions of the Agreement.  Wherever  particular defined terms used in
the Agreement are referred to in this Prospectus Supplement,  such defined terms
are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

         The  Mortgage  Trust will  consist  of, to the extent  provided  in the
Agreement,  (i) the  Mortgage  Loans  that from time to time are  subject to the
Agreement, and the Additional Collateral (as defined below), (ii) such assets as
shall from time to time be identified as deposited in the Certificate Account or
Prepayment  Premium  Account,  in accordance with the Agreement,  (iii) property
which  secured a Mortgage  Loan and which has been  acquired by  foreclosure  or
deed-in-lieu of foreclosure.

Assignment of the Mortgage Loans

         At the time of the initial issuance of the Certificates,  the Depositor
will  assign all its right,  title and  interest  in and to the  Mortgage  Trust
(including  the  Mortgage  Loans,  [letters  of credit  with  respect to certain
Mortgage  Loans] and a  collateral  deposit  account  with  respect to a certain
Mortgage  Loan (such  letters  of credit  and  collateral  deposit  account  are
referred to hereafter as the "Additional Collateral") to the Trustee,  including
all principal  and interest  received by the Depositor on or with respect to the
Mortgage  Loans after the Cut-Off  Date  (other  than  payments of interest  and
principal  due on the Mortgage  Loans on or before the Cut-Off  Date),  together
with all its right,  title and  interest  in and to the  proceeds of any related
insurance policies. The Trustee, concurrently with such assignment, will declare
that it holds and will hold such rights and interest for the  exclusive  use and
benefit of the present  and future  Owners of the  Certificates,  other than the
Class RL  Certificates.  Each  Mortgage  Loan will be identified in the Mortgage
Loan Schedule to the Agreement.  The Mortgage Loan Schedule includes information
as to the Cut-Off Date  principal  balance of each Mortgage Loan, the Loan Rate,
the stated  maturity date of the Mortgage Loan and the name of the Mortgagor and
address of the Mortgaged Property.

         The  Depositor is obligated to deliver and assign to the Trustee at the
Closing Date, the Mortgage  Notes,  the Mortgages and certain other documents in
respect of the  Mortgage  Loans  (collectively,  the  "Mortgage  Files") and the
Additional Collateral. By the Closing Date, the Trustee will review the Mortgage
Files (or copies  thereof) in accordance  with the Agreement and if any document
required to be included in any  Mortgage  File is found to be  defective  in any
material  respect and such defect is not corrected or cured by the Closing Date,
the affected Mortgage Loan will not be included in the Mortgage Trust.

         If  (i) a  document  constituting  a  part  of  any  Mortgage  File  is
defective,  (ii) an  Assignment of Mortgage is not recorded as required or (iii)
any  representation,  warranty  or  covenant  to a Mortgage  Loan as made by the
Seller to the Depositor in connection with the sale of the Mortgage Loans to the
Depositor is breached,  thereby materially and adversely affecting the interests
of the Owners of the  Certificates in such Mortgage Loan (any such Mortgage Loan
being a "Defective  Mortgage  Loan"),  the Seller will be required to repurchase
the related  Mortgage Loan  (including any property  acquired in respect thereof
and any insurance  policy or insurance  proceeds with respect  thereto) from the
Trustee at a price equal to the Unpaid Principal Balance of the Mortgage Loan as
of the  Distribution  Date upon which the  proceeds of the  repurchase  would be
distributed to Certificateholders,  together with accrued and unpaid interest at
the  Mortgage  Loan's Loan Rate (less the  Servicing  Fee Rate) for the calendar
month preceding the date of repurchase (the "Purchase  Price").  Upon receipt by
the Trustee of written  notification  of any such  repurchase,  the Trustee will
execute and deliver an instrument of transfer or assignment necessary to vest in
the legal and beneficial ownership of such Mortgage Loan (including any property
acquired in respect  thereof or proceeds of any  insurance  policy with  respect
thereto).  The  obligation  of the Seller to  repurchase  any such Mortgage Loan
shall be the sole  remedy  available  to the Owners of the  Certificates  or the
Trustee, on behalf of the Owners, against the Seller under the Agreement.


                                      S-33

<PAGE>



         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  in the  case of any  repurchase  of a
Mortgage  Loan that would  result in the  realization  of a gain by the Mortgage
Trust or Trust Fund, the Seller will not be required to repurchase such Mortgage
Loan unless the  Trustee  has  received an opinion of counsel to the effect that
such  repurchase  will  not be  subject  to tax as a result  of  being  deemed a
"prohibited  transaction" under Section 860F(a)(2) of the Code and a certificate
from the Seller to the  effect  that such  repurchase  will not give rise to net
income  taxable  under Section  860F(a)(1) of the Code.  The Seller will use its
reasonable best efforts to obtain such opinion and deliver such certificate.  In
the absence of such opinion or  certificate,  the Seller will not be required to
so repurchase  any Mortgage  Loan unless there is an actual or imminent  default
with respect thereto or unless such breach adversely affects the  enforceability
of such Mortgage Loan.

Collection and Other Servicing Procedures

         The Servicer is required to service the Mortgage Loans,  subject to the
terms of the  Mortgage  Loans  themselves,  pursuant  to the  Agreement  and the
requirements of applicable law, in the same manner in which it services mortgage
loans for its own portfolio  that are comparable to the Mortgage  Loans,  giving
due  consideration  to  customary  and usual  standards  of  practice of prudent
institutional  multifamily  mortgage  lenders and loan  services  utilized  with
respect to comparable  mortgage loans (the "Servicing  Standard").  The Servicer
will make  reasonable  efforts  to  collect  all  payments  called for under the
Mortgage Loans and will,  consistent with the Agreement,  follow such collection
procedures as are customary to the servicing of mortgage  loans in its servicing
portfolio which are comparable to the Mortgage Loans. Consistent with the above,
the Servicer may, in its discretion, waive any late payment charge in respect of
a late Mortgage Loan payment or any other administrative fee.

         The Servicer may extend the Maturity  Date of any Mortgage Loan without
the  consent of the  Trustee or the Owners of the  Certificates,  subject to the
following  conditions:  (i) a determination  must be made that a Balloon Payment
default is imminent and that the  extension of the Maturity  date is  reasonably
likely to produce a greater  recovery than  liquidation of the related  Mortgage
Loan;  (ii) any such  extension  will be for a period of not  greater  than [36]
months; and (iii) prior to granting such extension, the Servicer must determine:
(a) that no deferred  maintenance  exists;  (b) the ratio of the net income from
the operation of the Mortgaged  Property to debt service on the Mortgage Loan is
not less than to ; (c) no  Mortgage  Loan  payment due during the  preceding  12
months had been more than 30 days delinquent;  and (d) the related mortgagor has
made a  reasonable  effort to obtain new  financing in an amount  sufficient  to
enable payment of the Balloon Payment.

         The  Servicer  will not permit the  placement  of a  subsequent  senior
mortgage on any Mortgaged Property.

         In any case in which a  Mortgaged  Property  has been or is about to be
conveyed by the  Mortgagor,  the  Servicer may not permit an  assumption  of the
related Mortgage Loan. If the Servicer, however, is prevented from enforcing any
such clause or any such clause,  by its terms, is not operable,  the Servicer is
authorized to take or enter into an assumption and  modification  agreement with
the person to whom such Mortgaged  Property has been or is about to be conveyed,
pursuant to which such person  becomes  liable under the  Mortgage  Note and the
Mortgagor  remains liable thereon or, if the Servicer finds it  appropriate,  is
released from liability  thereon.  In respect of transfers or proposed transfers
not covered by the above  guideline,  the  Servicer  will  exercise its right to
accelerate  the  maturity of the  related  Mortgage  Loan and  require  that the
principal balance thereof be paid in full. Any fee collected by the Servicer for
entering into any such  agreement will be retained by the Servicer as additional
servicing compensation.

         In addition,  if Mortgage Loans contain  due-on-encumbrance  clauses or
require the consent of the holder of the  Mortgage  Loan to the  creation of any
subordinate  lien or encumbrance  on the Mortgaged  Property,  the Servicer,  on
behalf of the Trustee,  will  exercise any right it may have to  accelerate  the
payment of such Mortgage Loans upon, or to withhold its consent to, the creation
of such liens or encumbrances.

         [The  Servicer is not  required to  establish  any escrow  account into
which it will deposit escrow  payments from  Mortgagors  under the Mortgages for
the payment of taxes, insurance premiums, assessments or similar items.]



                                      S-34

<PAGE>



Payments  on Mortgage  Loans;  Deposits to  Certificate  Account and  Prepayment
Premium Account

         The Trustee  will  establish  and maintain in the name of the Trustee a
separate  account (the  "Certificate  Account") for the benefit of the Owners of
the  Certificates.  The  Certificate  Account will be required to be an Eligible
Account  (described  below).  The  Servicer  shall be  required  to remit to the
Trustee for deposit into the Certificate Account, daily, within one Business Day
of receipt thereof:

                  (i) all payments of interest on the Mortgage Loans (net of the
         related  Monthly  Servicing Fee with respect to each such Mortgage Loan
         which was an Outstanding Mortgage Loan as of the preceding Distribution
         Date);

                  (ii) all  payments  of  principal  received  in respect of the
         Mortgage Loans;

                  (iii) the aggregate of all purchase  prices paid by the Seller
         for the purchase of any Defective Mortgage Loan:

                  (iv) all cash ("Liquidation  Proceeds") received in connection
         with the  liquidation  of a  Liquidated  Mortgage  Loan net of expenses
         ("Liquidation  Expenses")  of the  Servicer  in  connection  with  such
         liquidation (such net liquidation  proceeds being referred to herein as
         "Net Liquidation Proceeds");

                  (v)  the  aggregate  of any  insurance  proceeds  received  in
         respect of a Mortgaged  Property  (net of amounts  covering the related
         reasonable expenses of the Servicer) that are not Liquidation  Proceeds
         and are applied to principal or interest on the related Mortgage Loan;

                  (vi) any  amounts  required  to be  deposited  pursuant to the
         Agreement in connection with any property ("REO Property")  acquired by
         the Mortgage Trust through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure;

                  (vii) any  amounts  required to be  deposited  pursuant to the
         Agreement in connection with the  application of co-insurance  clauses,
         flood damage to REO Properties and blanket policy deductibles; and

                  (viii)  all  advances  made by the  Servicer  with  respect to
         payments of principal (other than Balloon Payments) and interest on the
         Mortgage  Loans that were due on the related Due Date and not  received
         as of the close of business on the  Determination  Date  preceding  the
         related  Distribution  Date,  less  the  aggregate  amount  of any such
         delinquent payments that would constitute a Monthly Advance.

         Payments and collections that do not constitute  Available Funds (e.g.,
assumption  fees,  late  fees  or  other  administrative  charges)  will  not be
deposited in the  Certificate  Account and will be retained by [the  Servicer as
additional servicing compensation].  The Servicer may, from time to time, direct
the Trustee to make withdrawals from the Certificate  Account referred to above,
to make reimbursement of certain expenses to the Servicer.

         The  Trustee   will   establish   and   maintain,   on  behalf  of  the
Certificateholders,  a trust account (the "Prepayment Premium Account") in which
shall be deposited any premium or yield maintenance  payment by a Mortgagor with
respect to a related Mortgage Loan in connection with a Principal  Prepayment (a
"Prepayment Premium").  The Servicer shall remit to the Trustee for deposit into
the  Prepayment  Premium  Account,  daily,  within one  Business  Day of receipt
thereof from subservicers, all Prepayment Premiums received by it.

         Any funds on deposit in the Certificate  Account and Prepayment Premium
Account may be invested in  Permitted  Investments.  Permitted  Investments  are
specified in the Agreement as including certain federal  government  obligations
and  other  highly  rated  obligations.  Any net  investment  income  from  such
Permitted  Investments  will be for the benefit of [the  Servicer as part of its
servicing compensation].



                                      S-35

<PAGE>



Hazard Insurance

         The Servicer is required to cause to be maintained  for each  Mortgaged
Property a fire insurance  policy with extended perils coverage which contains a
standard mortgagee's clause in an amount at least equal to the lesser of (a) the
replacement  cost of the  improvements  on such  Mortgaged  Property  or (b) the
current principal balance of such Mortgage Loan. As set forth above, all amounts
collected  by the  Servicer  under any hazard  policy  (except for amounts to be
applied to the  restoration  or repair of the Mortgaged  Property or released to
the borrower in accordance with the Servicer's  normal  servicing  procedures or
the terms of the Mortgage  Loan),  to the extent they constitute Net Liquidation
Proceeds or insurance proceeds,  will ultimately be deposited in the Certificate
Account.  The ability of the Servicer to assure that hazard  insurance  proceeds
are  appropriately  applied may be dependent on its being named as an additional
insured  under  any  hazard  insurance  policy,  or upon  the  extend  to  which
information  in this regard is  furnished  to the  Servicer  by a borrower.  The
Agreement  provides that the Servicer may satisfy its obligation to cause hazard
policies to be maintained by  maintaining a blanket  policy issued by an insurer
acceptable to the Rating Agency and fire insurance with extended perils coverage
on the Mortgage Loans. If such blanket policy contains a deductible  clause, the
Servicer is obligated to deposit in the Certificate Account the sums which would
have been deposited therein but for such clause.

         If the properties securing the Mortgage Loans have appreciated in value
and if the amount of hazard insurance  maintained on the  improvements  securing
the  Mortgage  Loans were to decline as the  principal  balances  owing  thereon
decreased,  hazard insurance proceeds could be insufficient to restore fully the
damaged property in the event of a partial loss. See "Description of the Offered
Certificates  --  Subordination  of the  Subordinate  Certificates"  above for a
description  of the  protection  afforded to holders of the Class A Certificates
and, to a lesser extent,  the Class B Certificates  against losses occasioned by
hazards which are otherwise  uninsured  against  (including losses caused by the
application of the co-insurance clause described in the preceding paragraph).

         If the protection  afforded the Owners of the Class B  Certificates  by
the  subordination  of the Class C Certificates is exhausted,  and if a borrower
defaults on his  obligations  to make payments on a Mortgage Loan, the Owners of
the Class B Certificates will bear all risk of loss resulting from hazard losses
not covered by hazard insurance.  Once the Class Principal Balance is reduced to
zero,  all  such  remaining  losses  will  be by  the  Owners  of  the  Class  A
Certificates.

Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans

         The Servicer will  foreclose upon or otherwise  comparably  convert the
ownership of Mortgaged  Properties  securing such of the Mortgage  Loans as come
into default when, in accordance with applicable  servicing procedures under the
Agreement,  no  satisfactory  arrangements  can be made  for the  collection  of
delinquent  payments and the Servicer determines that such action is in the best
economic interest of the Certificateholders. In connection with such foreclosure
or other  conversion,  the  Servicer  will  follow  such  practices  as it deems
necessary or advisable  and as are in keeping  with the  Servicer's  multifamily
mortgage loan servicing activities and with the Servicing Standard, provided the
Servicer  will not  expend  its own  funds in  connection  foreclosure  or other
conversion,  correction of a default on a senior  mortgage or restoration of any
property unless such foreclosure,  correction or restoration is determined to be
in the best economic  interest of the Trust. Any Mortgaged  Property so acquired
by  the  Mortgage  Trust  is  required  to be  disposed  of in  accordance  with
applicable federal income tax law and regulations and consistent with the status
of the Trust Fund and the Mortgage Trust as REMICs, which regulations  currently
require that such  disposition  occur within two years of the  acquisition.  The
Agreement will provide that the Servicer, acting on behalf of the Trust, may not
acquire  title to a  Mortgaged  Property or take over its  operation  unless the
Servicer has previously determined, based on a report prepared by an independent
person who regularly conducts  environmental audits, that the Mortgaged Property
is in compliance with applicable  environmental  laws or that it would be in the
best  economic  interest of the Trusts to take the actions  necessary  to comply
with such laws. [Special Servicer requirements.]



                                      S-36

<PAGE>



Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses

         The principal  servicing  compensation (the "Servicing Fee") to be paid
to  the  Servicer  in  respect  of  its  servicing  activities  relating  to the
Certificates  will  be  paid to it with  respect  to each  Distribution  Date by
withholding  from funds to be  deposited  into the  Certificate  Account  out of
collections  on the Mortgage  Loans in an amount  equal to, as to each  Mortgage
Loan,  one-twelfth of the product of (i) the rate set forth in the Mortgage Loan
Schedule (the  "Servicing  Fee Rate") and (ii) the Unpaid  Principal  Balance of
such Mortgage Loan as of such  Distribution  Date.  All  assumption  fees,  late
payment charges and extension and other  administrative  charges,  to the extent
collected from  borrowers,  will be [retained by the  Servicer].  The amounts of
late  charges  are  limited  by state law and range  from __% to __% of the late
monthly  payment.  [Assumption  fees  range  from __% to __% of the  outstanding
amount of the Mortgage Loan.]

         The Servicer  will pay certain  ongoing  expenses  associated  with the
Trust and  incurred  by it in  connection  with its  responsibilities  under the
Agreement,  including, without limitation, payment of the fees and disbursements
of the Trustee,  any custodian appointed by the Trustee and any paying agent. In
addition,  as indicated in the preceding section,  the Servicer will be entitled
to  reimbursement  for  certain  expenses  incurred  by  it in  connection  with
defaulted  Mortgage  Loans and in connection  with the  restoration of Mortgaged
Properties,   such  right  of  reimbursement   being  prior  to  the  rights  of
Certificateholders  to receive any  related  insurance  proceeds or  Liquidation
Proceeds.

Evidence as to Compliance

         On or before __________ in each year, beginning with __________, 199__,
the  Servicer at its expense is required to cause a firm of  independent  public
accountants  to furnish a statement  to the Trustee to the effect that such firm
has examined,  for the preceding  calendar year,  certain  documents and records
related  to  the  servicing  of  mortgage  loans  under  pooling  and  servicing
agreements (including the Agreement)  substantially similar to the Agreement and
such examination,  which as been conducted  substantially in compliance with the
Uniform  Single Audit  Program for Mortgage  Bankers,  has disclosed no items of
noncompliance  with the provisions of the Agreement which, in the opinion of the
firm, are material, except for such items as will be referred to in the report.

         The Agreement  will also provide for delivery (on or before  __________
in each year,  commencing  with  __________,  199__) to the Trustee of an annual
statement  signed by an officer of the  Servicer to the effect that the Servicer
has  fulfilled  its material  obligations  under the  Agreement  throughout  the
preceding year.

Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer

         The  Agreement  will  provide that the Servicer may not resign from its
obligations and duties thereunder unless (i) its duties thereunder are no longer
permissible  under  applicable  law or (ii) the Servicer no longer  wishes to be
Servicer and has proposed a successor Servicer that (a) is reasonably acceptable
to the  Trustee  (b) whose  appointment  will not result in a  reduction  of the
rating assigned to the Offered  Certificates or the Class C Certificates and (c)
is approved in writing by Owners of Percentages  Interest  aggregating  not less
than 50% of each Class of Certificate then Outstanding.

         The  Agreement  will also provide that  neither the  Servicer,  nor any
director, officer, employee or agent of the Servicer will be under any liability
to the Trust Fund or the Owners of the  Certificates for any action taken or for
refraining  from  the  taking  of any  action  in  good  faith  pursuant  to the
Agreement,  or for errors in  judgment;  provided,  however,  that  neither  the
Servicer nor any such person will be protected against any liability which would
otherwise be imposed by reason of  misfeasance,  bad faith or  negligence in the
performance  of duties or by reason of reckless  disregard  of  obligations  and
duties thereunder.  The Agreement will further provide that the Servicer and any
director,   officer,   employee  or  agent  of  the   Servicer  is  entitled  to
indemnification  by the Trust Fund and will be held  harmless  against any loss,
liability or expense  incurred in connection  with any legal action  relating to
the Agreement or the Owners of the Certificates,  other than any loss, liability
or expense  related to any specific  Mortgage Loan or Mortgage Loans (except any
such  loss,  liability  or  expense  otherwise   reimbursable  pursuant  to  the
Agreement)  and any loss,  liability  or expense  incurred by reason of reckless
disregard of obligations and duties


                                      S-37

<PAGE>



thereunder.  In addition,  the Agreement will provide that the Servicer will not
be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which
is not incidental to its duties under the Agreement and which in its opinion may
involve it in any  expense or  liability.  The  Servicer  may,  however,  in its
discretion  undertake  any such action which it may deem  necessary or desirable
with respect to the Agreement  and the rights and duties of the parties  thereto
and the interests of the Owners of the Certificates  thereunder.  In such event,
the  legal  expenses  and  costs  of such  action  and any  liability  resulting
therefrom  will be  expenses,  costs and  liabilities  of the Trust Fund and the
Servicer will be entitled to be reimbursed  therefor from time to time on one or
more  Distribution  Dates, only out of the Available Funds for such Distribution
Date that remain  after the  distributions  to the  Certificateholders  for such
Distribution  Date have been made.  The  Servicer's  right to such  indemnity or
reimbursement  will survive any  resignation or termination of the Servicer (and
will survive any  termination  of the Agreement if the Servicer is still serving
as the servicer at such termination) with respect to any losses, expenses, costs
or liabilities arising prior to such resignation or termination (or arising from
events that occurred prior to such resignation or termination).  Any such claims
by or on behalf of the  Certificateholders  or the Trust  Fund will be made only
against  the  Servicer,  who will be  liable  with  respect  to its own acts and
omissions  as  well  as the  acts  and  omissions  of its  directors,  officers,
employees and agents.

         Any corporation  into which the Servicer may be merged or consolidated,
or any corporation  resulting from any merger,  conversion or  consolidation  to
which  the  Servicer  will be a  party,  or any  corporation  succeeding  to the
business of the Servicer,  which  executes an agreement of assumption to perform
every  obligation of the Servicer under the Agreement,  will be the successor of
the Servicer  thereunder,  without the execution or filing of any other paper or
any further act on the part of any of the parties  thereto,  anything therein to
the contrary notwithstanding.

Events of Default

         Events of Default under the Agreement  will consist of (i) a failure by
the Servicer to deposit in the  Certificate  Account any deposit  required to be
made under the Agreement,  which failure continues  unremedied for five business
days after the giving of written  notice of such  failure to the Servicer by the
Trustee,  or to the Servicer and the Trustee by holders of the  Certificates  of
any class evidencing,  as to such Class,  Percentage  Interests  aggregating not
less than 25%;  (ii) any failure by the  Servicer  duly to observe or perform in
any material  respect any of its other  covenants or agreements in the Agreement
which materially affects the Certificateholders and continues, unremedied for 60
days after the giving of written  notice of such  failure to the Servicer by the
Trustee,  or to the Servicer and the Trustee by holders of the  Certificates  of
any class evidencing,  as to such Class,  Percentage  Interests  aggregating not
less than 25%; and (iii) certain  events of  insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,
marshalling  of assets and  liabilities  or similar  proceedings  regarding  the
Servicer  and certain  actions by the  Servicer  indicating  its  insolvency  or
inability to pay its obligations.

Rights Upon Event of Default

         So long as an Event of Default remains unremedied by the Servicer,  the
Depositor  or the  Trustee  may, or at the  written  direction  of the Owners of
Certificates  evidencing  not less than 51% of the  Ownership  Interests  in the
Trust Fund (for the purposes of this percentage,  the Class B, Class R and Class
RL  Certificateholders  shall be deemed to hold 0% of the Ownership Interests in
the Trust Fund) shall,  terminate all the rights and obligations of the Servicer
under the  Agreement in and to the Mortgage  Loans,  whereupon  the Trustee will
succeed to all the  responsibilities,  duties and  liabilities  of the  Servicer
under the Agreement and will be entitled to similar  compensation  arrangements;
provided, however, that the Trustee may waive any default by the Servicer in the
performance of its obligations under the Agreement and its consequences,  except
that  a  default  in  the  making  of any  required  distribution  on any of the
Certificates  may only be waived with the consent of the Owners of  Certificates
of each Class affected thereby, voting as a Class,  evidencing,  as to each such
Class, Percentage Interests aggregating not less than 66%]. Upon any such waiver
of a past default,  such default shall cease to exist,  and any Event of Default
arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of the
Agreement.  No such waiver shall extend to any  subsequent  or other  default or
impair any right contingent thereon except to the extent expressly so waived.



                                      S-38

<PAGE>



         In the  event  that the  Trustee  would be  obligated  to  succeed  the
Servicer but is  unwilling  or unable so to act, it may  appoint,  or petition a
court of competent  jurisdiction for the appointment of, any established housing
and home finance institution that is then servicing a multi-family mortgage loan
portfolio  and with a net worth of at least  $__________  to act as successor to
the  Servicer  under the  Agreement.  Pending such  appointment,  the Trustee is
obligated to act in such capacity,  unless the Trustee is prohibited by law from
so  acting.  The  Trustee  and such  successor  may  agree  upon  the  servicing
compensation to be paid,  which in no event may be greater than the compensation
to the initial Servicer under the Agreement.

         No  Certificateholder  will  have any  right  under  the  Agreement  to
institute  any  proceeding  with  respect to the  Agreement  unless  such holder
previously has given to the Trustee written notice of default and unless holders
of Certificates of any Class evidencing,  as to such Class, Percentage Interests
aggregating  not less than 25% have made  written  request  upon the  Trustee to
institute such proceeding in its own name as Trustee thereunder and have offered
to the  Trustee  reasonable  indemnity  and the  Trustee  for 60 days  after the
receipt of such  request and after the  indemnity  has  neglected  or refused to
institute  any such  proceeding.  The  Trustee  will be under no  obligation  to
exercise  any of the trusts or powers  vested in it by the  Agreement or to make
any  investigation  of matters  arising  thereunder or to institute,  conduct or
defend any litigation thereunder or in relation thereto at the request, order or
direction  of any of the Owners of the  Certificates  covered by the  Agreement,
unless such Owners of the  Certificates  have offered to the Trustee  reasonable
security or indemnity  against the costs,  expenses and liabilities which may be
incurred therein or thereby.

Amendment

         The  Agreement  may be amended from time to time by the  Servicer,  the
Depositor,  the Seller and the Trustee  without the consent of any of the Owners
of the  Certificates  (a) to cure any error or any  ambiguity  or to  correct or
supplement  any  provisions  therein  which may be  inconsistent  with any other
provisions  therein,  (b) to add to the duties or  obligations  of the  Servicer
thereunder, (c) to maintain or improve the rating of the Class A Certificates or
the Class B Certificates then given by a Rating Agency (it being understood that
after  obtaining  the initial  ratings of the Class A and Class B  Certificates,
none of the  Depositor,  the Servicer or the Trustee is obligated to maintain or
improve  such  ratings),  or (d) to add any other  provisions  with  respect  to
matters or questions arising under the Agreement;  provided,  however, that such
action will not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel,  adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of any Owner of a Certificate.  The Agreement may
also be  amended  from  time to time by the  Servicer,  the  Depositor,  and the
Trustee,  with the consent of the Owners of  Certificates of each Class affected
thereby evidencing,  as to such Class, Percentage Interests aggregating not less
than 51% for the purpose of adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner
or  eliminating  any of the  provisions  of the Agreement or of modifying in any
manner the rights of Owners of the Certificates; provided, however, that no such
amendment  will (a)  reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,
collections of payments on Mortgage Loans or distributions which are required to
be made on any Certificate  without the consent of the Owner of such Certificate
or (b)  reduce  the  aforesaid  percentage  required  to  consent  to  any  such
amendment,   without  the  consent  of  the  Owners  of  all  Certificates  then
outstanding.  The Agreement  may also be amended from time to time,  without the
consent of the Owners of the Certificates, with regard to certain REMIC matters.

Termination; Retirement of the Certificates

         The  obligations  created  by the  Agreement  will  terminate  upon the
payment to Owners of the  Certificates  of all amounts  held in the  Certificate
Account or by the  Servicer  and  required  to be paid to them  pursuant  to the
Agreement following the earlier of (i) the final payment or other liquidation of
the last  Mortgage  Loan  subject  thereto or the  disposition  of all  property
acquired upon  foreclosure  of any such Mortgage Loan and (ii) the repurchase by
the Servicer  from the Mortgage  Trust of all remaining  Mortgage  Loans and all
property  acquired in respect of such Mortgage Loans, as described  below. In no
event,  however,  will the trust  created by the Agreement  continue  beyond the
expiration of 21 years from the death of the last to survive of certain  persons
described in the Agreement.  Written notice of termination of the Agreement will
be given to each Certificateholder, and the final distribution will be made only
upon  surrender  and  cancellation  of the  Certificates  at an office or agency
appointed by the Trustee which will be specified in the notice of termination.


                                      S-39

<PAGE>




         At its option, the Depositor may repurchase from the Mortgage Trust all
remaining  Mortgage  Loans held by the  Mortgage  Trust at a price  equal to the
greater  of (a) the sum of (x)  100% of the  Unpaid  Principal  Balance  of each
Mortgage  Loan (other  than any  Foreclosed  Mortgage  Loan  represented  by REO
Property whose fair market value is included pursuant to clause (y) below) as of
the  Distribution  Date upon  which the  proceeds  of any  repurchase  are to be
distributed  and (y) the fair  market  value of all  Foreclosed  Mortgage  Loans
represented  by REO  Property.  The  right  of the  Depositor  to make  any such
purchase is conditioned  upon the Pool Principal  Balance being less than 10% of
the  Cut-Off  Date Pool  Principal  Balance.  The  termination  of the Trusts is
required to be effected in a manner  consistent with  applicable  federal income
tax regulations and their status as REMIC's.

The Trustee

         ____________________,  a __________ banking association organized under
the laws of the United  States,  is the Trustee.  Its Corporate  Trust Office is
located at _________________________.  The Depositor may also remove the Trustee
under certain circumstances,  including, among others, failure of the Trustee to
continue to satisfy the eligibility  requirements  described in the Agreement or
adjudication  of the Trustee as bankrupt or insolvent.  Upon  becoming  aware of
such  circumstances,  the  Depositor  will be  obligated  to appoint a successor
Trustee.  The Trustee may resign from its duties as Trustee under the Agreement.
Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee
will not become  effective until  acceptance of the appointment by the successor
Trustee.


                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

                  The   following   discussion   of  certain  of  the   material
anticipated  federal  income tax  consequences  of the  purchase,  ownership and
disposition of the Offered  Certificates  is to be considered only in connection
with "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus. The discussion
herein  and in the  Prospectus  is based  upon laws,  regulations,  rulings  and
decisions  now in effect,  all of which are  subject to change.  The  discussion
below  and in the  Prospectus  does not  purport  to deal with all  federal  tax
consequences  applicable to all  categories  of investors,  some of which may be
subject to special  rules.  Investors  should  consult their own tax advisors in
determining the federal,  state, local and any other tax consequences to them of
the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Offered Certificates.

REMIC Elections

         The  Trustee  will cause an election to be made to treat the Trust as a
"real estate  mortgage  investment  conduit"  ("REMIC")  for federal  income tax
purposes.  Arter & Hadden,  special tax counsel, will deliver its opinion to the
Depositor that for federal income tax purposes,  assuming (i) the REMIC election
is made and (ii) compliance  with the Agreement,  the Trust will be treated as a
REMIC, each Class of Offered Certificates will be treated as "regular interests"
in the REMIC and the Class R  Certificates  will be treated as the sole class of
"residual  interests" in the REMIC.  For federal  income tax  purposes,  regular
interests in a REMIC are treated as debt instruments  issued by the REMIC on the
date on which those interests are created, and not as ownership interests in the
REMIC or its assets. Owners of Offered Certificates that otherwise report income
under a cash method of accounting will be required to report income with respect
to such Offered  Certificates under an accrual method. The Offered  Certificates
may be issued with  "original  issue  discount" for federal income tax purposes.
The prepayment assumption to be used in determining whether any Class of Offered
Certificates  is issued with original  issue discount and the rate of accrual of
original  issue  discount  is ___%.  No  representation  is made that any of the
Mortgage Loans will prepay at this rate or any other rate. See "Certain  Federal
Income  Tax   Consequences--REMICS--Taxation   of   Holders  of  REMIC   Regular
Securities--Original Issue Discount" in the Prospectus.

         Although  not free from  doubt,  it is  anticipated  that the Class S-A
Certificates will be treated as issued with original issue discount in an amount
equal to the excess of all payments  thereon  over their issue price  (including
accrued  interest),  and the Trustee intends to report income in respect of such
Class of Certificates in this manner.  Under this method, any "negative" amounts
of  original  issue  discount  attributable  to rapid  prepayments  would not be
deductible  currently,  but would be offset against future positive  accruals of
original issue discount, if any.


                                      S-40

<PAGE>



Finally,  a Class S-A  Certificateholder  may be entitled to a loss deduction to
the extent it becomes certain that such holder will not recover a portion of its
remaining basis in the Class S-A Certificate, assuming no further prepayments.


                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to acquire any of the
Offered  Certificates  should  consult  with its  counsel  with  respect  to the
potential  consequences  under the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of
1974,  as  amended  ("ERISA"),  and the  Code,  of the  Plan's  acquisition  and
ownership of such Certificates.

General

         ERISA imposes certain restrictions on employee benefit plans subject to
ERISA  ("Plans")  and on persons who are  parties in  interest  or  disqualified
persons  ("parties in interest")  with respect to such Plans.  Certain  employee
benefit plans,  such as governmental  plans and church plans (if no election has
been made under section 410(d) of the Code), are not subject to the restrictions
of ERISA,  and assets of such plans may be invested in the Class A-1 and Class B
Certificates without regard to the ERISA considerations described below, subject
to other applicable  federal and state law.  However,  any such  governmental or
church plan which is qualified  under Section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from
taxation  under  Section  501(a)  of the  Code  is  subject  to  the  prohibited
transaction rules set forth in Section 503 of the Code.

         Investments  by  Plans  are  subject  to  ERISA's   general   fiduciary
requirements,   including   the   requirement   of   investment   prudence   and
diversification  and  the  requirement  that a  Plan's  investments  be  made in
accordance with the documents governing the Plan.

Prohibited Transactions

         General.  Section  406 of ERISA  prohibits  parties  in  interest  with
respect to a Plan from engaging in certain transactions involving a Plan and its
assets  unless  a  statutory  or   administrative   exemption   applies  to  the
transaction.  Section  4975 of the Code (or,  in some cases,  Section  502(i) of
ERISA)  imposes  certain  excise  taxes on parties in interest  which  engage in
non-exempt prohibited transactions.

         The  United  States  Department  of Labor  ("DOL")  has  issued a final
regulation (29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101)  containing rules for determining what
constitutes the assets of a Plan.  This  regulation  provides that, as a general
rule, the underlying assets and properties of corporations, partnerships, trusts
and certain other entities in which a Plan makes an "equity  investment" will be
deemed for purposes of ERISA to be assets of the Plan unless certain  exceptions
apply.  One such  exception  provides  that if less than 25% of the value of the
Certificates outstanding is held by Plans, the assets of the Trusts would not be
deemed to include assets of Plans that are  Certificateholders.  However,  there
can be no assurance that the 25% exception described in the regulations would be
satisfied with respect to the Trusts.

         Under the terms of the  regulation,  the  Trusts  may be deemed to hold
plan assets by reason of a Plan's investment in a Certificate;  such plan assets
would include an undivided  interest in the Mortgage  Loans and any other assets
held by the Trusts. In such an event, the Depositor,  the Servicer,  the Trustee
and other persons, in providing services with respect to the Mortgage Loans, may
be parties in interest,  subject to the fiduciary  responsibility  provisions of
Title I of ERISA, including the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406
of ERISA  (and of  Section  4975 of the  Code),  with  respect  to  transactions
involving the Mortgage Loans unless such transactions are subject to a statutory
or administrative exemption.

         [Availability of  Administrative  Exemption for Class A-1 and Class S-A
Certificates.    The   U.S.    Department    of    Labor    has    granted    to
___________________________  an administrative exemption (Prohibited Transaction
Exemption _______,  ________________________________________ from certain of the
prohibited  transaction rules of ERISA with respect to the initial purchase, the
holding and the subsequent resale by Plans of certificates


                                      S-41

<PAGE>



representing  interests  in  asset-backed  pass-through  trusts that  consist of
certain  receivables,  loans and other  obligations that meet the conditions and
requirements  of PTE ______.  The receivables  covered by the exemption  include
mortgage  loans such as the  Mortgage  Loans.  The  exemption  will apply to the
acquisition, holding and resale of the Class A-1 and Class S-A Certificates by a
Plan,  provided that certain  conditions  (certain of which are described below)
are met.

         Among the conditions which must be satisfied for PTE ______ to apply to
the Class A-1 and Class S-A Certificates are the following:

         (1) The  acquisition of the Class A-1 and Class S-A  Certificates  by a
Plan  is on  terms  (including  the  price  for the  Class  A-1  and  Class  S-A
Certificates)  that are at least as favorable to the Plan as they would be in an
arm's-length transaction with an unrelated party;

         (2) The rights and  interests  evidenced by the Class A-1 and Class S-A
Certificates  acquired  by the  Plan  are not  subordinated  to the  rights  and
interests evidenced by other certificates of the Trust Fund;

         (3) The Class A-1 and Class S-A Certificates  acquired by the Plan have
received  a rating at the time of such  acquisition  that is in one of the three
highest generic rating categories from any of S&P, Moody's, Duff & Phelps Credit
Rating Co. or Fitch Investors Service, Inc.;

         (4) The  Trustee is not an  affiliate  of any member of the  Restricted
Group (as defined below);

         (5) The sum of all payments made in  connection  with the resale of the
Class  A-1 and  Class  S-A  Certificates  represents  not more  than  reasonable
compensation for reselling the Class A-1 and Class S-A Certificates.  The sum of
all payments made to and retained by the  Depositor  pursuant to the sale of the
Mortgage  Loans to the Mortgage  Trust  represents not more than the fair market
value of such  Mortgage  Loans.  The sum of all payments made to and retained by
the Servicer represents not more than reasonable compensation for the Servicer's
services  under the Agreement and  reimbursement  of the  Servicer's  reasonable
expenses in connection therewith; and

         (6) The Plan investing in the Class A-1 and Class S-A  Certificates  is
an  "accredited  investor" as defined in Rule  501(a)(1) of  Regulation D of the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the 1933 Act.

         Moreover,    PTE   _______   would   provide    relief   from   certain
self-dealing/conflict  of interest prohibited  transactions only if, among other
requirements,  (i) in the case of the  acquisition  of Class  A-1 and  Class S-A
Certificates  in connection  with the initial  issuance,  at least fifty percent
(50%) of the Class  A-1 and  Class S-A  Certificates  are  acquired  by  persons
independent  of the  Restricted  Group  (as  defined  below),  (ii)  the  Plan's
investment in Class A-1 or Class S-A  Certificates  does not exceed  twenty-five
percent (25%) of all of the Class A-1 and Class S-A Certificates  outstanding at
the time of the acquisition and (iii)  immediately  after  acquisition,  no more
than  twenty-five  percent  (25%) of the  assets  of the Plan  are  invested  in
certificates  representing an interest in one or more trusts  containing  assets
sold or serviced by the same entity.  PTE ____ does not apply to Plans sponsored
by the  Servicer,  the  Depositor,  the  Trustee,  any obligor  with  respect to
Mortgage  Loans  included  in the  Mortgage  Trust  constituting  more than five
percent  of the  aggregate  unamortized  principal  balance of the assets in the
Mortgage Trust, or any affiliate of such parties (the "Restricted Group")

         ____  believes  that the exemption  will apply to the  acquisition  and
holding  of the  Class  A-1 and  Class  S-A  Certificates  by Plans and that all
conditions of the exemption other than those within the control of the investors
have been met. [In addition,  as of the date hereof,  there is no single obligor
with respect to Mortgage Loans  included in the Mortgage Trust that  constitutes
more than five percent of the  aggregate  unamortized  principal  balance of the
assets of the Mortgage Trust.]

         Under current law the purchase and holding of the Class B  Certificates
by or on behalf of any Plan subject to the fiduciary  responsibility  provisions
of ERISA may result in "prohibited transactions" within the meaning of ERISA and
the Code. [No transfer of a Class B Certificate  or any interest  therein may be
made  to  any  Plan  or  other  retirement  arrangement,   including  individual
retirement accounts and annuities, Keogh plans and collective


                                      S-42

<PAGE>



investment and separate  accounts in which such plans,  accounts or arrangements
are  invested  that is  subject  to  ERISA or the Code  unless  the  prospective
transferee of the Class B Certificate provides the Trustee with a representation
letter and an opinion of counsel, each in the form required under the Agreement.
See "ERISA Considerations" herein and in the Prospectus.]

         Review By Plan  Fiduciaries.  Due to the  complexity of these rules and
the penalties  imposed upon persons involved in prohibited  transactions,  it is
especially  important  that any Plan  fiduciary  who proposes to cause a Plan to
purchase Class A-1 or Class S-A Certificates should consult with its own counsel
with  respect  to the  potential  consequences  under  ERISA and the Code of the
Plan's acquisition and ownership of Class A-1 or Class S-A Certificates.  Assets
of a Plan or individual  retirement  account should not be invested in the Class
A-1 and Class S-A Certificates  unless it is clear that the assets of the Trusts
will  not be plan  assets  or  unless  it is  clear  that  the PTE  ______  or a
prohibited  transaction  class  exemption  will apply and  exempt all  potential
prohibited transactions.


                         LEGAL INVESTMENT CONSIDERATIONS

         [As  long  as the  Class A  Certificates  are  rated  in one of the two
highest  rating  categories by at least one  nationally  recognized  statistical
rating organization,  the Class A Certificates will constitute "mortgage related
securities"  within the  meaning of SMMEA and as such will be legal  investments
for persons, trusts, corporations,  partnerships,  associations, business trusts
and  business  entities  (including  depository  institutions,   life  insurance
companies and pension funds)  created  pursuant to or existing under the laws of
the United States or of any State whose  authorized  investments  are subject to
state  regulation to the same extent that,  under  applicable  law,  obligations
issued by or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or any
agency  or  instrumentality   thereof  constitute  legal  investments  for  such
entities.  Under SMMEA,  however,  if a State enacted legislation on or prior to
October 3, 1991 specifically limiting the legal investment authority of any such
entities with respect to "mortgage  related  securities,"  such  securities will
constitute  legal  investments for entities  subject to such legislation only to
the extent  provided  therein.  Certain  States have enacted  legislation  which
overrides the preemption provisions of SMMEA.

         SMMEA has amended the legal investment authority of federally-chartered
depository  institutions as follows:  federal savings and loan  associations and
federal  savings  banks may invest in,  sell or  otherwise  deal with  "mortgage
related  securities"  without  limitation  as to the  percentage of their assets
represented  thereby,  federal credit unions may invest in such securities,  and
national banks may purchase such securities for their own account without regard
to the limitations generally applicable to investment securities set forth in 12
U.S.C. 24 (seventh),  subject in each case to such regulations as the applicable
federal regulatory authority may prescribe.]

         The  [Class  B]  Certificates  will not be  "mortgage  securities"  for
purposes of SMMEA. As a result, the appropriate  characterization  of the [Class
B]  Certificates  under  various  legal  investment  restrictions,  and thus the
ability of  investors  subject to these  restrictions  to purchase the [Class B]
Certificates, is subject to significant interpretive uncertainties.

         The Depositor makes no  representation  as to the ability of particular
investors to purchase the Offered Certificates under applicable legal investment
or  restrictions.  All institutions  whose investment  activities are subject to
legal  investments  and  regulations,   regulatory  requirements  or  review  by
regulatory  authorities  should  consult with their own advisors in  determining
whether and to what extent the Offered Certificates constitute legal investments
for or are subject to investment, capital or other restrictions.


                                     RATINGS

         It is a condition to the issuance of the Offered  Certificates that the
Class A-1 and Class S-A  Certificates  each be rated no lower  than "AAA" by S&P
and "Aaa" by Moody's  and that the Class B  Certificates  be rated no lower than
"____" by _____. A security rating is not a recommendation  to buy, sell or hold
securities and may


                                      S-43

<PAGE>



be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency.
Each security  rating should be evaluated  independently  of any other  security
rating.

         The ratings  assigned by the Rating  Agencies to mortgage  pass-through
certificates address the likelihood of the receipt by  certificateholders of all
distributions  to  which  such  certificateholders  are  entitled.  The  ratings
assigned to mortgage  pass-through  certificates  do not  constitute a statement
regarding the frequency or extent of principal  prepayments.  The ratings do not
address  the  possibility  that  certificateholders  might  receive a lower than
anticipated yield on their investment.

         Ratings  which  are  assigned  to  securities  such  as the  Class  S-A
Certificates  generally evaluate the ability of the seller (i.e., the Trust) and
any guarantor (i.e., the Certificate  Insurer) to make payments,  as required by
such securities. The amounts distributable on the Class S-A Certificates consist
only of interest. In general, the ratings address credit risk and not prepayment
risk. If all of the Home Equity Loans were to prepay in the initial month,  with
the result that  investors in the Class S-A  Certificates  receive only a single
month's interest and thus suffer a nearly complete loss of their investment, all
amounts "due" to such Owners will  nevertheless  have been paid, and such result
is  consistent   with  the  "AAAr/Aaa"   ratings   received  on  the  Class  S-A
Certificates.

         The "r" symbol is  appended  to the rating by  Standard & Poor's of the
Class S-A Certificates because they are interest-only Certificates that Standard
& Poor's believes may experience high volatility or high variability in expected
returns due to non-credit risks created by the terms of such  Certificates.  The
absence  of an "r"  symbol  in the  rating  of the  other  Classes  of  Class  A
Certificates  should not be taken as an indication that such  Certificates  will
experience no volatility or variability in total return.


                                  UNDERWRITING

         Under  the  terms  and  subject  to the  conditions  set  forth  in the
Underwriting  Agreement for the sale of the Offered Certificates,  the Depositor
has   agreed  to  cause  the   Trust  to  sell  and   ___________________   (the
"Underwriters") have agreed to purchase the Offered Certificates.

         In the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have agreed, subject to
the terms and conditions set forth therein,  to purchase,  the entire  principal
amount of each Class of Offered Certificates.

         The Underwriters  have advised the Depositor that they propose to offer
the Offered  Certificates  for sale from time to time in one or more  registered
transactions or otherwise,  at market prices  prevailing at the time of sale, at
prices related to such market prices or at negotiated  prices.  The Underwriters
may effect such transactions by selling such Certificates to or through dealers,
and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of underwriting discounts,
concessions or commissions  from the  Underwriters  or purchasers of the Offered
Certificates  for whom they may act as agent.  Any dealers that participate with
the  Underwriters in the distribution of the Offered  Certificates  purchased by
the  Underwriters  may be  deemed  to be  underwriters,  and  any  discounts  or
commissions received by them or the Underwriters and any profit on the resale of
Offered   Certificates  by  them  or  the  Underwriters  may  be  deemed  to  be
underwriting discounts or commissions under the Securities Act.

         The Seller has agreed to indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

         The   Depositor  has  been  advised  by  the   Underwriters   that  the
Underwriters  presently  intends  to make a  market  in each  Class  of  Offered
Certificates,  as permitted by applicable laws and regulations. The Underwriters
are not  obligated,  however,  to make a  market  in  either  Class  of  Offered
Certificates and such  market-making may be discontinued at any time at the sole
discretion of the Underwriters. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the
liquidity of, or trading markets for, the Offered Certificates.



                                      S-44

<PAGE>




                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal  matters  relating to the validity of the issuance of the
Certificates  will  be  passed  upon  for  the  Depositor  by  Arter  &  Hadden,
Washington,  D.C. and by L. Keith  Blackwell,  General Counsel to the Depositor.
Certain legal matters  relating to insolvency  issues and certain federal income
tax matters concerning the Certificates will be passed upon for the Depositor by
Arter  &  Hadden.  Certain  legal  matters  relating  to  the  validity  of  the
Certificates     will    be    passed    upon    for    the    Underwriter    by
________________________.




                                      S-45

<PAGE>



                                                                       EXHIBIT A

                                              MORTGAGE LOAN SCHEDULE








                                       A-1

<PAGE>



                                                                      APPENDIX A

                  INDEX TO LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL DEFINED TERMS

                                                                        Page

accredited investor.....................................................S-42
Additional Collateral...................................................S-33
Agreement...............................................................S-33
Appraised Values........................................................S-17
Balloon Payments........................................................S-12
Book Entry Termination..................................................S-23
CERCLA..................................................................S-10
Certificate Account.....................................................S-35
Certificate Registrar...................................................S-23
Certificates.............................................................S-1
Class A-1 Certificates...................................................S-1
Class A-1 Pass-Through Rate..............................................S-3
Class B Certificates.....................................................S-1
Class B Pass-Through Rate................................................S-3
Class B Principal Distribution Amount....................................S-4
Class C Certificates.....................................................S-1
Class Principal Balance.................................................S-25
Class R Certificates.....................................................S-1
Class RL Certificates....................................................S-1
Class S-A Certificates...................................................S-1
Class S-A Pass-Through Rate..............................................S-3
Class A-1 Principal Distribution Amount..................................S-4
Clearing Agency.........................................................S-23
Clearing Agency Participants............................................S-23
Closing Date.............................................................S-1
Code.....................................................................S-8
CPR.....................................................................S-30
Cut-Off Date.............................................................S-1
Default Rate............................................................S-21
Defective Mortgage Loan.................................................S-33
Depositor................................................................S-1
DOL.....................................................................S-41
equity investment.......................................................S-41
ERISA....................................................................S-8
Events of Default.......................................................S-21
Final Scheduled Distribution Date........................................S-6
Liquidated Mortgage Loan................................................S-25
Liquidation Expenses....................................................S-35
Liquidation Proceeds....................................................S-35
Lower Tier REMIC.........................................................S-8
MAI.....................................................................S-20
Master Servicer..........................................................S-1
Monthly Advance..........................................................S-5
Monthly Interest........................................................S-25
Monthly Report..........................................................S-26
Moody's..................................................................S-7
Mortgage Files..........................................................S-33
Mortgage Loan Schedule..................................................S-15
Mortgage Loans...........................................................S-2
Mortgage Note...........................................................S-20

mortgage related securities..............................................S-9
Mortgage Trust...........................................................S-2
Mortgaged Properties.....................................................S-2
Net Liquidation Proceeds................................................S-35
Net Losses..............................................................S-16
Notional Principal Balance.................................................1
Offered Certificates.....................................................S-1
Original Class A-1 Principal Balance.....................................S-1
Originator...............................................................S-2
Outstanding Mortgage Loan...............................................S-25
Owners..................................................................S-23
parties in interest.....................................................S-41
Payment Date............................................................S-23
Percentage Interest.....................................................S-23
Plan.....................................................................S-8
Plans...................................................................S-41
Policies................................................................S-21
Prepayment Premium......................................................S-35
Prepayment Premium Account..............................................S-35
Prepayments..............................................................S-7
Purchase Price..........................................................S-33
Rating Agencies..........................................................S-7
Realized Losses..........................................................S-6
Record Date..............................................................S-3
REMIC....................................................................S-8
REO Property............................................................S-35
Residual Certificates....................................................S-1
Restricted Group........................................................S-42
S&P......................................................................S-7
Scheduled Final Distribution Date.......................................S-32
Seller...................................................................S-2
Senior Certificates......................................................S-1
Servicer.................................................................S-1
Servicing Fee...........................................................S-37
Servicing Fee Rate.......................................................S-6
Servicing Standard......................................................S-34
SMMEA....................................................................S-9
Special Servicer.........................................................S-1
SREA....................................................................S-20
SRPA....................................................................S-20
superlien...............................................................S-10
The Mortgage Trust-Underwriting Standards................................S-2
Trust....................................................................S-1
Trust Fund...............................................................S-2
Trustee..................................................................S-1
Trusts...................................................................S-2
Underwriter.............................................................S-44
Unpaid Delinquent Maturity Amount.......................................S-25
Unpaid Principal Balance................................................S-25
Weighted average life...................................................S-30


<PAGE>
Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This preliminary prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the  solicitation  of an  offer  to buy nor  shall  there  be any  sale of these
securities  in any State in which  such  offer,  solicitation  or sale  would be
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any
such State.

                 Preliminary Prospectus Dated ___________, 1996
PROSPECTUS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                      Mortgage Loan Asset Backed Securities
                              (Issuable in Series)
                   AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation
                                   (Depositor)
     This  Prospectus  relates to Mortgage  Loan Asset Backed  Securities  to be
issued from time to time in one or more series (and one or more classes within a
series), certain classes of which may be offered on terms determined at the time
of sale and described in this Prospectus and the related Prospectus  Supplement.
Each series of Securities  will be issued by a separate  trust (each, a "Trust")
and will evidence a beneficial ownership interest in such Trust. The assets of a
Trust will include one or more of the following:  (i) single family  residential
mortgage loans,  including mortgage loans secured by junior liens on the related
mortgaged  properties  and  Title I loans and  other  types of home  improvement
retail  installment  contracts and timeshare  mortgages,  (ii) conditional sales
contracts and installment  sales or loan agreements or  participation  interests
therein secured by manufactured housing, (iii) mortgage-backed  securities, (iv)
other  mortgage-related  assets  and  securities  and (v)  reinvestment  income,
reserve funds, cash accounts,  insurance policies (including  financial guaranty
insurance policies and surety bonds),  guaranties,  letters of credit or similar
types of credit  support or enhancement  as more  particularly  described in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

     One or more  classes  of  Securities  of a series  may be (i)  entitled  to
receive distributions allocable to principal, principal prepayments, interest or
any combination thereof prior to one or more other classes of Securities of such
series or after the  occurrence of certain  events or (ii)  subordinated  in the
right to receive such  distributions to one or more senior classes of Securities
of such series, in each case as specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.
Interest on each class of  Securities  entitled to  distributions  allocable  to
interest  may accrue at a fixed rate or at a rate that is subject to change from
time to time as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The Depositor or
its affiliates may retain or hold for sale from time to time one or more classes
of a series of Securities.

     Distributions  on the  Securities  will be made at the intervals and on the
dates  specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  from the assets of the
related Trust and any other assets pledged for the benefit of the Securities. An
affiliate of the Depositor may make or obtain for the benefit of the  Securities
limited  representations and warranties with respect to mortgage assets assigned
to the related  Trust.  Neither the Depositor nor any  affiliates  will have any
other obligation with respect to the Securities.

     The  yield  on  Securities  will be  affected  by the  rate of  payment  of
principal (including  prepayments) of mortgage assets in the related Trust. Each
series  of  Securities   will  be  subject  to  early   termination   under  the
circumstances described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     If specified in a Prospectus  Supplement,  an election may be made to treat
the Trust for the related series or specified portions thereof as a "real estate
mortgage  investment  conduit"  ("REMIC") for federal  income tax purposes.  See
"Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences".

     It is a condition to the issuance of the Securities  that the Securities be
rated in not less  than the  fourth  highest  rating  category  by a  nationally
recognized rating organization.

     See "Risk Factors"  beginning on Page 7 herein and in the section  entitled
"Risk  Factors"  in  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  for a  discussion  of
significant risk factors.

     See "ERISA  Considerations" herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement
for a discussion  of  restrictions  on the  acquisition  of  Securities by "plan
fiduciaries."

     An  investor  should  carefully  review  the  information  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement  concerning the risks associated with the different types
and classes of Securities.

     THE  ASSETS  OF A TRUST  ARE THE SOLE  SOURCE OF  PAYMENTS  ON THE  RELATED
SECURITIES.  THE SECURITIES DO NOT REPRESENT AN INTEREST IN OR OBLIGATION OF THE
DEPOSITOR, ANY SERVICER, ANY MASTER SERVICER, ANY ORIGINATOR, ANY TRUSTEE OR ANY
OF THEIR  AFFILIATES,  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH HEREIN AND IN THE RELATED  PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT.  NEITHER THE SECURITIES NOR THE UNDERLYING  MORTGAGE  ASSETS WILL BE
GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY ANY GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY OR  INSTRUMENTALITY  OR BY THE
DEPOSITOR, ANY SERVICER, ANY MASTER SERVICER, ANY ORIGINATOR, ANY TRUSTEE OR ANY
OF THEIR AFFILIATES, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE RELATED PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND 
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
     AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON
     THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR ANY RELATED PROSPECTUS
     SUPPLEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Offers of the Securities may be made through one or more different methods,
including offerings through underwriters,  as more fully described herein and in
the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  See  "Plan of  Distribution"  herein  and
"Underwriting" in the related Prospectus Supplement.

     There will have been no public market for any series of Securities prior to
the offering  thereof.  There can be no assurance  that a secondary  market will
develop  for the  Securities  of any  series or, if it does  develop,  that such
market will continue.

     Retain this  Prospectus for future  reference.  This  Prospectus may not be
used to  consummate  sales of  Securities  unless  accompanied  by a  Prospectus
Supplement.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

             The date of this Prospectus is _______________, 199__.


<PAGE>

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The  representative  has  filed  a  Registration  Statement  under  the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"),  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission")  with respect to the Certificates.  The
Registration  Statement and amendments  thereof and to the exhibits thereto,  as
well as such reports and other information, are available for inspection without
charge at the public  reference  facilities  maintained by the Commission at 450
Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549; 7 World Trade Center, 13th Floor,
New York, New York 10048;  and Citicorp Center,  500 West Madison Street,  Suite
1400, Chicago,  Illinois  60661-2511.  Copies of the Registration  Statement and
amendments  thereof  and  exhibits  thereto  may be  obtained  from  the  Public
Reference Section of the Commission,  450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.
20549,  at  prescribed  rates  and   electronically   through  the  Commission's
Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system at the Commission's Web
site (http:\\www.sec.gov).

         No person has been  authorized to give any  information  or to make any
representation  other than those contained in this Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement  with  respect  hereto and,  if given or made,  such  information  or
representations  must not be relied upon.  This  Prospectus  and any  Prospectus
Supplement  with  respect  hereto  do not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell  or a
solicitation  of an  offer to buy any  securities  other  than the  Certificates
offered hereby and thereby nor an offer of the Certificates to any person in any
state or other jurisdiction in which such offer would be unlawful.  The delivery
of this Prospectus at any time does not imply that information herein is correct
as of any time subsequent to its date.

                                REPORTS TO OWNERS

         Periodic and annual reports concerning any Certificates and the related
Trust will be  provided  to the  persons  in whose  names the  Certificates  are
registered (the "Owners"). See "Administration-Reports"  herein. If specified in
the related Prospectus  Supplement,  a Series of Certificates may be issuable in
book-entry form. In such event, the related  Certificates  will be registered in
the name of a Clearing Agency (as defined herein) and,  therefore,  the Clearing
Agency will be the Owner for  purposes  hereof.  All reports will be provided to
the  Clearing  Agency,  which in turn will  provide such reports to its Clearing
Agency Participants (as defined herein).  Such Clearing Agency Participants will
then  forward  such  reports  to the  beneficial  owners  of  Certificates.  See
"Description of the  Certificates-Book-Entry  Registration."  The Depositor will
file or cause to be filed with the Commission such periodic reports with respect
to each  Trust  as are  required  under  the  Exchange  Act and  the  rules  and
regulations  of the  Commission  thereunder.  It is the  Depositor's  intent  to
suspend  filing such reports as soon as such  reports are no longer  statutorily
required.

                 INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

         All documents filed with respect to each  respective  Trust pursuant to
Sections  13(a),  13(c),  14 and 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934
subsequent to the date of this  Prospectus  and prior to the  termination of the
offering of the  securities of such Trust  offered  hereby shall be deemed to be
incorporated  by reference into this  Prospectus  when delivered with respect to
such Trust. Any statement  contained in a document  incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated  by reference  herein shall be deemed to be modified or  superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement  contained herein
or in any other  subsequently  filed  document  which also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference  herein  modifies or supersedes  such  statement.  Any
statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed,  except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

         Any person  receiving a copy of this  Prospectus  may  obtain,  without
charge,  upon  written  or  oral  request,  a  copy  of  any  of  the  documents
incorporated  by reference  herein,  except for the  exhibits to such  documents
(other than the documents expressly incorporated therein by reference). Requests
should be directed to AMRESCO Residential Credit Corporation, 3535 Inland Empire
Blvd., Ontario, California 91764 (telephone number (909) 941-3213).


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page


SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS......................................................  1
RISK FACTORS...............................................................  7
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES.............................................. 10
     General............................................................... 11
     Classes of Securities................................................. 12
     Distributions of Principal and Interest............................... 13
     Book Entry Registration............................................... 14
     List of Owners of Securities.......................................... 15
THE TRUSTS................................................................. 15
     Mortgage Loans........................................................ 15
     Contracts............................................................. 17
     Mortgage-Backed Securities............................................ 17
     Other Mortgage Securities............................................. 18
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT......................................................... 18
SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS AND
     CONTRACTS............................................................. 22
     Payments on Mortgage Loans............................................ 23
     Advances.............................................................. 23
     Collection and Other Servicing Procedures............................. 24
     Primary Mortgage Insurance............................................ 25
     Standard Hazard Insurance............................................. 26
     Title Insurance Policies.............................................. 27
     Claims Under Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies
         and Standard Hazard Insurance Policies; Other
         Realization Upon Defaulted Loan................................... 27
     Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses........................ 28
     Master Servicer....................................................... 28
ADMINISTRATION............................................................. 28
     Assignment of Mortgage Assets......................................... 28
     Evidence as to Compliance............................................. 31
     The Trustee........................................................... 31
     Administration of the Security Account................................ 31
     Reports............................................................... 32
     Forward Commitments; Pre-Funding...................................... 33
     Servicer Events of Default............................................ 33
     Rights Upon Servicer Event of Default................................. 33
     Amendment............................................................. 34
     Termination........................................................... 34
USE OF PROCEEDS............................................................ 35


THE DEPOSITOR.............................................................. 35
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE MORTGAGE
     ASSETS................................................................ 35
     General............................................................... 35
     Foreclosure........................................................... 36
     Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act............................... 41
     The Contracts......................................................... 41
     The Title I Program................................................... 44
LEGAL INVESTMENT MATTERS................................................... 44
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS....................................................... 45
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES.................................... 46
     Federal Income Tax Consequences For REMIC
         Securities........................................................ 47
     Taxation of Regular Securities........................................ 48
     Taxation of Residual Securities....................................... 54
     Treatment of Certain Items of REMIC Income and
         Expense........................................................... 56
     Tax-Related Restrictions on Transfer of Residual
         Securities........................................................ 57
     Sale or Exchange of a Residual Security............................... 59
     Taxes That May Be Imposed on the REMIC Pool........................... 60
     Liquidation of the REMIC Pool......................................... 61
     Administrative Matters................................................ 61
     Limitations on Deduction of Certain Expenses.......................... 61
     Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors................................. 62
     Backup Withholding.................................................... 62
     Reporting Requirements................................................ 63
     Federal Income Tax Consequences for Securities as to
         Which No REMIC Election Is Made................................... 63
     Premium and Discount.................................................. 65
     Stripped Securities................................................... 66
     Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding......................... 69
     Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors................................. 69
     Debt Securities....................................................... 69
     Taxation of Securities Classified as Partnership
         Interests......................................................... 70
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION....................................................... 70
RATINGS.................................................................... 71
LEGAL MATTERS.............................................................. 71
FINANCIAL INFORMATION...................................................... 71
INDEX TO LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL DEFINED
     TERMS.................................................................A-1

                              SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS

         The following  summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information  appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and by reference to
the Prospectus  Supplement  relating to a particular series of Securities and to
the related  Agreement  which will be prepared in connection with each series of
Securities.  Unless otherwise specified,  capitalized terms used and not defined
in this Summary of Prospectus have the meanings given to them in this Prospectus
and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Securities............................   Mortgage Loan Asset Backed  Securities,
                                         issuable in series, in fully registered
                                         form  or  book  entry  only  form,   in
                                         authorized denominations,  as described
                                         in  the  Prospectus   Supplement   (the
                                         "Securities").   Each   Security   will
                                         evidence  a debt  obligation  of,  or a
                                         beneficial  ownership  interest  in,  a
                                         trust (a "Trust")  created from time to
                                         time   pursuant   to  a   pooling   and
                                         servicing  agreement or trust agreement
                                         (each,  an   "Agreement").   Securities
                                         evidencing a debt obligation of a Trust
                                         will  be  issued  pursuant  to a  trust
                                         indenture    (each,   an   "Indenture")
                                         between  the  Trust  and  an  indenture
                                         trustee.

The Depositor.........................   AMRESCO     Residential      Securities
                                         Corporation  (the   "Depositor")  is  a
                                         Delaware  corporation.  The Depositor's
                                         principal executive offices are located
                                         at 700 N.  Pearl  Street,  Suite  2400,
                                         Dallas,  Texas 75201;  telephone number
                                         (214)  953-7700.  See  "The  Depositor"
                                         herein. The Depositor or its affiliates
                                         may  retain  or hold for sale from time
                                         to time one or more classes of a series
                                         of Securities.

The Servicer..........................   The  entity  or  entities  named as the
                                         Servicer in the  Prospectus  Supplement
                                         (the "Servicer"), will act as servicer,
                                         with respect to the Mortgage  Loans and
                                         Contracts   included   in  the  related
                                         Trust. The Servicer may be an affiliate
                                         of the  Depositor and may be the seller
                                         of  Mortgage  Assets  to the  Depositor
                                         (each, a "Seller").

The Master Servicer...................   A "Master Servicer" may be specified in
                                         the related  Prospectus  Supplement for
                                         the related series of Securities.

The Trustee...........................   The trustee  (the  "Trustee")  for each
                                         series of Securities  which  evidence a
                                         beneficial  ownership  interest  in the
                                         Trust will be  specified in the related
                                         Prospectus Supplement.

The Indenture Trustee.................   The indenture  trustee (the  "Indenture
                                         Trustee") for each series of Securities
                                         which evidence a debt obligation of the
                                         Trust will be  specified in the related
                                         Prospectus Supplement.

Trust Assets..........................   The   assets   of  a   Trust   will  be
                                         mortgage-related  assets (the "Mortgage
                                         Assets")  consisting  of one or more of
                                         the following types of assets:

A.  The Mortgage Loans................   "Mortgage   Loans"  may  include:   (i)
                                         conventional   (i.e.,  not  insured  or
                                         guaranteed by any governmental  agency)
                                         Mortgage  Loans secured by  one-to-four
                                         family  residential  properties;   (ii)
                                         Mortgage   Loans  secured  by  security
                                         interests in shares  issued by private,
                                         non-profit,     cooperative     housing
                                         corporations  ("Cooperatives")  and  in
                                         the  related   proprietary   leases  or
                                         occupancy agreements granting exclusive
                                         rights  to  occupy  specific   dwelling
                                         units in such Cooperatives'  buildings;
                                         (iii) Mortgage Loans

                                        1

<PAGE>




                                         secured by junior  liens on the related
                                         mortgaged properties, including Title I
                                         Loans   and   other   types   of   home
                                         improvement      retail     installment
                                         contracts;   and  (iv)  Mortgage  Loans
                                         secured    by     timeshare     estates
                                         representing  an ownership  interest in
                                         common with other owners in one or more
                                         vacation  units   entitling  the  owner
                                         thereof to the  exclusive use of a unit
                                         and   access   to   the    accompanying
                                         recreational facilities for the week or
                                         weeks owned. See "The Trusts - Mortgage
                                         Loans" herein.

B.  Contracts.........................   Contracts may include conditional sales
                                         contracts and installment sales or loan
                                         agreements or  participation  interests
                                         therein   secured   by  new   or   used
                                         Manufactured Homes (as defined herein).
                                         Contracts  may be  conventional  (i.e.,
                                         not  insured  or   guaranteed   by  any
                                         government  agency)  or  insured by the
                                         Federal Housing Administration ("FHA"),
                                         including   Title   I   Contracts,   or
                                         partially  guaranteed  by the  Veterans
                                         Administration  ("VA"), as specified in
                                         the related Prospectus Supplement.  See
                                         "The Trusts - Contracts" herein.

C. Mortgage-Backed Securities.........   "Mortgage-Backed Securities" (or "MBS")
                                         may include  (i) private  (that is, not
                                         guaranteed  or  insured  by the  United
                                         States or any agency or instrumentality
                                         thereof)    mortgage    participations,
                                         mortgage  pass-through  certificates or
                                         other  mortgage-backed   securities  or
                                         (ii) certificates insured or guaranteed
                                         by   Federal    Home   Loan    Mortgage
                                         Corporation    ("FHLMC")   or   Federal
                                         National Mortgage  Association ("FNMA")
                                         or   Government    National    Mortgage
                                         Association ("GNMA"). See "The Trusts -
                                         Mortgage-Backed Securities" herein.

D.  Other Mortgage Assets.............   Trust    assets   may   also    include
                                         reinvestment  income,   reserve  funds,
                                         cash   accounts,   insurance   policies
                                         (including financial guaranty insurance
                                         policies and surety bonds), guaranties,
                                         letters of credit or  similar  types of
                                         credit   support  or   enhancement   as
                                         described  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                         Supplement.

                                         The related Prospectus Supplement for a
                                         series of Securities  will describe the
                                         Mortgage  Assets to be  included in the
                                         Trust for such series.

The Securities........................   The  Securities  of any  series  may be
                                         issued  in  one  or  more  classes,  as
                                         specified in the Prospectus Supplement.
                                         One or more  classes of  Securities  of
                                         each  series  (i)  may be  entitled  to
                                         receive distributions allocable only to
                                         principal,  only to  interest or to any
                                         combination   thereof;   (ii)   may  be
                                         entitled to receive  distributions only
                                         of prepayments of principal  throughout
                                         the lives of the  Securities  or during
                                         specified   periods;   (iii)   may   be
                                         subordinated  in the  right to  receive
                                         distributions of scheduled  payments of
                                         principal,  prepayments  of  principal,
                                         interest or any combination  thereof to
                                         one or more other classes of Securities
                                         of such series  throughout the lives of
                                         the  Securities  or  during   specified
                                         periods;   (iv)  may  be   entitled  to
                                         receive such  distributions  only after
                                         the  occurrence of events  specified in
                                         the Prospectus  Supplement;  (v) may be
                                         entitled  to receive  distributions  in
                                         accordance  with a schedule  or formula
                                         or on the  basis  of  collections  from
                                         designated  portions  of the  assets in
                                         the   related   Trust;   (vi)   as   to
                                         Securities  entitled  to  distributions
                                         allocable to interest,  may be entitled
                                         to receive  interest at a fixed rate or
                                         a rate that is subject  to change  from
                                         time  to   time;   (vii)   may   accrue
                                         interest,  with such  accrued  interest
                                         added  to  the  principal  or  notional
                                         amount  of  the   Securities,   and  no
                                         payments being made thereon

                                        2

<PAGE>




                                         until  certain  other  classes  of  the
                                         series  have  been  paid in  full;  and
                                         (viii)  as to  Securities  entitled  to
                                         distributions  allocable  to  interest,
                                         may  be   entitled   to   distributions
                                         allocable  to  interest  only after the
                                         occurrence  of events  specified in the
                                         Prospectus  Supplement  and may  accrue
                                         interest  until such events  occur,  in
                                         each case as  specified  in the related
                                         Prospectus  Supplement.  The timing and
                                         amounts of such  distributions may vary
                                         among classes,  over time, or otherwise
                                         as specified in the related  Prospectus
                                         Supplement.

Distributions on
  the Securities......................   The related Prospectus  Supplement will
                                         specify  (i) whether  distributions  on
                                         the Securities entitled thereto will be
                                         made monthly, quarterly,  semi-annually
                                         or at other  intervals and dates out of
                                         the payments received in respect of the
                                         Mortgage Assets included in the related
                                         Trust and other assets, if any, pledged
                                         for the benefit of the  related  Owners
                                         of   Securities;    (ii)   the   amount
                                         allocable to payments of principal  and
                                         interest on any Distribution  Date; and
                                         (iii) whether all distributions will be
                                         made pro rata to Owners  of  Securities
                                         of the class entitled thereto.

                                         The   aggregate    original   principal
                                         balance  of the  Securities  will equal
                                         the aggregate  distributions  allocable
                                         to principal that such  Securities will
                                         be entitled to receive;  the Securities
                                         will   have   an   aggregate   original
                                         principal balance equal to or less than
                                         the aggregate unpaid principal  balance
                                         of the related  Mortgage  Assets  (plus
                                         amounts held in a Pre-Funding  Account,
                                         if  any)  as of  the  first  day of the
                                         month of creation of the Trust; and the
                                         Securities  will bear  interest  in the
                                         aggregate at a rate (the  "Pass-Through
                                         Rate") equal to the interest rate borne
                                         by the related  Mortgage  Assets net of
                                         servicing fees and any other  specified
                                         amounts.

Pre-Funding Account...................   A Trust  may  enter  into an  agreement
                                         (each, a "Pre-Funding  Agreement") with
                                         the  Depositor  whereby  the  Depositor
                                         will  agree  to   transfer   additional
                                         Mortgage Assets to such Trust following
                                         the  date  on  which   such   Trust  is
                                         established and the related  Securities
                                         are issued.  Any Pre-Funding  Agreement
                                         will require that any Mortgage Loans so
                                         transferred conform to the requirements
                                         specified    in    such     Pre-Funding
                                         Agreement.  If a Pre- Funding Agreement
                                         is to be utilized,  the related Trustee
                                         will  be   required  to  deposit  in  a
                                         segregated     account     (each,     a
                                         "Pre-Funding Account") all or a portion
                                         of the proceeds received by the Trustee
                                         in  connection  with the sale of one or
                                         more  classes  of   Securities  of  the
                                         related   series;   subsequently,   the
                                         additional   Mortgage  Assets  will  be
                                         transferred  to the  related  Trust  in
                                         exchange  for  money  released  to  the
                                         Depositor from the related  Pre-Funding
                                         Account.   Each  Pre-Funding  Agreement
                                         will  set  a  specified  period  during
                                         which any such  transfers  must  occur,
                                         which  period  will not  exceed 90 days
                                         from the date the Trust is established.
                                         If all moneys  originally  deposited to
                                         such  Pre-Funding  Account are not used
                                         by the  end of such  specified  period,
                                         then  any  remaining   moneys  will  be
                                         applied as a mandatory  prepayment of a
                                         class  or  classes  of   Securities  as
                                         specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                         Supplement.  The  specified  period for
                                         the   acquisition   by   a   Trust   of
                                         additional    Mortgage    Loans    will
                                         generally  not exceed three months from
                                         the date such Trust is established.


                                        3

<PAGE>




Optional Termination..................   The   Servicer,    the   Seller,    the
                                         Depositor,  or,  if  specified  in  the
                                         related  Prospectus   Supplement,   the
                                         Owners of a related class of Securities
                                         or  a  credit  enhancer  may  at  their
                                         respective    options    effect   early
                                         retirement  of a series  of  Securities
                                         through the  purchase  of the  Mortgage
                                         Assets  in  the  related   Trust.   See
                                         "Administration - Termination" herein.

Mandatory Termination.................   The  Trustee,  the  Servicer or certain
                                         other entities specified in the related
                                         Prospectus  Supplement  may be required
                                         to effect early  retirement of a series
                                         of Securities by soliciting competitive
                                         bids for the  purchase of the assets of
                                         the  related  Trust or  otherwise.  See
                                         "Administration -- Termination" herein.

Advances..............................   The Servicer of the Mortgage  Loans and
                                         Contracts  will be obligated  (but only
                                         as specified in the related  Prospectus
                                         Supplement)   to   advance   delinquent
                                         installments   of   principal    and/or
                                         interest  (less  applicable   servicing
                                         fees)  on  the   Mortgage   Loans   and
                                         Contracts   in  a   Trust.   Any   such
                                         obligation  to  make  advances  may  be
                                         limited to amounts due to the Owners of
                                         Securities  of the related  series,  to
                                         amounts deemed to be  recoverable  from
                                         late payments or liquidation  proceeds,
                                         to   specified   periods   or  to   any
                                         combination  thereof,  in each  case as
                                         specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                         Supplement.  Any such  advance  will be
                                         recoverable   under   the   terms   and
                                         conditions  specified  in  the  related
                                         Prospectus  Supplement.  See "Servicing
                                         of   Mortgage   Loans  and   Contracts"
                                         herein.

Credit Enhancement....................   If specified in the related  Prospectus
                                         Supplement, a series of Securities,  or
                                         certain classes within such series, may
                                         have the  benefit  of one or more types
                                         of    credit    enhancement    ("Credit
                                         Enhancement") including but not limited
                                         to   subordination,    cross   support,
                                         mortgage pool insurance, special hazard
                                         insurance, financial guaranty insurance
                                         policies,  a bankruptcy  bond,  reserve
                                         funds, other insurance,  guaranties and
                                         similar  instruments and  arrangements.
                                         The protection  against losses afforded
                                         by any such Credit  Enhancement will be
                                         limited.  If Owners of  Securities  are
                                         materially    dependent   upon   Credit
                                         Enhancement   for  timely  payments  of
                                         interest  and/or   principal  on  their
                                         Securities,   the  related   Prospectus
                                         Supplement  will  include  information,
                                         including    financial     information,
                                         concerning  the provider of such Credit
                                         Enhancement.  See "Credit  Enhancement"
                                         herein.

Book Entry Registration...............   Securities  of one or more classes of a
                                         series may be issued in book entry form
                                         ("Book Entry  Securities")  in the name
                                         of  a  clearing   agency  (a  "Clearing
                                         Agency") registered with the Securities
                                         and   Exchange   Commission,   or   its
                                         nominee.  Transfers and pledges of Book
                                         Entry   Securities  may  be  made  only
                                         through  entries  on the  books  of the
                                         Clearing Agency in the name of brokers,
                                         dealers,  banks and other organizations
                                         eligible to maintain  accounts with the
                                         Clearing   Agency   ("Clearing   Agency
                                         Participants")   or   their   nominees.
                                         Transfers and pledges by purchasers and
                                         other  beneficial  owners of Book Entry
                                         Securities  ("Beneficial Owners") other
                                         than Clearing Agency  Participants  may
                                         be  effected   only  through   Clearing
                                         Agency Participants.  All references to
                                         the  Owners of  Securities  shall  mean
                                         Beneficial   Owners   to   the   extent
                                         Beneficial  Owners may  exercise  their
                                         rights   through  a  Clearing   Agency.
                                         Except as  otherwise  specified in this
                                         Prospectus  or  a  related   Prospectus
                                         Supplement,  the term "Owners" shall be
                                         deemed to  include  Beneficial  Owners.
                                         See "Risk Factors - Book

                                        4

<PAGE>
                                         Entry Registration" and "Description of
                                         the    Securities    -    Book    Entry
                                         Registration" herein.

Certain Federal Income Tax
    Consequences......................   Federal  income tax  consequences  will
                                         depend on, among other factors, whether
                                         one or more elections are made to treat
                                         a Trust or specified  portions  thereof
                                         as a "real estate  mortgage  investment
                                         conduit"  ("REMIC")  under the Internal
                                         Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the
                                         "Code"),  or, if no REMIC  election  is
                                         made,   whether  the   Securities   are
                                         considered  to  be  debt   obligations,
                                         Standard      Securities,      Stripped
                                         Securities  or  Partnership  Interests.
                                         The related  Prospectus  Supplement for
                                         each series of Securities  will specify
                                         whether a REMIC  election will be made.
                                         See   "Certain   Federal   Income   Tax
                                         Consequences" herein and in the related
                                         Prospectus Supplement.

ERISA Considerations..................   A  fiduciary  of any  employee  benefit
                                         plan subject to the Employee Retirement
                                         Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
                                         ("ERISA"), or the Code should carefully
                                         review  with  its  own  legal  advisors
                                         whether  the  purchase  or  holding  of
                                         Securities   could   give   rise  to  a
                                         transaction   prohibited  or  otherwise
                                         impermissible  under ERISA or the Code.
                                         Certain  classes of Securities  may not
                                         be  transferred  unless the Trustee and
                                         the  Depositor  are  furnished  with  a
                                         letter of  representation or an opinion
                                         of  counsel  to the  effect  that  such
                                         transfer will not result in a violation
                                         of    the    prohibited     transaction
                                         provisions  of  ERISA  and the Code and
                                         will  not  subject  the  Trustee,   the
                                         Depositor or the Servicer to additional
                                         obligations.  See  "Description  of the
                                         Securities - General" herein and "ERISA
                                         Considerations"   herein   and  in  the
                                         related Prospectus Supplement.

Legal Investment Matters..............   The  Prospectus   Supplement  for  each
                                         series  of   Securities   will  specify
                                         which,   if  any,  of  the  classes  of
                                         Securities  offered thereby  constitute
                                         "mortgage   related   securities"   for
                                         purposes  of  the  Secondary   Mortgage
                                         Market    Enhancement   Act   of   1984
                                         ("SMMEA").  Classes of Securities  that
                                         qualify    as     "mortgage     related
                                         securities"  will be legal  investments
                                         for  certain  types  of   institutional
                                         investors  to the  extent  provided  in
                                         SMMEA,  subject,  in any  case,  to any
                                         other   regulations  which  may  govern
                                         investments   by   such   institutional
                                         investors.      Institutions      whose
                                         investment  activities  are  subject to
                                         review by federal or state  authorities
                                         should  consult  with their  counsel or
                                         the applicable authorities to determine
                                         whether an  investment  in a particular
                                         class  of  Securities  (whether  or not
                                         such  class   constitutes  a  "mortgage
                                         related   security")    complies   with
                                         applicable      guidelines,      policy
                                         statements or restrictions.  See "Legal
                                         Investment."   See  "Legal   Investment
                                         Considerations"   herein   and  in  the
                                         related Prospectus Supplement.

Use of Proceeds.......................   Substantially all the net proceeds from
                                         the sale of a series of Securities will
                                         be  applied  to  the  purchase  of  the
                                         Mortgage   Assets  included  or  to  be
                                         included  in the  related  Trust (or to
                                         reimburse the amounts  previously  used
                                         to effect such purchase),  the costs of
                                         carrying the Mortgage Assets until sale
                                         of the  Securities  and  to  pay  other
                                         expenses. See "Use of Proceeds" herein.


                                        5

<PAGE>




Rating................................   It is a  condition  to the  issuance of
                                         each  class  of  Securities  that  each
                                         class of the  Securities of such Series
                                         be  rated  by one or  more  of  Moody's
                                         Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Moody's"),
                                         Standard  &  Poor's  Ratings   Services
                                         ("S&P")  and Fitch  Investors  Service,
                                         Inc.   ("Fitch"   and  each  of  Fitch,
                                         Moody's and S&P, a "Rating  Agency") in
                                         one  of  their  four   highest   rating
                                         categories; provided, however, that one
                                         or   more   classes   of   Subordinated
                                         Securities and Residual Securities need
                                         not be so rated.  A security  rating is
                                         not a  recommendation  to buy,  sell or
                                         hold  securities  and may be subject to
                                         revision or  withdrawal at any time. No
                                         person is  obligated  to  maintain  any
                                         rating    on   any    Security,    and,
                                         accordingly,  there can be no assurance
                                         that the ratings  assigned to any class
                                         of  Securities  upon  initial  issuance
                                         thereof   will   not  be   lowered   or
                                         withdrawn  by a  Rating  Agency  at any
                                         time  thereafter.  If a  rating  of any
                                         class  of  Securities  of a  Series  is
                                         revised or withdrawn,  the liquidity of
                                         such   class  of   Securities   may  be
                                         adversely  affected.  In  general,  the
                                         ratings  address credit risk and do not
                                         represent   any   assessment   of   the
                                         likelihood   or   rate   of   principal
                                         prepayments.  See "Risk Factors" herein
                                         and "Ratings" in the related Prospectus
                                         Supplement.

Risk Factors..........................   Investment  in the  Securities  will be
                                         subject  to one or more  risk  factors,
                                         including  declines  in  the  value  of
                                         Mortgaged  Properties,   prepayment  of
                                         Mortgage   Loans,   higher   risks   of
                                         defaults   on   particular   types   of
                                         Mortgage Loans, limitations on security
                                         for the Mortgage Loans,  limitations on
                                         credit  enhancement,   consumer  credit
                                         laws  affecting  the  Mortgage  Assets,
                                         interest  rates on the Mortgage  Assets
                                         resetting at  different  times or using
                                         different  indices than the Securities,
                                         availability   of  Mortgage  Assets  to
                                         satisfy  Pre-Funding   Agreements   and
                                         various   other   factors.   See  "Risk
                                         Factors"  herein  and  in  the  related
                                         Prospectus Supplement.

                                        6

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

         Prospective   investors  should  consider,   among  other  things,  the
following risk factors in connection with the purchase of the Securities:

         Declining  Real  Estate  Market;  Geographic   Concentration.   If  the
residential  real  estate  market in general  or a regional  or local area where
Mortgage  Assets  for a Trust are  concentrated  should  experience  an  overall
decline in property values, a significant downturn in economic conditions,  or a
natural  disaster,  rates of  delinquencies,  foreclosures  and losses  could be
higher than those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry.
See "The Trusts - Mortgage Loans" herein.

         Limited  Obligations.  The Securities will not represent an interest in
or  obligation  of the  Depositor.  The  Securities  of each  series will not be
insured  or  guaranteed  by  any  government  agency  or  instrumentality,   the
Depositor, any Servicer or the Seller.

         Prepayment   Considerations;   Optional  Termination.   The  prepayment
experience  on  Mortgage  Loans or  Contracts  constituting  or  underlying  the
Mortgage  Assets  will  affect  the  average  life of each  class of  Securities
relating to a Trust.  Prepayments  may be  influenced  by a variety of economic,
geographic, social and other factors, including changes in interest rate levels.
In general,  if mortgage  interest rates fall,  the rate of prepayment  would be
expected to increase.  Conversely,  if mortgage interest rates rise, the rate of
prepayment would be expected to decrease.  Other factors affecting prepayment of
mortgage loans include changes in housing needs, job transfers, unemployment and
servicing  decisions.  See "Prepayment and Yield  Considerations" in the related
Prospectus Supplement. In addition,  investors in the Securities should be aware
that the  Servicer,  the Seller,  or, if  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the Owners of a Class of  Securities  or a credit  enhancer  may at
their  respective  options  effect early  retirement  of a series of  Securities
through  the  purchase  of  Mortgage   Assets  from  the  related   Trust.   See
"Administration-Termination" herein.

         Risk of Higher Default Rates for Mortgage Loans with Balloon  Payments.
A portion of the aggregate  principal  balance of the Mortgage Loans at any time
may be "balloon loans" that provide for the payment of the unamortized principal
balance of such Mortgage Loan in a single payment at maturity ("Balloon Loans").
Such Balloon Loans provide for equal monthly  payments,  consisting of principal
and interest,  generally based on a 30- year amortization schedule, and a single
payment of the remaining  balance of the Balloon Loan  generally 5, 7, 10, or 15
years after  origination.  Amortization  of a Balloon  Loan based on a scheduled
period that is longer than the term of the loan results in a remaining principal
balance at maturity  that is  substantially  larger  than the regular  scheduled
payments.  The  Depositor  does not have any  information  regarding the default
history or prepayment history of payments on Balloon Loans. Because borrowers of
Balloon Loans are required to make substantial single payments upon maturity, it
is possible that the default risk  associated  with the Balloon Loans is greater
than that associated with fully-amortizing Mortgage Loans.

         Security Interests and Other Aspects of the Contracts. Contracts may be
secured by a security  interest in a Manufactured  Home.  Perfection of security
interests in the  Manufactured  Homes and  enforcement of rights to realize upon
the value of the Manufactured  Homes as collateral for the Contracts are subject
to a number of Federal and state laws,  including the Uniform Commercial Code as
adopted in each state and each state's certificate of title statutes.  The steps
necessary to perfect the security interest in a Manufactured Home will vary from
state  to  state.  Because  of  the  expense  and  administrative  inconvenience
involved, no party will be required to amend any certificates of title to change
the lienholder specified therein to the Trustee and no party will be required to
deliver any  certificate  of title to the Trustee or note thereon the  Trustee's
interest. Consequently, in some states, in the absence of such an amendment, the
assignment to the Trustee of the security  interest in the Manufactured Home may
not be effective  or such  security  interest  may not be perfected  and, in the
absence of such  notation or  delivery to the  Trustee,  the  assignment  of the
security  interest  in  the  Manufactured  Home  may  not be  effective  against
creditors  of the  previous  owner  of the  related  Contract  or a  trustee  in
bankruptcy  of such  previous  owner.  In addition,  numerous  Federal and state
consumer  protection laws impose requirements on lending under conditional sales
contracts and installment loan agreements such as the Contracts, and the failure
by the  lender or seller of goods to comply  with such  requirements  could give
rise to liabilities of assignees for amounts due under such agreements

                                        7

<PAGE>



and  claims by such  assignees  may be  subject  to  set-off as a result of such
lender's  or  seller's  noncompliance.  These laws would apply to the Trustee as
assignee of the  Contracts.  Each Seller of  Contracts  will  warrant  that each
Contract sold by it complies with all  requirements of law and will make certain
warranties relating to the validity, subsistence, perfection and priority of the
security interest in each Manufactured Home securing a Contract. A breach of any
such warranty that  materially  adversely  affects any Contract  would create an
obligation  of the Seller to  repurchase  such  Contract  unless  such breach is
cured.  If any related  Credit  Enhancement is exhausted and recovery of amounts
due on the  Contracts is dependent on  repossession  and resale of  Manufactured
Homes securing  Contracts  that are in default,  certain other factors may limit
the ability of the Trust to realize upon the Manufactured Homes or may limit the
amount  realized to less than the amount due. See "Certain  Legal Aspects of the
Mortgage Assets - The Contracts" herein.

         Limited  Liquidity.  There will be no market for the  Securities of any
series  prior to the  issuance  thereof,  and there can be no  assurance  that a
secondary  market will  develop  or, if it does  develop,  that it will  provide
liquidity of investment or will continue for the life of the  Securities of such
series.  The  market  value of some or all of the  classes  of  Securities  will
fluctuate with changes in prevailing rates of interest.  Consequently,  the sale
of  Securities  in any market  that may  develop  may be at a discount  from the
principal amount or purchase price. Owners of Securities generally have no right
to  request  redemption  of  Securities,  and  the  Securities  are  subject  to
redemption  only  under  the  limited  circumstances  described  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement

         Limited  Assets.  Owners of  Securities  of each  series must rely upon
distributions on the related  Mortgage Assets,  together with the other specific
assets  pledged for the benefit of such series  (which  assets may be subject to
release  from such pledge prior to payment in full of the  Securities),  for the
payment of  principal  of, and interest  on, that series of  Securities.  If the
assets   comprising  the  Trust  are  insufficient  to  make  payments  on  such
Securities,  no other assets of the  Depositor  will be available for payment of
the  deficiency.  Because  payments of  principal  will be applied to classes of
outstanding  Securities  of a series in the  priority  specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a deficiency may have a disproportionately greater effect
on the Securities of classes having lower priority in payment. In addition,  due
to the priority of payments and the allocation of losses,  defaults  experienced
on the  assets  comprising  a Trust  may  have a  disproportionate  effect  on a
specified class or classes within such series.

         Limitations,  Reduction and Substitution of Credit Enhancement.  Credit
Enhancement may be provided in one or more of the forms described in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  including,  but not  limited to,  prioritization  as to
payments  of one or more  classes  of such  series,  a Mortgage  Pool  Insurance
Policy,  a Financial  Guaranty  Insurance  Policy,  a Special  Hazard  Insurance
Policy,  a  bankruptcy  bond,  one  or  more  Reserve  Funds,  other  insurance,
guaranties and similar instruments and agreements,  or any combination  thereof.
Regardless  of the Credit  Enhancement  provided,  the amount of coverage may be
limited in amount and in most cases  will be subject to  periodic  reduction  in
accordance with a schedule or formula.  Furthermore, such Credit Enhancement may
provide only very limited coverage as to certain types of losses and may provide
no coverage as to certain other types of losses. The Trustee may be permitted to
reduce,  terminate or substitute all or a portion of the Credit  Enhancement for
any series of Securities,  if the applicable  rating agencies  indicate that the
then-current rating thereof will not be adversely affected.

         Original  Issue  Discount.  All the Compound  Interest  Securities  and
Stripped  Securities that are entitled only to interest  distributions  will be,
and certain of the other  Securities may be, issued with original issue discount
for federal  income tax  purposes.  An Owner of a Security  issued with original
issue  discount will be required to include  original issue discount in ordinary
gross  income for  federal  income tax  purposes  as it  accrues,  in advance of
receipt of the cash attributable to such income.  Accrued but unpaid interest on
such  Securities  generally  will be treated as original issue discount for this
purpose.   Moreover,  the  calculation  of  original  issue  discount  on  REMIC
Securities (as defined herein) is subject to  uncertainties  because of the lack
of  guidance  from the  Internal  Revenue  Service  under  applicable  statutory
provisions.  See "Certain  Federal Income Tax Consequences -- Federal Income Tax
Consequences  for REMIC  Securities,"  "--  Taxation  of Regular  Securities  --
Variable Rate Regular  Securities,"  "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences --
Federal Income Tax  Consequences for Securities as to Which No REMIC Election Is
Made -- Standard Securities,"  and "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences --
Premium and  Discount"  and "-- Stripped  Securities"  herein.  [Revise for debt
obligations]

                                        8

<PAGE>




         Book Entry  Registration.  Because  transfers and pledges of Book Entry
Securities  may be  effected  only  through  book  entries at a Clearing  Agency
through Clearing Agency Participants,  the liquidity of the secondary market for
Book Entry  Securities  may be reduced to the  extent  that some  investors  are
unwilling to hold  Securities in book entry form in the name of Clearing  Agency
Participants  and the ability to pledge Book Entry Securities may be limited due
to lack of a physical  certificate.  Beneficial  Owners of Book Entry Securities
may, in certain cases,  experience delay in the receipt of payments of principal
and  interest  because  such  payments  will be  forwarded by the Trustee to the
Clearing   Agency  who  will  then  forward   payment  to  the  Clearing  Agency
Participants who will thereafter  forward payment to Beneficial  Owners.  In the
event  of  the  insolvency  of  the  Clearing  Agency  or of a  Clearing  Agency
Participant  in whose name  Securities  are recorded,  the ability of Beneficial
Owners to obtain  timely  payment  and (if the  limits of  applicable  insurance
coverage by the Securities Investor Protection  Corporation are exceeded,  or if
such  coverage is  otherwise  unavailable)  ultimate  payment of  principal  and
interest on Book Entry Securities may be impaired.

         The Status of the  Mortgage  Assets in the Event of  Bankruptcy  of the
Seller.  The Seller and the Depositor  intend that the transfers of the Mortgage
Assets from the Seller to the Depositor,  and in turn to the  applicable  Trust,
constitute  sales  rather than  pledges to secure  indebtedness  for  insolvency
purposes.  If,  however,  the Seller  were to become a debtor  under the federal
bankruptcy  code,  it is  possible  that a  creditor,  trustee-in-bankruptcy  or
receiver of the Seller may argue that the sale thereof by the Seller is a pledge
rather than a sale.  This  position,  if argued or  accepted  by a court,  could
result in a delay in or reduction of distributions on the related Securities.

         Junior Lien Mortgage  Loans.  Because  Mortgage Loans secured by junior
(i.e.,  second,  third,  etc.)  liens  are  subordinate  to  the  rights  of the
beneficiaries  under the related  senior deeds of trust or senior  mortgages,  a
decline  in the  residential  real  estate  market  would  adversely  affect the
position of the related Trust as a junior beneficiary or junior mortgagee before
having such an effect on the  position of the related  senior  beneficiaries  or
senior  mortgagees.  A rise in interest rates over a period of time, the general
condition of a Mortgaged  Property and other factors may also have the effect of
reducing  the  value of the  Mortgaged  Property  from the value at the time the
junior  lien  Mortgage  Loan was  originated  and,  as a result,  may reduce the
likelihood that, in the event of a default by the borrower, liquidation or other
proceeds  will be  sufficient  to satisfy  the junior lien  Mortgage  Loan after
satisfaction of any senior liens and the payment of any liquidation expenses.

         Liquidation  expenses with respect to defaulted  Mortgage  Loans do not
vary directly with the  outstanding  principal  balance of the Mortgage Loans at
the time of default. Therefore,  assuming that a Servicer took the same steps in
realizing  upon  defaulted  Mortgage  Loans  having  small  remaining  principal
balances as in the case of  defaulted  Mortgage  Loans having  larger  principal
balances,  the amount realized after expenses of liquidation would be smaller as
a percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the smaller Mortgage Loans.
To the extent the average  outstanding  principal balances of the Mortgage Loans
in a Trust are relatively  small,  realizations net of liquidation  expenses may
also be relatively small as a percentage of the principal amount of the Mortgage
Loans.

         Reliance on Management of the Timeshare Unit.  Unlike most conventional
single-family  residential  properties,   the  value  of  a  timeshare  unit  is
substantially  dependent on the management of the resort property in which it is
located.  Management  of timeshare  resort  properties  includes  operation of a
reservation  system,  maintenance  of the physical  structure,  refurbishing  of
individual  units,  maintenance and management of common areas and  recreational
facilities,  and  facilitating  the  rental  of  individual  units on  behalf of
timeshare  owners.  In  addition,  timeshare  units,  which  are  purchased  for
intervals of one or more specified  weeks each year, are marketed as the owner's
purchase of future vacation  opportunities rather than as a primary residence, a
second home or an  investment.  Accordingly,  while  Mortgagors are obligated to
make payments under their Mortgage Loan irrespective of any defect in, damage to
or  change  in  conditions  (such as poor  management,  faulty  construction  or
physical,   social  or  environmental  conditions)  relating  to  the  timeshare
properties,  any such  defect,  damage or change in  conditions  could result in
delays in  payment  or in  defaults  by  Mortgagors  whose  timeshare  units are
affected.

         Limitations on Interest Payments and Foreclosures. Generally, under the
terms of the  Soldiers'  and Sailors'  Civil Relief Act of 1940, as amended (the
"Relief Act"),  or similar state  legislation,  a Mortgagor who enters  military
service  after  the  origination  of the  related  Mortgage  Loan  (including  a
Mortgagor who is a member of the National  Guard or is in reserve  status at the
time of the origination of the Mortgage Loan and is later called to active

                                        9

<PAGE>



duty) may not be charged  interest  (including fees and charges) above an annual
rate of 6% during the period of such  Mortgagor's  active duty status,  unless a
court orders otherwise upon application of the lender.  It is possible that such
action could have an effect, for an indeterminate period of time, on the ability
of the related  Servicer to collect  full  amounts of interest on certain of the
Mortgage  Loans.  In  addition,  the Relief Act imposes  limitations  that would
impair the ability of the related Servicer to foreclose on an affected  Mortgage
Loan during the  Mortgagor's  period of active duty status.  Thus,  in the event
that such a  Mortgage  Loan goes into  default,  there may be delays  and losses
occasioned by the  inability to realize upon the Mortgaged  Property in a timely
fashion.

         Limited  Nature of Ratings.  It is a condition  to the  issuance of the
Securities  that each class of  Securities  be rated in one of the four  highest
rating  categories  by one or more of  Moody's,  S&P or Fitch.  See  "Summary of
Prospectus-Ratings"  herein. A security rating is not a  recommendation  to buy,
sell or hold  securities  and may be subject to  revision or  withdrawal  at any
time.  No person is obligated to maintain  the rating on any  Certificate,  and,
accordingly, there can be no assurance that the ratings assigned to any class of
Securities on the date on which such Securities are initially issued will not be
lowered or withdrawn by a Rating Agency at any time thereafter. In the event any
rating is revised or withdrawn,  the liquidity of the related  Securities may be
adversely  affected.  Issuance of any of the  Securities in book-entry  form may
reduce the liquidity of such Securities in the secondary  trading market because
investors may be unwilling to purchase  Securities  for which they cannot obtain
physical securities.

         Applicable  Legal and Regulatory  Risks.  Applicable  federal and state
laws  generally  regulate  interest  rates and other  charges,  require  certain
disclosures,  prohibit unfair and deceptive practices, regulate debt collection,
and require  licensing of the  originators  of the mortgage loans and contracts.
Depending on the provisions of the  applicable  law and the specified  facts and
circumstances  involved,  violations of those laws,  policies and principles may
limit the ability to collect all or part of the  principal of or interest on the
Mortgage Loans and Contracts and may entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts
previously  paid.  In addition,  many state and local  authorities  have imposed
stringent  restrictions  on the  operations of timeshare  developers,  including
requirements of filing  registration  statements and  advertising  material with
state  regulatory  authorities  regarding  timeshare  units  being  offered  and
permitting  the right to rescind an  executed  contract  within  specified  time
periods and possibly  permitting  such  purchasers to recover  damages from such
timeshare  developers.  Such  remedies  could  adversely  affect the  quality of
management of the related resort,  in particular,  the ability of the management
of the related  resorts to minimize  losses through  remarketing  efforts and/or
through the  assumption  programs.  See "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the Mortgage
Assets" herein.


                          DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES

         Each Trust will be created pursuant to an Agreement  entered into among
the Depositor,  the Trustee, the Master Servicer, if any, and the Servicer.  The
provisions  of each  Agreement  will  vary  depending  upon  the  nature  of the
Securities  to be  issued  thereunder  and  the  nature  of the  related  Trust.
Securities  which  represent  beneficial  interests  in the Trust will be issued
pursuant to the Agreement.  Securities  which represent debt  obligations of the
Trust  will be  issued  pursuant  to an  Indenture  between  the  Trust  and the
Indenture  Trustee.  The  following  summaries and the summaries set forth under
"Administration"   describe  certain  provisions  relating  to  each  series  of
Securities.  The Prospectus  Supplement for a series of Securities will describe
the specific  provisions  relating to such series. Such summaries do not purport
to be  complete  and are  subject  to, and are  qualified  in their  entirety by
reference to, all the provisions of the Agreement for each series of Securities.
The Depositor will provide Owners,  without charge, on written request a copy of
the Agreement for the related  series.  Requests  should be addressed to AMRESCO
Residential  Securities  Corporation,  700 N. Pearl Street,  Suite 2400, Dallas,
Texas 75201. The Agreement relating to a series of Securities will be filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission within 15 days after the date of issuance
of such series of Securities (the "Delivery Date").

         The  Securities  of a series will be entitled to payment  only from the
assets  of the  Trust  and any  other  assets  pledged  for the  benefit  of the
Securities  and will not be  entitled  to  payments  in  respect  of the  assets
included in any other trust fund  established by the  Depositor.  The Securities
will not represent obligations of the Depositor, the

                                       10

<PAGE>



Trustee, the Master Servicer,  if any, any Servicer or any affiliate thereof and
will not be guaranteed by any governmental agency. See "The Trusts" herein.

         The  Mortgage  Assets  relating to a series of  Securities,  other than
Title  I  Loans  and  GNMA  MBS,  will  not  be  insured  or  guaranteed  by any
governmental  entity and, to the extent that delinquent payments on or losses in
respect  of  defaulted  Mortgage  Assets,  are not  advanced  or paid  from  any
applicable Credit  Enhancement,  such  delinquencies may result in delays in the
distribution  of  payments  on, or losses  allocated  to one or more  classes of
Securities of such series.

General

         The  Securities of each series will be issued either in book entry form
or in fully registered form. The minimum original  denomination of each class of
Securities will be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The original
"Security   Principal  Balance"  of  each  Security  will  equal  the  aggregate
distributions  or payments  allocable  to  principal  to which such  Security is
entitled and  distributions  allocable to interest on each  Security that is not
entitled to distributions allocable to principal will be calculated based on the
"Notional Principal Balance" of such Security. The Notional Principal Balance of
a Security  will not  evidence an interest in or  entitlement  to  distributions
allocable to principal but will be used solely for convenience in expressing the
calculation of interest and for certain other purposes.

         Except as described below under "Book Entry  Registration" with respect
to Book Entry Securities, the Securities of each series will be transferable and
exchangeable  on a "Security  Register" to be maintained at the corporate  trust
office or such  other  office  or agency  maintained  for such  purposes  by the
Trustee or the Indenture  Trustee.  The Trustee or the Indenture Trustee will be
appointed  initially as the "Security  Registrar"  and no service charge will be
made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities,  but payment of
a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge may be required.

         Under  current  law the  purchase  and  holding of  certain  classes of
Securities may result in "prohibited  transactions"  within the meaning of ERISA
and the Code. See "ERISA  Considerations"  herein and in the related  Prospectus
Supplement. Transfer of Securities of such a class will not be registered unless
the transferee (i) executes a representation  letter stating that it is not, and
is not  purchasing on behalf of, any such plan,  account or  arrangement or (ii)
provides an opinion of counsel  satisfactory  to the  Trustee and the  Depositor
that the  purchase of  Securities  of such a class by or on behalf of such plan,
account or arrangement is permissible  under applicable law and will not subject
the Trustee,  the Servicer or the  Depositor to any  obligation  or liability in
addition to those undertaken in the Agreement.

         As to each  series,  one or more  elections  may be made to  treat  the
related Trust or designated  portions  thereof as a REMIC for federal income tax
purposes.  The  related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  specify  whether  a REMIC
election is to be made.  Alternatively,  the  Agreement for a series may provide
that a REMIC  election  may be made at the  discretion  of the  Depositor or the
Servicer and may only be made if certain conditions are satisfied.  See "Certain
Federal Income Tax Considerations"  herein. As to any such series, the terms and
provisions applicable to the making of a REMIC election, as well as any material
federal income tax consequences to Owners of Securities not otherwise  described
herein,  will be set  forth in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement.  If such an
election is made with respect to a series, one of the classes will be designated
as evidencing the "residual  interests" in the related REMIC,  as defined in the
Code. All other classes of Securities in such a series will constitute  "regular
interests" in the related REMIC,  as defined in the Code. As to each series with
respect to which a REMIC election is to be made, the Servicer,  the Trustee,  an
Owner of  Residual  Securities  or another  person as  specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement will be obligated to take all actions required in order to
comply with  applicable  laws and  regulations  and will be obligated to pay any
prohibited  transaction  taxes.  The person so  specified  will be  entitled  to
reimbursement for any such payment.


                                       11

<PAGE>



Classes of Securities

         Each series of  Securities  will be issued in one or more classes which
will evidence a beneficial  ownership  interest in, or a debt obligation payable
from,  the assets of the Trust that are allocable to (i) principal of such class
of  Securities  and  (ii)  interest  on such  Securities.  If  specified  in the
Prospectus  Supplement,  one or more  classes  of a  series  of  Securities  may
evidence a beneficial  ownership interest in, or a debt obligation payable from,
separate groups of assets included in the related Trust.

         The  Securities  will have an  aggregate  original  Security  Principal
Balance equal to the aggregate unpaid  principal  balance of the Mortgage Assets
(plus,  amounts held in a  Pre-Funding  Account,  if any) as of the time and day
prior to creation of the Trust  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement
(the  "Cut-Off  Date")  after  deducting  payments of  principal  due before the
Cut-Off Date and will bear interest at rates which, on a weighted basis, will be
equal to the Pass-Through  Rate. The  Pass-Through  Rate will equal the weighted
average  rate of  interest  borne by the  related  Mortgage  Assets,  net of the
aggregate  servicing fees,  amounts allocated to the residual  interests and any
other  amounts as are  specified  in the  Prospectus  Supplement.  The  original
Security  Principal Balance (or Notional Principal Balance) of the Securities of
a  series  and the  interest  rate on the  classes  of such  Securities  will be
determined in the manner specified in the Prospectus Supplement.

         Each class of Securities that is entitled to distributions allocable to
interest  will bear interest at a fixed rate or a rate that is subject to change
from time to time (a) in  accordance  with a schedule,  (b) by  reference  to an
index, or (c) otherwise (each, a "Security  Interest Rate"). One or more classes
of Securities may provide for interest that accrues but is not currently payable
("Compound Interest Securities"). With respect to any class of Compound Interest
Securities,  any  interest  that  has  accrued  but  is  not  paid  on  a  given
Distribution Date will be added to the aggregate  Security  Principal Balance of
such class of Securities on that Distribution Date.

         A series of Securities may include one or more classes entitled only to
distributions or payments (i) allocable to interest, (ii) allocable to principal
(and  allocable  as  between  scheduled  payments  of  principal  and  Principal
Prepayments,  as defined  below),  or (iii)  allocable  to both  principal  (and
allocable as between scheduled payments of principal and Principal  Prepayments)
and interest.  A series of  Securities  may consist of one or more classes as to
which  distributions  or  payments  will  be  allocated  (i)  on  the  basis  of
collections  from  designated  portions  of the  assets  of the  Trust,  (ii) in
accordance  with a schedule or formula,  (iii) in relation to the  occurrence of
events,  or (iv)  otherwise.  The timing and  amounts of such  distributions  or
payments may vary among classes, over time or otherwise.

         A series of  Securities  may include one or more  Classes of  Scheduled
Amortization  Securities  and  Companion  Securities.   "Scheduled  Amortization
Securities" are Securities with respect to which payments of principal are to be
made in specified  amounts on  specified  Distribution  Dates,  to the extent of
funds available on such Distribution Date. "Companion Securities" are Securities
which  receive  payments of all or a portion of any funds  available  on a given
Distribution  Date  which are in excess of  amounts  required  to be  applied to
payments on Scheduled Amortization Securities on such Distribution Date. Because
of the manner of application  of payments of principal to Companion  Securities,
the weighted  average lives of Companion  Securities of a series may be expected
to be more sensitive to the actual rate of prepayments on the Mortgage Assets in
the  related  Trust  than will the  Scheduled  Amortization  Securities  of such
series.

         One or more  series of  Securities  may  constitute  series of "Special
Allocation  Securities",  which  may  include  Senior  Securities,  Subordinated
Securities, Priority Securities and Non-Priority Securities. As specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement for a series of Special Allocation Securities, the
timing and/or priority of payments of principal and/or interest may favor one or
more classes of Securities  over one or more other classes of  Securities.  Such
timing and/or  priority may be modified or reordered  upon the occurrence of one
or more  specified  events.  Losses  on  Trust  assets  for such  series  may be
disproportionately borne by one or more classes of such series, and the proceeds
and distributions  from such assets may be applied to the payment in full of one
or more classes within such series before the balance,  if any, of such proceeds
are  applied to one or more other  classes  within  such  series.  For  example,
Special  Allocation  Securities  in a  series  may be  comprised  of one or more
classes of Senior  Securities  having a priority  in right to  distributions  of
principal and interest over one or more classes of

                                       12

<PAGE>



Subordinated  Securities,   as  a  form  of  Credit  Enhancement.   See  "Credit
Enhancement -- Subordination"  herein.  Typically,  the Subordinated  Securities
will  carry a rating  by the  rating  agencies  lower  than  that of the  Senior
Securities.   In  addition,   one  or  more  classes  of  Securities  ("Priority
Securities")  may be entitled to a priority of  distributions  of  principal  or
interest   from  assets  in  the  Trust  over   another   class  of   Securities
("Non-Priority  Securities"),  but only  after the  exhaustion  of other  Credit
Enhancement  applicable to such series. The Priority Securities and Non-Priority
Securities nonetheless may be within the same rating category.

Distributions of Principal and Interest

         General.  Distributions  of principal  and interest will be made to the
extent of funds  available  therefor,  on the dates  specified in the Prospectus
Supplement  (each,  a  "Distribution  Date") to the  persons in whose  names the
Securities are  registered  (the "Owners") at the close of business on the dates
specified in the Prospectus  Supplement (each, a "Record Date"). With respect to
Securities other than Book Entry Securities, distributions will be made by check
or money order mailed to the person entitled thereto at the address appearing in
the Security Register or, if specified in the Prospectus Supplement, in the case
of Securities  that are of a certain  minimum  denomination  as specified in the
Prospectus Supplement,  upon written request by the Owner of a Security, by wire
transfer  or by such  other  means as are agreed  upon with the person  entitled
thereto;  provided,  however,  that the final  distribution in retirement of the
Securities   (other  than  Book  Entry   Securities)  will  be  made  only  upon
presentation  and  surrender  of the  Securities  at the office or agency of the
Trustee specified in the notice of such final distribution. With respect to Book
Entry  Securities,  such  payments  will be made as described  below under "Book
Entry Registration".

         Distributions  will be made out of, and only to the extent of, funds in
a separate account  established and maintained for the benefit of the Securities
of the related  series (the  "Security  Account"  with respect to such  series),
including any funds  transferred  from any related Reserve Fund.  Amounts may be
invested in the  Eligible  Investments  specified  herein and in the  Prospectus
Supplement, and all income or other gain from such investments will be deposited
in the related  Security  Account and may be available  to make  payments on the
Securities of the applicable series on the next succeeding  Distribution Date or
pay other amounts owed by the Trust.

         Distributions  of  Interest.  Interest  will  accrue  on the  aggregate
Security  Principal  Balance  (or, in the case of  Securities  entitled  only to
distributions  allocable to interest,  the aggregate  Notional Principal Balance
(as defined  below)) of each class of  Securities  entitled to interest from the
date, at the applicable  Security  Interest Rate and for the periods  (each,  an
"Interest Accrual Period") specified in the Prospectus Supplement. The aggregate
Security Principal Balance of any class of Securities  entitled to distributions
of principal will be the aggregate  original Security  Principal Balance of such
class of Securities,  reduced by all distributions allocable to principal,  and,
in the case of Compound Interest  Securities,  increased by all interest accrued
but not then distributable on such Compound Interest Securities. With respect to
a class of Securities entitled only to distributions allocable to interest, such
interest will accrue on a notional  principal  balance (the "Notional  Principal
Balance") of such class,  computed solely for purposes of determining the amount
of interest accrued and payable on such class of Securities.

         To the extent funds are available  therefor,  interest  accrued  during
each Interest  Accrual  Period on each class of Securities  entitled to interest
(other than a class of Compound  Interest  Securities)  will be distributable on
the  Distribution  Dates  specified  in  the  Prospectus  Supplement  until  the
aggregate  Security  Principal  Balance of the Securities of such class has been
distributed in full or, in the case of Securities entitled only to distributions
allocable to interest,  until the aggregate  Notional  Principal Balance of such
Securities  is  reduced  to zero or for the  period  of time  designated  in the
Prospectus  Supplement.  Distributions  of  interest  on each class of  Compound
Interest  Securities  will  commence  only  after the  occurrence  of the events
specified in the  Prospectus  Supplement  and, prior to such time, the aggregate
Security  Principal  Balance (or  Notional  Principal  Balance) of such class of
Compound  Interest  Securities,  will increase on each  Distribution Date by the
amount of interest  that accrued on such class of Compound  Interest  Securities
during the  preceding  Interest  Accrual  Period but that was not required to be
distributed to such class on such Distribution  Date. Any such class of Compound
Interest Securities will thereafter accrue interest on its outstanding  Security
Principal Balance (or Notional Principal Balance) as so adjusted.


                                       13

<PAGE>



         Distributions of Principal.  The Prospectus Supplement will specify the
method by which the amount of principal to be  distributed  on the Securities on
each  Distribution  Date will be calculated  and the manner in which such amount
will be allocated among the classes of Securities  entitled to  distributions of
principal.

         One or more classes of  Securities  may be entitled to receive all or a
disproportionate  percentage of the payments of principal  which are received on
the related  Mortgage Assets in advance of their scheduled due dates and are not
accompanied by amounts  representing  scheduled  interest due after the month of
such payments ("Principal Prepayments"). Any such allocation may have the effect
of accelerating  the  amortization of such Securities  relative to the interests
evidenced by the other Securities.

         Unscheduled Distributions. The Securities of a series may be subject to
receipt of distributions  before the next scheduled  Distribution Date under the
circumstances  and in the manner  described below and in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  If applicable,  such unscheduled  distributions will be made on the
Securities  of a series on the date and in the amount  specified  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement if, due to substantial  payments of principal  (including
Principal  Prepayments) on the related Mortgage Assets, low rates then available
for reinvestment of such payments or both, it is determined,  based on specified
assumptions,  that the  amount  anticipated  to be on  deposit  in the  Security
Account for such series on the next related Distribution Date, together with, if
applicable,  any amounts available to be withdrawn from any related Reserve Fund
or  from  any  other  Credit  Enhancement  provided  for  such  series,  may  be
insufficient  to  make  required   distributions   on  the  Securities  on  such
Distribution  Date.  The  amount of any such  unscheduled  distribution  that is
allocable to principal will not exceed the amount that would otherwise have been
required  to  be  distributed  as  principal  on  the  Securities  on  the  next
Distribution Date and will include interest at the applicable  Security Interest
Rate  (if  any) on the  amount  of the  unscheduled  distribution  allocable  to
principal for the period and to the date specified in the Prospectus Supplement.

         All   distributions   allocable  to   principal   in  any   unscheduled
distribution  will be made in the same priority and manner as  distributions  of
principal on the Securities would have been made on the next  Distribution  Date
except as  otherwise  stated in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  and,  with
respect to Securities of the same class, unscheduled  distributions of principal
will be made on a pro rata basis. Notice of any unscheduled distribution will be
given by the Trustee prior to the date of such distribution.

Book Entry Registration

         Securities may be issued as Book Entry  Securities and held in the name
of a Clearing Agency  registered with the Securities and Exchange  Commission or
its nominee.  Transfers  and pledges of Book Entry  Securities  may be made only
through  entries  on the books of the  Clearing  Agency in the name of  Clearing
Agency Participants or their nominees.  Clearing Agency Participants may also be
Beneficial Owners of Book Entry Securities.

         Purchasers  and  other  Beneficial  Owners  may  not  hold  Book  Entry
Securities directly but may hold, transfer or pledge their ownership interest in
the  Securities  only  through   Clearing  Agency   Participants.   Furthermore,
Beneficial  Owners will  receive all payments of  principal  and  interest  with
respect  to the  Securities  and,  if  applicable,  may  request  redemption  of
Securities,   only  through  the  Clearing   Agency  and  the  Clearing   Agency
Participants.  Beneficial  Owners will not be registered Owners of Securities or
be entitled to receive  definitive  certificates  representing  their  ownership
interest  in the  Securities  except  under the limited  circumstances,  if any,
described in the related Prospectus  Supplement. See "Risk Factors -- Book Entry
Registration" herein.

         If  Securities  of a series are issued as Book  Entry  Securities,  the
Clearing  Agency will be required to make book entry  transfers  among  Clearing
Agency Participants,  to receive and transmit payments of principal and interest
with  respect to the  Securities  of such  series,  and to receive and  transmit
requests  for  redemption  with  respect  to such  Securities.  Clearing  Agency
Participants with whom Beneficial Owners have accounts with respect to such Book
Entry  Securities  will be similarly  required to make book entry  transfers and
receive  and  transmit  payments  and  redemption  requests  on  behalf of their
respective Beneficial Owners.  Accordingly,  although Beneficial Owners will not
be registered Owners of Securities and will not possess physical certificates, a
method will be provided whereby Beneficial Owners may receive payments, transfer
their  interests,  submit  redemption  requests and receive the reports provided
herein.

                                       14

<PAGE>




List of Owners of Securities

         Upon written  request of a specified  number or percentage of interests
of Owners of  Securities  of record of a series of  Securities  for  purposes of
communicating  with other Owners of  Securities  with respect to their rights as
Owners of Securities, the Trustee will afford such Owners access during business
hours to the most recent list of Owners of Securities of that series held by the
Trustee.  With  respect to Book Entry  Securities,  the only named  Owner on the
Security Register will be the Clearing Agency.

         Neither the Agreement nor the Trust Indenture, if any, will not provide
for the holding of any annual or other meetings of Owners of Securities.

                                   THE TRUSTS

         The Trust for a series of Securities  will consist of: (i) the Mortgage
Assets (subject, if specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  to certain
exclusions,  such as a portion of the mortgage  interest rate being  retained by
the Seller and not sold to the Trust)  received on and after the related Cut-Off
Date;  (ii)  amounts,  if any,  deposited in a  Pre-Funding  Account;  (iii) all
payments  (subject,  if  specified  in the  Prospectus  Supplement,  to  certain
exclusions,  such as the  retention  by the Seller of  payments  due and accrued
before the  related  Cut-Off  Date but  collected  after such  Cut-Off  Date) in
respect of such Mortgage Assets, which may be adjusted,  to the extent specified
in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  in the case of  interest  payments  on
Mortgage Assets,  to the Pass-Through  Rate; (iv) if specified in the Prospectus
Supplement,  reinvestment  income on such payments;  (v) with respect to a Trust
that includes Mortgage Loans, or Contracts, all property acquired by foreclosure
or deed in lieu  of  foreclosure  with  respect  to any  such  Mortgage  Loan or
Contract;  (vi) certain  rights of the Trustee,  the  Depositor and the Servicer
under any insurance  policies,  hazard  insurance or surety bonds required to be
maintained in respect of the related Mortgage Assets;  and (vii) if so specified
in the Prospectus Supplement, one or more forms of Credit Enhancement.

         The Securities of each series will be entitled to payment only from the
assets of the related Trust and any other assets  pledged  therefor and will not
be entitled to payments in respect of the assets of any other trust  established
by the Depositor.

         Mortgage  Assets may be acquired by the  Depositor  from  affiliated or
unaffiliated  originators.  The following is a brief description of the Mortgage
Assets expected to be included in the Trusts. If specific information respecting
the Mortgage  Assets is not known at the time the related  series of  Securities
initially are offered,  more general  information of the nature  described below
will be provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  and specific information
will be set forth in a report on Form 8-K to be filed  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  within  fifteen  days after the  initial  issuance of such
Securities.  A copy of the Agreement and, if applicable, a copy of the Indenture
with respect to each series of  Securities  will be attached to the Form 8-K and
will be available for  inspection  at the corporate  trust office of the Trustee
specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  A schedule  of the  Mortgage
Assets  relating to each series of  Securities,  will be attached to the related
Agreement delivered to the Trustee upon delivery of such Securities.

Mortgage Loans

         The Mortgage Loans will be evidenced by promissory notes (the "Mortgage
Notes") secured by mortgages or deeds of trust (the "Mortgages")  creating liens
on residential properties (the "Mortgaged Properties"). Such Mortgage Loans will
be within the broad  classification  of single family  mortgage  loans,  defined
generally as loans on  residences  containing  one to four  dwelling  units.  If
specified  in  the  Prospectus  Supplement,   the  Mortgage  Loans  may  include
cooperative  apartment loans ("Cooperative Loans") secured by security interests
in shares  issued  by  Cooperatives  and in the  related  proprietary  leases or
occupancy agreements granting exclusive rights to occupy specific dwelling units
in such Cooperatives'  buildings, or the Mortgage Loans may be secured by junior
liens on the related  mortgaged  properties,  including  Title I Loans and other
types of home improvement retail installment contracts. The Mortgaged Properties
securing the Mortgage Loans may include  investment  properties and vacation and
second homes,  including timeshare estates.  Each Mortgage Loan will be selected
by the Depositor for inclusion

                                       15

<PAGE>



in the Trust from  among  those  acquired  by the  Depositor  or  originated  or
acquired by one or more affiliated or unaffiliated originators,  including newly
originated loans.

         The Mortgage Loans will be "conventional"  mortgage loans, that is they
will not be insured or guaranteed by any governmental  agency, the principal and
interest on the Mortgage  Loans included in the Trust for a series of Securities
will be payable either on the first day of each month or on different  scheduled
due dates throughout each month, and the interest will be calculated either on a
simple-interest  or  actuarial  method as  described  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.  When a full  principal  amount is paid on a Mortgage  Loan during a
month, the mortgagor is generally charged interest only on the days of the month
actually  elapsed up to the date of such  prepayment,  at a daily  interest rate
that is applied to the principal amount of the Mortgage Loan so prepaid.

         The payment terms of the Mortgage Loans to be included in a Trust for a
series will be described in the related  Prospectus  Supplement  and may include
any  of the  following  features  or  combinations  thereof  or  other  features
described in the related Prospectus Supplement:

                  (a) Interest may be payable at a fixed rate, a rate adjustable
         from time to time in relation  to an index,  a rate that is fixed for a
         period  of time or  under  certain  circumstances  and  followed  by an
         adjustable  rate, a rate that otherwise  varies from time to time, or a
         rate  that is  convertible  from an  adjustable  rate to a fixed  rate.
         Changes to an adjustable  rate may be subject to periodic  limitations,
         maximum  rates,  minimum  rates or a combination  of such  limitations.
         Accrued  interest  may be  deferred  and  added to the  principal  of a
         Mortgage Loan for such periods and under such  circumstances  as may be
         specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Mortgage  Loans may
         provide for the payment of interest at a rate lower than the  specified
         mortgage rate for a period of time or for the life of the Mortgage Loan
         with the amount of any  difference  contributed  from funds supplied by
         the seller of the Mortgaged Property or another source.

                  (b)  Principal may be payable on a level debt service basis to
         fully  amortize the Mortgage  Loan over its term,  may be calculated on
         the basis of an amortization  schedule that is longer than the original
         term to  maturity  or on an interest  rate that is  different  from the
         interest rate on the Mortgage  Loan or may not be amortized  during all
         or a portion of the  original  term.  Payment  of all or a  substantial
         portion of the principal may be due on maturity.  Principal may include
         interest that has been  deferred and added to the principal  balance of
         the Mortgage Loan.

                  (c) Monthly  payments of  principal  and interest may be fixed
         for the life of the Mortgage Loan, may increase over a specified period
         of time or may change from period to period. Mortgage Loans may include
         limits on  periodic  increases  or  decreases  in the amount of monthly
         payments  and  may  include  maximum  or  minimum  amounts  of  monthly
         payments.

                  (d)  Prepayments  of principal  may be subject to a prepayment
         fee,  which  may be  fixed  for the  life of the  Mortgage  Loan or may
         decline over time,  and may be prohibited  for the life of the Mortgage
         Loan or for certain periods ("lockout periods"). Certain Mortgage Loans
         may permit  prepayments  after  expiration  of the  applicable  lockout
         period and may require the payment of a  prepayment  fee in  connection
         with any such  subsequent  prepayment.  Other Mortgage Loans may permit
         prepayments  without  payment  of a fee unless  the  prepayment  occurs
         during   specified  time  periods.   The  Mortgage  Loans  may  include
         "due-on-sale"  clauses which permit the mortgagee to demand  payment of
         the  entire  Mortgage  Loan in  connection  with  the  sale or  certain
         transfers of the related mortgaged  property.  Other Mortgage Loans may
         be  assumable  by  persons  meeting  the then  applicable  underwriting
         standards  of the  Servicer,  or as may be required  by any  applicable
         government program.

         With respect to a series for which the related Trust includes  Mortgage
Loans,  the related  Prospectus  Supplement  may  specify,  among other  things,
information  regarding the interest  rates (the "Mortgage  Rates"),  the average
Principal Balance and the aggregate Principal Balance,  the years of origination
and  original  principal  balances and the original  loan-to-value  ratios.  The
"Principal Balance" of any Mortgage Loan will be the unpaid principal balance of
such  Mortgage  Loan as of the  Cut-Off  Date,  after  deducting  any  principal
payments due before

                                       16

<PAGE>



the  Cut-Off  Date,  reduced  by all  principal  payments,  including  principal
payments advanced pursuant to the related Agreement, previously distributed with
respect to such Mortgage Loan and reported as allocable to principal.

         The  "loan-to-value  ratio" of any Mortgage  Loan will be determined by
dividing  the  principal  amount  of the  Mortgage  Loan by the  original  value
(defined below) of the related Mortgaged Property. The "principal amount" of the
Mortgage Loan, for purposes of  computation  of the  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of any
Mortgage  Loan,  will  include  any  part of an  origination  fee  that has been
financed.  In some  instances,  it may also include  amounts which the seller or
some other party to the  transaction  has paid to the  mortgagee,  such as minor
reductions in the purchase price made at the closing.  The "original value" of a
Mortgage Loan is (a) in the case of any purchase money Mortgage Loan, the lesser
of (i) the value of the mortgaged property,  based on an appraisal thereof,  and
(ii) the selling price,  and (b) otherwise the value of the mortgaged  property,
based on an appraisal thereof.

         There can be no assurance  that the Original  Value will reflect actual
real estate values during the term of a Mortgage Loan. If the  residential  real
estate market should  experience an overall decline in property values such that
the  outstanding  principal  balances of the  Mortgage  Loans become equal to or
greater  than the  values  of the  Mortgaged  Properties,  the  actual  rates of
delinquencies,  foreclosures and losses could be significantly higher than those
now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. In addition, adverse
economic  conditions (which may or may not affect real estate values) may affect
the timely and ultimate payment by mortgagors of scheduled payments of principal
and  interest  on the  Mortgage  Loans and,  accordingly,  the  actual  rates of
delinquencies, foreclosures and losses with respect to the Mortgage Loans.

Contracts

         Contracts  included in the Trust with respect to a series of Securities
will consist of manufactured housing conditional sales contracts and installment
loan agreements or participation interests therein (collectively,  "Contracts").
The Contracts may be conventional  manufactured  housing  contracts or contracts
insured by the FHA, including Title I Contracts,  or partially guaranteed by the
VA. Each Contract is secured by a Manufactured  Home. The Prospectus  Supplement
will specify  whether the Contracts  will be fully  amortizing or have a balloon
payment and whether they will bear interest at a fixed or variable rate.

         The  related  Prospectus  Supplement  may  specify  for  the  Contracts
contained  in the  related  Contract  Pool,  among  other  things,  the  date of
origination of the Contracts;  the annual percentage rates on the Contracts; the
loan-to-value  ratios; the minimum and maximum outstanding  principal balance as
of  the  Cut-Off  Date  and  the  average  outstanding  principal  balance;  the
outstanding  principal  balances of the Contracts included in the Contract Pool;
the original  maturities  of the  Contracts;  and the last  maturity date of any
Contract.

Mortgage-Backed Securities

         "Mortgage-Backed  Securities"  (or "MBS") may include (i) private (that
is,  not   guaranteed  or  insured  by  the  United  States  or  any  agency  or
instrumentality   thereof)  mortgage   participations,   mortgage   pass-through
certificates or other mortgage-backed securities or (ii) certificates insured or
guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA.

         The  Prospectus  Supplement  for a series of  Securities  that evidence
interests  in MBS will  specify,  to the  extent  available,  (i) the  aggregate
approximate  initial and outstanding  principal amount and type of the MBS to be
included in the Trust,  (ii) the original and remaining term to stated  maturity
of the MBS, if applicable, (iii) the pass-through or bond rate of the MBS or the
formula for determining such rates, (iv) the payment characteristics of the MBS,
(v) the  MBS  Issuer,  MBS  Servicer  and MBS  Trustee,  as  applicable,  (vi) a
description of the credit support,  if any, (vii) the circumstances  under which
the stated  underlying  mortgage  loans,  or the MBS themselves may be purchased
prior to their  maturity,  (viii)  the  terms on  which  mortgage  loans  may be
substituted  for those  originally  underlying  the MBS, (ix) the servicing fees
payable under the MBS Agreement,  (x) to the extent  available to the Depositor,
information  in  respect  of  the  underlying   mortgage  loans,  and  (xi)  the
characteristics of any cash flow agreements that relate to the MBS.


                                       17

<PAGE>



Other Mortgage Securities

         Other Mortgage  Securities  include other  securities  that directly or
indirectly  represent  an  ownership  interest in, or are secured by and payable
from,   single-family   mortgage  loans  on  real  property  or  mortgage-backed
securities, including residual interests in issuances of collateralized mortgage
obligations  or mortgage  pass-through  certificates,  as well as other types of
mortgage-related  assets and securities  that may be developed and marketed from
time to time. The Prospectus Supplement for a series of Securities will describe
any Other Mortgage Securities to be included in the Trust for such series.

                               CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

         General.  Various  forms of Credit  Enhancement  may be  provided  with
respect to one or more classes of a series of  Securities or with respect to the
assets  in the  related  Trust.  Credit  Enhancement  may be in the  form of the
subordination  of one or more  classes of the  Securities  of such  series,  the
establishment of one or more Reserve Funds, the use of a cross-support  feature,
use of a Mortgage  Pool  Insurance  Policy,  Special  Hazard  Insurance  Policy,
bankruptcy bond, or another form of Credit Enhancement  described in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  or any combination of the foregoing.  Credit Enhancement
may not  provide  protection  against  all  risks of loss and may not  guarantee
repayment  of the  entire  principal  balance  of the  Securities  and  interest
thereon.  If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by Credit  Enhancement
or which are not  covered  by the  Credit  Enhancement,  Owners  will bear their
allocable share of losses.

         Subordination.   Distributions  in  respect  of  scheduled   principal,
interest or any combination  thereof otherwise payable to one or more classes of
Securities  of a series (the  "Subordinated  Securities")  may be paid to one or
more  other  classes  of  such  series  (the  "Senior   Securities")  under  the
circumstances  and to the  extent  provided  in the  Prospectus  Supplement.  If
specified in the Prospectus Supplement,  delays in receipt of scheduled payments
on the  Mortgage  Assets and losses on defaulted  Mortgage  Assets will be borne
first by the various  classes of  Subordinated  Securities and thereafter by the
various classes of Senior  Securities,  in each case under the circumstances and
subject to the limitations specified in the Prospectus Supplement. The aggregate
distributions in respect of delinquent  payments on the Mortgage Assets over the
lives of the  Securities  or at any time,  the  aggregate  losses in  respect of
defaulted Mortgage Assets which must be borne by the Subordinated  Securities by
virtue  of  subordination  and  the  amount  of  the   distributions   otherwise
distributable  to the  Subordinated  Securities  that will be  distributable  to
Owners of Senior Securities on any Distribution Date may be limited as specified
in  the  Prospectus  Supplement.   If  aggregate  distributions  in  respect  of
delinquent  payments on the Mortgage  Assets or  aggregate  losses in respect of
such Mortgage  Assets were to exceed the total amounts payable and available for
distribution  to Owners of  Subordinated  Securities or, if applicable,  were to
exceed  the  specified  maximum  amount,   Owners  of  Senior  Securities  could
experience losses on the Securities.

         In  addition  to or in lieu of the  foregoing,  all or any  portion  of
distributions  otherwise payable to Subordinated  Securities on any Distribution
Date may instead be deposited  into one or more Reserve Funds (as defined below)
established by the Trustee. If so specified in the Prospectus  Supplement,  such
deposits may be made on each  Distribution  Date, on each  Distribution Date for
specified periods, or on each Distribution Date until the balance in the Reserve
Fund has reached a specified  amount and,  following  payments  from the Reserve
Fund to Owners of Senior  Securities  or  otherwise,  thereafter  to the  extent
necessary to restore the balance in the Reserve Fund to required levels, in each
case  as  specified  in  the  Prospectus  Supplement.  If so  specified  in  the
Prospectus Supplement, amounts on deposit in the Reserve Fund may be released to
the  Depositor or the Owners of any class of  Securities  at the times and under
the circumstances specified in the Prospectus Supplement.

         If  specified  in  the  Prospectus   Supplement,   various  classes  of
Subordinate Securities and Subordinated Securities may themselves be subordinate
in their right to receive certain  distributions  to other classes of Senior and
Subordinated  Securities,  respectively,  through a  cross-support  mechanism or
otherwise.

         As between  classes  of Senior  Securities  and as  between  classes of
Subordinated  Securities,  distributions may be allocated among such classes (i)
in the order of their scheduled  final  distribution  dates,  (ii) in accordance
with a schedule or formula,  (iii) in relation to the  occurrence of events,  or
(iv) otherwise, in each case as specified in

                                       18

<PAGE>



the  Prospectus  Supplement.  As  between  classes of  Subordinated  Securities,
payments with respect to Senior Securities on account of delinquencies or losses
and  payments  to any  Reserve  Fund  will  be  allocated  as  specified  in the
Prospectus Supplement.

         Financial Guaranty Insurance  Policies.  If so specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  a financial  guaranty  insurance  policy or surety bond
("Financial  Guaranty Insurance Policy") may be obtained and maintained for each
class or series of Securities.  The issuer of any Financial  Guaranty  Insurance
Policy  (a  "Financial  Guaranty  Insurer")  will be  described  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement.


         Unless  otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a
Financial  Guaranty  Insurance  Policy  will   unconditionally  and  irrevocably
guarantee  to  holders  of  Securities  that an  amount  equal to each  full and
complete  insured  payment  will be received by an agent (an  "Insurance  Paying
Agent") of the  Trustee or  Indenture  Trustee  on behalf of such  holders,  for
distribution  by the Trustee to them.  The "insured  payment" will be defined in
the related Prospectus  Supplement,  and will generally equal the full amount of
the  distributions  of principal and interest to which such holders are entitled
under the  related  Agreement  or  Indenture  plus any other  amounts  specified
therein or in the related Prospectus Supplement (the "Insured Payment").

         Financial  Guaranty  Insurance  Policies  may  apply  only  to  certain
specified  classes,  or may  apply  at the  Mortgage  Asset  level  and  only to
specified Mortgage Assets.

         The specific terms of any Financial  Guaranty  Insurance Policy will be
as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.  Financial Guaranty Insurance
Policies may have limitations  including (but not limited to) limitations on the
insurer's  obligation  to  guarantee  the  obligations  of  the  Originators  to
repurchase or substitute for any Mortgage Loans.  Financial  Guaranty  Insurance
Policies will not guarantee any specified rate of prepayments  and/or to provide
funds to redeem Securities on any specified date.

         Subject to the terms of the related  Agreement,  the Financial Guaranty
Insurer may be  subrogated to the rights of each holder of Securities to receive
payments  under the  Securities  to the extent of any payment by such  Financial
Guaranty Insurer under the related Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy.

         Cross-Support.  If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  the
beneficial  ownership of separate  groups of assets  included in the Trust for a
series may be evidenced by separate classes of related series of Securities.  In
such case, Credit  Enhancement may be provided by a cross-support  feature which
may require that  distributions  be made with respect to  Securities  evidencing
beneficial  ownership  of one or more asset  groups  prior to  distributions  to
Subordinated  Securities  evidencing  a beneficial  ownership  interest in other
asset groups within the same Trust. The Prospectus Supplement for a series which
includes a  cross-support  feature will describe the manner and  conditions  for
applying such cross-support feature.

         If specified in the Prospectus Supplement, the coverage provided by one
or more  forms of  Credit  Enhancement  may  apply  concurrently  to two or more
separate  Trusts  for a  separate  series  of  Securities.  If  applicable,  the
Prospectus  Supplement  will  identify  the Trusts to which such credit  support
relates  and the  manner of  determining  the  amount of the  coverage  provided
thereby and of the application of such coverage to the identified Trusts.

         Pool Insurance. If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,  one
or more mortgage pool  insurance  policies  (each,  a "Mortgage  Pool  Insurance
Policy") will be obtained.

         Any  such  Mortgage  Pool  Insurance   Policy  will,   subject  to  the
limitations  described  below and in the  Prospectus  Supplement,  cover loss by
reason of default in payments on such Mortgage Loans up to the amounts specified
in the Prospectus Supplement or report on Form 8-K and for the periods specified
in the Prospectus Supplement. The Trustee under the related Agreement will agree
to use its best reasonable  efforts to cause to be maintained in effect any such
Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy and to supervise the filing of claims  thereunder
to the issuer of such Mortgage Pool  Insurance  Policy (the "Pool  Insurer") for
the period of time specified in the related

                                       19

<PAGE>



Prospectus  Supplement.  A Mortgage Pool  Insurance  Policy,  however,  is not a
blanket  policy  against  loss,  because  claims  thereunder  may  only  be made
respecting  particular  defaulted  Mortgage Loans and only upon  satisfaction of
certain  conditions  precedent  set  forth in such  policy as  described  in the
related Prospectus  Supplement.  The Mortgage Pool Insurance  Policies,  if any,
will not cover loss due to a failure to pay or denial of a claim under a primary
mortgage  insurance  policy,  irrespective of the reason  therefor.  The related
Prospectus  Supplement  will describe the terms of any applicable  Mortgage Pool
Insurance  Policy and will set forth  certain  information  with  respect to the
related Pool Insurer.

         In general,  a Mortgage Pool  Insurance  Policy may not insure  against
loss  sustained by reason of a default  arising from,  among other  things,  (i)
fraud  or  negligence  in the  origination  or  servicing  of a  Mortgage  Loan,
including  misrepresentation  by  the  Mortgagor  or  persons  involved  in  the
origination  thereof or (ii)  failure  to  construct  a  Mortgaged  Property  in
accordance  with  plans  and  specifications.  If so  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement,  a  failure  of  coverage  attributable  to  one  of the
foregoing events might result in a breach of a representation  and in such event
might give rise to an obligation to purchase the defaulted  Mortgage Loan if the
breach  materially and adversely  affects the interests of the Owners and cannot
be cured.

         The  original  amount of coverage  under any  Mortgage  Pool  Insurance
Policy will be reduced by the  aggregate  dollar  amount of claims paid less the
aggregate of the net amounts  realized by the Pool Insurer upon  disposition  of
all  foreclosed  properties.  The amount of claims paid will  generally  include
certain expenses incurred with respect to the applicable  Mortgage Loans as well
as accrued  interest on delinquent  Mortgage Loans to the date of payment of the
claim. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Assets - Foreclosure"  herein.
Accordingly,  if  aggregate  net claims paid under any Mortgage  Pool  Insurance
Policy  reach the original  policy  limit,  coverage  under that  Mortgage  Pool
Insurance  Policy will be exhausted and any further  losses will be borne by one
or more classes of Securities unless otherwise covered by another form of Credit
Enhancement, as specified in the Prospectus Supplement.

         Since any Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy may require that the Mortgaged
Property  subject to a  defaulted  Mortgage  Loan be  restored  to its  original
condition  prior to  claiming  against  the Pool  Insurer,  such  policy may not
provide  coverage  against  hazard  losses.  As set forth  under  "Servicing  of
Mortgage Loans and Contracts -- Standard Hazard Insurance",  the hazard policies
concerning the Mortgage Loans  typically  exclude from coverage  physical damage
resulting  from a number of  causes  and even when the  damage is  covered,  may
afford recoveries which are significantly less than the full replacement cost of
such losses.  Even if special hazard insurance is applicable as specified in the
Prospectus  Supplement,  no  coverage in respect of special  hazard  losses will
cover all  risks,  and the  amount of any such  coverage  will be  limited.  See
"Special Hazard Insurance" below. As a result,  certain hazard risks will not be
insured against and will therefore be borne by Owners,  unless otherwise covered
by  another  form  of  Credit  Enhancement,   as  specified  in  the  Prospectus
Supplement.

         The terms of any Mortgage  Pool  Insurance  Policy will be described in
the related Prospectus Supplement.

         Special  Hazard  Insurance.  If  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  one or more special  hazard  insurance  policies  (each, a "Special
Hazard Insurance Policy") will be obtained.

         Any such Special Hazard Insurance  Policy will,  subject to limitations
described  below and in the Prospectus  Supplement,  cover (i) loss by reason of
damage to Mortgaged Properties caused by certain hazards (including  earthquakes
and, to a limited  extent,  tidal waves and related water damage) not covered by
the standard form of hazard insurance policy for the respective  states in which
the Mortgaged Properties are located or under flood insurance policies,  if any,
covering  the  Mortgaged  Properties,  and (ii)  loss  caused  by  reason of the
application of the coinsurance  clause contained in hazard  insurance  policies.
See  "Servicing of Mortgage Loans and Contracts -- Standard  Hazard  Insurance."
Any Special  Hazard  Insurance  Policy may not cover losses  occasioned  by war,
civil  insurrection,  certain  governmental  actions,  errors in design,  faulty
workmanship or materials (except under certain circumstances), nuclear reaction,
flood (if the  Mortgaged  Property  is located in a federally  designated  flood
area),  chemical  contamination and certain other risks.  Aggregate claims under
each Special Hazard Insurance Policy will be limited as described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Any Special Hazard Insurance Policy may also

                                       20

<PAGE>



provide  that no claim may be paid  unless  hazard  and,  if  applicable,  flood
insurance on the Mortgaged  Property has been kept in force and other protection
and preservation expenses have been paid.

         Subject to the  foregoing  limitations,  any Special  Hazard  Insurance
Policy  generally  will  provide  that,  where there has been damage to property
securing a  foreclosed  Mortgage  Loan (title to which has been  acquired by the
insured)  and to the extent such  damage is not covered by the hazard  insurance
policy or flood  insurance  policy,  if any,  maintained  with  respect  to such
Mortgage Loan, the issuer of the Special Hazard  Insurance  Policy (the "Special
Hazard Insurer") will pay the lesser of (i) the cost of repair or replacement of
such  property  or (ii) upon  transfer of the  property  to the  special  hazard
insurer,  the  unpaid  principal  balance of such  Mortgage  Loan at the time of
acquisition of such property by foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure, plus
accrued interest to the date of claim  settlement and certain expenses  incurred
with  respect to such  property.  If the unpaid  principal  balance plus accrued
interest and certain expenses is paid by the Special Hazard Insurer,  the amount
of further  coverage under the related Special Hazard  Insurance  Policy will be
reduced by such amount less any net proceeds from the sale of the property.  Any
amount  paid as the cost of  repair or  replacement  of the  property  will also
reduce  coverage by such amount.  Restoration  of the property with the proceeds
described  under (i) above  will  satisfy  the  condition  under any  applicable
Mortgage  Pool  Insurance  Policy that the  property be restored  before a claim
under such Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy may be validly  presented with respect
to the defaulted  Mortgage Loan secured by such property.  The payment described
under (ii) above will render  unnecessary  presentation of a claim in respect of
such Mortgage Loan under any related Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy.  Therefore,
so long as a Mortgage Pool Insurance  Policy  remains in effect,  the payment by
the Special Hazard Insurer under a Special Hazard  Insurance  Policy of the cost
of repair or  replacement or the unpaid  principal  balance of the Mortgage Loan
plus accrued  interest and certain  expenses will not affect the total insurance
proceeds but will affect the relative  amounts of coverage  remaining  under any
related Special Hazard  Insurance Policy and any related Mortgage Pool Insurance
Policy.

         The terms of any Special Hazard  Insurance  Policy will be described in
the related Prospectus Supplement.

         Bankruptcy  Bond.  In the  event of a  bankruptcy  of a  borrower,  the
bankruptcy  court may establish  the value of the property  securing the related
Mortgage Loan at an amount less than the then outstanding  principal  balance of
such  Mortgage  Loan.  The amount of the  secured  debt could be reduced to such
value  and the  holder of such  Mortgage  Loan thus  would  become an  unsecured
creditor to the extent the outstanding  principal  balance of such Mortgage Loan
exceeds the value so  assigned  to the  property  by the  bankruptcy  court.  In
addition, certain other modifications of the terms of a Mortgage Loan can result
from a  bankruptcy  proceeding,  including  the  reduction  in monthly  payments
required to be made by the borrower.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage
Assets"  herein.  If so  provided  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the
Depositor  will obtain a  bankruptcy  bond or similar  insurance  contract  (the
"bankruptcy   bond")  for  proceedings  with  respect  to  borrowers  under  the
Bankruptcy  Code. The bankruptcy bond will cover certain losses resulting from a
reduction  by a  bankruptcy  court of  scheduled  payments of  principal  of and
interest on a Mortgage Loan or a reduction by such court of the principal amount
of a Mortgage Loan and will cover certain unpaid  interest on the amount of such
a principal reduction from the date of the filing of a bankruptcy petition.

         The  bankruptcy  bond will  provide  coverage in the  aggregate  amount
specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  Such amount will be reduced by
payments  made under such  bankruptcy  bond in respect of the  related  Mortgage
Loans and will not be restored.

         If  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  other forms of
Credit Enhancement may be provided to cover such bankruptcy-related  losses. Any
bankruptcy  bond  or  other  form  of  Credit  Enhancement   provided  to  cover
bankruptcy-related   losses  will  be  described   in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement.

         Reserve Funds.  If specified in the Prospectus  Supplement,  cash, U.S.
Treasury securities,  instruments  evidencing ownership of principal or interest
payments thereon, letters of credit, surety bonds, demand notes, certificates of
deposit  or a  combination  thereof in the  aggregate  amount  specified  in the
Prospectus Supplement will be deposited by the Depositor on the Delivery Date in
one or more accounts  (each, a "Reserve  Fund")  established and maintained with
the Trustee.  Such cash and the  principal  and interest  payments on such other
investments  will be  used to  enhance  the  likelihood  of  timely  payment  of
principal of, and interest on, or, if so specified in the

                                       21

<PAGE>



Prospectus  Supplement,  to  provide  additional  protection  against  losses in
respect of, the assets in the related Trust, to pay the expenses of the Trust or
for such other purposes specified in the Prospectus  Supplement.  Whether or not
the Depositor  has any  obligation  to make such a deposit,  certain  amounts to
which the Owners of Subordinated Securities, if any, would otherwise be entitled
may  instead be  deposited  into the  Reserve  Fund from time to time and in the
amounts as specified in the Prospectus Supplement.  Any cash in any Reserve Fund
and the  proceeds  of any other  instrument  upon  maturity  will be invested in
Eligible Investments.  If a letter of credit is deposited with the Trustee, such
letter of credit will be irrevocable. Any instrument deposited therein will name
the Trustee as a beneficiary and will be issued by an entity  acceptable to each
rating agency that rates the Securities.  Additional information with respect to
such  instruments  deposited  in the  Reserve  Funds  may be  set  forth  in the
Prospectus Supplement.

         Any amounts so deposited and payments on  instruments so deposited will
be available for withdrawal from the Reserve Fund for distribution  with respect
to the Securities for the purposes,  in the manner and at the times specified in
the Prospectus Supplement.

         Other Insurance,  Guaranties and Similar Instruments or Agreements.  If
specified  in the  Prospectus  Supplement,  the related  Trust may also  include
insurance,  guaranties,  surety bonds, letters of credit,  guaranteed investment
contracts  or similar  arrangements  for the purpose of (i)  maintaining  timely
payments  or  providing  additional  protection  against  losses  on the  assets
included in such Trust, (ii) paying administrative  expenses, (iii) establishing
a minimum  reinvestment  rate on the payments  made in respect of such assets or
principal  payment  rate on such assets,  (iv)  guaranteeing  timely  payment of
principal  and interest  under the  Securities,  or for such other purpose as is
specified  in  such  Prospectus   Supplement.   Such  arrangements  may  include
agreements  under which  Owners are  entitled to receive  amounts  deposited  in
various  accounts held by the Trustee upon the terms specified in the Prospectus
Supplement.  Such arrangements may be in lieu of any obligation of the Servicers
or the  Seller to advance  delinquent  installments  in respect of the  Mortgage
loans. See "Servicing of Mortgage Loans and Contracts -- Advances" herein.


                    SERVICING OF MORTGAGE LOANS AND CONTRACTS

         With respect to each series of Securities,  the related  Mortgage Loans
and Contracts  will be serviced by a sole servicer or by a master  servicer with
various  sub-servicers  pursuant to, or as provided for in, the  Agreement.  The
Prospectus  Supplement  for each series will specify the servicer and the master
servicer, if any, for such series.

         The  Depositor  will  require  adequate  servicing  experience,   where
appropriate,   and  financial   stability,   generally  including  a  net  worth
requirement  (to be  specified  in the  Agreement)  as well as  satisfaction  of
certain other criteria.

         Each Servicer will be required to perform the customary  functions of a
mortgage loan  servicer,  including  collection of payments from  borrowers (the
"Mortgagors") and remittance of such collections to the Trustee,  maintenance of
applicable  standard hazard  insurance or primary mortgage  insurance  policies,
attempting  to  cure  delinquencies,  supervising  foreclosures,  management  of
Mortgaged  Properties under certain  circumstances,  and maintaining  accounting
records  relating to the Mortgage  Loans and Contracts,  as applicable,  and, if
specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  maintenance  of  escrow  or
impoundment  accounts of Mortgagors for payment of taxes,  insurance,  and other
items  required to be paid by the  Mortgagor  pursuant to the  Mortgage  Loan or
Contract.  Each  Servicer  will also be obligated to make advances in respect of
delinquent  installments  on Mortgage  Loans and Contracts,  as  applicable,  as
described  more fully under " -- Payments on  Mortgage Loans" and " -- Advances"
below and in respect  of  certain  taxes and  insurance  premiums  not paid on a
timely basis by Mortgagors.

         Each Servicer will be entitled to a monthly  servicing fee as specified
in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Each  Servicer  will also  generally be
entitled to collect  and retain,  as part of its  servicing  compensation,  late
payment  charges  and  assumption  underwriting  fees.  Each  Servicer  will  be
reimbursed  from  proceeds of one or more of the  insurance  policies  described
herein ("Insurance Proceeds") or from proceeds received in connection with the

                                       22

<PAGE>



liquidation  of defaulted  Mortgage Loans  ("Liquidation  Proceeds") for certain
expenditures  pursuant to the  Agreement.  See " -  Advances"  and " - Servicing
Compensation and Payment of Expenses" below.

         Each  Servicer  will be  required  to service  each  Mortgage  Loan and
Contract,  as applicable,  pursuant to the terms of the Agreement for the entire
term of such Mortgage Loan and Contract, as applicable, unless such Agreement is
earlier  terminated.  Upon  termination,  a replacement for the Servicer will be
appointed.

Payments on Mortgage Loans

         Each Servicer will  establish and maintain a separate  account (each, a
"Custodial Account"). Subject to the following paragraph, each Custodial Account
must be an account the deposits in which are fully insured by either the Federal
Deposit   Insurance   Corporation   ("FDIC")  or  the   National   Credit  Union
Administration ("NCUA") or are, to the extent such deposits are in excess of the
coverage provided by such insurance, continuously secured by certain obligations
issued or guaranteed by the United States of America.  If at any time the amount
on  deposit  in such  Custodial  Account  shall  exceed the amount so insured or
secured, the applicable Servicer must remit to the Trustee the amount on deposit
in such Custodial  Account which exceeds the amount so insured or secured,  less
any  amount  such  Servicer  may  retain  for its own  account  pursuant  to its
Servicing Agreement.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the deposits in a Servicer's  Custodial
Account will not be required to be fully insured or secured as described  above,
and such Servicer  will not be required to remit  amounts on deposit  therein in
excess of the amount so  insured  or  secured,  so long as such  Servicer  meets
certain  requirements  established by the rating agencies  requested to rate the
Securities.

         Each  Servicer is required to deposit into its  Custodial  Account on a
daily  basis all  amounts in  respect of each  Mortgage  Loan  received  by such
Servicer,  with interest adjusted to a rate (the "Remittance Rate") equal to the
related Mortgage Rate less the Servicer's servicing fee rate. On the day of each
month specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement (the "Remittance  Date"),
each  Servicer  of the  Mortgage  Loans will remit to the  Trustee or  Indenture
Trustee, if applicable,  all funds held in its Custodial Account with respect to
each  Mortgage  Loan;  provided,  however,  that  Principal  Prepayments  may be
remitted  on the  Remittance  Date in the  month  following  the  month  of such
prepayment.  Each  Servicer  will  be  required  pursuant  to the  terms  of the
Agreement and as specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  to remit with
each Principal  Prepayment  interest  thereon at the Remittance Rate through the
last day of the month in which such Principal  Prepayment is made. Each Servicer
may also be required to advance its own funds as described below.

Advances

         With respect to a  delinquent  Mortgage  Loan or Contract,  the related
Servicer  may be  obligated  (but only to the  extent  set forth in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement)  to advance  its own funds or funds  from its  Custodial
Account  equal to the  aggregate  amount of payments of  principal  and interest
(adjusted to the  applicable  Remittance  Rate) which were due on a due date and
which are  delinquent  as of the close of business on the business day preceding
the  Remittance  Date  ("Monthly  Advance").  Generally,  such  advances will be
required to be made by the  Servicer  unless the Servicer  determines  that such
advances  ultimately  would not be recoverable  under any  applicable  insurance
policy, from the proceeds of liquidation of the related Mortgaged Properties, or
from any other source (any amount not so  reimbursable  being referred to herein
as a "Nonrecoverable  Advance"). Such advance obligation generally will continue
through the month following the month of final liquidation of such Mortgage Loan
or Contract.  Any Servicer  funds thus  advanced  will be  reimbursable  to such
Servicer out of  recoveries on the Mortgage  Loans or Contracts  with respect to
which such amounts were  advanced.  Each Servicer will also be obligated to make
advances  with  respect  to certain  taxes and  insurance  premiums  not paid by
Mortgagors  on a  timely  basis.  Funds  so  advanced  are  reimbursable  to the
Servicers  out of recoveries on the related  Mortgage  Loans or Contracts.  Each
Servicer's right of reimbursement for any advance will be prior to the rights of
the Trust to receive any related  Insurance  Proceeds or  Liquidation  Proceeds.
Failure by a Servicer  to make a required  Monthly  Advance  will be grounds for
termination under the related Agreement.


                                       23

<PAGE>



Collection and Other Servicing Procedures

         Each Servicer will service the Mortgage Loans and Contracts pursuant to
guidelines established in the related Agreement.

         Mortgage Loans. The Servicer will be responsible for making  reasonable
efforts  to  collect  all  payments  called for under the  Mortgage  Loans.  The
Servicer will be obligated to follow such normal  practices and procedures as it
deems necessary or advisable to realize upon a defaulted  Mortgage Loan. In this
regard,  the  Servicer  may  (directly  or  through a local  assignee)  sell the
property at a foreclosure or trustee's sale,  negotiate with the Mortgagor for a
deed in lieu of foreclosure or, in the event a deficiency  judgment is available
against  the  Mortgagor  or other  person  (see  "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the
Mortgage  Assets  --  Foreclosure  -   Anti-Deficiency   Legislation  and  Other
Limitations  on  Lenders"  for a  description  of the  limited  availability  of
deficiency  judgments),  foreclose  against  such  property  and proceed for the
deficiency  against  the  appropriate  person.  The amount of the  ultimate  net
recovery  (including the proceeds of any Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy or other
applicable  Credit  Enhancement),  after  reimbursement  to the  Servicer of its
expenses  incurred in  connection  with the  liquidation  of any such  defaulted
Mortgage  Loan and prior  unreimbursed  advances of principal  and interest with
respect thereto will be deposited in the Security Account when realized and will
be  distributed to Owners on the next  Distribution  Date following the month of
receipt.

         With respect to  Cooperative  Loans,  any  prospective  purchaser  will
generally  have to obtain the approval of the board of directors of the relevant
Cooperative  before purchasing the shares and acquiring rights under the related
proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement.  See "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the
Mortgage  Assets"  herein.  This  approval is usually  based on the  purchaser's
income and net worth and numerous  other  factors.  Although  the  Cooperative's
approval is unlikely to be  unreasonably  withheld or delayed,  the necessity of
acquiring such approval could limit the number of potential purchasers for those
shares and otherwise  limit the Trust's ability to sell and realize the value of
those shares.

         In general, a  "tenant-stockholder"  (as defined in Code Section 216(b)
(2)) of a corporation  that  qualifies as a  "cooperative  housing  corporation"
within the meaning of Code Section  216(b)(1) is allowed a deduction for amounts
paid or accrued  within his taxable  year to the  corporation  representing  his
proportionate  share of certain interest  expenses and certain real estate taxes
allowable as a deduction under Code Section 216(a) to the corporation under Code
Sections 163 and 164. In order for a  corporation  to qualify under Code Section
216(b)(1)  for its taxable year in which such items are allowable as a deduction
to the corporation, such Section requires, among other things, that at least 80%
of the gross income of the corporation be derived from its  tenant-stockholders.
By virtue of this requirement,  the status of a corporation for purposes of Code
Section  216(b)(1)  must be determined on a  year-to-year  basis.  Consequently,
there can be no assurance that  Cooperatives  relating to the Cooperative  Loans
will qualify under such Section for any particular  year. In the event that such
a  Cooperative  fails  to  qualify  for  one or more  years,  the  value  of the
collateral  securing  any  related  Cooperative  Loans  could  be  significantly
impaired  because no deduction  would be  allowable  to its  tenant-stockholders
under  Code  Section  216(a)  with  respect  to  those  years.  In  view  of the
significance of the tax benefits accorded  tenant-stockholders  of a corporation
that qualifies as a cooperative  housing  corporation,  however,  the likelihood
that  such a  failure  would be  permitted  to  continue  over a period of years
appears remote.

         The Servicer will expend its own funds to restore  property  securing a
Mortgage Loan which has sustained  uninsured  damage only if it determines  that
such  restoration  will increase the proceeds to the Trust of liquidation of the
Mortgage Loan after the reimbursement to the Servicer of its expenses.

         If a  Mortgaged  Property  has been or is about to be  conveyed  by the
Mortgagor,  the Servicer  will be obligated  (to the extent it has  knowledge of
such  conveyance)  to accelerate  the maturity of the Mortgage  Loan,  unless it
reasonably  believes it is unable to enforce that Mortgage Loan's  "due-on-sale"
clause under the applicable law. If it reasonably  believes it may be restricted
by law, for any reason, from enforcing such a "due-on-sale" clause, the Servicer
may enter into an assumption and modification  agreement with the person to whom
such property has been or is about to be conveyed, pursuant to which such person
becomes  liable under the Mortgage  Note,  provided  such person  satisfies  the
criteria required to maintain the coverage provided by applicable insurance

                                       24

<PAGE>



policies (unless  otherwise  restricted by applicable law). Any fee collected by
the Servicer for entering into an assumption  agreement  will be retained by the
Servicer  as  additional   servicing   compensation.   For  a   description   of
circumstances  in which the  Servicer  may be unable  to  enforce  "due-on-sale"
clauses,  see "Certain  Legal  Aspects of the Mortgage  Assets -- Foreclosure --
Enforceability  of  Certain  Provisions"  herein.  In  connection  with any such
assumption,  the  Mortgage  Rate borne by the related  Mortgage  Note may not be
decreased.

         If specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Servicer will
maintain  with one or more  depository  institutions  one or more  accounts into
which it will deposit all payments of taxes, insurance premiums,  assessments or
comparable  items received for the account of the Mortgagors.  Withdrawals  from
such account or accounts may be made only to effect payment of taxes,  insurance
premiums,  assessments  or  comparable  items,  to reimburse the Servicer out of
related  collections for any cost incurred in paying taxes,  insurance  premiums
and  assessments  or  otherwise  preserving  or  protecting  the  value  of  the
Mortgages,  to refund to mortgagors any amounts determined to be overages and to
pay interest to Mortgagors on balances in such account or accounts to the extent
required by law.

         So long as it acts as servicer of the Mortgage Loans, the Servicer will
be required to maintain certain  insurance  covering errors and omissions in the
performance of its  obligations  as servicer and certain  fidelity bond coverage
ensuring  against  losses  through  wrongdoing  of its  officers,  employees and
agents.

         Contracts.  Pursuant to the Agreement, the Servicer, either directly or
through  sub-servicers  subject to general  supervision  by the  Servicer,  will
perform  diligently all services and duties  required to be performed  under the
Agreement,  in the same manner as performed by prudent  lending  institutions of
manufactured  housing  installment  sales  contracts  of the  same  type  as the
Contracts  in those  jurisdictions  where  the  related  Manufactured  Homes are
located.  The duties to be performed by the Servicer will include collection and
remittance of principal and interest  payments,  collection of insurance  claims
and, if necessary, repossession.

         Each Agreement will provide that when any Manufactured  Home securing a
Contract is about to be conveyed by the borrower, the Servicer (to the extent it
has  knowledge  of such  prospective  conveyance  and  prior  to the time of the
consummation  of such  conveyance)  may  exercise its rights to  accelerate  the
maturity of such Contract under the  applicable  "due-on-sale"  clause,  if any,
unless  the  Servicer   reasonably   believes  it  is  unable  to  enforce  such
"due-on-sale"  clause  under  applicable  law.  In such  case  the  Servicer  is
authorized to take or enter into an assumption agreement from or with the person
to whom such Manufactured Home has been or is about to be conveyed,  pursuant to
which such  person  becomes  liable  under the  Contract,  provided  such person
satisfies the criteria  required to maintain the coverage provided by applicable
insurance  policies  (unless  otherwise  restricted  by applicable  law).  Where
authorized by the Contract,  the annual  percentage rate may be increased,  upon
assumption, to the then-prevailing market rate but will not be decreased.

         Under  each   Agreement  the  Servicer  will   repossess  or  otherwise
comparably  convert the  ownership of  properties  securing  such of the related
Contracts as come into and  continue in default and as to which no  satisfactory
arrangements  can be made for collection of delinquent  payments.  In connection
with such  repossession  or other  conversion,  the  Servicer  will  follow such
practices  and  procedures  as it deems  necessary or advisable  and as shall be
normal and usual in its general  servicing  activities.  The Servicer,  however,
will not be required to expend its own funds in connection with any repossession
or towards the  restoration  of any property  unless it determines (i) that such
restoration  or  repossession  will increase the proceeds of  liquidation of the
related  Contract to the Trust after  reimbursement  to itself for such expenses
and (ii) that such expenses will be recoverable to it either through Liquidation
Proceeds or through Insurance Proceeds.

Primary Mortgage Insurance

         Mortgage  Loans that the  Depositor  acquires  will  generally not have
primary mortgage insurance. If obtained, the primary mortgage insurance policies
will not insure against  certain losses which may be sustained in the event of a
personal bankruptcy of the mortgagor under a Mortgage Loan.


                                       25

<PAGE>



Standard Hazard Insurance

         Mortgage Loans. The Servicer will be required to cause to be maintained
for each Mortgage Loan a standard hazard insurance policy.  The coverage of such
policy is required to be in an amount not less than the maximum  insurable value
of the  improvements  securing  such  Mortgage  Loan  from  time  to time or the
principal  balance owing on such  Mortgage Loan from time to time,  whichever is
less. In all events,  such coverage  shall be in an amount  sufficient to ensure
avoidance of the  applicability of the  co-insurance  provisions under the terms
and conditions of the applicable  policy. The ability of each Servicer to assure
that hazard insurance proceeds are appropriately applied may be dependent on its
being named as an additional  insured under any standard hazard insurance policy
and under any flood  insurance  policy  referred to below, or upon the extent to
which  information  in this regard is furnished to such Servicer by  Mortgagors.
Each Agreement may provide that the related  Servicer may satisfy its obligation
to cause hazard  insurance  policies to be maintained  by  maintaining a blanket
policy  insuring  against  hazard losses on the Mortgage  Loans serviced by such
Servicer.

         In general,  the  standard  form of fire and extended  coverage  policy
covers physical damage to or destruction of the  improvements on the property by
fire, lightning,  explosion,  smoke, wind-storm and hail, riot, strike and civil
commotion,  subject to the  conditions  and  exclusions  particularized  in each
policy.   Although  the  policies   relating  to  the  Mortgage  Loans  will  be
underwritten by different  insurers and,  therefore,  will not contain identical
terms and  conditions,  the basic terms  thereof are dictated by state law. Such
policies  typically  do  not  cover  any  physical  damage  resulting  from  the
following: war, revolution, governmental actions, floods and other water-related
causes, earth movement (including earthquakes, landslides and mud flow), nuclear
reactions,  wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents,  insects or domestic animals, theft
and, in certain cases,  vandalism.  The foregoing  list is merely  indicative of
certain kinds of uninsured risks and is not intended to be all-inclusive. If the
property  securing a Mortgage  Loan is located in a federally  designated  flood
area, flood insurance will be required to be maintained in such amounts as would
be required by FNMA in connection with its mortgage loan purchase  program.  The
Depositor may also purchase  special  hazard  insurance  against  certain of the
uninsured  risks  described  above.  See "Credit  Enhancement -- Special  Hazard
Insurance".

         Since the amount of hazard  insurance the Servicer is required to cause
to be maintained on the improvements securing the Mortgage Loans declines as the
principal  balances  owing  thereon  decrease,  if  the  residential  properties
securing  the  Mortgage  Loans  appreciate  in value  over  time,  the effect of
coinsurance in the event of partial loss may be that hazard  insurance  proceeds
will be insufficient to restore fully the damaged property.

         The  Depositor  will  not  require  that a  standard  hazard  or  flood
insurance  policy be  maintained  on the  cooperative  dwelling  relating to any
Cooperative  Loan.   Generally,   the  Cooperative  itself  is  responsible  for
maintenance of hazard  insurance for the property owned by the  Cooperative  and
the  tenant-stockholders  of that Cooperative do not maintain  individual hazard
insurance policies.  To the extent,  however, that a Cooperative and the related
borrower on a Cooperative Loan do not maintain such insurance or do not maintain
adequate  coverage or any insurance  proceeds are not applied to the restoration
of damaged property,  any damage to such borrower's cooperative dwelling or such
Cooperative's  building could  significantly  reduce the value of the collateral
securing  such  Cooperative  Loan to the  extent  not  covered  by other  credit
support.

         Contracts.  The  Servicer  will  generally  be  required to cause to be
maintained with respect to each Contract one or more hazard  insurance  policies
which  provide,  at a minimum,  the same  coverage  as a standard  form fire and
extended coverage  insurance policy that is customary for manufactured  housing,
issued by a company  authorized to issue such policies in the state in which the
Manufactured Home is located and in an amount which is not less than the maximum
insurable value of such  Manufactured Home or the principal balance due from the
borrower on the related Contract,  whichever is less. When a Manufactured Home's
location  was,  at the time of  origination  of the related  Contract,  within a
federally  designated  special flood hazard area,  the Servicer also shall cause
such flood insurance to be maintained, which coverage shall be at least equal to
the minimum amount specified in the preceding  sentence or such lesser amount as
may be available under the federal flood insurance program.

         The  Servicer  may  maintain,  in lieu  of  causing  individual  hazard
insurance  policies to be maintained with respect to each Manufactured Home, and
shall maintain, to the extent that the related Contract does not require the

                                       26

<PAGE>



borrower  to  maintain a hazard  insurance  policy  with  respect to the related
Manufactured Home, one or more blanket insurance policies covering losses on the
borrowers'   interests  in  the   Contracts   resulting   from  the  absence  or
insufficiency of individual hazard insurance policies.

         The Servicer,  to the extent  practicable,  will cause the borrowers to
pay all taxes and similar  governmental  charges  when and as due. To the extent
that  nonpayment  of any taxes or charges would result in the creation of a lien
upon any Manufactured  Home having a priority equal or senior to the lien of the
related Contract, the Servicer will pay any such delinquent tax or charge.

         If the  Servicer  repossesses  a  Manufactured  Home on  behalf  of the
Trustee,  the Servicer will either (i) maintain at its expense hazard  insurance
with respect to such Manufactured Home or (ii) indemnify the Trustee against any
damage to such Manufactured Home prior to resale or other disposition.

Title Insurance Policies

         The Agreements will generally  require that a title insurance policy be
in effect on each of the  Mortgaged  Properties  and that such  title  insurance
policy contain no coverage  exceptions,  except customary  exceptions  generally
accepted in the mortgage banking industry.

Claims Under Primary Mortgage  Insurance  Policies and Standard Hazard Insurance
Policies; Other Realization Upon Defaulted Loan

         Each  Servicer  will present  claims to any primary  insurer  under any
related primary  mortgage  insurance  policy and to the hazard insurer under any
related  standard hazard  insurance  policy.  All collections  under any related
primary  mortgage  insurance  policy or any related  standard  hazard  insurance
policy  (less any  proceeds  to be applied to the  restoration  or repair of the
related Mortgaged  Property or to the reimbursement of Advances by the Servicer)
will be remitted to the Trustee.

         If any Mortgaged Property securing a defaulted Mortgage Loan is damaged
and proceeds,  if any, from the related  standard  hazard  insurance  policy are
insufficient to restore the damaged property to a condition sufficient to permit
recovery  under any  applicable  Mortgage Pool  Insurance  Policy or any related
primary mortgage  insurance policy,  each Servicer may be required to expend its
own finds to restore the damaged property to the extent specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  but only to the extent it determines such  expenditures
are recoverable from Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds.

         If recovery under any applicable  Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy or any
related primary mortgage  insurance  policy is not available,  the Servicer will
nevertheless  be  obligated to attempt to realize  upon the  defaulted  Mortgage
Loan.  Foreclosure  proceedings  will be conducted by the Servicer in accordance
with the Agreement. If the proceeds of any liquidation of the Mortgaged Property
securing the defaulted  Mortgage Loan are less than the Principal Balance of the
defaulted  Mortgage Loan plus interest accrued thereon,  a loss will be realized
on such Mortgage  Loan, to the extent the applicable  Credit  Enhancement is not
sufficient,  in the amount of such  difference  plus the  aggregate  of expenses
which are incurred by the Servicer in connection  with such  proceedings and are
reimbursable under the Agreement.  In such case there will be a reduction in the
value of the  Mortgage  Loans and Trust may be unable to recover the full amount
of principal and interest due thereon.

         In addition,  where a Mortgaged  Property securing a defaulted Mortgage
Loan can be resold for an amount exceeding the principal  balance of the related
Mortgage Loan together  with accrued  interest and expenses,  it may be expected
that,  where  retention  of any such  amount is  legally  permissible,  the Pool
Insurer  will  exercise  its right under the  related  Mortgage  Pool  Insurance
Policy,  if any, to purchase such Mortgaged  Property and realize for itself any
excess  proceeds.  Any amounts  remaining  in the  Security  Account  after such
foreclosure  or  liquidation  and  attributable  to such  Mortgage  Loan will be
distributed to Owners of the Securities.


                                       27

<PAGE>



Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

         As  compensation  for  its  servicing  duties,  each  Servicer  will be
entitled  to a monthly  servicing  fee in the amount  specified  in the  related
Prospectus Supplement. In addition to the primary compensation,  Servicer may be
permitted to retain all assumption  underwriting  fees and late payment charges,
to the extent collected from Mortgagors.

         As set forth above, each Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement for
certain expenses  incurred by it in connection with the liquidation of defaulted
Mortgage  Loans  and  Contracts  and in  connection  with  advancing  delinquent
payments.  No loss will be suffered on the Securities by reason of such expenses
to the extent claims for such expenses are paid  directly  under any  applicable
Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy, a primary mortgage insurance policy, the special
hazard insurance policy or from other forms of Credit Enhancement. In the event,
however,  that the defaulted  Mortgage  Loans are not covered by a Mortgage Pool
Insurance  Policy,  primary  mortgage  insurance  policies,  the Special  Hazard
Insurance Policy or another form of Credit Enhancement, or claims are either not
made  or  paid  under  such  policies  or  Credit  Enhancement,  or if  coverage
thereunder  has ceased,  such a loss will occur to the extent that the  proceeds
from  the  liquidation  of  a  defaulted   Mortgage  Loan  or  Contract,   after
reimbursement of the Servicer's expenses, are less than the Principal Balance of
such defaulted Mortgage Loan or Contract.

Master Servicer

         A Master Servicer may be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
for the related series of Securities. Customary servicing functions with respect
to  Mortgage  Loans  constituting  the  Mortgage  Pool will be  provided  by the
Servicer directly or through one or more Sub-Servicers subject to supervision by
the Master  Servicer.  If the Master  Servicer  is not  directly  servicing  the
Mortgage  Loans,  then the Master Servicer will (i) administer and supervise the
performance  by  the  Servicer  of  its  servicing  responsibilities  under  the
Agreement with the Master  Servicer,  (ii) maintain a current data base with the
payment histories of each Mortgagor,  (iii) review monthly servicing reports and
data relating to the Mortgage Pool for discrepancies and errors, and (iv) act as
back-up  Servicer  during the term of the  transaction  unless the  Servicer  is
terminated  or  resigns  in such  case the  Master  Servicer  shall  assume  the
obligations of the Servicer.

         The Master Servicer will be a party to the Agreement for any series for
which Mortgage Loans comprise the assets of a Trust. The Master Servicer will be
required to satisfy the standard established for the qualification of the Master
Servicer in the related  Agreement.  The Master Servicer will be compensated for
the  performance of its services and duties under each Agreement as specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                 ADMINISTRATION

         The following summary describes certain provisions which will be common
to each  Agreement.  The summary  does not purport to be complete and is subject
to,  and  qualified  in its  entirety  by  reference  to,  the  provisions  of a
particular  Agreement.  Material  terms of a specific  Agreement will be further
described in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Assignment of Mortgage Assets

         Assignment  of  the  Mortgage  Loans.  At the  time  of  issuance,  the
Depositor  will assign the  Mortgage  Loans to the  Trustee,  together  with all
principal and interest  adjusted to the Remittance  Rate,  subject to exclusions
specified in the Prospectus Supplement,  due on or with respect to such Mortgage
Loans on or after the Cut-Off Date. The Trustee and the Indenture  Trustee will,
concurrently  with  such  assignment,   execute,  countersign  and  deliver  the
Securities  to the Depositor in exchange for the Mortgage  Loans.  Each Mortgage
Loan will be identified in a schedule  appearing as an exhibit to the Agreement.
Such  schedule  may  include  information  as to the  Principal  Balance of each
Mortgage  Loan as of the Cut-Off  Date, as well as  information  respecting  the
Mortgage Rate, the scheduled monthly payment of principal and interest as of the
Cut-Off Date and the maturity date of each Mortgage Note.

                                       28

<PAGE>




         In addition,  as to each Mortgage  Loan, the Depositor will deliver the
Mortgage  Note and Mortgage,  any  assumption  and  modification  agreement,  an
assignment of the Mortgage in recordable form (but only recorded if so specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement), evidence of title insurance, if obtained,
and, if applicable,  the certificate of private mortgage insurance. In instances
where recorded  documents  cannot be delivered due to delays in connection  with
recording,  the  Depositor may deliver  copies  thereof and deliver the original
recorded documents promptly upon receipt.

         With respect to any Mortgage  Loans which are  Cooperative  Loans,  the
Depositor will cause to be delivered the related original  Cooperative note, the
original security agreement,  the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement,  the
recognition  agreement,  an executed financing  agreement and the relevant stock
certificate  and related  blank stock  powers.  The  Depositor  will file in the
appropriate office an assignment of each Cooperative Loan.

         Each Seller  generally will represent and warrant to the Depositor with
respect to the  Mortgage  Loans sold by it,  among  other  things,  that (i) the
information  set forth in the  schedule of Mortgage  Loans  attached  thereto is
correct in all material  respects:  (ii) a lender's  title  insurance  policy or
binder for each Mortgage Loan subject to the Agreement was issued on the date of
origination  thereof  and each  such  policy or  binder  assurance  is valid and
remains in full force and effect or a legal  opinion  concerning  title or title
search was obtained or  conducted  in  connection  with the  origination  of the
Mortgage  Loan;  (iii) at the  Delivery  Date,  the Seller has good title to the
Mortgage  Loans  and the  Mortgage  Loans  are  free  of  offsets,  defenses  or
counterclaims; (iv) at the Delivery Date, each Mortgage is a valid first lien on
the property securing the Mortgage Note (subject only to (a) the lien of current
real  property   taxes  and   assessments,   (b)  covenants,   conditions,   and
restrictions,  rights of way, easements and other matters of public record as of
the date of the recording of such Mortgage,  such exceptions appearing of record
being acceptable to mortgage lending institutions  generally in the area wherein
the property subject to the Mortgage is located or specifically reflected in the
appraisal  obtained  by the  Depositor  and (c)  other  matters  to  which  like
properties  are commonly  subject  which do not  materially  interfere  with the
benefits of the  security  intended to be  provided by such  Mortgage)  and such
property is free of material  damage and is in good repair or, with respect to a
junior lien Mortgage  Loan,  that such Mortgage is a valid junior lien Mortgage,
as the case may be and  specifying  the  percentage  of the  Mortgage  Loan Pool
comprised of junior lien Mortgage  Loans;  (v) at the Delivery Date, no Mortgage
Loan is 31 or more days delinquent  (with such exceptions as may be specified in
the Prospectus  Supplement) and there are no delinquent tax or assessment  liens
against the property covered by the related Mortgage; (vi) at the Delivery Date,
the portion of each Mortgage Loan, if any, which in the  circumstances set forth
below under  "Servicing  of  Mortgage  Loans and  Contracts  - Primary  Mortgage
Insurance" should be insured with a private mortgage insurer is so insured;  and
(vii)  each  Mortgage  Loan at the time it was  made  complied  in all  material
respects with applicable state and federal laws, including, with out limitation,
usury,  equal credit  opportunity and disclosure  laws. The  Depositor's  rights
against  the  Seller  in the event of a breach  of its  representations  will be
assigned to the  Trustee,  and, if  applicable,  the  Indenture  Trustee for the
benefit of the Securities of such series.

         Assignment of Contracts.  The Depositor  will cause the Contracts to be
assigned to the Trustee, and, if applicable,  to the Indenture Trustee, together
with principal and interest due on or with respect to the Contracts on and after
the Cut-Off Date. Each Contract will be identified in a loan schedule ("Contract
Loan Schedule") appearing as an exhibit to the related Agreement.  Such Contract
Loan Schedule may specify,  with respect to each  Contract,  among other things:
the original  principal balance and the outstanding  Principal Balance as of the
Cut-Off Date; the interest rate; the current  scheduled payment of principal and
interest; and the maturity date.

         In addition,  with respect to each Contract, the Depositor will deliver
or cause to be  delivered to the  Trustee,  the original  Contract and copies of
documents and instruments  related to each Contract and the security interest in
the Manufactured Home securing each Contract. To give notice of the right, title
and interest of the Trust,  and, if applicable,  the Indenture  Trustee,  to the
Contracts, the Depositor will cause appropriate UCC-1 financing statements to be
filed identifying the secured party and identifying all Contracts as collateral.
The  Contracts  will  not be  stamped  or  otherwise  marked  to  reflect  their
assignment by the Depositor.  Therefore,  if a subsequent purchaser were able to
take physical possession of the Contracts without notice of such assignment, the
interest  of the  Trust,  and,  if  applicable,  the  Indenture  Trustee  in the
Contracts could be defeated.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Assets"
herein.

                                       29

<PAGE>




         The  Depositor or the related  Seller,  as the case may be, may provide
limited   representations   and  warranties   concerning  the  Contracts.   Such
representations and warranties may include:  (i) that the information  contained
in the Contract Loan Schedule  provides an accurate listing of the Contracts and
that the  information  respecting such Contracts set forth in such Contract Loan
Schedule  is true and  correct  in all  material  respects  at the date or dates
respecting which such information is furnished;  (ii) that, immediately prior to
the  conveyance of the  Contracts,  the Depositor had good title to and was sole
owner of, each such Contract;  and (iii) that there has been no other sale by it
of such  Contract  and that the  Contract  is not  subject to any lien,  charge,
security interest or other encumbrance.

         Assignment of Mortgage-Backed Securities and Other Mortgage Securities.
With  respect to each  series,  the  Depositor  will  cause any  Mortgage-Backed
Securities  and Other  Mortgage  Securities  included in the related Trust to be
registered in the name of the Trustee or, if applicable,  the Indenture  Trustee
(directly  or  through  a  participant  in a  depository).  The  Trustee  or, if
applicable, the Indenture Trustee (or its custodian) will have possession of any
certificated  Mortgage-Backed  Securities and Other Mortgage Securities but will
not be in possession of or be assignee of record of any underlying  assets for a
Mortgage-Backed  Security  or  Other  Mortgage  Security.  Each  Mortgage-Backed
Security and Other Mortgage Security will be identified in a schedule  appearing
as an exhibit to the related  Agreement  which may specify  certain  information
with respect to such security,  including, as applicable, the original principal
amount,   outstanding   principal   balance  as  of  the  Cut-Off  Date,  annual
pass-through rate or interest rate and maturity date and certain other pertinent
information  for each such  security.  The Depositor will represent and warrant,
among other  things,  the  information  contained  in such  schedule is true and
correct and that  immediately  prior to the transfer of the related  securities,
the Depositor had good title to, and was the sole owner of, each such security.

         Repurchase or Substitution of Mortgage Loans and Contracts. The Trustee
and, if applicable, the Indenture Trustee will review the documents delivered to
it with  respect to the  Mortgage  Loans and  Contracts  included in the related
Trust.  If any  document is not  delivered  or is found to be  defective  in any
material respect and the Depositor or the related Seller, if so required, cannot
deliver  such  document or cure such defect  within the period  specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement after notice thereof (which will be required to be
given within the period specified in the related Prospectus Supplement),  and if
any other party  obligated to deliver such  document or cure such defect has not
done so and has not  substituted  or repurchased  the affected  Mortgage Loan or
Contract,  then the  Depositor  will cause the Seller,  not later than the first
date  designated  for the  deposit  of  payments  into the  Security  Account (a
"Deposit Date") which is more than a specified number of days after such period,
(a) if so provided in the Prospectus  Supplement to remove the affected Mortgage
Loan or Contract from the Trust and  substitute one or more other Mortgage Loans
or Contracts  therefor or (b)  repurchase the Mortgage Loan or Contract from the
Trustee  for a price  equal to 100% of its  Principal  Balance  plus one month's
interest  thereon at the applicable  Remittance  Rate.  This  repurchase and, if
applicable,  substitution  obligation will generally  constitute the sole remedy
available  for a material  defect in a document  relating to a Mortgage  Loan or
Contract.

         The Depositor is required to do or cause the Seller to do either of the
following (a) cure any breach of any  representation or warranty that materially
and adversely  affects the  interests of the Owners in a Mortgage Loan (each,  a
"Defective  Mortgage  Loan") or  Contract  within  the period  specified  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement of its discovery by the Depositor or its receipt
of notice thereof from the Trustee,  (b) repurchase such Defective Mortgage Loan
or Contract not later than the first Deposit Date which is more than a specified
number of days after  such  period  for a price  equal to 100% of its  Principal
Balance plus one month's interest thereon at the applicable  Remittance Rate, or
(c) if so specified in the Prospectus  Supplement,  remove the affected Mortgage
Loan or Contract from the Trust and  substitute one or more other mortgage loans
or  contracts  therefor.  This  repurchase  and,  if  applicable,   substitution
obligation will generally  constitute the sole remedies available to the Trustee
for any such breach.

         If the related  Prospectus  Supplement so provides,  the Depositor or a
designated affiliate may be obligated to repurchase or substitute Mortgage Loans
or Contracts as described  above,  whether or not the Depositor  obtains such an
agreement from the Seller which sold such Mortgage Loans or Contracts.


                                       30

<PAGE>



         If a REMIC election is to be made with respect to all or a portion of a
Trust,  there may be federal  income tax  limitations on the right to substitute
Mortgage Loans or Contracts.

Evidence as to Compliance

         The Agreement  will provide that on or before a specified  date in each
year,  beginning  the first  such date  that is at least a  specified  number of
months on and after the Cut-Off Date, a firm of independent  public  accountants
will  furnish  a  statement  to the  Trustee  to the  effect  that,  based on an
examination of certain specified documents and records relating to the servicing
of the Depositor's mortgage loan portfolio conducted substantially in compliance
with the audit  program for  mortgages  serviced  for FNMA or FHLMC,  the United
States Department of Housing and Urban  Development  Mortgage Audit Standards or
the Uniform  Single Audit  Program for Mortgage  Bankers or in  accordance  with
other  standards   specified  in  the  Agreement  (the  "Applicable   Accounting
Standards"),  such firm is of the opinion that such servicing has been conducted
in  compliance  with the  Applicable  Accounting  Standards  except for (a) such
exceptions  as such firm  shall  believe  to be  immaterial  and (b) such  other
exceptions as shall be set forth in such statement.

The Trustee

         Any commercial bank or trust company serving as Trustee may have normal
banking  relationships  with the Depositor.  In addition,  the Depositor and the
Trustee acting jointly will have the power and the responsibility for appointing
co-trustees  or separate  trustees of all or any part of the Trust relating to a
particular series of Securities.  In the event of such appointment,  all rights,
powers,  duties and  obligations  conferred  or imposed  upon the Trustee by the
Agreement  shall be  conferred  or imposed  upon the Trustee  and such  separate
trustee or  co-trustee  jointly,  or, in any  jurisdiction  in which the Trustee
shall be incompetent or  unqualified to perform  certain acts,  singly upon such
separate  trustee or  co-trustee  who shall  exercise  and perform  such rights,
powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction of the Trustee.

         The  Trustee  will  make  no  representations  as to  the  validity  or
sufficiency of the Agreement, the Securities or of any Mortgage Asset or related
document,  and  will  not be  accountable  for  the  use or  application  by the
Depositor of any funds paid to the Depositor in respect of the Securities or the
related assets,  or amounts  deposited in the Security Account or deposited into
the Distribution Account. If no Event of Default has occurred,  the Trustee will
be required to perform only those duties  specifically  required of it under the
Agreement.  However, upon receipt of the various certificates,  reports or other
instruments  required to be  furnished  to it, the  Trustee  will be required to
examine  them to  determine  whether  they  conform to the  requirements  of the
Agreement.

         The Trustee may resign at any time,  and the  Depositor  may remove the
Trustee if the  Trustee  ceases to be  eligible  to  continue  as such under the
Agreement,  if the Trustee becomes insolvent or in such other instances, if any,
as are set forth in the Agreement.  Following any  resignation or removal of the
Trustee,  the Depositor  will be obligated to appoint a successor  Trustee.  Any
resignation  or removal of the Trustee and  appointment  of a successor  Trustee
will not become  effective until  acceptance of the appointment by the successor
Trustee.

Administration of the Security Account

         The  Agreement  will require  that the  Security  Account be either (i)
maintained with a depository  institution the debt  obligations of which (or, in
the  case of a  depository  institution  which  is a part of a  holding  company
structure,  the debt  obligations of the holding company of which) have a rating
acceptable to each rating agency that was requested to rate the  Securities,  or
(ii) an account or accounts  the  deposits in which are fully  insured by either
the Bank  Insurance  Fund  (the  "BIF") of the FDIC or the  Savings  Association
Insurance  Fund  (as  successor  to  the  Federal  Savings  and  Loan  Insurance
Corporation)  ("SAIF") of the FDIC. The collateral eligible to secure amounts in
the Security Account is limited to United States government securities and other
investments  acceptable to the rating agencies rating such series of Securities,
and may include one or more Securities of a series ("Eligible Investments").  If
so specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a Security  Account may be
maintained  as an interest  bearing  account,  or the funds held  therein may be
invested  pending each succeeding  Payment Date in Eligible  Investments.  If so
specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Servicer or its designee
will be

                                       31

<PAGE>



entitled to receive any such  interest  or other  income  earned on funds in the
Security  Account as additional  compensation.  The Servicer will deposit in the
Security  Account from amounts  previously  deposited by it into the  Servicer's
Custodial  Account on the related  Remittance  Date the  following  payments and
collections  received  or made by it on and after the  Cut-Off  Date  (including
scheduled  payments of principal  and interest due on and after the Cut-Off Date
but received before the Cut-Off Date):

                  (i) all Mortgagor payments on account of principal,  including
         Principal  Prepayments  and, if  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
         Supplement, prepayment penalties:

                  (ii) all Mortgagor  payments on account of interest,  adjusted
         to the Remittance Rate;

                  (iii)  all   Liquidation   Proceeds  net  of  certain  amounts
         reimbursed  to the  Servicer  or  other  person  entitled  thereto,  as
         described above;

                  (iv) all Insurance Proceeds, other than proceeds to be applied
         to the restoration or repair of the related property or released to the
         Mortgagor  and net of certain  amounts  reimbursed  to the  Servicer or
         other person entitled thereto, as described above;

                  (v) all  condemnation  awards  or  settlements  which  are not
         released  to  the  Mortgagor  in  accordance   with  normal   servicing
         procedures;

                  (vi)  any  Advances  made as  described  under  "Servicing  of
         Mortgage  Loans and  Contracts  - Advances"  herein and  certain  other
         amounts  required  under the  Agreement to be deposited in the Security
         Account;

                  (vii)  all  proceeds  of any  Mortgage  Loan  or  Contract  or
         property acquired in respect thereof repurchased by the Depositor,  the
         Seller or otherwise as described above or under "Termination" below;

                  (viii) all  amounts,  if any,  required to be deposited in the
         Security  Account from any Credit  Enhancement  for the related series;
         and

                  (ix)  all  other  amounts  required  to be  deposited  in  the
         Security Account pursuant to the related Agreement.

Reports

         Concurrently  with each  distribution on the Securities,  there will be
mailed to Owners a statement  generally  setting forth, to the extent applicable
to any series, among other things:

                  (i) the  aggregate  amount of such  distribution  allocable to
         principal, separately identifying the amount allocable to each class;

                  (ii) the amount of such  distribution  allocable  to interest,
         separately identifying the amount allocable to each class;

                  (iii) the aggregate  Security  Principal Balance of each class
         of  the  Securities  after  giving  effect  to  distributions  on  such
         Distribution Date;

                  (iv) the aggregate  Security Principal Balance of any class of
         Compound  Interest  Securities  after giving  effect to any increase in
         such  Principal  Balance that results from the accrual of interest that
         is not yet distributable thereon;

                  (v) if applicable,  the amount otherwise  distributable to any
         class  of  Securities   that  was   distributed  to  other  classes  of
         Securities;

                                       32

<PAGE>




                  (vi) if any class of  Securities  has priority in the right to
         receive Principal  Prepayments,  the amount of Principal Prepayments in
         respect of the related Mortgage Assets;

                  (vii) the aggregate  Principal  Balance and number of Mortgage
         Loans  and  Contracts  which  were  delinquent  as to a  total  of  two
         installments of principal and interest; and

                  (viii) the aggregate  Principal Balances of Mortgage Loans and
         Contracts which (a) were delinquent 30-59 days, 60-89 days, and 90 days
         or more, or other delinquency categories of similar nature and (b) were
         in foreclosure.

         Customary  information deemed necessary for Owners to prepare their tax
returns will be furnished  annually (in the case of Book Entry  Securities,  the
above  described  statement  and  such  annual  information  will be sent to the
Clearing  Agency,  which  will  provide  such  reports  to the  Clearing  Agency
Participants in accordance with its procedures).

Forward Commitments; Pre-Funding

         The Trustee of a Trust may enter into a  Pre-Funding  Agreement for the
transfer of additional  Mortgage Loans and Contracts to such Trust following the
date on which such Trust is established  and the related  Securities are issued.
The  Trustee  of a Trust may enter  into  Pre-Funding  Agreements  to permit the
acquisition  of  additional  Mortgage  Loans that could not be  delivered by the
Depositor or have not formally completed the origination  process,  in each case
prior to the Delivery  Date.  Any  Pre-Funding  Agreement  will require that any
Mortgage Loans so transferred to a Trust conform to the  requirements  specified
in such Pre-Funding Agreement. If a Pre-Funding Agreement is to be utilized, the
related  Trustee  will be required to deposit in the  Purchase  Account all or a
portion of the proceeds  received by the Trustee in connection  with the sale of
one or more classes of Securities of the related series; the additional Mortgage
Loans will be  transferred  to the related Trust in exchange for money  released
from the related  Pre-Funding  Account.  Each  Pre-Funding  Agreement will set a
specified  period during which any such  transfers must occur.  The  Pre-Funding
Agreement or the related  Agreement will require that, if all moneys  originally
deposited  to  such  Pre-Funding  Account  are  not so  used  by the end of such
specified  period,  then any  remaining  moneys  will be applied as a  mandatory
prepayment  of the related  class or classes of  Securities  as specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The specified  period for the acquisition by a
Trust of additional  Mortgage  Loans is not expected to exceed three months from
the date such Trust is established.

Servicer Events of Default

         "Events of Default" under the Agreement will consist of (i) any failure
by the Servicer to duly observe or perform in any material  respect any other of
its covenants or agreements in the Agreement  materially affecting the rights of
Owners  which  continues  unremedied  for a  specified  number of days after the
giving of written  notice of such failure to the  Depositor by the Trustee or to
the Servicer and the Trustee by the Owners of Securities evidencing interests in
the Trust aggregating not less than 25% of the affected class of Securities; and
(ii) certain events of insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshaling of assets
and  liabilities  or similar  proceedings  and certain  actions by the  Servicer
indicating its insolvency, reorganization or inability to pay its obligations.

Rights Upon Servicer Event of Default

         As long as an Event of Default under the Agreement  remains  unremedied
by the  Servicer,  the Trustee or Owners of  Securities  evidencing an ownership
interest  in the Trust may  terminate  all the  rights  and  obligations  of the
Servicer under the Agreement,  whereupon the Trustee or Master Servicer, if any,
or a new Servicer appointed  pursuant to the Agreement,  will succeed to all the
responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer under the Agreement and
will  be  entitled  to  similar   compensation   arrangements.   Following  such
termination,  the Depositor shall appoint any established mortgage loan servicer
satisfying the  qualification  standards  established in the Agreement to act as
successor to the Servicer under the Agreement.  If no such successor  shall have
been appointed  within a specified  number of days  following such  termination,
then either the Depositor or the Trustee may petition

                                       33

<PAGE>



a court of competent  jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor  Servicer.
Pending  the  appointment  of a  successor  Servicer,  the Trustee or the Master
Servicer, if any, shall act as Servicer.

         The Owners of Securities  evidencing an ownership interest in the Trust
will not have any right under the  Agreement to institute  any  proceeding  with
respect to the  Agreement,  unless  they  previously  have given to the  Trustee
written  notice of  default  and unless  the  Owners of the  percentage  of such
Securities  specified in the Prospectus  Supplement have made written request to
the Trustee to institute such  proceeding in its own name as Trustee  thereunder
and have  offered to the  Trustee  reasonable  indemnity  and the  Trustee for a
specified  number  of days  has  neglected  or  refused  to  institute  any such
proceedings. Nevertheless, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of
the trusts or powers vested in it by the Agreement or to make any  investigation
of matters arising thereunder or to institute,  conduct or defend any litigation
thereunder or in relation  thereto at the request,  order or direction of any of
the Owners,  unless such Owners have offered to the Trustee reasonable  security
or indemnity  against the costs,  expenses and liabilities which may be incurred
therein or thereby.

Amendment

         An Agreement  generally may be amended by the  Depositor,  the Servicer
and the Trustee,  without the consent of the Owners of the Securities evidencing
an  ownership  interest  in the  Trust,  to cure any  ambiguity,  to  correct or
supplement any provision therein which may be defective or inconsistent with any
other provision  therein,  to take any action necessary to maintain REMIC status
of any  Trust as to which a REMIC  election  has been  made or to add any  other
provisions  with respect to matters or  questions  arising  under the  Agreement
which are not  materially  inconsistent  with the  provisions of the  Agreement;
provided  that such  action  will not,  as  evidenced  by an  opinion of counsel
satisfactory  to the  Trustee,  adversely  affect in any  material  respect  the
interests of any Owners of such Securities.  An Agreement may also be amended by
the Depositor,  the Servicer,  and the Trustee with the consent of the Owners of
Securities  evidencing an ownership  interest in the Trust  aggregating not less
than a majority of the aggregate  Security  Principal Balance of such Securities
for the  purpose  of adding  any  provisions  to or  changing  in any  manner or
eliminating  any of the  provisions  of such  Agreement  or of  modifying in any
manner the rights of such Owners; provided,  however, that no such amendment may
(i) reduce in any manner the amount of, or delay the timing of,  collections  of
payments  received on the related  Mortgage  Assets or  distributions  which are
required  to be made on any such  Security  without  the consent of the Owner of
such Security,  (ii) adversely  affect in any material  respect the interests of
the Owners of any class of such Securities in any manner other than as described
in (i), without the consent of the Owners of Securities of such class evidencing
not less than a majority  of the  interests  of such  class or (iii)  reduce the
aforesaid  percentage of Securities of any such class required to consent to any
such amendment, without the consent of the Owners of all such Securities of such
class then  outstanding.  Any other amendment  provisions  inconsistent with the
foregoing shall be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Termination

         The obligations of the Depositor, the Servicer, and the Trustee created
by the Agreement will terminate upon the payment as required by the Agreement of
all amounts held by the  Servicer or in the Security  Account and required to be
paid to them  pursuant to the  Agreement  after the later of (i) the maturity or
other  liquidation of the last Mortgage Asset subject thereto or the disposition
of all property  acquired upon foreclosure of any such Mortgage Loan or Contract
or (ii) the  repurchase by the Depositor  from the Trust of all the  outstanding
Securities or all remaining  assets in the Trust.  The Agreement  will establish
the  repurchase  price for the  assets in the Trust and the  allocation  of such
purchase price among the classes of Securities.  The exercise of such right will
effect early  retirement of the Securities of that series,  but the  Depositor's
right so to  repurchase  will be  subject  to the  conditions  described  in the
related Prospectus Supplement. If a REMIC election is to be made with respect to
all  or a  portion  of a  Trust,  there  may  be  additional  conditions  to the
termination  of such Trust which will be  described  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  In no event, however, will the Trust continue beyond the expiration
of 21 years  from the death of the  survivor  of  certain  persons  named in the
Agreement.  The Trustee will give written notice of termination of the Agreement
to each Owner, and the final  distribution  will be made only upon surrender and
cancellation  of the Securities at an office or agency of the Trustee  specified
in such notice of termination.


                                       34

<PAGE>




                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         Substantially all the net proceeds to be received from the sale of each
series  of  Securities  will be  applied  to the  simultaneous  purchase  of the
Mortgage  Assets related to such series (or to reimburse the amounts  previously
used to effect such a  purchase),  the costs of carrying  such  Mortgage  Assets
until sale of the Securities and to pay other expenses.

                                  THE DEPOSITOR

         The  Depositor   will  have  no  ongoing   servicing   obligations   or
responsibilities  with respect to any Mortgage or ContractS.  The Depositor does
not have, nor is it expected in the future to have, any significant net worth.

         The Depositor  anticipates  that it will acquire Mortgage Assets in the
open market or in  privately  negotiated  transactions,  which may be through or
from an affiliate.  The Depositor will not receive any fees or other commissions
in  connection  with its  acquisition  of  Mortgage  Assets  or its sale of such
Mortgage Assets to the Trust.

         Neither  the  Depositor  nor  any  of its  affiliates  will  insure  or
guarantee the Securities of any series.

                  CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE MORTGAGE ASSETS

         The following discussion contains summaries of certain legal aspects of
mortgage loans and manufactured  housing  contracts which are general in nature.
Because such legal aspects are governed primarily by applicable state law (which
laws may differ substantially),  the summaries do not purport to be complete nor
to reflect the laws of any  particular  state,  nor to encompass the laws of all
states in which the security for the Mortgage  Loans and  Contracts is situated.
The  summaries are  qualified in their  entirety be reference to the  applicable
federal and state laws governing the Mortgage Loans and Contracts.

General

         Mortgages.  The Mortgage Loans will be secured either by deeds of trust
or mortgages. A mortgage creates a lien upon the real property encumbered by the
mortgage.  It is not  prior to liens  for real  estate  taxes  and  assessments.
Priority between  mortgages depends on their terms and generally on the order of
filing with a state or county office.  There are two parties to a mortgage:  the
mortgagor,  who is the borrower and  homeowner or the land trustee (as described
below), and the mortgagee, who is the lender. Under the mortgage instrument, the
mortgagor delivers to the mortgagee a note or bond and the mortgage.  Although a
deed of trust is  similar  to a  mortgage,  a deed of trust  formally  has three
parties, the borrower-homeowner  called the trustor (similar to a mortgagor),  a
lender  (similar  to a  mortgagee)  called the  beneficiary,  and a  third-party
grantee  called the  trustee.  Under a deed of trust,  the  borrower  grants the
property,  irrevocably  until the debt is paid,  in trust and  generally  with a
power of sale, to the trustee to secure payment of the obligation. The trustee's
authority under a deed of trust and the  mortgagee's  authority under a mortgage
are  governed by law, the express  provisions  of the deed of trust and, in some
cases, the directions of the beneficiary.

         Cooperatives.  Certain of the Mortgage Loans may be Cooperative  Loans.
The private,  non-profit,  cooperative  apartment  corporation owns all the real
property that comprises the project, including the land, separate dwelling units
and all common  areas.  The  cooperative  is  directly  responsible  for project
management  and,  in most  cases,  payment of real  estate  taxes and hazard and
liability insurance. If there is a blanket mortgage on the cooperative apartment
building and or underlying land, as is generally the case, the  cooperative,  as
project mortgagor, is also responsible for meeting these mortgage obligations. A
blanket  mortgage is ordinarily  incurred by the  cooperative in connection with
the  construction  or  purchase of the  cooperative's  apartment  building.  The
interest of the occupant  under  proprietary  leases or occupancy  agreements to
which that  cooperative is a party are generally  subordinate to the interest of
the holder of the  blanket  mortgage in that  building.  If the  cooperative  is
unable to meet the payment obligations  arising under its blanket mortgage,  the
mortgagee  holding the blanket  mortgage  could  foreclose on that  mortgage and
terminate all subordinate proprietary leases and occupancy

                                       35

<PAGE>



agreements.  In  addition,  the blanket  mortgage on a  cooperative  may provide
financing  in the  form of a  mortgage  that  does  not  fully  amortize  with a
significant  portion of principal  being due in one lump sum at final  maturity.
The inability of the  cooperative  to refinance this mortgage and its consequent
inability to make such final payment could lead to  foreclosure by the mortgagee
providing  the  financing.  A  foreclosure  in either event by the holder of the
blanket  mortgage  could  eliminate or  significantly  diminish the value of any
collateral  held by the  lender  who  financed  the  purchase  by an  individual
tenant-stockholder  of  cooperative  shares or in the case of a Trust  including
Cooperative Loans, the collateral securing the Cooperative Loans.

         The cooperative is owned by tenant-stockholders  who, through ownership
of  stock  shares  or  membership  certificates  in  the  corporation,   receive
proprietary  leases or occupancy  agreements  which confer  exclusive  rights to
occupy specific units.  Generally,  a  tenant-stockholder  of a cooperative must
make a monthly payment to the cooperative representing such tenant-stockholder's
pro rata share of the  cooperative's  payments  for its blanket  mortgage,  real
property taxes,  maintenance expenses and other capital or ordinary expenses. An
ownership  interest  in a  cooperative  and  accompanying  occupancy  rights  is
financed  through a cooperative  share loan  evidenced by a promissory  note and
secured by a security  interest in the occupancy  agreement or proprietary lease
and in the related  cooperative shares. The lender takes possession of the share
certificate  and a counterpart of the proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement
and a financing  statement covering the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement
and the cooperative  shares is filed in the appropriate  state and local offices
to perfect the lender's  interest in its collateral.  Subject to the limitations
discussed below, upon default of the tenant-stockholder,  the lender may sue for
judgment  on the  promissory  note,  dispose  of the  collateral  at a public or
private sale or otherwise  proceed against the collateral or  tenant-stockholder
as an individual as provided in the security  agreement  covering the assignment
of the  proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement and the pledge of cooperative
shares.

         Timeshare  Units.  Because  timeshare  interests  are  considered to be
interests in real  property,  the manner and method of obtaining and enforcing a
security  interest in a timeshare estate is similar to the methods used in other
real property  lending  transactions.  The timeshare units  comprising  Mortgage
Loans  are  either  mortgages  or deeds of  trust  or  other  instruments  under
applicable  state law creating a first lien on the timeshare estate securing the
related  Mortgage Note,  depending upon the prevailing  practice in the state in
which  the  timeshare  estate is  located.  A  mortgage  creates a lien upon the
timeshare  estate,  which lien is  generally  not prior to liens for real estate
taxes and  assessments.  Priority between  mortgages  depends on their terms and
generally on the order of filing with a state or county office.

Foreclosure

         Mortgages.  Foreclosure of a deed of trust is generally accomplished by
a non-judicial  trustee's  sale under a specific  provision in the deed of trust
that  authorizes  the  trustee to sell the  property  to a third  party upon any
default by the  borrower  under the terms of the note or deed of trust.  In some
states,  the  trustee  must  record a notice of  default  and send a copy to the
borrower-trustor  and any  person  who has  recorded  a request  for a copy of a
notice of default and notice of sale.  In  addition,  the trustee  must  provide
notice in some  states to any other  individual  having an  interest in the real
property,  including any junior lienholders.  The borrower,  or any other person
having a junior  encumbrance  on the real estate,  may,  during a  reinstatement
period,  cure the default by paying the entire  amount in arrears plus the costs
and expenses incurred in enforcing the obligation. Generally, state law controls
the amount of foreclosure  expenses and costs,  including attorney's fees' which
may be recovered by a lender.  If the deed of trust is not reinstated,  a notice
of sale must be posted in a public  place and, in most states,  published  for a
specific period of time in one or more newspapers.  In addition, some state laws
require  that a copy of the notice of sale be posted on the property and sent to
all parties having an interest in the real property.

         Foreclosure of a mortgage is generally accomplished by judicial action.
The action is  initiated  by the  service of legal  pleadings  upon all  parties
having an interest in the real property. Delays in completion of the foreclosure
may  occasionally   result  from  difficulties  in  locating  necessary  parties
defendant.  Judicial  foreclosure  proceedings are often not protested by any of
the parties  defendant.  However,  when the  mortgagee's  right to  foreclose is
contested,  the legal  proceedings  necessary  to resolve  the issue can be time
consuming.  After the completion of judicial  foreclosure,  the court  generally
issues a judgment of  foreclosure  and appoints a referee or other court officer
to conduct the sale of the property.

                                       36

<PAGE>




         In case of foreclosure  under either a mortgage or a deed of trust, the
sale by the  referee or other  designated  officer or by the trustee is a public
sale.  However,  because of the  difficulty a potential  buyer at the sale would
have in determining the exact status of title and because the physical condition
of the property may have  deteriorated  during  foreclosure  proceedings,  it is
uncommon  for a third party to purchase the  property at the  foreclosure  sale.
Rather it is common for the lender to purchase the property  from the trustee or
referee for an amount equal to the  principal  amount of the mortgage or deed of
trust, accrued and unpaid interest and expenses of foreclosure.  Thereafter, the
lender will assume the burdens of ownership, including paying real estate taxes,
obtaining  casualty  insurance and making such repairs at its own expense as are
necessary to render the property  suitable  for sale.  The lender will  commonly
obtain the services of a real estate  broker and pay the broker's  commission in
connection with the sale of the property.  Depending upon market conditions, the
ultimate  proceeds  of the  sale of the  property  may not  equal  the  lender's
investment  in the  property.  Any loss may be  reduced  by the  receipt  of any
mortgage insurance proceeds.

         When the junior  mortgagee or beneficiary  under a junior deed of trust
cures the default and state law allows it to  reinstate  or redeem by paying the
full amount of the senior  mortgage or deed of trust,  then in those  states the
amount paid so to cure or redeem  generally  becomes a part of the  indebtedness
secured by the junior  mortgage or deed of trust.  See "Junior Liens;  Rights of
Senior Mortgagors or Beneficiaries" below.

         A sale  conducted  in  accordance  with the  terms of the power of sale
contained in a mortgage or deed of trust is  generally  presumed to be conducted
regularly  and  fairly,  and a  conveyance  of the real  property by the trustee
confers, in most states, legal title to the real property to the purchaser, free
of all junior mortgages or deeds of trust and free of all other liens and claims
subordinate  to the mortgage or deed of trust under which the sale is made (with
the exception of certain governmental liens). The purchaser's title is, however,
subject to all senior  liens,  encumbrances  and mortgages and may be subject to
mechanic's and materialman's liens in some states. Thus, if the mortgage or deed
of trust being  foreclosed is a junior mortgage or deed of trust, the sheriff or
trustee will convey title to the purchaser of the real property,  subject to any
existing  first  mortgage or deed of trust and any other prior liens and claims.
The foreclosure of a junior mortgage or deed of trust,  generally,  will have an
effect on the first mortgage or deed of trust, if the senior mortgage or deed of
trust grants to the senior  mortgagee or beneficiary the right to accelerate its
indebtedness under a "due-on-sale" clause or "due on further encumbrance" clause
contained  in the  senior  mortgage  or  deed  of  trust.  See  "Anti-Deficiency
Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders" below.

         The  proceeds  received  by the  sheriff or  trustee  from the sale are
applied  pursuant  to  the  terms  of the  deed  of  trust,  which  may  require
application  first  to the  costs,  fees  and  expenses  of  sale  and  then  in
satisfaction of the indebtedness  secured by the mortgage or deed of trust under
which the sale was conducted. In some states, any surplus money remaining may be
available to satisfy claims of the holders of junior mortgages or deeds of trust
and other junior liens and claims in order of their priority, whether or not the
mortgagor  or trustor is in default,  while in some  states,  any surplus  money
remaining  may be payable  directly to the  mortgagor  or  trustor.  Any balance
remaining is generally payable to the mortgagor or trustor.  Following the sale,
in some  states the  mortgagee  or  beneficiary  following  a  foreclosure  of a
mortgage  or deed of trust may not  obtain a  deficiency  judgment  against  the
mortgagor  or trustor.  A junior  lienholder  whose  rights in the  property are
terminated  by the  foreclosure  by a senior  lienholder  will not  share in the
proceeds from the subsequent disposition of the property.

         Cooperative    Loans.    The   cooperative    shares   owned   by   the
tenant-stockholder  and pledged to the lender are, in almost all cases,  subject
to  restrictions  on transfer as set forth in the  cooperative's  certificate of
incorporation  and  bylaws,  as  well  as the  proprietary  lease  or  occupancy
agreement,   and  may  be  canceled  by  the  cooperative  for  failure  by  the
tenant-stockholder  to pay rent or other  obligations  or charges  owned by such
tenant-stockholder, including mechanics' liens against the cooperative apartment
building incurred by such tenant-stockholder. The proprietary lease or occupancy
agreement generally permits the cooperative to terminate such lease or agreement
in the event an obligor fails to make payments or defaults in the performance of
covenants required thereunder.  Typically,  the lender and the cooperative enter
into a recognition  agreement  which  establishes  the rights and obligations of
both  parties  in  the  event  of a  default  by the  tenant-stockholder  on its
obligations under the proprietary lease or occupancy agreement. A default by the
tenant-stockholder under the proprietary lease or occupancy

                                       37

<PAGE>



agreement will usually constitute a default under the security agreement between
the lender and the tenant-stockholder.

         The recognition  agreement  generally  provides that, in the event that
the  tenant-stockholder  has defaulted under the proprietary  lease or occupancy
agreement,  the  cooperative  will  take no action to  terminate  such  lease or
agreement  until the lender has been  provided with an  opportunity  to cure the
default.  The recognition  agreement  typically provides that if the proprietary
lease or occupancy  agreement is terminated,  the cooperative will recognize the
lender's  lien  against  proceeds  from a sale  of  the  cooperative  apartment,
subject,  however, to the cooperative's right to sums due under such proprietary
lease or occupancy  agreement.  The total amount owed to the  cooperative by the
tenant-stockholder,  which the lender  generally  cannot  restrict  and does not
monitor,  could  reduce  the  value  of the  collateral  below  the  outstanding
principal  balance of the  cooperative  loan and  accrued  and  unpaid  interest
thereon.

         Recognition  agreements also provide that in the event of a foreclosure
on a  cooperative  loan,  the lender must obtain the  approval or consent of the
cooperative  as  required  by the  proprietary  lease  before  transferring  the
cooperative shares or assigning the proprietary lease. Generally,  the lender is
not limited in any rights it may have to dispossess the tenant-stockholders.

         In some states,  foreclosure on the cooperative  shares is accomplished
by a sale  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  Article  9 of the  Uniform
Commercial Code (the "UCC") and the security agreement relating to those shares.
Article  9 of the UCC  requires  that a sale  be  conducted  in a  "commercially
reasonable"  manner.  Whether  a  foreclosure  sale  has  been  conducted  in  a
"commercially  reasonable"  manner  will  depend on the facts in each  case.  In
determining commercial reasonableness, a court will look to the notice given the
debtor  and the  method,  manner,  time,  place  and  terms of the  foreclosure.
Generally,  a sale  conducted  according to the usual  practice of banks selling
similar collateral will be considered reasonably conducted. Article 9 of the UCC
provides  that the  proceeds of the sale will be applied  first to pay the costs
and  expenses  of the sale and then to satisfy the  indebtedness  secured by the
lender's  security  interest.  The  recognition  agreement,  however,  generally
provides that the lender's right to reimbursement is subject to the right of the
cooperative  corporation  to  receive  sums due under the  proprietary  lease or
occupancy agreement. If there are proceeds remaining, the lender must account to
the  tenant-stockholder  for  the  surplus.  Conversely,  if a  portion  of  the
indebtedness remains unpaid, the tenant-stockholder is generally responsible for
the  deficiency.  See  "Anti-Deficiency  Legislation  and Other  Limitations  on
Lenders" below.

         Junior Liens; Rights of Senior Mortgagees or Beneficiaries.  Certain of
the  Mortgage  Loans,  including  Title I Loans,  may be secured by mortgages or
deeds of trust  providing for junior (i.e.,  second,  third,  etc.) liens on the
related Mortgaged Properties which are junior to the other mortgages or deeds of
trust  held by other  lenders  or  institutional  investors.  The  rights of the
beneficiary under a junior deed of trust or as mortgagee under a junior mortgage
are  subordinate  to those of the  mortgagee  or  beneficiary  under the  senior
mortgage or deed of trust, including the prior rights of the senior mortgagee or
beneficiary to receive hazard insurance and  condemnation  proceeds and to cause
the  property  securing  the  Mortgage  Loans  to be sold  upon  default  of the
mortgagor or trustor.  As  discussed  more fully  below,  a junior  mortgagee or
beneficiary  in some states may  satisfy a defaulted  senior loan in full and in
some states may cure such default and bring the senior loan  current,  in either
event adding the amounts expended to the balance due on the junior loan. In most
states, absent a provision in the senior mortgage or deed of trust, no notice of
default is required to be given to a junior mortgagee or beneficiary.

         The forms of the  mortgage or deed of trust used by most  institutional
lenders  generally  confer on the  mortgagee  or  beneficiary  the right both to
receive all proceeds  collected under any hazard insurance policy and all awards
made in connection with any condemnation proceedings, and to apply such proceeds
and awards to any indebtedness secured by the mortgage or deed of trust, in such
order  as the  mortgagee  or  beneficiary  may  determine.  Thus,  in the  event
improvements on the property are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty,
or in the  event  the  property  is  taken by  condemnation,  the  mortgagee  or
beneficiary  under the  underlying  first mortgage or deed of trust may have the
prior right to collect any insurance  proceeds  payable under a hazard insurance
policy and any award of damages in connection with the condemnation and to apply
the same to the indebtedness  secured by the first mortgage or deed of trust. In
those   situations,   proceeds  in  excess  of  the  amount  of  first  mortgage
indebtedness  generally may be applied to the  indebtedness of a junior mortgage
or trust deed.

                                       38

<PAGE>




         Other  provisions  typically found in the form of the mortgagee or deed
of trust generally used by most institutional  lenders obligate the mortgagor or
trustor to pay before delinquency all taxes and assessments on the property and,
when due, all encumbrances, charges and liens on the property which appear prior
to the mortgage or deed of trust,  to provide and maintain fire insurance on the
property,  to maintain  and repair the  property and not to commit or permit any
waste thereof,  and to appear in and defend any action or proceeding  purporting
to affect the property or the rights of the mortgagee or  beneficiary  under the
mortgage or deed of trust. Upon a failure of the mortgagor or trustor to perform
any of these  obligations,  the mortgagee or beneficiary  typically is given the
right under the  mortgage or deed of trust to perform the  obligation  itself at
its election,  with the mortgagor or trustor agreeing to reimburse the mortgagee
or  beneficiary  for any sums expended by the mortgagee or beneficiary on behalf
of the trustor.  All sums so expended by the mortgagee or beneficiary  generally
become part of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage or deed of trust

         Right of Redemption.  In some states,  after sale pursuant to a deed of
trust or foreclosure of a mortgage,  the borrower and foreclosed  junior lienors
are  given a  statutory  period  in  which  to  redeem  the  property  following
foreclosure.  In some  states,  redemption  may occur  only upon  payment of the
entire  principal  balance  of  the  loan,  accrued  interest  and  expenses  of
foreclosure.  In  other  states,  redemption  may be  authorized  if the  former
borrower pays only a portion of the sums due. The effect of a statutory right of
redemption  is to  diminish  the  ability of the  lender to sell the  foreclosed
property.  The rights of redemption would defeat the title of any purchaser from
the  lender   subsequent  to   foreclosure  or  sale  under  a  deed  of  trust.
Consequently,  the  practical  effect  of the  redemption  right is to force the
lender to retain  the  property  and pay the  expenses  of  ownership  until the
redemption period has run.

         Anti-Deficiency  Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders.  Certain
states  have  imposed  statutory  prohibitions  that  limit  the  remedies  of a
beneficiary  under a deed of  trust or a  mortgagee  under a  mortgage.  In some
states,  statutes  limit the right of the  beneficiary  or mortgagee to obtain a
deficiency  judgment against the borrower following  foreclosure or sale under a
deed of trust. A deficiency  judgment would be a personal  judgment  against the
former  borrower  equal in most cases to the  difference  between the net amount
realized  upon the public  sale of the real  property  and the amount due to the
lender.  Other  statutes  require the  beneficiary  or  mortgagee to exhaust the
security afforded under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure in an attempt
to satisfy the full debt before bringing a personal action against the borrower.
Finally,  other statutory  provisions limit any deficiency  judgment against the
former borrower  following a judicial sale to the excess of the outstanding debt
over the fair market value of the  property at the time of the public sale.  The
purpose of these  statutes is generally to prevent a beneficiary  or a mortgagee
from  obtaining a large  deficiency  judgment  against the former  borrower as a
result of low or no bids at the judicial sale.

         In  addition  to laws  limiting or  prohibiting  deficiency  judgments,
numerous other statutory  provisions,  including the federal bankruptcy laws and
state laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with or affect the ability
of the secured  mortgage  lender to realize  upon  collateral  and/or  enforce a
deficiency  judgment.  For example,  with respect to federal  bankruptcy  law, a
court with federal  bankruptcy  jurisdiction  may permit a debtor through his or
her Chapter 11 or Chapter 13  rehabilitative  plan to cure a monetary default in
respect of a mortgage loan on a debtor's residence by paying arrearages within a
reasonable  time period and  reinstating  the  original  mortgage  loan  payment
schedule even though the lender accelerated the mortgage loan and final judgment
of  foreclosure  had  been  entered  in  state  court  (provided  no sale of the
residence had yet occurred) prior to the filing of the debtor's  petition.  Some
courts with federal  bankruptcy  jurisdiction have approved plans,  based on the
particular  facts of the  reorganization  case,  that  effected  the curing of a
mortgage loan default by paying arrearages over a number of years.

         Courts with federal  bankruptcy  jurisdiction  have also indicated that
the terms of a mortgage  loan secured by property of the debtor may be modified.
These courts have suggested  that such  modifications  may include  reducing the
amount of each monthly  payment,  changing  the rate of  interest,  altering the
repayment  schedule and reducing the lender's  security interest to the value of
the  residence,  thus  leaving the lender a general  unsecured  creditor for the
difference between the value of the residence and the outstanding balance of the
loan.  Federal  bankruptcy  law and limited case law indicate that the foregoing
modifications  could not be applied to the terms of a loan  secured by  property
that is the principal residence of the debtor.

                                       39

<PAGE>




         The Code  provides  priority  to certain tax liens over the lien of the
mortgage.  In  addition,  substantive  requirements  are imposed  upon  mortgage
lenders in connection  with the  origination and the servicing of mortgage loans
by numerous federal and some state consumer  protection laws. These laws include
the federal  Truth-in-Lending  Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, Equal
Credit  Opportunity  Act, Fair Credit Billing Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act and
related statutes.  These federal laws impose specific statutory liabilities upon
lenders who originate  mortgage loans and who fail to comply with the provisions
of the law. In some cases,  this liability may affect  assignees of the mortgage
loans.

         Generally,  Article 9 of the UCC  governs  foreclosure  on  cooperative
shares and the related  proprietary  lease or occupancy  agreement.  Some courts
have interpreted  section 9-504 of the UCC to prohibit a deficiency award unless
the creditor  establishes that the sale of the collateral (which, in the case of
a  Cooperative  Loan,  would be the shares of the  cooperative  and the  related
proprietary  lease or  occupancy  agreement)  was  conducted  in a  commercially
reasonable manner.

         Enforceability  of Certain  Provisions.  Certain of the Mortgage  Loans
will contain due-on-sale clauses.  These clauses permit the lender to accelerate
the  maturity  of a loan  if the  borrower  sells,  transfers,  or  conveys  the
property.  The enforceability of these clauses was the subject of legislation or
litigation in many states, and in some cases the enforceability of these clauses
was limited or denied. However, the Garn-St. Germain Depository Institutions Act
of 1982 (the "Garn-St.  Germain Act") preempts state  constitutional,  statutory
and case law  prohibiting  the  enforcement of  due-on-sale  clauses and permits
lenders to enforce  these  clauses in  accordance  with their terms,  subject to
certain limited exceptions. The Garn-St. Germain Act does "encourage" lenders to
permit  assumption  of loans at the  original  rate of interest or at some other
rate less than the average of the original rate and the market rate.

         The  Garn-St.  Germain Act also sets forth nine  specific  instances in
which a mortgage lender covered by the Garn-St.  Germain Act (including  federal
savings and loan  associations  and federal  savings  banks) may not  exercise a
due-on-sale clause, notwithstanding the fact that a transfer of the property may
have  occurred.  These  include  intra-family  transfers,  certain  transfers by
operation of law,  leases of fewer than three years and the creation of a junior
encumbrance.  Regulations  promulgated  under the  Garn-St.  Germain  Act by the
Federal Home Loan Bank Board as  succeeded  by the Office of Thrift  Supervision
(the "OTS"),  also  prohibit  the  imposition  of a prepayment  penalty upon the
acceleration  of a loan pursuant to a due-on-sale  clause.  Any inability of the
Depositor  to enforce  due-on-sale  clauses may affect the  average  life of the
Mortgage Loans and the number of Mortgage  Loans that may be  outstanding  until
maturity.

         Upon  foreclosure,  courts have imposed general  equitable  principles.
These equitable  principles are generally  designed to relieve the borrower from
the legal effect of his defaults under the loan documents.  Examples of judicial
remedies that have been fashioned include requirements that the lender undertake
affirmative  and expensive  actions to determine  the causes for the  borrower's
default and the likelihood that the borrower will be able to reinstate the loan.
In some cases,  courts have substituted their judgment for the lender's judgment
and have required that lenders  reinstate  loans or recast payment  schedules in
order to  accommodate  borrowers  who are  suffering  from  temporary  financial
disability.  In other  cases,  courts  have  limited  the right of the lender to
foreclose if the default under the mortgage instrument is not monetary,  such as
the  borrower  falling to  adequately  maintain  the  property  or the  borrower
executing a second  mortgage or deed of trust  affecting the property.  Finally,
some  courts  have been faced with the issue of whether or not  federal or state
constitutional  provisions  reflecting due process  concerns for adequate notice
require  that  borrowers  under deeds of trust or mortgages  receive  notices in
addition to the  statutory-prescribed  minimum.  For the most part,  these cases
have upheld the notice  provisions  as being  reasonable  or have found that the
sale by a trustee under a deed of trust,  or under a mortgage  having a power of
sale,  does  not  involve  sufficient  state  action  to  afford  constitutional
protections to the borrower.

         The  standard  forms of  note,  mortgage  and  deed of trust  generally
contain provisions  obligating the borrower to pay a late charge if payments are
not timely made, and in some  circumstances  may provide for prepayment  fees or
penalties if the obligation is paid prior to maturity.  In certain states, there
are or may be specific  limitations upon late charges which a lender may collect
from a borrower for delinquent  payments.  Certain states also limit the amounts
that a lender may collect from a borrower as an additional charge if the loan is
prepaid. Under the

                                       40

<PAGE>



Agreement,  late  charges (to the extent  permitted by law and not waived by the
Servicer) will be retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.

         Adjustable  Rate Loans.  The laws of certain  states may  provide  that
mortgage notes relating to adjustable rate loans are not negotiable  instruments
under the UCC. In such event,  the Trustee will not be deemed to be a "holder in
due  course,"  within the  meaning of the UCC and may take such a mortgage  note
subject to certain  restrictions  on its  ability  to  foreclose  and to certain
contractual defenses available to a mortgagor.

         Environmental  Legislation.  Certain states impose a statutory lien for
associated  costs on  property  that is the  subject of a cleanup  action by the
state on  account  of  hazardous  wastes or  hazardous  substances  released  or
disposed of on the property.  Such a lien will  generally have priority over all
subsequent  liens on the  property  and, in certain of these  states,  will have
priority  over  prior  recorded  liens  including  the  lien of a  mortgage.  In
addition,  under  federal  environmental  legislation  and under  state law in a
number of states,  a secured party which takes a deed in lieu of  foreclosure or
acquires a mortgaged  property at a foreclosure  sale or assumes  active control
over the  operation or management of a property so as to be deemed an "owner" or
"operator"  of the  property  may be  liable  for the  costs  of  cleaning  up a
contaminated  site.  Although  such costs  could be  substantial,  it is unclear
whether  they  would be  imposed  on a  secured  lender  (such  as a  Trust)  to
homeowners.  In the event that title to a Mortgaged Property securing a Mortgage
Loan in a Trust was  acquired  by the Trust and cleanup  costs were  incurred in
respect of the Mortgaged Property,  the Trust might realize a loss if such costs
were required to be paid by the Trust.

Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act

         Generally,  under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors'  Civil Relief
Act, a borrower who enters military  service after the origination of a Mortgage
Loan or Contract by such  borrower  (including a borrower who is a member of the
National  Guard or is in reserve  status at the time of the  origination  of the
Mortgage  Loan and is later called to active  duty) may not be charged  interest
above an annual  rate of 6% during the  period of such  borrower's  active  duty
status,  unless a court orders otherwise upon  application of the lender.  It is
possible that such interest rate limitation or similar  limitations  under state
law could have an effect, for an indeterminate period of time, on the ability of
the  Servicer to collect  full  amounts of  interest on certain of the  Mortgage
Loans. In addition,  the Relief Act imposes  limitations  which would impair the
ability of the  Servicer to foreclose  on an affected  Mortgage  Loan during the
borrower's period of active duty status. Thus, in the event that such a Mortgage
Loan  goes  into  default  there  may be delays  and  losses  occasioned  by the
inability to realize upon the Mortgaged Property in a timely fashion.

         Any shortfalls in interest  collections  resulting from  application of
the Relief Act could adversely affect Securities.

The Contracts

         General.  As a result of the  Depositor's  assignment of the Contracts,
the Owners will succeed  collectively to all the rights  (including the right to
receive  payment on the Contracts)  and will assume  certain  obligations of the
Depositor.  Each Contract  evidences  both (a) the  obligation of the obligor to
repay the loan evidenced  thereby,  and (b) the grant of a security  interest in
the Manufactured Home to secure repayment of such lois.  Certain aspects of both
features of the Contracts are described more fully below.

         The Contracts  generally  are "chattel  paper" as defined in the UCC in
effect in the states which the  Manufactured  Homes  initially were  registered.
Pursuant to the UCC, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a manner similar to
perfection of a security  interest in chattel paper.  Under the  Agreement,  the
Depositor will transfer physical  possession of the Contracts to the Trustee or,
if  applicable,  the  Indenture  Trustee or its  custodians.  In  addition,  the
Depositor will make an appropriate filing of a UCC-1 financing  statement in the
appropriate  states to give notice of the  Trustee's  ownership of the Contracts
and, if applicable,  the Indenture  Trustee's security  interest.  The Contracts
will not be  stamped or marked  otherwise  to reflect  their  assignment  by the
Depositor.  Therefore,  if a  subsequent  purchaser  were able to take  physical
possession of the Contracts without notice of such assignment

                                       41

<PAGE>



the Trustee's  and, if applicable,  the Indenture  Trustee's and, if applicable,
the Indenture Trustee's interest in Contracts could be defeated.

         Security  Interests in the Manufactured  Homes. The Manufactured  Homes
securing the  Contracts may be located in all 50 states.  Security  interests in
manufactured  homes may be perfected  either by notation of the secured  party's
lien on the  certificate  of title or by delivery of the required  documents and
payment of a fee to the state motor vehicle  authority,  depending on state law.
In some nontitle  states,  perfection  pursuant to the  provisions of the UCC is
required.  The  Depositor  may effect such  notation or delivery of the required
documents  and fees,  and obtain  possession  of the  certificate  of title,  as
appropriate  under the laws of the state in which any manufactured home securing
a manufactured  housing  conditional sales contract is registered.  In the event
the  Depositor  fails,  due to  clerical  errors,  to effect  such  notation  or
delivery, or files the security interest under the wrong law (for example, under
a motor vehicle title statute  rather than under the UCC, in a few states),  the
Trustee may not have a first priority security interest in the Manufactured Home
securing a Contract.  As  manufactured  homes have become  larger and often have
been attached to their sites without any apparent intention to move them, courts
in many states have held that manufactured  homes, under certain  circumstances,
may become  subject to real estate  title and  recording  laws.  As a result,  a
security  interest in a manufactured  home could be rendered  subordinate to the
interests  of other  parties  claiming an interest in the home under  applicable
state real estate law. In order to perfect a security interest in a manufactured
home under real estate law, the holder of the security interest must file either
a "fixture  filing" under the  provisions  of the UCC or a real estate  mortgage
under the real estate laws of the state where the home is located. These filings
must be made in the real state  records  office of the county  where the home is
located.  So long as the borrower  does not violate this  agreement,  a security
interest in the  Manufactured  Home will be governed by the certificate of title
laws or the UCC, and the notation of the security interest on the certificate of
title or the filing of a UCC financing  statement  will be effective to maintain
the priority of the security interest in the Manufactured  Home. If, however,  a
Manufactured  Home is  permanently  attached to this site,  other  parties could
obtain an  interest  in the  Manufactured  Home  which is prior to the  security
interest transferred to the Trustee.  With respect to a series of Securities and
as described in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Depositor may be required
to perfect a security  interest in the  Manufactured  Home under applicable real
estate  laws.  If such real estate  filings are not  required  and if any of the
foregoing events were to occur, the only recourse would be to pursue the Trust's
rights to require repurchase for breach of warranties.

         The  Depositor  will assign its security  interest in the  Manufactured
Homes.  Neither  the  Depositor  nor the Trustee  or, if  applicable,  Indenture
Trustee will amend the  certificates  of title to identify a new secured  party.
Accordingly,  the  Depositor  or the  Seller  will  continue  to be named as the
secured party on the certificates of title relating to the  Manufactured  Homes.
In most states,  such  assignment  is an effective  conveyance  of such security
interest without amendment of any lien noted on the related certificate of title
and the new secured party succeeds to the rights of the secured party.  However,
in some states there  exists a risk that,  in the absence of an amendment to the
certificate of title, such assignment of the security interest might not be held
effective against creditors of the Depositor or the Seller.

         In the  absence  of  fraud,  forgery  or  permanent  affixation  of the
Manufactured  Home to its site by the Manufactured Home owner, or administrative
error by state recording officials,  the notation of the lien on the certificate
of title or delivery of the required  documents  and fees will be  sufficient to
protect  against the rights of subsequent  purchasers of a Manufactured  Home or
subsequent  lenders who take a security  interest in the  Manufactured  Home. If
there  are any  Manufactured  Homes as to which  the  security  interest  is not
perfected,  such  security  interest  would be  subordinate  to,  among  others,
subsequent  purchasers for value of Manufactured  Homes and holders of perfected
security  interests.  There also exists a risk in not  identifying a new secured
party on the  certificate  of title  that,  through  fraud  or  negligence,  the
security interest could be released.

         Enforcement of Security Interests in Manufactured  Homes. The Servicer,
to the extent required by the related Agreement,  may take action to enforce the
security  interest  with  respect to Contracts  in default by  repossession  and
resale of the Manufactured Homes securing such Contracts in default.  So long as
the Manufactured  Home has not become subject to the real estate law, a creditor
can repossess a Manufactured Home securing a Contract by voluntary surrender, by
"self-help"  repossession that is "peaceful" (i.e., without breach of the peace)
or in the absence of voluntary  surrender  and the ability to repossess  without
breach of the peace, by

                                       42

<PAGE>



judicial  process.  The  holder of a  Contract  must give the debtor a number of
days' notice,  which varies from 10 to 30 days depending on the state,  prior to
commencement of any repossession.  The UCC and consumer  protection laws in most
states place  restrictions  on  repossession  sales,  including  requiring prior
notice to the debtor and commercial reasonableness in effecting such a sale. The
law in most states  also  requires  that the debtor be given  notice of any sale
prior to  resale of the unit so that the  debtor  may  redeem at or before  such
resale. In the event of such repossession and resale of a Manufactured Home, the
Trustee  would  be  entitled  to be paid out of the sale  proceeds  before  such
proceeds could be applied to the payment of the claims of unsecured creditors or
the holders of subsequently perfected security interests or, thereafter,  to the
debtor.

         If the owner of a Manufactured  Home moves it to a state other than the
state in which such Manufactured Home initially is registered, under the laws of
most  states the  perfected  security  interest in the  Manufactured  Home would
continue for four months after such  relocation and thereafter only if and after
the owner  registers the  Manufactured  Home in such state. If the owner were to
relocate  a  Manufactured   Home  to  another  state  and  not  re-register  the
Manufactured  Home in such state,  and if steps are not taken to re-perfect  the
security  interest  in such  state,  the  security  interest  would  cease to be
perfected. A majority of states generally requires surrender of a certificate of
title to  re-register  a  Manufactured  Home;  accordingly,  the  Trustee or, if
applicable,  the Indenture  Trustee,  must surrender  possession if it holds the
certificate of title to such  Manufactured  Home or, in the case of Manufactured
Homes  registered  in states  which  provide  for  notation  of lien,  notice of
surrender would be given if the security  interest in the  Manufactured  Home is
noted  on  the  certificate  of  title.  Accordingly,  the  there  would  be  an
opportunity to re-perfect the security  interest in the Manufactured Home in the
state of  relocation.  In states which do not require a certificate of title for
registration of a Manufactured Home, re-registration could defeat perfection. In
the ordinary  course of servicing the  manufactured  housing  conditional  sales
contracts,  the  Servicer  will  be  required  to  take  steps  to  effect  such
re-perfection  upon receipt of notice of re-registration or information from the
obligor  as to  relocation.  Similarly,  when an  obligor  under a  manufactured
housing conditional sales contract sells a Manufactured Home,  possession of the
certificate  of title must be surrendered or notice will be received as a result
of the lien  noted  thereon  and  accordingly  there will be an  opportunity  to
require  satisfaction  of the related  manufactured  housing  conditional  sales
contract  before  release of the lien.  Under each  Agreement  the  Servicer  is
obligated to take such steps,  at the  Servicer's  expense,  as are necessary to
maintain perfection of security interests in the Manufactured Homes.

         Under  the  laws of most  states,  liens  for  repairs  performed  on a
Manufactured  Home take priority even over a perfected  security  interest.  The
Depositor  will  represent in the Agreement that it has no knowledge of any such
liens with respect to any  Manufactured  Home securing  payment on any Contract.
Nevertheless,  such liens could arise at any time during the term of a Contract.
No notice will be given in the event such a lien arises.

         Under the laws  applicable  in most  states,  a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency  judgment from a debtor for any  deficiency on  repossession
and resale of the Manufactured Home securing such debtor's loan.  However,  some
states impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments.

         Certain  other  statutory  provisions,   including  federal  and  state
bankruptcy and insolvency laws and general  equitable  principles,  may limit or
delay the ability of a lender to repossess  and resell  collateral  or enforce a
deficiency judgment

         Consumer Protection Laws. The so-called  "Holder-in-Due-Course" rule of
the Federal Trade Commission is intended to defeat the ability of the transferor
of a consumer  credit  contract  which is the seller of goods which gave rise to
the  transaction  (and certain  related  lenders and assignees) to transfer such
contract free of notice of claims by the debtor  thereunder.  The effect of this
rule is to subject the  assignee  of such a contract to all claims and  defenses
which the debtor could assert against the seller of goods.  Liability under this
rule is limited to amounts paid under a Contract;  however, the obligor also may
be able to assert the rule to set off remaining amounts due as a defense against
a claim brought against such obligor.  Numerous other federal and state consumer
protection laws impose requirements applicable to the origination of and lending
pursuant to the Contracts, including the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Federal Trade
Commission Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair Credit  Reporting Act, the
Equal Credit  Opportunity  Act, the Fair Debt  Collection  Practices Act and the
Uniform Consumer Credit

                                       43

<PAGE>



Code.  In the case of some of these  laws,  the  failure  to comply  with  their
provisions may affect the enforceability of the related Contract

         Transfers  of  Manufactured  Homes;   Enforceability  of  "Due-on-Sale"
Clauses. The Contracts, in general, prohibit the sale or transfer of the related
Manufactured  Homes without consent and permit the  acceleration of the maturity
of the  Contracts  upon any such sale or transfer for which consent has not been
granted.  In certain cases, the transfer may be made by a delinquent  obligor in
order to avoid a repossession proceeding with respect to a Manufactured Home.

         In the case of a  transfer  of a  Manufactured  Home  after  which  the
Servicer  desires to  accelerate  the  maturity  of the  related  Contract,  the
Servicer's ability to do so will depend on the enforceability under state law of
the "due-on-sale" clause. The Garn-St. Germain Act preempts,  subject to certain
exceptions and conditions,  state laws prohibiting  enforcement of "due-on-sale"
clauses applicable to the Manufactured Homes.  Consequently,  in some states the
Servicer may be prohibited from enforcing a  "due-on-sale"  clause in respect of
certain Manufactured Homes.

The Title I Program

         Certain of the Mortgage Loans or Contracts  contained in a Trust may be
loans insured under the FHA Title I credit insurance program created pursuant to
Sections 1 and 2(a) of the National Housing Act of 1934 (the "Title I Program").
Under  the  Title I  Program,  the FHA is  authorized  and  empowered  to insure
qualified  lending  institutions  against losses on eligible loans.  The Title I
Program operates as a coinsurance  program in which the FHA insures up to 90% of
certain  losses  incurred on an individual  insured  loan,  including the unpaid
principal balance of the loan, but only to the extent of the insurance  coverage
available in the lender's FHA insurance  coverage reserve account.  The owner of
the loan bears the uninsured loss on each loan.

         The  types  of  Title  I  loans,  legal  requirements,  payment  terms,
underwriting standards, eligibility requirements,  insurance coverage and claims
proceeds  related  thereto  shall  be  set  forth  in  the  related   Prospectus
Supplement.

                            LEGAL INVESTMENT MATTERS

         Unless  otherwise  set  forth  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,
Securities  of any series will  constitute  "mortgage  related  securities"  for
purposes of the Secondary  Mortgage Market  Enhancement Act of 1984 ("SMMEA") so
long as they are rated by a Rating  Agency in one of its two highest  categories
and, as such,  will be legal  investments  for  persons,  trusts,  corporations,
partnerships,  associations,  business trusts and business entities  (including,
but not limited to, state-chartered savings banks, commercial banks, savings and
loan  associations  and  insurance  companies,  as well as  trustees  and  state
government  employee  retirement  systems) created pursuant to or existing under
the laws of the  United  States  or of any  State  (including  the  District  of
Columbia  and Puerto  Rico) whose  authorized  investments  are subject to State
regulation to the same extent that, under applicable law,  obligations issued by
or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or any agency or
instrumentality thereof constitute legal investments for such entities.

         Under SMMEA, if a State enacted  legislation  prior to October 4, 1991,
specifically  limiting the legal investment  authority of any such entities with
respect to "mortgage  related  securities," the Securities will constitute legal
investments for entities subject to such legislation only to the extent provided
in such legislation. Certain States have enacted legislation which overrides the
preemption provisions of SMMEA.

         SMMEA  also  amended  the  legal  investment   authority  of  federally
chartered  depository   institutions  as  follows:   federal  savings  and  loan
associations and federal savings bank may invest in, sell or otherwise deal with
mortgage-related  securities  without  limitations as to the percentage of their
assets represented thereby; federal credit unions may invest in mortgage-related
securities,  and national  banks may purchase  mortgage-related  securities  for
their own account  without  regard to the  limitations  generally  applicable to
investment securities set forth in 12

                                       44

<PAGE>



U.S.C. 24 (Seventh),  subject in each case to such regulations as the applicable
federal regulatory authority may prescribe.

         The Federal Financial  Institution  Examination Counsel has adopted the
"Supervisory   Policy   Statement  on   Securities   Activities"   (the  "Policy
Statement"), applicable to all depository institutions, setting forth guidelines
for  and  significant   restrictions  on  investments  in  "high-risk   mortgage
securities." The Policy Statement has been adopted by the Federal Reserve Board,
the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the FDIC and the Office of Thrift
Supervision  with an effective  date of February 10, 1992,  as revised April 15,
1994.  The Policy  Statement  generally  indicates  that a  mortgage  derivative
product will be deemed to be high risk if it exhibits  greater price  volatility
than a standard  fixed rate  thirty-year  mortgage  security.  According  to the
Policy Statement,  prior to purchase, a depository  institution will be required
to  determine  whether a  mortgage  derivative  product  that it is  considering
acquiring is high-risk, and if so that the proposed acquisition would reduce the
institution's overall interest rate risk. Reliance on analysis and documentation
obtained  from a  securities  dealer or other  outside  party  without  internal
analysis by the institution would be unacceptable.  There can be no assurance as
to which  classes of the  Securities  of any series will be treated as high-risk
under  the  Policy   Statement.   In  addition,   the   National   Credit  Union
Administration has issued regulations governing federal credit union investments
which prohibit  investment in certain  specified types of securities,  which may
include certain classes of Securities. Similar policy statement have been issued
by regulators having jurisdiction over other types of depository institutions.

         There may be other  restrictions  on the  ability of certain  investors
either to purchase  certain  classes of  Securities  or to purchase any class of
Securities  representing  more than a  specified  percentage  of the  investors'
assets.   The  Depositor  will  make  no   representations   as  to  the  proper
characterization  of any  class of  Securities  for  legal  investment  or other
purposes,  or as to the ability of particular investors to purchase any class of
Securities under applicable legal investment  restrictions.  These uncertainties
may adversely affect the liquidity of any class of Securities.  Accordingly, all
investors whose  investment  activities are subject to legal investment laws and
regulations, regulatory capital requirements or review by regulatory authorities
should consult with their own legal advisors in determining  whether and to what
extent the Securities of any class  constitute a legal investment under SMMEA or
are subject to investment,  capital or other restrictions, and whether SMMEA has
been overridden in any jurisdiction applicable to such investor.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         ERISA imposes  requirements  on employee  benefit plans (and on certain
other  retirement  plans  and  arrangements,   including  individual  retirement
accounts and annuities, Keogh plans and collective investment funds and separate
accounts  in  which  such  plans,   accounts  or   arrangements   are  invested)
(collectively, "Plans") subject to ERISA and on persons who are fiduciaries with
respect to such Plans.  Among other  things,  ERISA  requires that the assets of
Plans be held in trust and that the trustee, or other duly authorized fiduciary,
have exclusive authority and discretion to manage and control the assets of such
Plans.  ERISA also  imposes  certain  duties on persons who are  fiduciaries  of
Plans. Under ERISA, any person who exercises any authority or control respecting
the  management  or  disposition  of the assets of a Plan is  considered to be a
fiduciary of such Plan (subject to certain  exceptions  not here  relevant).  In
addition to the imposition of general fiduciary standards of investment prudence
and  diversification,  ERISA prohibits a broad range of  transactions  involving
Plan  assets and  persons  ("Parties  in  Interest")  having  certain  specified
relationships  to a Plan and imposes  additional  prohibitions  where Parties in
Interest are fiduciaries with respect to such Plan.

         The  United   States   Department  of  Labor  (the  "DOL")  has  issued
regulations  concerning the definition of what constitutes the assets of a Plan.
(DOL Reg Section 2510.3-101).  Under this regulation,  the underlying assets and
properties of  corporations,  partnerships and certain other entities in which a
Plan makes an "equity"  investment  could be deemed for  purposes of ERISA to be
assets  of the  investing  Plan in  certain  circumstances.  In such  case,  the
fiduciary  making  such an  investment  for the  Plan  could be  deemed  to have
delegated his or her asset management responsibility,  and the underlying assets
and  properties  could be subject to ERISA  reporting  and  disclosure.  Certain
exceptions to the regulation may apply in the case of a Plan's investment in the
Securities,  but the Depositor cannot predict in advance whether such exceptions
apply  due to the  factual  nature  of the  conditions  to be met.  Accordingly,
because the Mortgage  Loans and Contracts may be deemed Plan assets of each Plan
that

                                       45

<PAGE>



purchases Securities,  an investment in the Securities by a Plan might give rise
to a prohibited  transaction  under ERISA Sections 406 and 407 and be subject to
an excise tax under Code  Section  4975  unless a  statutory  or  administrative
exemption applies.

         DOL  Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption  83-1 ("PTE 83-1") exempts from
ERISA's  prohibited  transaction  rules  certain  transactions  relating  to the
operation of residential  mortgage investment trusts and the purchase,  sale and
holding of "mortgage pool pass-through  certificates" in the initial issuance of
such certificates. PTE 83-1 permits, subject to certain conditions, transactions
which might  otherwise be prohibited  between Plans and Parties in Interest with
respect to those Plans involving the origination, maintenance and termination of
mortgage pools consisting of mortgage loans secured by first or second mortgages
or deeds of trust on single-family residential property, and the acquisition and
holding of certain  mortgage  pool  pass-through  certificates  representing  an
interest in such mortgage pools by PTE.

         PTE 83-1 sets forth three  general  conditions  which must be satisfied
for any  transaction  to be eligible for  exemption:  (i) the  maintenance  of a
system of  insurance  or other  protection  for the  pooled  mortgage  loans and
property securing such loans, and for indemnifying  Owners against reductions in
pass-through  payments due to property damage or defaults in loan payments in an
amount not less than the  greater  of one  percent  of the  aggregate  principal
balance of all covered  pooled  mortgage  loans or the principal  balance of the
largest  covered pooled  mortgage loan, (ii) the existence of a pool trustee who
is not an affiliate of the sponsor,  and (iii) a limitation on the amount of the
payments retained by the pool sponsor,  together with other funds inuring to its
benefit, to not more than adequate  consideration for selling the mortgage loans
plus reasonable compensation for services provided by the pool sponsor.

         Although the Trustee and, if applicable,  the Indenture Trustee for any
series of Securities  will be unaffiliated  with the Depositor,  there can be no
assurance that the system of insurance or subordination will meet the general or
specific  conditions  referred to above.  In  addition,  the nature of a Trust's
assets or the  characteristics  of one or more classes of the related  series of
Securities  may not be included  within the scope of PTE 83-1 or any other class
exemption  under  ERISA.  The  Prospectus  Supplement  will  provide  additional
information with respect to the application of ERISA and the Code to the related
Securities.

         Several underwriters of mortgage-backed securities have applied for and
obtained ERISA  prohibited  transactions  exemptions  which are in some respects
broader  than  PTE  83-1.  Such  exemptions  can only  apply to  mortgage-backed
securities which,  among other conditions,  are sold in an offering with respect
to which such underwriter serves as the sole or a managing underwriter,  or as a
selling or placement agent.  Several other underwriters have applied for similar
exemptions.  If such an exemption might be applicable to a series of Securities,
the related Prospectus Supplement will refer to such possibility.

         Each Plan  fiduciary  who is  responsible  for  making  the  investment
decisions  whether to purchase or commit to purchase and to hold Securities must
make its own determination as to whether the general and the specific conditions
of PTE  83-1  have  been  satisfied  or as to  the  availability  of  any  other
prohibited  transaction  exemptions  Each Plan  fiduciary  should also determine
whether,  under the general  fiduciary  standards  of  investment  prudence  and
diversification,  an investment in the Securities is  appropriate  for the Plan,
taking  into  account  the  overall  investment  policy  of  the  Plan  and  the
composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.

         Any Plan  proposing  to invest in  Securities  should  consult with its
counsel  to  confirm  that  such  investment  will not  result  in a  prohibited
transaction and will satisfy the other requirements of ERISA and the Code.

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The  following  is a general  discussion  of the  anticipated  material
federal income tax  consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of
Securities  and is based upon the advice of Arter & Hadden,  special  counsel to
the  Depositor.  The  discussion  below does not  purport to address all federal
income tax  consequences  that may be  applicable  to  particular  categories of
investors,  some of which may be subject to special  rules.  The  authorities on
which  this   discussion   is  based  are   subject   to  change  or   differing
interpretations, and any such change or

                                       46

<PAGE>



interpretation   could  apply   retroactively.   This  discussion  reflects  the
applicable  provisions of the Code including recent amendments under the Omnibus
Budget  Reconciliation  Act of  1993  ("OBRA"),  as well  as  final  regulations
concerning  REMICs (the "REMIC  Regulations")  promulgated on December 23, 1992,
and final  regulations  under  Sections  1271  through 1273 and 1275 of the Code
concerning  debt   instruments   promulgated  on  January  27,  1994  (the  "OID
Regulations").  The  Depositor  intends to rely on the OID  Regulations  for all
Securities  offered  pursuant to this Prospectus;  however,  investors should be
aware that the OID Regulations do not adequately address certain issues relevant
to prepayable securities, such as the Securities. Investors should consult their
own tax  advisors in  determining  the federal,  state,  local and any other tax
consequences  to them of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of Securities,
particularly with respect to federal income tax changes effected by OBRA and the
REMIC Regulations.  The Prospectus Supplement for each series of Securities will
discuss any special tax  consideration  applicable to any class of Securities of
such series, and the discussion below is qualified by any such discussion in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

         For  purposes  of this  discussion,  where  the  applicable  Prospectus
Supplement  provides  for a fixed  retained  yield with  respect to the Mortgage
Assets underlying a series of Securities, references to the Mortgage Assets will
be deemed to refer to that  portion  of the  Mortgage  Assets  held by the Trust
which does not include the fixed retained yield.

Federal Income Tax Consequences For REMIC Securities

         General. With respect to a particular series of Securities, an election
may be made to treat the  Trust or one or more  trusts  or  segregated  pools of
assets  therein as one or more REMICs within the meaning of Code Section 860D. A
Trust or a portion or portions  thereof as to which one or more REMIC  elections
will be made  will be  referred  to as a  "REMIC  Pool."  For  purposes  of this
discussion,  Securities of a series as to which one or more REMIC  elections are
made are  referred  to as "REMIC  Securities"  and will  consist  of one or more
classes of "Regular  Securities"  and one class of "Residual  Securities" in the
case of each REMIC Pool.  Qualification as a REMIC requires  ongoing  compliance
with certain conditions. With respect to each series of REMIC Securities,  Arter
& Hadden,  counsel to the  Depositor,  will deliver its opinion to the Depositor
that (unless otherwise limited in the related  Prospectus  Supplement)  assuming
(i) the making of an appropriate  election,  (ii)  compliance with the Agreement
and (iii)  compliance  with any changes in the law,  including any amendments to
the Code or applicable  Treasury  regulations  thereunder,  each REMIC Pool will
qualify as a REMIC.  In such case, the Regular  Securities will be considered to
be  "regular  interests"  in the REMIC Pool and  generally  will be treated  for
federal income tax purposes as if they were newly  originated debt  instruments,
and the Residual Securities will be considered to be "residual interests" in the
REMIC  Pool.  The  Prospectus  Supplement  for each  series of  Securities  will
indicate  whether one or more REMIC  elections with respect to the related Trust
will be made, in which event  references to "REMIC" or "REMIC Pool" herein shall
be deemed to refer to each  such  REMIC  Pool.  Arter & Hadden,  counsel  to the
Depositor,  is of the  opinion  that if a Trust  qualifies  as a REMIC,  the tax
consequences to the Owners will be as described below.

         Status of REMIC  Securities.  REMIC Securities held by a mutual savings
bank or a domestic building and loan association (a "Thrift  Institution")  will
constitute  "qualifying  real property loans" within the meaning of Code Section
593(d)(1) in the same  proportion  that the assets of the REMIC Pool would be so
treated.  REMIC Securities held by a domestic building and loan association will
constitute  "a regular or residual  interest  in a REMIC"  within the meaning of
Code Section  7701(a) (19)(C) (xi) in the same proportion that the assets of the
REMIC Pool would be treated as "loans  secured by an interest in real  property"
within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section  7701(a)(19)(C)(v)  or as  other  assets
described in Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C). REMIC Securities held by a real estate
investment  trust (a "REIT") will  constitute  "real estate  assets"  within the
meaning of Code Section 856(c)(5)(A),  and interest on the REMIC Securities will
be considered  "interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property or
on interests in real property"  within the meaning of Code Section  856(c)(3)(B)
in the same  proportion  that, for both  purposes,  the assets of the REMIC Pool
would be so treated. If at all times 95% or more of the assets of the REMIC Pool
constitute  qualifying  assets for  Thrift  Institutions  and  REITs,  the REMIC
Securities  will be treated  entirely as  qualifying  assets for such  entities.
Moreover,  the REMIC  Regulations  provide  that,  for purposes of Code Sections
593(d)(1) and  856(c)(5)(A),  payments of principal and interest on the Mortgage
Assets that are reinvested pending  distribution to holders of REMIC Securities,
constitute qualifying assets for such entities. Where two

                                       47

<PAGE>



REMIC Pools are part of a tiered structure they will be treated as one REMIC for
purposes of the tests described above respecting asset ownership of more or less
than 95%.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  however,  REMIC income received by a
REIT  owning a  residual  interest  in a REMIC  Pool could be treated in part as
non-qualifying  REIT income if the REMIC Pool holds Mortgage Assets with respect
to which income is contingent on mortgagor profits or property appreciation.  In
addition,  if the assets of the REMIC include buy-down  Mortgage  Assets,  it is
possible  that the  percentage  of such  assets  constituting  "qualifying  real
property  loans" or "loans secured by an interest in real property" for purposes
of Code Sections 593(d)(1) and 7701(a)(19)(C)(v),  respectively, may be required
to be reduced by the amount of the related buy-down funds. REMIC Securities held
by a regulated  investment company will not constitute  "government  securities"
within the meaning of Code Section  851(b)(4)(A)(i).  REMIC  Securities  held by
certain  financial  institutions  will constitute an "evidence of  indebtedness"
within the meaning of Code  Section  582(c)(i).  REMIC  Securities  representing
interests  in  obligations  secured by  manufactured  housing  treated as single
family residences under Code Section  25(e)(10) will be considered  interests in
"qualified mortgages" as defined in Code Section 860E(a)(3).

         Qualification  as a REMIC.  In order for the REMIC Pool to qualify as a
REMIC,  there must be ongoing  compliance on the part of the REMIC Pool with the
requirements  set forth in the Code.  The REMIC Pool must fulfill an asset test,
which  requires that no more than a de minimis amount of the assets of the REMIC
Pool, as of the close of the third calendar month  beginning  after the Delivery
Date (which for purposes of this discussion is the date of issuance of the REMIC
Securities)  and at all times  thereafter,  may  consist  of assets  other  than
"qualified mortgages" and "permitted investments." The REMIC Regulations provide
a "safe harbor"  pursuant to which the de minimis  requirement will be met if at
all times the aggregate adjusted basis of any nonqualified  assets (i.e., assets
other than qualified mortgages and permitted investments) is less than 1% of the
aggregate adjusted basis of all the REMIC Pool's assets.

         If a REMIC Pool fails to comply with one or more of the requirements of
the Code for REMIC status  during any taxable  year,  the REMIC Pool will not be
treated  as  a  REMIC  for  such  year  and  thereafter.   In  this  event,  the
classification  of the REMIC Pool for federal  income tax purposes is uncertain.
The REMIC Pool might be entitled to treatment as a grantor trust under the rules
described in "Federal  Income Tax  Consequences  for  Securities  as to Which No
REMIC Election Is Made." In that case, no  entity-level  tax would be imposed on
the REMIC Pool. Alternatively, the Regular Securities may continue to be treated
as debt instruments for federal income tax purposes; but the REMIC Pool could be
treated as a taxable mortgage pool (a "TMP").  If the REMIC Pool is treated as a
TMP, any residual income of the REMIC Pool (income from the Mortgage Assets less
interest and original issue discount expense allocable to the Regular Securities
and any administrative expenses of the REMIC Pool) would be subject to corporate
income tax at the REMIC Pool level.  On the other hand,  an entity with multiple
classes of ownership interests may be treated as a separate  association taxable
as a corporation under Treasury  regulations,  and the Regular Securities may be
treated as equity interests therein. The Code, however,  authorizes the Treasury
Department to issue  regulations  that address  situations where failure to meet
one or more of the  requirements  for REMIC status occurs  inadvertently  and in
good faith, and disqualification of the REMIC Pool would occur absent regulatory
relief. Investors should be aware, however, that the Conference Committee Report
to the Tax Reform Act of 1986 (the "1986 Act")  indicates that the relief may be
accompanied by sanctions,  such as the imposition of a corporate tax on all or a
portion  of the  REMIC  Pool's  income  for the  period  of time  in  which  the
requirements for REMIC status are not satisfied.

Taxation of Regular Securities

         General.  Payments received by holders of Regular Securities  generally
should be accorded the same tax treatment under the Code as payments received on
ordinary taxable  corporate debt  instruments.  In general,  interest,  original
issue  discount  and market  discount on a Regular  Security  will be treated as
ordinary   income  to  a  holder  of  the   Regular   Security   (the   "Regular
Securityholder")  as they accrue,  and principal  payments on a Regular Security
will  be  treated  as  a  return  of  capital  to  the  extent  of  the  Regular
Securityholder's  basis  in the  Regular  Security  allocable  thereto.  Regular
Securityholders must use the accrual method of accounting with regard to Regular
Securities,  regardless  of the  method  of  accounting  otherwise  used by such
Regular Securityholders.


                                       48

<PAGE>



         Original  Issue  Discount.   Regular  Securities  may  be  issued  with
"original issue discount" within the meaning of Code Section 1273(a). Holders of
any class of Regular  Securities  having original issue discount  generally must
include  original  issue  discount  in ordinary  income for  federal  income tax
purposes as it accrues, in accordance with a constant interest method that takes
into  account the  compounding  of  interest,  in advance of receipt of the cash
attributable to such income. While the Depositor  anticipates that the amount of
original  issue discount  required to be included in a Regular  Securityholder's
income in any taxable year will be computed as described below,  there can be no
assurance  that  the  rules  described  below  will be  applied  to the  Regular
Securities in the manner described.

         Each  Regular  Security  (except  to the  extent  described  below with
respect to a Regular Security on which  distributions of principal are made in a
single  installment  or  upon  an  earlier  distribution  by lot of a  specified
principal amount upon the request of a Regular  Securityholder  or by random lot
(a "Retail Class Security")) will be treated as a single installment  obligation
for purposes of determining the original issue discount  includible in a Regular
Securityholder's  income.  The total  amount of  original  issue  discount  on a
Regular  Security is the excess of the "stated  redemption price at maturity" of
the  Regular  Security  over its  "issue  price."  The issue  price of a Regular
Security is the first price at which a substantial  amount of Regular Securities
of that  class  are first  sold to the  public.  The  Depositor  will  determine
original  issue  discount by  including  the amount  paid by an initial  Regular
Securityholder  for accrued interest that relates to a period prior to the issue
date of the Regular  Security in the issue price of a Regular  Security and will
include in the stated  redemption  price at maturity  any  interest  paid on the
first  Distribution Date to the extent such interest is attributable to a period
in  excess  of the  number  of days  between  the  issue  date  and  such  first
Distribution Date. The stated redemption price at maturity of a Regular Security
always  includes  the original  principal  amount of the Regular  Security,  but
generally  will not include  distributions  of stated  interest if such interest
distributions  constitute "qualified stated interest." Qualified stated interest
generally  means stated interest that is  unconditionally  payable in cash or in
property (other than debt  instruments of the issuer) at least annually at (i) a
single  fixed rate,  (ii) one or more  qualified  floating  rates (as  described
below),  (iii) a fixed rate followed by one or more  qualified  floating  rates,
(iv) a single  objective  rate (as  described  below) or (v) a fixed rate and an
objective rate that is a qualified  inverse  floating rate. The OID  Regulations
state that interest payments are unconditionally  payable only if a late payment
or nonpayment is expected to be penalized or reasonable remedies exist to compel
payment.  Certain debt securities may provide for default  remedies in the event
of late payment or nonpayment of interest.  The interest on such debt securities
will be unconditionally  payable and constitute  qualified stated interest,  not
OID.  Nevertheless,  absent  clarification  of the OID  Regulations,  where debt
securities do not provide for default  remedies,  the interest  payments will be
included in the debt security's stated redemption price at maturity and taxed as
OID. Any stated interest in excess of the qualified  stated interest is included
in the stated  redemption  price at  maturity.  If the amount of original  issue
discount  is "de  minimis" as  described  below,  the amount of  original  issue
discount is treated as zero,  and all stated  interest  is treated as  qualified
stated interest. Distributions of interest on Regular Securities with respect to
which  deferred  interest  will  accrue  may  not  constitute  qualified  stated
interest,  in which case the stated redemption price at maturity of such Regular
Securities  includes all distributions of interest as well as principal thereon.
Moreover, if the interval between the issue date and the first Distribution Date
on  a  Regular  Security  is  longer  than  the  interval   between   subsequent
Distribution  Dates (and  interest paid on the first  Distribution  Date is less
than  would  have been  earned if the  stated  interest  rate  were  applied  to
outstanding  principal  during each day in such  interval),  the stated interest
distributions on such Regular Security  technically do not constitute  qualified
stated interest. In such case a special rule, applying solely for the purpose of
determining  whether  original issue  discount is de minimis,  provides that the
interest shortfall for the long first period (i.e., the interest that would have
been earned if interest  had been paid on the first  Distribution  Date for each
day the Regular  Security was outstanding) is treated as made at a fixed rate if
the value of the rate on which the payment is based is adjusted in a  reasonable
manner to take into account the length of the interval.  Regular Securityholders
should  consult  their own tax advisors to determine  the issue price and stated
redemption price at maturity of a Regular Security.

         Under a de minimis rule,  original issue discount on a Regular Security
will be considered to be zero if such original issue discount is less than 0.25%
of the stated redemption price at maturity of the Regular Security multiplied by
the weighted average  maturity of the Regular  Security.  For this purpose,  the
weighted  maturity of the Regular Security is computed as the sum of the amounts
determined by multiplying the number of full years (i.e.,  rounding down partial
years)  from the issue date  until  each  distribution  in  reduction  of stated
redemption price

                                       49

<PAGE>



at maturity is scheduled to be made by a fraction, the numerator of which is the
amount of each distribution  included in the stated redemption price at maturity
of the Regular  Security and the  denominator of which is the stated  redemption
price at  maturity of the  Regular  Security.  Although  currently  unclear,  it
appears  that  the  schedule  of such  distributions  should  be  determined  in
accordance  with the assumed rate of prepayment  of the Mortgage  Assets and the
anticipated  reinvestment  rate, if any, relating to the Regular Securities (the
"Prepayment Assumption").  The Prepayment Assumption with respect to a series of
Regular Securities will be set forth in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  The
holder of a debt instrument  includes any de minimis  original issue discount in
income pro rata as stated principal payments are received.

         Of the total amount of original issue  discount on a Regular  Security,
the  Regular  Securityholder  generally  must  include  in gross  income for any
taxable year the sum of the "daily  portions," as defined below, of the original
issue discount on the Regular Security accrued during an accrual period for each
day on which he holds the Regular  Security,  including the date of purchase but
excluding the date of disposition.  Although not free from doubt,  the Depositor
intends to treat the monthly  period ending on the day before each  Distribution
Date as the accrual period,  rather than the monthly period corresponding to the
prior calendar month. With respect to each Regular Security,  a calculation will
be made of the original issue discount that accrues during each  successive full
accrual period (or shorter period from the date of original  issue) that ends on
the day before the  related  Distribution  Date on the Regular  Security.  For a
Regular Security, original issue discount is to be calculated initially based on
a schedule of maturity  dates that takes into  account the level of  prepayments
and an  anticipated  reinvestment  rate that are most likely to occur,  which is
expected to be based on the Prepayment  Assumption.  The original issue discount
accruing in a full accrual period would be the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of
(a) the present  value of all of the remaining  distributions  to be made on the
Regular  Security as of the end of that accrual  period that are included in the
Regular Security's stated redemption price at maturity and (b) the distributions
made on the Regular  Security during the accrual period that are included in the
Regular  Security's  stated  redemption price at maturity over (ii) the adjusted
issue price of the Regular Security at the beginning of the accrual period.  The
present  value  of the  remaining  distributions  referred  to in the  preceding
sentence  is  calculated  based on (i) the  yield  to  maturity  of the  Regular
Security at the issue date, (ii) events (including actual prepayments) that have
occurred  prior  to the end of the  accrual  period  and  (iii)  the  Prepayment
Assumption.  For these purposes,  the adjusted issue price of a Regular Security
at the  beginning  of any accrual  period  equals the issue price of the Regular
Security,  increased by the  aggregate  amount of original  issue  discount with
respect to the Regular  Security that accrued in all prior  accrual  periods and
reduced by the amount of distributions included in the Regular Security's stated
redemption  price at  maturity  that were made on the  Regular  Security in such
prior period. The original issue discount accruing during any accrual period (as
determined in this  paragraph) will then be divided by the number of days in the
period to determine the daily portion of original issue discount for each day in
the period.

         Under the method  described above, the daily portions of original issue
discount required to be included in income by a Regular Securityholder generally
will increase to take into account  prepayments  on the Regular  Securities as a
result of  prepayments  on the  Mortgage  Assets or that  exceed the  Prepayment
Assumption,  and generally  will decrease (but not below zero for any period) if
the  prepayments  are slower than the Prepayment  Assumption.  In the event of a
change in circumstances that does not result in a substantially  contemporaneous
pro rata  prepayment,  the yield and  maturity  of the  Regular  Securities  are
redetermined  by treating the Regular  Securities as reissued on the date of the
change  for an  amount  equal  to  the  adjusted  issue  price  of  the  Regular
Securities.  To the extent specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, an
increase in  prepayments  on the  Mortgage  Assets  with  respect to a series of
Regular  Securities  can result in both a change in the  priority  of  principal
payments  with respect to certain  classes of Regular  Securities  and either an
increase or decrease in the daily  portions  of  original  issue  discount  with
respect to such Regular Securities.


                                       50

<PAGE>



         A purchaser  of a Regular  Security at a price  greater  than the issue
price also will be required to include in gross income the daily portions of the
original  issue  discount  on the  Regular  Security.  With  respect  to  such a
purchaser,  the daily portion for any day is reduced by the amount that would be
the daily portion for such day (computed in accordance  with the rules set forth
above)  multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator of which is the amount, if any,
by which the price paid by such purchaser for the Regular  Security  exceeds the
sum of the issue price and the aggregate  amount of original issue discount that
would have been  includible  in the gross  income of an  original  holder of the
Regular Security who purchased the Regular Security at its issue price, less any
prior distributions included in the stated redemption price at maturity, and the
denominator of which is the sum of the daily portions for such Regular  Security
(computed in  accordance  with the rules set forth above) for all days after the
date of purchase and ending on the date on which the remaining  principal amount
of such Regular  Security is expected to be reduced to zero under the Prepayment
Assumption.

         A  Securityholder  may elect to  include  in gross  income  all  stated
interest,  original issue discount,  de minimis original issue discount,  market
discount  (as  described  below  under  "Market  Discount"),  de minimis  market
discount and unstated  interest (as adjusted for any amortizable bond premium or
acquisition  premium)  currently  as it  accrues  using  the  constant  yield to
maturity  method.  If this election is made, the holder is treated as satisfying
the  requirements  for making the  elections  with  respect to  amortization  of
premium  and current  inclusion  of market  discount,  each as  described  under
"Premium" and "Market Discount" below.

         Variable Rate Regular  Securities.  Regular  Securities may provide for
interest based on a variable rate. The OID Regulations provide special rules for
variable rate instruments that meet three requirements. First, the noncontingent
principal  payments may not exceed the  instrument's  issue price by more than a
specified  amount equal to the lesser of (i) .015  multiplied  by the product of
the total  noncontingent  payments and the weighted average maturity or (ii) 15%
of the total  noncontingent  principal  payments.  Second,  the instrument  must
provide for stated interest (compounded or paid at least annually) at (i) one or
more qualified  floating rates, (ii) a single fixed rate followed by one or more
qualified  floating rates,  (iii) a single objective rate or (iv) a single fixed
rate and a single  objective  rate that is a qualified  inverse  floating  rate.
Third,  the  instrument  must  provide  that  each  qualified  floating  rate or
objective  rate in effect during an accrual  period is set at a current value of
that rate (one  occurring in the  interval  beginning  three  months  before and
ending one year after the rate is first in effect on the  Regular  Security).  A
rate is a qualified  floating rate if  variations in the rate can  reasonably be
expected to measure  contemporaneous  variations  in the cost of newly  borrowed
funds. Generally,  neither (i) a multiple of a qualified floating rate in excess
of a fixed  multiple  that is  greater  than  zero but not more  than  1.35 (and
increased  or  decreased by a fixed rate) nor (ii) a cap or floor that is likely
to cause the interest  rate on a Regular  Security to be  significantly  less or
more than the overall  expected  return on the Regular  Security is considered a
qualified  floating  rate.  An objective  rate is a rate based on changes in the
price of actively  traded property or an index of such prices or is a rate based
on (including  multiples of) one or more qualified  floating rates. An objective
rate is a qualified  inverse  floating rate if the rate is equal to a fixed rate
minus a qualified  floating rate and  variations in such rate can  reasonably be
expected to reflect  inversely  contemporaneous  variations in the cost of newly
borrowed  funds.  A rate  will  not be an  objective  rate  if it is  reasonably
expected  that the average rate during the first half of the  instrument's  term
will be  significantly  more or less than the average rate in the final term. An
objective  rate must be determined  according to a single  formula that is fixed
throughout the term of the Regular Security.  Stated interest on a variable rate
debt instrument is qualified stated interest if the interest is  unconditionally
payable in cash or property at least annually.

         In general,  the determination of original issue discount and qualified
stated  interest on a variable rate debt  instrument  is made by converting  the
debt  instrument into a fixed rate debt instrument and then applying the general
original issue discount rules described  above to the instrument.  If a variable
rate debt instrument provides for stated interest at a single qualified floating
rate or objective rate, all stated interest is qualified stated interest and the
amount of original  issue  discount,  if any,  is  determined  by  assuming  the
variable  rate is a fixed rate equal to (a) in the case of a qualified  floating
or inverse  floating  rate,  the value,  as of the issue date,  of the qualified
floating  inverse  floating rate or (b) in the case of an objective  rate (other
than a qualified  inverse  floating  rate), a fixed rate that reflects the yield
that is reasonably expected for the debt instrument. For all other variable rate
debt  instruments,  the amount of interest and original issue discount  accruals
are determined  using the following  steps.  First, a fixed rate  substitute for
each variable  rate under the debt  instrument is  determined.  In general,  the
fixed rate  substitute is a fixed rate equal to the rate of the applicable  type
of variable rate as of the issue date. Second,

                                       51

<PAGE>



an equivalent  fixed rate debt  instrument is  constructed  using the fixed rate
substitute(s)  in lieu  of the  variable  rates  and  keeping  all  other  terms
identical.  Third,  the amount of qualified  stated  interest and original issue
discount  with  respect  to  the  equivalent  fixed  rate  debt  instrument  are
determined under the rules for fixed rate debt instruments. Finally, appropriate
adjustments  for actual variable rates are made during the term by increasing or
decreasing  the qualified  stated  interest to reflect the amount  actually paid
during the applicable  accrual period as compared to the interest  assumed to be
accrued or paid under the equivalent fixed rate debt instrument.  If there is no
qualified stated interest under the equivalent  fixed rate debt instrument,  the
adjustment is made to the original issue discount for the period.

         Where  the issue  price of a  Regular  Security  exceeds  the  original
principal amount of the Regular Security,  it appears  appropriate to reduce the
ordinary income  reportable for an accrual period by a portion of such excess in
a manner  similar to the  amortization  of premium on the constant yield method.
Under proposed  regulations (the "contingent payment rules"), a Regular Security
that provides for (i) non-contingent payments greater than or equal to its issue
price and (ii) one or more  contingent  payments  determined by reference to the
value of publicly  traded  stock,  securities,  commodities,  or other  publicly
traded  property  must be  divided  into its  component  parts for  purposes  of
performing original issue discount  calculations (and possibly for other federal
income tax purposes as well). The non-contingent portion of the Regular Security
would be treated as a debt instrument,  and the original issue discount accruals
on that portion would be computed in the same manner as with any  non-contingent
debt  instrument.  The issue price of the  non-contingent  portion would be that
portion of the issue price of the Regular  Security  that  reflects the right to
receive the  non-contingent  payments,  determined  in the same manner as if the
separate non-contingent debt instrument were a debt instrument issued as part of
an investment  unit.  The  contingent  components of the Regular  Security would
constitute options or other property rights and would be taxed as if issued as a
separate  instrument.  No accrual of original issue discount  generally would be
required with respect to such  components  under the  contingent  payment rules.
Accordingly,  the rate at which income is accrued by a  Securityholder  may vary
depending on whether the original issue discount rules or the contingent payment
rules apply to certain variable rate debt instruments.

         Market Discount.  A purchaser of a Regular Security also may be subject
to the market  discount  rules of Code Sections  1276 through 1278.  Under these
sections and the  principles  applied by the OID  Regulations  in the context of
original issue discount,  "market  discount" is the amount by which a subsequent
purchaser's  initial basis in the Regular Security (i) is exceeded by the stated
redemption  price at maturity  of the Regular  Security or (ii) in the case of a
Regular  Security having  original issue  discount,  is exceed by the sum of the
issue price of such Regular Security plus any original issue discount that would
have previously  accrued thereon if held by an original  Regular  Securityholder
(who purchased the Regular Security at its issue price), in either case less any
prior distributions  included in the stated redemption price at maturity of such
Regular Security. Such purchaser generally will be required to recognize accrued
market  discount as ordinary  income as  distributions  includible in the stated
redemption  price at maturity of such Regular Security are received in an amount
not  exceeding  any  such  distribution.   That  recognition  rule  would  apply
regardless of whether the purchaser is a cash-basis or  accrual-basis  taxpayer.
Such  market  discount  would  accrue in a manner  to be  provided  in  Treasury
regulations  and  should  take  into  account  the  Prepayment  Assumption.  The
Conference Committee Report to the 1986 Act provides that until such regulations
are  issued,  such market  discount  would  accrue  either (i) on the basis of a
constant interest rate or (ii) in the ratio of stated interest  allocable to the
relevant  period to the sum of the interest  for such period plus the  remaining
interest  as of the end of such  period,  or in the case of a  Regular  Security
issued with original  issue  discount,  in the ratio of original  issue discount
accrued  for the  relevant  period  to the sum of the  original  issue  discount
accrued for such period plus the remaining original issue discount as of the end
of such  period.  Such  purchaser  also  generally  will be  required to treat a
portion of any gain on a sale or exchange  of the  Regular  Security as ordinary
income to the extent of the market  discount  accrued to the date of disposition
under one of the foregoing methods,  less any accrued market discount previously
reported as ordinary income as partial  distributions in reduction of the stated
redemption  price at maturity were received.  Such purchaser will be required to
defer  deduction of a portion of the excess of the  interest  paid or accrued on
indebtedness  incurred to purchase or carry a Regular Security over the interest
distributable  thereon.  The deferred  portion of such  interest  expense in any
taxable  year  generally  will not exceed the  accrued  market  discount  on the
Regular  Security  for such year.  Any such  deferred  interest  expense  is, in
general,  allowed as a  deduction  not later than the year in which the  related
market discount income is recognized or the Regular  Security is disposed of. As
an alternative to the inclusion of market discount in income on the

                                       52

<PAGE>



foregoing basis, the Regular Securityholder may elect to include market discount
in income currently as it accrues in all market discount instruments acquired by
such Regular  Securityholder  in that taxable year or thereafter,  in which case
the interest  deferral  rule will not apply.  In Revenue  Procedure  92-67,  the
Internal  Revenue Service set forth  procedures for taxpayers (1) electing under
Code  Section  1278(b) to  include  market  discount  in income  currently,  (2)
electing under rules of Code Section 1276(b) to use a constant  interest rate to
determine  accrued  market  discount  on a bond  where the holder of the bond is
required to determine the amount of accrued  market  discount at a time prior to
the holder's  disposition of the bond,  and (3) requesting  consent to revoke an
election under Code Section 1278(b).

         By analogy to the OID  Regulations,  market  discount with respect to a
Regular  Security will be considered to be zero if such market  discount is less
than 0.25% of the remaining stated  redemption price at maturity of such Regular
Security  multiplied by the weighted  average  maturity of the Regular  Security
(determined as described above under "Original Issue Discount")  remaining after
the date of purchase.  Treasury  regulations  implementing  the market  discount
rules have not yet been issued, and therefore investors should consult their own
tax  advisors   regarding  the  application  of  these  rules  as  well  as  the
advisability of making any of the elections with respect thereto.

         Premium.  A  Regular  Security  purchased  at a cost  greater  than its
remaining  stated  redemption  price at maturity  generally is  considered to be
purchased  at a  premium.  If the  Regular  Securityholder  holds  such  Regular
Security as a "capital  asset"  within the  meaning of Code  Section  1221,  the
Regular Securityholder may elect under Code Section 171 to amortize such premium
under a constant  yield method that reflects  compounding  based on the interval
between payments on the Regular Securities. This election, once made, applies to
all obligations  held by the taxpayer at the beginning of the first taxable year
to which such  section  applies and to all taxable debt  obligations  thereafter
acquired and is binding on such taxpayer in all subsequent years. The Conference
Committee Report to the 1986 Act indicates a Congressional  intent that the same
rules that apply to the accrual of market  discount on  installment  obligations
will also apply to amortizing bond premium under Code Section 171 on installment
obligations such as the Regular  Securities,  although it is unclear whether the
alternatives  to the constant  interest  method  described  above under  "Market
Discount" are available.  Except as otherwise  provided in Treasury  regulations
yet to be  issued  amortizable  bond  premium  will be  treated  as an offset to
interest income on a Regular Security rather than as a separate  deduction item.
Purchasers who pay a premium for their Regular  Securities  should consult their
tax advisors  regarding  the  election to amortize  premium and the method to be
employed.

         Sale or Exchange  of Regular  Securities.  If a Regular  Securityholder
sells or exchanges a Regular Security, the Regular Securityholder will recognize
gain or loss equal to the  difference,  if any,  between the amount received and
his adjusted  basis in the Regular  Security.  The  adjusted  basis of a Regular
Security  generally  will equal the cost of the Regular  Security to the seller,
increased by any original issue discount or market discount  previously included
in the seller's gross income with respect to the Regular Security and reduced by
amounts  included  in the stated  redemption  price at  maturity  of the Regular
Security  that were  previously  received  by the  seller  and by any  amortized
premium.

         Except as described above with respect to market  discount,  and except
as  provided  in this  paragraph,  any gain or loss on the sale or exchange of a
Regular  Security  realized by an investor  who holds the Regular  Security as a
capital  asset will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or  short-term
depending  on  whether  the  Regular  Security  has been held for the  long-term
capital  gain  holding  period  (currently  more than one  year).  Gain from the
disposition of a Regular  Security that might  otherwise be capital gain will be
treated  as  ordinary  income to the  extent  that such gain does not exceed the
excess,  if any, of (i) the amount that would have been  includible in the gross
income  of the  holder if his yield on such  Regular  Security  were 110% of the
applicable  Federal rate under Code  Section  1274(d) as of the date of purchase
over (ii) the amount of income  actually  includible in the gross income of such
holder  with  respect  to the  Regular  Security.  In  addition,  gain  or  loss
recognized  from the sale of a  Regular  Security  by  certain  banks or  thrift
institutions will be treated as ordinary income or loss pursuant to Code Section
582(c).  The maximum  tax rate for  individuals  on the excess of net  long-term
capital gain over net short-term capital loss is 28%.


                                       53

<PAGE>



Taxation of Residual Securities

         Taxation of REMIC  Income.  Generally,  the "daily  portions"  of REMIC
taxable  income or net loss will be  includible  as  ordinary  income or loss in
determining  the  federal  taxable  income of  holders  of  Residual  Securities
("Residual Securityholders") and will not be taxed separately to the REMIC Pool.
The  daily  portions  of  REMIC  taxable  income  or  net  loss  of  a  Residual
Securityholder  are  determined by allocating the REMIC Pool's taxable income or
net loss for each  calendar  quarter  ratably to each day in such quarter and by
allocating such daily portion among the Residual  Securityholders  in proportion
to their  respective  holdings of Residual  Securities in the REMIC Pool on such
day.  REMIC  taxable  income is generally  determined  in the same manner as the
taxable income of an individual  using a calendar year and the accrual method of
accounting,  except  that (i) the  limitation  on  deductibility  of  investment
interest  expense and expenses for the  production of income do not apply,  (ii)
all bad loans will be deductible as business bad debts and (iii) the  limitation
on the  deductibility of interest and expenses related to tax-exempt income will
apply.  REMIC  taxable  income  generally  means the REMIC Pool's gross  income,
including  interest,  original issue discount income and market discount income,
if any, on the Mortgage  Assets,  plus income on  reinvestment  of cashflows and
reserve assets, minus deductions, including interest and original issue discount
expense on the Regular  Securities,  servicing  fees on the Mortgage  Assets and
other  administrative  expenses of the REMIC Pool,  amortization of premium,  if
any,  with  respect to the Mortgage  Assets,  and any tax imposed on the REMIC's
income from foreclosure property. The requirement that Residual  Securityholders
report their pro rata share of taxable income or net loss of the REMIC Pool will
continue  until  there  are no  Securities  of any class of the  related  series
outstanding.

         The  taxable  income  recognized  by a Residual  Securityholder  in any
taxable year will be affected by, among other factors,  the relationship between
the timing of  recognition  of interest  and original  issue  discount or market
discount income or amortization of premium with respect to the Mortgage  Assets,
on the one hand, and the timing of deductions for interest  (including  original
issue discount) on the Regular Securities, on the other hand. Because of the way
REMIC taxable  income is  calculated,  a Residual  Securityholder  may recognize
"phantom" income (i.e.,  income  recognized for tax purposes in excess of income
as determined under financial  accounting or economic  principles) which will be
matched  in later  years by a  corresponding  tax loss or  reduction  in taxable
income, but which could lower the yield to Residual  Securityholders  due to the
lower  present  value of such  future  loss or  reduction.  For  example,  if an
interest in the Mortgage Assets is acquired by the REMIC Pool at a discount, and
one or more of such Mortgage Assets is prepaid, the Residual  Securityholder may
recognize  taxable  income  without  being  entitled to receive a  corresponding
amount of cash  because  (i) the  prepayment  may be used in whole or in part to
make  distributions in reduction of principal on the Regular Securities and (ii)
the discount  income on the  Mortgage  Loan which is  includible  in the REMIC's
taxable income may exceed the discount  deduction allowed to the REMIC upon such
distributions  on the Regular  Securities.  When there is more than one class of
Regular Securities that distribute principal  sequentially,  this mismatching of
income  and  deductions  is  particularly  likely  to occur in the  early  years
following  issuance of the Regular Securities when distributions in reduction of
principal are being made in respect of earlier maturing classes of Securities to
the extent  that such  classes  are not issued  with  substantial  discount.  If
taxable income attributable to such a mismatching is realized in general, losses
would be allowed in later years as distributions on the later classes of Regular
Securities are made. Taxable income may also be greater in earlier years than in
later years as a result of the fact that interest expense deductions,  expressed
as a percentage of the outstanding  principal amount of such a series of Regular
Securities,  may increase over time as  distributions  in reduction of principal
are made on the lower  yielding  classes of Regular  Securities,  where interest
income with respect to any given Mortgage Loan will remain constant over time as
a percentage of the  outstanding  principal  amount of that loan.  Consequently,
Residual  Securityholders  must have sufficient other sources of cash to pay any
federal,  state or local  income  taxes due as a result of such  mismatching  or
unrelated deductions against which to offset such income.  Prospective investors
should be aware,  however,  that a portion of such income may be ineligible  for
offset by such investor's  unrelated  deductions.  See the discussion of "excess
inclusions"  below under  "Limitations  on Offset or Exemption of REMIC  Income;
Excess  Inclusions."  The timing of such  mismatching  of income and  deductions
described in this paragraph,  if present with respect to a series of Securities,
may  have  a  significant  adverse  effect  upon  the  Residual  Securityholders
after-tax  rate of return.  In  addition,  a Residual  Securityholder's  taxable
income  during  certain  periods  may  exceed  the  income   reflected  by  such
Securityholder for such periods in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.  Investors  should consult their own advisors  concerning the proper
tax and accounting treatment of their investment in Residual Securities.

                                       54

<PAGE>




         Basis and Losses. The amount of any net loss of the REMIC Pool that may
be taken into account by the Residual  Securityholder is limited to the adjusted
basis  of the  Residual  Security  as of the  close of the  quarter  (or time of
disposition of the Residual Security if earlier), determined without taking into
account the net loss for the quarter.  The initial adjusted basis of a purchaser
of a Residual  Security  is the amount  paid for such  Residual  Security.  Such
adjusted  basis will be increased  by the amount of taxable  income of the REMIC
Pool  reportable by the Residual  Securityholder  and decreased by the amount of
loss  of the  REMIC  Pool  reportable  by the  Residual  Securityholder.  A cash
distribution  from the REMIC Pool also will reduce such adjusted  basis (but not
below zero).  Any loss that is disallowed on account of this  limitation  may be
carried over indefinitely with respect to the Residual Securityholder as to whom
such loss was disallowed and may be used by such Residual Securityholder only to
offset any income  generated  by the same REMIC Pool.  Residual  Securityholders
should consult their tax advisors about other  limitations on the  deductibility
of net losses that may apply to them.

         A Residual  Securityholder  will not be permitted to amortize  directly
the cost of its  Residual  Security  as an offset  to its  share of the  taxable
income of the related  REMIC Pool.  Such  taxable  income will not include  cash
received by the REMIC Pool that  represents a recovery of the REMIC Pool's basis
in its assets.  Such recovery of basis by the REMIC Pool will have the effect of
amortization  of the issue price of the Residual  Securities over their life. In
view of the  possible  acceleration  of the income of  Residual  Securityholders
described  above under "Taxation of REMIC Income," the period of time over which
such issue price is  effectively  amortized may be longer than the economic life
of the Residual Securities.

         If a Residual  Security has a negative  value,  it is not clear whether
its issue  price  would be  considered  to be zero or such  negative  amount for
purposes  of  determining  the  REMIC  Pool's  basis in its  assets.  The  REMIC
Regulations  do not address  whether  residual  interests  could have a negative
basis and a negative issue price. The Depositor does not intend to treat a class
of  Residual  Securities  as having a value of less than  zero for  purposes  of
determining the bases of the related REMIC Pool in its assets.

         Further,  to the extent  that the  initial  adjusted  basis of Residual
Securityholder  (other  than an  original  holder) in the  Residual  Security is
greater than the corresponding portion of the REMIC Pool's basis in the Mortgage
Assets,  the  Residual  Securityholder  will not recover a portion of such basis
until termination of the REMIC Pool unless Treasury regulations yet to be issued
provide for periodic  adjustments  to the REMIC income  otherwise  reportable by
such holder. The REMIC Regulations do not so provide.  See "Treatment of Certain
Items of REMIC Income and Expense - Market  Discount"  below regarding the basis
of  Mortgage  Assets  to the  REMIC  Pool and  "Sale  or  Exchange  of  Residual
Securities" below regarding possible treatment of a loss upon termination of the
REMIC Pool as a capital loss.

         Mark to Market Rules

         Prospective  purchasers of a Residual  Security should be aware that on
December 18, 1993, the Internal Revenue Service released  temporary  regulations
(the  "Temporary  Regulations")  relating to the  requirement  that a securities
dealer mark to market securities held for sale to customers. This mark-to-market
requirement applies to all securities of a dealer, except to the extent that the
dealer has  specifically  identified  a  security  as held for  investment.  The
Temporary   Regulations   provide  that  for  purposes  of  this  mark-to-market
requirement,  a "negative value" Residual  Security is not treated as a security
and thus may not be marked to  market.  In  general,  a  Residual  Security  has
negative value if, as of the date a taxpayer acquires the Residual Security, the
present  value of the tax  liabilities  associated  with  holding  the  Residual
Security  exceeds  the sum of (i)  the  present  value  of the  expected  future
distributions  on the  Residual  Security,  and  (ii) the  present  value of the
anticipated  tax savings  associated  with holding the Residual  Security as the
REMIC  generates  losses.  The amounts and present values of the anticipated tax
liabilities,  expected future  distributions and anticipated tax savings are all
to be determined using (i) the prepayment and reinvestment  assumptions  adopted
under  Section  1272(a)(6),  or that would  have been  adopted  had the  REMIC's
regular interests been issued with original issue discount, (ii) any required or
permitted clean up calls, or required qualified liquidation, provided for in the
REMIC's  organizational  documents  and  (iii)  a  discount  rate  equal  to the
"applicable  Federal rate"  instrument  issued on the date of acquisition of the
Residual Security ending on or after December 31, 1993.  Prospective  purchasers
of a Residual Security should consult their tax advisors  regarding the possible
application of the Temporary Regulations.

                                       55

<PAGE>




Treatment of Certain Items of REMIC Income and Expense

         Original Issue  Discount.  Generally,  the REMIC Pool's  deductions for
original  issue discount will be determined in the same manner as original issue
discount  income on Regular  Securities  as described  above under  "Taxation of
Regular  Securities  -- Original  Issue  Discount"  and  "Variable  Rate Regular
Securities," without regard to the de minimis rule described therein.

         Market  Discount.  The REMIC Pool will have market  discount  income in
respect of Mortgage  Assets if, in general,  the basis of the REMIC Pool in such
Mortgage Assets is exceeded by their unpaid principal balances. The REMIC Pool's
basis in such Mortgage Assets is generally the fair market value of the Mortgage
Assets  immediately  after the  transfer  thereof to the REMIC  Pool.  The REMIC
Regulations  provide  that  such  basis is equal in the  aggregate  to the issue
prices of all regular and residual  interests  in the REMIC Pool.  In respect of
Mortgage  Assets that have market  discount to which Code Section 1276  applies,
the accrued portion of such market discount would be recognized currently by the
REMIC as an item of ordinary  income.  Market discount income  generally  should
accrue in the manner  described above under  "Taxation of Regular  Securities --
Market  Discount."  The rules of Code Section 1276  concerning  market  discount
income will not, however,  apply in the case of Mortgage Assets originated on or
prior to July 18, 1984,  if any.  With respect to such  Mortgage  Assets  market
discount is  generally  includible  in REMIC  taxable  income or ordinary  gross
income pro rata as principal payments are received. Under another interpretation
of the Code and relevant legislative  history,  market discount on such Mortgage
Assets might be required to be  recognized  currently by the REMIC,  in the same
manner that market  discount would be recognized with respect to Mortgage Assets
originated  after  July 18,  1984.  Under  that  method,  a REMIC  would tend to
recognize market discount more rapidly than it would otherwise.  In either case,
the  deduction  of a portion of the interest  expense on the Regular  Securities
allocable to such  discount may be deferred  until such  discount is included in
income, and any gain on the sale or exchange thereof will be treated as ordinary
income to the extent of the deferred interest deductible at that time.

         Premium.  Generally,  if the  basis of the REMIC  Pool in the  Mortgage
Assets exceeds the unpaid  principal  balances  thereof,  the REMIC Pool will be
considered  to have  acquired  such  Mortgage  Assets at a premium  equal to the
amount of such excess.  As stated  above,the  REMIC Pool's basis in the Mortgage
Assets is the fair market value of the Mortgage  Assets,  based on the aggregate
of the issue  prices of the regular  and  residual  interests  in the REMIC Pool
immediately  after the transfer thereof to the REMIC Pool. In a manner analogous
to the  discussion  above under  "Taxation  of Regular Securities -- Premium," a
person that holds Mortgage Assets as a capital asset under Code Section 1221 may
elect under Code Section 171 to amortize  premium on Mortgage Assets  originated
after  September  27, 1985,  under a constant  yield  method.  Amortizable  bond
premium will be treated as an offset to interest income on the Mortgage  Assets,
rather  than  as a  separate  deduction  item.  Because  substantially  all  the
mortgagors  with respect to the Mortgage  Assets are expected to be individuals,
Code  Section  171 will not be  available.  Premium  on  Mortgage  Assets may be
deductible  in accordance  with a reasonable  method  regularly  employed by the
holder thereof. The allocation of such premium pro rata among principal payments
should be considered a reasonable method;  however, the Internal Revenue Service
may argue that such premium should be allocated in a different  manner,  such as
allocating such premium entirely to the final payment of principal.

         Limitations on Offset or Exemption of REMIC Income;  Excess Inclusions.
A portion of the income  allocable  to a Residual  Security  (referred to in the
Code as an "excess  inclusion")  for any  calendar  quarter,  with an  exception
discussed  below for  certain  thrift  institutions,  will be subject to federal
income tax in all events.  Thus,  for example,  an excess  inclusion (i) cannot,
except as described  below, be offset by any unrelated losses or loss carryovers
of a  Residual  Securityholder,  (ii) will be  treated  as  "unrelated  business
taxable  income"  within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section  512 if  the  Residual
Securityholder  is a pension fund or any other  organization  that is subject to
tax only on its unrelated  business taxable income and (iii) is not eligible for
any  reduction  in  the  rate  of  withholding  tax in the  case  of a  Residual
Securityholder that is a foreign investor,  as further discussed in "Taxation of
Certain  Foreign  Investors -- Residual Securities"  below.  Except as discussed
below  with  respect  to excess  inclusions  from  Residual  Securities  without
"significant  value," this general rule does not apply to thrift institutions to
which Code Section 593 applies.  For this purpose a thrift  institution  and its
qualified subsidiary are considered a single corporation. A qualified subsidiary
is one all the stock of which, and  substantially all the debt of which, is held
by the thrift  institution  and which is organized and operating  exclusively in
connection with the organization and operation of

                                       56

<PAGE>



one or more  REMICs.  Except  in the  case of a  thrift  institution  (including
qualified  subsidiaries)  members  of an  affiliated  group are  treated  as one
corporation  for  purposes  of  applying  the  limitation  on  offset  of excess
inclusion income.

         Except as discussed in the following paragraph,  with respect to excess
inclusions  from  Residual  Securities  without  "significant  value,"  for  any
Residual  Securityholder,  the excess  inclusion for any calendar quarter is the
excess,  if any,  of (i) the  income of such  Residual  Securityholder  for that
calendar  quarter  from its  Residual  Security  over (ii) the sum of the "daily
accruals" (as defined  below) for all days during the calendar  quarter on which
the Residual  Securityholder holds such Residual Security. For this purpose, the
daily accruals with respect to a Residual  Security are determined by allocating
to each day in the  calendar  quarter its ratable  portion of the product of the
"adjusted  issue  price" (as  defined  below) of the  Residual  Security  at the
beginning  of the  calendar  quarter and 120 percent of the  "Federal  long-term
rate" in effect at the time the Residual  Security is issued.  For this purposes
the  "adjusted  issue  price" of a Residual  Security  at the  beginning  of any
calendar quarter equals the issue price of the Residual  Security  (adjusted for
contributions),  increased  by the  amount  of  daily  accruals  for  all  prior
quarters, and decreased (but not below zero) by the aggregate amount of payments
made on the Residual Security before the beginning of such quarter.  The Federal
long-term  rate is an average of current  yields on Treasury  securities  with a
remaining term of greater than nine years, computed and published monthly by the
IRS.

         The Code provides  that to the extent  provided in  regulations,  as an
exception  to the general  rule  described  above,  the entire  amount of income
accruing on a Residual  Security  will be treated as an excess  inclusion if the
Residual  Securities in the aggregate are  considered  not to have  "significant
value." The Treasury Department has not yet provided regulations in this respect
and the REMIC Regulations did not adopt this rule. The exception from the excess
inclusion rules applicable to thrift  institutions does not apply,  however,  if
the  Residual  Securities  do  not  have  significant  value.  Under  the  REMIC
Regulations,  the Residual  Securities will have  significant  value if: (i) the
aggregate of the issue prices of the Residual Securities is at least two percent
of the aggregate issue prices of all Regular Securities and Residual  Securities
in the REMIC and (ii) the  anticipated  weighted  average  life of the  Residual
Securities is at least 20 percent of the REMIC's  anticipated  weighted  average
life based on the prepayment and  reinvestment  assumptions  used in pricing the
transaction  and any  recognized  or  permitted  clean up calls or any  required
qualified  liquidation.  Although  not  entirely  clear,  the REMIC  Regulations
indicate that the significant  value  determination  is made only on the Startup
Day.  The  anticipated  weighted  average  life of a  Residual  Security  with a
principal  balance and a market rate of interest is computed by multiplying  the
amount of each  expected  principal  payment by the number of years (or portions
thereof)  from the  Startup  Day,  adding  these sums and  dividing by the total
principal  expected to be paid on such Residual  Security  based on the relevant
prepayment assumption and expected reinvestment income. The anticipated weighted
average life of a Residual  Security with either no specified  principal balance
or a principal balance and rights to interest payments  disproportionate to such
principal balance, would be computed under the formula described above but would
include all  payments  expected  on the  Residual  Security  instead of only the
principal  payments.  The  anticipated  weighted  average  life of a REMIC  is a
weighted  average of the  anticipated  weighted  average lives of all classes of
interest in the REMIC.

         Under  Treasury  regulations  to  be  promulgated,  a  portion  of  the
dividends paid by a REIT which owns a Residual  Security are to be designated as
excess  inclusions  in  an  amount  corresponding  to  the  Residual  Security's
allocable  share of the excess  inclusions.  Similar  rules apply in the case of
regulated  investment  companies,  common  trust funds and  cooperatives.  Thus,
investors in such entities which own a Residual  Security will be subject to the
limitations on excess  inclusions  described above. The REMIC Regulations do not
provide guidance on this issue.

Tax-Related Restrictions on Transfer of Residual Securities

         Disqualified Organizations.  If legal title or beneficial interest in a
Residual  Security is  transferred to a  Disqualified  Organization  (as defined
below),  a tax would be  imposed  in an amount  equal to the  product of (i) the
present value of the total  anticipated  excess  inclusions with respect to such
Residual  Security for periods after the transfer and (ii) the highest  marginal
federal  corporate  income  tax rate.  The REMIC  Regulations  provide  that the
anticipated  excess inclusion are based on actual  prepayment  experience to the
date of the transfer and projected payments based on the Prepayment  Assumption.
The present value  discount rate equals the  applicable  Federal rate under Code
Section  1274(d)  that would apply to a debt  instrument  that was issued on the
date the Disqualified

                                       57

<PAGE>



Organization acquired the Residual Security and whose term ended on the close of
the last quarter in which excess  inclusion  was expected to accrue with respect
to  the  Residual  Security.  Such  a tax  generally  would  be  imposed  on the
transferor of the Residual Security,  except that where such transfer is through
an agent  (including a broker,  nominee,  or other middleman) for a Disqualified
Organization,  the tax would instead be imposed on such agent. A transferor of a
Residual  Security  would in no  event,  however,  be  liable  for such tax with
respect to a transfer if the transferee furnishes to the transferor an affidavit
that the  transferee is not a Disqualified  Organization  and, as of the time of
the transfer,  the transferor does not have actual knowledge that such affidavit
is  false.  The  tax  also  may be  waived  by the  Treasury  Department  if the
Disqualified  Organization  promptly  disposes of the Residual  Security and the
transferor pays income tax at the highest corporate rate on the excess inclusion
for the  period the  Residual  Security  is  actually  held by the  Disqualified
Organization.

         In addition,  if a "Pass-Through  Entity" (as defined below) has excess
inclusion income with respect to a Residual Security during a taxable year and a
Disqualified  Organization  is the record  holder of an equity  interest in such
entity,  then a tax is imposed on such  entity  equal to the  product of (i) the
amount  of  excess  inclusions  that  are  allocable  to  the  interest  in  the
Pass-Through Entity during the period such interest is held by such Disqualified
Organization and (ii) the highest  marginal  federal  corporate income tax rate.
Such tax would be deductible from the ordinary gross income of the  Pass-Through
Entity for the taxable  year.  The  Pass-Through  Entity would not be liable for
such tax if it has received an affidavit from such record holder that (i) states
under  penalty of perjury  that it is not a  Disqualified  Organization  or (ii)
furnishes a social  security  number and states under  penalties of perjury that
the social security  number is that of the transferee,  provided that during the
period  such  person  is  the  record  holder  of  the  Residual  Security,  the
Pass-Through Entity does not have actual knowledge that such affidavit is false.

         For these purposes,  (i) "Disqualified  Organization"  means the United
States, any state or political subdivision thereof, any foreign government,  any
international  organization,  any  agency  or  instrumentality  of  any  of  the
foregoing  (provided,  that such term does not include an instrumentality if all
its  activities  are subject to tax and a majority of its board of  directors is
not selected by any such  governmental  entity),  any  cooperative  organization
furnishing  electric energy or providing  telephone  service to persons in rural
areas as described in Code Section  1381(a)(2)(C),  and any organization  (other
than a farmers'  cooperative  described in Code Section 521) that is exempt from
taxation  under the Code  unless  such  organization  is  subject  to the tax on
unrelated  business  income  imposed by Code Section 511 and (ii)  "Pass-Through
Entity" means any regulated  investment  company,  real estate investment trust,
common  trust  fund,  partnership,  trust or  estate  and  certain  corporations
operating  on a  cooperative  basis.  Except  as may  be  provided  in  Treasury
regulations yet to be issued,  any person holding an interest in a Pass- Through
Entity as a nominee for another will, with respect to such interest,  be treated
as a Pass-Through Entity.

         The Agreement with respect to a series of Securities  will provide that
neither  legal  title nor  beneficial  interest  in a Residual  Security  may be
transferred  or registered  unless (i) the proposed  transferee  provides to the
Depositor and the Trustee an affidavit to the effect that such transferee is not
a  Disqualified  Organization,  is not  purchasing  such Residual  Securities on
behalf of a Disqualified  Organization (i.e., as a broker,  nominee or middleman
thereof) and is not an entity that holds REMIC residual securities as nominee to
facilitate the clearance and settlement of such  securities  through  electronic
book-entry  changes in  accounts  of  participating  organizations  and (ii) the
transferor provides a statement in writing to the Depositor and the Trustee that
it has no actual knowledge that such affidavit is false. Moreover, the Agreement
will  provide that any  attempted  or  purported  transfer in violation of these
transfer  restrictions  will be null and void and  will  vest no  rights  in any
purported transferee.  Each Residual Security with respect to a series will have
a  legend  referring  to  such  restrictions  on  transfer,  and  each  Residual
Securityholder  will be deemed  to have  agreed,  as a  condition  of  ownership
thereof,  to any amendments to the related Agreement  required under the Code or
applicable  Treasury  regulations  to  effectuate  the  foregoing  restrictions.
Information  necessary to compute an applicable  excise tax must be furnished to
the Internal  Revenue Service and to the requesting  party within 60 days of the
request,  and the  Depositor or the Trustee may charge a fee for  computing  and
providing such information.

         Noneconomic  Residual  Interests.  Under the REMIC Regulations  certain
transfers of Residual  Securities are disregarded,  in which case the transferor
continues  to be  treated  as the  owner  of the  Residual  Securities  and thus
continues to be subject to tax on its allocable portion of the net income of the
REMIC Pool.  Under the Final  REMIC  Regulations,  a transfer  of a  Noneconomic
Residual Interest (defined below) to a Residual Securityholder

                                       58

<PAGE>



(other than a Residual Securityholder who is not a U.S. Person, as defined below
under "Foreign  Investors")  is disregarded  for all federal income tax purposes
unless no  significant  purpose of the transfer is to impede the  assessment  or
collection of tax. A residual interest in a REMIC (including a residual interest
with a positive value at issuance) is a "Noneconomic  Residual Interest" unless,
at the  time of the  transfer,  (i) the  present  value of the  expected  future
distributions  on the  residual  interest  at least  equals  the  product of the
present  value of the  anticipated  excess  inclusions  and the highest  federal
corporate  income tax rate in effect for the year in which the  transfer  occurs
and (ii) the  transferor  reasonably  expects that the  transferee  will receive
distributions  from the REMIC at or after the time at which taxes  accrue on the
anticipated  excess  inclusions  in an amount  sufficient to satisfy the accrued
taxes.  The  anticipated  excess  inclusions  and the  present  value  rate  are
determined   in  the  same  manner  as  set  forth  above  under   "Disqualified
Organizations." A significant  purpose to impede the assessment or collection of
tax exists if the transferor, at the time of the transfer, either knew or should
have known (had "improper  knowledge") that the transferor would be unwilling or
unable to pay taxes due on its share of the taxable  income of the REMIC.  Under
the REMIC  Regulations,  a transferor is presumed not to have improper knowledge
if (i) the  transferor  conducted,  at the time of the  transfer,  a  reasonable
investigation  of the financial  condition of the transferee and, as a result of
the  investigation,  the transferor  found that the transferee had  historically
paid its debts as they came due and found no  significant  evidence  to indicate
that the  transferor  will not continue to pay its debts as they come due in the
future; and (ii) the transferee represents to the transferor that it understands
that, as the holder of the  Noneconomic  Residual  Interest,  the transferee may
incur tax  liabilities  in excess of any cash flows  generated  by the  residual
interest and that the transferee intends to pay taxes associated with holding of
residual  interest as they become due. The Agreement will require the transferee
of a Residual  Security to state as part of the affidavit  described above under
the  heading   "Disqualified   Organizations"   that  such  transferee  (i)  has
historically  paid its debts as they come due,  (ii)  intends to continue to pay
its debts as they come due in the future,  (iii) understands that, as the holder
of a Noneconomic  Residual  Interest,  it may incur tax liabilities in excess of
any cash flows generated by the Residual  Security,  and (iv) intends to pay any
and all taxes associated with holding the Residual  Security as they become due.
The transferor must have no reason to believe that such statement is untrue.

         Foreign Investors. The REMIC Regulations provide that the transfer of a
Residual Security that has "tax avoidance  potential" to a "foreign person" will
be disregarded for all federal tax purposes. This rule appears intended to apply
to a  transferee  who is not a "U.S.  Person"  (as defined  below),  unless such
transferee's  income is  effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or
business  within the United  States.  A Residual  Security is deemed to have tax
avoidance  potential  unless,  at the  time  of  the  transfer,  the  transferor
reasonably  expects  that,  for each excess  inclusion,  (i) the REMIC Pool will
distribute to the transferee  residual interest holder an amount that will equal
at least 30% of the excess  inclusions  and (ii) that each such  amount  will be
distributed at or after the time at which the excess  inclusion  accrues and not
later  than the  close of the  calendar  year  following  the  calendar  year of
accrual.  If the non-U.S.  Person transfers the Residual Security back to a U.S.
Person,  the  transfer  will be  disregarded  and the  foreign  transferor  will
continue  to be treated as the owner  unless  arrangements  are made so that the
transfer  does not have the effect of allowing  the  transferor  to avoid tax on
accrued excess inclusions.

         The  Prospectus  Supplement  relating  to a series  of  Securities  may
provide that a Residual  Security may not be purchased by or  transferred to any
person  that  is not a  U.S.  Person  or  may  describe  the  circumstances  and
restrictions  pursuant  to which  such a  transfer  may be made.  The term "U.S.
Person"  means a citizen  or  resident  of the  United  States,  a  corporation,
partnership  or other  entity  created or  organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof or an estate or trust that is
subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of the source of its income.

Sale or Exchange of a Residual Security

         Upon  the  sale  or  exchange  of a  Residual  Security,  the  Residual
Securityholder  will recognize gain or loss equal to the excess,  if any, of the
amount  realized over the adjusted basis (as described  above under "Taxation of
Securities - Basis and Losses") of such Residual Securityholder in such Residual
Security  at the time of the sale or  exchange.  In addition  to  reporting  the
taxable  income of the REMIC Pool, a Residual  Securityholder  will have taxable
income to the  extent  that any cash  distribution  to him from the  REMIC  Pool
exceeds  such  adjusted  basis on that  Distribution  Date.  Such income will be
treated  as gain  from the sale or  exchange  of the  Residual  Security.  It is
possible  that the  termination  of the REMIC  Pool may be  treated as a sale or
exchange of a Residual

                                       59

<PAGE>



Securityholder's   Residual   Security,   in  which   case,   if  the   Residual
Securityholder has an adjusted basis in his Residual Security remaining when his
interest in the REMIC Pool terminates, and if he holds such Residual Security as
a capital asset under Code Section 1221,  then he will  recognize a capital loss
at that time in the amount of such remaining adjusted basis.

         The Conference  Committee Report to the 1986 Act provides that,  except
as  provided in Treasury  regulations  yet to be issued.  the wash sale rules of
Code  Section   1091  will  apply  to   disposition   of  Residual   Securities.
Consequently,  losses on dispositions of Residual  Securities will be disallowed
where the seller of the  Residual  Security,  during the  period  beginning  six
months before the sale or  disposition  of the Residual  Security and ending six
months  after  such sale or  disposition,  acquires  (or  enters  into any other
transaction  that results in the  application of Code Section 1091) any residual
interest in any REMIC or any  interest in a "taxable  mortgage  pool" (such as a
non-REMIC owner trust) that is economically comparable to a Residual Security.

Taxes That May Be Imposed on the REMIC Pool

         Prohibited  Transactions.  Net income from certain  transactions by the
REMIC Pool, called prohibited transactions,  will not be part of the calculation
of income or loss  includible  in the  federal  income tax  returns of  Residual
Securityholders,  but rather will be taxed  directly to the REMIC Pool at a 100%
rate.  Prohibited  transactions  generally  include  (i)  the  disposition  of a
qualified  mortgage  other  than for (a)  substitution  within  two years of the
Startup Day for a defective (including a defaulted) obligation (or repurchase in
lieu of  substitution of a defective  (including a defaulted)  obligation at any
time) or for any qualified  mortgage within three months of the Startup Day, (b)
foreclosure, default or imminent default of a qualified mortgage, (c) bankruptcy
or insolvency of the REMIC Pool or (d) a qualified (complete) liquidation,  (ii)
the  receipt  of  income  from  assets  that  are not the type of  mortgages  or
investments  that the REMIC  Pool is  permitted  to hold,  (iii) the  receipt of
compensation  for services or (iv) the receipt of gain from  disposition of cash
flow investments other than pursuant to a qualified liquidation. Notwithstanding
(i) and (iv), it is not a prohibited  transaction to sell REMIC Pool property to
prevent a default on Regular  Securities  as a result of a default on  qualified
mortgages or to facilitate a clean-up call (generally,  an optional  termination
to  save  administrative  costs  when no more  than a  small  percentage  of the
Securities is outstanding). The REMIC Regulations indicate that the modification
of a Mortgage  Loan  generally  will not be treated  as a  disposition  if it is
occasioned by a default or reasonably  foreseeable default, an assumption of the
Mortgage  Loan,  the  waiver  of a  due-on-sale  or  encumbrance  clause  or the
conversion  of an  interest  rate by a  mortgagor  pursuant  to the  terms  of a
convertible  adjustable rate Mortgage Loan. The REMIC  Regulations  also provide
that the  modification of mortgage loans underlying  Mortgage-Backed  Securities
will  not  be  treated  as a  modification  of the  Mortgage-Backed  Securities,
provided  that the  trust  including  the was not  created  to avoid  prohibited
transaction rules.

         Contributions to the REMIC Pool After the Startup Day. In general,  the
REMIC Pool will be subject to a tax at a 100% rate on the value of any  property
contributed to the REMIC Pool after the Startup Day. Exceptions are provided for
cash  contributions  to the REMIC Pool (i) during the three months following the
Startup Day, (ii) made to a qualified reserve fund by a Residual Securityholder,
(iii)  in the  nature  of a  guarantee,  (iv)  made to  facilitate  a  qualified
liquidation  or  clean-up  call  and  (v) as  otherwise  permitted  in  Treasury
regulations yet to be issued.

         Net Income from Foreclosure Property. The REMIC Pool will be subject to
federal income tax at the highest corporate rate on "net income from foreclosure
property,"  determined  by  reference  to the rules  applicable  to real  estate
investment  trusts.  Generally,  property  acquired  by the REMIC  Pool  through
foreclosure  or deed in lieu of  foreclosure  would be treated  as  "foreclosure
property" for a period of two years, with possible  extensions.  Net income from
foreclosure  property  generally  means (i) gain from the sale of a  foreclosure
property  that is  inventory  property  and (ii) gross  income from  foreclosure
property  other than  qualifying  rents and other  qualifying  income for a real
estate investment trust.


                                       60

<PAGE>



Liquidation of the REMIC Pool

         If a REMIC Pool and the Trustee  adopt a plan of complete  liquidation,
within  the  meaning  of Code  Section  860F(a)(4)(A)(i)  and sell all the REMIC
Pool's assets (other than cash) within a 90-day period  beginning on the date of
the adoption of the plan of  liquidation,  the REMIC Pool will recognize no gain
or loss on the sale of its  assets,  provided  that the REMIC  Pool  credits  or
distributes  in  liquidation  all the sale  proceeds  plus its cash  (other than
amounts  retained to meet  claims  against the REMIC Pool) to holders of Regular
Securities and Residual Securityholders within the 90-day period.

Administrative Matters

         The REMIC Pool will be  required  to  maintain  its books on a calendar
year  basis and to file  federal  income  tax  returns  for  federal  income tax
purposes  in a manner  similar to a  partnership.  The form for such  income tax
return is Form 1066,  U.S. Real Estate  Mortgage  Investment  Conduit Income Tax
Return. The Trustee will be required to sign the REMIC Pool's returns.  Treasury
regulations provide that, except where there is a single Residual Securityholder
for an entire  taxable  year,  the REMIC Pool  generally  will be subject to the
procedural  and  administrative  rules of the Code  applicable to  partnerships,
including the  determination  by the Internal Revenue Service of any adjustments
to, among other things,  items of REMIC income,  gain, loss, deduction or credit
in a  unified  administrative  proceeding.  The  Depositor  or other  designated
Residual  Securityholders  will be obligated to act as "tax matters  person," as
defined in applicable Treasury  regulations,  with respect to the REMIC Pool. If
the Code or applicable  Treasury  regulations do not permit the Depositor to act
as tax matters person in its capacity as agent of the Residual  Securityholders,
the Residual Securityholder chosen by the Residual Securityholders or such other
person specified pursuant to Treasury regulations will be required to act as tax
matters person.

         Treasury  regulations  provide that a holder of a Residual  Security is
not required to treat items on its return  consistently  with their treatment on
the REMIC Pool's return if a holder owns 100% of the Residual Securities for the
entire calendar year. Otherwise,  each holder of a Residual Security is required
to treat  items on its return  consistently  with their  treatment  on the REMIC
Pool's return, unless the holder of a Residual Security either files a statement
identifying the  inconsistency  or establishes that the  inconsistency  resulted
from incorrect  information received from the REMIC Pool. The Service may assess
a deficiency resulting from a failure to comply with the consistency requirement
without instituting an administrative proceeding at the REMIC Pool level.

Limitations on Deduction of Certain Expenses

         An investor  who is an  individual,  estate or trust will be subject to
limitation with respect to certain itemized deductions described in Code Section
67, to the extent that such itemized deductions, in the aggregate, do not exceed
2% of the  investor's  adjusted  gross  income.  In  addition,  Code  Section 68
provides that itemized  deductions  otherwise allowable for a taxable year of an
individual  taxpayer  will be reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess,  if
any, of adjusted  gross  income over  $100,000,  adjusted  yearly for  inflation
($50,000,  adjusted  yearly for inflation,  in the case of a married  individual
filing a  separate  return),  or (ii) 80% of the amount of  itemized  deductions
otherwise  allowable for such year. In the case of a REMIC Pool, such deductions
may  include  deductions  under  Code  Section  212 for  servicing  fees and all
administrative  and other  expenses  relating  to the REMIC Pool or any  similar
expenses allocated to the REMIC Pool with respect to a regular interest it holds
in another REMIC.  Such investors who hold REMIC  Securities  either directly or
indirectly through certain  pass-through  entities may have their pro rata share
of such  expenses  allocated  to them as  additional  gross  income,  but may be
subject to such  limitation on  deductions.  In addition,  such expenses are not
deductible at all for purposes of computing the alternative minimum tax, and may
cause such  investors to be subject to  significant  additional  tax  liability.
Treasury  regulations provide that the additional gross income and corresponding
amount of  expenses  generally  are to be  allocated  entirely to the holders of
Residual  Securities  in the case of a REMIC  Pool that  would not  qualify as a
fixed  investment  trust  in the  absence  of a REMIC  election.  However,  such
additional gross income and limitation on deductions will apply to the allocable
portion of such expenses to holders of Regular Securities, as well as holders of
Residual  Securities,  where such Regular Securities are issued in a manner that
is similar to pass-through certificates in a fixed investment trust. In general,
such  allocable  portion  will be  determined  based on the  ratio  that a REMIC
Securityholder's income, determined on a daily basis, bears to the income of all

                                       61

<PAGE>



holders of Regular  Securities and Residual  Securities  with respect to a REMIC
Pool.  As a result,  individuals,  estates or trusts  holding  REMIC  Securities
(either  directly  or  indirectly  through  a  grantor  trust,  partnership,   S
corporation,  REMIC,  or certain other  pass-through  entities  described in the
foregoing  Treasury  regulations)  may have  taxable  income  in  excess  of the
interest income at the pass-through  rate on Regular  Securities that are issued
in a single class or otherwise  consistently  with fixed investment trust status
or  in  excess  of  cash  distributions  for  the  related  period  on  Residual
Securities.

Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors

         Regular  Securities.   Interest,  including  original  issue  discount,
distributable to Regular  Securityholders  who are nonresident  aliens,  foreign
corporations,  or other Non-U.S.  Persons (as defined below), will be considered
"portfolio interest" and therefore,  generally will not be subject to 30% United
States  withholding  tax,  provided  that  such  Non-U.S.  Person  (i)  is not a
"10-percent  shareholder"  within the meaning of Code Section  871(h)(3)(B) or a
controlled foreign corporation  described in Code Section  881(c)(3)(C) and (ii)
provides the Trustee,  or the person who would otherwise be required to withhold
tax  from  such  distributions  under  Code  Sections  1441  or  1442,  with  an
appropriate  statement,  signed  under  penalties  of perjury,  identifying  the
beneficial owner and stating,  among other things,  that the beneficial owner of
the  Regular  Security is a Non-U.S.  Person.  If such  statement,  or any other
required statement,  is not provided,  30% withholding will apply unless reduced
or eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty or unless the interest on the
Regular  Security  is  effectively  connected  with  the  conduct  of a trade or
business within the United States by such Non-U.S.  Person.  In the latter case,
such  Non-U.S.  Person will be subject to United  States  federal  income tax at
regular rates.  Investors who are Non-U.S.  Persons should consult their own tax
advisors  regarding  the specific tax  consequences  to them of owning a Regular
Security. The term "Non-U.S. Person" means any person who is not a U.S. Person.

         Residual  Securities.  The Conference  Committee Report to the 1986 Act
indicates that amounts paid to Residual Securityholders who are Non-U.S. Persons
are treated as interest  for  purposes of the 30% (or lower  treaty rate) United
States withholding tax. Treasury regulations provide that amounts distributed to
Residual  Securityholders  qualify  as  "portfolio  interest,"  subject  to  the
conditions  described in "Regular Securities" above, but only to the extent that
(i) the Mortgage Assets were issued after July 18, 1984. and (ii) the Trust fund
or segregated pool of assets therein (as to which a separate REMIC election will
be made), to which the Residual Security relates, consists of obligations issued
in "registered  form" within the meaning of Code Section  163(f)(1).  Generally,
Mortgage  Assets will not be, but regular  interests in another  REMIC Pool will
be, considered  obligations issued in registered form.  Furthermore,  a Residual
Securityholder  will not be entitled to any exemption  from the 30%  withholding
tax (or lower treaty rate) to the extent of that portion of REMIC taxable income
that constitutes an "excess  inclusion." See "Taxation of Residual Securities --
Limitations on Offset or Exemption of REMIC Income;  Excess  Inclusions." If the
amounts  paid  to  Residual   Securityholders  who  are  Non-U.S.   Persons  are
effectively  connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United
States by such Non-U.S. Persons, 30% (or lower treaty rate) withholding will not
apply.  Instead,  the amounts paid to such  Non-U.S.  Persons will be subject to
United States federal income tax at regular rates. If 30% (or lower treaty rate)
withholding is applicable, such amounts generally will be taken into account for
purposes of  withholding  only when paid or otherwise  distributed  (or when the
Residual  Security  is  disposed  of) under rules  similar to  withholding  upon
disposition  of  debt  instruments  that  have  original  issue  discount.   See
"Tax-Related   Restrictions  on  Transfer  of  Residual   Securities --  Foreign
Investors"  above  concerning  the  disregard of certain  transfers  having "tax
avoidance  potential."  Investors who are Non-U.S.  Persons should consult their
own tax  advisors  regarding  the specific  tax  consequences  to them of owning
Residual Securities.

Backup Withholding

         Distributions  made on the Regular  Securities,  and proceeds  from the
sale of the Regular Securities to or through certain brokers,  may be subject to
a  "backup"  withholding  tax  under  Code  Section  3406 of 31% on  "reportable
payments" (including interest distributions, original issue discount, and, under
certain   circumstances,    principal    distributions)   unless   the   Regular
Securityholder complies with certain reporting and/or certification  procedures,
including  the provision of its taxpayer  identification  number to the Trustee,
its agent or the broker who effected the sale of the Regular  Security,  or such
Securityholder is otherwise an exempt recipient under applicable

                                       62

<PAGE>



provisions  of the Code.  Any amounts to be withheld  from  distribution  on the
Regular  Securities would be refunded by the Internal Revenue Service or allowed
as a credit against the Regular Securityholder's federal income tax liability.

Reporting Requirements

         Reports of accrued  interest and original  issue  discount will be made
annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to individuals, estates, non-exempt
and non-charitable  trusts, and partnerships who are either holders of record of
Regular  Securities or beneficial  owners who own Regular  Securities  through a
broker or middleman as nominee.  All brokers,  nominees and all other non-exempt
holders of record of Regular Securities  (including  corporations,  non-calendar
year  taxpayers,  securities  or  commodities  dealers,  real estate  investment
trusts,  investment  companies,  common trust  funds,  thrift  institutions  and
charitable  trusts) may request such  information  for any  calendar  quarter by
telephone or in writing by contacting the person  designated in Internal Revenue
Service  Publication  938  with  respect  to  a  particular  series  of  Regular
Securities.  Holders  through  nominees must request such  information  from the
nominee.  Treasury regulations provide that information necessary to compute the
accrual of any market  discount on the Regular  Securities must be furnished for
calendar years beginning after 1990.

         The Internal Revenue  Service's Form 1066 has an accompanying  Schedule
Q, Quarterly Notice to Residual  Interest Holders of REMIC Taxable Income or Net
Loss Allocation.  Treasury  regulations  require that Schedule Q be furnished by
the REMIC Pool to each Residual Securityholder by the end of the month following
the close of each  calendar  quarter  (41 days after the end of a quarter  under
proposed Treasury regulations) in which the REMIC Pool is in existence.

         Treasury  regulations  require  that,  in  addition  to  the  foregoing
requirements,    information   must   be   furnished   quarterly   to   Residual
Securityholders,  furnished  annually,  if  applicable,  to  holders  of Regular
Securities, and filed annually with the Internal Revenue Service concerning Code
Section 67 expenses (see  "Limitations on Deduction of Certain  Expenses" above)
allocable to such holders. Furthermore, under such regulations, information must
be  furnished  quarterly  to  Residual  Securityholders,  furnished  annually to
holders of Regular  Securities,  and filed  annually  with the Internal  Revenue
Service  concerning  the  percentage  of the REMIC  Pool's  assets  meeting  the
qualified asset tests described above under "Federal Income Tax Consequences for
REMIC Securities," above."

Federal Income Tax  Consequences for Securities as to Which No REMIC Election Is
Made

Standard Securities

         General.  If no election is made to treat a Trust (or a segregated pool
of assets therein) with respect to a series of Securities as a REMIC,  the Trust
may be classified as a grantor trust under  subparagraph E, Part 1 of subchapter
J of the Code and not as a partnership or association  taxable as a corporation.
With respect to each series of Securities where no REMIC election is made, Arter
& Hadden,  counsel to the  Depositor,  will deliver its opinion to the Depositor
that (unless otherwise limited in the related Prospectus Supplement) the related
Trust  will  be  classified  as a  grantor  trust  and not as a  partnership  or
association taxable as a corporation.  Arter & Hadden, counsel to the Depositor,
is of the opinion that if a Trust does not elect REMIC status and is not treated
as a partnership, the tax consequences to the Owners will be as described below.
Where  there is no fixed  retained  yield with  respect to the  Mortgage  Assets
underlying  the  Securities  of a series,  and  where  such  Securities  are not
designated  as  Stripped   Securities,   as  described   below  under  "Stripped
Securities" or as Partnership  Interests described under "Taxation of Securities
Classified  as  Partnership  Interests,"  the  holder  of  each  such  "Standard
Security"  in such series  will be treated as the owner of a pro rata  undivided
interest in the ordinary income and corpus portions of the Trust  represented by
his Security and will be considered the beneficial owner of a pro rata undivided
interest in each of the Mortgage  Assets,  subject to the discussion below under
"Recharacterization   of  Servicing  Fees."  With  respect  to  each  series  of
Securities  where no REMIC  election  is made,  Arter & Hadden,  counsel  to the
Depositor,  will deliver its opinion to the  Depositor  that  (unless  otherwise
limited  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement)  the  related  Trust  will  be
classified as a grantor trust and not as a partnership or association taxable as
a corporation.  Accordingly,  the holder of a Security (a "Securityholder") of a
particular  series will be  required to report on its federal  income tax return
its pro rata share of the entire income from the Mortgage Assets,

                                       63

<PAGE>



original issue discount (if any),  prepayment  fees,  assumption  fees, and late
payment  charges  received by or on behalf of the Trust, in accordance with such
Securityholder's method of accounting.  A Securityholder  generally will be able
to deduct its share of servicing fees and all  administrative and other expenses
of the Trust in  accordance  with his method of  accounting,  provided that such
amounts  are  reasonable  compensation  for  services  rendered  to that  Trust.
Securityholders who are individuals, estates or trusts, however, either directly
or  indirectly  through  certain  pass-through  entities,  will  be  subject  to
limitation with respect to certain itemized deductions described in Code Section
67, including  deductions under Code Section 212 for servicing fees and all such
administrative  and  other  expenses  of the  Trust,  to the  extent  that  such
deductions,  in the  aggregate,  do not  exceed  two  percent  of an  investor's
adjusted  gross  income.  In addition,  Code Section 68 provides  that  itemized
deductions otherwise allowable for a taxable year of an individual taxpayer will
be reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the  excess,  if any,  of  adjusted  gross
income over $100,000,  adjusted yearly for inflation  ($50,000,  adjusted yearly
for inflation, in the case of a married individual filing a separate return), or
(ii) 80% of the amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable for such year.
As a result,  such investors may have aggregate  taxable income in excess of the
aggregate amount of cash received on such Securities with respect to interest at
the pass-through rate on such Securities or discount thereon. In addition,  such
expenses are not  deductible  at all for purposes of computing  the  alternative
minimum tax and may cause such investors to be subject to significant additional
tax liability. Moreover, where there is fixed retained yield with respect to the
Mortgage  Assets  underlying a series of Securities or where the servicing  fees
are in excess of reasonable  servicing  compensation,  the  transaction  will be
subject to the application of the "stripped bond" and "stripped coupon" rules of
the Code,  as  described  below under  "Stripped  Securities"  and  "Premium and
Discount -- Recharacterization of Servicing Fees," respectively.

         Tax  Status.   Unless  otherwise  disclosed  in  a  related  Prospectus
Supplement and subject to the discussion below with respect to buy-down Mortgage
Assets,  Arter & Hadden,  counsel to the Depositor,  will deliver its opinion to
the Depositor that:

                  1. A Standard Security owned by a "domestic  building and loan
         association"  within the meaning of Code  Section  7701(a)(19)  will be
         considered  to  represent  "loans . . . secured by an  interest in real
         property"  within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section   7701(a)(19)(C)(v),
         provided   that  the  real  property   securing  the  Mortgage   Assets
         represented by that Security is of the type described in such section.

                  2.  A  Standard  Security  owned  by a  financial  institution
         described  in Code  Section  593(a)  will be  considered  to  represent
         "qualifying  real  property  loans"  within the meaning of Code Section
         592(d)(1), provided that the real property securing the Mortgage Assets
         represented by that Security is of the type described in such section.

                  3. A Standard Security owned by a real estate investment trust
         will be considered to represent "real estate assets" within the meaning
         of Code  Section  856(C) (5) (A) to the  extent  that the assets of the
         related Trust consist of qualified assets,  and interest income on such
         assets will be considered "interest on obligations secured by mortgages
         on real property" within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(3)(B).

                  4. A Standard  Security owned by a REMIC will be considered to
         represent an "obligation (including any participation or certificate of
         beneficial  ownership  therein)  which  is  principally  secured  by an
         interest  in  real  property"   within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section
         860G(a)(3)(A)  to the  extent  that the  assets  of the  related  Trust
         consist of  "qualified  mortgages"  within the meaning of Code  Section
         860G(a)(3).

         An  issue  arises  as  to  whether  buy-down  Mortgage  Assets  may  be
characterized  in  their  entirety  under  the  Code  provisions  cited  in  the
immediately  preceding paragraph.  Code Section  593(d)(l)(C)  provides that the
term  "qualifying  real  property  loan" does not  include a loan "to the extent
secured  by a deposit  in or share of the  taxpayer."  The  application  of this
provision  to a  buy-down  fund with  respect  to a  buy-down  Mortgage  Loan is
uncertain,  but may require that a taxpayer's  investment in a buy-down Mortgage
Loan be reduced by the buy-down  fund. As to the treatment of buy-down  Mortgage
Assets as "qualifying  real property loans" under Code Section  593(d)(i) if the
exception of Code Section 593(d)(1)(C) is inapplicable,  as "loans . . . secured
"by an interest in real property" under Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v), as "real
estate assets" under Code Section 856(c)(5)(A), and as

                                       64

<PAGE>



"obligation[s]  principally  secured by an interest in real property" under Code
Section  860G(a)(3)(A),  there is indirect authority  supporting treatment of an
investment in a buy-down  Mortgage Loan as entirely  secured by real property if
the fair  market  value of the  real  property  securing  the loan  exceeds  the
principal amount of the loan at the time of issuance or acquisition, as the case
may be.  There is no assurance  that the  treatment  described  above is proper.
Accordingly,  Securityholders  are  urged  to  consult  their  own tax  advisors
concerning  the effects of such  arrangements  on the  characterization  of such
Securityholder's investment for federal income tax purposes.

Premium and Discount

         Securityholders  are advised to consult  with their tax  advisors as to
the federal  income tax  treatment of premium and discount  arising  either upon
initial acquisition of Securities or thereafter.

         Premium.  The  treatment  of premium  incurred  upon the  purchase of a
Security will be determined  generally as described above under " -- Taxation of
Regular Securities -- Premium."

         Original Issue  Discount.  The Internal  Revenue  Service has stated in
published rulings that, in circumstances  similar to those described herein, the
original issue discount rules will be applicable to a Securityholder's  interest
in those Mortgage Assets as to which the conditions for the application of those
sections are met. Rules regarding  periodic inclusion of original issue discount
income are  applicable  to mortgages of  corporations  originated  after May 27,
1969, mortgages of noncorporate  mortgagors (other than individuals)  originated
after July l, 1982, and mortgages of individuals originated after March 2, 1984.
Such  original  issue  discount  could  arise by the  charging  of points by the
originator  of the  mortgages  in an amount  greater than a statutory de minimis
exception,  to the extent  that the points are not  currently  deductible  under
applicable Code provisions or are not for services provided by the lender. It is
generally not  anticipated  that adjustable rate Mortgage Assets will be treated
as issued with original  issue  discount.  However,  the  application of the OID
Regulations to adjustable  rate mortgage loans with incentive  interest rates or
annual or lifetime interest rate caps may result in original issue discount.

         Original  issue  discount must  generally be reported as ordinary gross
income as it accrues  under a constant  yield method that takes into account the
compounding  of interest,  in advance of the cash  attributable  to such income.
Code Section 1272 provides,  however,  for a reduction in the amount of original
issue  discount  includible  in the  income  of a holder of an  obligation  that
acquires the obligation  after its initial  issuance at a price greater than the
sum of the  original  issue  price and the  previously  accrued  original  issue
discount, less prior payments of principal. Accordingly, if such Mortgage Assets
acquired by a  Securityholder  are purchased at a price equal to the then unpaid
principal   amount  of  such  Mortgage   Assets,   no  original  issue  discount
attributable  to the  difference  between  the  issue  price  and  the  original
principal  amount of such Mortgage  Assets (i.e.,  points) will be includible by
such holder.

         Market  Discount.  Securityholders  also will be  subject to the market
discount  rules to the  extent  that the  conditions  for  application  of those
sections are met.  Market discount on the Mortgage Assets will be determined and
will be reported as ordinary  income  generally  in the manner  described  above
under " -- Taxation of Regular Securities -- Market Discount."

         Recharacterization  of Servicing  Fees. If the  servicing  fees paid to
Servicers were deemed to exceed reasonable servicing compensation, the amount of
such  excess  would be  nondeductible  under Code  Section  162 or 212.  In this
regard,there are no authoritative  guidelines for federal income tax purposes as
to either the maximum  amount of servicing  compensation  that may be considered
reasonable  in the context of this or similar  transactions  or whether,  in the
case of the Securities,  the reasonableness of servicing  compensation should be
determined on a weighted average or loan-by-loan  basis. If a loan-by-loan basis
is  appropriate,  the  likelihood  that  such  amount  would  exceed  reasonable
servicing  compensation  as to some of the Mortgage  Assets would be  increased.
Recently issued Internal Revenue Service guidance indicates that a servicing fee
in  excess  of  reasonable  compensation  ("excess  servicing")  will  cause the
Mortgage  Assets to be treated  under the "stripped  bond" rules.  Such guidance
provides  safe  harbors  for  servicing  deemed to be  reasonable  and  requires
taxpayers  to  demonstrate  that the value of  servicing  fees in excess of such
amounts is not greater than the value of the services provided.


                                       65

<PAGE>



         Accordingly,  if the Internal Revenue  Service's  approach is upheld, a
servicer that  receives  excess  servicing  fees would be viewed as retaining an
ownership interest in a portion of the interest payments on the Mortgage Assets.
Under the rules of Code Section  1286,  the  separation  of the right to receive
some of or all the interest  payments on an obligation from the right to receive
some  or  all of the  principal  payments  on the  obligation  would  result  in
treatment of such Mortgage  Assets as "stripped  coupons" and "stripped  bonds."
While  Securityholders  would still be treated as owners of beneficial interests
in a grantor  trust for federal  income tax  purposes,  the corpus of such trust
could be viewed as excluding the portion of the Mortgage Assets the ownership of
which is  attributed  to a servicer,  or as  including  such portion as a second
class of  equitable  interest.  Applicable  Treasury  regulations  treat such an
arrangement as a fixed  investment  trust,  since the multiple  classes of trust
interests  should be treated as merely  facilitating  direct  investments in the
trust  assets and the  existence of multiple  classes of ownership  interests is
incidental to that purpose.  In general,  such a  recharacterization  should not
have any  significant  effect upon the timing or amount of income  reported by a
Securityholder,  except that the income  reported by a cash method holder may be
slightly accelerated.  See "Stripped Securities" below for a further description
of the federal income tax treatment of stripped bonds and stripped coupons.

         In the  alternative,  the amount,  if any, by which the servicing  fees
paid to the servicers are deemed to exceed reasonable compensation for servicing
could be treated as deferred  payments of purchase price by the  Securityholders
to purchase an undivided  interest in the Mortgage  Assets.  In such event,  the
present   value  of  such   additional   payments   might  be  included  in  the
Securityholder's  basis in such undivided  interests for purposes of determining
whether the Security was acquired at a discount, at par, or at a premium.  Under
this  alternative,  Securityholders  may also be  entitled  to a  deduction  for
unstated  interest with respect to each deferred  payment.  The Internal Revenue
Service may take the position  that the specific  statutory  provisions  of Code
Section  1286  described  above  override  the  alternative  described  in  this
paragraph.  Securityholders  are advised to consult their tax advisors as to the
proper  treatment  of the amounts  paid to the  servicers as set forth herein as
servicing compensation or under either of the alternatives set forth above.

         Sale or Exchange of Securities.  Upon sale or exchange of a Security, a
Securityholder  will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference  between the
amount  realized on the sale and its  aggregate  adjusted  basis in the Mortgage
Assets and other assets represented by the Security.  In general,  the aggregate
adjusted basis will equal the Securityholder's cost for the Security,  increased
by the amount of any income previously reported with respect to the Security and
decreased by the amount of any losses  previously  reported  with respect to the
Security  and the  amount  of any  distributions  received  thereon.  Except  as
provided  above with  respect to market  discount on any  Mortgage  Assets,  and
except for certain  financial  institutions  subject to the  provisions  of Code
Section  582(c),  any such  gain or loss  would be  capital  gain or loss if the
Security was held as a capital asset.

Stripped Securities

         General.  Pursuant to Code Section 1286, the separation of ownership of
the right to receive some of or all the principal payments on an obligation from
ownership of the right to receive some of or all the interest  payments  results
in the  creation of  "stripped  bonds" with  respect to  principal  payments and
"stripped  coupons"  with  respect to interest  payments.  For  purposes of this
discussion,  Securities  that are  subject to those rules will be referred to as
"Stripped  Securities." The Securities will be subject to those rules if (i) the
Depositor or any of its affiliates  retains (for its own account or for purposes
of resale),  in the form of fixed  retained  yield or  otherwise,  an  ownership
interest  in a  portion  of  the  payments  on the  Mortgage  Assets,  (ii)  the
Depositor, any of its affiliates or a servicer is treated as having an ownership
interest in the Mortgage Assets to the extent it is paid (or retains)  servicing
compensation  in an amount greater than reasonable  consideration  for servicing
the Mortgage  Assets (see  "Standard  Securities  --  Recharacterization  of the
Servicing Fees" above) and (iii) a class of Securities are issued in two or more
classes or subclasses  representing the right to non pro rata percentages of the
interest and principal payments on the Mortgage Assets.

         In   general,   a  holder  of  a   Stripped   Security   (a   "Stripped
Securityholder")  will be considered to own "stripped bonds" with respect to its
pro rata share of all or a portion of the  principal  payments on each  Mortgage
Loan and/or  "stripped  coupons"  with respect to its pro rata share of all or a
portion of the interest  payments on each Mortgage Loan,  including the Stripped
Security's allocable share of the servicing fees paid, to the extent that

                                       66

<PAGE>



         such fees represent reasonable  compensation for services rendered. See
discussion above under "Standard Securities --  Recharacterization  of Servicing
Fees." For this  purpose the  servicing  fees will be  allocated to the Stripped
Securities  in  proportion to the  respective  offering  price of each class (or
subclass) of Stripped  Securities.  The holder of a Stripped Security  generally
will be entitled to a deduction  each year in respect of the servicing  fees, as
described above under "-- Federal Income Tax  Consequences  for Securities as to
Which No REMIC Election is Made -- Standard  Securities -- General,"  subject to
the limitation described therein.

         Code Section 1286 treats a stripped bond or a stripped coupon generally
as a new  obligation  issued  (i) on the date  that  the  stripped  interest  is
purchased  and (ii) at a price equal to its purchase  price or, if more than one
stripped  interest is purchased,  the share of the purchase  price  allocable to
such stripped  interest.  Each stripped  interest  generally  will have original
issue  discount equal to the excess of its stated  redemption  price at maturity
(or,  in the case of a stripped  coupon,  the amount  payable on the due date of
such   coupon)  over  its  issue   price.   This   treatment  is  based  on  the
interrelationship  of Code Section  1286 and the  regulations  thereunder,  Code
Sections 1272 through 1275,  and the OID  Regulations.  While under Code Section
1286 computations with respect to Stripped Securities arguably should be made in
one of the ways described below, the OID Regulations state, in general, that all
debt instruments  issued in connection with the same transaction must be treated
as a single debt  instrument.  The Trustee will make and report all computations
described  below  using  this  aggregate  approach,   unless  substantial  legal
authority requires otherwise.

         Furthermore,  the  regulations  under Code  Section  1286  support  the
treatment of a Stripped  Security as a single debt instrument issued on the date
it is originated for purposes of calculating  any original issue  discount.  The
preamble to such  regulations  state that such  regulations  are premised on the
assumption  that an aggregation  approach is appropriate in determining  whether
original issue discount on a stripped bond or stripped coupon is de minimis.  In
addition,  under these regulations,  a Stripped Security that represents a right
to payments of both  interest and  principal may be viewed either as issued with
original issue discount or market discount (as described below), at a de minimis
original  issue  discount,  or  presumably,  at a premium.  The preamble to such
regulations  also provide that such  regulations  are premised on the assumption
that  generally  the  interest  component of such a Stripped  Security  would be
treated as stated interest under the original issue discount rules. Further, the
regulations  provide  that the  purchaser  of such a  Stripped  Security  may be
required to account for any  discount as market  discount  rather than  original
issue  discount if either (i) the  initial  discount  with  respect to the Strip
Security  was treated as zero under the de minimis rule or (ii) no more than 100
basis  points in excess of  reasonable  servicing  is  stripped  off the related
Mortgage Assets. Any such market discount would be reportable as described above
under  "Federal  Income Tax  Consequences  for REMIC  Securities -- Taxation  of
Regular Securities -- Market  Discount,"  without  regard to the de minimis rule
therein.

         Status of Stripped Securities. No specific legal authority exists as to
whether  the  character  of the  Stripped  Securities,  for  federal  income tax
purposes,  will be the same as that of the Mortgage Assets.  Stripped Securities
owned by applicable  holders should be considered to represent  "qualifying real
property  loans"  within the meaning or Code  Section  593(d)(1),  "real  estate
assets"  within the meaning of Code  Section  856(c)(A),  "obligations(s)  . . .
principally  secured by an interest in real property" within the meaning of Code
Section 860G(a)(3)(A), and "loans . . . secured by an interest in real property"
within the meaning of Code Section  7701(a)(19)(C)(v),  and interest  (including
original issue discount) income  attributable to Stripped  Securities  should be
considered to represent  "interest on  obligations  secured by mortgages on real
property" within the meaning or Code Section 856(c)(3)(B), provided that in each
case the Mortgage  Assets and interest on such Mortgage  Assets qualify for such
treatment.  The application of such Code provisions to buy-down  Mortgage Assets
is uncertain.  See " -- Federal  Income Tax  Consequences  for  Securities as to
Which No REMIC  Election  is Made" and " -- Standard  Securities  -- Tax Status"
above.

         Original Issue Discount. Except as described above under " -- General,"
each  Stripped  Security  will be considered to have been issued (i) on the date
that  the  stripped  interest  is  purchased  and  (ii) at a price  equal to its
purchase price or, if more than one stripped interest is purchased, the share of
the purchase price allocable to such stripped  interest.  Each stripped interest
generally  will have original  issue  discount equal to the excess of its stated
redemption price at maturity (or, in the case of a stripped  coupon,  the amount
payable on the due date of such  coupon) over its issue  price.  Original  issue
discount with respect to a Stripped Security must be included in

                                       67

<PAGE>



ordinary  income as it accrues,  in accordance with a constant yield method that
takes  into  account  the  compounding  of  interest,  which may be prior to the
receipt of the cash  attributable  to such income.  The amount of original issue
discount  required to be included in the income of a Stripped  Securityholder in
any taxable year should be computed  generally as described above under "Federal
Income Tax Consequences  for REMIC Securities -- Taxation of Regular  Securities
- -- Original Issue Discount" and "-- Variable Rate Regular  Securities." With the
apparent  exception of a Stripped Security issued with de minimis original issue
discount,  as described above under "-- General," however,  the issue price of a
Stripped  Security will be the purchase price paid by each holder  thereof,  and
the stated redemption price at maturity will include the aggregate amount of the
payments to be made on the Stripped  Security to such  Stripped  Securityholder,
presumably  under the  Prepayment  Assumption,  other  than  amounts  treated as
qualified stated interest.

         If the Mortgage  Assets  prepay at a rate either  faster or slower than
that under the Prepayment Assumption, a Stripped Securityholder's recognition of
original issue discount will be either accelerated or decelerated and the amount
of such original issue discount will be either increased or decreased  depending
on the  relative  interests  in principal  and  interest on each  Mortgage  Loan
represented  by such  Stripped  Securityholder's  Stripped  Security.  While the
matter is not free from  doubt,  the  holder of a  Stripped  Security  should be
entitled in the year that it becomes certain  (assuming no further  prepayments)
that the  holder  will not  recover  a  portion  of its  adjusted  basis in such
Stripped  Security  to  recognize  an  ordinary  loss  equal to such  portion of
unrecoverable basis.

         As an alternative to the method  described above, the fact that some of
or all the interest payments with respect to the Stripped Securities will not be
made if the Mortgage  Assets are prepaid could lead to the  interpretation  that
such  interest  payments  are  "contingent"  within the meaning of the  proposed
regulations  issued  under Code  Section  1274 that  address  the  treatment  of
contingent payments. If the rules of those proposed regulations apply, treatment
of a Stripped  Security under such rules depends on whether the aggregate amount
of principal payments,  if any, to be made on the Stripped Security is less than
or greater than its issue price. If the aggregate principal payments are greater
than or equal to the issue price,  the principal  payments would be treated as a
separate  installment  obligation  issued at a price equal to the purchase price
for the  Stripped  Security.  In such case,  original  issue  discount  would be
calculated and accrued under the method described above without consideration of
the interest  payments with respect to the Stripped  Security.  Such payments of
interest  would be includible in the Stripped  Securityholder's  gross income in
the taxable year in which the amounts become fixed.  If the aggregate  amount of
principal  payments to be made on the  Stripped  Security is less than its issue
price,  each  payment of principal  would be treated as a return of basis.  Each
payment of interest would be treated as includible in gross income to the extent
of the  applicable  Federal rate under Code Section  1274(d),  as applied to the
adjusted basis of the Stripped Security, while amounts received in excess of the
applicable  Federal  rate,  as applied  to the  adjusted  basis of the  Stripped
Security,  would be characterized as a return of basis until the total amount of
interest  payments  treated  as a return  of basis  equalled  the  excess of the
purchase  price over the aggregate  stated  principal  payments.  Any additional
interest payments thereafter would be treated as ordinary income. While not free
from doubt, uncertainty as to the payment of interest arising as a result of the
possibility  of  prepayment  of the Mortgage  Assets  should not cause the rules
under the proposed  contingent  payment  regulations  to apply to interest  with
respect to the Stripped Securities.

         Sale or Exchange of Stripped Securities. Sale or exchange of a Stripped
Security  prior  to its  maturity  will  result  in gain or  loss  equal  to the
difference,   if  any,   between   the   amount   received   and  the   Stripped
Securityholder's  adjusted basis in such Stripped  Security,  as described above
under  "Federal  Income Tax  Consequences  for REMIC  Securities -- Taxation  of
Regular Securities - Sale or Exchange of Regular Securities." To the extent that
a subsequent purchaser's purchase price is exceeded by the remaining payments on
the Stripped Securities,  such subsequent purchaser will be required for federal
income tax  purposes  to accrue and report  such  excess as if it were  original
issue discount in the manner  described  above. It is not clear for this purpose
whether the assumed prepayment rate that is to be used in the case of a Stripped
Securityholder  other than by  original  Stripped  Securityholder  should be the
Prepayment  Assumption or a new rate based on the  circumstances  at the date of
subsequent purchase.

         Purchase  of More  Than One  Class  of  Stripped  Securities.  Where an
investor purchases more than one class of Stripped  Securities,  it is currently
unclear  whether  for  federal  income tax  purposes  such  classes of  Stripped
Securities should be treated  separately or aggregated for purposes of the rules
described above.

                                       68

<PAGE>




         Because  of  these  possible  varying   characterizations  of  Stripped
Securities and the resultant differing treatment of income recognition, Stripped
Securityholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the proper
treatment of Stripped Securities for federal income tax purposes.

Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

         The Trustee will  furnish,  within a  reasonable  time after the end of
each calendar year, to each  Securityholder  or Stripped  Securityholder  at any
time during such year, such information  (prepared on the basis described above)
as the Trustee deems to be necessary or desirable to enable such Securityholders
to prepare their federal income tax returns.  Such  information will include the
amount of original  issue discount  accrued on Securities  held by persons other
than  Securityholders  exempted  from the  reporting  requirements.  The amounts
required to be reported by the Trustee may not be equal to the proper  amount of
original  issue  discount  required  to  be  reported  as  taxable  income  by a
Securityholder,  other than an original  Securityholder.  The Trustee  will also
file such original issue discount information with the Internal Revenue Service.
If a Securityholder fails to supply an accurate taxpayer  identification  number
or if the Secretary of the Treasury  determines  that a  Securityholder  has not
reported all interest  and dividend  income  required to be shown on his federal
income tax  return,  31% backup  withholding  may be  required in respect of any
reportable payments, as described above under "-- Backup Withholding."

Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors

         To the extent that a Security  evidences  ownership in Mortgage  Assets
that are issued on or before July 18, 1984,  interest or original issue discount
paid by the person  required to withhold  tax under Code  Section  1441 or 1442,
which apply to  nonresident  aliens,  foreign  corporations,  or other  Non-U.S.
Persons generally will be subject to 30% United States  withholding tax, or such
lower rate as may be provided for interest by an applicable tax treaty.  Accrued
original issue discount or market discount  recognized by the  Securityholder on
the sale or exchange of such a Security  also will be subject to federal  income
tax at the same rate.

         Treasury  regulations  provide that interest or original issue discount
paid by the Trustee or other withholding  agent to a Non-U.S.  Person evidencing
ownership  interest in  Mortgage  Assets  issued  after July 18,  1984,  will be
"portfolio interest" and will be treated in the manner, and  such  persons  will
be subject  to the  same  certification   requirements   described  above  under
"--Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors -- Regular Securities."

Debt Securities

         General.  "Debt  Securities," if issued and as described in the related
Prospectus  Supplement  may be  issued  either as (i)  non-recourse  debt of the
Depositor  secured by the  related  Mortgage  Assets,  in which case the related
Trust will  constitute  only a security  device which  constitutes  a collateral
arrangement  for the  issuance  of secured  debt and not an entity  for  federal
income tax  purposes  or (ii) debt of a  partnership,  in which case the related
Trust will constitute a partnership  for federal income tax purposes.  In either
case, Debt Securities,  will follow the federal income tax treatment hereinafter
described.

         Original Issue Discount.  It is likely that the Debt Securities will be
treated as having been issued with "original issue discount"  within the meaning
of Code Section 1273(a) because interest payments on the Debt Securities may, in
the event of certain shortfalls,  be deferred for periods exceeding one year. As
a result,  interest  payments may not be considered  "qualified stated interest"
payments.

         In general,  a holder of a Debt Security having original issue discount
must include original issue discount in ordinary income as it accrues in advance
of receipt of the cash attributable to the discount, regardless of the method of
accounting  otherwise  used.  The amount of  original  issue  discount on a Debt
Security  will be computed  generally as described under "-- Federal  Income Tax
Consequences  for REMIC  Certificates"  and "Taxation of Regular Certificates --
Original  Issue  Discount"  and "-- Variable  Rate  Regular  Certificates."  The
Depositor  intends to report any  information  required with respect to the Debt
Securities based on the OID Regulations.


                                       69

<PAGE>



         Market  Discount.  A purchaser of a Debt Security may be subject to the
market  discount  rules of Code Sections 1276 through 1278. In general,  "market
discount" is the amount by which the stated redemption price at maturity (or, in
the case of a Debt Security  issued with original issue  discount,  the adjusted
issue  price)  of the Debt  Security  exceeds  the  purchaser's  basis in a Debt
Security.  The holder of a Debt Security that has market discount generally will
be required to include  accrued market discount in ordinary income to the extent
payments  includible  in the stated  redemption  price at  maturity of such Debt
Security are received.  The amount of market discount on a Debt Security will be
computed generally as described under "Federal Income Tax Consequences for REMIC
Certificates" and "-- Taxation of Regular Certificates -- Market Discount."

         Premium. A Debt Security purchased at a cost greater than its currently
outstanding stated redemption price at maturity is considered to be purchased at
a premium.  A holder of a Debt  Security who holds a Debt Security as a "capital
asset"  within the meaning of Code Section 1221 may elect under Code Section 171
to amortize the premium under the constant  interest method.  That election will
apply to all premium  obligations that the holder of a Debt Security acquires on
or after the  first day of the  taxable  year for  which the  election  is made,
unless the IRS permits the revocation of the election.  In addition,  it appears
that the same rules that apply to the accrual of market  discount on installment
obligations  are  intended  to  apply  in  amortizing   premium  on  installment
obligations  such as the Debt  Securities,  although  it is unclear  whether the
alternatives  to the constant  interest  method  described  above under  "Market
Discount" are available.  The portion of the premium  deductible  pursuant to an
election under Section 171 and allocable to a particular  period will be treated
as a reduction in interest  payments on the Debt Security during that period.  A
holder of a Debt  Security  who  neither  has in place nor makes an  election to
amortize  bond  premium  could be required to  allocate  that  premium as a loss
(which would be a capital loss if the Debt Security is held as a capital  asset)
as those principal payments are received.

         Sale or Exchange  of Debt  Securities.  If a holder of a Debt  Security
sells or exchanges a Debt Security, the holder of a Debt Security will recognize
gain or loss equal to the  difference,  if any,  between the amount received and
the  holder  of a Debt  Security's  adjusted  basis  in the Debt  Security.  The
adjusted  basis in the Debt  Security  generally  will equal its  initial  cost,
increased by any original issue discount or market discount  previously included
in the seller's  gross  income with respect to the Debt  Security and reduced by
the payments  previously  received on the Debt Security,  other than payments of
qualified stated interest, and by any amortized premium.

         In general,  except as described above with respect to market discount,
and except for certain  financial  institutions  subject to Code Section 582(c),
any gain or loss on the sale or exchange  of a Debt  Security  recognized  by an
investor who holds the Debt  Security as a capital  asset (within the meaning of
Code  Section  1221),  will be  capital  gain or loss and will be  long-term  or
short-term  depending  on whether the Debt  Security has been held for more than
one year. For corporate  taxpayers,  there is no  preferential  rate afforded to
long-term  capital gains.  For individual  taxpayers,  all net capital gains are
currently subject to a maximum nominal rate of tax of 28%.

Taxation of Securities Classified as Partnership Interests

         Certain  Trusts may be treated as  partnerships  for Federal income tax
purposes.  In such  event,  the Trusts  may issue  Securities  characterized  as
"Partnership Interests" as discussed in the related Prospectus Supplement.  With
respect to such series of Partnership Interests,  Arter & Hadden, counsel to the
Depositor,  will deliver its opinion to the  Depositor  that  (unless  otherwise
limited in the related Prospectus Supplement) the Trust will be characterized as
a partnership and not an association taxable as a corporation for federal income
tax purposes, which will also cover any material federal income tax consequences
applicable to the Owners.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         Securities  are being  offered  hereby in  series  through  one or more
underwriters  or groups of  underwriters  (the  "Underwriters").  The Prospectus
Supplement  will set forth the terms of  offering  of the series of  Securities,
including the public  offering or purchase  price of each class of Securities of
such  series  being  offered  thereby  or the method by which such price will be
determined  and the net  proceeds  to the  Depositor  from the sale of each such
class.  Such  Securities  will be  acquired  by the  Underwriters  for their own
account  and may be  resold  from  time  to  time  in one or  more  transactions
including negotiated transactions, at fixed public offering prices or at varying
prices

                                       70

<PAGE>



to be determined at the time of sale or at the time of commitment therefor.  The
managing  Underwriter  or  Underwriters  with respect to the offer and sale of a
particular series of Securities will be set forth on the cover of the Prospectus
Supplement  relating  to  such  series  and  the  members  of  the  underwriting
syndicate, if any, will be named in such Prospectus Supplement

         In connection with the sale of the Securities, Underwriters may receive
compensation from the Depositor or from purchasers of the Securities in the form
of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters and dealers participating
in the  distribution  of the  Securities  may be  deemed to be  underwriters  in
connection with such  Securities,  and any discounts or commissions  received by
them from the  Depositor  and any profit on the resale of Securities by them may
be deemed to be underwriting  discounts and commissions under the Securities Act
of  1933,  as  amended.  The  Prospectus   Supplement  will  describe  any  such
compensation paid by the Depositor.

         It is anticipated  that the  underwriting  agreement  pertaining to the
sale of any  series of  Securities  will  provide  that the  obligations  of the
Underwriters  will  be  subject  to  certain  conditions  precedent,   that  the
Underwriters  will be  obligated  to  purchase  all such  Securities  if any are
purchased and that the Depositor will indemnify the Underwriters against certain
civil  liabilities,  including  liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

                                     RATINGS

         Each class of  Securities  of a Series  will be rated at their  initial
issuance in one of the four highest categories by at least one Rating Agency.

         A  security  rating  is not a  recommendation  to  buy,  sell  or  hold
securities  and may be  subject to  revision  or  withdrawal  at any time by the
assigning  Rating  Agency.  No person is obligated to maintain the rating on any
Security, and, accordingly,  there can be no assurance that the ratings assigned
to a Security upon initial issuance will not be lowered or withdrawn by a Rating
Agency at any time  thereafter.  In general,  ratings address credit risk and do
not represent any assessment of the likelihood or rate of principal prepayments.



                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal  matters  relating to the validity of the issuance of the
Securities will be passed upon for the Depositor by Arter & Hadden,  Washington,
D.C. and by Keith  Blackwell,  General Counsel for the Depositor.  Certain legal
matters  relating to insolvency  issues and certain  federal  income tax matters
concerning  the  Securities  will be passed  upon for the  Depositor  by Arter &
Hadden.


                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         A Trust will be formed with  respect to each series of  Securities.  No
Trust will have any assets or  obligations  prior to the issuance of the related
series of Securities.  No Trust will engage in any  activities  other than those
described  herein or in the  Prospectus  Supplement.  Accordingly,  no financial
statement  with respect to any Trust is included in this  Prospectus  or will be
included in the Prospectus Supplement.

         The Depositor has  determined  that its  financial  statements  are not
material to the offering made hereby.

         A  Prospectus  Supplement  and the  related  Form  8-K  (which  will be
incorporated by reference to the Registration  Statement) may contain  financial
statements of the related Credit Enhancer, if any.





                                       71

<PAGE>


                                                    APPENDIX A

                                   INDEX TO LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL DEFINED TERMS

                                                                          Page

1986 Act...................................................................48
Agreement...................................................................1
Applicable Accounting Standards............................................31
Balloon Loans...............................................................7
Beneficial Owners...........................................................4
BIF........................................................................31
Book Entry Certificates.....................................................4
Certificate Account........................................................13
Certificate Interest Rate..................................................12
Certificate Principal Balance..............................................11
Certificate Register.......................................................11
Certificate Registrar......................................................11
Certificateholder..........................................................63
Certificates................................................................1
Clearing Agency.............................................................4
Clearing Agency Participants................................................4
Code........................................................................5
Companion Certificates.....................................................12
Compound Interest Certificates.............................................12
Contract Loan Schedule.....................................................29
Contracts..................................................................17
Cooperative Loans..........................................................15
Cooperatives................................................................1
Credit Enhancement..........................................................4
Custodial Account..........................................................23
Cut-Off Date...............................................................12
Debt Securities............................................................69
Defective Mortgage Loan....................................................30
Delivery Date..............................................................10
Deposit Date...............................................................30
Depositor...................................................................1
Disqualified Organization..................................................58
Distribution Date..........................................................13
DOL........................................................................45
Eligible Investments.......................................................31
ERISA.......................................................................5
Events of Default..........................................................33
FDIC.......................................................................23
FHA.........................................................................2
Fitch.......................................................................6
Garn-St. Germain Act.......................................................40
GNMA........................................................................2
Insurance Proceeds.........................................................22
Interest Accrual Period....................................................13
Liquidation Proceeds.......................................................23
Loan-to-Value Ratio........................................................17
Master Servicer.............................................................1
MBS.........................................................................2
Monthly Advance............................................................23
Moody's.....................................................................6
Mortgage Assets.............................................................1
Mortgage Loans..............................................................1
Mortgage Notes.............................................................15
Mortgage Pool Insurance Policy.............................................19
Mortgage Rates.............................................................16
Mortgage-Backed Securities..................................................2
Mortgaged Properties.......................................................15
Mortgages..................................................................15
Mortgagors.................................................................22
NCUA.......................................................................23
Non-Priority Certificates..................................................13
Non-U.S. Person............................................................62
Noneconomic Residual Interest..............................................59
Nonrecoverable Advance.....................................................23
Notional Principal Balance.................................................13
OBRA.......................................................................47
OID Regulations............................................................47
Original Value.............................................................17
OTS........................................................................40
Owners.....................................................................13
Partnership Interests......................................................70
Pass-Through Entity........................................................58
Pass-Through Rate...........................................................3
Plans......................................................................45
Pool Insurer...............................................................19
Pre-Funding Account.........................................................3
Pre-Funding Agreement.......................................................3
Prepayment Assumption......................................................50
Principal Balance..........................................................16
Principal Prepayments......................................................14
Priority Certificates......................................................13
PTE 83-1...................................................................46
Rating Agency...............................................................6
Record Date................................................................13
Regular Certificateholder..................................................48
Regular Certificates.......................................................47
REIT.......................................................................47
Relief Act..................................................................9
REMIC.......................................................................5
REMIC Certificates.........................................................47
REMIC Pool.................................................................47
REMIC Regulations..........................................................47
Remittance Date............................................................23
Remittance Rate............................................................23
Reserve Fund...............................................................21
Residual Certificateholders................................................54
Residual Certificates......................................................47
Retail Class Certificate...................................................49
S&P.........................................................................6
SAIF.......................................................................31
Scheduled Amortization Certificates........................................12
Seller......................................................................1
Senior Certificates........................................................18
Servicer....................................................................1
Special Allocation Certificates............................................12
Special Hazard Insurance Policy............................................20
Special Hazard Insurer.....................................................21
Standard Certificate.......................................................63
Stripped Certificateholder.................................................66
Stripped Certificates......................................................66
Subordinated Certificates..................................................18
Thrift Institution.........................................................47
Title I Program............................................................44
TMP........................................................................48
Trust.......................................................................1
Trustee.....................................................................1
U.S. Person................................................................59
UCC........................................................................38
Underwriters...............................................................70
VA..........................................................................2


                                       A-1


<PAGE>
Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This preliminary prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or
the  solicitation  of an  offer  to buy nor  shall  there  be any  sale of these
securities  in any State in which  such  offer,  solicitation  or sale  would be
unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any
such State.

                  Preliminary Prospectus Dated __________, 1996

                       Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates
                              (Issuable in Series)
                   AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation
                                   (Depositor)

         This  Prospectus  relates to Mortgage  Pass-Through  Certificates to be
issued from time to time in one or more series (and one or more classes within a
series), certain classes of which may be offered on terms determined at the time
of sale and described in this Prospectus and the related Prospectus  Supplement.
Each  Certificate  will be issued by a separate trust (each, a "Trust") and will
evidence a beneficial  ownership interest in a Trust. The assets of a Trust will
include one or more of the following:  (i)  multifamily  or commercial  mortgage
loans and/or  installment  contracts for the sale of  multifamily  or commercial
properties;   (ii)   multifamily   or  commercial   mortgage-backed   securities
representing  an interest in, or that are secured by pledges of,  multifamily or
commercial loans; and (iii) reinvestment  income,  reserve funds, cash accounts,
insurance policies,  guaranties,  letters of credit or other assets as described
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         One or more classes of  Certificates of a series may be (i) entitled to
receive distributions allocable to principal, principal prepayments, interest or
any  combination  thereof prior to one or more other classes of  Certificates of
such series or after the occurrence of certain events and (ii)  subordinated  in
the  right to  receive  such  distributions  to one or more  senior  classes  of
Certificates of such series, in each case as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.  Interest on each class of  Certificates  entitled to  distributions
allocable  to interest  will accrue at a fixed rate or at a rate that is subject
to change from time to time as specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.
The  Depositor or its  affiliates  may retain or hold for sale from time to time
one or more classes of a series of Certificates.

         Distributions on the Certificates  will be made at the intervals and on
the dates specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement from the assets of the
related Trust and any other assets pledged for the benefit of the  Certificates.
An  affiliate  of the  Depositor  may  make or  obtain  for the  benefit  of the
Certificates  limited  representations  and warranties  with respect to mortgage
assets  assigned to the Trust.  Neither the Depositor or any affiliate will have
any other obligation with respect to the Certificates.

         The yield on each class of Certificates of a series will be affected by
the rate of payment of principal  (including  prepayments) on mortgage assets in
the  related  Trust.  Each  series  of  Certificates  will be  subject  to early
termination  under  the  circumstances  described  herein  and  in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

         It is a  condition  to  the  issuance  of  the  Certificates  that  the
Certificates  be rated in not less than the fourth highest rating  category by a
nationally recognized rating organization.

         See "Risk  Factors"  beginning  on Page 6 herein and  beginning on Page
S-10 in the related  Prospectus  Supplement for a discussion of significant risk
factors.

         See  "ERISA  Considerations"  herein  and  in  the  related  Prospectus
Supplement for a discussion of  restrictions  on the acquisition of Certificates
by "plan fiduciaries."

         If  specified in a  Prospectus  Supplement,  an election may be made to
treat the Trust for the related series or specified  portions thereof as a "real
estate mortgage  investment  conduit" ("REMIC") for federal income tax purposes.
See  "Certain  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences"  herein  and in  the  related
Prospectus Supplement.

         An investor  should  carefully  review the  information  in the related
Prospectus  Supplement  concerning the risks associated with the different types
and classes of Certificates.

         THE ASSETS OF A TRUST ARE THE SOLE  SOURCE OF  PAYMENTS  ON THE RELATED
CERTIFICATES.  THE CERTIFICATES DO NOT REPRESENT AN INTEREST IN OR OBLIGATION OF
THE DEPOSITOR,  ANY SERVICER, ANY ORIGINATOR OR ANY OF THEIR AFFILIATES,  EXCEPT
AS SET FORTH  HEREIN  AND IN THE  RELATED  PROSPECTUS  SUPPLEMENT.  NEITHER  THE
CERTIFICATES NOR THE UNDERLYING MORTGAGE ASSETS WILL BE GUARANTEED OR INSURED BY
ANY GOVERNMENTAL  AGENCY OR INSTRUMENTALITY  OR BY THE DEPOSITOR,  ANY SERVICER,
ANY  ORIGINATOR OR ANY OF THEIR  AFFILIATES,  EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE RELATED
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 THESE CERTIFICATES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
 EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
   AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
       ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS OR ANY RELATED PROSPECTUS
      SUPPLEMENT. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Offers of the  Certificates  may be made through one or more  different
methods, including offerings through underwriters, as more fully described under
"Plan of Distribution" herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         There will have been no public  market  for any series of  Certificates
prior to the offering thereof. There can be no assurance that a secondary market
will develop for the  Certificates  of any series or, if it does  develop,  that
such market will continue.

         Retain this Prospectus for future reference. This Prospectus may not be
used to consummate  sales of  Certificates  unless  accompanied  by a Prospectus
Supplement.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               The date of this Prospectus is _____________, 199__


<PAGE>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page


SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS.......................................................  1

RISK FACTORS................................................................  6

DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES.............................................  9
     General................................................................  9
     Classes of Certificates................................................ 10
     Distributions of Principal and Interest................................ 11
     Book Entry Registration................................................ 12
     List of Owners of Certificates......................................... 13

THE TRUSTS.................................................................. 13
     Mortgage Loans......................................................... 14
     Mortgage-Backed Securities............................................. 16

CREDIT ENHANCEMENT.......................................................... 17

SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS............................................. 19
     Payments on Mortgage Loans............................................. 19
     Advances............................................................... 20
     Collection and Other Servicing Procedures.............................. 20
     Standard Hazard Insurance.............................................. 21
     Title Insurance Policies............................................... 21
     Claims Under Standard Hazard Insurance
         Policies; Other Realization Upon
         Defaulted Loans.................................................... 21
     Servicing Compensation and Payment of
         Expenses........................................................... 22

POOLING AND ADMINISTRATION.................................................. 22
     Assignment of Mortgage Assets.......................................... 22
     Evidence as to Compliance.............................................. 24
     The Trustee............................................................ 24
     Administration of the Certificate Account.............................. 25
     Reports................................................................ 25
     Forward Commitments; Pre-Funding....................................... 26
     Servicer Events of Default............................................. 26
     Rights Upon Servicer Event of Default.................................. 27
     Amendment.............................................................. 27
     Termination............................................................ 28

USE OF PROCEEDS............................................................. 28

THE DEPOSITOR............................................................... 28

CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE
     MORTGAGE ASSETS........................................................ 28
     The Mortgage Loans..................................................... 28

     General................................................................ 28
     Leases and Rents....................................................... 29
     Foreclosure............................................................ 29
     Installment Contracts.................................................. 33
     Subordinate Financing.................................................. 33

LEGAL INVESTMENT MATTERS.................................................... 33

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS........................................................ 34

CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX
     CONSEQUENCES........................................................... 36
     Federal Income Tax Consequences For
         REMIC Certificates................................................. 36
     Taxation of Regular Certificates....................................... 38
     Taxation of Residual Certificates...................................... 43
     Treatment of Certain Items of REMIC
         Income and Expense................................................. 45
     Tax-Related Restrictions on Transfer of
         Residual Certificates.............................................. 47
     Sale or Exchange of a Residual Certificate............................. 49
     Taxes That May Be Imposed on the
         REMIC Pool......................................................... 49
     Liquidation of the REMIC Pool.......................................... 50
     Administrative Matters................................................. 50
     Limitations on Deduction of Certain
         Expenses........................................................... 51
     Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors.................................. 51
     Backup Withholding..................................................... 52
     Reporting Requirements................................................. 52
     Federal Income Tax Consequences for
         Certificates as to Which No REMIC
         Election Is Made................................................... 53
     Premium and Discount................................................... 54
     Stripped Certificates.................................................. 56
     Reporting Requirements and Backup
         Withholding........................................................ 58
     Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors.................................. 58
     Taxation of Securities Classified as
         Partnership Interests.............................................. 59

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION........................................................ 59

LEGAL MATTERS............................................................... 59

FINANCIAL INFORMATION....................................................... 59

INDEX TO LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL
     DEFINED TERMS..........................................................A-1


<PAGE>

                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     All  documents  filed with  respect to each  respective  Trust  pursuant to
Sections  13(a),  13(c),  14 and 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934
subsequent to the date of this  Prospectus  and prior to the  termination of the
offering of the  securities of such Trust  offered  hereby shall be deemed to be
incorporated  by reference into this  Prospectus  when delivered with respect to
such Trust. Any statement  contained in a document  incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated  by reference  herein shall be deemed to be modified or  superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement  contained herein
or in any other  subsequently  filed  document  which also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference  herein  modifies or supersedes  such  statement.  Any
statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed,  except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

     Any person receiving a copy of this Prospectus may obtain,  without charge,
upon written or oral  request,  a copy of any of the documents  incorporated  by
reference  herein,  except for the  exhibits to such  documents  (other than the
documents  expressly  incorporated  therein by  reference).  Requests  should be
directed to AMRESCO  Residential  Securities  Corporation,  700 N. Pearl Street,
Suite 2400, Dallas, Texas 75201 (telephone number (214) 953-7700).



<PAGE>

                              SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS

         The following  summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the
detailed information  appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus and by reference to
the Prospectus Supplement relating to a particular series of Certificates and to
the related  Agreement  which will be prepared in connection with each series of
Certificates. Unless otherwise specified, capitalized terms used and not defined
in this Summary of Prospectus have the meanings given to them in this Prospectus
and in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Title of Securities...................   Mortgage   Pass-Through   Certificates,
                                         issuable in series, in fully registered
                                         form or in book  entry  only  form,  in
                                         authorized denominations,  as described
                                         in  the  Prospectus   Supplement   (the
                                         "Certificates").  Each Certificate will
                                         represent   a   beneficial    ownership
                                         interest in a trust (a "Trust") created
                                         by the  Depositor  from  time  to  time
                                         pursuant     to    a    pooling     and
                                         administration   agreement   (each,  an
                                         "Agreement").

The Depositor.........................   AMRESCO     Residential      Securities
                                         Corporation  (the   "Depositor")  is  a
                                         Delaware  corporation.  The Depositor's
                                         principal executive offices are located
                                         at 700 N.  Pearl  Street,  Suite  2400,
                                         Dallas,  Texas 75201;  telephone number
                                         (214)  953-7700.  See  "The  Depositor"
                                         herein. The Depositor or its affiliates
                                         may  retain  or hold for sale from time
                                         to time one or more classes of a series
                                         of Certificates.

The Servicer..........................   The  entity  or  entities  named as the
                                         Servicer in the  Prospectus  Supplement
                                         (each,  a  "Servicer"),   will  act  as
                                         administrator,   and   may   act  as  a
                                         servicer,  with respect to the Mortgage
                                         Loans  included in the  related  Trust.
                                         The Servicer may be an affiliate of the
                                         Depositor and may be the related seller
                                         of  Mortgage  Assets  to the  Depositor
                                         (each, a "Seller").

The Trustee...........................   The trustee  (the  "Trustee")  for each
                                         series   of   Certificates    will   be
                                         specified  in  the  related  Prospectus
                                         Supplement.

Trust Assets..........................   The assets of a Trust will primarily be
                                         made up of mortgage-related assets (the
                                         "Mortgage Assets") consisting of one or
                                         more of the following types of assets:

A. The Mortgage Loans.................   "Mortgage Loans" may include fixed rate
                                         or  adjustable  rate  (i)  conventional
                                         multifamily        mortgage       loans
                                         ("Conventional  Multifamily  Loans") or
                                         mortgages   insured   by  the   Federal
                                         Housing     Authority    (the    "FHA")
                                         ("FHA-Insured  Multifamily  Loans"  and
                                         together    with    the    Conventional
                                         Multifamily     Loans,     "Multifamily
                                         Loans"), in each case secured by rental
                                         apartment    buildings    or   projects
                                         containing  five  or  more  residential
                                         units on  mortgage  loans on  apartment
                                         buildings owned by Cooperatives  (each,
                                         a   "Multifamily    Property"),    (ii)
                                         commercial   loans  secured  by  office
                                         buildings,   shopping  centers,  retail
                                         stores,   hotels  or  motels,   nursing
                                         homes,  hospitals or other  health-care
                                         related facilities,  mobile home parks,
                                         warehouse  facilities,   mini-warehouse
                                         facilities or  self-storage facilities,
                                         industrial  plants,  mixed use or other
                                         types  of  income-producing  properties
                                         or unimproved land (each, a "Commercial
                                         Property";  a Multifamily Property or a
                                         Commercial  Property  is  a  "Mortgaged
                                         Property")   and/or  (iii)  installment
                                         contracts ("Installment Contracts") for
                                         the sale of  Multifamily  Properties or
                                         Commercial Properties.


                                        1

<PAGE>





                                         A Mortgage Loan may provide for accrual
                                         of interest thereon at an interest rate
                                         (a "Mortgage  Loan Rate") that is fixed
                                         over time, or that adjusts from time to
                                         time,  or that may be  converted at the
                                         borrower's  election from an adjustable
                                         to a fixed  Mortgage Loan Rate, or from
                                         a fixed to an adjustable  Mortgage Loan
                                         Rate.  Adjustable  rate Mortgage  Loans
                                         ("Adjustable  Rate Mortgage Loans") may
                                         permit or require  periodic  changes in
                                         their   interest   rates   ("Adjustable
                                         Mortgage  Loan  Rates")  and  in  their
                                         monthly  payments.  Mortgage  Loans may
                                         provide  for  no  amortization  of  the
                                         principal  amount  prior to maturity or
                                         for   a    specified    period    after
                                         origination,  with  the  entire  unpaid
                                         principal  balance to be paid in a lump
                                         sum at  maturity,  or may  provide  for
                                         full  amortization  of  principal.  The
                                         Mortgage Loans may provide for negative
                                         amortization.  The  Mortgage  Loans may
                                         provide for a prohibition on prepayment
                                         or  require  payment  of a premium or a
                                         yield maintenance penalty in connection
                                         with a  prepayment. See  "The  Trust --
                                         Mortgage Loans" herein.

B.  Mortgage-
  Backed Securities...................   "Mortgage-Backed  Securities"  or "MBS"
                                         may include  (i) private  (that is, not
                                         guaranteed  or  insured  by the  United
                                         States or any agency or instrumentality
                                         thereof)    mortgage    participations,
                                         mortgage  pass-through  certificates or
                                         other  mortgage-backed   securities  or
                                         (ii) certificates insured or guaranteed
                                         by   Federal    Home   Loan    Mortgage
                                         Corporation ("FHLMC"), Federal National
                                         Mortgage     Association      ("FNMA"),
                                         Government       National      Mortgage
                                         Association  ("GNMA")  or  the  Federal
                                         Agricultural    Mortgage    Corporation
                                         ("FAMC").     See    "The    Trust   --
                                         Mortgage-Backed Securities" herein.

                                         Trust    Assets   may   also    include
                                         reinvestment  income,   reserve  funds,
                                         cash  accounts,   insurance   policies,
                                         guaranties,  letters of credit or other
                                         assets  as  described  in  the  related
                                         Prospectus Supplement.

The Certificates......................   The  Certificates  of any series may be
                                         issued  in  one  or  more  classes,  as
                                         specified in the Prospectus Supplement.
                                         One or more classes of  Certificates of
                                         each  series  (i)  may be  entitled  to
                                         receive distributions allocable only to
                                         principal,  only to  interest or to any
                                         combination   thereof;   (ii)   may  be
                                         entitled to receive  distributions only
                                         of prepayments of principal  throughout
                                         the lives of the Certificates or during
                                         specified   periods;   (iii)   may   be
                                         subordinated  in the  right to  receive
                                         distributions of scheduled  payments of
                                         principal,  prepayments  of  principal,
                                         interest or any combination  thereof to
                                         one   or   more   other    classes   of
                                         Certificates of such series  throughout
                                         the lives of the Certificates or during
                                         specified periods; (iv) may be entitled
                                         to  receive  such   distributions  only
                                         after   the    occurrence   of   events
                                         specified in the Prospectus Supplement;
                                         (v)   may  be   entitled   to   receive
                                         distributions   in  accordance  with  a
                                         schedule  or formula or on the basis of
                                         collections from designated portions of
                                         the assets in the related  Trust;  (vi)
                                         as   to   Certificates    entitled   to
                                         distributions  allocable  to  interest,
                                         may be entitled to receive  interest at
                                         a fixed  rate or a rate that is subject
                                         to change from time to time;  (vii) may
                                         accrue  interest,   with  such  accrued
                                         interest added to the principal  amount
                                         of the  Certificates,  and no  payments
                                         being made thereon  until certain other
                                         classes of the series have been paid in
                                         full;  and  (viii)  as to  Certificates
                                         entitled to distributions allocable to

                                        2

<PAGE>


                                         interest,    may   be    entitled    to
                                         distributions   allocable  to  interest
                                         only  after  the  occurrence  of events
                                         specified in the Prospectus  Supplement
                                         and  may  accrue  interest  until  such
                                         events occur, in each case as specified
                                         in  the  Prospectus   Supplement.   The
                                         timing    and     amounts    of    such
                                         distributions  may vary among  classes,
                                         over time, or otherwise as specified in
                                         the related Prospectus Supplement.

Distributions on
  the Certificates....................   The related Prospectus  Supplement will
                                         specify  (i) whether  distributions  on
                                         the Certificates  entitled thereto will
                                         be  made  monthly,   quarterly,   semi-
                                         annually  or  at  other  intervals  and
                                         dates out of the  payments  received in
                                         respect of the Mortgage Assets included
                                         in the related  Trust and other assets,
                                         if any,  pledged for the benefit of the
                                         related  Owners of  Certificates,  (ii)
                                         the amount  allocable  to  payments  of
                                         principal    and    interest   on   any
                                         Distribution Date and (iii) whether all
                                         distributions  will be made pro rata to
                                         Owners  of  Certificates  of the  class
                                         entitled thereto.

                                         The   aggregate    original   principal
                                         balance of the Certificates  will equal
                                         the aggregate  distributions  allocable
                                         to  principal  that  such  Certificates
                                         will  be  entitled   to  receive;   the
                                         Certificates  will  have  an  aggregate
                                         original principal balance equal to the
                                         aggregate unpaid  principal  balance of
                                         the  related  Mortgage  as of the first
                                         day of the  month  of  creation  of the
                                         Trust; and the  Certificates  will bear
                                         interest  in  the  aggregate  at a rate
                                         (the "Pass-Through  Rate") equal to the
                                         interest  rate  borne  by  the  related
                                         Mortgage net of servicing  fees and any
                                         other specified amounts.

Forward Commitments;
   Pre-Funding........................   A Trust  may  enter  into an  agreement
                                         (each, a "Pre-Funding  Agreement") with
                                         the  Depositor  whereby  the  Depositor
                                         will  agree  to   transfer   additional
                                         Mortgage Assets to such Trust following
                                         the  date  on  which   such   Trust  is
                                         established     and     the     related
                                         Certificates     are    issued.     Any
                                         Pre-Funding Agreement will require that
                                         any  Mortgage   Assets  so  transferred
                                         conform to the  requirements  specified
                                         in  such  Pre-Funding  Agreement.  If a
                                         Pre-   Funding   Agreement   is  to  be
                                         utilized,  the related  Trustee will be
                                         required  to  deposit  in a  segregated
                                         account (each, a "Pre-Funding Account")
                                         all  or  a  portion  of  the   proceeds
                                         received by the  Trustee in  connection
                                         with the sale of one or more classes of
                                         Certificates  of  the  related  series;
                                         subsequently,  the additional  Mortgage
                                         Assets  will  be   transferred  to  the
                                         related  Trust in  exchange  for  money
                                         released  to  the  Depositor  from  the
                                         related   Pre-Funding   Account.   Each
                                         Pre-Funding   Agreement   will   set  a
                                         specified  period during which any such
                                         transfers   must  occur.   The  related
                                         Agreement  will  require  that,  if all
                                         moneys  originally  deposited  to  such
                                         Pre-  Funding  Account  are not used by
                                         the end of such specified period,  then
                                         any remaining moneys will be applied as
                                         a  mandatory  prepayment  of a class or
                                         classes of Certificates as specified in
                                         the related Prospectus Supplement.  The
                                         specified period for the acquisition by
                                         a Trust of additional  Mortgage  Assets
                                         will  generally not exceed three months
                                         from   the   date    such    Trust   is
                                         established.

Optional Termination..................   The   Servicer,    the   Seller,    the
                                         Depositor,  or,  if  specified  in  the
                                         related  Prospectus   Supplement,   the
                                         Owners   of   a   related    class   of
                                         Certificates  or a credit  enhancer may
                                         at  their  respective   options  effect
                                         early retirement of

                                        3

<PAGE>




                                         a series of  Certificates  through  the
                                         purchase of the Mortgage  Assets in the
                                         related   Trust.   See   "Pooling   and
                                         Administration -- Termination" herein.

Mandatory Termination.................   The  Trustee,  the  Servicer or certain
                                         other entities specified in the related
                                         Prospectus  Supplement  may be required
                                         to effect early  retirement of a series
                                         of     Certificates    by    soliciting
                                         competitive  bids for the  purchase  of
                                         the  assets  of the  related  Trust  or
                                         otherwise.     See     "Pooling     and
                                         Administration -- Termination" herein.

Advances..............................   The  Servicer  will be  obligated  (but
                                         only to the  extent  set  forth  in the
                                         related   Prospectus   Supplement)   to
                                         advance   delinquent   installments  of
                                         principal and interest (less applicable
                                         servicing  fees) on the Mortgage  Loans
                                         in a Trust. Any such obligation to make
                                         advances  may be limited to amounts due
                                         to the  Owners of  Certificates  of the
                                         related series, to amounts deemed to be
                                         recoverable   from  late   payments  or
                                         liquidation   proceeds,   to  specified
                                         periods or any combination  thereof, in
                                         each case as  specified  in the related
                                         Prospectus Supplement. Any such advance
                                         will be recoverable as specified in the
                                         related  Prospectus   Supplement.   See
                                         "Servicing   of  Mortgage    Loans   --
                                         Advances" herein.

Credit Enhancement....................   A series of  Certificates,  or  certain
                                         classes  within such  series,  may have
                                         the  benefit  of one or more  types  of
                                         credit       enhancement       ("Credit
                                         Enhancement") including but not limited
                                         to   subordination,    cross   support,
                                         reserve funds,  certificate  insurance,
                                         guaranties and similar  instruments and
                                         arrangements.  The  protection  against
                                         losses  afforded  by  any  such  Credit
                                         Enhancement   will  be   limited.   See
                                         "Credit Enhancement" herein.

Book Entry Registration...............   Certificates  of one or more classes of
                                         a series  may be issued  in book  entry
                                         form ("Book Entry Certificates") in the
                                         name of a clearing  agency (a "Clearing
                                         Agency") registered with the Securities
                                         and   Exchange   Commission,   or   its
                                         nominee.  Transfers and pledges of Book
                                         Entry  Certificates  may be  made  only
                                         through  entries  on the  books  of the
                                         Clearing Agency in the name of brokers,
                                         dealers,  banks and other organizations
                                         eligible to maintain  accounts with the
                                         Clearing   Agency   ("Clearing   Agency
                                         Participants")   or   their   nominees.
                                         Transfers and pledges by purchasers and
                                         other  beneficial  owners of Book Entry
                                         Certificates    ("Beneficial   Owners")
                                         other than Clearing Agency Participants
                                         may be effected  only through  Clearing
                                         Agency Participants.  Beneficial Owners
                                         will receive  payments of principal and
                                         interest,   and,  if  applicable,   may
                                         tender  Certificates  for redemption to
                                         the Trustee,  only through the Clearing
                                         Agency     and     Clearing      Agency
                                         Participants.    All    references   to
                                         "Owners" shall mean  Beneficial  Owners
                                         to the  extent  Beneficial  Owners  may
                                         exercise   their   rights   through   a
                                         Clearing  Agency.  See "Risk Factors --
                                         Book    Entry     Registration"     and
                                         "Description  of  the  Certificates  --
                                         Book Entry Registration" herein.

Certain Federal Income Tax
    Consequences......................   Federal  income tax  consequences  will
                                         depend on, among other factors, whether
                                         one or more elections are made to treat
                                         a Trust or specified  portions  thereof
                                         as a "real estate  mortgage  investment
                                         conduit"  ("REMIC")  under the Internal
                                         Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended (the
                                         "Code"),  or, if no REMIC  election  is
                                         made,   whether  the  Certificates  are
                                         considered to be Standard Certificates,
                                         Stripped Certificates or Partnership

                                        4

<PAGE>

                                         Interests.   The   related   Prospectus
                                         Supplement    for   each    series   of
                                         Certificates will specify which type of
                                         tax treatment will apply to the related
                                         Certificates.   See  "Certain   Federal
                                         Income Tax Consequences"  herein and in
                                         the related Prospectus Supplement.

ERISA Considerations..................   A  fiduciary  of any  employee  benefit
                                         plan subject to the Employee Retirement
                                         Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
                                         ("ERISA"), or the Code should carefully
                                         review  with  its  own  legal  advisors
                                         whether  the  purchase  or  holding  of
                                         Certificates   could  give  rise  to  a
                                         transaction   prohibited  or  otherwise
                                         impermissible  under ERISA or the Code.
                                         Certain classes of Certificates may not
                                         be  transferred  unless the Trustee and
                                         the  Depositor  are  furnished  with  a
                                         letter of  representation or an opinion
                                         of  counsel  to the  effect  that  such
                                         transfer will not result in a violation
                                         of    the    prohibited     transaction
                                         provisions  of  ERISA  or the  Code and
                                         will  not  subject  the  Trustee,   the
                                         Depositor or the Servicer to additional
                                         obligations.  See  "Description  of the
                                         Certificates   -- General"  and  "ERISA
                                         Considerations"   herein   and  in  the
                                         related Prospectus Supplement.

Legal Investment Matters..............   Certificates  may constitute  "mortgage
                                         related securities" under the Secondary
                                         Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984
                                         ("SMMEA")  so long as they are rated in
                                         one   of   the   two   highest   rating
                                         categories  by  the  Rating  Agency  or
                                         Agencies   identified  in  the  related
                                         Prospectus  Supplement  and,  as  such,
                                         would  be   "legal   investments"   for
                                         certain    types    of    institutional
                                         investors  to the  extent  provided  in
                                         SMMEA, subject to state laws overriding
                                         SMMEA.  Institutions  whose  investment
                                         activities  are  subject  to  review by
                                         federal or state regulatory authorities
                                         should  consult  with their  counsel or
                                         the applicable authorities to determine
                                         whether   an    investment    in   such
                                         Certificates  complies with  applicable
                                         guidelines,    policy   statements   or
                                         restrictions.   See  "Legal  Investment
                                         Matters" herein.

Use of Proceeds.......................   Substantially all the net proceeds from
                                         the  sale of a series  of  Certificates
                                         will  be  applied  to the  simultaneous
                                         purchase   of   the   Mortgage   Assets
                                         included  in the  related  Trust (or to
                                         reimburse the amounts  previously  used
                                         to effect such purchase),  the costs of
                                         carrying the Mortgage Assets until sale
                                         of the  Certificates  and to pay  other
                                         expenses. See "Use of Proceeds" herein.

Rating................................   Each class of Certificates offered by a
                                         Prospectus  Supplement will be rated in
                                         one  of   the   four   highest   rating
                                         categories  of a nationally  recognized
                                         statistical  rating  agency;  provided,
                                         however,  that one or more  classes  of
                                         Subordinated  Certificates and Residual
                                         Certificates,  which  will  not  be  so
                                         offered, need not be so rated.

Risk Factors..........................   Investment in the Certificates  will be
                                         subject  to one or more  risk  factors,
                                         including  declines  in  the  value  of
                                         Mortgaged  Properties,   prepayment  of
                                         Mortgage   Assets,   higher   risks  of
                                         defaults   on   particular   types   of
                                         Mortgage Loans, limitations on security
                                         for the Mortgage Loans,  limitations on
                                         Credit  Enhancement  and various  other
                                         factors.  See "Risk Factors" herein and
                                         in the related Prospectus Supplement.

                                        5

<PAGE>



                                  RISK FACTORS

         Prospective   investors  should  consider,   among  other  things,  the
following risk factors in connection with the purchase of the Certificates:

         General.  Mortgage  Loans  made on the  security  of a  multifamily  or
commercial  property may entail risks of delinquency and foreclosure,  and risks
of loss in the event  thereof,  that are greater than similar  risks  associated
with loans made on the security of a  single-family  property.  The ability of a
borrower to repay a loan secured by an  income-producing  property  typically is
dependent  primarily upon the successful  operation of such property rather than
upon the existence of  independent  income or assets of the borrower;  thus, the
value of an  income-producing  property is directly related to the net operating
income derived from such property.  If the residential or commercial real estate
market in  general  or a  regional  or local  area  where  Mortgage  Assets  are
concentrated  should  experience  an  overall  decline in  property  values or a
significant   downturn  in   economic   conditions,   rates  of   delinquencies,
foreclosures  and  losses  on  Mortgage  Loans  could be higher  than  those now
generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry.

         A  number  of  the   Mortgage   Loans  may  be   secured  by  liens  on
owner-occupied  Mortgaged  Properties  or on  Mortgaged  Properties  leased to a
single tenant. Accordingly, a decline in the financial condition of the borrower
or single tenant, as applicable, may have a disproportionately greater effect on
the net operating  income from such Mortgaged  Properties than would be the case
with respect to Mortgaged  Properties with multiple  tenants.  Furthermore,  the
value of any  Mortgaged  Property may be adversely  affected by risks  generally
incident to interests in real  property,  including  changes in general or local
economic  conditions and/or specific industry segments;  declines in real estate
values; declines in rental or occupancy rates; increases in interest rates, real
estate tax rates and other operating  expenses;  changes in governmental  rules,
regulations and fiscal policies,  including environmental  legislation;  acts of
God; and other factors. See "The Trusts -- Mortgage Loans" herein.

         In addition,  additional risk may be presented by the type and use of a
particular Mortgaged Property.  For instance,  Mortgaged Properties that operate
as hospitals and nursing  homes may present  special risks to lenders due to the
significant governmental regulation of the ownership, operation, maintenance and
financing  of health care  institutions.  Hotel and motel  properties  are often
operated pursuant to franchise,  management or operating agreements which may be
terminable by the franchisor or operator.  Moreover,  the  transferability  of a
hotel's  operating,  liquor and other  licenses  upon a  transfer  of the hotel,
whether through purchase or foreclosure,  is subject to local law  requirements.
Multifamily  Loans  may  be  affected  by  excessive  building  resulting  in an
oversupply  of rental  housing  stock or a decrease in  employment  reducing the
demand for rental units in the area, by federal,  state or local regulations and
controls  affecting  rents,  prices of goods,  fuel and energy  consumption  and
prices,  water and environmental  restrictions  affecting new  construction,  by
increasing  labor and materials  costs,  and by the relative  attractiveness  to
tenants of the  multifamily  rental  projects  securing the  Multifamily  Loans.
Repayment of a  Multifamily  Loan secured by an  apartment  building  owned by a
cooperative  will depend  primarily  on the receipt of payments  from the tenant
stockholders  of the  cooperative  and its  ability  to  refinance  the  loan at
maturity.

         It is  anticipated  that  some  or all of the  Mortgage  Loans  will be
nonrecourse   loans  or  loans  for  which   recourse  may  be   restricted   or
unenforceable.  As to those  Mortgage  Loans,  recourse in the event of borrower
default will be limited to the specific real property and other assets,  if any,
that were pledged to secure the  Mortgage  Loan.  However,  even with respect to
those  Mortgage  Loans that  provide for  recourse  against the borrower and its
assets  generally,  there can be no assurance that  enforcement of such recourse
provisions  will be  practicable,  or that the  assets of the  borrower  will be
sufficient  to permit a  recovery  in respect of a  defaulted  Mortgage  Loan in
excess of the liquidation value of the related Mortgaged Property.

         Further,  the  concentration of default,  foreclosure and loss risks in
individual   Mortgage  Loans  will  generally  be  greater  than  for  pools  of
single-family  loans because Mortgage Loans will generally  consist of a smaller
number of higher  balance  loans  than  would a pool of  single-family  loans of
comparable aggregate unpaid principal balance.


                                        6

<PAGE>



         Limited Obligations. The Certificates will not represent an interest in
or  obligation of the  Depositor.  The  Certificates  of each series will not be
insured  or  guaranteed  by  any  government  agency  or  instrumentality,   the
Depositor, the Servicer or the Seller.

         Prepayment  Considerations.  The prepayment  experience on the Mortgage
Loans and the mortgage loans  underlying  the  Mortgage-Backed  Securities  (the
"Underlying  Mortgage  Loans")  will  affect the  average  life of each class of
related   Certificates.   Prepayments  may  be  influenced  by  restrictions  on
prepayment  for  specified  periods or  requirements  for payment of  prepayment
premiums which are contained in the Mortgage  Loans and the Underlying  Mortgage
Loans as well as by a variety of other factors, including the difference between
the  interest  rates on the  Mortgage  Loans or the  Underlying  Mortgage  Loans
(giving consideration to the cost of refinancing) and prevailing mortgage rates.
In general,  if mortgage  interest  rates fall below the  interest  rates on the
Mortgage Loans or the Underlying Mortgage Loans, the rate of prepayment would be
expected to  increase.  Conversely,  if mortgage  interest  rates rise above the
interest rates on the Mortgage Loans or the Underlying  Mortgage Loans, the rate
of prepayment would be expected to decrease.  See "Certain  Prepayment and Yield
Considerations" in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         Risk of Higher Default Rates for Mortgage Loans with Balloon  Payments.
A portion of the aggregate  principal  balance of the Mortgage Loans at any time
may be "balloon  loans" that do not fully  amortize (or may not amortize at all)
over  their  terms  to  maturity  and,  thus,  provide  for the  payment  of the
unamortized  principal  balance  of such  Mortgage  Loan in a single  payment at
maturity ("Balloon Loans").  Amortization of a Balloon Loan based on a scheduled
period that is longer than the term of the loan results in a remaining principal
balance at maturity  that is  substantially  larger  than the regular  scheduled
payments.  Mortgage  Loans of this type  involve  a greater  degree of risk than
self-amortizing  loans  because  the  ability  of a  borrower  to make a balloon
payment  typically  will depend upon its ability  either to fully  refinance the
loan or to sell the related  Mortgaged  Property at a price sufficient to permit
the  borrower  to make  the  balloon  payment.  The  ability  of a  borrower  to
accomplish  either of these  goals  will be  affected  by a number  of  factors,
including the value of the related  Mortgaged  Property,  the level of available
mortgage rates at the time of sale or refinancing,  the borrower's equity in the
related Mortgaged Property, the financial condition and operating history of the
borrower and the related Mortgaged  Property,  tax laws, rent control laws (with
respect to certain residential properties),  Medicaid and Medicare reimbursement
rates (with respect to hospitals and nursing homes), prevailing general economic
conditions  and the  availability  of credit for loans  secured by commercial or
multifamily, as the case may be, real properties generally.

         Limited Liquidity.  There will be no market for the Certificates of any
series  prior to the  issuance  thereof,  and there can be no  assurance  that a
secondary  market will  develop  or, if it does  develop,  that it will  provide
liquidity of  investment or will  continue for the life of the  Certificates  of
such series. The market value of the Certificates will fluctuate with changes in
prevailing  rates of interest.  Consequently,  the sale of  Certificates  in any
market that may develop may be at a discount from the Certificates' par value or
purchase price.  Owners of Certificates  have no right to request  redemption of
Certificates,  and the  Certificates  are subject to  redemption  only under the
limited circumstances described in each such Prospectus Supplement

         Limited  Assets.  Owners of  Certificates of each series must rely upon
distributions on the related  Mortgage Assets,  together with the other specific
assets  pledged for the benefit of such series  (which  assets may be subject to
release from such pledge prior to payment in full of the Certificates),  for the
payment of principal  of, and interest on, that series of  Certificates.  If the
assets   comprising  the  Trust  are  insufficient  to  make  payments  on  such
Certificates,  no other assets of the Depositor will be available for payment of
the  deficiency.  Because  payments of  principal  will be applied to classes of
outstanding  Certificates  of a series in the priority  specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a deficiency may have a disproportionately greater effect
on the  Certificates  of classes having lower priority in payment.  In addition,
due to  the  priority  of  payments  and  the  allocation  of  losses,  defaults
experienced on the assets comprising a Trust may have a disproportionate  effect
on a specified class or classes within such series.

         Mortgage Type.  Mortgage Loans made to  partnerships,  corporations  or
other entities may entail risks of loss from  delinquency and  foreclosure  that
are greater than those of Mortgage Loans made to individuals. The

                                        7

<PAGE>



mortgagor's  sophistication and form of organization may increase the likelihood
of protracted litigation or bankruptcy in default situations.

         Limitations,  Reduction and Substitution of Credit Enhancement.  Credit
Enhancement may be provided in one or more of the forms described in the related
Prospectus  Supplement,  including,  but not  limited to,  prioritization  as to
payments of one or more classes of such series,  one or more Reserve  Funds,  as
defined herein, insurance, guaranties and similar instruments and agreements, or
any combination  thereof.  Regardless of the Credit  Enhancement  provided,  the
amount of  coverage  will be limited in amount and in most cases will be subject
to periodic  reduction in  accordance  with a schedule or formula.  Furthermore,
such Credit  Enhancement  may provide only very  limited  coverage as to certain
types of losses and may provide no coverage as to certain other types of losses.
The Trustee may be permitted to reduce, terminate or substitute all or a portion
of the Credit  Enhancement  for any series of  Certificates,  if the  applicable
rating  agencies  indicate  that the  then-current  rating  thereof  will not be
adversely affected.

         Original Issue Discount.  All the Compound  Interest  Certificates  (as
defined  herein) will be, and certain of the other  Certificates  may be, issued
with original  issue  discount for federal  income tax  purposes.  An Owner of a
Certificate  issued with  original  issue  discount  will be required to include
original issue discount in ordinary gross income for federal income tax purposes
as it accrues,  in advance of receipt of the cash  attributable  to such income.
Accrued but unpaid interest on the Compound Interest Certificates generally will
be treated as  original  issue  discount  for this  purpose.  For this  purpose,
however,  many issues relevant to the  determination of the amount and manner of
reporting  original  issue  discount  for  prepayable  securities,  such  as the
Certificates,  are not  adequately  addressed  under the current tax rules.  See
"Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences - Federal Income Tax Consequences for
REMIC  Certificates,"  "- Taxation of Regular  Certificates",  "- Variable  Rate
Regular  Certificates"  and "Certain  Federal Income Tax  Consequences - Federal
Income Tax Consequences for Certificates as to Which No REMIC Election Is Made -
Standard  Certificates," "- Premium and Discount," and "- Stripped Certificates"
herein.

         Book Entry  Registration.  Because  transfers and pledges of Book Entry
Certificates  may be effected  only through  book  entries at a Clearing  Agency
through Clearing Agency Participants,  the liquidity of the secondary market for
Book Entry  Certificates  may be reduced to the extent that some  investors  are
unwilling to hold Certificates in book entry form in the name of Clearing Agency
Participants  and the ability to pledge Book Entry  Certificates  may be limited
due  to  lack  of a  physical  certificate.  Beneficial  Owners  of  Book  Entry
Certificates may, in certain cases,  experience delay in the receipt of payments
of principal and interest because such payments will be forwarded by the Trustee
to the  Clearing  Agency who will then forward  payment to the  Clearing  Agency
Participants who will thereafter  forward payment to Beneficial  Owners.  In the
event  of  the  insolvency  of  the  Clearing  Agency  or of a  Clearing  Agency
Participant in whose name  Certificates are recorded,  the ability of Beneficial
Owners to obtain  timely  payment  and (if the  limits of  applicable  insurance
coverage by the Securities Investor Protection  Corporation are exceeded,  or if
such  coverage is  otherwise  unavailable)  ultimate  payment of  principal  and
interest on Book Entry Certificates may be impaired.

         Certain  Matters  Relating to  Insolvency.  The sellers of the Mortgage
Assets to the  Depositor  and the  Depositor  intend that the  transfers of such
Mortgage  Assets  to  the  Depositor,  and in  turn  to  the  applicable  Trust,
constitute  sales rather than pledges to secure  indebtedness  of the seller for
insolvency  purposes.  If, however, a seller of Mortgage Assets were to become a
debtor  under the  federal  bankruptcy  code,  it is  possible  that a creditor,
trustee-in-bankruptcy or receiver of such seller may argue that the sale thereof
by such  seller is a pledge  rather  than a sale.  This  position,  if argued or
accepted by a court, could result in a delay in or reduction of distributions on
the related Certificates.

         Leases and Rents.  The Mortgage  Loans  typically will be secured by an
assignment  of leases and rents  pursuant to which the  borrower  assigns to the
lender its right, title and interest as landlord under the leases of the related
Mortgaged  Property,  and the income derived therefrom,  as further security for
the related  Mortgage  Loan,  while  retaining a license to collect rents for so
long as there is no default.  If the borrower  defaults,  the license terminates
and the lender is entitled to collect  rents.  Some state laws may require  that
the lender  take  possession  of the  Mortgaged  Property  and obtain a judicial
appointment of a receiver before becoming entitled to collect the

                                        8

<PAGE>



rents. In addition,  if bankruptcy or similar proceedings are commenced by or in
respect of the  borrower,  the  lender's  ability  to  collect  the rents may be
adversely affected.  See "Certain Legal Aspects of Mortgage Assets -- Leases and
Rents".

                         DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES

         Each Trust will be created  pursuant  to a separate  Agreement  entered
into among the Depositor,  the Trustee and the Servicer.  The provisions of each
Agreement will vary depending upon the nature of the  Certificates  to be issued
thereunder and the nature of the related  Trust.  Certificates  which  represent
beneficial interests in the Trust will be issued pursuant to the Agreement.  The
following   summaries   and  the   summaries   set  forth  under   "Pooling  and
Administration"   describe  certain  provisions   relating  to  each  series  of
Certificates.  The  Prospectus  Supplement  for a series  of  Certificates  will
describe the specific  provisions relating to such series. Such summaries do not
purport to be complete and are subject to, and are  qualified in their  entirety
by  reference  to,  all the  provisions  of the  Agreement  for each  series  of
Certificates. The Depositor will provide Owners of Certificates, without charge,
on written  request a copy of the  Agreement  for the related  series.  Requests
should be addressed to AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation,  700 N. Pearl
Street,  Suite 2400, Dallas,  Texas 75201. The Agreement relating to a series of
Certificates will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 15
days after the date of issuance of such series of  Certificates  (the  "Delivery
Date").

         The  Certificates of a series will be entitled to payment only from the
assets  of the  Trust  and any  other  assets  pledged  for the  benefit  of the
Certificates  and will not be  entitled  to  payments  in  respect of the assets
included in any other trust fund established by the Depositor.  The Certificates
will not represent  obligations of the Depositor,  any Servicer or any affiliate
thereof and will not be guaranteed by any governmental  agency.  See "The Trust"
herein.

         The Mortgage  Assets relating to a series of  Certificates,  other than
GNMA Certificates,  will not be insured or guaranteed by any governmental entity
and, to the extent that delinquent payments on or losses in respect of defaulted
Mortgage Assets are not advanced or paid from any applicable Credit Enhancement,
such  delinquencies  may result in delays in the distribution of payments on, or
losses allocated to, one or more classes of Certificates of such series.

General

         The  Certificates  of each series  will be issued  either in book entry
form or in fully  registered  form. The minimum  original  denomination  of each
class of Certificates  will be specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.
The original "Certificate  Principal Balance" of each Certificate will equal the
aggregate  distributions  allocable to principal  to which such  Certificate  is
entitled and distributions allocable to interest on each Certificate that is not
entitled to distributions allocable to principal will be calculated based on the
"Notional Principal Balance" of such Certificate. The Notional Principal Balance
of  a  Certificate   will  not  evidence  an  interest  in  or   entitlement  to
distributions  allocable to principal but will be used solely for convenience in
expressing the calculation of interest and for certain other purposes.

         Except as described below under "Book Entry  Registration" with respect
to Book Entry Certificates,  the Certificate of each series will be transferable
and  exchangeable on a "Certificate  Register" to be maintained at the corporate
trust office of the Trustee or such other office or agency  maintained  for such
purposes  by the  Trustee.  The  Trustee  will  be  appointed  initially  as the
"Certificate  Registrar" and no service change will be made for any registration
of  transfer or exchange of  Certificates,  but payment of a sum  sufficient  to
cover any tax or other governmental charge may be required.

         Under  current  law the  purchase  and  holding of  certain  classes of
Certificates may result in "prohibited transactions" within the meaning of ERISA
and the Code. See "ERISA  Considerations"  herein.  Transfer of  Certificates of
such a class  will not be  registered  unless  the  transferee  (i)  executes  a
representation  letter  stating that it is not, and is not  purchasing on behalf
of,  any such plan,  account  or  arrangement,  or (ii)  provides  an opinion of
counsel  satisfactory  to the Trustee  and the  Depositor  that the  purchase of
Certificates of such a class by or on behalf

                                        9

<PAGE>



of such plan,  account or arrangement is  permissible  under  applicable law and
will not subject the Trustee, the Servicer or the Depositor to any obligation or
liability in addition to those undertaken in the Agreement.

         As to each  series,  one or more  elections  may be made to  treat  the
related Trust or designated  portions  thereof as a REMIC for federal income tax
purposes.  The  related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  specify  whether  a REMIC
election is to be made.  Alternatively,  the  Agreement for a series may provide
that a REMIC  election  may be made at the  discretion  of the  Depositor or the
Servicer and may only be made if certain conditions are satisfied.  See "Certain
Federal Income Tax Considerations"  herein. As to any such series, the terms and
provisions applicable to the making of a REMIC election, as well as any material
federal  income  tax  consequences  to  Owners  of  Certificates  not  otherwise
described herein,  will be set forth in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  If
such an election is made with  respect to a series,  one of the classes  will be
designated as  evidencing  the "residual  interests"  in the related  REMIC,  as
defined in the Code.  All other  classes of  Certificates  in such a series will
constitute  "regular interests" in the related REMIC, as defined in the Code. As
to each  series  with  respect  to which a REMIC  election  is to be  made,  the
Servicer, the Trustee, an Owner of Residual Certificates,  as defined herein, or
another  person  as  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  will be
obligated to take all actions  required in order to comply with  applicable laws
and regulations and will be obligated to pay any prohibited  transaction  taxes.
The person so specified will be entitled to reimbursement for any such payment.

Classes of Certificates

          Each  series of  Certificates  will be  issued in one or more  classes
which will evidence the beneficial  ownership in, or the debt obligation payable
from, any distributions in respect of the assets of the Trust that are allocable
to (i)  principal  of such  class  of  Certificates  and (ii)  interest  on such
Certificates.  One or more  classes  of a series of  Certificates  may  evidence
beneficial ownership interests in, or the debt obligation payable from, separate
groups of assets included in the related Trust.

         The Certificates will have an aggregate original Certificate  Principal
Balance equal to the aggregate unpaid  principal  balance of the Mortgage Assets
as of the time and day prior to creation of the Trust  specified  in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the "Cut-Off Date") after deducting payments of principal
due before the Cut-Off Date and will bear interest at rates which, on a weighted
basis,  will be equal to the  Pass-Through  Rate which  will equal the  weighted
average  rate of  interest  borne by the  related  Mortgage  Assets,  net of the
aggregate  servicing fees,  amounts allocated to the residual  interests and any
other amounts  (including fees payable to the Administrator) as are specified in
the  Prospectus  Supplement.  The  original  Certificate  Principal  Balance (or
Notional  Principal  Balance) of the  Certificates  of a series and the interest
rate on the  classes  of such  Certificates  will be  determined  in the  manner
specified in the Prospectus Supplement.

         Each class of Certificates that is entitled to distributions  allocable
to  interest  will bear  interest  at a fixed  rate or a rate that is subject to
change from time to time (a) in accordance with schedule, (b) by reference to an
index, or (c) otherwise (each, a "Certificate  Interest Rate"),  in each case as
specified in the Prospectus Supplement.  One or more classes of Certificates may
provide for  interest  that  accrues  but is not  currently  payable  ("Compound
Interest  Certificates").  With  respect  to  any  class  of  Compound  Interest
Certificates,  if specified in the Prospectus Supplement,  any interest that has
accrued  but is not  paid on a given  Distribution  Date  will be  added  to the
aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balance of such class of Certificates on that
Distribution Date.

         A series of Certificates  may include one or more classes entitled only
to  distributions  (i) allocable to interest,  (ii)  allocable to principal (and
allocable as between scheduled payments of principal and Principal  Prepayments,
as defined below) or (iii) allocable to both principal (and allocable as between
scheduled  payments of principal and  Principal  Prepayments)  and  interest.  A
series  of  Certificates  may  consist  of  one  or  more  classes  as to  which
distributions  will be allocated (i) on the basis of collections from designated
portions  of the  assets of the Trust,  (ii) in  accordance  with a schedule  or
formula,  (iii) in relation to the occurrence of events, or (iv) otherwise.  The
timing and amounts of such  distributions  may vary among classes,  over time or
otherwise.

         A series of  Certificates  may include one or more Classes of Scheduled
Amortization  Certificates and Companion  Certificates.  "Scheduled Amortization
Certificates" are Certificates with respect to which payments

                                       10

<PAGE>



of  principal  are to be made in  specified  amounts on  specified  Distribution
Dates, to the extent of funds available on such  Distribution  Date.  "Companion
Certificates" are Certificates which receive payments of all or a portion of any
funds  available  on a given  Distribution  Date  which are in excess of amounts
required to be applied to payments on  Scheduled  Amortization  Certificates  on
such  Distribution  Date.  Because of the manner of  application  of payments of
principal to Companion  Certificates,  the weighted  average  lives of Companion
Certificates of a series may be expected to be more sensitive to the actual rate
of  prepayments  on the  Mortgage  Assets  in the  related  Trust  than will the
Scheduled Amortization Certificates of such series.

         One or more series of  Certificates  may constitute  series of "Special
Allocation  Certificates",  which may include Senior Certificates,  Subordinated
Certificates,  Priority Certificates and Non-Priority  Certificates,  as defined
herein.  As  specified  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  for a series of
Special  Allocation  Certificates,  the timing  and/or  priority  of payments of
principal and/or interest may favor one or more classes of Certificates over one
or more other  classes of  Certificates.  Such  timing  and/or  priority  may be
modified or  reordered  upon the  occurrence  of one or more  specified  events.
Losses on Trust assets for such series may be disproportionately borne by one or
more classes of such series, and the proceeds and distributions from such assets
may be applied to the payment in full of one or more classes  within such series
before the  balance,  if any, of such  proceeds are applied to one or more other
classes within such series. For example,  Special  Allocation  Certificates in a
series may be comprised of one or more classes of Senior  Certificates  having a
priority in right to  distributions  of principal  and interest over one or more
classes  of  Subordinated  Certificates  as a form of  Credit  Enhancement.  See
"Credit  Enhancement   Subordination"   herein.   Typically,   the  Subordinated
Certificates  will carry a rating by the rating  agencies lower than that of the
Senior Certificates. In addition, one or more classes of Certificates ("Priority
Certificates")  may be entitled to a priority of  distributions  of principal or
interest  from  assets  in  the  Trust  over  another   class  of   Certificates
("Non-Priority  Certificates"),  but only after the  exhaustion  of other Credit
Enhancement   applicable  to  such  series.   The  Priority   Certificates   and
Non-Priority Certificates nonetheless may be within the same rating category.

Distributions of Principal and Interest

         General.  Distributions  of principal and interest will be made, to the
extent of funds  available  therefor,  on the dates  specified in the Prospectus
Supplement  (each,  a  "Distribution  Date") to the  persons in whose  names the
Certificates  are registered (the "Owner") at the close of business on the dates
specified in the Prospectus  Supplement (each, a "Record Date"). With respect to
Certificates other than Book Entry  Certificates,  distributions will be made by
check or money  order  mailed to the  person  entitled  thereto  at the  address
appearing  in the  Certificate  Register  or,  if  specified  in the  Prospectus
Supplement,  in  the  case  of  Certificates  that  are  of  a  certain  minimum
denomination as specified in the Prospectus Supplement,  upon written request by
the Owner of a  Certificate,  by wire  transfer  or by such  other  means as are
agreed upon with the person entitled thereto; provided,  however, that the final
distribution  in  retirement  of  the   Certificates   (other  than  Book  Entry
Certificates)  will  be  made  only  upon  presentation  and  surrender  of  the
Certificates  at the office or agency of the Trustee  specified in the notice of
such final distribution.  With respect to Book Entry Certificates, such payments
will be made as described below under "Book Entry Registration".

         Distributions  will be made out of, and only to the extent of, funds in
a  separate   account   established  and  maintained  for  the  benefit  of  the
Certificates  of the related series (the  "Certificate  Account" with respect to
such series),  including any funds  transferred  from any related  Reserve Fund.
Amounts  may be invested in the  Eligible  Investments,  and all income or other
gain from such investments will be deposited in the related  Certificate Account
and will be available to make  payments on the  Certificates  of the  applicable
series on the next succeeding Distribution Date.

         Distributions  of  Interest.  Interest  will  accrue  on the  aggregate
Certificate  Principal Balance (or, in the case of Certificates entitled only to
distributions allocable to interest, the aggregate Notional Principal Balance of
each class of Certificates entitled to interest from the date, at the applicable
Certificate  Interest  Rate and for the  periods  (each,  an  "Interest  Accrual
Period")  specified in the  Prospectus  Supplement.  The aggregate  "Certificate
Principal  Balance" of any class of Certificates  entitled to  distributions  of
principal will be the aggregate original  Certificate  Principal Balance of such
class of  Certificates  specified in the Prospectus  Supplement,  reduced by all
distributions  allocable  to  principal,  and, in the case of Compound  Interest
Certificates, increased by all interest accrued but not

                                       11

<PAGE>



then  distributable on such Compound  Interest  Certificates.  With respect to a
class of Certificates entitled only to distributions allocable to interest, such
interest will accrue on the Notional  Principal Balance of such class,  computed
solely for purposes of determining the amount of interest accrued and payable on
such class of Certificates.

         To the extent funds are available  therefor,  interest  accrued  during
each Interest Accrual Period on each class of Certificates  entitled to interest
(other than a class of Compound Interest  Certificates) will be distributable on
the  Distribution  Dates  specified  in  the  Prospectus  Supplement  until  the
aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balance of the Certificates of such class has
been  distributed  in full or,  in the  case of  Certificates  entitled  only to
distributions  allocable to interest,  until the  aggregate  Notional  Principal
Balance  of such  Certificates  is  reduced  to zero or for the  period  of time
designated in the Prospectus Supplement. Distributions of interest on each class
of Compound Interest Certificates will commence only after the occurrence of the
events  specified in the  Prospectus  Supplement  and,  prior to such time,  the
aggregate  Certificate Principal Balance (or Notional Principal Balance) of such
class of Compound Interest Certificates, will increase on each Distribution Date
by the  amount of  interest  that  accrued on such  class of  Compound  Interest
Certificates  during  the  preceding  Interest  Accrual  Period but that was not
required to be  distributed  to such class on such  Distribution  Date. Any such
class of Compound  Interest  Certificates will thereafter accrue interest on its
outstanding  Certificate Principal Balance (or Notional Principal Balance) as so
adjusted.

         Distributions of Principal.  The Prospectus Supplement will specify the
method by which the amount of principal to be distributed on the Certificates on
each  Distribution  Date will be calculated  and the manner in which such amount
will be allocated among the classes of Certificates entitled to distributions of
principal.

         One or more classes of Senior  Certificates  may be entitled to receive
all or a  disproportionate  percentage  of the payments of  principal  which are
received on the related  Mortgage Assets in advance of their scheduled due dates
and are not accompanied by amounts representing scheduled interest due after the
month of such payments ("Principal  Prepayments").  Any such allocation may have
the effect of accelerating the amortization of such Certificates relative to the
interests evidenced by the other Certificates.

         Unscheduled Distributions.  The Certificates of a series may be subject
to receipt of distributions  before the next scheduled  Distribution  Date under
the  circumstances  and in  the  manner  described  below  and  in  the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.  If applicable,  such  unscheduled  distributions on the
Certificates of a series on the date and in the amount  specified in the related
Prospectus  Supplement if, due to substantial  payments of principal  (including
Principal  Prepayments) on the related Mortgage Assets, low rates then available
for reinvestment of such payments or both, it is determined,  based on specified
assumptions,  that the amount  anticipated  to be on deposit in the  Certificate
Account for such series on the next related Distribution Date, together with, if
applicable,  any amounts available to be withdrawn from any related Reserve Fund
or  from  any  other  Credit  Enhancement  provided  for  such  series,  may  be
insufficient  to  make  required  distributions  on  the  Certificates  on  such
Distribution  Date.  The  amount of any such  unscheduled  distribution  that is
allocable to principal will not exceed the amount that would otherwise have been
required  to be  distributed  as  principal  on the  Certificates  on  the  next
Distribution  Date and  will  include  interest  at the  applicable  Certificate
Interest Rate (if any) on the amount of the unscheduled  distribution  allocable
to  principal  for  the  period  and to the  date  specified  in the  Prospectus
Supplement.

         All   distributions   allocable  to   principal   in  any   unscheduled
distribution  will be made in the same priority and manner as  distributions  of
principal  on the  Certificates  would  have been made on the next  Distribution
Date,  and,  with  respect  to  Certificates  of  the  same  class,  unscheduled
distributions  of  principal  will be made on a pro rata  basis.  Notice  of any
unscheduled  distribution will be given by the Trustee prior to the date of such
distribution.

Book Entry Registration

         Certificates may be issued as Book Entry  Certificates held in the name
of a Clearing Agency  registered with the Securities and Exchange  Commission or
its nominee.  Transfers and pledges of Book Entry  Certificates may be made only
through  entries  on the books of the  Clearing  Agency in the name of  Clearing
Agency Participants or their nominees.  Clearing Agency Participants may also be
Beneficial Owners of Book Entry Certificates.


                                       12

<PAGE>



         Purchasers  and  other  Beneficial  Owners  may  not  hold  Book  Entry
Certificates  directly but may hold, transfer or pledge their ownership interest
in the  Certificates  only through  Clearing Agency  Participants.  Furthermore,
Beneficial  Owners will  receive all payments of  principal  and  interest  with
respect to the  Certificates  and,  if  applicable,  may request  redemption  of
Certificates,   only  through  the  Clearing  Agency  and  the  Clearing  Agency
Participants. Beneficial Owners will not be registered Owners of Certificates or
be entitled to receive  definitive  certificates  representing  their  ownership
interest in the  Certificates  except under the limited  circumstances,  if any,
described in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  See "Risk Factors - Book Entry
Registration" herein.

         If Certificates of a series are issued as Book Entry Certificates,  the
Clearing  Agency will be required to make book entry  transfers  among  Clearing
Agency Participants,  to receive and transmit payments of principal and interest
with respect to the  Certificates  of such  series,  and to receive and transmit
requests for  redemption  with  respect to such  Certificates.  Clearing  Agency
Participants with whom Beneficial Owners have accounts with respect to such Book
Entry  Certificates will be similarly  required to make book entry transfers and
receive  and  transmit  payments  and  redemption  requests  on  behalf of their
respective Beneficial Owners.  Accordingly,  although Beneficial Owners will not
be registered Owners of Certificates and will not possess physical certificates,
a method  will be  provided  whereby  Beneficial  Owners may  receive  payments,
transfer their interests, and submit redemption requests.

List of Owners of Certificates

         Upon written  request of three or more Owners of Certificates of record
of a series of Certificates for purposes of communicating with other Owners with
respect to their rights as Owners of Certificates,  the Trustee will afford such
Owners  access  during  business  hours to the most  recent  list of  Owners  of
Certificates  of that series  held by the  Trustee.  With  respect to Book Entry
Certificates,  the only  named  Owner on the  Certificate  Register  will be the
Clearing Agency.

         The  Agreement  will not provide for the holding of any annual or other
meetings of Owners.

                                   THE TRUSTS

         The Trust Estate for a series of Certificates  will consist of: (i) the
Mortgage Assets (subject, if specified in the Prospectus Supplement,  to certain
exclusions);  (ii)  all  payments  (subject,  if  specified  in  the  Prospectus
Supplement,  to certain  exclusions)  received on and after the related  Cut-Off
Date in respect of such Mortgage  Assets,  which may be adjusted,  to the extent
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, in the case of interest payments
on  Mortgage  Assets,  to the  Pass-Through  Rate;  (iii)  if  specified  in the
Prospectus Supplement,  reinvestment income on such payments;  (iv) with respect
to a Trust that includes Mortgage Loans, all property acquired by foreclosure or
deed in lieu of foreclosure  with respect to any such Mortgage Loan; (v) certain
rights of the  Trustee,  the  Depositor  and the  Servicer  under  any  policies
required to be maintained in respect of the related Mortgage Assets; and (vi) if
so  specified  in  the  Prospectus  Supplement,  one or  more  forms  of  Credit
Enhancement.

         The  Certificates  of each series will be entitled to payment only from
the assets of the related Trust and any other assets  pledged  therefor and will
not be  entitled  to  payments  in respect of the assets of any other trust fund
established by the Depositor.

         Mortgage  Assets may be acquired by the  Depositor  from  affiliated or
unaffiliated  Originators.  The following is a brief description of the Mortgage
Assets expected to be included in the Trusts. If specific information respecting
the Mortgage  Assets is not known at the time the related series of Certificates
initially are offered,  more general  information of the nature  described below
will be provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,  and specific information
will be set forth in a report on Form 8-K to be filed  with the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  within  fifteen  days after the  initial  issuance of such
Certificates.   A  copy  of  the  Agreement  with  respect  to  each  series  of
Certificates  will be  attached  to the  Form  8-K and  will  be  available  for
inspection at the corporate trust office of the Trustee specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. A schedule of the Mortgage Assets relating to each series
of  Certificates  will be  attached to the related  Agreement  delivered  to the
Trustee upon delivery of such Certificates.


                                       13

<PAGE>



Mortgage Loans

         Mortgage  Loans will consist of (i)  Multifamily  Loans  consisting  of
either Conventional  Multifamily Loans or FHA-Insured  Multifamily Loans secured
by mortgages or deeds of trust or other similar security  instruments creating a
lien on rental  apartment  buildings or projects  containing five or more units,
including,  but not limited to,  high-rise,  mid-rise and garden  apartments  or
secured by apartment buildings owned by cooperative housing corporations or (ii)
Commercial  Loans  secured  by  mortgages,  deeds of trust or  similar  security
instruments that create liens against office buildings, retail stores, hotels or
motels,  nursing  homes,  hospitals or other health  care-  related  facilities,
mobile home parks, warehouse facilities, mini-warehouse facilities, self-storage
facilities,  industrial  plants,  mixed use or other  types of  income-producing
properties or unimproved  land.  The  Multifamily  Properties  may include mixed
commercial and residential structures. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement,  each Mortgage Loan will create a first priority mortgage
lien on a Mortgaged Property.  A Mortgage Loan may create a lien on a borrower's
leasehold  estate in a property;  however,  unless  otherwise  specified  in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the term of any such leasehold will exceed the
term of the  Mortgage  Loan by at least two years.  The  Depositor  expects that
Mortgage Loans will have been originated by mortgagees in the ordinary course of
their real estate lending  activities.  Each Mortgage Loan will bear interest at
an annual fixed rate or adjustable rate of interest  specified in the Prospectus
Supplement.

         The related  Prospectus  Supplement may specify for each Mortgage Loan:
the date of  origination;  the  interest  rate,  or,  in the case of  Adjustable
Mortgage Loans, the initial Adjustable  Mortgage Rate, the index or formula,  if
any, used to determine the Adjustable  Mortgage Rate, the margin or margins,  if
any, to be added to or subtracted  from the Index to calculate the Mortgage Loan
Rate, the maximum and minimum percentage adjustment, if any, for the life of the
Mortgage Loan and on any annual  basis,  and the  frequency of  adjustment;  the
number of  Mortgage  Loans in the pool of  Mortgage  Loans (the  "Mortgage  Loan
Pool"); the original loan amount or range of original loan amounts; the original
loan-to-value ratio; the original and remaining term; and the balloon, principal
amortization or interest-only  terms, if any. The related Prospectus  Supplement
may also  specify  the number and type of units or total  rentable  square  feet
contained  in each  Mortgaged  Property,  the loan amount per unit or per square
foot of rentable  space,  the percentage of units or total rentable  square feet
occupied as of the Cut-Off Date, the appraised value of each Mortgaged  Property
and  whether  each  property  is subject to local rent  control  ordinances  and
whether the Mortgage  Loan financed the  acquisition  or  rehabilitation  of the
underlying property or refinanced prior indebtedness.

         Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, all of
the Mortgage  Loans will have had original terms to maturity of not more than 40
years and will provide for scheduled payments of principal, interest or both, to
be made on  specified  dates ("Due  Dates")  that occur  monthly,  quarterly  or
semi-annually.  A Mortgage Loan (i) may provide for accrual of interest  thereon
at an interest rate (a "Mortgage Loan Rate") that is fixed over its term of that
adjusts from time to time, or that may be converted at the  borrower's  election
from an  adjustable  to a  fixed  Mortgage  Loan  Rate,  or  from a fixed  to an
adjustable  Mortgage Loan Rate,  (ii) may provide for level payments to maturity
or for  payments  that  adjust from time to time to  accommodate  changes in the
Mortgage  Loan Rate or to reflect  the  occurrence  of certain  events,  and may
permit  negative  amortization,  (iii) may be fully  amortizing over its term to
maturity,  or may provide for little or no  amortization  over its term and thus
require a balloon  payment on its stated  maturity  date, and (iv) may contain a
prohibition on prepayment (the period of such  prohibition,  a "Lock-out Period"
and its date of expiration,  a "Lock-out Expiration Date") or require payment of
a premium or a yield maintenance penalty (a "Prepayment  Premium") in connection
with  a  prepayment,  in  each  case  as  described  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  A Mortgage  Loan may also  contain a provision  that  entitles  the
lender to a share of profits  realized from the operation or  disposition of the
Mortgaged  Property  (an "Equity  Participation"),  as  described in the related
Prospectus   Supplement.   If  holders  of  any  class  or  classes  of  Offered
Certificates  of a series  will be  entitled  to all or a  portion  of an Equity
Participation,  the  related  Prospectus  Supplement  will  describe  the Equity
Participation  and the  method or  methods  by which  distributions  in  respect
thereof will be made to such holders.

         Certain of the Multifamily Loans may be secured by apartment  buildings
owned by a private,  non-profit  cooperative  corporation  ("Cooperative").  The
Cooperative is owned by  tenant-stockholders  who,  through  ownership of stock,
shares or membership certificates in the corporation, receive proprietary leases
or occupancy agreements

                                       14

<PAGE>



which confer exclusive rights to occupy specific apartments or units. Generally,
a  tenant-stockholder  of a  Cooperative  must  make a  monthly  payment  to the
Cooperative  representing  such  tenant-stockholder's  pro  rata  share  of  the
cooperative's  payments for its mortgage loan, real property taxes,  maintenance
expenses  and  other  capital  or  ordinary  expenses.   Such  payments  to  the
Cooperative  are in  addition to any  payments of  principal  and  interest  the
tenant-stockholder  must make on any loans of the tenant-stockholder  secured by
its shares in the Cooperative.  The Cooperative will be directly responsible for
building management and, in most cases,  payment of real estate taxes and hazard
and  liability  insurance.  The  Cooperative's  ability  to  meet  debt  service
obligations on the Multifamily  Loans, as well as all other operating  expenses,
will be dependent in large part on the receipt of maintenance  payments from the
tenant-stockholders,  as well as any  rental  income  from  units or  commercial
assessments on the  tenant-stockholders.  The  Cooperative's  ability to pay the
principal amount of the Multifamily  Loan at maturity  depends  primarily on its
ability to pay the principal amount of the Multifamily Loan. The Depositor,  the
Seller and the Administrator will have no obligation to provide  refinancing for
the Multifamily Loans.

         Lenders  typically  look to the Debt Service  Coverage  Ratio of a loan
secured by  income-producing  property  as an  important  measure of the risk of
default  on such  loan.  Unless  otherwise  defined  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement,  the "Debt Service  Coverage  Ratio" of a Mortgage Loan at any given
time is the  ratio of (i) the Net  Operating  Income  of the  related  Mortgaged
Property for a twelve-month period to (ii) the annualized  scheduled payments on
the  Mortgage  Loan  and on any  other  loan  that is  secured  by a lien on the
Mortgaged  Property prior to the lien of the related Mortgage.  Unless otherwise
defined in the related Prospectus Supplement.  "Net Operating Income" means, for
any given period, the total operating revenues derived from a Mortgaged Property
during such period,  minus the total operating  expenses  incurred in respect of
such Mortgaged Property during such period other than (i) non-cash items such as
depreciation and amortization,  (ii) capital expenditures and (iii) debt service
on loans (including the related Mortgage Loan) secured by liens on the Mortgaged
Property.  The Net Operating Income of a Mortgaged  Property will fluctuate over
time and may or may not be  sufficient  to cover  debt  service  on the  related
Mortgage Loan at any given time. As the primary source of the operating revenues
of  a  non-owner  occupied   income-producing   property,   rental  income  (and
maintenance payments from  tenant-stockholders of a Cooperative) may be affected
by the condition of the  applicable  real estate market and/or area economy.  In
addition,  properties typically leased,  occupied or used on a short-term basis,
such  as  certain  health  care-related  facilities,   hotels  and  motels,  and
mini-warehouse and self-storage facilities,  tend to be affected more rapidly by
changes in market or business conditions than do properties typically leased for
longer  periods,  such  as  warehouses,  retail  stores,  office  buildings  and
industrial  plants.  Commercial  Properties may be owner-occupied or leased to a
single tenant.  Thus, the Net Operating Income of such a Mortgaged  Property may
depend  substantially  on the financial  condition of the borrower or the single
tenant,  and Mortgage Loans secured by liens on such properties may pose greater
risks than loans secured by liens on Multifamily  Properties or on  multi-tenant
Commercial Properties.

         Increases in operating  expenses due to the general economic climate or
economic  conditions  in a locality or industry  segment,  such as  increases in
interest  rates,  real  estate tax rates,  energy  costs,  labor costs and other
operating  expenses  and/or to changes in  governmental  rules,  regulations and
fiscal policies,  may also affect the risk of default on a Mortgage Loan. As may
be further described in the related Prospectus Supplement,  in some cases leases
of  Mortgaged   Properties  may  provide  that  the  lessee,   rather  than  the
borrower/landlord,  is  responsible  for  payment of  operating  expenses  ("Net
Leases"). However, the existence of such "net of expense" provisions will result
in stable Net Operating Income to the borrower/landlord  only to the extent that
the lessee is able to absorb  operating  expense  increases while  continuing to
make rent payments.

         Lenders also look to the  Loan-to-Value  Ratio of a mortgage  loan as a
measure of risk of loss if a property  must be  liquidated  following a default.
Unless  otherwise  defined  in the  related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the "Loan-
to-Value Ratio" of a Mortgage Loan at any given time is the ratio  (expressed as
a percentage) of (i) the then outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Loan
and the  outstanding  principal  balance  of any loan  secured  by a lien on the
related Mortgaged  Property prior to the lien of the related  Mortgage,  to (ii)
the Value of such Mortgaged Property.  The "Value" of a Mortgaged  Property,  is
generally  its fair market  value  determined  in an  appraisal  obtained by the
originator at the origination of such loan. The lower the  Loan-to-Value  Ratio,
the greater the percentage of the borrower's equity in a Mortgaged Property, and
thus the greater the cushion  provided to the lender against loss on liquidation
following a default.


                                       15

<PAGE>



         Loan-to-Value  Ratios  will  not  necessarily  constitute  an  accurate
measure  of the  risk  of  liquidation  loss in a pool of  Mortgage  Loans.  For
example, the value of a Mortgaged Property as of the date of initial issuance of
the related series of Certificates may be less than the Value determined at loan
origination,  and will likely continue to fluctuate from time to time based upon
changes in economic conditions and the real estate market.  Moreover,  even when
current, an appraisal is not necessarily a reliable estimate of Value. Appraised
values  of  income-producing  properties  are  generally  based  on  the  market
comparison method (recent sale value of comparable properties at the date of the
appraisal),  the cost replacement  method (the cost of replacing the property at
such date), the income  capitalization  method (a projection of value based upon
the  property's   projected  net  cash  flow),  or  upon  a  selection  from  or
interpolation  of the values derived from such methods.  Each of these appraisal
methods can present analytical difficulties. It is often difficult to find truly
comparable  properties  that have  recently  been  sold;  the  replacement  of a
property  may have  little  to do with its  current  market  value;  and  income
capitalization is inherently based on inexact  projections of income and expense
and the selection of an appropriate  capitalization rate. Where more than one of
these appraisal methods are used and provide significantly different results, an
accurate  determination of Value and,  correspondingly,  a reliable  analysis of
default and loss risks, is even more difficult.

Mortgage-Backed Securities

         Mortgage-Backed  Securities  ("MBS") may include (i) private  (that is,
not guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or  instrumentality
thereof) mortgage  participations,  mortgage pass-through  certificates or other
mortgage-backed  securities or (ii) certificates insured or guaranteed by FHLMC,
FNMA, GNMA or FAMC.

         Any MBS will have been issued pursuant to a participation and servicing
agreement, a pooling and servicing agreement,  an indenture or similar agreement
(an "MBS  Agreement").  A seller (the "MBS  Issuer")  and/or  servicer (the "MBS
Servicer")  of the  underlying  mortgage  loans will have  entered  into the MBS
Agreement  with a  trustee  or a  custodian  under the MBS  Agreement  (the "MBS
Trustee"), if any, or with the original purchaser or purchasers of the MBS.

         The  MBS  may  have   been   issued  in  one  or  more   classes   with
characteristics  similar  to  the  classes  of  Certificates  described  herein.
Distributions  in respect of the MBS will be made by the MBS Servicer or the MBS
Trustee on the dates  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The MBS
Issuer or the MBS Servicer or another person specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement  may have the right or obligation to repurchase or substitute  assets
underlying the MBS after a certain date or under other  circumstances  specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

         Reserve funds, subordination, cross-support or other credit enhancement
similar to that described for the  Certificates  under "Credit  Enhancement" may
have been provided with respect to the MBS. The type, characteristics and amount
of such credit enhancement, if any, will be a function of the characteristics of
the  underlying  mortgage  loans and other factors and generally  will have been
established on the basis of the  requirements of any rating agency that may have
assigned a rating to the MBS, or by the initial purchasers of the MBS.

         The Prospectus  Supplement for a series of  Certificates  that evidence
interests  in MBS will  specify,  to the  extent  available,  (i) the  aggregate
approximately initial and outstanding principal amount and type of the MBS to be
included in the Trust,  (ii) the original and remaining term to stated  maturity
of the MBS, if applicable, (iii) the pass-through or bond rate of the MBS or the
formula for determining such rates, (iv) the payment characteristics of the MBS,
(v) the  MBS  Issuer,  MBS  Servicer  and MBS  Trustee,  as  applicable,  (vi) a
description of the credit support,  if any, (vii) the circumstances  under which
the stated  underlying  mortgage  loans or the MBS  themselves  may be purchased
prior to their  maturity,  (viii)  the  terms on  which  mortgage  loans  may be
substituted  for those  originally  underlying  the MBS, (ix) the servicing fees
payable under the MBS Agreement,  (x) to the extent  available to the Depositor,
information  in  respect  of  the  underlying   mortgage  loans,  and  (xi)  the
characteristics of any cash flow agreements that relate to the MBS.

                                       16

<PAGE>




                               CREDIT ENHANCEMENT

         General.  Various  forms of Credit  Enhancement  may be  provided  with
respect to one or more  classes of a series of  Certificates  or with respect to
the assets in the related Trust.  Credit  Enhancement  may be in the form of the
subordination of one or more classes of the Certificates of such series to other
classes,  the  establishment  of  one  or  more  Reserve  Funds,  the  use  of a
cross-support  feature,  FHA insurance on the underlying Mortgage Loans, another
form of Credit Enhancement  described in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  or
any combination of the foregoing.  Credit Enhancement may not provide protection
against  all  risks  of loss  and  may not  guarantee  repayment  of the  entire
principal balance of the Certificates and interest thereon.

         Subordination.   Distributions  in  respect  of  scheduled   principal,
interest or any combination  thereof otherwise payable to one or more classes of
Certificates of a series (the "Subordinated Certificates") may be paid to one or
more  other  classes  of such  series  (the  "Senior  Certificates")  under  the
circumstances  and to the extent  provided  in the  Prospectus  Supplement.  For
example,  delays in receipt of  scheduled  payments on the  Mortgage  Assets and
losses on defaulted Mortgage Assets may be borne first by the various classes of
Subordinated  Certificates  and  thereafter  by the  various  classes  of Senior
Certificates.  The aggregate  distributions in respect of delinquent payments on
the  Mortgage  Assets  over the lives of the  Certificates  or at any time,  the
aggregate losses in respect of defaulted  Mortgage Assets which must be borne by
the Subordinated  Certificates by virtue of subordination  and the amount of the
distributions otherwise distributable to the Subordinated Certificates that will
be distributable to Senior  Certificates on any Distribution Date may be limited
as specified in the Prospectus Supplement. If aggregate distributions in respect
of delinquent  payments on the Mortgage Assets or aggregate losses in respect of
such Mortgage  Assets were to exceed the total amounts payable and available for
distribution to Owners of Subordinated  Certificates or, if applicable,  were to
exceed  the  specified  maximum  amount,  Owners  of Senior  Certificates  could
experience losses on the Certificates.

         In  addition  to or in lieu of the  foregoing,  all or any  portion  of
distributions otherwise payable to Subordinated Certificates on any Distribution
Date may instead be required to be  deposited  into one or more Reserve Fund (as
defined  below).  Such deposits may be made on each  Distribution  Date, on each
Distribution Date for specified periods,  or on each Distribution Date until the
balance in the  Reserve  Fund has  reached a  specified  amount  and,  following
payments  from the Reserve  Fund to Senior  Certificates  or  otherwise,  to the
extent  necessary to restore the balance in the Reserve Fund to required levels,
and amounts on deposit in the Reserve  Fund may be released to the  Depositor or
any  class  of  Certificates  in  each  case  as  specified  in  the  Prospectus
Supplement.

         If specified in the Prospectus  Supplement,  various  classes of Senior
Certificates  and  Subordinated  Certificates  may  themselves be subordinate in
their  right to receive  certain  distributions  to other  classes of Senior and
Subordinated  Certificates,  respectively,  through a cross-support mechanism or
otherwise.

         As between  classes of Senior  Certificates  and as between  classes of
Subordinated Certificates, distributions may be allocated among such classes (i)
in the order of their scheduled  final  distribution  dates,  (ii) in accordance
with a schedule or formula,  (iii) in relation to the  occurrence of events,  or
(iv)  otherwise,  in each case as specified  in the  Prospectus  Supplement.  As
between  classes of Senior  Certificates,  payments  to Senior  Certificates  on
account of  delinquencies  or losses and  payments to any  Reserve  Fund will be
allocated as specified in the Prospectus Supplement.

         Cross-Support.  The beneficial  ownership of separate  groups of assets
included  in the Trust for a series  may be  evidenced  by  separate  classes of
related series of Certificates. In such case, Credit Enhancement may be provided
by a  cross-support  feature which may require that  distributions  be made with
respect to  Certificates  evidencing  beneficial  ownership of one or more asset
groups  prior  to  distributions  to  Subordinated   Certificates  evidencing  a
beneficial  ownership  interest in other asset groups within the same Trust. The
Prospectus  Supplement for a series which includes a cross-support  feature will
describe the manner and conditions for applying such cross- support feature.


                                       17

<PAGE>



         If specified in the Prospectus Supplement, the coverage provided by one
or more  forms of  Credit  Enhancement  may  apply  concurrently  to two or more
separate  Trusts for a  separate  series of  Certificates.  If  applicable,  the
Prospectus  Supplement  will  identify  the Trusts to which such credit  support
relates  and the  manner of  determining  the  amount of the  coverage  provided
thereby and of the application of such coverage to the identified Trusts.

         FHA  Insurance  on the  Multifamily  Loans.  There are two  primary FHA
insurance programs that are available for Multifamily Loans. Sections 221(d) (3)
and (d) (4) of the National Housing Act (the "Housing Act") allow the Department
of  Housing  and Urban  Development  ("HUD") to insure  mortgage  loans that are
secured by newly constructed and substantially  rehabilitated multifamily rental
projects.  Generally  the term of such a mortgage loan can be up to 40 years and
the ratio of loan amount to property replacement cost (as calculated by FHA) can
be up to 90%.

         Section  223(f) of the Housing Act allows HUD to insure  mortgage loans
made for the purchase or refinancing of existing apartment projects which are at
least three years old. Under Section  223(f),  the loan proceeds  cannot be used
for  substantial  rehabilitation  work,  but  repairs  may be made for up to, in
general,  the greater of 15% of the value of the project or a dollar  amount per
apartment unit established  from time to time by HUD. In general,  the loan term
may not  exceed 35 years  and a loan to value  ratio of no more than 85% for the
purchase of a project and 70% for the refinancing of a project is required.

         FHA  insurance  is  generally  payable  in cash or at the option of the
mortgagee in debentures. Such insurance does not cover 100% of the mortgage loan
but is instead subject to certain deductions and certain losses of interest from
the date of the default.

         Reserve Funds.  If specified in the Prospectus  Supplement,  cash, U.S.
Treasury securities,  instruments  evidencing ownership of principal or interest
payments thereon, letters of credit, surety bonds, demand notes, certificates of
deposit  or a  combination  thereof in the  aggregate  amount  specified  in the
Prospectus Supplement will be deposited by the Depositor on the Delivery Date in
one or more accounts  (each, a "Reserve  Fund")  established and maintained with
the Trustee.  Such cash and the  principal  and interest  payments on such other
investments  will be  used to  enhance  the  likelihood  of  timely  payment  of
principal of, and interest on, or, if so specified in the Prospectus Supplement,
to provide additional protection against losses in respect of, the assets in the
related Trust, to pay the expenses of the Trust or for other purposes  specified
in  the  Prospectus   Supplement.   Certain  amounts  to  which  the  Owners  of
Subordinated  Certificates,  if any, would  otherwise be entitled may instead be
required  to be  deposited  into a  Reserve  Fund  from  time to time and in the
amounts as specified in the Prospectus Supplement.  Any cash in any Reserve Fund
and the  proceeds  of any other  instrument  upon  maturity  will be invested in
Eligible Investments.  If a letter of credit is deposited with the Trustee, such
letter of credit will be irrevocable. Any instrument deposited in a Reserve Fund
will  name the  Trustee,  as a  beneficiary  and  will be  issued  by an  entity
acceptable  to each  rating  agency  that  rates  the  Certificates.  Additional
information with respect to such instruments  deposited in the Reserve Funds may
be set forth in the Prospectus Supplement.

         Any amounts so deposited and payments on  instruments so deposited will
be available for withdrawal from the Reserve Fund for distribution  with respect
to the Certificates  for the purposes,  in the manner and at the times specified
in the Prospectus Supplement.

         Other Insurance,  Guaranties and Similar Instruments or Agreements.  If
specified  in the  Prospectus  Supplement,  the related  Trust may also  include
insurance,  guaranties,  surety bonds, letters of credit,  guaranteed investment
contracts  or similar  arrangements  for the purpose of (i)  maintaining  timely
payments  or  providing  additional  protection  against  losses  on the  assets
included in such Trust, (ii) paying administrative  expenses, (iii) establishing
a minimum  reinvestment  rate on the payments  made in respect of such assets or
principal  payment  rate on such assets,  (iv)  guaranteeing  timely  payment of
principal and interest under the  Certificates,  or for such other purpose as is
specified  in  such  Prospectus   Supplement.   Such  arrangements  may  include
agreements  under which Owners of  Certificates  are entitled to receive amounts
deposited in various  accounts  held by the Trustee upon the terms  specified in
the Prospectus Supplement. Such arrangements may be in lieu of any obligation of
the Servicer

                                       18

<PAGE>



to  advance  delinquent  installments  in  respect of the  Mortgage  Loans.  See
"Servicing of the Mortgage Loans" herein.

                         SERVICING OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS

         With respect to each series of Certificates, the related Mortgage Loans
will be  serviced  either  (i) by the  Servicer  as sole  servicer,  (ii) by the
Servicer as administrator or master  servicer,  (iii) by another  institution as
sole  servicer  or  (iv) by  another  institution  as  administrator  or  master
servicer.  If an institution other than the Servicer acts as sole servicer or as
master  servicer for a series,  the  Servicer may have no servicing  obligations
with respect to such series.

         The  Prospectus  Supplement  for each series will  specify  whether the
Servicer or another institution will act as sole servicer or master servicer for
such series.  If the Servicer  acts as master  servicer or  administrator  for a
series, all references to a Servicer herein and under the headings "Servicing of
the Mortgage  Loans" and "Pooling and  Administration"  herein should be read to
refer to the direct  Servicer of such series.  If an institution  other than the
Servicer acts as sole Servicer for a series, or acts as master servicer for such
series, all references to the Servicer herein and under the headings  "Servicing
of the Mortgage Loans" and "Pooling and Administration" herein should be read to
refer to such institution as sole or master servicer, as appropriate.

         The related Prospectus Supplement will specify whether each Servicer is
a FNMA- or FHLMC-approved  servicer of conventional mortgage loans. In addition,
the Depositor will require adequate servicing experience, where appropriate, and
financial  stability,  generally  including  a  net  worth  requirement  (to  be
specified in the Agreement), as well as satisfaction of certain other criteria.

         Each Servicer will be required to perform the customary  functions of a
mortgage loan  servicer,  including  collection of payments from  borrowers (the
"Mortgagors") and remittance of such collections to the Trustee,  maintenance of
applicable  standard hazard insurance and primary mortgage  insurance  policies,
attempting  to  cure  delinquencies,  supervising  foreclosures,  management  of
Mortgaged Properties under certain circumstances, maintaining accounting records
relating to the  Mortgage  Loans and,  if  specified  in the related  Prospectus
Supplement,  maintenance  of escrow or  impoundment  accounts of Mortgagors  for
payment  of  taxes,  insurance,  and  other  items  required  to be  paid by the
Mortgagor pursuant to the Mortgage Loan. Each Servicer will also be obligated to
make  advances  in respect  of  delinquent  installments  on  Mortgage  Loans as
applicable,  as described  more fully under "-- Payments on Mortgage  Loans" and
"-- Advances" herein and in respect of certain taxes and insurance  premiums not
paid on a timely basis by Mortgagors.

         Each Servicer will be entitled to a monthly  servicing fee as specified
in the related  Prospectus  Supplement.  Each  Servicer  will also  generally be
entitled to collect  and retain,  as part of its  servicing  compensation,  late
payment  charges  and  assumption  underwriting  fees.  Each  Servicer  will  be
reimbursed  from  proceeds of one or more of the  insurance  policies  described
herein  ("Insurance  Proceeds") or  from  proceeds  received  in connection with
the liquidation  of  defaulted  Mortgage  Loans  ("Liquidation  Proceeds").  See
"--Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses" herein.

         Each  Servicer  will be required to service each Mortgage Loan pursuant
to the terms of the  Agreement  for the entire term of such Mortgage Loan unless
the Agreement is earlier  terminated.  Upon  termination,  a replacement for the
Servicer will be appointed.

Payments on Mortgage Loans

         Each Servicer will  establish and maintain a separate  account (each, a
"Custodial Account"). Subject to the following paragraph, each Custodial Account
must be an account the deposits in which are fully insured by either the Federal
Deposit   Insurance   Corporation   ("FDIC")  or  the   National   Credit  Union
Administration ("NCUA") or are, to the extent such deposits are in excess of the
coverage provided by such insurance, continuously secured by certain obligations
issued or guaranteed by the United States of America.  If at any time the amount
on  deposit  in such  Custodial  Account  shall  exceed the amount so insured or
secured, the applicable Servicer must remit to the

                                       19

<PAGE>



Trustee the amount on deposit in such Custodial Account which exceeds the amount
so insured or  secured,  less any amount  such  Servicer  may retain for its own
account pursuant to its Agreement.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the deposits in a Servicer's  Custodial
Account will not be required to be fully insured or secured as described  above,
and such Servicer  will not be required to remit  amounts on deposit  therein in
excess of the amount so  insured  or  secured,  so long as such  Servicer  meets
certain  requirements  established by the rating agencies  requested to rate the
Certificates.

         Each  Servicer is required to deposit into its  Custodial  Account on a
daily basis all  amounts in respect of each  Multifamily  Loan  received by such
Servicer,  with interest adjusted to a rate (the "Remittance Rate") equal to the
related Mortgage Rate less the Servicer's servicing fee rate. On the 18th day of
each month,  or such other day  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement
(the "Remittance  Date"),  each Servicer of the Mortgage Loans will remit to the
Trustee all funds held in its  Custodial  Account with respect to each  Mortgage
Loan;  provided,  however,  that  Principal  Prepayments  may be remitted on the
Remittance  Date in the  month  following  the  month of such  prepayment.  Each
Servicer  will be  required  pursuant  to the  terms  of the  related  Servicing
Agreement and as specified in the related Prospectus  Supplement,  to remit with
each Principal  Prepayment  interest  thereon at the Remittance Rate through the
last day of the month in which such Principal  Prepayment is made. Each Servicer
is also required to advance its own funds as described below.

Advances

         With respect to a delinquent  Mortgage Loan, the related  Servicer will
be  obligated  (but  only to the  extent  set  forth in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement)  to advance its own funds or funds from its Custodial  Account equal
to the aggregate  amount of payments of principal and interest  (adjusted to the
applicable  Remittance  Rate)  which  were  due  on a due  date  and  which  are
delinquent  as of the  close of  business  on the  business  day  preceding  the
Remittance Date ("Monthly Advance"). Generally such advances will be required to
be made by the  Servicer  unless  the  Servicer  determines  that such  advances
ultimately would not be reimbursable under any applicable insurance policy, from
the proceeds of liquidation of the related Mortgaged Property, or from any other
source  (any  amount  not  so  reimbursable   being  referred  to  herein  as  a
"Nonrecoverable  Advance").  Such advance  obligation will continue  through the
month  following  the month of final  liquidation  of such  Mortgage  Loan.  Any
Servicer  funds thus  advanced  will be  reimbursable  to such  Servicer  out of
recoveries  on the  Multifamily  Loans with  respect to which such  amounts were
advanced.  The Servicers will also be obligated to make advances with respect to
certain taxes and  insurance  premiums not paid by Mortgagors on a timely basis.
Funds so advanced are  reimbursable  to the  Servicers  out of recoveries on the
related Mortgage Loans.  Each Servicer's right of reimbursement  for any advance
will be prior to the  rights  of the  Trust to  receive  any  related  Insurance
Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds.

Collection and Other Servicing Procedures

         Each  Servicer will service the Mortgage  Loans  pursuant to guidelines
established in the related Agreement.

         Mortgage Loans. The Servicer will be responsible for making  reasonable
efforts  to  collect  all  payments  called for under the  Mortgage  Loans.  The
Servicer will be obligated to follow such normal  practices and procedures as it
deems necessary or advisable to realize upon a defaulted  Mortgage Loan. In this
regard,  the  Servicer  may  (directly  or  through a local  assignee)  sell the
property at a  foreclosure.  The amount of the ultimate net recovery  (including
the proceeds of any Credit Enhancement),  after reimbursement to the Servicer of
its expenses  incurred in connection  with the liquidation of any such defaulted
Mortgage  Loan and prior  unreimbursed  advances of principal  and interest with
respect thereto will be deposited in the  Certificate  Account when realized and
will be  distributed to Owners of  Certificates  on the next  Distribution  Date
following the month of receipt.

         The Servicer will expend its own funds to restore  property  securing a
Mortgage Loan which has sustained  uninsured  damage only if it determines  that
such  restoration  will increase the proceeds to the Trust of liquidation of the
Mortgage Loan after the reimbursement to the Servicer of its expenses.


                                       20

<PAGE>



         If specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Servicer will
maintain  with one or more  depository  institutions  one or more  accounts into
which it will deposit all payments of taxes, insurance premiums,  assessments or
comparable  items received for the account of the Mortgagors.  Withdrawals  from
such account or accounts may be made only to effect payment of taxes,  insurance
premiums,  assessments  or  comparable  items,  to reimburse the Servicer out of
related  collections for any cost incurred in paying taxes,  insurance  premiums
and  assessments  or  otherwise  preserving  or  protecting  the  value  of  the
Mortgages,  to refund to Mortgagors any amounts determined to be overages and to
pay interest to mortgagors on balances in such account or accounts to the extent
required by law.

         So long as it acts as servicer of the Mortgage Loans, the Servicer will
be required to maintain certain  insurance  covering errors and omissions in the
performance of its  obligations  as servicer and certain  fidelity bond coverage
ensuring  against  losses  through  wrongdoing  of its  officers,  employees and
agents.

Standard Hazard Insurance

         The  Servicer  will be  required  to cause to be  maintained,  for each
Mortgage Loan, a standard hazard insurance  policy with extended  coverage in an
amount which is at least equal to the lesser of the original  principal  balance
of the Mortgage Loan or the replacement cost of the related Mortgaged  Property.
Where any part of any improvement to the related Mortgage Property is located in
an area  identified by the Flood Emergency  Management  Agency as having special
flood  hazards and flood  insurance  has been made  available,  the  Servicer is
required to cause to be maintained with a generally acceptable insurance carrier
a flood insurance policy meeting the  requirements of the current  guidelines of
the Federal Insurance  Administration,  providing coverage in an amount not less
than (i) the original principal balance of the Mortgage Loan, (ii) the insurable
value of the related Mortgage Property, or (iii) the maximum amount of insurance
available under the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended, whichever
is less.  Each  Agreement may provide that the related  Servicer may satisfy its
obligation to cause hazard  insurance to be maintained by  maintaining a blanket
policy  insuring  against  hazard loss on the  Mortgage  Loans  serviced by such
Servicer.

         Additional  insurance  coverage for specific  properties  in a Mortgage
Loan Pool included in the Trust for a series of  Certificates  will be described
in the related Prospectus Supplement.

Title Insurance Policies

         The Agreement will require that the lien on each Mortgaged  Property is
insured by a valid title insurance  policy and that such title insurance  policy
contain  no  coverage  exceptions,   except  those  permitted  pursuant  to  the
guidelines heretofore established by Seller and amended from time to time.

Claims  Under  Standard  Hazard  Insurance  Policies;   Other  Realization  Upon
Defaulted Loans

         Each  Servicer  will  present  claims to the hazard  insurer  under any
related  standard hazard  insurance  policy.  All collections  under any related
standard  hazard  insurance  policy  (less any  proceeds  to be  applied  to the
restoration or repair of the related Mortgaged Property) will be remitted to the
Trustee.

         If any  Mortgaged  Property  securing a defaulted  Multifamily  Loan is
damaged and proceeds,  if any, from the related standard hazard insurance policy
are insufficient to restore the damaged property, each Servicer will be required
to expend its own finds to restore  the  damaged  property.  In the event that a
Servicer fails to make a required  expenditure,  another party, such as a Master
Servicer or Trustee,  may be required to make such  expenditure  as specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement. In either case, the Servicer will be required
to make such expenditures only to the extent it determines such expenditures are
recoverable from Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds.

         Foreclosure  proceedings  will be conducted  by the  Servicer  with the
concurrence  of  the  Depositor.  If the  proceeds  of  any  liquidation  of the
Mortgaged  Property  securing  the  defaulted  Mortgage  Loan are less  than the
Principal Balance of the defaulted  Mortgage Loan plus interest accrued thereon,
a loss will be realized on such

                                       21

<PAGE>



Mortgage  Loan,  to  the  extent  the  applicable  Credit   Enhancement  is  not
sufficient,  in the amount of such  difference  plus the  aggregate  of expenses
which are incurred by the Servicer in connection with such proceedings and which
are reimbursable under the Agreement.  In such case there will be a reduction in
the value of the Mortgage  Loans and the Trust may be unable to recover the full
amount of principal and interest due thereon.

Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses

         As  compensation  for  its  servicing  duties,  each  Servicer  will be
entitled  to a monthly  servicing  fee in the amount  specified  in the  related
Prospectus  Supplement.  In addition to the primary compensation,  each Servicer
will retain all late payment charges, to the extent collected from Mortgagors.

         As set forth above, each Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement for
certain expenses  incurred by it in connection with the liquidation of defaulted
Mortgage Loans and in connection  with advancing  delinquent  payments.  No loss
will be suffered on the  Certificates  by reason of such  expenses to the extent
claims for such expenses are paid directly under any form of Credit Enhancement.
In the event,  however, that the defaulted Mortgage Loans are not covered by any
form of Credit  Enhancement,  or claims  are  either not made or paid under such
policies or Credit  Enhancement,  or if coverage  thereunder has ceased,  such a
loss will  occur to the  extent  that the  proceeds  from the  liquidation  of a
defaulted  Mortgage Loan, after  reimbursement of the Servicer's  expenses,  are
less than the Principal Balance of such defaulted Mortgage Loan.


                           POOLING AND ADMINISTRATION

         The following  summaries  describe certain provisions of the Agreement.
The summaries do not purport to be complete and are subject to, and qualified in
their  entirety  by  reference  to,  the  provisions  of  the  Agreement.  Where
particular  provisions  or terms used in the  Agreement  are  referred  to, such
provisions or terms are as specified in the Agreement.  In addition,  certain of
the  following  summaries  only  apply to an  Agreement  relating  to  series of
Certificates for which the related Trust includes Mortgage Loans.  Provisions of
the  Agreement  relating to series of  Certificates  for which the related Trust
includes other types of Mortgage  Assets will be summarized and described in the
related Prospectus Supplement.

Assignment of Mortgage Assets

         Assignment of the Mortgage Loans. The Depositor will cause the Mortgage
Loans  constituting  the  Mortgage  Loan  Pool to be  assigned  to the  Trustee,
together  with  principal  and  interest  due on or with respect to the Mortgage
Loans  on and  after  the  Cut-Off  Date  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement.  The Trustee will,  concurrently with such assignment,  authenticate
and  deliver  the  Certificates.  Each  Mortgage  Loan will be  identified  in a
schedule   appearing  as  an  exhibit  to  the  Agreement  (the  "Mortgage  Loan
Schedule").  The  Mortgage  Loan  Schedule  may  specify,  with  respect to each
Mortgage Loan: the original  principal amount of the adjusted  principal balance
as of the close of business of the Cut-Off  Date;  the Mortgage  Loan Rate;  the
current  scheduled  monthly  payment of  principal,  if any, and  interest;  the
amortization  schedule,  including the term and any balloon payment requirement;
the  maturity  of the  Mortgage  Loan;  if the  Mortgage  Loan is an  Adjustable
Mortgage  Loan,  the  initial  Adjustable  Mortgage  Loan Rate,  the maximum and
minimum permitted Adjustable Mortgage Loan Rate, if any, the Adjustable Mortgage
Loan Rate as of the Cut-Off Date,  and the original and current  margin over the
index, if any.

         In addition,  the Depositor will, as to each Mortgage Loan,  deliver or
cause to be  delivered  to the  Trustee,  the  mortgage  note  endorsed  without
recourse,  the mortgage or deed of trust with  evidence of  recording  indicated
thereon and an assignment of the instrument to the Trust in recordable form (but
not yet recorded).

         Each seller of Mortgage Loans generally will represent, with respect to
the Mortgage Loans sold by it, among other things, that (i) immediately prior to
the transfer and assignment of the Mortgage Loans, the seller had good title to,
and was the sole owner of, each  Mortgage  Loan and there has been no other sale
or assignment thereof, (ii) as of the date of such transfer,  the Mortgage Loans
are subject to no offsets, defenses or counterclaims,

                                       22

<PAGE>



(iii)  each  Mortgage  Loan at the time it was  made  complied  in all  material
respects with applicable state and federal laws, including usury, and disclosure
laws,  (iv) a lender's  policy of title  insurance was issued on the date of the
origination  of each  Mortgage Loan and each such policy is valid and remains in
full force and effect,  (v) as of the date of such transfer,  each mortgage note
subject to the agreement is a valid first lien on the related Mortgaged Property
(subject  only to (a) the lien of current real property  taxes and  assessments,
(b) covenants,  conditions and restrictions,  rights of way, easements and other
matters  of public  record as of the date of  recording  of such  instrument  of
indebtedness, such exceptions appearing of record and either being acceptable to
mortgage  lending  institutions  generally  or  specifically  reflected  in  the
appraisal made in connection with the  origination of the related  Mortgage Loan
and (c) other matters to which like properties are commonly subject which do not
materially  interfere with the benefits of the security  intended to be provided
by the instrument of indebtedness)  and such property is free of material damage
and is in good repair, (vi) as of the date of such transfer, no Mortgage Loan is
more than 31 days  delinquent  in  payment  and there are no  delinquent  tax or
assessment liens against the related apartment  project,  and (vii) with respect
to  each  Mortgage  Loan,  if the  Mortgaged  Property  is  located  in an  area
identified by the  Secretary of HUD as having  special flood hazards and subject
in  certain  circumstances  to the  availability  of flood  insurance  under the
National Flood  Insurance Act of 1968, as amended,  such  Mortgaged  Property is
covered by flood  insurance if applicable  regulations at the time such Mortgage
Loan was originated required that such flood insurance coverage be obtained.

         All the representations and warranties of an originator in respect of a
Mortgage Loan will have been made as of the date on which such  originator  sold
the Mortgage Loan to the Depositor or its  affiliate;  the date as of which such
representations  and warranties were made may be a date prior to the date of the
initial issuance of the related series of Certificates.  A substantial period of
time may have  elapsed  between  the date as of which  the  representations  and
warranties  were made and the later  date of  initial  issuance  of the  related
series of Certificates.  Because the  representations and warranties referred to
in the  preceding  paragraph  are  expected to be the only  representations  and
warranties  that  will be made by an  originator,  the  originator's  repurchase
obligations described below will not arise if, during the period commencing on a
date of sale  of a  Mortgage  Loan by the  originator  to the  Depositor  or its
affiliate,  the  relevant  event  occurs  that  would have given rise to such an
obligation  had the event  occurred  prior to the sale of the affected  Mortgage
Loan. Nothing,  however, has come to the Depositor's  attention that would cause
it to  believe  that  the  representations  and  warranties  referred  to in the
preceding  paragraph will not be accurate and complete in all material  respects
in respect of Mortgage  Loans as of the date of initial  issuance of the related
series of Certificates.

         Assignment of Mortgage-Backed  Securities. With respect to each series,
the Depositor will cause any Mortgage-Backed  Securities included in the related
Trust  to be  registered  in the  name  of the  Trustee.  The  Trustee  (or  its
custodian) will have possession of any certificated  Mortgage-Backed Securities.
Unless otherwise  specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Trustee
will not be in possession of or be assignee of record of any  underlying  assets
for a Mortgage-Backed Security. Each Mortgage-Backed Security will be identified
in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to the related Agreement which may specify
certain information with respect to such security, including, as applicable, the
original principal amount, outstanding principal balance as of the Cut-Off Date,
annual  pass-through  rate or interest  rate and maturity date and certain other
pertinent  information for each such security.  The Depositor will represent and
warrant to the Trustee,  among other things,  the information  contained in such
schedule is true and correct and that  immediately  prior to the transfer of the
related securities to the Trustee,  the Depositor had good title to, and was the
sole owner of, each such security.

         Repurchase or Substitution  of Mortgage Loans.  The Trustee will review
the documents delivered to it with respect to the Mortgage Loans included in the
related  Trust.  If any document is not delivered or is found to be defective in
any material  respect and the Seller  cannot  deliver such document or cure such
defect within 90 days after notice  thereof (which the Trustee will undertake to
give within 45 days of the delivery of such  documents),  and if any other party
obligated to deliver  such  document or cure such defect has not done so and has
not substituted or repurchased the affected Mortgage Loan, then the Seller will,
not later than the first date  designated  for the deposit of payments  into the
Certificate  Account (a "Deposit  Date")  which is more than ten days after such
90-day  period,  (a) if so  provided  in the  Prospectus  Supplement  remove the
affected  Mortgage Loan from the Trust and substitute one or more other Mortgage
Loans  therefor or (b) to  repurchase  the Mortgage  Loan from the Trustee for a
price equal to 100% of its Principal  Balance plus one month's  interest thereon
at the applicable Remittance Rate.

                                       23

<PAGE>



This repurchase and, if applicable, substitution obligation constitutes the sole
remedy  available to the Trustee  against the Seller for a material  defect in a
document relating to a Mortgage Loan.

         The   Seller   will  agree  to  either  (a)  cure  any  breach  of  any
representation  or warranty that materially and adversely  affects the interests
of the Trust in a Mortgage Loan (each,  a "Defective  Mortgage  Loan") within 90
days of its  discovery  by the Seller or its receipt of notice  thereof from the
Trustee,  (b) repurchase  such Defective  Mortgage Loan not later than the first
Deposit  Date which is more than ten days after such  90-day  period for a price
equal to 100% of its Principal  Balance plus one month's interest thereon at the
applicable Remittance Rate, or (c) if so specified in the Prospectus Supplement,
to remove the affected  Mortgage Loan from the Trust and  substitute one or more
other  mortgage  loans  or  contracts  therefor.  Such  purchase  price  will be
deposited in the Certificate  Account on such Deposit Date. This repurchase and,
if  applicable,  substitution  obligation  will  constitute  the  sole  remedies
available to the Trustee for any such breach.

         If a REMIC election is to be made with respect to all or a portion of a
Trust,  there may be federal  income tax  limitations on the right to substitute
Multifamily Loans.

Evidence as to Compliance

         The Agreement  will provide that on or before a specified  date in each
year,  beginning  the first  such date  that is at least a  specified  number of
months after the Cut-Off Date, a firm of  independent  public  accountants  will
furnish a statement to the Trustee to the effect that,  based on an  examination
of certain  specified  documents  and records  relating to the  servicing of the
Servicer's  mortgage loan portfolio  conducted  substantially in compliance with
the audit  program for mortgages  serviced for FNMA or FHLMC,  the United States
Department  of Housing and Urban  Development  Mortgage  Audit  Standards or the
Uniform Single Audit Program for Mortgage  Bankers (the  "Applicable  Accounting
Standards"),  such firm is of the opinion that such servicing has been conducted
in  compliance  with the  Applicable  Accounting  Standards  except for (a) such
exceptions  as such firm  shall  believe  to be  immaterial  and (b) such  other
exceptions as shall be set forth in such statement.

The Trustee

         Any commercial bank or trust company serving as Trustee may have normal
banking  relationships  with the  Depositor.  In addition,  the Servicer and the
Trustee acting jointly will have the power and the responsibility for appointing
co-trustees  or separate  trustees of all or any part of the Trust relating to a
particular series of Certificates. In the event of such appointment, all rights,
powers,  duties and  obligations  conferred  or imposed  upon the Trustee by the
Agreement  shall be  conferred  or imposed  upon the Trustee  and such  separate
trustee or  co-trustee  jointly,  or, in any  jurisdiction  in which the Trustee
shall be incompetent or  unqualified to perform  certain acts,  singly upon such
separate  trustee or  co-trustee  who shall  exercise  and perform  such rights,
powers, duties and obligations solely at the direction of the Trustee.

         The  Trustee  will  make  no  representations  as to  the  validity  or
sufficiency  of the  Agreement,  the  Certificates  or of any  Mortgage  Loan or
Mortgage-Backed  Securities or related document, and will not be accountable for
the use or  application  by the  Depositor of any funds paid to the Depositor in
respect of the Certificates or the related assets,  or amounts  deposited in the
Certificate  Account or deposited into the Distribution  Account. If no Event of
Default,  as defined  herein,  has  occurred,  the  Trustee  will be required to
perform  only those  duties  specifically  required  of it under the  Agreement.
However, upon receipt of the various certificates,  reports or other instruments
required to be  furnished to it, the Trustee will be required to examine them to
determine whether they conform to the requirements of the Agreement.

         The Trustee may resign at any time,  and the  Depositor  may remove the
Trustee if the  Trustee  ceases to be  eligible  to  continue  as such under the
Agreement,  if the Trustee becomes insolvent or in such other instances, if any,
as are set forth in the Agreement.  Following any  resignation or removal of the
Trustee,  the Servicer  will be obligated  to appoint a successor  Trustee.  Any
resignation  or removal of the Trustee and  appointment  of a successor  Trustee
does not become  effective until  acceptance of the appointment by the successor
Trustee.


                                       24

<PAGE>



Administration of the Certificate Account

         The Agreement will require that the  Certificate  Account be either (i)
maintained with a depository  institution the debt  obligations of which (or, in
the  case of a  depository  institution  which  is a part of a  holding  company
structure,  the debt  obligations of the holding company of which) have a rating
acceptable to each rating agency that rated the Certificates, or (ii) an account
or accounts the deposits in which are fully insured by either the Bank Insurance
Fund (the "BIF") or the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") of the FDIC.
The collateral  eligible to secure amounts in the Certificate Account is limited
to United States government securities and other investments  acceptable to each
rating  agency that was requested to rate such series of  Certificates,  and may
include one or more  Certificates of a series  ("Eligible  Investments").  If so
specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  a Certificate  Account may be
maintained  as an interest  bearing  account,  or the funds held  therein  maybe
invested pending each succeeding Remittance Date in Eligible Investments.  If so
specified  in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Servicer or its designee
will be entitled to receive any such interest or other income earned on funds in
the Certificate Account as additional compensation. The Servicer will deposit in
the  Certificate  Account  from  amounts  previously  deposited  by it into  the
Servicer's  Custodial  Account  on the  related  Remittance  Date the  following
payments  and  collections  received or made by it on and after the Cut-Off Date
(including  scheduled  payments of  principal  and interest due on and after the
Cut-Off Date but received before the Cut-Off Date):

                  (i) all Mortgagor payments on account of principal,  including
         Principal  Prepayments  and, if  specified  in the  related  Prospectus
         Supplement, prepayment penalties:

                  (ii) all Mortgagor  payments on account of interest,  adjusted
         to the Remittance Rate;

                  (iii)  all   Liquidation   Proceeds  net  of  certain  amounts
         reimbursed to the Servicers, as described above;

                  (iv) all Insurance Proceeds, other than proceeds to be applied
         to the restoration or repair of the related property or released to the
         Mortgagor and net of certain  amounts  reimbursed to the Servicers,  as
         described above;

                  (v) all  condemnation  awards  or  settlements  which  are not
         released  to  the  Mortgagor  in  accordance   with  normal   servicing
         procedures;

                  (vi) any advances  made as described  under  "Servicing of the
         Mortgage  Loans -- Advances" and certain other amounts  required  under
         the Agreement to be deposited in the Certificate Account;

                  (vii) all proceeds of any Mortgage  Loan or property  acquired
         in respect thereof repurchased by the Servicer, the Seller or otherwise
         as described above or under "Termination" below;

                  (viii) all  amounts,  if any,  required to be deposited in the
         Certificate Account from any Credit Enhancement for the related series;
         and

                  (ix)  all  other  amounts  required  to be  deposited  in  the
         Certificate Account pursuant to the related Agreement.

Reports

         Concurrently with each  distribution on the  Certificates,  a statement
generally  setting forth,  to the extent  applicable to any series,  among other
things:

                  (i) the  aggregate  amount of such  distribution  allocable to
         principal, separately identifying the amount allocable to each class;


                                       25

<PAGE>



                  (ii) the amount of such  distribution  allocable  to interest,
         separately identifying the amount allocable to each class;

                  (iii) the  aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balance  of each
         class of the Certificates  after giving effect to distributions on such
         Distribution Date;

                  (iv) the aggregate  Certificate Principal Balance of any class
         of Compound Interest  Certificates  after giving effect to any increase
         in such  Principal  Balance  that  results from the accrual of interest
         that is not yet distributable thereon;

                  (v) if  applicable,  the  amount  otherwise  distributable  to
         Owners of any class of  Certificates  that was distributed to Owners of
         other classes of Certificates;

                  (vi) if any class of Certificates has priority in the right to
         receive Principal  Prepayments,  the amount of Principal Prepayments in
         respect of the related Mortgage Assets;

                  (vii) the aggregate  principal  balance and number of Mortgage
         Loans  which  were  delinquent  as to a total  of two  installments  of
         principal and interest; and

                  (viii) the  aggregate  principal  balances of  Mortgage  Loans
         which (a) were delinquent  30-59 days, 60-89 days, and 90 days or more,
         and (b) were in foreclosure.

         Customary  information deemed necessary for Owners to prepare their tax
returns will be furnished annually.

Forward Commitments; Pre-Funding

         The Trustee of a Trust may enter into a  Pre-Funding  Agreement for the
transfer of additional  Mortgage Loans to such Trust following the date on which
such Trust is established and the related  Certificates are issued.  The Trustee
of a Trust may enter into  Pre-Funding  Agreements to permit the  acquisition of
additional  Mortgage  Loans that could not be delivered by the Depositor or have
not  formally  completed  the  origination  process,  in each case  prior to the
Delivery Date. Any Pre-Funding Agreement will require that any Mortgage Loans so
transferred to a Trust conform to the requirements specified in such Pre-Funding
Agreement.  If a Pre-Funding  Agreement is to be utilized,  the related  Trustee
will be required to deposit in the  Pre-Funding  Account all or a portion of the
proceeds  received  by the  Trustee in  connection  with the sale of one or more
classes of  Certificates of the related  series;  the additional  Mortgage Loans
will be transferred to the related Trust in exchange for money released from the
related  Pre-Funding  Account.  Each Pre-Funding  Agreement will set a specified
period during which any such transfers must occur. The Pre-Funding  Agreement or
the related  Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  will require that, if all moneys
originally  deposited to such Pre-Funding  Account are not so used by the end of
such specified period,  then any remaining moneys will be applied as a mandatory
prepayment of the related class or classes of  Certificates  as specified in the
related  Prospectus  Supplement.  The specified  period for the acquisition by a
Trust of additional  Mortgage  Loans is not expected to exceed three months from
the date such Trust is established.

Servicer Events of Default

         "Events of Default" under the Agreement will consist of (i) any failure
by the Servicer to duly observe or perform in any material  respect any other of
its covenants or agreements in the Agreement  materially affecting the rights of
Owners which continues unremedied for 60 days after the giving of written notice
of such  failure to the  Depositor  by the  Trustee or to the  Servicer  and the
Trustee by the Owners of Certificates  evidencing interests aggregating not less
than 25% of the  affected  class of  Certificates;  and (ii)  certain  events of
insolvency,  readjustment  of debt,  marshaling  of assets  and  liabilities  or
similar  proceedings  and  certain  actions  by  the  Depositor  indicating  its
insolvency, reorganization or inability to pay its obligations.


                                       26

<PAGE>



         If specified in the  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Agreement will permit
the Trustee to sell the Mortgage  Loans or  Mortgage-Backed  Securities  and the
other  assets of the Trust in the event that  payments  in respect  thereto  are
insufficient to make payments required in the Agreement. The assets of the Trust
will be sold only under the  circumstances  and in the manner  specified  in the
Prospectus Supplement.

Rights Upon Servicer Event of Default

         As long as an Event of Default under the Agreement  remains  unremedied
by the  Servicer,  the  Trustee,  or, to the extent  provided in the  Prospectus
Supplement,  a provider of Credit  Enhancement  and Owners of  Certificates  may
terminate all the rights and  obligations  of the Servicer  under the Agreement,
whereupon the Trustee,  or a new Servicer  appointed  pursuant to the Agreement,
will succeed to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the Servicer
under the Agreement and will be entitled to similar  compensation  arrangements.
The Servicer shall be entitled to payment of certain amounts payable to it under
the Agreement,  notwithstanding  the  termination of its activities as servicer.
Following such termination,  the Depositor shall appoint any established housing
finance institution  satisfying the qualification  standards  established in the
Agreement to act as successor to the Servicer  under the  Agreement.  If no such
successor shall have been appointed  within 30 days following such  termination,
then  either the  Depositor  or the Trustee  may  petition a court of  competent
jurisdiction  for  the  appointment  of  a  successor   Servicer.   Pending  the
appointment of a successor Servicer, the Trustee shall act as Administrator. The
Trustee,  the  Depositor  and  such  successor  may  agree  upon  the  servicing
compensation to be paid,  which in no event may be greater than the compensation
to the Servicer under such Agreement.

         The Owners of Certificates  will not have any right under the Agreement
to  institute  any  proceeding  with  respect  to  the  Agreement,  unless  they
previously  have given to the Trustee  written  notice of default and unless the
Owners of the percentage of Certificates  specified in the Prospectus Supplement
have made written request to the Trustee to institute such proceeding in its own
name as Trustee thereunder and have offered to the Trustee reasonable  indemnity
and the  Trustee  for 60 days has  neglected  or refused to  institute  any such
proceedings.  However, the Trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of the
trusts or powers vested in it by the Agreement or to make any  investigation  of
matters  arising  thereunder or to institute,  conduct or defend any  litigation
thereunder or in relation  thereto at the request,  order or direction of any of
the Owners,  unless such Owners have offered to the Trustee reasonable  security
or indemnity  against the costs,  expenses and liabilities which may be incurred
therein or thereby.

Amendment

         The  Agreement  may be amended by the  Depositor,  the Servicer and the
Trustee,  without  the  consent of the Owners of the  Certificates,  to cure any
ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision therein which may be defective
or inconsistent with any other provision  therein,  to take any action necessary
to maintain REMIC status of any Trust as to which a REMIC election has been made
or to add any other  provisions  with  respect to matters or  questions  arising
under the Agreement which are not materially inconsistent with the provisions of
the Agreement; provided that such action will not, as evidenced by an opinion of
counsel  satisfactory to the Trustee,  adversely  affect in any material respect
the interests of any Owners of  Certificates  of that series.  The Agreement may
also be amended by the Depositor,  the Servicer and the Trustee with the consent
of the Owners of the Certificates evidencing interests aggregating not less than
66% of the aggregate  Certificate  Principal  Balance of the Certificates of the
applicable series for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any
manner or eliminating any of the provisions of such Agreement or of modifying in
any  manner  the  rights  of the  Owners  of the  Certificates  of that  series;
provided,  however,  that no such  amendment  may (i)  reduce in any  manner the
amount of, or delay the timing  of,  collections  of  payments  received  on the
related  Mortgage Assets or  distributions  which are required to be made on any
Certificate  without  the  consent  of the  Owners  of  such  Certificate,  (ii)
adversely  affect in any  material  respect the  interests  of the Owners of any
class of Certificates in any manner other than as described in (i),  without the
consent of the Owners of Certificates of such class evidencing not less than 66%
of the  interests  of such class or (iii)  reduce the  aforesaid  percentage  of
Certificates of any class required to consent to any such amendment, without the
consent of the Owners of all Certificates of such class then outstanding,


                                       27

<PAGE>



Termination

         The obligations of the Depositor, the Servicer, and the Trustee created
by the Agreement will terminate upon the payment as required by the Agreement of
all amounts held by the Servicer or in the  Certificate  Account and required to
be paid to them pursuant to the Agreement after the later of (i) the maturity or
other  liquidation of the last Mortgage Asset subject thereto or the disposition
of all property  acquired upon foreclosure of any such Mortgage Loan or (ii) the
repurchase by the Depositor from the Trust of all the  outstanding  Certificates
or  all  remaining  assets  in the  Trust.  The  Agreement  will  establish  the
repurchase price for the assets in the Trust and the allocation of such purchase
price among the classes of Certificates.  The exercise of such right will effect
early retirement of the Certificates of that series,  but the Depositor's  right
so to  repurchase  will be subject to the  conditions  described  in the related
Prospectus Supplement.  If a REMIC election is to be made with respect to all or
a portion of a Trust,  there may be additional  conditions to the termination of
such Trust which will be described in the related Prospectus  Supplement.  In no
event,  however,  will the trust  created by the Agreement  continue  beyond the
expiration  of 21 years from the death of the survivor of certain  persons named
in the  Agreement.  The Trustee will give written  notice of  termination of the
Agreement  to each  Owner  and the  final  distribution  will be made  only upon
surrender and  cancellation  of the  Certificates  at an office or agency of the
Trustee specified in such notice of termination.

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         Substantially all the net proceeds to be received from the sale of each
series of  Certificates  will be applied  to the  simultaneous  purchase  of the
Mortgage  Assets related to such series (or to reimburse the amounts  previously
used to effect such a  purchase),  the costs of carrying  such  Mortgage  Assets
until sale of the Certificates and to pay other expenses.

                                  THE DEPOSITOR

         The Depositor will have no obligations or responsibilities with respect
to any Mortgage  Loan.  The Depositor  does not have,  nor is it expected in the
future to have, any significant net worth.

         As specified in the related  Prospectus  Supplement,  the Servicer with
respect to any series of Certificates evidencing interests in Mortgage Loans may
be an affiliate of the Depositor. The Depositor anticipates that it will acquire
Mortgage  Assets in the open  market or in  privately  negotiated  transactions,
which may be through or from an affiliate.

         Neither  the  Depositor  nor  any  of its  affiliates  will  insure  or
guarantee the Certificates of any series.


                  CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE MORTGAGE ASSETS

         The following discussion contains summaries of certain legal aspects of
multifamily  mortgage  loans  which are  general in nature.  Because  such legal
aspects are governed  primarily by  applicable  state law (which laws may differ
substantially),  the  summaries do not purport to be complete nor to reflect the
laws of any particular  state,  nor to encompass the laws of all states in which
the security for the Mortgage Loans is situated.  The summaries are qualified in
their entirety be reference to the  applicable  federal and state laws governing
the Mortgage Loans.

The Mortgage Loans

General

         The Mortgage Loans will be secured either by mortgages,  deeds of trust
or deeds to secure debt,  depending upon the prevailing practice in the state in
which the Mortgaged Property is located. A mortgage creates a lien upon the real
property encumbered by the mortgage. It is not prior to the lien for real estate
taxes and  assessments.  Priority between  mortgages  depends on their terms and
generally on the order of filing with a state or county office.

                                       28

<PAGE>



There are two parties to a mortgage:  the  mortgagor,  who is the  borrower  and
homeowner or the land trustee (as described  below),  and the mortgagee,  who is
the  lender.  Under the  mortgage  instrument,  the  mortgagor  delivers  to the
mortgagee a note or bond and the  mortgage.  Although a deed of trust is similar
to  a   mortgage,   a  deed  of  trust   formally   has   three   parties,   the
borrower-homeowner  called  the  trustor  (similar  to a  mortgagor),  a  lender
(similar to a  mortgagee)  called the  beneficiary,  and a  third-party  grantee
called the trustee.  Under a deed of trust,  the borrower  grants the  property,
irrevocably until the debt is paid, in trust and generally with a power of sale,
to the trustee to secure  payment of the  obligation.  The  trustee's  authority
under a deed of  trust  and  the  mortgagee's  authority  under a  mortgage  are
governed by law, the express provisions of the deed of trust or mortgage and, in
some cases, the directions of the beneficiary.

Leases and Rents

         Mortgages  that  encumber  income-producing  property  often contain an
assignment  of rents and leases,  pursuant to which the borrower  assigns to the
lender the borrower's right, title and interest as landlord under each lease and
the income derived therefrom, while (unless rents are to be paid directly to the
lender)  retaining a revocable license to collect the rents for so long as there
is no default.  If the borrower defaults,  the license terminates and the lender
is  entitled to collect  the rents.  Local law may require  that the lender take
possession  of the property  and/or  obtain a  court-appointed  receiver  before
becoming entitled to collect the rents.

         In most  states,  hotel and motel  room rates are  considered  accounts
receivable under the Uniform  Commercial Code ("UCC");  in cases where hotels or
motels constitute loan security, the rates are generally pledged by the borrower
as additional security for the loan. In general,  the lender must file financing
statements in order to perfect its security  interest in the rates and must file
continuation  statements,  generally every five years, to maintain perfection of
such security interest.  Even if the lender's security interest in room rates is
perfected under the UCC, it will generally be required to commence a foreclosure
action or otherwise take possession of the property in order to collect the room
rates following a default.

Foreclosure

         Foreclosure  of  a  deed  of  trust  is  generally  accomplished  by  a
non-judicial trustee's sale under a specific provision in the deed of trust that
authorizes the trustee to sell the property to a third party upon any default by
the borrower under the terms of the note or deed of trust.  In some states,  the
trustee must record a notice of default and send a copy to the  borrower-trustor
and any person who has  recorded a request for a copy of a notice of default and
notice of sale. In addition,  the trustee must provide  notice in some states to
any other  individual  having an interest in the real  property,  including  any
junior  lienholders.   The  borrower,  or  any  other  person  having  a  junior
encumbrance on the real estate,  may,  during a reinstatement  period,  cure the
default  by paying  the entire  amount in  arrears  plus the costs and  expenses
incurred in enforcing the obligation.  Generally,  state law controls the amount
of  foreclosure  expenses  and costs,  including  attorney's  fees' which may be
recovered by a lender. If the deed of trust is not reinstated,  a notice of sale
must be posted in a public place and, in most states,  published  for a specific
period of time in one or more newspapers.  In addition,  some state laws require
that a copy of the  notice  of sale be posted  on the  property  and sent to all
parties having an interest in the real property.

         Foreclosure of a mortgage is generally accomplished by judicial action.
The action is  initiated  by the  service of legal  pleadings  upon all  parties
having an interest in the real property. Delays in completion of the foreclosure
may  occasionally   result  from  difficulties  in  locating  necessary  parties
defendant.  Judicial  foreclosure  proceedings are often not protested by any of
the parties  defendant.  However,  when the  mortgagee's  right to  foreclose is
contested,  the legal  proceedings  necessary  to resolve  the issue can be time
consuming.  After the completion of judicial  foreclosure,  the court  generally
issues a judgment of  foreclosure  and appoints a referee or other court officer
to conduct the sale of the property.

         In case of foreclosure  under either a mortgage or a deed of trust, the
sale by the  referee or other  designated  officer or by the trustee is a public
sale.  However,  because of the  difficulty a potential  buyer at the sale would
have in determining the exact status of title and because the physical condition
of the property may have  deteriorated  during  foreclosure  proceedings,  it is
uncommon in most jurisdictions for a third party to purchase the property at

                                       29

<PAGE>



the  foreclosure  sale.  Rather it is common  for the  lender  to  purchase  the
property from the trustee or referee for an amount equal to the principal amount
of the  mortgage or deed of trust,  accrued and unpaid  interest and expenses of
foreclosure.  Thereafter,  the  lender  will  assume the  burdens of  ownership,
including paying real estate taxes, obtaining casualty insurance and making such
repairs at its own expense as are necessary to render the property  suitable for
sale.  The lender will commonly  obtain the services of a real estate broker and
pay the  broker's  commission  in  connection  with  the  sale of the  property.
Depending  upon  market  conditions,  the  ultimate  proceeds of the sale of the
property may not equal the lender's investment in the property.  Any loss may be
reduced by the receipt of any mortgage insurance proceeds.

         A sale  conducted  in  accordance  with the  terms of the power of sale
contained in a mortgage or deed of trust is  generally  presumed to be conducted
regularly  and  fairly,  and a  conveyance  of the real  property by the trustee
confers, in most states, legal title to the real property to the purchaser, free
of all junior mortgages or deeds of trust and free of all other liens and claims
subordinate  to the mortgage or deed of trust under which the sale is made (with
the exception of certain governmental liens). The purchaser's title is, however,
subject to all senior  liens,  encumbrances  and mortgages and may be subject to
mechanic's and materialman's liens in some states.

         The  proceeds  received  by the  sheriff or  trustee  from the sale are
applied  pursuant  to  the  terms  of the  deed  of  trust,  which  may  require
application  first  to the  costs,  fees  and  expenses  of  sale  and  then  in
satisfaction of the indebtedness  secured by the mortgage or deed of trust under
which the sale was conducted. In some states, any surplus money remaining may be
available to satisfy claims of the holders of junior mortgages or deeds of trust
and other junior liens and claims in order of their priority, whether or not the
mortgagor  or trustee is in default,  while in some  states,  any surplus  money
remaining  may be payable  directly to the  mortgagor  or  trustor.  Any balance
remaining is generally payable to the mortgagor or trustor.

         Right of Redemption.  In some states,  after sale pursuant to a deed of
trust or foreclosure of a mortgage,  the borrower and foreclosed  junior lienors
are  given a  statutory  period  in  which  to  redeem  the  property  following
foreclosure.  The right of redemption should be distinguished from the equity of
redemption,  which  is a non  statutory  right  that  must be  exercised  before
foreclosure.  In some  states,  redemption  may occur  only upon  payment of the
entire  principal  balance  of  the  loan,  accrued  interest  and  expenses  of
foreclosure.  In  other  states,  redemption  may be  authorized  if the  former
borrower pays only a portion of the sums due. The effect of a statutory right of
redemption  is to  diminish  the  ability of the  lender to sell the  foreclosed
property.  The rights of redemption would defeat the title of any purchaser from
the  lender   subsequent  to   foreclosure  or  sale  under  a  deed  of  trust.
Consequently,  the  practical  effect  of the  redemption  right is to force the
lender to retain  the  property  and pay the  expenses  of  ownership  until the
redemption period has run.

         ln addition, numerous other statutory provisions, including the federal
bankruptcy laws and state laws affording  relief to debtors,  may interfere with
or affect the ability of the secured mortgage lender to realize upon collateral.
For  example,  with  respect to  federal  bankruptcy  law, a court with  federal
bankruptcy  jurisdiction may permit a debtor through a Chapter 11 rehabilitative
plan  to cure a  monetary  default  in  respect  of a  mortgage  loan by  paying
arrearages within a reasonable time period and reinstating the original mortgage
loan payment  schedule even though the lender  accelerated the mortgage loan and
final judgment of foreclosure  had been entered in state court (provided no sale
of the residence had yet occurred) prior to the filing of the debtor's petition.
Some courts with federal  bankruptcy  jurisdiction have approved plans, based on
the particular  fact of the  reorganization  case, that effected the curing of a
mortgage loan default by paying arrearages over a number of years.

         Courts with federal  bankruptcy  jurisdiction  have also indicated that
the terms of a mortgage  loan secured by property of the debtor may be modified.
These courts have suggested  that such  modifications  may include  reducing the
amount of each monthly  payment,  changing  the rate of  interest,  altering the
repayment  schedule and reducing the lender's  security interest to the value of
the  residence,  thus  leaving the lender a general  unsecured  creditor for the
difference between the value of the residence and the outstanding balance of the
loan.

         The Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,  as amended,  provides  priority to
certain tax liens over the lien of the mortgage.


                                       30

<PAGE>



         Enforceability  of Certain  Provisions.  Certain of the Mortgage  Loans
will contain due-on-sale classes.  These clauses permit the lender to accelerate
the  maturity  of a loan  if the  borrower  sells,  transfers,  or  conveys  the
property.  The enforceability of these clauses was the subject of legislation or
litigation in many states, and in some cases the enforceability of these clauses
was limited or denied. However, the Garn-St. Germain Depository Institutions Act
of 1982 (the "Garn-St.  Germain Act") preempts state  constitutional,  statutory
and case law  prohibiting  the  enforcement of  due-on-sale  clauses and permits
lenders to enforce  these  clauses in  accordance  with their terms,  subject to
certain limited exceptions. The Garn-St. Germain Act does "encourage" lenders to
permit  assumption  of loans at the  original  rate of interest or at some other
rate less than the average of the original rate and the market rate.

         The  Garn-St.  Germain Act also sets forth nine  specific  instances in
which a mortgage lender covered by the Garn-St.  Germain Act (including  federal
savings and loan  associations  and federal  savings  banks) may not  exercise a
due-on-sale clause, notwithstanding the fact that a transfer of the property may
have  occurred.  These  include  intra-family  transfers,  certain  transfers by
operation of law,  leases of fewer than three years and the creation of a junior
encumbrance.  Regulations  promulgated  under the  Garn-St.  Germain  Act by the
Federal Home Loan Bank Board as  succeeded  by the Office of Thrift  Supervision
("OTS"),  also  prohibit  the  imposition  of  a  prepayment  penalty  upon  the
acceleration  of a loan pursuant to a due-on-sale  clause.  Any inability of the
Depositor  to enforce  due-on-sale  clauses may affect the  average  life of the
Multifamily  Loans and the number of  Multifamily  Loans that may be outstanding
until maturity.

         Upon  foreclosure,  courts have imposed general  equitable  principles.
These equitable  principles are generally  designed to relieve the borrower from
the legal effect of his defaults under the loan documents.  Examples of judicial
remedies that have been fashioned include requirements that the lender undertake
affirmative  and expensive  actions to determine  the causes for the  borrower's
default and the likelihood that the borrower will be able to reinstate the loan.
In some cases,  courts have substituted their judgment for the lender's judgment
and have required that lenders  reinstate  loans or recast payment  schedules in
order to  accommodate  borrowers  who are  suffering  from  temporary  financial
disability.  In other  cases,  courts  have  limited  the right of the lender to
foreclose if the default under the mortgage instrument is not monetary,  such as
the  borrower  falling to  adequately  maintain  the  property  or the  borrower
executing a second  mortgage or deed of trust  affecting the property.  Finally,
some  courts  have been faced with the issue of whether or not  federal or state
constitutional  provisions  reflecting due process  concerns for adequate notice
require  that  borrowers  under deeds of trust or mortgages  receive  notices in
addition to the  statutorily-prescribed  minimum. For the most part, these cases
have upheld the notice provisions as being reasonable or have fund that the sale
by a trustee under a deed of trust,  or under a mortgage having a power of sale,
does not involve sufficient state action to afford constitutional protections to
the borrower.

         The  standard  forms of  note,  mortgage  and  deed of trust  generally
contain provisions  obligating the borrower to pay a late charge if payments are
not timely made, and in some  circumstances  may provide for prepayment  fees or
penalties if the obligation is paid prior to maturity.  In certain states, there
are or may be specific  limitations upon late charges which a lender may collect
from a borrower for delinquent  payments.  Certain states also limit the amounts
that a lender may collect from a borrower as an additional charge if the loan is
prepaid.  Under the Agreement,  late charges (to the extent permitted by law and
not waived by the  Servicer)  will be  retained by the  Servicer  as  additional
servicing compensation.

         Adjustable  Rate Loans.  The laws of certain  states may  provide  that
mortgage notes relating to adjustable rate loans are not negotiable  instruments
under the Uniform Commercial Code. In such event, the Trustee will not be deemed
to be a "holder in due  course,"  within the meaning of the  Uniform  Commercial
Code and may take such a mortgage  note subject to certain  restrictions  on its
ability  to  foreclose  and  to  certain  contractual  defenses  available  to a
mortgagor.

         Environmental  Risks. Real property pledged as security to a lender may
be subject to unforeseen  environmental risks. Under the laws of certain states,
contamination  of a property  may give rise to a lien on the  property to assure
the payment of costs of  clean-up.  In several  states such a lien has  priority
over the lien of an existing mortgage against such property. In addition,  under
the laws of some  states  and  under  the  federal  Comprehensive  Environmental
Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"), a lender may be

                                       31

<PAGE>



liable,  as an  "owner"  or  "operator,"  for costs of  addressing  releases  or
threatened  releases of hazardous  substances that require remedy at a property,
if agents or  employees of the lender have become  sufficiently  involved in the
operations of a borrower,  regardless of whether or not the environmental damage
or threat was caused by a prior  owner.  A lender also risks such  liability  on
foreclosure  of the Mortgaged  Premises.  Excluded  from CERCLA's  definition of
"owner" or "operator,"  however,  is a person "who without  participating in the
management of the facility,  holds indicia of ownership primarily to protect his
security  interest."  On  April  29,  1992,  the  United  States   Environmental
Protection  Agency ("EPA") issued a final rule intended to protect  lenders from
liability  under  CERCLA.  This rule was in response  to a 1990  decision of the
United States Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit,  United States v. Fleet
Factors Corp.,  which narrowly  construed the security interest  exemption under
CERCLA  to hold  lenders  liable if they had the  capacity  to  influence  their
borrower's  management  of  hazardous  waste.  While  the  scope of  permissible
activities  in which a lender may engage to protect  its  security  interest  is
still  uncertain and the rule will not protect a lender against  liability under
other laws or theories,  EPA's rule provides conditions under which a lender may
demonstrate that it holds indicia of ownership primarily to protect its security
interest and does not participate in the management of the facility. If a lender
is or becomes liable, it can bring an action for contribution  against the owner
or operator who created the environmental  hazard, but that person or entity may
be bankrupt or otherwise judgment proof. Such clean-up costs may be substantial.
It is possible  that such costs could become a liability of the Trust Estate and
occasion a loss in certain circumstances  described above if such remedial costs
were incurred.

         The  Agreement  provides that the Servicer may not acquire title to any
Mortgaged  Property or take over its operation unless (i) directed,  in writing,
by the Trustee to do so and (ii) the Servicer has previously  determined,  based
upon a report prepared by a person who regularly conducts  environmental audits,
that such Mortgaged Property is in compliance with applicable environmental laws
and  regulations or that such  acquisition  would not be more  detrimental  than
beneficial  to the value of the Mortgaged  Property and the interest  therein of
the Trust.  Title to any Mortgaged  Property may not be  foreclosed  upon in the
name of the Trustee without the Trustee's prior written consent.

         Leasehold  Risks.  Mortgage  Loans may be secured by a mortgage  on the
borrower's  leasehold  interest in a ground lease.  Leasehold mortgage loans are
subject to certain risks not associated with mortgage loans secured by a lien on
the fee estate of the borrower.  The most  significant of these risks is that if
the  borrower's  leasehold  were to be  terminated  upon a lease  default or the
lessee's bankruptcy,  the leasehold mortgagee would lose its security. This risk
may be lessened or  substantially  eliminated  if the ground lease  requires the
lessor  to give the  leasehold  mortgagee  notices  of  lessee  defaults  and an
opportunity to cure them,  permits the leasehold estate to be assigned to and by
the  leasehold  mortgagee or the  purchaser at a  foreclosure  sale,  grants the
leasehold mortgagee the right to a new lease if the lessee's lease is terminated
in a bankruptcy  proceeding  and contains  certain other  protective  provisions
typically included in a "mortgageable" ground lease.

         Under the  Bankruptcy  Code, a landlord in  bankruptcy  may "reject" an
unexpired  lease.  If it does, the Bankruptcy  Code permits the lessee to either
treat the least as  terminated  (an election that  "mortgageable"  ground leases
would  prohibit)  or "remain in  possession  of the  leasehold."  11 U.S.C.  ss.
365(g).  The  legislative  history of this  provision  indicates  that  Congress
intended that lessees that elected to remain  "possession of the leasehold" were
entitled to retain all of their  leasehold  rights under the reject  lease,  and
there is case law that  construes  the  Bankruptcy  Code  consistent  with  that
intent. See e.g. Chestnut Ridge Plaza Associates, L.P. v. Fox Grocery Co. (In re
Chestnut Ridge Plaza  Associates,  L.P.).  156 B.R. 477 (Bankr.  W.D. Pa. 1993).
However, some recent bankruptcy court decisions have held that a lessee's rights
under a lease  rejected by a landlord in bankruptcy  are limited to the lessee's
own physical possession of the leased premises under the terms of the lease, and
that the rejected  lease does not  otherwise  continue.  Thus,  in In re Carlton
Restaurant,  Inc.  151 B.R.  353 (Bankr.  E.D.  Pa.  1993) the court held that a
landlord's  rejection  of a lease in  bankruptcy  "excuses  [it] from  accepting
performance by a party other than a lessee who remains in possession."

         Although  none of the cases that have taken a  restrictive  view of the
rights of a lessee under a rejected lease involved a leasehold  mortgage,  whose
security  might  have been  impaired  as a result of the  court's  holding,  the
holding that a landlord  that rejects a lease in  bankruptcy  need not honor the
right to assign  that  lease or to  recognize  a sublease  casts  doubt upon the
ability of a leasehold mortgagee to realize upon its security in the case of the

                                       32

<PAGE>



bankruptcy  of the ground  lessor.  Representatives  of the real estate  lending
industry,  which has lent billions of dollars on the security of ground  leases,
have  strongly  criticized  these cases.  As a result,  Congress is  considering
legislation  that would,  if passed,  clarify the Bankruptcy Code to effectively
overrule them. However, unless and until such legislation is passed or the cases
are overruled, some uncertainty will remain and ground lessee/borrowers may find
it difficult to refinance their mortgages.

Installment Contracts

         The Mortgage Loans may also consist of Installment Contracts.  Under an
Installment Contract the seller (hereinafter  referred to in this Section as the
"lender")  retains legal title to the property and enters into an agreement with
the purchaser  (hereinafter  referred to in this Section as the  "borrower") for
the  payment  of the  purchase  price,  plus  interest,  over  the  term of such
contract.  Only after full  performance  by the  borrower of the contract is the
lender  obligated to convey title to the real estate to the  purchaser.  As with
mortgage  or deed  of  trust  financing,  during  the  effective  period  of the
Installment Contract,  the borrower is generally responsible for maintaining the
property in good  condition  and for paying real estate taxes,  assessments  and
hazard insurance premiums associated with the property.

         The method of enforcing  the rights of the lender under an  Installment
Contract  varies on a  state-by-state  basis  depending upon the extent to which
state  courts are willing,  or able  pursuant to state  statute,  to enforce the
contract  strictly  according to its terms.  The terms of Installment  Contracts
generally provide that upon a default by the borrower, the borrower loses his or
her right to occupy the property,  the entire  indebtedness is accelerated,  and
the buyer's equitable interest in the property is forfeited.  The lender in such
a situation does not have to foreclose in order to obtain title to the property,
although  in some cases a quiet  title  action is in order if the  borrower  has
filed the Installment Contract in local land records and an ejectment action may
be necessary to recover  possession.  In a few states,  particularly in cases of
borrower default during the early years of an Installment  Contract,  the courts
will permit  ejectment of the buyer and a  forfeiture  of his or her interest in
the  property.  However,  most state  legislatures  have enacted  provisions  by
analogy to mortgage law protecting  borrowers under  Installment  Contracts from
the harsh  consequences  of  forfeiture.  Under such  statutes,  a  judicial  or
nonjudicial  foreclosure  may be  required,  the lender may be  required to give
notice of default and the borrower may be granted some grace period during which
the contract may be reinstated  upon full payment of the default  amount and the
borrower  may  have a  post-foreclosure  statutory  redemption  right.  In other
states,  courts in equity may permit a borrower with  significant  investment in
the property under an Installment  Contract for the sale of real estate to share
in the proceeds of sale of the property after the  indebtedness is repaid or may
otherwise  refuse to enforce  the  forfeiture  clause.  Nevertheless,  generally
speaking, the lender's procedures for obtaining possession and clear title under
an  Installment  Contract  for the real  estate in a given state are simpler and
less  time-consuming  and costly  than are the  procedure  for  foreclosing  and
obtaining clear title to a mortgaged property.

Subordinate Financing

         Certain  of the  Mortgage  Loans may not  restrict  the  ability of the
borrower to use the  Mortgaged  Property as security for one or more  additional
loans.  Where a borrower  encumbers a Mortgaged Property with one or more junior
liens,  the senior lender is subjected to additional  risk.  First, the borrower
may have  difficulty  servicing and repaying  multiple loans.  Moreover,  if the
subordinate  financing  permits  recourse to the borrower (as is frequently  the
case) and the senior loan does not, a borrower may have more  incentive to repay
sums  due on the  subordinate  loan.  Second,  acts of the  senior  lender  that
prejudice the junior lender or impair the junior lender's  security may create a
superior equity in favor of the junior lender. For example,  if the borrower and
the  senior  lender  agree to an  increase  in the  principal  amount  of or the
interest  rate  payable  on the  senior  loan,  the  senior  lender may lose its
priority to the extent any existing  junior  lender is harmed or the borrower is
additionally burdened. Third, if the borrower defaults on the senior loan and/or
any junior loan or loans,  the  existence of junior  loans and actions  taken by
junior  lenders can impair the security  available to the senior  lender and can
interfere with or delay the taking of action by the senior lender.  Moreover the
bankruptcy  of a junior  lender  may  operate  to stay  foreclosure  or  similar
proceedings by the senior lender.

                                       33

<PAGE>




                            LEGAL INVESTMENT MATTERS

         The  Certificates  may constitute  "mortgage  related  securities"  for
purposes of SMMEA,  so long as they are rated in one of the two  highest  rating
categories by the Rating Agency or Agencies identified in the related Prospectus
Supplement  and,  as such,  would  be legal  investments  for  persons,  trusts,
corporations,  partnerships, associations, business trusts and business entities
(including but not limited to state-chartered  savings banks,  commercial banks,
saving and loan  associations and insurance  companies,  as well as trustees and
state government  employee  retirement  systems) created pursuant to or existing
under the laws of the United  States or any State  (including  the  District  of
Columbia  and Puerto  Rico) whose  authorized  investments  are subject to State
regulation to the same extent that, under applicable law,  obligations issued by
or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or any agency or
instrumentality  thereof  constitute legal investments for such entities.  Under
SMMEA,  in all  States  which  enacted  legislation  prior to  October  4,  1991
specifically  limiting the legal  investment  authority of any of such  entities
with respect to "mortgage related  securities," the Certificates will constitute
legal  investments for entities  subject to such  legislation only to the extent
provided in such legislation SMMEA provides,  however, that in no event will the
enactment  of any  such  legislation  affect  the  validity  of any  contractual
commitment to purchase,  bold or invest in any securities or require the sale or
over disposition of any securities,  so long as such contractual  commitment was
made  or  such   securities  were  acquired  prior  to  the  enactment  of  such
legislation.   Alaska,  Arkansas,  Colorado,  Connecticut,   Delaware,  Florida,
Georgia, Illinois, Kansas, Louisiana,  Maryland,  Michigan,  Missouri, Nebraska,
New Hampshire,  New York, North Carolina, Ohio, South Dakota, Utah, Virginia and
West  Virginia each enacted  legislation  overriding  the exemption  afforded by
SMMEA prior to the October 4, 1991 deadline.

         Institutions   whose   investment   activities  are  subject  to  legal
investment laws or regulations or review by certain  regulatory  authorities may
be subject to restrictions on investment in certain classes of the Certificates.
Any  financial   institution  which  is  subject  to  the  jurisdiction  of  the
Comptroller  of the  Currency,  the Board of  Governors  of the Federal  Reserve
System,  the FDIC,  the OTS, the NCUA or other  federal or state  agencies  with
similar authority should review any applicable rules, guidelines and regulations
prior  to  purchasing  the  certificates.  The  Federal  Financial  Institutions
Examination  Council,  for example, has issued a Supervisory Policy Statement on
Securities Activities effective February 10, 1992 (the "Policy Statement").  The
Policy  Statement  has been  adopted by the  Comptroller  of the  Currency,  the
Federal  Reserve  Board,  the FDIC and the OTS with  respect  to the  depository
institutions  that they  regulate.  The Policy  Statement  prohibits  depository
institutions from investing in certain  "high-risk  mortgage  securities" except
under limited circumstances,  and sets forth certain investment practices deemed
to be unsuitable for regulated  institutions.  The NCUA issued final regulations
effective  December 2, 1991 that  restrict  and in some  instances  prohibit the
investment  by  federal  credit  unions in  certain  types of  mortgage  related
securities.

         The foregoing does not take into  consideration  the  applicability  of
statutes,  rules,  reunions,  orders,  felines or agreements generally governing
investments  made  by a  particular  investor,  including,  but not  limited  to
"prudent investor" provisions,  percentage-of-assets limits and provisions which
may  restrict or  prohibit  investment  in  securities  which are not  "interest
bearing" or "income paying."

         Notwithstanding  SMMEA,  there may be other restrictions on the ability
of certain  investors,  including  depository  institutions,  either to purchase
Certificates  or to  purchase  Certificates  representing  more than a specified
percentage of the investors' assets.

         Investors  should  consult  their own  legal  advisors  in  determining
whether and to what extent the  Certificates  constitute  legal  investments for
such investors.

                              ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

         ERISA imposes  requirements  on employee  benefit plans (and on certain
other  retirement  plans  and  arrangements,   including  individual  retirement
accounts and annuities, Keogh plans and collective investment funds and separate
accounts  in  which  such  plans,   accounts  or   arrangements   are  invested)
(collectively, "Plans") subject

                                       34

<PAGE>



to ERISA and on persons who are  fiduciaries  with respect to such Plans.  Among
other things,  ERISA requires that the assets of Plans be held in trust and that
the trustee,  or other duly authorized  fiduciary,  have exclusive authority and
discretion  to manage and  control the assets of such Plan.  ERISA also  imposes
certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of Plans.  Under ERISA, any person
who exercises any authority or control  respecting the management or disposition
of the assets of a Plan is considered to be a fiduciary of such Plan (subject to
certain exceptions not here relevant).  In addition to the imposition of general
fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification,  ERISA prohibits
a broad range of  transactions  involving  Plan assets and persons  ("Parties in
Interest")  having  certain  specified  relationships  to  a  Plan  and  imposes
additional  prohibitions  where Parties in Interest are fiduciaries with respect
to such Plan.

         The  United   States   Department  of  Labor  (the  "DOL")  has  issued
regulations  concerning the definition of what constitutes the assets of a Plan.
(DOL Reg Section 2510.3-101).  Under this regulation,  the underlying assets and
properties of  corporations,  partnerships and certain other entities in which a
Plan makes an "equity"  investment  could be deemed for  purposes of ERISA to be
assets of the  investing  Plan in  certain  circumstances.  In such  cases,  the
fiduciary  making  such an  investment  for the  Plan  could be  deemed  to have
delegated his or her asset management responsibility,  and the underlying assets
and  properties  could be subject to ERISA  reporting  and  disclosure.  Certain
exceptions to the regulation may apply in the case of a Plan's investment in the
Certificates,   but  the  Depositor  cannot  predict  in  advance  whether  such
exceptions  apply  due to  the  factual  nature  of the  conditions  to be  met.
Accordingly,  because  the  Multifamily  Loans  or  Multifamily  Mortgage-Backed
Securities may be deemed Plan assets of each Plan that  purchases  Certificates,
an  investment  in the  Certificates  by a Plan might give rise to a  prohibited
transaction  under  ERISA  Sections  406 and 407 and be subject to an excise tax
under Code Section 4975 unless a statutory or administrative exemption applies.

         DOL  Prohibited  Transaction  Exemption  83-1 ("PTE 83-1") exempts from
ERISA's  prohibited  transaction  rules  certain  transactions  relating  to the
operation of residential  mortgage investment trusts and the purchase,  sale and
holding of "mortgage pool pass-through  certificates" in the initial issuance of
such certificates. PTE 83-1 permits, subject to certain conditions, transactions
which might  otherwise be prohibited  between Plans and Parties in Interest with
respect to those Plans involving the origination, maintenance and termination of
mortgage pools consisting of mortgage loans secured by first or second mortgages
or deeds of trust on single-family residential property, and the acquisition and
holding of certain  mortgage pool pass-  through  certificates  representing  an
interest in such mortgage pools by PTE.

         PTE 83-1 sets forth three  general  conditions  which must be satisfied
for any  transaction  to be eligible for  exemption:  (i) the  maintenance  of a
system of  insurance  or other  protection  for the  pooled  mortgage  loans and
property securing such loans, and for indemnifying  owners against reductions in
pass-through  payments due to property damage or defaults in loan payments in an
amount not less than the  greater  of one  percent  of the  aggregate  principal
balance of all covered  pooled  mortgage  loans or the principal  balance of the
largest  covered pooled  mortgage loan, (ii) the existence of a pool trustee who
is not an affiliate of the  Depositor,  and (iii) a limitation  on the amount of
the payments retained by the pool sponsor,  together with other funds inuring to
its benefit,  to not more than adequate  consideration  for selling the mortgage
loans plus reasonable compensation for services provided by the pool sponsor.

         Although   the  Trustee  for  any  series  of   Certificates   will  be
unaffiliated  with the  Depositor,  there can be no assurance that the system of
insurance or subordination will meet the general or specific conditions referred
to above. In addition,  the nature of a Trust's assets or the characteristics of
one or more classes of the related  series of  Certificates  may not be included
within  the scope of PTE 83-1 or any other  class  exemption  under  ERISA.  The
Prospectus  Supplement will provide  additional  information with respect to the
application of ERISA and the Code to the related Certificates.

         Several underwriters of mortgage-backed securities have applied for and
obtained ERISA  prohibited  transactions  exemptions  which are in some respects
broader  than  PTE  83-1.  Such  exemptions  can only  apply to  mortgage-backed
securities which,  among other conditions,  are sold in an offering with respect
to which such underwriter serves as the sole or a managing underwriter,  or as a
selling or placement agent. Several other

                                       35

<PAGE>



underwriters have applied for similar exemptions.  If such an exemption might be
applicable to a series of Certificates,  the related Prospectus  Supplement will
refer to such possibility.

         Each Plan  fiduciary  who is  responsible  for  making  the  investment
decisions  whether to purchase or commit to  purchase  and to hold  Certificates
must make its own  determination  as to whether  the  general  and the  specific
conditions  of PTE 83-1 have been  satisfied  or as to the  availability  of any
other  prohibited   transaction  exemptions  Each  Plan  fiduciary  should  also
determine whether,  under the general fiduciary standards of investment prudence
and  diversification,  an investment in the  Certificates is appropriate for the
Plan,  taking into  account the  overall  investment  policy of the Plan and the
composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.

         Any Plan  proposing to invest in  Certificates  should consult with its
counsel  to  confirm  that  such  investment  will not  result  in a  prohibited
transaction and will satisfy the other requirements of ERISA and the Code.

                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

         The  following  is a general  discussion  of the  anticipated  material
federal income tax  consequences  of the purchase,  ownership and disposition of
Certificates and is based upon the advice of Arter & Hadden,  special counsel to
the  Depositor.  The  discussion  below does not  purport to address all federal
income tax  consequences  that may be  applicable  to  particular  categories of
investors,  some of which may be subject to special  rules.  The  authorities on
which  this   discussion   is  based  are   subject   to  change  or   differing
interpretations,   and  any  such   change   or   interpretation   could   apply
retroactively.  This discussion  reflects the applicable  provisions of the Code
including recent amendments under the Omnibus Budget  Reconciliation Act of 1993
("OBRA"),   as  well  as  final   regulations   concerning  REMICs  (the  "REMIC
Regulations")  promulgated  on December 23, 1992,  and final  regulations  under
Sections  1271 through  1273 and 1275 of the Code  concerning  debt  instruments
promulgated on January 27, 1994 (the "OID  Regulations").  The Depositor intends
to rely on the OID Regulations  for all  Certificates  offered  pursuant to this
Prospectus;  however,  investors should be aware that the OID Regulations do not
adequately address certain issues relevant to prepayable securities, such as the
Certificates. Investors should consult their own tax advisors in determining the
federal,  state,  local and any other tax  consequences to them of the purchase,
ownership and disposition of Certificates,  particularly with respect to federal
income tax changes  effected by OBRA and the REMIC  Regulations.  The Prospectus
Supplement  for each  series  of  Certificates  will  discuss  any  special  tax
consideration  applicable to any class of Certificates  of such series,  and the
discussion  below is qualified by any such discussion in the related  Prospectus
Supplement.

         For  purposes  of this  discussion,  where  the  applicable  Prospectus
Supplement  provides  for a fixed  retained  yield with  respect to the Mortgage
Assets  underlying a series of  Certificates,  references to the Mortgage Assets
will be deemed to refer to that portion of the Mortgage Assets held by the Trust
which does not include the fixed retained yield.

Federal Income Tax Consequences For REMIC Certificates

         General.  With  respect  to a  particular  series of  Certificates,  an
election  may be made to treat  the Trust or one or more  trusts  or  segregated
pools of assets therein as one or more REMICs within the meaning of Code Section
860D.  A Trust or a portion  or  portions  thereof as to which one or more REMIC
elections  will be made will be referred to as a "REMIC  Pool." For  purposes of
this  discussion,  Certificates  of a  series  as to  which  one or  more  REMIC
elections are made are referred to as "REMIC  Certificates"  and will consist of
one or more  classes  of  "Regular  Certificates"  and one  class  of  "Residual
Certificates" in the case of each REMIC Pool.  Qualification as a REMIC requires
ongoing compliance with certain conditions. With respect to each series of REMIC
Certificates, Arter & Hadden, counsel to the Depositor, will deliver its opinion
to the  Depositor  that  (unless  otherwise  limited in the  related  Prospectus
Supplement), assuming (i) the making of an appropriate election, (ii) compliance
with the Agreement and (iii)  compliance with any changes in the law,  including
any amendments to the Code or applicable Treasury regulations  thereunder,  each
REMIC Pool will qualify as a REMIC. In such case, the Regular  Certificates will
be considered to be "regular  interests" in the REMIC Pool and generally will be
treated for federal  income tax purposes as if they were newly  originated  debt
instruments,  and the Residual  Certificates  will be considered to be "residual
interests"  in the REMIC  Pool.  The  Prospectus  Supplement  for each series of
Certificates will indicate

                                       36

<PAGE>



whether one or more REMIC  elections  with respect to the related  Trust will be
made,  in which event  references  to "REMIC" or "REMIC  Pool"  herein  shall be
deemed  to refer  to each  such  REMIC  Pool.  Arter &  Hadden,  counsel  to the
Depositor,  is of the  opinion  that if a Trust  qualifies  as a REMIC,  the tax
consequences to the Owners will be as described below.

         Status  of  REMIC  Certificates.  REMIC  Certificates  held by a mutual
savings  bank  or  a  domestic   building  and  loan   association   (a  "Thrift
Institution")  will  constitute  "qualifying  real  property  loans"  within the
meaning of Code Section  593(d)(1) in the same proportion that the assets of the
REMIC Pool would be so treated.  REMIC  Certificates held by a domestic building
and loan association will constitute "a regular or residual interest in a REMIC"
within the meaning of Code Section  7701(a)  (19)(C) (xi) in the same proportion
that the  assets of the REMIC  Pool  would be  treated  as "loans  secured by an
interest in real property" within the meaning of Code Section  7701(a)(19)(C)(v)
or as other assets described in Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C).  REMIC Certificates
held by a real estate  investment  trust (a "REIT") will constitute "real estate
assets"  within the meaning of Code  Section  856(c)(5)(A),  and interest on the
REMIC  Certificates  will be  considered  "interest  on  obligations  secured by
mortgages on real property or on interests in real property"  within the meaning
of Code Section 856(c)(3)(B) in the same proportion that, for both purposes, the
assets of the REMIC Pool would be so treated. If at all times 95% or more of the
assets of the REMIC Pool constitute  qualifying  assets for Thrift  Institutions
and REITs, the REMIC  Certificates will be treated entirely as qualifying assets
for such entities. Moreover, the REMIC Regulations provide that, for purposes of
Code Sections 593(d)(1) and 856(c)(5)(A),  payments of principal and interest on
the Mortgage Assets that are reinvested pending distribution to holders of REMIC
Certificates,  constitute  qualifying assets for such entities.  Where two REMIC
Pools  are part of a tiered  structure  they  will be  treated  as one REMIC for
purposes of the tests described above respecting asset ownership of more or less
than 95%.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  however,  REMIC income received by a
REIT  owning a  residual  interest  in a REMIC  Pool could be treated in part as
non-qualifying  REIT income if the REMIC Pool holds Mortgage Assets with respect
to which income is contingent on mortgagor profits or property appreciation.  In
addition,  if the assets of the REMIC include buy-down  Mortgage  Assets,  it is
possible  that the  percentage  of such  assets  constituting  "qualifying  real
property  loans" or "loans secured by an interest in real property" for purposes
of Code Sections 593(d)(1) and 7701(a)(19)(C)(v),  respectively, may be required
to be reduced by the amount of the related  buy-down funds.  REMIC  Certificates
held  by  a  regulated  investment  company  will  not  constitute   "government
securities"   within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section   851(b)(4)(A)(i).   REMIC
Certificates held by certain financial institutions will constitute an "evidence
of  indebtedness"   within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section   582(c)(i).   REMIC
Certificates  representing  interests  in  obligations  secured by  manufactured
housing treated as single family residences under Code Section 25(e)(10) will be
considered  interests  in  "qualified  mortgages"  as  defined  in Code  Section
860E(a)(3).

         Qualification  as a REMIC.  In order for the REMIC Pool to qualify as a
REMIC,  there must be ongoing  compliance on the part of the REMIC Pool with the
requirements  set forth in the Code.  The REMIC Pool must fulfill an asset test,
which  requires that no more than a de minimis amount of the assets of the REMIC
Pool, as of the close of the third calendar month  beginning  after the Delivery
Date (which for purposes of this discussion is the date of issuance of the REMIC
Certificates)  and at all times  thereafter,  may  consist of assets  other than
"qualified mortgages" and "permitted investments." The REMIC Regulations provide
a "safe harbor"  pursuant to which the de minimis  requirement will be met if at
all times the aggregate adjusted basis of any nonqualified  assets (i.e., assets
other than qualified mortgages and permitted investments) is less than 1% of the
aggregate adjusted basis of all the REMIC Pool's assets.

         If a REMIC Pool fails to comply with one or more of the requirements of
the Code for REMIC status  during any taxable  year,  the REMIC Pool will not be
treated  as  a  REMIC  for  such  year  and  thereafter.   In  this  event,  the
classification  of the REMIC Pool for federal  income tax purposes is uncertain.
The REMIC Pool might be entitled to treatment as a grantor trust under the rules
described in "Federal Income Tax  Consequences  for  Certificates as to Which No
REMIC Election Is Made." In that case, no  entity-level  tax would be imposed on
the REMIC Pool.  Alternatively,  the  Regular  Certificates  may  continue to be
treated as debt instruments for federal income tax purposes;  but the REMIC Pool
could be treated  as a taxable  mortgage  pool (a  "TMP").  If the REMIC Pool is
treated  as a TMP,  any  residual  income of the  REMIC  Pool  (income  from the
Mortgage Assets less interest and original issue discount  expense  allocable to
the  Regular  Certificates  and any  administrative  expenses of the REMIC Pool)
would be subject to corporate  income tax at the REMIC Pool level.  On the other
hand, an entity with

                                       37

<PAGE>



multiple classes of ownership interests may be treated as a separate association
taxable  as  a  corporation   under  Treasury   regulations,   and  the  Regular
Certificates  may be treated as equity  interests  therein.  The Code,  however,
authorizes the Treasury  Department to issue regulations that address situations
where  failure to meet one or more of the  requirements  for REMIC status occurs
inadvertently  and in good faith, and  disqualification  of the REMIC Pool would
occur absent regulatory  relief.  Investors should be aware,  however,  that the
Conference  Committee  Report to the Tax  Reform  Act of 1986 (the  "1986  Act")
indicates  that  the  relief  may  be  accompanied  by  sanctions,  such  as the
imposition of a corporate tax on all or a portion of the REMIC Pool's income for
the period of time in which the requirements for REMIC status are not satisfied.

Taxation of Regular Certificates

         General. Payments received by holders of Regular Certificates generally
should be accorded the same tax treatment under the Code as payments received on
ordinary taxable  corporate debt  instruments.  In general,  interest,  original
issue discount and market discount on a Regular  Certificate  will be treated as
ordinary  income  to  a  holder  of  the  Regular   Certificate   (the  "Regular
Certificateholder")  as  they  accrue,  and  principal  payments  on  a  Regular
Certificate  will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the Regular
Certificateholder's  basis in the Regular Certificate allocable thereto. Regular
Certificateholders  must use the  accrual  method of  accounting  with regard to
Regular  Certificates,  regardless of the method of accounting otherwise used by
such Regular Certificateholders.

         Original  Issue  Discount.  Regular  Certificates  may be  issued  with
"original issue discount" within the meaning of Code Section 1273(a). Holders of
any class of Regular  Certificates having original issue discount generally must
include  original  issue  discount  in ordinary  income for  federal  income tax
purposes as it accrues, in accordance with a constant interest method that takes
into  account the  compounding  of  interest,  in advance of receipt of the cash
attributable to such income. While the Depositor  anticipates that the amount of
original issue discount required to be included in a Regular Certificateholder's
income in any taxable year will be computed as described below,  there can be no
assurance  that  the  rules  described  below  will be  applied  to the  Regular
Certificates in the manner described.

         Each Regular  Certificate  (except to the extent  described  below with
respect to a Regular Certificate on which distributions of principal are made in
a single  installment  or upon an  earlier  distribution  by lot of a  specified
principal  amount upon the request of a Regular  Certificateholder  or by random
lot (a "Retail  Class  Certificate"))  will be  treated as a single  installment
obligation for purposes of determining the original issue discount includible in
a Regular  Certificateholder's  income.  The  total  amount  of  original  issue
discount on a Regular  Certificate is the excess of the "stated redemption price
at maturity" of the Regular  Certificate over its "issue price." The issue price
of a Regular  Certificate  is the first price at which a  substantial  amount of
Regular  Certificates of that class are first sold to the public.  The Depositor
will  determine  original  issue  discount  by  including  the amount paid by an
initial Regular  Certificateholder for accrued interest that relates to a period
prior to the issue  date of the  Regular  Certificate  in the  issue  price of a
Regular  Certificate and will include in the stated redemption price at maturity
any interest paid on the first  Distribution Date to the extent such interest is
attributable  to a period in excess of the number of days between the issue date
and such first  Distribution  Date. The stated redemption price at maturity of a
Regular Certificate always includes the original principal amount of the Regular
Certificate,  but generally will not include distributions of stated interest if
such interest  distributions  constitute  "qualified stated interest." Qualified
stated interest generally means stated interest that is unconditionally  payable
in cash or in  property  (other  than debt  instruments  of the issuer) at least
annually at (i) a single fixed rate,  (ii) one or more qualified  floating rates
(as  described  below),  (iii) a fixed rate  followed  by one or more  qualified
floating rates, (iv) a single objective rate (as described below) or (v) a fixed
rate and an objective  rate that is a qualified  inverse  floating rate. The OID
Regulations state that interest payments are  unconditionally  payable only if a
late payment or nonpayment  is expected to be penalized or  reasonable  remedies
exist to compel  payment.  Certain  debt  securities  may  provide  for  default
remedies in the event of late payment or nonpayment of interest. The interest on
such debt securities will be  unconditionally  payable and constitute  qualified
stated interest, not OID. However,  absent clarification of the OID Regulations,
where debt securities do not provide for default remedies, the interest payments
will be included in the debt security's  stated redemption price at maturity and
taxed as OID. Any stated interest in excess of the qualified  stated interest is
included in the stated  redemption price at maturity.  If the amount of original
issue discount is "de minimis" as described  below, the amount of original issue
discount is treated as zero, and all stated

                                       38

<PAGE>



interest is treated as qualified stated  interest.  Distributions of interest on
Regular Certificates with respect to which deferred interest will accrue may not
constitute qualified stated interest,  in which case the stated redemption price
at maturity of such Regular Certificates  includes all distributions of interest
as well as principal thereon.  Moreover,  if the interval between the issue date
and the first  Distribution  Date on a Regular  Certificate  is longer  than the
interval between  subsequent  Distribution Dates (and interest paid on the first
Distribution  Date is less than  would have been  earned if the stated  interest
rate were applied to outstanding  principal  during each day in such  interval),
the stated interest distributions on such Regular Certificate technically do not
constitute  qualified  stated  interest.  In such case a special rule,  applying
solely for the purpose of  determining  whether  original  issue  discount is de
minimis,  provides that the interest  shortfall for the long first period (i.e.,
the interest  that would have been earned if interest had been paid on the first
Distribution  Date for each day the  Regular  Certificate  was  outstanding)  is
treated as made at a fixed rate if the value of the rate on which the payment is
based is adjusted in a reasonable  manner to take into account the length of the
interval.  Regular  Certificateholders  should consult their own tax advisors to
determine the issue price and stated  redemption  price at maturity of a Regular
Certificate.

         Under  a  de  minimis  rule,  original  issue  discount  on  a  Regular
Certificate  will be considered to be zero if such  original  issue  discount is
less than  0.25% of the  stated  redemption  price at  maturity  of the  Regular
Certificate   multiplied  by  the  weighted  average  maturity  of  the  Regular
Certificate.  For this purpose, the weighted maturity of the Regular Certificate
is computed as the sum of the amounts  determined by  multiplying  the number of
full years (i.e.,  rounding  down partial  years) from the issue date until each
distribution in reduction of stated redemption price at maturity is scheduled to
be made by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of each distribution
included in the stated  redemption price at maturity of the Regular  Certificate
and the denominator of which is the stated  redemption  price at maturity of the
Regular Certificate. Although currently unclear, it appears that the schedule of
such  distributions  should be determined in accordance with the assumed rate of
prepayment of the Mortgage Assets and the anticipated reinvestment rate, if any,
relating  to  the  Regular  Certificates  (the  "Prepayment  Assumption").   The
Prepayment  Assumption with respect to a series of Regular  Certificates will be
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.  The holder of a debt instrument
includes  any de minimis  original  issue  discount in income pro rata as stated
principal payments are received.

         Of  the  total  amount  of  original   issue   discount  on  a  Regular
Certificate,  the  Regular  Certificateholder  generally  must  include in gross
income for any taxable year the sum of the "daily  portions," as defined  below,
of the original  issue  discount on the Regular  Certificate  accrued  during an
accrual period for each day on which he holds the Regular Certificate, including
the date of purchase but  excluding the date of  disposition.  Although not free
from doubt, the Depositor  intends to treat the monthly period ending on the day
before each  Distribution  Date as the accrual  period,  rather than the monthly
period  corresponding to the prior calendar month.  With respect to each Regular
Certificate,  a  calculation  will be made of the original  issue  discount that
accrues during each  successive  full accrual period (or shorter period from the
date of original  issue)  that ends on the day before the  related  Distribution
Date on the  Regular  Certificate.  For a Regular  Certificate,  original  issue
discount is to be  calculated  initially  based on a schedule of maturity  dates
that takes into account the level of prepayments and an anticipated reinvestment
rate  that are most  likely  to  occur,  which  is  expected  to be based on the
Prepayment  Assumption.  The original issue discount  accruing in a full accrual
period would be the excess,  if any, of (i) the sum of (a) the present  value of
all of the remaining  distributions to be made on the Regular  Certificate as of
the end of that accrual  period that are  included in the Regular  Certificate's
stated  redemption  price  at  maturity  and (b) the  distributions  made on the
Regular  Certificate  during the accrual period that are included in the Regular
Certificate's  stated  redemption price at maturity over (ii) the adjusted issue
price of the Regular  Certificate  at the beginning of the accrual  period.  The
present  value  of the  remaining  distributions  referred  to in the  preceding
sentence  is  calculated  based on (i) the  yield  to  maturity  of the  Regular
Certificate at the issue date, (ii) events (including  actual  prepayments) that
have occurred  prior to the end of the accrual  period and (iii) the  Prepayment
Assumption.   For  these  purposes,  the  adjusted  issue  price  of  a  Regular
Certificate at the beginning of any accrual period equals the issue price of the
Regular  Certificate,  increased  by the  aggregate  amount  of  original  issue
discount  with  respect to the  Regular  Certificate  that  accrued in all prior
accrual  periods  and  reduced by the amount of  distributions  included  in the
Regular  Certificate's stated redemption price at maturity that were made on the
Regular  Certificate in such prior period.  The original issue discount accruing
during any accrual period (as determined in this paragraph) will then be divided
by the number of days in the period to determine  the daily  portion of original
issue discount for each day in the period.

                                       39

<PAGE>




         Under the method  described above, the daily portions of original issue
discount  required  to be  included  in income  by a  Regular  Certificateholder
generally  will  increase  to  take  into  account  prepayments  on the  Regular
Certificates  as a result of prepayments  on the Mortgage  Assets or that exceed
the Prepayment  Assumption,  and generally will decrease (but not below zero for
any period) if the prepayments are slower than the Prepayment Assumption. In the
event of a change  in  circumstances  that does not  result  in a  substantially
contemporaneous  pro rata  prepayment,  the yield and  maturity  of the  Regular
Certificates are  redetermined by treating the Regular  Certificates as reissued
on the date of the change for an amount equal to the adjusted issue price of the
Regular  Certificates.  To the extent  specified  in the  applicable  Prospectus
Supplement,  an increase in prepayments on the Mortgage Assets with respect to a
series of Regular  Certificates  can result in both a change in the  priority of
principal  payments with respect to certain classes of Regular  Certificates and
either an increase or decrease in the daily  portions of original issue discount
with respect to such Regular Certificates.

         A purchaser of a Regular  Certificate at a price greater than the issue
price also will be required to include in gross income the daily portions of the
original  issue  discount on the  Regular  Certificate.  With  respect to such a
purchaser,  the daily portion for any day is reduced by the amount that would be
the daily portion for such day (computed in accordance  with the rules set forth
above)  multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator of which is the amount, if any,
by which the price paid by such  purchaser for the Regular  Certificate  exceeds
the sum of the issue price and the aggregate  amount of original  issue discount
that would have been includible in the gross income of an original holder of the
Regular  Certificate  who purchased the Regular  Certificate at its issue price,
less  any  prior  distributions  included  in the  stated  redemption  price  at
maturity, and the denominator of which is the sum of the daily portions for such
Regular Certificate  (computed in accordance with the rules set forth above) for
all days  after  the  date of  purchase  and  ending  on the  date on which  the
remaining principal amount of such Regular Certificate is expected to be reduced
to zero under the Prepayment Assumption.

         A  Certificateholder  may elect to include  in gross  income all stated
interest,  original issue discount,  de minimis original issue discount,  market
discount  (as  described  below  under  "Market  Discount"),  de minimis  market
discount and unstated  interest (as adjusted for any amortizable bond premium or
acquisition  premium)  currently  as it  accrues  using  the  constant  yield to
maturity  method.  If this election is made, the holder is treated as satisfying
the  requirements  for making the  elections  with  respect to  amortization  of
premium  and current  inclusion  of market  discount,  each as  described  under
"Premium" and "Market Discount" below.

         Variable Rate Regular  Certificates.  Regular  Certificates may provide
for interest based on a variable rate. The OID Regulations provide special rules
for  variable  rate  instruments  that  meet  three  requirements.   First,  the
noncontingent  principal payments may not exceed the instrument's issue price by
more than a specified  amount equal to the lesser of (i) .015  multiplied by the
product of the total noncontingent payments and the weighted average maturity or
(ii) 15% of the total noncontingent  principal payments.  Second, the instrument
must provide for stated  interest  (compounded or paid at least annually) at (i)
one or more qualified  floating rates,  (ii) a single fixed rate followed by one
or more qualified floating rates, (iii) a single objective rate or (iv) a single
fixed rate and a single  objective  rate that is a  qualified  inverse  floating
rate.  Third,  the instrument must provide that each qualified  floating rate or
objective  rate in effect during an accrual  period is set at a current value of
that rate (one  occurring in the  interval  beginning  three  months  before and
ending one year after the rate is first in effect on the Regular Certificate). A
rate is a qualified  floating rate if  variations in the rate can  reasonably be
expected to measure  contemporaneous  variations  in the cost of newly  borrowed
funds. Generally,  neither (i) a multiple of a qualified floating rate in excess
of a fixed  multiple  that is  greater  than  zero but not more  than  1.35 (and
increased  or  decreased by a fixed rate) nor (ii) a cap or floor that is likely
to cause the interest rate on a Regular  Certificate to be significantly less or
more than the overall expected return on the Regular Certificate is considered a
qualified  floating  rate.  An objective  rate is a rate based on changes in the
price of actively  traded property or an index of such prices or is a rate based
on (including  multiples of) one or more qualified  floating rates. An objective
rate is a qualified  inverse  floating rate if the rate is equal to a fixed rate
minus a qualified  floating rate and  variations in such rate can  reasonably be
expected to reflect  inversely  contemporaneous  variations in the cost of newly
borrowed  funds.  A rate  will  not be an  objective  rate  if it is  reasonably
expected  that the average rate during the first half of the  instrument's  term
will be  significantly  more or less than the average rate in the final term. An
objective  rate must be determined  according to a single  formula that is fixed
throughout the term of the Regular Certificate. Stated

                                       40

<PAGE>



interest on a variable rate debt instrument is qualified  stated interest if the
interest is unconditionally payable in cash or property at least annually.

         In general,  the determination of original issue discount and qualified
stated  interest on a variable rate debt  instrument  is made by converting  the
debt  instrument into a fixed rate debt instrument and then applying the general
original issue discount rules described  above to the instrument.  If a variable
rate debt instrument provides for stated interest at a single qualified floating
rate or objective rate, all stated interest is qualified stated interest and the
amount of original  issue  discount,  if any,  is  determined  by  assuming  the
variable  rate is a fixed rate equal to (a) in the case of a qualified  floating
or inverse  floating  rate,  the value,  as of the issue date,  of the qualified
floating  inverse  floating rate or (b) in the case of an objective  rate (other
than a qualified  inverse  floating  rate), a fixed rate that reflects the yield
that is reasonably expected for the debt instrument. For all other variable rate
debt  instruments,  the amount of interest and original issue discount  accruals
are determined  using the following  steps.  First, a fixed rate  substitute for
each variable  rate under the debt  instrument is  determined.  In general,  the
fixed rate  substitute is a fixed rate equal to the rate of the applicable  type
of variable rate as of the issue date.  Second,  an  equivalent  fixed rate debt
instrument  is  constructed  using the fixed rate  substitute(s)  in lieu of the
variable  rates and  keeping  all other terms  identical.  Third,  the amount of
qualified  stated  interest  and  original  issue  discount  with respect to the
equivalent  fixed rate debt instrument are determined  under the rules for fixed
rate debt  instruments.  Finally,  appropriate  adjustments  for actual variable
rates are made during the term by increasing or decreasing the qualified  stated
interest  to reflect the amount  actually  paid  during the  applicable  accrual
period as  compared  to the  interest  assumed  to be  accrued or paid under the
equivalent fixed rate debt instrument.  If there is no qualified stated interest
under the equivalent fixed rate debt  instrument,  the adjustment is made to the
original issue discount for the period.

         Where the issue price of a Regular  Certificate  exceeds  the  original
principal amount of the Regular  Certificate,  it appears  appropriate to reduce
the ordinary income reportable for an accrual period by a portion of such excess
in a manner similar to the amortization of premium on the constant yield method.
Under  proposed   regulations  (the  "contingent   payment  rules"),  a  Regular
Certificate that provides for (i) non-contingent  payments greater than or equal
to its  issue  price  and (ii) one or more  contingent  payments  determined  by
reference to the value of publicly  traded stock,  securities,  commodities,  or
other  publicly  traded  property must be divided into its  component  parts for
purposes of performing  original issue discount  calculations  (and possibly for
other federal income tax purposes as well).  The  non-contingent  portion of the
Regular  Certificate  would be treated as a debt  instrument,  and the  original
issue discount  accruals on that portion would be computed in the same manner as
with any non-contingent  debt instrument.  The issue price of the non-contingent
portion would be that portion of the issue price of the Regular Certificate that
reflects the right to receive the  non-contingent  payments,  determined  in the
same  manner  as if the  separate  non-contingent  debt  instrument  were a debt
instrument  issued as part of an investment  unit. The contingent  components of
the Regular  Certificate  would constitute  options or other property rights and
would be taxed as if issued as a separate  instrument.  No  accrual of  original
issue discount generally would be required with respect to such components under
the contingent payment rules.  Accordingly,  the rate at which income is accrued
by a Certificateholder may vary depending on whether the original issue discount
rules or the  contingent  payment  rules  apply to  certain  variable  rate debt
instruments.

         Market  Discount.  A  purchaser  of a Regular  Certificate  also may be
subject to the market  discount rules of Code Sections 1276 through 1278.  Under
these sections and the principles  applied by the OID Regulations in the context
of  original  issue  discount,  "market  discount"  is the  amount  by  which  a
subsequent  purchaser's initial basis in the Regular Certificate (i) is exceeded
by the stated redemption price at maturity of the Regular Certificate or (ii) in
the case of a Regular  Certificate having original issue discount,  is exceed by
the sum of the issue price of such Regular  Certificate  plus any original issue
discount  that  would have  previously  accrued  thereon if held by an  original
Regular  Certificateholder  (who purchased the Regular  Certificate at its issue
price),  in either  case less any prior  distributions  included  in the  stated
redemption  price  at  maturity  of such  Regular  Certificate.  Such  purchaser
generally  will be required to  recognize  accrued  market  discount as ordinary
income as distributions includible in the stated redemption price at maturity of
such  Regular  Certificate  are  received  in an amount not  exceeding  any such
distribution.  That  recognition  rule would  apply  regardless  of whether  the
purchaser is a cash-basis or accrual-basis  taxpayer. Such market discount would
accrue in a manner to be provided in Treasury  regulations  and should take into
account the Prepayment Assumption. The Conference Committee Report to the

                                       41

<PAGE>



1986 Act provides that until such  regulations are issued,  such market discount
would accrue either (i) on the basis of a constant  interest rate or (ii) in the
ratio of stated  interest  allocable  to the  relevant  period to the sum of the
interest  for such  period  plus the  remaining  interest  as of the end of such
period,  or in the case of a Regular  Certificate  issued  with  original  issue
discount,  in the ratio of original  issue  discount  accrued  for the  relevant
period to the sum of the original  issue  discount  accrued for such period plus
the  remaining  original  issue  discount  as of the  end of such  period.  Such
purchaser  also  generally  will be required to treat a portion of any gain on a
sale or exchange of the Regular  Certificate as ordinary income to the extent of
the  market  discount  accrued  to the  date  of  disposition  under  one of the
foregoing  methods,  less any accrued  market  discount  previously  reported as
ordinary income as partial  distributions in reduction of the stated  redemption
price at  maturity  were  received.  Such  purchaser  will be  required to defer
deduction  of a  portion  of the  excess  of the  interest  paid or  accrued  on
indebtedness  incurred  to  purchase  or carry a  Regular  Certificate  over the
interest distributable thereon. The deferred portion of such interest expense in
any taxable year generally  will not exceed the accrued  market  discount on the
Regular  Certificate  for such year. Any such deferred  interest  expense is, in
general,  allowed as a  deduction  not later than the year in which the  related
market discount income is recognized or the Regular  Certificate is disposed of.
As an alternative to the inclusion of market discount in income on the foregoing
basis,  the Regular  Certificateholder  may elect to include market  discount in
income  currently as it accrues in all market discount  instruments  acquired by
such Regular Certificateholder in that taxable year or thereafter, in which case
the interest  deferral  rule will not apply.  In Revenue  Procedure  92-67,  the
Internal  Revenue Service set forth  procedures for taxpayers (1) electing under
Code  Section  1278(b) to  include  market  discount  in income  currently,  (2)
electing under rules of Code Section 1276(b) to use a constant  interest rate to
determine  accrued  market  discount  on a bond  where the holder of the bond is
required to determine the amount of accrued  market  discount at a time prior to
the holder's  disposition of the bond,  and (3) requesting  consent to revoke an
election under Code Section 1278(b).

         By analogy to the OID  Regulations,  market  discount with respect to a
Regular  Certificate  will be considered  to be zero if such market  discount is
less than 0.25% of the  remaining  stated  redemption  price at maturity of such
Regular  Certificate  multiplied by the weighted average maturity of the Regular
Certificate  (determined as described  above under  "Original  Issue  Discount")
remaining  after the date of purchase.  Treasury  regulations  implementing  the
market discount rules have not yet been issued,  and therefore  investors should
consult their own tax advisors  regarding the application of these rules as well
as the advisability of making any of the elections with respect thereto.

         Premium.  A Regular  Certificate  purchased  at a cost greater than its
remaining  stated  redemption  price at maturity  generally is  considered to be
purchased  at a premium.  If the Regular  Certificateholder  holds such  Regular
Certificate  as a "capital  asset" within the meaning of Code Section 1221,  the
Regular  Certificateholder  may elect under Code  Section  171 to amortize  such
premium  under a constant  yield method that reflects  compounding  based on the
interval between payments on the Regular Certificates. This election, once made,
applies to all  obligations  held by the taxpayer at the  beginning of the first
taxable year to which such section  applies and to all taxable debt  obligations
thereafter acquired and is binding on such taxpayer in all subsequent years. The
Conference  Committee  Report to the 1986 Act indicates a  Congressional  intent
that the same rules that apply to the accrual of market  discount on installment
obligations will also apply to amortizing bond premium under Code Section 171 on
installment obligations such as the Regular Certificates, although it is unclear
whether the  alternatives to the constant  interest method described above under
"Market  Discount"  are  available.  Except as  otherwise  provided  in Treasury
regulations  yet to be issued  amortizable  bond  premium  will be treated as an
offset to  interest  income on a Regular  Certificate  rather than as a separate
deduction  item.  Purchasers  who pay a premium for their  Regular  Certificates
should consult their tax advisors regarding the election to amortize premium and
the method to be employed.

         Sale   or   Exchange   of   Regular   Certificates.    If   a   Regular
Certificateholder  sells  or  exchanges  a  Regular  Certificate,   the  Regular
Certificateholder  will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference,  if any,
between the amount  received and his adjusted basis in the Regular  Certificate.
The adjusted basis of a Regular Certificate generally will equal the cost of the
Regular  Certificate to the seller,  increased by any original issue discount or
market discount previously included in the seller's gross income with respect to
the Regular Certificate and reduced by amounts included in the stated redemption
price at maturity of the Regular  Certificate  that were previously  received by
the seller and by any amortized premium.


                                       42

<PAGE>



         Except as described above with respect to market  discount,  and except
as  provided  in this  paragraph,  any gain or loss on the sale or exchange of a
Regular Certificate realized by an investor who holds the Regular Certificate as
a capital asset will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term or short-term
depending  on whether the Regular  Certificate  has been held for the  long-term
capital  gain  holding  period  (currently  more than one  year).  Gain from the
disposition of a Regular  Certificate  that might otherwise be capital gain will
be treated as  ordinary  income to the extent that such gain does not exceed the
excess,  if any, of (i) the amount that would have been  includible in the gross
income of the holder if his yield on such Regular  Certificate  were 110% of the
applicable  Federal rate under Code  Section  1274(d) as of the date of purchase
over (ii) the amount of income  actually  includible in the gross income of such
holder  with  respect to the  Regular  Certificate.  In  addition,  gain or loss
recognized  from the sale of a Regular  Certificate  by certain  banks or thrift
institutions will be treated as ordinary income or loss pursuant to Code Section
582(c).  The maximum  tax rate for  individuals  on the excess of net  long-term
capital gain over net short-term capital loss is 28%.

Taxation of Residual Certificates

         Taxation of REMIC  Income.  Generally,  the "daily  portions"  of REMIC
taxable  income or net loss will be  includible  as  ordinary  income or loss in
determining  the  federal  taxable  income of holders of  Residual  Certificates
("Residual  Certificateholders")  and will not be taxed  separately to the REMIC
Pool.  The daily  portions  of REMIC  taxable  income or net loss of a  Residual
Certificateholder  are  determined by allocating the REMIC Pool's taxable income
or net loss for each calendar quarter ratably to each day in such quarter and by
allocating  such  daily  portion  among  the  Residual   Certificateholders   in
proportion to their  respective  holdings of Residual  Certificates in the REMIC
Pool on such day.  REMIC  taxable  income is  generally  determined  in the same
manner as the  taxable  income of an  individual  using a calendar  year and the
accrual method of accounting, except that (i) the limitation on deductibility of
investment  interest  expense and expenses for the  production  of income do not
apply, (ii) all bad loans will be deductible as business bad debts and (iii) the
limitation on the  deductibility  of interest and expenses related to tax-exempt
income will apply.  REMIC taxable income  generally means the REMIC Pool's gross
income,  including interest,  original issue discount income and market discount
income, if any, on the Mortgage Assets, plus income on reinvestment of cashflows
and reserve  assets,  minus  deductions,  including  interest and original issue
discount  expense on the Regular  Certificates,  servicing  fees on the Mortgage
Assets and other  administrative  expenses  of the REMIC Pool,  amortization  of
premium, if any, with respect to the Mortgage Assets, and any tax imposed on the
REMIC's  income  from  foreclosure  property.   The  requirement  that  Residual
Certificateholders  report their pro rata share of taxable income or net loss of
the REMIC Pool will continue until there are no Certificates of any class of the
related series outstanding.

         The taxable income  recognized by a Residual  Certificateholder  in any
taxable year will be affected by, among other factors,  the relationship between
the timing of  recognition  of interest  and original  issue  discount or market
discount income or amortization of premium with respect to the Mortgage  Assets,
on the one hand, and the timing of deductions for interest  (including  original
issue discount) on the Regular  Certificates,  on the other hand. Because of the
way REMIC  taxable  income  is  calculated,  a  Residual  Certificateholder  may
recognize  "phantom" income (i.e.,  income recognized for tax purposes in excess
of income as determined under financial accounting or economic principles) which
will be matched  in later  years by a  corresponding  tax loss or  reduction  in
taxable income,  but which could lower the yield to Residual  Certificateholders
due to the lower present value of such future loss or reduction. For example, if
an interest in the Mortgage  Assets is acquired by the REMIC Pool at a discount,
and  one  or  more  of  such   Mortgage   Assets  is   prepaid,   the   Residual
Certificateholder may recognize taxable income without being entitled to receive
a  corresponding  amount of cash because (i) the prepayment may be used in whole
or in part to make  distributions  in  reduction  of  principal  on the  Regular
Certificates  and  (ii)  the  discount  income  on the  Mortgage  Loan  which is
includible  in the  REMIC's  taxable  income may exceed the  discount  deduction
allowed to the REMIC upon such distributions on the Regular  Certificates.  When
there is more than one class of Regular  Certificates that distribute  principal
sequentially,  this mismatching of income and deductions is particularly  likely
to occur in the early years following issuance of the Regular  Certificates when
distributions  in reduction  of  principal  are being made in respect of earlier
maturing  classes of Certificates to the extent that such classes are not issued
with substantial  discount. If taxable income attributable to such a mismatching
is realized in general,  losses would be allowed in later years as distributions
on the later classes of Regular  Certificates are made.  Taxable income may also
be  greater in  earlier  years than in later  years as a result of the fact that
interest expense deductions,

                                       43

<PAGE>



expressed as a percentage of the outstanding  principal  amount of such a series
of Regular Certificates, may increase over time as distributions in reduction of
principal are made on the lower yielding classes of Regular Certificates,  where
interest  income with respect to any given  Mortgage  Loan will remain  constant
over time as a  percentage  of the  outstanding  principal  amount of that loan.
Consequently,  Residual Certificateholders must have sufficient other sources of
cash to pay any  federal,  state or local  income  taxes due as a result of such
mismatching  or  unrelated  deductions  against  which to  offset  such  income.
Prospective  investors should be aware,  however,  that a portion of such income
may be ineligible for offset by such investor's  unrelated  deductions.  See the
discussion  of  "excess  inclusions"  below  under  "Limitations  on  Offset  or
Exemption of REMIC Income; Excess Inclusions." The timing of such mismatching of
income and deductions described in this paragraph,  if present with respect to a
series of Certificates,  may have a significant adverse effect upon the Residual
Certificateholders   after-tax   rate  of  return.   In  addition,   a  Residual
Certificateholder's  taxable income during certain periods may exceed the income
reflected  by  such  Certificateholder  for  such  periods  in  accordance  with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Investors should consult their own
advisors concerning the proper tax and accounting  treatment of their investment
in Residual Certificates.

         Basis and Losses. The amount of any net loss of the REMIC Pool that may
be taken  into  account  by the  Residual  Certificateholder  is  limited to the
adjusted  basis of the Residual  Certificate  as of the close of the quarter (or
time of disposition of the Residual Certificate if earlier),  determined without
taking into account the net loss for the quarter.  The initial adjusted basis of
a  purchaser  of a Residual  Certificate  is the amount  paid for such  Residual
Certificate.  Such  adjusted  basis will be  increased  by the amount of taxable
income  of the REMIC  Pool  reportable  by the  Residual  Certificateholder  and
decreased  by the amount of loss of the REMIC Pool  reportable  by the  Residual
Certificateholder. A cash distribution from the REMIC Pool also will reduce such
adjusted  basis (but not below zero).  Any loss that is disallowed on account of
this  limitation may be carried over  indefinitely  with respect to the Residual
Certificateholder  as to whom such loss was  disallowed  and may be used by such
Residual Certificateholder only to offset any income generated by the same REMIC
Pool. Residual  Certificateholders should consult their tax advisors about other
limitations on the deductibility of net losses that may apply to them.

         A Residual Certificateholder will not be permitted to amortize directly
the cost of its  Residual  Certificate  as an offset to its share of the taxable
income of the related REMIC Pool. However,  such taxable income will not include
cash  received by the REMIC Pool that  represents a recovery of the REMIC Pool's
basis in its  assets.  Such  recovery  of basis by the REMIC  Pool will have the
effect of  amortization  of the issue price of the  Residual  Certificates  over
their  life.  However,  in view of the  possible  acceleration  of the income of
Residual  Certificateholders  described  above under "Taxation of REMIC Income,"
the period of time over which such issue price is  effectively  amortized may be
longer than the economic life of the Residual Certificates.

         If a Residual Certificate has a negative value, it is not clear whether
its issue  price  would be  considered  to be zero or such  negative  amount for
purposes  of  determining  the  REMIC  Pool's  basis in its  assets.  The  REMIC
Regulations  do not address  whether  residual  interests  could have a negative
basis and a negative issue price. The Depositor does not intend to treat a class
of  Residual  Certificates  as having a value of less than zero for  purposes of
determining the bases of the related REMIC Pool in its assets.

         Further,  to the extent  that the  initial  adjusted  basis of Residual
Certificateholder (other than an original holder) in the Residual Certificate is
greater than the corresponding portion of the REMIC Pool's basis in the Mortgage
Assets, the Residual  Certificateholder will not recover a portion of such basis
until termination of the REMIC Pool unless Treasury regulations yet to be issued
provide for periodic  adjustments  to the REMIC income  otherwise  reportable by
such holder. The REMIC Regulations do not so provide.  See "Treatment of Certain
Items of REMIC Income and Expense -- Market Discount"  below regarding the basis
of  Mortgage  Assets  to the  REMIC  Pool and  "Sale  or  Exchange  of  Residual
Certificates"  below regarding  possible treatment of a loss upon termination of
the REMIC Pool as a capital loss.


                                       44

<PAGE>



         Mark to Market Rules

         Prospective  purchasers of a Residual  Certificate should be aware that
on  December  18,  1993,  the  Internal  Revenue  Service   released   temporary
regulations  (the "Temporary  Regulations")  relating to the requirement  that a
securities  dealer mark to market  securities  held for sale to customers.  This
mark-to-market  requirement applies to all securities of a dealer, except to the
extent  that the  dealer has  specifically  identified  a  security  as held for
investment.  The  Temporary  Regulations  provide  that  for  purposes  of  this
mark-to-market  requirement,  a "negative  value"  Residual  Certificate  is not
treated  as a  security  and thus may not be marked to  market.  In  general,  a
Residual  Certificate has negative value if, as of the date a taxpayer  acquires
the Residual  Certificate,  the present value of the tax liabilities  associated
with holding the Residual  Certificate  exceeds the sum of (i) the present value
of the expected future distributions on the Residual  Certificate,  and (ii) the
present  value of the  anticipated  tax  savings  associated  with  holding  the
Residual  Certificate  as the REMIC  generates  losses.  The amounts and present
values of the anticipated tax  liabilities,  expected future  distributions  and
anticipated  tax savings are all to be determined  using (i) the  prepayment and
reinvestment  assumptions adopted under Section  1272(a)(6),  or that would have
been adopted had the REMIC's  regular  interests been issued with original issue
discount,  (ii) any required or permitted clean up calls, or required  qualified
liquidation,  provided for in the REMIC's  organizational  documents and (iii) a
discount rate equal to the "applicable  Federal rate"  instrument  issued on the
date of acquisition of the Residual  Certificate ending on or after December 31,
1993.  Prospective purchasers of a Residual Certificate should consult their tax
advisors regarding the possible application of the Temporary Regulations.

Treatment of Certain Items of REMIC Income and Expense

         Original Issue  Discount.  Generally,  the REMIC Pool's  deductions for
original  issue discount will be determined in the same manner as original issue
discount  income on Regular  Certificates  as described above under "Taxation of
Regular  Certificates  - Original  Issue  Discount" and  "Variable  Rate Regular
Certificates," without regard to the de minimis rule described therein.

         Market  Discount.  The REMIC Pool will have market  discount  income in
respect of Mortgage  Assets if, in general,  the basis of the REMIC Pool in such
Mortgage Assets is exceeded by their unpaid principal balances. The REMIC Pool's
basis in such Mortgage Assets is generally the fair market value of the Mortgage
Assets  immediately  after the  transfer  thereof to the REMIC  Pool.  The REMIC
Regulations  provide  that  such  basis is equal in the  aggregate  to the issue
prices of all regular and residual  interests  in the REMIC Pool.  In respect of
Mortgage  Assets that have market  discount to which Code Section 1276  applies,
the accrued portion of such market discount would be recognized currently by the
REMIC as an item of ordinary  income.  Market discount income  generally  should
accrue in the manner  described above under "Taxation of Regular  Certificates -
Market  Discount."  However,  the rules of Code Section 1276  concerning  market
discount income will not apply in the case of Mortgage  Assets  originated on or
prior to July 18, 1984,  if any.  With respect to such  Mortgage  Assets  market
discount is  generally  includible  in REMIC  taxable  income or ordinary  gross
income pro rata as principal payments are received. Under another interpretation
of the Code and relevant legislative  history,  market discount on such Mortgage
Assets might be required to be  recognized  currently by the REMIC,  in the same
manner that market  discount would be recognized with respect to Mortgage Assets
originated  after  July 18,  1984.  Under  that  method,  a REMIC  would tend to
recognize market discount more rapidly than it would otherwise.  In either case,
the deduction of a portion of the interest  expense on the Regular  Certificates
allocable to such  discount may be deferred  until such  discount is included in
income, and any gain on the sale or exchange thereof will be treated as ordinary
income to the extent of the deferred interest deductible at that time.

         Premium.  Generally,  if the  basis of the REMIC  Pool in the  Mortgage
Assets exceeds the unpaid  principal  balances  thereof,  the REMIC Pool will be
considered  to have  acquired  such  Mortgage  Assets at a premium  equal to the
amount of such excess.  As stated  above,the  REMIC Pool's basis in the Mortgage
Assets is the fair market value of the Mortgage  Assets,  based on the aggregate
of the issue  prices of the regular  and  residual  interests  in the REMIC Pool
immediately  after the transfer thereof to the REMIC Pool. In a manner analogous
to the discussion  above under  "Taxation of Regular  Certificates - Premium," a
person that holds a Mortgage Loan as a capital asset under Code Section 1221 may
elect under Code Section 171 to amortize  premium on Mortgage Assets  originated
after September 27, 1985 under a constant yield method. Amortizable bond premium
will be treated as an offset

                                       45

<PAGE>



to interest income on the Mortgage Assets,  rather than as a separate  deduction
item.  Because  substantially  all the  mortgagors  with respect to the Mortgage
Assets are expected to be  individuals,  Code Section 171 will not be available.
Premium on Mortgage  Assets may be deductible  in  accordance  with a reasonable
method regularly employed by the holder thereof.  The allocation of such premium
pro rata among  principal  payments  should be  considered a reasonable  method;
however,  the Internal  Revenue  Service may argue that such  premium  should be
allocated in a different manner, such as allocating such premium entirely to the
final payment of principal.

         Limitations on Offset or Exemption of REMIC Income;  Excess Inclusions.
A portion of the income allocable to a Residual Certificate  (referred to in the
Code as an "excess  inclusion")  for any  calendar  quarter,  with an  exception
discussed  below for  certain  thrift  institutions,  will be subject to federal
income tax in all events.  Thus,  for example,  an excess  inclusion (i) cannot,
except as described  below, be offset by any unrelated losses or loss carryovers
of a Residual  Certificateholder,  (ii) will be treated as  "unrelated  business
taxable  income"  within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section  512 if  the  Residual
Certificateholder is a pension fund or any other organization that is subject to
tax only on its unrelated  business taxable income and (iii) is not eligible for
any  reduction  in  the  rate  of  withholding  tax in the  case  of a  Residual
Certificateholder  that is a foreign investor, as further discussed in "Taxation
of Certain Foreign Investors - Residual Certificates" below. Except as discussed
below with  respect to excess  inclusions  from  Residual  Certificates  without
"significant  value," this general rule does not apply to thrift institutions to
which Code Section 593 applies.  For this purpose a thrift  institution  and its
qualified subsidiary are considered a single corporation. A qualified subsidiary
is one all the stock of which, and  substantially all the debt of which, is held
by the thrift  institution  and which is organized and operating  exclusively in
connection with the organization and operation of one or more REMICs.  Except in
the case of a thrift institution  (including qualified  subsidiaries) members of
an affiliated  group are treated as one corporation for purposes of applying the
limitation on offset of excess inclusion income.

         Except as discussed in the following paragraph,  with respect to excess
inclusions  from  Residual  Certificates  without  "significant  value," for any
Residual Certificateholder, the excess inclusion for any calendar quarter is the
excess,  if any, of (i) the income of such Residual  Certificateholder  for that
calendar  quarter from its Residual  Certificate over (ii) the sum of the "daily
accruals" (as defined  below) for all days during the calendar  quarter on which
the  Residual  Certificateholder  holds  such  Residual  Certificate.  For  this
purpose,  the  daily  accruals  with  respect  to  a  Residual  Certificate  are
determined by allocating to each day in the calendar quarter its ratable portion
of the product of the "adjusted  issue price" (as defined below) of the Residual
Certificate  at the  beginning  of the  calendar  quarter and 120 percent of the
"Federal  long-term  rate" in effect  at the time the  Residual  Certificate  is
issued.  For this purposes the "adjusted issue price" of a Residual  Certificate
at the beginning of any calendar  quarter equals the issue price of the Residual
Certificate  (adjusted  for  contributions),  increased  by the  amount of daily
accruals  for all prior  quarters,  and  decreased  (but not below  zero) by the
aggregate  amount  of  payments  made on the  Residual  Certificate  before  the
beginning of such quarter.  The Federal  long-term rate is an average of current
yields on Treasury  securities with a remaining term of greater than nine years,
computed and published monthly by the IRS.

         The Code provides  that to the extent  provided in  regulations,  as an
exception  to the general  rule  described  above,  the entire  amount of income
accruing on a Residual Certificate will be treated as an excess inclusion if the
Residual  Certificates in the aggregate are considered not to have  "significant
value." The Treasury Department has not yet provided regulations in this respect
and the REMIC Regulations did not adopt this rule.  However,  the exception from
the excess inclusion rules applicable to thrift  institutions  does not apply if
the  Residual  Certificates  do not have  significant  value.  Under  the  REMIC
Regulations,  the Residual  Certificates will have significant value if: (i) the
aggregate  of the issue  prices  of the  Residual  Certificates  is at least two
percent of the aggregate issue prices of all Regular  Certificates  and Residual
Certificates in the REMIC and (ii) the anticipated  weighted average life of the
Residual Certificates is at least 20 percent of the REMIC's anticipated weighted
average  life  based on the  prepayment  and  reinvestment  assumptions  used in
pricing the  transaction  and any recognized or permitted  clean up calls or any
required  qualified   liquidation.   Although  not  entirely  clear,  the  REMIC
Regulations  indicate that the significant  value  determination is made only on
the Startup Day. The anticipated weighted average life of a Residual Certificate
with  a  principal  balance  and a  market  rate  of  interest  is  computed  by
multiplying the amount of each expected principal payment by the number of years
(or portions  thereof)  from the Startup Day,  adding these sums and dividing by
the total principal  expected to be paid on such Residual  Certificate  based on
the relevant prepayment

                                       46

<PAGE>



assumption and expected  reinvestment  income. The anticipated  weighted average
life of a Residual  Certificate with either no specified  principal balance or a
principal  balance  and rights to  interest  payments  disproportionate  to such
principal balance, would be computed under the formula described above but would
include all payments  expected on the Residual  Certificate  instead of only the
principal  payments.  The  anticipated  weighted  average  life of a REMIC  is a
weighted  average of the  anticipated  weighted  average lives of all classes of
interest in the REMIC.

         Under  Treasury  regulations  to  be  promulgated,  a  portion  of  the
dividends paid by a REIT which owns a Residual  Certificate are to be designated
as excess  inclusions in an amount  corresponding to the Residual  Certificate's
allocable  share of the excess  inclusions.  Similar  rules apply in the case of
regulated  investment  companies,  common  trust funds and  cooperatives.  Thus,
investors in such entities which own a Residual  Certificate  will be subject to
the limitations on excess  inclusions  described above. The REMIC Regulations do
not provide guidance on this issue.

Tax-Related Restrictions on Transfer of Residual Certificates

         Disqualified Organizations.  If legal title or beneficial interest in a
Residual  Certificate is transferred to a Disqualified  Organization (as defined
below),  a tax would be  imposed  in an amount  equal to the  product of (i) the
present value of the total  anticipated  excess  inclusions with respect to such
Residual  Certificate  for  periods  after  the  transfer  and (ii) the  highest
marginal federal corporate income tax rate. The REMIC  Regulations  provide that
the anticipated  excess inclusion are based on actual  prepayment  experience to
the  date  of the  transfer  and  projected  payments  based  on the  Prepayment
Assumption.  The present value discount rate equals the applicable  Federal rate
under Code Section 1274(d) that would apply to a debt instrument that was issued
on the date the Disqualified  Organization acquired the Residual Certificate and
whose term ended on the close of the last quarter in which excess  inclusion was
expected  to  accrue  with  respect  to  the  Residual  Certificate.  Such a tax
generally would be imposed on the transferor of the Residual Certificate, except
that where such transfer is through an agent  (including a broker,  nominee,  or
other  middleman)  for a  Disqualified  Organization,  the tax would  instead be
imposed on such agent.  However, a transferor of a Residual Certificate would in
no event be liable for such tax with  respect to a  transfer  if the  transferee
furnishes  to  the  transferor  an  affidavit  that  the  transferee  is  not  a
Disqualified  Organization  and, as of the time of the transfer,  the transferor
does not have actual knowledge that such affidavit is false. The tax also may be
waived by the Treasury  Department  if the  Disqualified  Organization  promptly
disposes of the Residual  Certificate  and the transferor pays income tax at the
highest  corporate  rate on the excess  inclusion  for the  period the  Residual
Certificate is actually held by the Disqualified Organization.

         In addition,  if a "Pass-Through  Entity" (as defined below) has excess
inclusion  income with respect to a Residual  Certificate  during a taxable year
and a Disqualified  Organization  is the record holder of an equity  interest in
such  entity,  then a tax is imposed on such entity  equal to the product of (i)
the  amount of excess  inclusions  that are  allocable  to the  interest  in the
Pass-Through Entity during the period such interest is held by such Disqualified
Organization and (ii) the highest  marginal  federal  corporate income tax rate.
Such tax would be deductible from the ordinary gross income of the  Pass-Through
Entity for the taxable  year.  The  Pass-Through  Entity would not be liable for
such tax if it has received an affidavit from such record holder that (i) states
under  penalty of perjury  that it is not a  Disqualified  Organization  or (ii)
furnishes a social  security  number and states under  penalties of perjury that
the social security  number is that of the transferee,  provided that during the
period  such  person is the  record  holder  of the  Residual  Certificate,  the
Pass-Through Entity does not have actual knowledge that such affidavit is false.

         For these purposes,  (i) "Disqualified  Organization"  means the United
States, any state or political subdivision thereof, any foreign government,  any
international  organization,  any  agency  or  instrumentality  of  any  of  the
foregoing  (provided,  that such term does not include an instrumentality if all
its  activities  are subject to tax and a majority of its board of  directors is
not selected by any such  governmental  entity),  any  cooperative  organization
furnishing  electric energy or providing  telephone  service to persons in rural
areas as described in Code Section  1381(a)(2)(C),  and any organization  (other
than a farmers'  cooperative  described in Code Section 521) that is exempt from
taxation  under the Code  unless  such  organization  is  subject  to the tax on
unrelated  business  income  imposed by Code Section 511 and (ii)  "Pass-Through
Entity" means any regulated  investment  company,  real estate investment trust,
common  trust  fund,  partnership,  trust or  estate  and  certain  corporations
operating on a cooperative

                                       47

<PAGE>



basis.  Except as may be provided in Treasury  regulations yet to be issued, any
person  holding an  interest in a  Pass-Through  Entity as a nominee for another
will, with respect to such interest, be treated as a Pass-Through Entity.

         The  Agreement  with respect to a series of  Certificates  will provide
that neither legal title nor beneficial  interest in a Residual  Certificate may
be transferred or registered unless (i) the proposed  transferee provides to the
Depositor and the Trustee an affidavit to the effect that such transferee is not
a Disqualified  Organization,  is not purchasing  such Residual  Certificates on
behalf of a Disqualified  Organization (i.e., as a broker,  nominee or middleman
thereof) and is not an entity that holds REMIC residual securities as nominee to
facilitate the clearance and settlement of such  securities  through  electronic
book-entry  changes in  accounts  of  participating  organizations  and (ii) the
transferor provides a statement in writing to the Depositor and the Trustee that
it has no actual knowledge that such affidavit is false. Moreover, the Agreement
will  provide that any  attempted  or  purported  transfer in violation of these
transfer  restrictions  will be null and void and  will  vest no  rights  in any
purported  transferee.  Each Residual  Certificate with respect to a series will
have a legend  referring to such  restrictions  on transfer,  and each  Residual
Certificateholder  will be deemed to have  agreed,  as a condition  of ownership
thereof,  to any amendments to the related Agreement  required under the Code or
applicable  Treasury  regulations  to  effectuate  the  foregoing  restrictions.
Information  necessary to compute an applicable  excise tax must be furnished to
the Internal  Revenue Service and to the requesting  party within 60 days of the
request,  and the  Depositor or the Trustee may charge a fee for  computing  and
providing such information.

         Noneconomic  Residual  Interests.  Under the REMIC Regulations  certain
transfers of Residual Certificates are disregarded, in which case the transferor
continues  to be  treated  as the owner of the  Residual  Certificates  and thus
continues to be subject to tax on its allocable portion of the net income of the
REMIC Pool.  Under the Final  REMIC  Regulations,  a transfer  of a  Noneconomic
Residual Interest (defined below) to a Residual  Certificateholder (other than a
Residual  Certificateholder  who is not a U.S.  Person,  as defined  below under
"Foreign  Investors") is disregarded  for all federal income tax purposes unless
no significant purpose of the transfer is to impede the assessment or collection
of tax. A residual  interest in a REMIC  (including a residual  interest  with a
positive value at issuance) is a "Noneconomic  Residual Interest" unless, at the
time of the transfer, (i) the present value of the expected future distributions
on the residual interest at least equals the product of the present value of the
anticipated  excess inclusions and the highest federal corporate income tax rate
in effect for the year in which the  transfer  occurs,  and (ii) the  transferor
reasonably expects that the transferee will receive distributions from the REMIC
at or after the time at which taxes accrue on the anticipated  excess inclusions
in an amount  sufficient to satisfy the accrued taxes.  The  anticipated  excess
inclusions  and the present value rate are  determined in the same manner as set
forth above under "Disqualified  Organizations." A significant purpose to impede
the assessment or collection of tax exists if the transferor, at the time of the
transfer,  either knew or should have known (had "improper  knowledge") that the
transferor  would be  unwilling  or  unable to pay taxes due on its share of the
taxable  income of the  REMIC.  Under the REMIC  Regulations,  a  transferor  is
presumed not to have improper knowledge if (i) the transferor conducted,  at the
time of the transfer,  a reasonable  investigation of the financial condition of
the transferee and, as a result of the investigation,  the transferor found that
the  transferee  had  historically  paid its debts as they came due and found no
significant  evidence to indicate that the  transferor  will not continue to pay
its debts as they come due in the future; and (ii) the transferee  represents to
the  transferor  that it  understands  that,  as the  holder of the  Noneconomic
Residual  Interest,  the transferee  may incur tax  liabilities in excess of any
cash flows generated by the residual interest and that the transferee intends to
pay taxes  associated with holding of residual  interest as they become due. The
Agreement will require the transferee of a Residual Certificate to state as part
of the affidavit described above under the heading "Disqualified  Organizations"
that such transferee (i) has historically  paid its debts as they come due, (ii)
intends  to  continue  to pay its  debts as they come due in the  future,  (iii)
understands that, as the holder of a Noneconomic Residual Interest, it may incur
tax  liabilities  in  excess  of  any  cash  flows  generated  by  the  Residual
Certificate,  and (iv) intends to pay any and all taxes  associated with holding
the Residual  Certificate as they become due. The transferor must have no reason
to believe that such statement is untrue.

         Foreign Investors. The REMIC Regulations provide that the transfer of a
Residual  Certificate  that has "tax avoidance  potential" to a "foreign person"
will be disregarded for all federal tax purposes.  This rule appears intended to
apply to a transferee who is not a "U.S. Person" (as defined below), unless such
transferee's  income is  effectively  connected  with the  conduct of a trade or
business within the United States. A Residual Certificate is

                                       48

<PAGE>



deemed to have tax avoidance potential unless, at the time of the transfer,  the
transferor  reasonably  expects that, for each excess  inclusion,  (i) the REMIC
Pool will distribute to the transferee  residual  interest holder an amount that
will equal at least 30% of the excess  inclusions and (ii) that each such amount
will be distributed at or after the time at which the excess  inclusion  accrues
and not later than the close of the calendar year following the calendar year of
accrual.  If the non-U.S.  Person  transfers the Residual  Certificate back to a
U.S.  Person,  the transfer will be disregarded and the foreign  transferor will
continue  to be treated as the owner  unless  arrangements  are made so that the
transfer  does not have the effect of allowing  the  transferor  to avoid tax on
accrued excess inclusions.

         The  Prospectus  Supplement  relating to a series of  Certificates  may
provide that a Residual  Certificate  may not be purchased by or  transferred to
any person  that is not a U.S.  Person or may  describe  the  circumstances  and
restrictions  pursuant  to which  such a  transfer  may be made.  The term "U.S.
Person"  means a citizen  or  resident  of the  United  States,  a  corporation,
partnership  or other  entity  created or  organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof or an estate or trust that is
subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of the source of its income.

Sale or Exchange of a Residual Certificate

         Upon the sale or  exchange  of a  Residual  Certificate,  the  Residual
Certificateholder  will recognize  gain or loss equal to the excess,  if any, of
the amount  realized over the adjusted basis (as described above under "Taxation
of Residual Certificates - Basis and Losses") of such Residual Certificateholder
in such Residual Certificate at the time of the sale or exchange. In addition to
reporting  the taxable  income of the REMIC Pool,  a Residual  Certificateholder
will have taxable  income to the extent that any cash  distribution  to him from
the REMIC Pool exceeds  such  adjusted  basis on that  Distribution  Date.  Such
income  will be  treated  as gain  from the  sale or  exchange  of the  Residual
Certificate.  It is  possible  that the  termination  of the  REMIC  Pool may be
treated  as a  sale  or  exchange  of a  Residual  Certificateholder's  Residual
Certificate,  in which case, if the Residual  Certificateholder  has an adjusted
basis in his Residual Certificate  remaining when his interest in the REMIC Pool
terminates,  and if he holds such Residual  Certificate as a capital asset under
Code  Section  1221,  then he will  recognize a capital loss at that time in the
amount of such remaining adjusted basis.

         The Conference  Committee Report to the 1986 Act provides that,  except
as provided in Treasury regulations yet to be issued the wash sale rules of Code
Section 1091 will apply to disposition of Residual  Certificates.  Consequently,
losses on dispositions  of Residual  Certificates  will be disallowed  where the
seller of the  Residual  Certificate,  during  the period  beginning  six months
before the sale or disposition of the Residual Certificate and ending six months
after such sale or disposition,  acquires (or enters into any other  transaction
that results in the  application of Code Section 1091) any residual  interest in
any REMIC or any  interest  in a "taxable  mortgage  pool"  (such as a non-REMIC
owner trust) that is economically comparable to a Residual Certificate.

Taxes That May Be Imposed on the REMIC Pool

         Prohibited  Transactions.  Net income from certain  transactions by the
REMIC Pool, called prohibited transactions,  will not be part of the calculation
of income or loss  includible  in the  federal  income tax  returns of  Residual
Certificateholders,  but rather  will be taxed  directly  to the REMIC Pool at a
100% rate.  Prohibited  transactions  generally include (i) the disposition of a
qualified  mortgage  other  than for (a)  substitution  within  two years of the
Startup Day for a defective (including a defaulted) obligation (or repurchase in
lieu of  substitution of a defective  (including a defaulted)  obligation at any
time) or for any qualified  mortgage within three months of the Startup Day, (b)
foreclosure, default or imminent default of a qualified mortgage, (c) bankruptcy
or insolvency of the REMIC Pool or (d) a qualified (complete) liquidation,  (ii)
the  receipt  of  income  from  assets  that  are not the type of  mortgages  or
investments  that the REMIC  Pool is  permitted  to hold,  (iii) the  receipt of
compensation  for services or (iv) the receipt of gain from  disposition of cash
flow investments other than pursuant to a qualified liquidation. Notwithstanding
(i) and (iv), it is not a prohibited  transaction to sell REMIC Pool property to
prevent a default on Regular  Certificates as a result of a default on qualified
mortgages or to facilitate a clean-up call (generally,  an optional  termination
to  save  administrative  costs  when no more  than a  small  percentage  of the
Certificates  is  outstanding).   The  REMIC   Regulations   indicate  that  the
modification  of a Mortgage Loan  generally will not be treated as a disposition
if  it  is  occasioned  by a  default  or  reasonably  foreseeable  default,  an
assumption of the

                                       49

<PAGE>



Mortgage  Loan,  the  waiver  of a  due-on-sale  or  encumbrance  clause  or the
conversion  of an  interest  rate by a  mortgagor  pursuant  to the  terms  of a
convertible  adjustable rate Mortgage Loan. The REMIC  Regulations  also provide
that the  modification of mortgage loans underlying  Mortgage-Backed  Securities
will  not  be  treated  as a  modification  of the  Mortgage-Backed  Securities,
provided  that the  trust  including  the was not  created  to avoid  prohibited
transaction rules.

         Contributions to the REMIC Pool After the Startup Day. In general,  the
REMIC Pool will be subject to a tax at a 100% rate on the value of any  property
contributed to the REMIC Pool after the Startup Day. Exceptions are provided for
cash  contributions  to the REMIC Pool (i) during the three months following the
Startup   Day,   (ii)  made  to  a   qualified   reserve   fund  by  a  Residual
Certificateholder, (iii) in the nature of a guarantee, (iv) made to facilitate a
qualified  liquidation  or  clean-up  call  and (v) as  otherwise  permitted  in
Treasury regulations yet to be issued.

         Net Income from Foreclosure Property. The REMIC Pool will be subject to
federal income tax at the highest corporate rate on "net income from foreclosure
property,"  determined  by  reference  to the rules  applicable  to real  estate
investment  trusts.  Generally,  property  acquired  by the REMIC  Pool  through
foreclosure  or deed in lieu of  foreclosure  would be treated  as  "foreclosure
property" for a period of two years, with possible  extensions.  Net income from
foreclosure  property  generally  means (i) gain from the sale of a  foreclosure
property  that is  inventory  property  and (ii) gross  income from  foreclosure
property  other than  qualifying  rents and other  qualifying  income for a real
estate investment trust.

Liquidation of the REMIC Pool

         If a REMIC Pool and the Trustee  adopt a plan of complete  liquidation,
within the meaning of Code  Section  860F(a)(4)(A)(i)  and sell all of the REMIC
Pool's assets (other than cash) within a 90-day period  beginning on the date of
the adoption of the plan of  liquidation,  the REMIC Pool will recognize no gain
or loss on the sale of its  assets,  provided  that the REMIC  Pool  credits  or
distributes  in  liquidation  all of the sale proceeds plus its cash (other than
amounts  retained to meet  claims  against the REMIC Pool) to holders of Regular
Certificates and Residual Certificateholders within the 90-day period.

Administrative Matters

         The REMIC Pool will be  required  to  maintain  its books on a calendar
year  basis and to file  federal  income  tax  returns  for  federal  income tax
purposes  in a manner  similar to a  partnership.  The form for such  income tax
return is Form 1066,  U.S. Real Estate  Mortgage  Investment  Conduit Income Tax
Return. The Trustee will be required to sign the REMIC Pool's returns.  Treasury
regulations   provide   that,   except   where   there  is  a  single   Residual
Certificateholder  for an entire  taxable year, the REMIC Pool generally will be
subject to the procedural  and  administrative  rules of the Code  applicable to
partnerships, including the determination by the Internal Revenue Service of any
adjustments to, among other things, items of REMIC income, gain, loss, deduction
or  credit  in a  unified  administrative  proceeding.  The  Depositor  or other
designated Residual  Certificateholders will be obligated to act as "tax matters
person," as defined in  applicable  Treasury  regulations,  with  respect to the
REMIC Pool. If the Code or  applicable  Treasury  regulations  do not permit the
Depositor to act as tax matters  person in its capacity as agent of the Residual
Certificateholders,  the  Residual  Certificateholder  chosen  by  the  Residual
Certificateholders   or  such  other  person  specified   pursuant  to  Treasury
regulations will be required to act as tax matters person.

         Treasury regulations provide that a holder of a Residual Certificate is
not required to treat items on its return  consistently  with their treatment on
the REMIC Pool's return if a holder owns 100% of the Residual  Certificates  for
the entire calendar year.  Otherwise,  each holder of a Residual  Certificate is
required to treat items on its return  consistently  with their treatment on the
REMIC Pool's return,  unless the holder of a Residual Certificate either files a
statement  identifying the  inconsistency or establishes that the  inconsistency
resulted from  incorrect  information  received from the REMIC Pool. The Service
may assess a deficiency  resulting from a failure to comply with the consistency
requirement without  instituting an administrative  proceeding at the REMIC Pool
level.


                                       50

<PAGE>



Limitations on Deduction of Certain Expenses

         An investor  who is an  individual,  estate or trust will be subject to
limitation with respect to certain itemized deductions described in Code Section
67, to the extent that such itemized deductions, in the aggregate, do not exceed
2% of the  investor's  adjusted  gross  income.  In  addition,  Code  Section 68
provides that itemized  deductions  otherwise allowable for a taxable year of an
individual  taxpayer  will be reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess,  if
any, of adjusted  gross  income over  $100,000,  adjusted  yearly for  inflation
($50,000,  adjusted  yearly for inflation,  in the case of a married  individual
filing a  separate  return),  or (ii) 80% of the amount of  itemized  deductions
otherwise  allowable for such year. In the case of a REMIC Pool, such deductions
may  include  deductions  under  Code  Section  212 for  servicing  fees and all
administrative  and other  expenses  relating  to the REMIC Pool or any  similar
expenses allocated to the REMIC Pool with respect to a regular interest it holds
in another REMIC. Such investors who hold REMIC Certificates  either directly or
indirectly through certain  pass-through  entities may have their pro rata share
of such  expenses  allocated  to them as  additional  gross  income,  but may be
subject to such  limitation on  deductions.  In addition,  such expenses are not
deductible at all for purposes of computing the alternative minimum tax, and may
cause such  investors to be subject to  significant  additional  tax  liability.
Treasury  regulations provide that the additional gross income and corresponding
amount of  expenses  generally  are to be  allocated  entirely to the holders of
Residual  Certificates  in the case of a REMIC Pool that would not  qualify as a
fixed  investment  trust  in the  absence  of a REMIC  election.  However,  such
additional gross income and limitation on deductions will apply to the allocable
portion of such expenses to holders of Regular Certificates,  as well as holders
of Residual Certificates, where such Regular Certificates are issued in a manner
that is similar to  pass-through  certificates in a fixed  investment  trust. In
general,  such  allocable  portion will be determined  based on the ratio that a
REMIC  Certificateholder's  income,  determined  on a daily basis,  bears to the
income of all holders of Regular  Certificates  and Residual  Certificates  with
respect to a REMIC Pool.  As a result,  individuals,  estates or trusts  holding
REMIC  Certificates  (either  directly or  indirectly  through a grantor  trust,
partnership,  S  corporation,  REMIC,  or certain  other  pass-through  entities
described in the  foregoing  Treasury  regulations)  may have taxable  income in
excess of the interest income at the pass-through  rate on Regular  Certificates
that  are  issued  in a  single  class  or  otherwise  consistently  with  fixed
investment  trust  status  or in excess of cash  distributions  for the  related
period on Residual Certificates.

Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors

         Regular  Certificates.  Interest,  including  original issue  discount,
distributable to Regular  Certificateholders who are nonresident aliens, foreign
corporations,  or other Non-U.S.  Persons (as defined below), will be considered
"portfolio interest" and therefore,  generally will not be subject to 30% United
States  withholding  tax,  provided  that  such  Non-U.S.  Person  (i)  is not a
"10-percent  shareholder"  within the meaning of Code Section  871(h)(3)(B) or a
controlled foreign corporation  described in Code Section  881(c)(3)(C) and (ii)
provides the Trustee,  or the person who would otherwise be required to withhold
tax  from  such  distributions  under  Code  Sections  1441  or  1442,  with  an
appropriate  statement,  signed  under  penalties  of perjury,  identifying  the
beneficial owner and stating,  among other things,  that the beneficial owner of
the Regular  Certificate is a Non-U.S.  Person. If such statement,  or any other
required statement,  is not provided,  30% withholding will apply unless reduced
or eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty or unless the interest on the
Regular  Certificate  is  effectively  connected  with the conduct of a trade or
business within the United States by such Non-U.S.  Person.  In the latter case,
such  Non-U.S.  Person will be subject to United  States  federal  income tax at
regular rates.  Investors who are Non-U.S.  Persons should consult their own tax
advisors  regarding  the specific tax  consequences  to them of owning a Regular
Certificate.  The term  "Non-U.S.  Person"  means any  person  who is not a U.S.
Person.

         Residual Certificates.  The Conference Committee Report to the 1986 Act
indicates  that  amounts  paid to Residual  Certificateholders  who are Non-U.S.
Persons are treated as interest  for  purposes of the 30% (or lower treaty rate)
United  States  withholding  tax.  Treasury  regulations  provide  that  amounts
distributed  to Residual  Certificateholders  qualify as  "portfolio  interest,"
subject to the conditions described in "Regular Certificates" above, but only to
the extent that (i) the Mortgage Assets were issued after July 18, 1984 and (ii)
the Trust  fund or  segregated  pool of assets  therein  (as to which a separate
REMIC  election  will be  made),  to which  the  Residual  Certificate  relates,
consists of obligations  issued in "registered  form" within the meaning of Code
Section 163(f)(1). Generally, Mortgage Assets will not be, but regular interests
in another REMIC Pool will be, considered obligations

                                       51

<PAGE>



issued in registered form. Furthermore, a Residual Certificateholder will not be
entitled to any exemption from the 30% withholding tax (or lower treaty rate) to
the extent of that portion of REMIC taxable  income that  constitutes an "excess
inclusion."  See "Taxation of Residual  Certificates -- Limitations on Offset or
Exemption of REMIC Income;  Excess  Inclusions." If the amounts paid to Residual
Certificateholders  who are Non-U.S.  Persons are effectively connected with the
conduct  of a trade or  business  within  the  United  States  by such  Non-U.S.
Persons,  30% (or lower treaty rate)  withholding will not apply.  Instead,  the
amounts paid to such Non-U.S.  Persons will be subject to United States  federal
income  tax at regular  rates.  If 30% (or lower  treaty  rate)  withholding  is
applicable,  such amounts  generally  will be taken into account for purposes of
withholding  only  when  paid or  otherwise  distributed  (or when the  Residual
Certificate is disposed of) under rules similar to withholding  upon disposition
of  debt  instruments  that  have  original  issue  discount.  See  "Tax-Related
Restrictions  on Transfer of Residual  Certificates -- Foreign Investors"  above
concerning the disregard of certain transfers having "tax avoidance  potential."
Investors  who are  Non-U.S.  Persons  should  consult  their  own tax  advisors
regarding the specific tax consequences to them of owning Residual Certificates.

Backup Withholding

         Distributions made on the Regular  Certificates,  and proceeds from the
sale of the Regular  Certificates to or through certain brokers,  may be subject
to a "backup"  withholding  tax under Code  Section  3406 of 31% on  "reportable
payments" (including interest distributions, original issue discount, and, under
certain   circumstances,    principal    distributions)   unless   the   Regular
Certificateholder   complies  with  certain   reporting   and/or   certification
procedures, including the provision of its taxpayer identification number to the
Trustee,  its  agent  or the  broker  who  effected  the  sale  of  the  Regular
Certificate,  or such  Certificateholder  is otherwise an exempt recipient under
applicable  provisions of the Code. Any amounts to be withheld from distribution
on the Regular Certificates would be refunded by the Internal Revenue Service or
allowed as a credit against the Regular  Certificateholder's  federal income tax
liability.

Reporting Requirements

         Reports of accrued  interest and original  issue  discount will be made
annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to individuals, estates, non-exempt
and non-charitable  trusts, and partnerships who are either holders of record of
Regular Certificates or beneficial owners who own Regular Certificates through a
broker or middleman as nominee.  All brokers,  nominees and all other non-exempt
holders of record of Regular Certificates (including corporations,  non-calendar
year  taxpayers,  securities  or  commodities  dealers,  real estate  investment
trusts,  investment  companies,  common trust  funds,  thrift  institutions  and
charitable  trusts) may request such  information  for any  calendar  quarter by
telephone or in writing by contacting the person  designated in Internal Revenue
Service  Publication  938  with  respect  to  a  particular  series  of  Regular
Certificates.  Holders through  nominees must request such  information from the
nominee.  Treasury regulations provide that information necessary to compute the
accrual of any market discount on the Regular Certificates must be furnished for
calendar years beginning after 1990.

         The Internal Revenue  Service's Form 1066 has an accompanying  Schedule
Q, Quarterly Notice to Residual  Interest Holders of REMIC Taxable Income or Net
Loss Allocation.  Treasury  regulations  require that Schedule Q be furnished by
the  REMIC  Pool  to each  Residual  Certificateholder  by the end of the  month
following the close of each calendar quarter (41 days after the end of a quarter
under proposed Treasury regulations) in which the REMIC Pool is in existence.

         Treasury  regulations  require  that,  in  addition  to  the  foregoing
requirements,    information   must   be   furnished   quarterly   to   Residual
Certificateholders,  furnished  annually,  if applicable,  to holders of Regular
Certificates,  and filed annually with the Internal  Revenue Service  concerning
Code Section 67 expenses  (see  "Limitations  on Deduction of Certain  Expenses"
above)  allocable  to  such  holders.   Furthermore,   under  such  regulations,
information  must  be  furnished   quarterly  to  Residual   Certificateholders,
furnished annually to holders of Regular  Certificates,  and filed annually with
the Internal  Revenue  Service  concerning  the  percentage  of the REMIC Pool's
assets meeting the qualified  asset tests  described above under "Federal Income
Tax Consequences for REMIC Certificates," above.


                                       52

<PAGE>



Federal Income Tax  Consequences  for Certificates as to Which No REMIC Election
Is Made

Standard Certificates

         General.  If no election is made to treat a Trust (or a segregated pool
of assets  therein)  with respect to a series of  Certificates  as a REMIC,  the
Trust may be  classified  as a grantor  trust  under  subparagraph  E, Part 1 of
subchapter J of the Code and not as a partnership  or  association  taxable as a
corporation. Where there is no fixed retained yield with respect to the Mortgage
Assets underlying the Certificates of a series,  and where such Certificates are
not  designated as Stripped  Certificates,  as described  below under  "Stripped
Certificates"  or  as  Partnership   Interests   described  under  "Taxation  of
Securities  Classified  as  Partnership  Interests,"  the  holder  of each  such
"Standard Certificate" in such series will be treated as the owner of a pro rata
undivided  interest  in the  ordinary  income and corpus  portions  of the Trust
represented by his Certificate and will be considered the beneficial  owner of a
pro rata  undivided  interest  in each of the  Mortgage  Assets,  subject to the
discussion below under  "Recharacterization  of Servicing Fees." With respect to
each series of  Certificates  where no REMIC  election is made,  Arter & Hadden,
counsel to the Depositor, will deliver its opinion to the Depositor that (unless
otherwise limited in the related  Prospectus  Supplement) the related Trust will
be classified as a grantor trust and not as a partnership or association taxable
as a corporation.  Arter & Hadden,  counsel to the Depositor,  is of the opinion
that if a Trust does not elect REMIC status and is not treated as a partnership,
the tax consequences to the Owners will be as described below. Accordingly,  the
holder of a Certificate (a  "Certificateholder")  of a particular series will be
required  to report on its  federal  income tax return its pro rata share of the
entire  income from the  Mortgage  Assets,  original  issue  discount  (if any),
prepayment  fees,  assumption  fees, and late payment charges  received by or on
behalf of the  Trust,  in  accordance  with such  Certificateholder's  method of
accounting.  A  Certificateholder  generally will be able to deduct its share of
servicing  fees  and all  administrative  and  other  expenses  of the  Trust in
accordance  with his  method  of  accounting,  provided  that such  amounts  are
reasonable compensation for services rendered to that Trust. However,  investors
who are individuals, estates or trusts who own Certificates,  either directly or
indirectly through certain pass-through entities,  will be subject to limitation
with  respect to certain  itemized  deductions  described  in Code  Section  67,
including  deductions  under Code  Section 212 for  servicing  fees and all such
administrative  and  other  expenses  of the  Trust,  to the  extent  that  such
deductions,  in the  aggregate,  do not  exceed  two  percent  of an  investor's
adjusted  gross  income.  In addition,  Code Section 68 provides  that  itemized
deductions otherwise allowable for a taxable year of an individual taxpayer will
be reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the  excess,  if any,  of  adjusted  gross
income over $100,000,  adjusted yearly for inflation  ($50,000,  adjusted yearly
for inflation, in the case of a married individual filing a separate return), or
(ii) 80% of the amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable for such year.
As a result such investors holding Certificates,  directly or indirectly through
a  pass-through  entity,  may have  aggregate  taxable  income  in excess of the
aggregate amount of cash received on such  Certificates with respect to interest
at the pass-through rate on such Certificates or discount thereon.  In addition,
such  expenses  are  not  deductible  at  all  for  purposes  of  computing  the
alternative  minimum  tax  and  may  cause  such  investors  to  be  subject  to
significant  additional tax liability.  Moreover,  where there is fixed retained
yield with respect to the Mortgage Assets underlying a series of Certificates or
where the servicing fees are in excess of reasonable servicing compensation, the
transaction  will be  subject  to the  application  of the  "stripped  bond" and
"stripped  coupon"  rules  of the  Code,  as  described  below  under  "Stripped
Certificates"  and  "Premium  and  Discount --  Recharacterization  of Servicing
Fees," respectively.

         Tax  Status.   Unless  otherwise  disclosed  in  a  related  Prospectus
Supplement and subject to the discussion below with respect to buy-down Mortgage
Assets,  Arter & Hadden,  counsel to the Depositor,  will deliver its opinion to
the Depositor that:

                  1. A Standard  Certificate  owned by a "domestic  building and
         loan association"  within the meaning of Code Section  7701(a)(19) will
         be considered to represent  "loans . . . secured by an interest in real
         property"  within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section   7701(a)(19)(C)(v),
         provided   that  the  real  property   securing  the  Mortgage   Assets
         represented  by  that  Certificate  is of the  type  described  in such
         section.


                                       53

<PAGE>



                  2. A Standard  Certificate  owned by a  financial  institution
         described  in Code  Section  593(a)  will be  considered  to  represent
         "qualifying  real  property  loans"  within the meaning of Code Section
         592(d)(1), provided that the real property securing the Mortgage Assets
         represented  by  that  Certificate  is of the  type  described  in such
         section.

                  3. A Standard  Certificate  owned by a real estate  investment
         trust will be considered to represent  "real estate  assets" within the
         meaning of Code Section 856(C) (5) (A) to the extent that the assets of
         the related Trust consist of qualified  assets,  and interest income on
         such assets will be  considered  "interest  on  obligations  secured by
         mortgages  on  real  property"  within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section
         856(c)(3)(B).

                  4. A Standard  Certificate owned by a REMIC will be considered
         to represent an "obligation (including any participation or certificate
         of beneficial  ownership  therein) which is  principally  secured by an
         interest  in  real  property"   within  the  meaning  of  Code  Section
         860G(a)(3)(A)  to the  extent  that the  assets  of the  related  Trust
         consist of  "qualified  mortgages"  within the meaning of Code  Section
         860G(a)(3).

         An  issue  arises  as  to  whether  buy-down  Mortgage  Assets  may  be
characterized  in  their  entirety  under  the  Code  provisions  cited  in  the
immediately  preceding paragraph.  Code Section  593(d)(l)(C)  provides that the
term  "qualifying  real  property  loan" does not  include a loan "to the extent
secured  by a deposit  in or share of the  taxpayer."  The  application  of this
provision  to a  buy-down  fund with  respect  to a  buy-down  Mortgage  Loan is
uncertain,  but may require that a taxpayer's  investment in a buy-down Mortgage
Loan be reduced by the buy-down  fund. As to the treatment of buy-down  Mortgage
Assets as "qualifying  real property loans" under Code Section  593(d)(i) if the
exception of Code Section 593(d)(1)(C) is inapplicable,  as "loans . . . secured
"by an interest in real property" under Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v), as "real
estate  assets"  under  Code  Section   856(c)(5)(A),   and  as   "obligation[s]
principally  secured  by an  interest  in  real  property"  under  Code  Section
860G(a)(3)(A), there is indirect authority supporting treatment of an investment
in a buy-down  Mortgage  Loan as entirely  secured by real  property if the fair
market value of the real property securing the loan exceeds the principal amount
of the loan at the time of issuance or acquisition, as the case may be. There is
no  assurance  that  the  treatment  described  above  is  proper.  Accordingly,
Certificateholders  are urged to consult their own tax advisors  concerning  the
effects of such arrangements on the characterization of such Certificateholder's
investment for federal income tax purposes.

Premium and Discount

         Certificateholders are advised to consult with their tax advisors as to
the federal  income tax  treatment of premium and discount  arising  either upon
initial acquisition of Certificates or thereafter.

         Premium.  The  treatment  of premium  incurred  upon the  purchase of a
Certificate  will be determined  generally as described above under "-- Taxation
of Regular Certificates -- Premium."

         Original Issue  Discount.  The Internal  Revenue  Service has stated in
published rulings that, in circumstances  similar to those described herein, the
original  issue  discount  rules  will be  applicable  to a  Certificateholder's
interest in those Mortgage Assets as to which the conditions for the application
of those sections are met. Rules regarding  periodic inclusion of original issue
discount income are applicable to mortgages of corporations originated after May
27,  1969,  mortgages  of  noncorporate   mortgagors  (other  than  individuals)
originated  after July l, 1982,  and mortgages of individuals  originated  after
March 2, 1984.  Such  original  issue  discount  could arise by the  charging of
points by the  originator of the mortgages in an amount greater than a statutory
de minimis exception, to the extent that the points are not currently deductible
under applicable Code provisions or are not for services provided by the lender.
It is generally not  anticipated  that  adjustable  rate Mortgage Assets will be
treated as issued with original issue discount.  However, the application of the
OID Regulations to adjustable rate mortgage loans with incentive  interest rates
or annual or lifetime interest rate caps may result in original issue discount.

         Original  issue  discount must  generally be reported as ordinary gross
income as it accrues  under a constant  yield method that takes into account the
compounding of interest, in advance of the cash attributable to such income.

                                       54

<PAGE>



However,  Code  Section  1272  provide for a reduction in the amount of original
issue  discount  includible  in the  income  of a holder of an  obligation  that
acquires the obligation  after its initial  issuance at a price greater than the
sum of the  original  issue  price and the  previously  accrued  original  issue
discount, less prior payments of principal. Accordingly, if such Mortgage Assets
acquired  by a  Certificateholder  are  purchased  at a price  equal to the then
unpaid  principal  amount of such Mortgage  Assets,  no original  issue discount
attributable  to the  difference  between  the  issue  price  and  the  original
principal  amount of such Mortgage  Assets (i.e.,  points) will be includible by
such holder.

         Market Discount.  Certificateholders also will be subject to the market
discount  rules to the  extent  that the  conditions  for  application  of those
sections are met.  Market discount on the Mortgage Assets will be determined and
will be reported as ordinary  income  generally  in the manner  described  above
under "-- Taxation of Regular Certificates -- Market Discount."

         Recharacterization  of Servicing  Fees. If the  servicing  fees paid to
Servicers were deemed to exceed reasonable servicing compensation, the amount of
such  excess  would be  nondeductible  under Code  Section  162 or 212.  In this
regard,there are no authoritative  guidelines for federal income tax purposes as
to either the maximum  amount of servicing  compensation  that may be considered
reasonable  in the context of this or similar  transactions  or whether,  in the
case of the Certificates, the reasonableness of servicing compensation should be
determined on a weighted average or loan-by-loan  basis. If a loan-by-loan basis
is  appropriate,  the  likelihood  that  such  amount  would  exceed  reasonable
servicing  compensation  as to some of the Mortgage  Assets would be  increased.
Recently issued Internal Revenue Service guidance indicates that a servicing fee
in  excess  of  reasonable  compensation  ("excess  servicing")  will  cause the
Mortgage  Assets to be treated  under the "stripped  bond" rules.  Such guidance
provides  safe  harbors  for  servicing  deemed to be  reasonable  and  requires
taxpayers  to  demonstrate  that the value of  servicing  fees in excess of such
amounts is not greater than the value of the services provided.

         Accordingly,  if the Internal Revenue  Service's  approach is upheld, a
servicer that  receives  excess  servicing  fees would be viewed as retaining an
ownership interest in a portion of the interest payments on the Mortgage Assets.
Under the rules of Code Section  1286,  the  separation  of the right to receive
some or all of the interest  payments on an obligation from the right to receive
some  or  all of the  principal  payments  on the  obligation  would  result  in
treatment of such Mortgage  Assets as "stripped  coupons" and "stripped  bonds."
While  Certificateholders  would  still  be  treated  as  owners  of  beneficial
interests in a grantor trust for federal income tax purposes, the corpus of such
trust  could be viewed as  excluding  the  portion  of the  Mortgage  Assets the
ownership of which is attributed to a servicer,  or as including such portion as
a second class of equitable interest. Applicable Treasury regulations treat such
an arrangement as a fixed investment trust,  since the multiple classes of trust
interests  should be treated as merely  facilitating  direct  investments in the
trust  assets and the  existence of multiple  classes of ownership  interests is
incidental to that purpose.  In general,  such a  recharacterization  should not
have any  significant  effect upon the timing or amount of income  reported by a
Certificateholder,  except that the income  reported by a cash method holder may
be  slightly  accelerated.  See  "Stripped  Certificates"  below  for a  further
description  of the federal  income tax treatment of stripped bonds and stripped
coupons.

         In the  alternative,  the amount,  if any, by which the servicing  fees
paid to the servicers are deemed to exceed reasonable compensation for servicing
could   be   treated   as   deferred   payments   of   purchase   price  by  the
Certificateholders  to purchase an undivided interest in the Mortgage Assets. In
such event,  the present value of such additional  payments might be included in
the  Certificateholder's  basis in such  undivided  interests  for  purposes  of
determining whether the Certificate was acquired at a discount,  at par, or at a
premium.  Under this alternative,  Certificateholders  may also be entitled to a
deduction  for unstated  interest  with respect to each  deferred  payment.  The
Internal  Revenue  Service may take the  position  that the  specific  statutory
provisions  of Code  Section  1286  described  above  override  the  alternative
described in this paragraph. Certificateholders are advised to consult their tax
advisors as to the proper  treatment of the amounts paid to the servicers as set
forth herein as servicing  compensation or under either of the  alternatives set
forth above.

         Sale  or  Exchange  of  Certificates.   Upon  sale  or  exchange  of  a
Certificate,  a  Certificateholder  will  recognize  gain or loss  equal  to the
difference  between the amount  realized on the sale and its aggregate  adjusted
basis in the Mortgage Assets and other assets represented by the Certificate. In
general, the aggregate adjusted basis will equal

                                       55

<PAGE>



the Certificateholder's cost for the Certificate, increased by the amount of any
income previously  reported with respect to the Certificate and decreased by the
amount of any losses previously reported with respect to the Certificate and the
amount of any  distributions  received  thereon.  Except as provided  above with
respect to market  discount  on any  Mortgage  Assets,  and  except for  certain
financial  institutions  subject to the provisions of Code Section  582(c),  any
such gain or loss would be capital gain or loss if the Certificate was held as a
capital asset.

Stripped Certificates

         General.  Pursuant to Code Section 1286, the separation of ownership of
the right to receive some or all of the principal payments on an obligation from
ownership of the right to receive some or all of the interest  payments  results
in the  creation of  "stripped  bonds" with  respect to  principal  payments and
"stripped  coupons"  with  respect to interest  payments.  For  purposes of this
discussion,  Certificates that are subject to those rules will be referred to as
"Stripped  Certificates." The Certificates will be subject to those rules if (i)
the  Depositor  or any of its  affiliates  retains  (for its own  account or for
purposes  of  resale),  in the form of fixed  retained  yield or  otherwise,  an
ownership interest in a portion of the payments on the Mortgage Assets, (ii) the
Depositor, any of its affiliates or a servicer is treated as having an ownership
interest in the Mortgage Assets to the extent it is paid (or retains)  servicing
compensation  in an amount greater than reasonable  consideration  for servicing
the Mortgage  Assets (see  "Standard  Certificates -- Recharacterization  of the
Servicing  Fees" above) and (iii) a class of  Certificates  are issued in two or
more classes or subclasses representing the right to non pro rata percentages of
the interest and principal payments on the Mortgage Assets.

         In  general,   a  holder  of  a  Stripped   Certificate   (a  "Stripped
Certificateholder")  will be considered to own "stripped  bonds" with respect to
its pro  rata  share  of all or a  portion  of the  principal  payments  on each
Mortgage  Loan and/or  "stripped  coupons" with respect to its pro rata share of
all or a portion of the interest  payments on each Mortgage Loan,  including the
Stripped Certificate's allocable share of the servicing fees paid, to the extent
that such fees represent  reasonable  compensation  for services  rendered.  See
discussion above under "Standard Certificates -- Recharacterization of Servicing
Fees." For this  purpose the  servicing  fees will be  allocated to the Stripped
Certificates  in proportion to the  respective  offering price of each class (or
subclass)  of  Stripped  Certificates.  The  holder  of a  Stripped  Certificate
generally  will be entitled to a deduction each year in respect of the servicing
fees,  as  described  above  under  "--  Federal  Income  Tax  Consequences  for
Certificates  as to Which No REMIC Election is Made -- Standard  Certificates --
General," subject to the limitation described therein.

         Code Section 1286 treats a stripped bond or a stripped coupon generally
as a new  obligation  issued  (i) on the date  that  the  stripped  interest  is
purchased  and (ii) at a price equal to its purchase  price or, if more than one
stripped  interest is purchased,  the share of the purchase  price  allocable to
such stripped  interest.  Each stripped  interest  generally  will have original
issue  discount equal to the excess of its stated  redemption  price at maturity
(or,  in the case of a stripped  coupon,  the amount  payable on the due date of
such   coupon)  over  its  issue   price.   This   treatment  is  based  on  the
interrelationship  of Code Section  1286 and the  regulations  thereunder,  Code
Sections 1272 through 1275,  and the OID  Regulations.  While under Code Section
1286 computations with respect to Stripped  Certificates arguably should be made
in one of the ways described below, the OID Regulations state, in general,  that
all debt  instruments  issued in connection  with the same  transaction  must be
treated  as a single  debt  instrument.  The  Trustee  will make and  report all
computations  described below using this aggregate approach,  unless substantial
legal authority requires otherwise.

         Furthermore,  the  regulations  under Code  Section  1286  support  the
treatment of a Stripped  Certificate as a single debt  instrument  issued on the
date it is originated for purposes of calculating  any original issue  discount.
The preamble to such regulations state that such regulations are premised on the
assumption  that an aggregation  approach is appropriate in determining  whether
original issue discount on a stripped bond or stripped coupon is de minimis.  In
addition,  under these  regulations,  a Stripped  Certificate  that represents a
right to payments of both  interest and principal may be viewed either as issued
with original issue discount or market  discount (as described  below),  at a de
minimis original issue discount,  or presumably,  at a premium.  The preamble to
such  regulations  also  provide  that  such  regulations  are  premised  on the
assumption that generally the interest component of such a Stripped  Certificate
would be treated as stated  interest under the original  issue  discount  rules.
Further,  the  regulations  provide  that  the  purchaser  of  such  a  Stripped
Certificate may be required to account for any discount

                                       56

<PAGE>



as market discount rather than original issue discount if either (i) the initial
discount with respect to the Strip  Certificate was treated as zero under the de
minimis  rule or (ii) no more  than 100 basis  points  in  excess of  reasonable
servicing is stripped off the related Mortgage Assets.  Any such market discount
would be reportable as described  above under "Federal  Income Tax  Consequences
for REMIC Certificates -- Taxation of Regular  Certificates -- Market Discount,"
without regard to the de minimis rule therein.

         Status of Stripped Certificates.  No specific legal authority exists as
to whether the character of the Stripped  Certificates,  for federal  income tax
purposes, will be the same as that of the Mortgage Assets. Stripped Certificates
owned by applicable  holders should be considered to represent  "qualifying real
property  loans"  within the meaning or Code  Section  593(d)(1),  "real  estate
assets"  within the meaning of Code  Section  856(c)(A),  "obligations(s)  . . .
principally  secured by an interest in real property" within the meaning of Code
Section 860G(a)(3)(A), and "loans . . . secured by an interest in real property"
within the meaning of Code Section  7701(a)(19)(C)(v),  and interest  (including
original issue discount) income attributable to Stripped  Certificates should be
considered to represent  "interest on  obligations  secured by mortgages on real
property" within the meaning or Code Section 856(c)(3)(B), provided that in each
case the Mortgage  Assets and interest on such Mortgage  Assets qualify for such
treatment.  The application of such Code provisions to buy-down  Mortgage Assets
is uncertain.  See "-- Federal Income Tax  Consequences  for  Certificates as to
Which No REMIC  Election  is Made" and "-- Standard  Certificates -- Tax Status"
above.

         Original Issue Discount.  Except as described above under "-- General,"
each Stripped Certificate will be considered to have been issued (i) on the date
that  the  stripped  interest  is  purchased  and  (ii) at a price  equal to its
purchase price or, if more than one stripped interest is purchased, the share of
the purchase price allocable to such stripped  interest.  Each stripped interest
generally  will have original  issue  discount equal to the excess of its stated
redemption price at maturity (or, in the case of a stripped  coupon,  the amount
payable on the due date of such  coupon) over its issue  price.  Original  issue
discount  with  respect to a Stripped  Certificate  must be included in ordinary
income as it accrues, in accordance with a constant yield method that takes into
account the  compounding  of interest,  which may be prior to the receipt of the
cash attributable to such income. The amount of original issue discount required
to be included in the income of a Stripped Certificateholder in any taxable year
should be  computed  generally  as  described  above under  "Federal  Income Tax
Consequences  for REMIC  Certificates  --  Taxation of Regular  Certificates  --
Original Issue Discount" and "-- Variable Rate Regular  Certificates."  However,
with the  apparent  exception of a Stripped  Certificate  issued with de minimis
original issue discount,  as described above under "-- General," the issue price
of a  Stripped  Certificate  will be the  purchase  price  paid  by each  holder
thereof,  and the stated redemption price at maturity will include the aggregate
amount of the payments to be made on the Stripped  Certificate  to such Stripped
Certificateholder,  presumably  under  the  Prepayment  Assumption,  other  than
amounts treated as qualified stated interest.

         If the Mortgage  Assets  prepay at a rate either  faster or slower than
that under the Prepayment Assumption, a Stripped Certificateholder's recognition
of original  issue discount will be either  accelerated  or decelerated  and the
amount of such original  issue  discount  will be either  increased or decreased
depending on the relative  interests in principal  and interest on each Mortgage
Loan  represented  by such Stripped  Certificateholder's  Stripped  Certificate.
While the matter is not free from  doubt,  the holder of a Stripped  Certificate
should be  entitled  in the year that it becomes  certain  (assuming  no further
prepayments) that the holder will not recover a portion of its adjusted basis in
such Stripped Certificate to recognize an ordinary loss equal to such portion of
unrecoverable basis.

         As an alternative to the method  described above, the fact that some of
or all the interest payments with respect to the Stripped  Certificates will not
be made if the Mortgage Assets are prepaid could lead to the interpretation that
such  interest  payments  are  "contingent"  within the meaning of the  proposed
regulations  issued  under Code  Section  1274 that  address  the  treatment  of
contingent payments. If the rules of those proposed regulations apply, treatment
of a Stripped  Certificate  under such rules  depends on whether  the  aggregate
amount of principal payments,  if any, to be made on the Stripped Certificate is
less than or greater than its issue price. If the aggregate  principal  payments
are greater than or equal to the issue price,  the principal  payments  would be
treated  as a separate  installment  obligation  issued at a price  equal to the
purchase  price for the  Stripped  Certificate.  In such  case,  original  issue
discount  would be  calculated  and  accrued  under the method  described  above
without  consideration  of the  interest  payments  with respect to the Stripped
Certificate. Such payments of interest would be

                                       57

<PAGE>



includible in the Stripped  Certificateholder's gross income in the taxable year
in which the amounts become fixed. If the aggregate amount of principal payments
to be made on the  Stripped  Certificate  is less  than its  issue  price,  each
payment of  principal  would be treated  as a return of basis.  Each  payment of
interest  would be treated as  includible  in gross  income to the extent of the
applicable  Federal rate under Code Section 1274(d),  as applied to the adjusted
basis of the  Stripped  Certificate,  while  amounts  received  in excess of the
applicable  Federal  rate,  as applied  to the  adjusted  basis of the  Stripped
Certificate,  would be characterized as a return of basis until the total amount
of interest  payments  treated as a return of basis  equalled  the excess of the
purchase  price over the aggregate  stated  principal  payments.  Any additional
interest payments thereafter would be treated as ordinary income. While not free
from doubt  uncertainty as to the payment of interest arising as a result of the
possibility  of  prepayment  of the Mortgage  Assets  should not cause the rules
under the proposed  contingent  payment  regulations  to apply to interest  with
respect to the Stripped Certificates.

         Sale or  Exchange  of  Stripped  Certificates.  Sale or  exchange  of a
Stripped  Certificate prior to its maturity will result in gain or loss equal to
the  difference,   if  any,   between  the  amount  received  and  the  Stripped
Certificateholder's  adjusted basis in such Stripped  Certificate,  as described
above under "Federal Income Tax Consequences  for REMIC Certificates -- Taxation
of Regular  Certificates -- Sale or  Exchange of Regular  Certificates."  To the
extent that a subsequent purchaser's purchase price is exceeded by the remaining
payments  on the  Stripped  Certificates,  such  subsequent  purchaser  will  be
required for federal  income tax purposes to accrue and report such excess as if
it were original issue discount in the manner  described  above. It is not clear
for this purpose  whether the assumed  prepayment rate that is to be used in the
case  of  a  Stripped   Certificateholder   other  than  by  original   Stripped
Certificateholder should be the Prepayment Assumption or a new rate based on the
circumstances at the date of subsequent purchase.

         Purchase  of More Than One  Class of  Stripped  Certificates.  Where an
investor purchases more than one class of Stripped Certificates, it is currently
unclear  whether  for  federal  income tax  purposes  such  classes of  Stripped
Certificates  should be treated  separately  or  aggregated  for purposes of the
rules described above.

         Because  of  these  possible  varying   characterizations  of  Stripped
Certificates  and the  resultant  differing  treatment  of  income  recognition,
Stripped  Certificateholders  are  urged  to  consult  their  own  tax  advisors
regarding the proper  treatment of Stripped  Certificates for federal income tax
purposes.

Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

         The Trustee will  furnish,  within a  reasonable  time after the end of
each calendar year, to each  Certificateholder or Stripped  Certificateholder at
any time during such year,  such  information  (prepared on the basis  described
above)  as the  Trustee  deems to be  necessary  or  desirable  to  enable  such
Certificateholders to prepare their federal income tax returns. Such information
will include the amount of original issue discount accrued on Certificates  held
by  persons   other  than   Certificateholders   exempted   from  the  reporting
requirements.  The  amounts  required  to be  reported by the Trustee may not be
equal to the proper amount of original issue discount required to be reported as
taxable income by a Certificateholder, other than an original Certificateholder.
The Trustee will also file such original  issue  discount  information  with the
Internal Revenue  Service.  If a  Certificateholder  fails to supply an accurate
taxpayer  identification  number or if the Secretary of the Treasury  determines
that a  Certificateholder  has not reported  all  interest  and dividend  income
required to be shown on his federal  income tax return,  31% backup  withholding
may be required in respect of any reportable payments,  as described above under
"-- Backup Withholding."

Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors

         To the extent that a Certificate evidences ownership in Mortgage Assets
that are issued on or before July 18, 1984,  interest or original issue discount
paid by the person  required to withhold  tax under Code  Section  1441 or 1442,
which apply to  nonresident  aliens,  foreign  corporations,  or other  Non-U.S.
Persons generally will be subject to 30% United States  withholding tax, or such
lower rate as may be provided for interest by an applicable tax treaty.  Accrued
original issue discount or market discount  recognized by the  Certificateholder
on the sale or  exchange of such a  Certificate  also will be subject to federal
income tax at the same rate.

                                       58

<PAGE>




         Treasury  regulations  provide that interest or original issue discount
paid by the Trustee or other withholding  agent to a Non-U.S.  Person evidencing
ownership  interest  in  Mortgage  Assets  issued  after  July 18,  1984 will be
"portfolio interest" and will be treated in the manner, and  such  persons  will
be subject  to  the  same  certification  requirements  described   above  under
"-- Taxation of Certain Foreign Investors -- Regular Certificates."

Taxation of Securities Classified as Partnership Interests

         Certain  Trusts may be treated as  partnerships  for Federal income tax
purposes.  In such event,  the Trusts may issue  Certificates  characterized  as
"Partnership Interests" as discussed in the related Prospectus Supplement.  With
respect to such series of Partnership Interests,  Arter & Hadden, counsel to the
Depositor,  will deliver its opinion to the  Depositor  that  (unless  otherwise
limited in the related Prospectus Supplement) the Trust will be characterized as
a partnership and not an association taxable as a corporation for federal income
tax purposes, which will also cover any material federal income tax consequences
applicable to the Owners.

                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

         Certificates  are being  offered  hereby in series  through one or more
underwriters  or groups of  underwriters  (the  "Underwriters").  The Prospectus
Supplement  will set forth the terms of offering of the series of  Certificates,
including the public offering or purchase price of each class of Certificates of
such  series  being  offered  thereby  or the method by which such price will be
determined  and the net  proceeds  to the  Depositor  from the sale of each such
class.  Such  Certificates  will be acquired by the  Underwriters  for their own
account  and may be  resold  from  time  to  time  in one or  more  transactions
including negotiated transactions, at fixed public offering prices or at varying
prices  to be  determined  at the  time  of sale  or at the  time of  commitment
therefor. The managing Underwriter or Underwriters with respect to the offer and
sale of a particular  series of  Certificates  will be set forth on the cover of
the  Prospectus  Supplement  relating  to such  series  and the  members  of the
underwriting syndicate, if any, will be named in such Prospectus Supplement.

         In  connection  with the  sale of the  Certificates,  Underwriters  may
receive  compensation  from the Depositor or from purchasers of the Certificates
in the form of discounts,  concessions or commissions.  Underwriters and dealers
participating  in the  distribution  of the  Certificates  may be  deemed  to be
underwriters  in  connection  with  such  Certificates,  and  any  discounts  or
commissions  received by them from the Depositor and any profit on the resale of
Certificates by them may be deemed to be underwriting  discounts and commissions
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.  The  Prospectus  Supplement  will
describe any such compensation paid by the Depositor.

         It is anticipated  that the  underwriting  agreement  pertaining to the
sale of any series of  Certificates  will  provide that the  obligations  of the
underwriters  will  be  subject  to  certain  conditions  precedent,   that  the
Underwriters  will be  obligated to purchase  all such  Certificates  if any are
purchased and that the Depositor will indemnify the underwriters against certain
civil  liabilities,  including  liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

         Certain legal  matters  relating to the validity of the issuance of the
Certificates  will  be  passed  upon  for  the  Depositor  by  Arter  &  Hadden,
Washington,  D.C. Certain federal income tax matters concerning the Certificates
will be passed upon for the Depositor by Arter & Hadden.

                              FINANCIAL INFORMATION

         A Trust will be formed with respect to each series of Certificates.  No
Trust will have any assets or  obligations  prior to the issuance of the related
series of Certificates.  No Trust will engage in any activities other than those
described  herein or in the  Prospectus  Supplement.  Accordingly,  no financial
statement  with respect to any Trust is included in this  Prospectus  or will be
included in the Prospectus Supplement.


                                       59

<PAGE>


                                                                      APPENDIX A
                  INDEX TO LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL DEFINED TERMS

                                                                     Page
1986 Act...............................................................38

Adjustable Mortgage Loan Rates..........................................2

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Loans..........................................2

Agreement...............................................................1

Applicable Accounting Standards........................................24

Balloon Loans...........................................................7

Beneficial Owners.......................................................4

BIF....................................................................25

Book Entry Certificates.................................................4

CERCLA.................................................................31

Certificate Account....................................................11

Certificate Interest Rate..............................................10

Certificate Principal Balance...........................................9

Certificate Register....................................................9

Certificate Registrar...................................................9

Certificateholder......................................................53

Certificates............................................................1

Clearing Agency.........................................................4

Clearing Agency Participants............................................4

Code....................................................................4

Commercial Property.....................................................1

Companion Certificates.................................................11

Compound Interest Certificates.........................................10

Conventional Multifamily Loans..........................................1

Cooperative............................................................14

Credit Enhancement......................................................4

Custodial Account......................................................19

Cut-Off Date...........................................................10

Debt Service Coverage Ratio............................................15

Defective Mortgage Loan................................................24

Delivery Date...........................................................9

Deposit Date...........................................................23

Depositor...............................................................1

Disqualified Organization..............................................47

Distribution Date......................................................11

DOL....................................................................35

Due Dates..............................................................14

Eligible Investments...................................................25

EPA....................................................................32

ERISA...................................................................5

Events of Default......................................................26

FAMC....................................................................2

FDIC...................................................................19

FHA.....................................................................1

FHA-Insured Multifamily Loans...........................................1

FHLMC...................................................................2

FNMA....................................................................2

Garn-St. Germain Act...................................................31

GNMA....................................................................2

Housing Act............................................................18

Installment Contracts...................................................1

Insurance Proceeds.....................................................19

Interest Accrual Period................................................11

Liquidation Proceeds...................................................19

Loan-to-Value Ratio....................................................15

MBS.....................................................................2

MBS Agreement..........................................................16

MBS Issuer.............................................................16

MBS Servicer...........................................................16

MBS Trustee............................................................16

Monthly Advance........................................................20

Mortgage Assets.........................................................1

Mortgage Loan Pool.....................................................14

Mortgage Loan Rate......................................................2

Mortgage Loan Schedule.................................................22

Mortgage Loans..........................................................1

Mortgage-Backed Securities..............................................2

Mortgagors.............................................................19

Multifamily Property....................................................1

NCUA...................................................................19

Net Leases.............................................................15

Net Operating Income...................................................15

Non-U.S. Person........................................................51

Noneconomic Residual Interest..........................................48

Non-Priority Certificates..............................................11

Nonrecoverable Advance.................................................20

Notional Principal Balance..............................................9

OBRA...................................................................36

OID Regulations........................................................36

OTS....................................................................31

Parties in Interest....................................................35

Partnership Interests..................................................59

Pass-Through Entity....................................................47

Pass-Through Rate.......................................................3

Plans..................................................................34

Policy Statement.......................................................34

Pre-Funding Account.....................................................3

Pre-Funding Agreement...................................................3

Prepayment Assumption..................................................39

Principal Prepayments..................................................12

Priority Certificates..................................................11

PTE 83-1...............................................................35

Record Date............................................................11

Regular Certificateholder..............................................38

Regular Certificates...................................................36

REIT...................................................................37

REMIC...................................................................4

REMIC Certificates.....................................................36

REMIC Pool.............................................................36

REMIC Regulations......................................................36

Remittance Date........................................................20

Remittance Rate........................................................20

Reserve Fund...........................................................18

Residual Certificateholders............................................43

Residual Certificates..................................................36

Retail Class Certificate...............................................38

SAIF...................................................................25

Scheduled Amortization Certificates....................................10

Seller..................................................................1

Senior Certificates....................................................17

Servicer................................................................1

SMMEA...................................................................5

Special Allocation Certificates........................................11

Standard Certificate...................................................53

Stripped Certificateholder.............................................56

Stripped Certificates..................................................56

Subordinated Certificates..............................................17

Thrift Institution.....................................................37

TMP....................................................................37

Trust...................................................................1

Trust Assets............................................................1

Trustee.................................................................1

U.S. Person............................................................49

UCC....................................................................29

Underlying Mortgage Loans...............................................7

Underwriters...........................................................59

Value..................................................................15


                                       A-1



<PAGE>


                                   APPENDIX A
                  INDEX TO LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL DEFINED TERMS



                                                  Page

Accrual Period                                    S-3
Actuarial Loans                                  S-38
Appraised Values                                 S-34
Beneficial Owners                                 S-8
Book-Entry Certificates                          S-48
Business Day                                      S-3
Capitalized Interest Account                      S-8
Carry Forward Amount                              S-4
CEDE                                              S-8
Cede                                              S-8
CEDE Participants                                S-50
Certificate Account                              S-45
Citibank                                          S-8
Class A Distribution Amount                       S-3
Clean-Up Call Date                                S-1
Closing Date                                      S-1
Compensating Interest                            S-60
Cooperative                                      S-50
Coupon Rates                                      S-2
Current Interest                                  S-4
Cut-Off Date                                      S-1
D&P                                              S-66
Daily Collections                                S-59
Definitive Certificate                           S-48
Deleted Mortgage Loan                            S-23
Depositor                                         S-1
DTC                                               S-8
DTC Participants                                 S-49
ERISA                                            S-66
Euroclear                                         S-8
Euroclear Operator                               S-50
Euroclear Participants                           S-50
European Depositaries                             S-9
Excess Subordinated Amount                       S-47
Exemption                                        S-66
File                                             S-58
Final Certification                              S-58
Final Scheduled Payment Dates                    S-39
Financial Intermediary                           S-48
Fitch                                            S-66
Funding Period                                    S-7
Initial Certificate Principal Balance            S-39
Initial Mortgage Loans                            S-1
Insurance Policy                                  S-6
Insured Payment                                   S-6
Liquidation Proceeds                             S-59
Loan Balance                                     S-57
Loan Purchase Price                              S-23
Loan-to-Value Ratios                             S-36
Long Beach Loans                                 S-15
Monthly Remittance Date                           S-5
Moody's                                           S-9
Morgan                                            S-9
Mortgage Loans                                   S-33

                                                 Page

Mortgaged Properties                              S-1
Mortgages                                         S-1
Net Coupon Rate                                  S-23
Net Liquidation Proceeds                         S-59
Notes                                             S-1
Option One Guidelines                            S-19
Option One Loans                                 S-19
Original Pre-Funded Amount                        S-2
Owners                                            S-2
Participants                                     S-48
Pass-Through Rate                                S-45
Payment Date                                      S-3
Percentage Interest                              S-45
PHMC                                             S-28
Plan                                             S-66
Preference Amount                                 S-5
Pre-Funded Amount                                 S-7
Prepaid Installments                             S-60
Prepayments                                      S-12
Preservation Expenses                            S-60
Principal and Interest Account                   S-59
Qualified Replacement Mortgage                   S-23
Qualifying Rate                                  S-19
Rating Agencies                                   S-9
Realized Loss                                    S-47
Record Date                                       S-3
Register S-45
Registrar                                        S-45
Relevant Depositary                              S-48
Remittance Period                                 S-5
REO Property                                     S-60
Restricted Group                                 S-67
Rules                                            S-49
Seller                                            S-1
Servicer                                          S-1
Servicers                                         S-1
Servicing Advance                                S-60
Servicing Fee Rate                               S-59
Specified Subordinated Amount                    S-46
Standard & Poor's                                 S-9
Subordinate Certificates                          S-1
Subordinated Amount                              S-46
Subordination Deficit                             S-7
Subordination Increase Amount                    S-46
Subordination Reduction Amount                   S-47
Subsequent Cut-Off Date                          S-12
Subsequent Mortgage Loans                         S-2
Subsequent Transfer Agreement                    S-12
Subsequent Transfer Date                          S-7
Substitution Amount                              S-58
Terms and Conditions                             S-50
Trust                                            S-43
Trust Estate                                     S-43
Underwriters                                     S-68
Weighted average life                            S-40
48705.1D



                                       A-1

<PAGE>


                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


<PAGE>


                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

         The  following  table sets forth the  estimated  expenses in connection
with the issuance and distribution of the Certificates,  other than underwriting
discounts and commissions.*
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                                  <C>        
         Filing Fee for Registration Statement.................................      $689,655.17
         Legal Fees and Expenses*..............................................      **
         Accounting Fees and Expenses*.........................................      **
         Trustee's Fees and Expenses (including counsel fees)*.................      **
         Printing and Engraving Fees*..........................................      **
         Blue Sky Fees and Expenses*...........................................      **
         Rating Agency Fees*...................................................      **
         Miscellaneous*........................................................      **

               Total...........................................................      $___________

- ---------------------
<FN>
*        Estimated in accordance with Item 511 of Regulation S-K.
**       To be filed by Amendment.
</FN>
</TABLE>

Item 15.  Exhibits.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>    <C>                 <C>
       1.1   **     --     Form of Underwriting Agreement.
       3.1   **     --     Certificate of Incorporation of AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation.
       3.2   **     --     Bylaws of AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation.
       4.1   **     --     Form of Single Family Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
       4.2   **     --     Form of Multifamily/Commercial Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
       4.3    *     --     Form of Trust Agreement for Debt Securities.
       4.4    *     --     Form of Trust Indenture for Debt Securities.
       5.1    *     --     Opinion of Arter & Hadden regarding the legality of the Certificates.
       8.1    *     --     Opinion of Arter & Hadden regarding tax matters.
       8.2    *     --     Opinion of Arter & Hadden regarding tax matters.
      10.1   **     --     Representative Form(s) of Mortgage Note(s).
      10.2   **     --     Representative Form of Mortgage.
      10.10  **     --     Form of Agreement with Clearing Agency.
      23.1    *     --     Consent of Arter & Hadden (included as part of Exhibit 5.1, 8.1 and 8.2).
      24.1    *     --     Powers of Attorney.
      24.3  ***     --     Consent of Independent Auditor of Certificate Insurer.
- -----------------
<FN>
*Filed herewith.
**Incorporated by reference from the Registrant's Registration Statement Number 33-99346.
***To be filed by amendment.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                      II-1

<PAGE>




Item 16. Undertakings

         A.   Undertaking   in   Respect   of   Indemnification.    Insofar   as
indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be
permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the  Registrant
pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the  Registrant  has been
advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  such
indemnification  is  against  public  policy  as  expressed  in the  Act and is,
therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities  (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director,  officer or  controlling  person of the Registrant in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.

         B.  Undertaking pursuant to Rule 415.
             ---------------------------------

         The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

                    (1) to file,  during any period in which offers or sales are
         being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement;

                    (i) to include any prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3)
         of the Securities Act of 1933;

                    (ii) to reflect in the prospectus any acts or events arising
         after the effective  date of this  Registration  Statement (or the more
         recent post-effective amendment thereof) which,  individually or in the
         aggregate, represents a fundamental change in the information set forth
         in this Registration Statement;

                    (iii) to include any  material  information  with respect to
         the plan of distribution not previously  disclosed in this Registration
         Statement  or  any  material   change  to  such   information  in  this
         Registration Statement;

provided, however, that paragraphs (i) and (ii) do not apply if the Registration
Statement  is on  Form  S-3 or Form  S-8,  and the  information  required  to be
included in a  post-effective  amendment  by those  paragraphs  is  contained in
periodic reports filed by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference in the
Registration Statement.

                    (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under
         the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be
         deemed to be a new  registration  statement  relating to the securities
         offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall
         be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                    (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective
         amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at
         the termination of the offering.


                                      II-2

<PAGE>



         C.  Undertaking pursuant to Rule 430A.
             ----------------------------------

         The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

         (1) For purposes of determining  any liability under the Securities Act
         of 1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as
         part of this  registration  statement  in  reliance  upon Rule 430A and
         contained in a form of prospectus  filed by the registrant  pursuant to
         Rule  424(b)(l)  or (4) or  497(h)  under the  Securities  Act shall be
         deemed to be part of this registration  statement as of the time it was
         declared effective.

         (2) For the purpose of determining  any liability  under the Securities
         Act of 1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains a form of
         prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration  statement relating
         to the securities offered therein,  and the offering of such securities
         at that  time  shall be  deemed to be the  initial  bona fide  offering
         thereof.


                  [Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]


                                      II-3

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
Registrant  hereby  certifies that it has reasonable  grounds to believe that it
meets all of the  requirements  for filing on Form S-3 and has duly  caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of Dallas, State of Texas, on the 24th day of July,
1996.

                                             AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL SECURITIES
                                             CORPORATION



                                             By:   /s/  Scott J. Reading
                                                -------------------------------
                                                   Scott J. Reading

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the dates indicated.

         Each person whose signature appears below hereby  authorizes  Robert H.
Lutz, Jr., Barry L. Edwards or Scott J. Reading and each of them, to file one or
more  amendments  (including  post-effective  amendments)  to this  Registration
Statement,  which  amendments may make such changes as any of such persons deems
appropriate, and each such person individually and in the capacity stated below,
hereby appoints each of such persons as  attorney-in-fact to execute in his name
and on his behalf any such amendments to the Registration Statement.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Signature                                Title                                    Date
- ---------                                -----                                    ----

<S>                                <C>                                      <C>
 /s/ Robert L. Adair, III          
- ----------------------------       Chief Executive Officer and              July 24, 1996
Robert L. Adair, III               Director


 /s/  Ronald B. Kirkland           
- ----------------------------       Chief Financial Officer and              July 24, 1996
Ronald B. Kirkland                 Chief Accounting Officer

 /s/ M. Katheryn Boyle             Director                                 July 24, 1996
- ----------------------------
M. Katheryn Boyle
</TABLE>



<PAGE>




                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  the
Registrant  hereby  certifies that it has reasonable  grounds to believe that it
meets all of the  requirements  for filing on Form S-3 and has duly  caused this
Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,  thereunto
duly authorized, in the City of Dallas, State of Texas, on the 24th day of July,
1996.

                                             AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL SECURITIES
                                             CORPORATION



                                             By:
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Scott J. Reading
                                                 Attorney-in-fact

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933,  this
Amendment No. 4 to the  Registration  Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

         Each person whose signature  appears below hereby  authorizes Robert H.
Lutz, Jr., Barry L. Edwards or Scott J. Reading and each of them, to file one or
more  amendments  (including  post-effective  amendments)  to this  Registration
Statement,  which  amendments may make such changes as any of such persons deems
appropriate, and each such person individually and in the capacity stated below,
hereby appoints each of such persons as  attorney-in-fact to execute in his name
and on his behalf any such amendments to the Registration Statement.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Signature                                Title                                    Date
- ---------                                -----                                    ----


<S>                                      <C>                                      <C>
Robert L. Adair, III                     
- ---------------------                    Chief Executive Officer and              July 24, 1996
                                         Director


Ronald B. Kirkland                       
- ---------------------                    Chief Financial Officer and              July 24, 1996
                                         Chief Accounting Officer

M. Katheryn Boyle                        Director                                 July 24, 1996
- ---------------------
</TABLE>


<PAGE>




                                  EXHIBIT INDEX



                                                             Location of Exhibit
 Exhibit                                                         in Sequential
 Number         Description of Document                       Numbering System
 ------         -----------------------                       ----------------

   4.3          Form of Trust Agreement for Debt Securities.        _____

   4.4          Form of Trust Indenture for Debt Securities.        _____

   5.1          Opinion of Arter & Hadden regarding the
                legality of the Certificates.                       _____

   8.1          Opinion of Arter & Hadden regarding tax
                matters.                                            _____

   8.2          Opinion of Arter & Hadden regarding tax
                matters.                                            _____

  23.1          Consent of Arter & Hadden (included as part
                of Exhibit 5.1, 8.1 and 8.2).                       _____

  24.1          Powers of Attorney (included as part of
                signature page).                                    _____









    -----------------------------------------------------------------------





                                 TRUST AGREEMENT


                                      AMONG


                   AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL SECURITIES CORPORATION
                    AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE CORPORATION


                                   DEPOSITORS


                                       AND


                                 ---------------


                                  OWNER TRUSTEE


                          DATED AS OF __________, 199__




    ------------------------------------------------------------------------





<PAGE>



         TRUST  AGREEMENT,  dated as of  _______________,  199__,  among AMRESCO
RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation and AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL
SECURITIES CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (collectively, the "Depositors"),
and ______________,  a  ___________________,  not in its individual capacity but
solely as Owner Trustee (the "Owner Trustee").

         The Depositors and the Owner Trustee hereby agree as follows:

                                    ARTICLE I

                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         SECTION  1.1  Definitions.  Certain  capitalized  terms  used  in  this
Agreement shall have the respective  meanings  assigned them in Article I to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement of even date herewith, among the Depositors, the
Servicers,  and the Trust formed under this Agreement.  All references herein to
"the  Agreement"  or  "this  Agreement"  are to the  Trust  Agreement,  and  all
references  herein  to  Articles,  Sections  and  subsections  are to  Articles,
Sections and subsections of this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                  ORGANIZATION

         SECTION 2.1 Name.  The Trust created  hereby shall be known as "AMRESCO
Residential Securities Corporation Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__",  in which name
the Owner  Trustee  may  conduct  the  business  of the Trust,  make and execute
contracts  and other  instruments  on behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued on
behalf of the Trust.

         SECTION  2.2  Office.  The office of the Trust  shall be in care of the
Owner Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office or at such other address in Delaware
as the Owner Trustee may designate by written  notice to the  Certificateholders
and the Depositors.

         SECTION 2.3   Purpose  and  Powers.  (a) The purpose of the Trust is to
engage in the following activities:

                         (i) to accept  the  transfer  of,  manage  and hold or,
         pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  cause the Servicer to
         manage, the Mortgage Loans;

                        (ii) to issue the Notes  pursuant to the  Indenture  and
         the  Certificates  pursuant to this Agreement,  and to sell pursuant to
         the Underwriting  Agreement dated  __________________,  199__ among the
         Trust, the Depositors,  ______________ and ___________ (hereinafter the
         "Underwriting  Agreement"),  register  the  transfer of or exchange the
         Notes and the Certificates;

                       (iii) to acquire  certain  property  and assets  from the
         Depositors  pursuant to the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  to make
         payments to the Noteholders and the

                    

<PAGE>



         Certificateholders   and  to  pay  the  organizational,   start-up  and
         transactional expenses of the Trust;

                        (iv) to assign, grant,  transfer,  pledge,  mortgage and
         convey the  Collateral  pursuant to the terms of the  Indenture  and to
         hold, manage and distribute to the  Certificateholders  pursuant to the
         terms of this  Agreement  and the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement any
         portion  of the  assets of the  Trust  released  from the lien of,  and
         remitted to the Trust pursuant to, the Indenture;

                         (v) to enter into and perform its obligations under the
         Basic  Documents  to  which  it is to be a party  and the  Underwriting
         Agreement;

                        (vi) to engage in those activities,  including  entering
         into  agreements,  that  are  necessary,   suitable  or  convenient  to
         accomplish  the  foregoing  or  are  incidental  thereto  or  connected
         therewith; and

                       (vii) subject to compliance with the Basic Documents,  to
         engage in such other  activities as may be required in connection  with
         conservation of the assets of the Trust and the making of distributions
         to the Certificateholders and the Noteholders.

         The Trust is hereby  authorized to engage in the  foregoing  activities
and shall not engage in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing
or other than as required or  authorized  by the terms of this  Agreement or the
Basic Documents.

         SECTION 2.4 Appointment of Owner Trustee. The Depositors hereby appoint
the Owner  Trustee as trustee of the Trust  effective as of the date hereof,  to
have all the  rights,  powers  and duties set forth  herein.  The Owner  Trustee
hereby accepts its appointment subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

         SECTION 2.5 Initial Capital  Contribution of Assets of the Trust.  Each
of the Depositors hereby transfers to the Owner Trustee,  as of the date hereof,
the sum of $1. The Owner Trustee hereby  acknowledges  receipt in trust from the
Depositors,  as of the date hereof, of the foregoing  contributions  which shall
constitute  the  initial  assets  of the Trust  and  shall be  deposited  in the
Certificate  Distribution  Account.  The  Depositors  shall  pay  organizational
expenses of the Trust as they may arise or shall,  upon the request of the Owner
Trustee,  promptly reimburse the Owner Trustee for any such expenses paid by the
Owner Trustee.

         SECTION 2.6  Declaration of Trust.  The Owner Trustee  hereby  declares
that it shall  hold the  assets of the Trust in trust  upon and  subject  to the
conditions  set forth herein for the use and benefit of the  Certificateholders,
subject to the  obligations  of the Trust under the Basic  Documents.  The Owner
Trustee has, pursuant to authority in the Organizational Trust Agreement,  filed
the Certificate of Trust.  The Trust shall constitute a business trust under the
Business  Trust  Statute  and this  Agreement  shall  constitute  the  governing
instrument of such business  trust.  Solely for United States  Federal and state
income tax purposes, the Depositors'  contribution of $2 in the aggregate to the
Trust in exchange for  interests in the trust and the  relations  created by the
arrangements between the Trust, the Servicer and the Depositors, is

  
                                        2

<PAGE>



intended to constitute the formation of a partnership whose initial partners are
the Depositors. The sale by the Depositors of Class B-1 Certificates is intended
to effect a  termination  of that  partnership  under Code  Section  708 and the
creation of a new tax partnership (the "Tax Partnership") whose partners are the
Class  B-1  Certificateholders  and the Class  B-2  Certificateholders.  The Tax
Partnership  shall be  governed  as set forth in the Tax  Partnership  Agreement
attached hereto as Annex A.

         SECTION 2.7  Liability of the Depositors and the Certificateholders.
                      ------------------------------------------------------

                  (a) The  Depositors  shall be  jointly  and  severally  liable
         directly  to and shall  indemnify  any  injured  party for all  losses,
         claims,  damages,  liabilities  and  expenses  of the Trust  (including
         Expenses (as defined in Section 6.9(b)),  to the extent not paid out of
         the  assets of the Trust) to the extent  that the  Depositors  would be
         liable if the  Trust  were a  partnership  under  the  Uniform  Limited
         Partnership  Act  in  which  the  Depositors  were  general   partners;
         provided,  however, that the Depositors shall not be liable for (i) any
         losses incurred by a  Certificateholder  or a Certificate  Owner in its
         capacity as an investor in the  Certificates  or by a Noteholder in its
         capacity  as an  investor  in the  Notes  or (ii) any  losses,  claims,
         damages,  liabilities and expenses arising out of the imposition by any
         taxing  authority  of any  federal,  state or local income or franchise
         taxes or any other taxes imposed on or measured by gross or net income,
         gross or net receipts,  capital, net worth and similar items (including
         any  interest,  penalties or additions  with respect  thereto) upon the
         Certificateholders,  the Certificate Owners, the Noteholders, the Owner
         Trustee or the Indenture Trustee  (including any liabilities,  costs or
         expenses with respect  thereto) with respect to the Mortgage  Loans not
         specifically  indemnified  against  or  represented  to  hereunder.  In
         addition,  any  third  party  creditors  of the  Trust  (other  than in
         connection with the obligations described in the preceding sentence for
         which the  Depositors  shall not be liable  shall be deemed third party
         beneficiaries  of  this  subsection  2.7(a).  The  obligations  of  the
         Depositors under this subsection 2.7(a) shall be evidenced by the Class
         B-2 Certificates.

                  (b) No Certificate  Owner or  Certificateholder  other than to
         the  extent  set  forth  in  subsection  2.7(a)  with  respect  to  the
         Depositors,  shall have any  personal  liability  for any  liability or
         obligation of the Trust.

                  (c) If, at any time, subsequent to the formation of the Trust,
         the income tax  regulations  under Section 7701 of the Code are amended
         in a manner that  permits an election to be made to treat the Trust as,
         or automatically  characterizes the Trust as, a partnership for federal
         income tax purposes and any required  election is made,  the provisions
         of Section  2.7(a) with  reference to any  liability of the  Depositors
         shall, to the extent legally  permitted,  terminate and have no further
         effect.

         SECTION 2.8. Title to Trust Property.  Legal title to all of the assets
of the Trust  shall be vested  at all  times in the  Trust as a  separate  legal
entity except where  applicable  law in any  jurisdiction  requires title to any
part of the assets of the Trust to be vested in a trustee or trustees,  in which
case  title  shall be deemed to be vested  in the Owner  Trustee,  a  co-trustee
and/or a separate trustee, as the case may be.

        
                                        3

<PAGE>




         SECTION 2.9 Situs of Trust. The Trust shall be located and administered
in the State of Delaware.  All bank accounts  maintained by the Owner Trustee on
behalf of the Trust  shall be located in the State of  Delaware  or the State of
New  York.  The Trust  shall not have any  employees  in any  state  other  than
Delaware;  provided, however, that nothing herein shall restrict or prohibit the
Owner-Trustee  from having  employees  within or without the State of  Delaware.
Payments  shall be  received  by the Trust  only in  Delaware  or New York,  and
payments  will be made by the Trust  only from  Delaware  of New York.  The only
office of the Trust shall be the Corporate Trust Office in Delaware.

         SECTION 2.10  Representations  and Warranties of the  Depositors.  Each
Depositor hereby represents and warrants to the Owner Trustee that:

                  (a) Such  Depositor  has been duly  organized  and is  validly
         existing as a corporation  in good standing under the laws of the State
         of  Delaware,  with power and  authority to own its  properties  and to
         conduct its business as such  properties  are presently  owned and such
         business is presently  conducted and had at all relevant times, and now
         has,  power,  authority and legal right to acquire and own the Mortgage
         Loans.

                  (b) Such  Depositor  is duly  qualified  to do  business  as a
         foreign  corporation in good  standing,  and has obtained all necessary
         licenses and approvals in all  jurisdictions  in which the ownership or
         lease  of  property  or the  conduct  of  its  business  requires  such
         qualifications.

                  (c) Such  Depositor has the power and authority to execute and
         deliver this  Agreement and to carry out its terms,  such Depositor has
         full power and authority to sell and assign the property to be sold and
         assigned  to and  deposited  with the Issuer as part of the Trust,  and
         such  Depositor  has duly  authorized  such sale and  assignment to the
         Issuer by all necessary  corporate action; and the execution,  delivery
         and  performance of this  Agreement  have been duly  authorized by such
         Depositor by all necessary corporate action.

                  (d) The consummation of the transactions  contemplated by this
         Agreement and the other Basic  Documents to which it is a party and the
         fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement do not conflict with, result
         in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of or constitute (with
         or without notice or lapse of time) a default under, the certificate of
         incorporation or by-laws of such Depositor, or any indenture, agreement
         or other  instrument to which such  Depositor is a party or by which it
         is bound,  or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any
         of  its  properties  pursuant  to the  terms  of  any  such  indenture,
         agreement  or  other  instrument  (other  than  pursuant  to the  Basic
         Documents)  or  violate  any law or,  to the  best of such  Depositor's
         knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Depositor of
         any court or of any federal or state  regulatory  body,  administrative
         agency or other governmental  instrumentality  having jurisdiction over
         such Depositor or any of its properties.


         

   
                                        4

<PAGE>


         SECTION 2.11 Pledge by Class B-2 Certificateholders of Spread Account.
                      --------------------------------------------------------

                  (a) Each Class B-2 Certificateholder, by accepting a Class B-2
         Certificate,  acknowledges that it has pledged all of its rights, title
         and interest in and to the Spread Account to the Indenture Trustee, for
         the benefit of the Noteholders and the Class B-1 Certificateholders and
         as  security  for certain of the  Trust's  obligations  under the Basic
         Documents, as set forth in Section 5.09(e) of the Pooling and Servicing
         Agreement. The pledge contained herein shall be binding upon each Class
         B-2 Certificateholder, and its successors and assigns.

                  (b) Each of the Class B-2  Certificateholders,  by accepting a
         Class B-2 Certificate, agrees to take or cause to be taken such further
         actions,  to  execute,  deliver  and  file  or  cause  to be  executed,
         delivered and filed such further documents and instruments  (including,
         without limitation, any UCC financing statements or this Agreement), as
         may be determined by the Indenture Trustee or the Insurer,  in order to
         perfect the interests  created by this Section 2.11 and otherwise fully
         to effectuate the purposes,  terms and conditions of this Section 2.11.
         In furtherance of this, the Class B-2 Certificateholders shall promptly
         execute,  deliver  and  file  any  financing  statements,   amendments,
         continuation statements, assignments,  certificates and other documents
         with  respect  to such  interests  and  perform  all other  acts as the
         Indenture Trustee or the Insurer may deem necessary in order to perfect
         or to maintain  the  perfection  of the  Indenture  Trustee's  security
         interest in the Spread Account.

                                   ARTICLE III

                                THE CERTIFICATES

         SECTION 3.1 Initial  Certificate  Ownership.  Upon the formation of the
Trust  by the  contribution  by the  Depositors  pursuant  to  Section  2.5  the
Depositors shall be the initial  beneficiaries of the Trust.  Upon the execution
and the initial  delivery  of  Certificates  pursuant to Section 3.3 below,  the
Depositors shall be the only Certificateholders.

         SECTION 3.2                Form of the Certificates.
                                    ------------------------

                  (a) The Class B-1  Certificates and the Class B-2 Certificates
         shall be  substantially  in the form set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2,
         respectively, and the Class B-1 Certificates shall be issued in minimum
         denominations  of  $1,000  and  in  integral  multiples  thereof.   The
         Certificates  shall be  executed  on  behalf  of the Trust by manual or
         facsimile  signature of an authorized  signatory of the Owner  Trustee.
         Certificates  bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals
         who were,  at the time when such  signatures  shall have been  affixed,
         authorized  to sign on behalf of the Trust  shall be valid and  binding
         obligations of the Trust,  notwithstanding that such individuals or any
         of  them  shall  have  ceased  to  be  so   authorized   prior  to  the
         authentication  and delivery of such  Certificates or did not hold such
         offices  at  the  date  of   authentication   and   delivery   of  such
         Certificates.



   
                                        5

<PAGE>



                  (b) The Definitive Certificates shall be typewritten, printed,
         lithographed  or  engraved  or  produced  by any  combination  of these
         methods (with or without steel  engraved  borders) all as determined by
         the  authorized  signatory of the Owner Trustee or the Owner  Trustee's
         authenticating agent executing such Certificates, as evidenced by their
         execution of such Certificates.

                  (c) The terms of the  Certificates  set forth in Exhibits  A-1
         and A-2 shall form part of this Agreement.

         SECTION 3.3 Execution,  Authentication and Delivery.  Concurrently with
the  transfer  of the  Mortgage  Loans to the Trust  pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing   Agreement,   the  Owner   Trustee  shall   execute,   or  cause  its
authenticating  agent to execute, (i) the Class B-1 Certificates in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the original Class B-1 Principal  Balance and (ii) the
Class B-2 Certificates to be executed on behalf of the Trust,  authenticated and
delivered to or upon the written order of each  Depositor  (with each  Depositor
receiving  a pro  rata  amount  of  such  Certificates  based  on the  aggregate
Principal  Balance of its respective  Mortgage Loans  transferred to the Trust),
signed by a  Responsible  Officer  of each of the  Depositors,  without  further
corporate action by the Depositors, in Authorized Denominations.  No Certificate
shall entitle its holder to any benefit under this Agreement,  or shall be valid
for any purpose,  unless there shall appear on such Certificate a certificate of
authentication substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B, executed by the
Owner Trustee or Chemical Bank; as the Owner Trustee's  authenticating agent, by
manual signature.  Such authentication shall constitute conclusive evidence that
such Certificate shall have been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. All
Certificates shall be dated the date of their authentication.

         SECTION 3.4  Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange
                      --------------------------------------------------- 
                      of Certificates.
                      ----------------

                  (a) The  Certificate  Registrar  shall cause to be kept at its
         office or agency in New York, New York, or at its  designated  agent, a
         Certificate Register in which,  subject to such reasonable  regulations
         as  it  may  prescribe,  it  shall  provide  for  the  registration  of
         Certificates  and of transfers and exchanges of  Certificates as herein
         provided.  Upon any resignation of a Certificate  Registrar,  the Owner
         Trustee shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make
         such an appointment,  assume the duties of the  Certificate  Registrar.
         Chemical Bank shall be the initial Certificate Registrar.

                  (b) The Class B-2  Certificates  have not been  registered  or
         qualified  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended  (the "1933
         Act"),  or any state  securities  laws or "Blue Sky" laws. No transfer,
         sale, pledge or other disposition of any Class B-2 Certificate shall be
         made unless such  disposition is made pursuant to the proviso set forth
         in Section 3.10.

         None  of  the  Servicer,  the  Representative,   the  Depositors,   the
Certificate Registrar nor the Owner Trustee is obligated under this Agreement to
register the Class B-2  Certificates  under the 1933 Act or any other securities
law or to take any action not otherwise  required under this Agreement to permit
the transfer or registration of transfer of Class B-2 Certificates  without such
registration or qualification.  Any such Class B-2 Certificateholder desiring to
effect such

                         
                                        6

<PAGE>

transfer shall, and does hereby agree to, promptly  reimburse the Owner Trustee,
the Representative,  each Depositor,  the Certificate Registrar and the Servicer
for costs and expenses incurred in connection with any liability that results if
the transfer is not so exempt or it not made in accordance  with such applicable
federal and state laws.

         In addition to the  restrictions set forth in Section 9.11, none of the
Trust, the Servicer, the Representative,  any Depositor, the Administrator,  any
Originator or any Subservicer shall be a Class B-1 Certificateholder;  provided,
however,  that the  Depositors  may hold  Class B-1  Certificates  upon  receipt
thereof until such Class B-1  Certificates are sold pursuant to the Underwriting
Agreement.  Any  attempted or purported  transfer in violation of the  preceding
sentence  shall be  absolutely  null and void and  shall  vest no  rights in the
purported  transferee.  If any purported  transferee  shall become a Holder of a
Class B-1  Certificate  in violation of such  sentence,  then the last preceding
Holder shall be restored to all rights as Holder thereof retroactive to the date
of registration of transfer of such Certificate.  The Owner Trustee shall notify
the  Servicer of any transfer in  violation  of that  paragraph  upon receipt of
written notice thereof.  None of the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar or
any Paying Agent shall be liable to any Person for any  registration of transfer
of a Class B-1  Certificate  not  permitted by this  paragraph or for making any
payments due on such Class B-1  Certificate  to the Holder thereof or taking any
other action with respect to such Holder under the  provisions of this Agreement
so long as the transfer was registered  without such receipt.  The Owner Trustee
shall be entitled, but not obligated,  to recover from any Holder of a Class B-1
Certificate  that was in fact not a permitted  Holder under this paragraph,  all
payments  made on such Class B-1  Certificate  at and after such time.  Any such
payments so recovered by the Owner  Trustee  shall be paid and  delivered by the
Owner Trustee to the last preceding Holder of such Class B-1 Certificate.

         Subject to the preceding paragraphs, upon surrender for registration of
transfer  of any  Certificate  at the  office or  agency  of the  Owner  Trustee
maintained  pursuant to Section 3.8, the Owner  Trustee shall  execute,  and the
Owner Trustee or its authenticating  agent shall authenticate and deliver in the
name of the designated transferee or transferees,  a new Certificate of the same
Class and Percentage  Interest and dated the date of authentication by the Owner
Trustee or such authenticating agent.

         At the option of the Certificateholders,  Certificates may be exchanged
for  other  Certificates  of  Authorized   Denominations  of  a  like  aggregate
Percentage Interest,  upon surrender of the Certificates to be exchanged at such
office.  Whenever any  Certificates  are so surrendered for exchange,  the Owner
Trustee or its Authenticating Agent shall execute,  authenticate and deliver the
Certificates  which the  Certificateholder  making the  exchange  is entitled to
receive.

         No service  charge  shall be made for any  registration  of transfer or
exchange of  Certificates,  but the Owner  Trustee may require  payment of a sum
sufficient  to cover  any tax or  governmental  charge  that may be  imposed  in
connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Certificates.

         All  Certificates  surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange
shall be marked "canceled" by the Owner Trustee.

       
                                        7

<PAGE>


         SECTION 3.5      Mutilated; Destroyed; Lost or Stolen Certificates.
                          -------------------------------------------------

                  (a) If (i) any mutilated  Certificate  is  surrendered  to the
         Certificate  Registrar,  or the Certificate Registrar receives evidence
         to  its  satisfaction  of  the  destruction,   loss  or  theft  of  any
         Certificate,  and (ii) there is delivered to the Certificate Registrar,
         the Owner  Trustee and the Trust such  security or  indemnity as may be
         required by them to hold each of them harmless, then, in the absence of
         notice to the  Certificate  Registrar  or the Owner  Trustee  that such
         Certificate  has been  acquired  by a bona  fide  purchaser,  the Owner
         Trustee  shall  execute on behalf of the Trust and the Owner Trustee or
         the  Owner  Trustee's   Authenticating  Agent  shall  authenticate  and
         deliver,  in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated,  destroyed,
         lost or stolen Certificate,  a replacement  Certificate of a like class
         and an aggregate principal amount; provided,  however, that if any such
         destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, but not a mutilated Certificate,
         shall have become or within seven days shall be due and  payable,  then
         instead of issuing a replacement  Certificate the Owner Trustee may pay
         such destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate when so due or payable.

                  (b) If, after the  delivery of a  replacement  Certificate  or
         payment in respect of a destroyed,  lost or stolen Certificate pursuant
         to subsection 3.5(a), a bona fide purchaser of the original Certificate
         in lieu of which such  replacement  Certificate was issued presents for
         payment such original Certificate,  the Owner Trustee shall be entitled
         to recover such  replacement  Certificate  (or such  payment)  from the
         Person to whom it was delivered or any Person  taking such  replacement
         Certificate from such Person to whom such  replacement  Certificate was
         delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a bona fide purchaser,
         and  shall be  entitled  to  recover  upon the  security  or  indemnity
         provided  therefor to the extent of any loss,  damage,  cost or expense
         incurred by the Owner Trustee in connection therewith.

                  (c)  In  connection  with  the  issuance  of  any  replacement
         Certificate   under  this  Section  3.5,  the  Owner   Trustee  or  the
         Certificate  Registrar  may  require  the payment by the Holder of such
         Certificate of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other  governmental
         charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable
         expenses  (including the fees and expenses of the Owner Trustee and the
         Certificate Registrar) connected therewith.

                  (d) Any duplicate  Certificate issued pursuant to this Section
         3.5  in  replacement  of  any  mutilated,  destroyed,  lost  or  stolen
         Certificate  shall  constitute  an  original   additional   contractual
         obligation of the Trust, whether or not the mutilated,  destroyed, lost
         or  stolen  Certificate  shall be found at any time or be  enforced  by
         anyone,  and shall be  entitled to all the  benefits of this  Agreement
         equally and  proportionately  with any and all other  Certificates duly
         issued hereunder.

                  (e) The provisions of this Section 3.5 are exclusive and shall
         preclude  (to the extent  lawful) all other  rights and  remedies  with
         respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated,  destroyed, lost or
         stolen Certificates.


  
                                        8

<PAGE>

         SECTION   3.6   Persons   Deemed   Certificateholders.   Prior  to  due
presentation of a Certificate for  registration of transfer,  the Owner Trustee,
the Certificate Registrar or any Paying Agent may treat the Person in whose name
any  Certificate  shall  be  registered  in  the  Certificate  Registrar  as the
Certificateholder of such Certificate for the purpose of receiving distributions
pursuant  to Article V and for all other  purposes  whatsoever,  and neither the
Owner Trustee nor the  Certificate  Registrar shall be affected by any notice to
the contrary.

         SECTION 3.7 Access to List of Certificateholders'  Names and Addresses.
The Certificate Registrar shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Insurer,
the Servicer and the Depositors, within 15 days after receipt by the Certificate
Registrar  of a  request  therefor  from the  Insurer,  the  Servicer  or either
Depositor in writing, a list, in such form as the Insurer,  the Servicer or such
Depositor  may   reasonably   require,   of  the  names  and  addresses  of  the
Certificateholders  as of the most recent Record Date. Each Holder, by receiving
and holding a Certificate, shall be deemed to have agreed not to hold any of the
Insurer, the Servicer,  the Depositors,  the Certificate  Registrar or the Owner
Trustee  accountable  by  reason  of the  disclosure  of its name  and  address,
regardless of the source from which information was derived.

         SECTION 3.8  Maintenance  of Office For  Surrenders.  The Owner Trustee
shall  maintain in the Borough of Manhattan,  the City of New York, an office or
offices  or  agency  or  agencies  where  Certificates  may be  surrendered  for
registration  of transfer or exchange  and where  notices and demands to or upon
the Owner Trustee in respect of the  Certificates and the Basic Documents may be
served.  The Owner  Trustee  initially  designates  the offices of  ___________,
_______________, New York, New York ____ ______________, as its principal office
for such  purposes.  The Owner Trustee shall give prompt  written  notice to the
Depositors  and to the  Certificateholders  of any change in the location of the
Certificate Register or any such office or agency.

         SECTION 3.9  Appointment  of Paying Agent.  The paying Agent shall make
distributions to  Certificateholders  from the Certificate  Distribution Account
pursuant to Section 5.2 and shall  report the amounts of such  distributions  to
the Owner  Trustee and the  Servicer.  Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable
power to  withdraw  funds  from the  Certificate  Distribution  Account  for the
purpose of making the  distributions  referred to above.  The Owner  Trustee may
revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent if the Owner Trustee determines in
its sole  discretion  that the Paying  Agent  shall have  failed to perform  its
obligations under this Agreement in any material respect. The Paying Agent shall
initially be  ______________,  and any co-paying agent chosen by ______________,
and acceptable to the Owner Trustee. ______________ shall be permitted to resign
as Paying  Agent  upon 30 days'  written  notice to the  Owner  Trustee  and the
Insurer.  If ____________ shall no longer be the Paying Agent, the Owner Trustee
shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent (which shall be a bank or trust
company  acceptable to the Insurer and the Rating  Agencies).  The Owner Trustee
shall cause such successor Paying Agent or any additional Paying Agent appointed
by the Owner  Trustee to execute and deliver to the Owner  Trustee an instrument
in which such successor Paying Agent or additional Paying Agent shall agree with
the  Owner  Trustee  that as  Paying  Agent,  such  successor  Paying  Agent  or
additional  Paying Agent shall hold all sums,  if any, held by it for payment to
the  Certificateholders  in  trust  for the  benefit  of the  Certificateholders
entitled thereto

   
                                        9

<PAGE>


until such sums shall be paid to such Certificateholders. The Paying Agent shall
return all  unclaimed  funds to the Owner  Trustee and upon  removal of a Paying
Agent such Paying  Agent shall also  return all funds in its  possession  to the
Owner  Trustee.  The  provisions  of Article VI shall apply to the Owner Trustee
also in its role as Paying Agent,  for so long as the Owner Trustee shall act as
Paying Agent and, to the extent applicable,  to any other paying agent appointed
hereunder. Any reference in this Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any
co-paying agent unless the context requires otherwise.

         SECTION 3.10 Restriction on Transfers by Class B-2  Certificateholders.
The Class B-2 Certificateholders shall not sell, transfer,  assign or dispose of
all or any  portion of the Class B-2  Certificates;  provided,  that each of the
Class B-2 Certificateholders  may, within ten Business Days of the Closing Date,
make a one-time  transfer to the other or to a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of such
Class B-2 Certificateholder;  provided that each Depositor shall retain at least
two percent of their original holdings in the Class B-2 Certificates and that in
the  aggregate,  the  Depositors  shall  retain at least half of their  original
holdings in the Class B-2 Certificates;  and provided further, if the transferee
is a wholly-owned subsidiary,  the transferee shall obtain no rights as a result
of the transfer other than rights to  distributions  and tax  allocations.  Upon
completion of such transfer,  the Depositors  shall certify to the Owner Trustee
as to compliance with this Section 3.10.

         SECTION 3.11 Book-Entry Certificates. The Class B-1 Certificates,  upon
original issuance,  shall be issued in the form of a typewritten  Certificate or
Certificates  representing  Book-Entry  Certificates,  to be  delivered  to  the
Depository.  Such Class B-1  Certificate  or  Certificates  shall  initially  be
registered on the Certificate Register in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of
the initial  Depository and no Certificate  Owner of a Class B-1  Certificate or
Certificates shall receive a definitive Class B-1 Certificate  representing such
Certificate  Owner's interest in such Class B-1 Certificate,  except as provided
in  Section  3.13.  Unless  and  until  definitive  fully  registered  Class B-1
Certificates  (the  "Definitive   Certificates")   shall  have  been  issued  to
Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 3.13:

                  (a) the provisions of this Section 3.11 shall be in full force
         and effect;

                  (b) the  Certificate  Registrar and the Owner Trustee shall be
         entitled to deal with the Depository for all purposes of this Agreement
         (including the payment of principal of and interest on the Certificates
         and the giving of  instructions  or  directions  hereunder) as the sole
         Holder of the Class B-1  Certificates,  and shall have no obligation to
         the Certificate Owners with respect thereto;

                  (c) to the extent that the  provisions  of this  Section  3.11
         conflict with any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of
         this Section 3.11 shall control;

                  (d) the rights of the  Certificate  Owners with respect to the
         Class B-1 Certificate or  Certificates  shall be exercised only through
         the  Depository  and shall be limited to those  established  by law and
         agreements  between such Certificate  Owners and the Depository  and/or
         the Depository  participants.  Pursuant to the  Certificate  Depository
         Agreement  in  the  form  attached  as  Exhibit  C,  unless  and  until
         Definitive Certificates are

       
                                       10

<PAGE>



         issued  pursuant  to Section  3.13,  the initial  Depository  will make
         book-entry transfers among the Depository  Participants and receive and
         transmit  payments  of  principal  of and  interest  on the  Class  B-1
         Certificates to such Depository Participants;

                  (e) whenever this Agreement  requires or permits actions to be
         taken based upon  instructions or directions of Holders to Certificates
         evidencing a specified aggregate  Percentage  Interest,  the Depository
         shall be deemed to represent such percentage only to the extent that it
         has received instructions to such effect from Certificate Owners and/or
         Depository  Participants  owning or  representing,  respectively,  such
         required  aggregate  Percentage  Interest  of  Class  B-1  Certificates
         (taking  into  account  the  proviso  contained  in the  definition  of
         Certificateholder)  and has delivered  such  instructions  to the Owner
         Trustee;

provided,  however,  that  the  provision  of this  Section  3.11  shall  not be
applicable in respect of Class B-1  Certificates  issued to the Depositors.  The
Depositors  or the  Owner  Trustee  may set a  record  date for the  purpose  of
determining the identity of Holders of Class B-1  Certificates  entitled to vote
or to consent to any action by vote as provided in this Agreement.

         SECTION  3.12  Notices  to  Depository.  Whenever  a  notice  or  other
communication  to the  Class  B-1  Certificateholders  is  required  under  this
Agreement,  the  Indenture or the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  unless and
until  Definitive  Certificates  shall have been  issued to  Certificate  Owners
pursuant to Section  3.13,  the Owner  Trustee  shall give all such  notices and
communications  specified herein to be given to Class B-1  Certificateholders to
the Depository and shall have no further obligation to the Certificate Owners of
the Class B-1 Certificates.

         SECTION 3.13 Definitive  Certificates.  (a) The Class B-2  Certificates
shall be issued in the form of Definitive  Certificates  and (b) with respect to
the Class B-1 Certificates,  if (i) the Administrator  advises the Owner Trustee
in  writing  that  the  Depository  is no  longer  willing  or able to  properly
discharge its responsibilities  with respect to the Class B-1 Certificates,  and
the  Administrator  is  unable  to  locate  a  qualified  successor;   (ii)  the
Administrator  at its option advises the Owner Trustee in writing that it elects
to terminate the book-entry  system through the  Depository;  or (iii) after the
occurrence  of Servicer  Default under the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  a
Majority in Voting Interest of the Class B-1 Certificates  advise the Depository
in writing that the  continuation of a book-entry  system through the Depository
is no longer in the best  interest  of the  Certificate  Owners of the Class B-1
Certificates,  then the Depository  shall notify all Certificate  Owners and the
Owner Trustee of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of the
Definitive   Certificates  to  Certificate  Owners  requesting  the  same.  Upon
surrender to the Owner Trustee of the  typewritten  Certificate or  Certificates
representing  the  Book-Entry  Certificates  by the  Depository,  accompanied by
registration instructions,  the Owner Trustee shall execute and authenticate the
Definitive  Certificates in accordance with the  instructions of the Depository.
Neither the Certificate  Registrar nor the Owner Trustee shall be liable for any
delay in delivery of such  instructions and may conclusively  rely on, and shall
be protected in relying on, such  instructions.  Upon the issuance of Definitive
Certificates,  the Owner Trustee shall  recognize the Holders of the  Definitive
Certificates as Certificateholders.


    
                                       11

<PAGE>

         SECTION 3.14 Appointment of Authenticating  Agent. At any time when any
of the  Certificates  remain  outstanding  the  Owner  Trustee  may  appoint  an
authenticating  agent or agents with respect to the Certificates  which shall be
authorized  to act on behalf of the Owner Trustee to  authenticate  Certificates
issued upon original issuance,  exchange or registration of transfer.  The Owner
Trustee may revoke such power and remove any  authenticating  agent at any time.
______________ shall initially be an authenticating agent hereunder.

         If any authenticating  agent is appointed  hereunder,  the Certificates
may  have  endorsed  thereon,  in  addition  to  the  Trustee's  certificate  of
authentication,  an alternate  certificate  of  authentication  in the following
form:

         This is one of the  Certificates  referred  to in the  within-mentioned
Trust Agreement.

                               ___________, not in
                           its individual capacity but
                             solely as Owner Trustee


                        By:_____________________________
                             As Authenticating Agent


                        By:_____________________________
                              Authorized Signatory


                                   ARTICLE IV

                            ACTIONS BY OWNER TRUSTEE

         SECTION 4.1 Prior Notice to Certificateholders  with Respect to Certain
Matters.  The Owner  Trustee shall not take action with respect to the following
matters, unless (i) the Owner Trustee shall have notified the Certificateholders
and the  Insurer in writing of the  proposed  action at least 30 days before the
taking of such action, and (ii) the Majority in Voting Interest of the Class B-1
Certificateholders  or the Insurer  shall not have notified the Owner Trustee in
writing   prior  to  the  30th  day  after  such   notice  is  given  that  such
Certificateholders  or the Insurer have withheld consent or provided alternative
direction:

                  (a) the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the Trust or the
         Compromise  of any action,  claim or lawsuit  brought by or against the
         Trust;

                  (b) the  election  by the  Trust to file an  amendment  to the
         Certificate of Trust,  a conformed copy of which is attached  hereto as
         Exhibit B;  provided,  however,  that the Owner  Trustee  may,  without
         consent of any Certificateholder or the Insurer,  amend the Certificate
         of Trust to the extent it is required to do so under the Business Trust
         Statute;




                                       12






<PAGE>

                  (c) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture
         in circumstances where the consent of any Noteholder is required;

                  (d) the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental indenture
         in  circumstances  where the consent of any  Noteholder is not required
         and such  amendment  materially  adversely  affects the interest of the
         Certificateholders;

                  (e)   the   amendment,   change   or   modification   of   the
         Administration  Agreement,  except to cure any ambiguity or to amend or
         supplement  any  provision  in  a  manner  that  would  not  materially
         adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders; or

                  (f) the  appointment  pursuant to the Indenture of a successor
         Note Registrar,  Paying Agent or Indenture  Trustee or pursuant to this
         Agreement of a successor  Certificate Registrar or Paying Agent, or the
         consent  to the  assignment  by the  Note  Registrar,  Paying  Agent or
         Indenture Trustee or Certificate Registrar of its obligations under the
         Indenture of this Agreement, as applicable.

         SECTION  4.2  Action by  Certificateholders  with  Respect  to  Certain
Matters.  The Owner  Trustee  shall not have the power,  except upon the written
direction of the Majority in Voting Interest of the Class B-1 Certificates (with
the  written  consent  of  the  Insurer)  or the  Insurer,  to  (a)  remove  the
Administrator under the Administration Agreement pursuant to Section 10 thereof,
(b)   appoint  a  successor   Administrator   pursuant  to  Section  10  of  the
Administration  Agreement,  (c)  remove  the  Servicer  under  the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement pursuant to Section 9.01 thereof or (d) except as expressly
provided in the Basic Documents, sell the Mortgage Loans or any interest therein
after the termination of the Indenture. The Owner Trustee shall take the actions
referred to in the preceding sentence only upon written  instructions  signed by
the Majority in Voting Interest of the Class B-1 Certificates  (with the written
consent of the Insurer) or the Insurer.

         SECTION 4.3 Action by  Certificateholders  with Respect to  Bankruptcy.
The Owner Trustee shall not have the power to commence a voluntary proceeding in
bankruptcy  relating to the Trust  without the unanimous  prior  approval of all
Class B-1  Certificateholders and the delivery to the Owner Trustee by each such
Certificateholder  of  a  certificate  certifying  that  such  Certificateholder
reasonably believes that the Trust is insolvent.

         SECTION   4.4   Restrictions   on   Certificateholders'    Power.   The
Certificateholders  shall not direct the Owner  Trustee to take or refrain  from
taking any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to any obligation
of the Trust or the  owner  Trustee  under  this  Agreement  or any of the Basic
Documents or would be contrary to Section  2.3,  nor shall the Owner  Trustee be
obligated to follow any such direction, if given.

         SECTION 4.5 Majority Control.  Except as expressly  provided herein any
action  that may be taken or consent  that may be given or withheld by the Class
B-1  Certificateholders  under  this  Agreement  or the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement may be taken,  given or withheld by not less than a Majority in Voting
Interest of Class B-1 Certificates. Except as expressly

 
                                       13

<PAGE>


provided  herein,  any  written  notice  of  the  Class  B-1  Certificateholders
delivered  pursuant to this agreement shall be effective if signed by a Majority
in Voting Interest of Class B-1 Certificates.

                                    ARTICLE V

               APPLICATION OF ASSETS OF THE TRUST; CERTAIN DUTIES

         SECTION 5.1       Establishment of Certificate Distribution Account.
                           -------------------------------------------------

                  (a)   The   Owner   Trustee,    for   the   benefit   of   the
         Certificateholders,  shall  establish  and  maintain in the name of the
         Owner  Trustee an Eligible  Account  known as the "AMRESCO  Residential
         Securities   Corporation   Mortgage  Loan  Trust  199__-__  Certificate
         Distribution Account" (the "Certificate Distribution Account"), bearing
         an additional  designation  clearly indicating that the funds deposited
         therein are held for the
         benefit of the Certificateholders.

                  (b) The Owner  Trustee (and the Insurer as subrogee) on behalf
         of the Trust shall possess all right,  title and interest in and to all
         funds on  deposit  from  time to time in the  Certificate  Distribution
         Account  and in all  proceeds  thereof.  Except as  otherwise  provided
         herein or in the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Certificate
         Distribution  Account  shall be under the sole  dominion and control of
         the Owner Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders. If, at any
         time,  the  Certificate  Distribution  Account ceases to be an Eligible
         Account, the Owner Trustee (or the Administrator on behalf of the Owner
         Trustee,  if the Certificate  Distribution  Account is not then held by
         the Owner Trustee or an Affiliate thereof) shall within 5 Business Days
         (or such longer  period,  not to exceed 30 calendar  days,  as to which
         each Rating  Agency and the Insurer may  consent)  notify the  Insurer,
         establish a new Certificate Distribution Account as an Eligible Account
         and transfer any cash and/or any  investments  to such new  Certificate
         Distribution Account.

         SECTION 5.2       Application of Funds.
                           --------------------

                  (a) On each Payment Date, the Owner Trustee shall,  based upon
         the  information  contained in the Remittance  Report  delivered on the
         related  Determination Date pursuant to Section 5.07 of the Pooling and
         Servicing Agreement, distribute:

                           (i) to the Class B-1 Certificateholders,  all amounts
                  deposited  into the  Certificate  Distribution  Account  on or
                  before such Payment Date (and not  previously  distributed  to
                  the Class B-1  Certificateholders)  constituting the Class B-1
                  Remittance amount; and

                           (ii) to the Class B-2 Certificateholders, all amounts
                  deposited  into the  Certificate  Distribution  Account  on or
                  before such Payment Date (and not  previously  distributed  to
                  the Class B-2 Certificateholders) pursuant to Sections 5.05(d)
                  (viii) and 5.09(b) (v) and (vii) of the Pooling and  Servicing
                  Agreement.



                                       14

<PAGE>



                  (b) If the Owner  Trustee on any  Determination  Date receives
         written  notice from the Indenture  pursuant to Section  5.05(e) of the
         Pooling and Servicing  Agreement that a Special  Remittance shall occur
         on the  following  Monthly  Deposit  Date  (which  shall be a  "Special
         Remittance  Date"),  notice  of such  remittance  shall be given by the
         Owner Trustee by first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  mailed not less
         than five days prior to the applicable  Special  Remittance Date (or on
         the  related   Determination   Date,   if  later)  to  each  Class  B-1
         Certificateholder  of record on the related Special Record Date at such
         Class B-1  Certificateholder's  address  appearing  in the  Certificate
         Register.  Each  such  notice  by the  Indenture  Trustee  to the Owner
         Trustee  and by the Owner  Trustee to the Class B-1  Certificateholders
         shall set forth: (i) the applicable  Special  Remittance Date; and (ii)
         the Special  Remittance  Amount and the Special  Remittance  Amount per
         $1,000 original denomination of Class B-1 Certificates.

         Notice of such Special  Remittance  shall be given by the Owner Trustee
at the  expense  of the  Administrator.  Failure to give  notice of any  Special
Remittance,  or any defect therein, to any Class B-1 Certificateholder shall not
impair or affect the validity of such Special Remittance.

                  (c) On each Special  Remittance Date, the Owner Trustee shall,
         based upon the  information  contained in the notice given to the Owner
         Trustee by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 5.2(b), distribute
         to the Class B-1  Certificateholders  all  amounts  deposited  into the
         Certificate  Distribution  Account  constituting the Special Remittance
         Amount on or before  such  Special  Payment  Date  pursuant  to Section
         5.05(e) (ii) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                  (d) On each Payment Date, the Owner Trustee shall send to each
         Certificateholder  the  statement  provided to the Owner Trustee by the
         Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 5.07 of the Pooling and Servicing
         Agreement with respect to such Payment Date.

                  (e) If the Indenture Trustee holds escheated funds for payment
         to  the  Trust  pursuant  to  Section  3.3(e)  of  the  Indenture,  the
         Administrator  shall,  upon notice from the Indenture Trustee that such
         funds  exist,  submit on  behalf  of the  Trust an Issuer  Order to the
         Indenture   Trustee   pursuant  to  Section  3.3(e)  of  the  Indenture
         instructing the Indenture  Trustee to pay such funds to or at the order
         of the Depositors.

         SECTION  5.3  Method  of  Payment.   Subject  to   subsection   7.1(c),
distributions required to be made to Class B-1 Certificateholders on any Payment
Date or Special  Payment Date shall be made to each Class B-1  Certificateholder
of record on the  immediately  preceding  Record Date or Special Record Date, as
the case may be, either by wire transfer, in immediately available funds, to the
account of such Holder at a bank or other entity having  appropriate  facilities
therefor,  if such  Certificateholder  shall have  provided  to the  Certificate
Registrar  appropriate written instructions at least five Business Days prior to
such Record Date or Special  Record Date,  as the case may be, and such Holder's
Certificates  in  the  aggregate  evidence  a  denomination  of  not  less  than
$1,000,000 or, if not, by check mailed to such  Certificateholder at the address
of such Holder appearing in the Certificate Register. Such distributions will be

 
                                       15

<PAGE>



made on a pro rata basis  among such Class B-1  Certificateholders  based on the
Percentage  Interest  represented by their  respective  Class B-1  Certificates.
Subject to subsection 7.1(c), distributions required to be made to the Class B-2
Certificateholders  on any  Payment  Date  shall  be  made  to  each  Class  B-2
Certificateholder  or record on the  immediately  preceding  Record Date by wire
transfer,  in immediately available funds, to the account of each such Holder at
a bank or other entity having appropriate facilities thereof. Such distributions
will be made on a pro rata basis among such Class B-2  Certificateholders  based
on  the  Percentage   Interest   represented  by  their   respective  Class  B-2
Certificates.

                                   ARTICLE VI

                                THE OWNER TRUSTEE

         SECTION 6.1       Duties of Owner Trustee.
                           -----------------------

                  (a) The Owner Trustee  undertakes to perform such duties,  and
         only such duties,  as are  specifically set forth in this Agreement and
         the other Basic Documents, including the administration of the Trust in
         the interest of the Certificateholders,  subject to the Basic Documents
         and in accordance  with the  provisions of this  Agreement.  No implied
         covenants or obligations  shall be read into this Agreement against the
         Owner Trustee.

                  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,  the Owner Trustee shall be
         deemed to have discharged its duties and responsibilities hereunder and
         under the Basic documents to the extent the Administrator has agreed in
         the  Administration  Agreement to perform any act or to  discharge  any
         duty of the Owner Trustee  hereunder or under any Basic  Document,  and
         the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the default or failure of the
         Administrator  to carry out its  obligations  under the  Administration
         Agreement.

                  (c) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Owner Trustee
         may conclusively  rely upon  certificates or opinions  furnished to the
         Owner Trustee and conforming to the  requirements  of this Agreement in
         determining  the truth of the  statements  and the  correctness  of the
         opinions contained therein;  provided,  however, that the Owner Trustee
         shall have  examined such  certificates  or opinions so as to determine
         compliance of the same with the requirements of this Agreement.

                  (d) The Owner Trustee may not be relieved  from  liability for
         its own negligent  action,  its own negligent failure to act or its own
         bad faith or wilful misconduct, except that:

                           (i)  this  subsection  6.1(d)  shall  not  limit  the
                  effect of subsection 6.1(a) or (b);

                           (ii) the Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable  for any
                  error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible  Officer
                  unless it is proved that the Owner  Trustee was  negligent  in
                  ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

  
                                       16

<PAGE>

                           (iii) the  Owner  Trustee  shall  not be liable  with
                  respect  to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith
                  in  accordance  with a  direction  received  by it pursuant to
                  Section 4.1, 4.2 or 6.4.

                  (e) Subject to Sections  5.1 and 5.2,  monies  received by the
         Owner Trustee  hereunder need not be segregated in any manner except to
         the extent  required by law or the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement and
         may be deposited under such general  conditions as may be prescribed by
         law,  and the  Owner  Trustee  shall  not be  liable  for any  interest
         thereon.

                  (f) The Owner  Trustee  shall not take any action  that (i) is
         inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section 2.3 or
         (ii) would,  to the actual  knowledge of a  Responsible  Officer of the
         Owner Trustee,  result in the Trust's becoming taxable as a corporation
         for federal, state or local income tax purposes. The Certificateholders
         shall not direct the Owner  Trustee to take action  that would  violate
         the provisions of this Section 6.1.

         SECTION 6.2 Additional  Duties of Owner  Trustee.  The Owner Trustee is
authorized  and directed to execute and deliver the Basic  Documents to which it
or the Trust is a party,  each  certificate  or other  document  attached  as an
exhibit to or contemplated by the Basic Documents to which it or the Trust is to
be a party  and the  Underwriting  Agreement,  in each  case in such form as the
Depositors shall approve as evidenced conclusively by the Owner Trustee's or the
Depositors'  execution thereof. In addition to the foregoing,  the Owner Trustee
is authorized,  but shall not be obligated,  to take all actions required of the
Trust pursuant to the Basic Documents.  The Owner Trustee is further  authorized
from  time to time to take  such  action as the  Administrator  recommends  with
respect to the Basic Documents and the Underwriting Agreement.

         SECTION  6.3  Acceptance  of Trusts  and  Duties.  Except as  otherwise
provided in this Article VI, in accepting  the trusts  hereby  created  Chemical
Bank Delaware acts solely as Owner Trustee  hereunder and not in its  individual
capacity and all Persons having any claim against the Owner Trustee by reason of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Basic Document shall look
only to the assets of the Trust for payment or satisfaction  thereof.  The Owner
Trustee  accepts  the trusts  hereby  created  and agrees to perform  its duties
hereunder with respect to such trusts but only upon the terms of this Agreement.
The Owner  Trustee  also agrees to disburse all moneys  actually  received by it
constituting  part of the  assets  of the  Trust  upon the  terms  of the  Basic
Documents  and  this  Agreement.  The  Owner  Trustee  shall  not be  liable  or
accountable  hereunder  or under any  Basic  Document  under any  circumstances,
except (i) for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its
own  willful   misconduct  or  (ii)  in  the  case  of  the  inaccuracy  of  any
representation  or warranty  contained in Section 6.6 and expressly  made by the
Owner Trustee.  In particular,  but not by way of limitation (and subject to the
exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):

                  (a) the Owner Trustee shall at no time have any responsibility
         or  liability  for or  with  respect  to  the  legality,  validity  and
         enforceability  of any Mortgage Loan, or the perfection and priority of
         any security interest created by any Mortgage Loan in any

 
                                       17

<PAGE>

         Mortgaged  Property  or the  maintenance  of any  such  perfection  and
         priority,  or for or with respect to the  sufficiency  of the assets of
         the Trust or their  ability to generate the payments to be  distributed
         to Certificateholders under this Agreement or the Noteholders under the
         Indenture,  including, without limitation: the existence, condition and
         ownership of any Mortgaged  Property;  the existence and enforceability
         of any  insurance  thereon;  the existence and contents of any Mortgage
         Loan on any  computer  or other  record  thereof;  the  validity of the
         assignment  of any  Mortgage  Loan to the  Trust or of any  intervening
         assignment;  the  completeness of any Mortgage Loan; the performance or
         enforcement  of any Mortgage  Loan; the compliance by the Depositors or
         the Servicer with any warranty or  representation  made under any Basic
         document  or in any  related  document  or  the  accuracy  of any  such
         warranty  or  representation  or any action of the  Administrator,  the
         Indenture  Trustee,  the  Custodian or the Servicer or any  subservicer
         taken in the name of the Owner Trustee.

                  (b) the Owner  Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any
         action  taken  or  omitted  to be taken  by it in  accordance  with the
         instructions    of   the    Administrator,    the    Insurer   or   any
         Certificateholder;

                  (c) no provision of this Agreement or any Basic Document shall
         require the Owner  Trustee to expend or risk funds or  otherwise  incur
         any  financial  liability  in the  performance  of any of its rights or
         powers  hereunder  or under any Basic  document,  if the Owner  Trustee
         shall have  reasonable  grounds for  believing  that  repayment of such
         funds or  adequate  indemnity  against  such risk or  liability  is not
         reasonably assured or provided to it;

                  (d) under no  circumstances  shall the Owner Trustee be liable
         for  indebtedness  evidenced  by or  arising  under  any of  the  Basic
         Documents, including the Note Principal Balance and the interest on the
         Notes or the Class  B-1  Certificate  Balance  of and  interest  on the
         Certificates;

                  (e) the  Owner  Trustee  shall  not be  responsible  for or in
         respect  of  any  makes  no   representation  as  to  the  validity  or
         sufficiency of any provision of this Agreement or for the due execution
         hereof  by the  Depositors  or for the  form,  character,  genuineness,
         sufficiency, value or validity of any of the assets of the Trust or for
         or in respect of the validity or  sufficiency  of the Basic  documents,
         the Underwriting Agreement, the Notes, the Certificates (other than the
         certificate of  authentication  on the Certificates) or of any Mortgage
         Loans or any related documents, and the Owner Trustee shall in no event
         assume or incur any liability,  duty or obligation to any Noteholder or
         to any  Certificateholder,  other than as expressly provided for herein
         and in the Basic Documents;

                  (f) the Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable for the default or
         misconduct of the Administrator,  the Indenture Trustee, the Custodian,
         the  Depositors  or the  Servicer  under any of the Basic  Documents or
         otherwise  and the Owner  Trustee shall have no obligation or liability
         to perform the  obligations  of the Trust under this  Agreement  or the
         Basic Documents that are required to be performed by the  Administrator
         under the

 
                                       18

<PAGE>

         Administration  Agreement,  the Indenture  Trustee under the Indenture,
         the Custodian  under the Custodial  Agreement or the Servicer under the
         Pooling and Servicing Agreement;

                  (g) the Owner Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise
         any of the  rights or  powers  vested  in it by this  Agreement,  or to
         institute,  conduct or defend any  litigation  under this  Agreement or
         otherwise or in relation to this agreement,  the Underwriting Agreement
         or any Basic Document, at the request, order or direction of any of the
         Insurer or any of the  Certificateholders,  unless the  Insurer or such
         Certificateholders  have  offered  to the  Owner  Trustee  security  or
         indemnity   satisfactory   to  it  against  the  costs,   expenses  and
         liabilities  that may be  incurred  by the  Owner  Trustee  therein  or
         thereby.  The right of the Owner  Trustee to perform any  discretionary
         act  enumerated in this Agreement or in any Basic Document shall not be
         construed as a duty,  and the Owner Trustee shall not be answerable for
         other than its negligence or willful  misconduct in the  performance of
         any such act;

                  (h) The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility  for filing
         any  financing or  continuation  statement in any public  office at any
         time or to otherwise perfect or maintain the perfection of any security
         interest or lien granted to it  hereunder  or the  prepare,  execute or
         file any  Securities and Exchange  Commission  filing or tax return for
         the Trust or to record this Agreement or any Basic Document.

         SECTION 6.4        Action upon Instruction by Certificateholders.
                            ---------------------------------------------

                  (a) Subject  to Section  4.4,  the  Certificateholders  may by
         written  instruction  direct the Owner Trustee in the management of the
         Trust.  such  direction  may  be  exercised  at  any  time  by  written
         instruction of the Certificateholders pursuant to Section 4.5.

                  (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall not
         be required to take any action hereunder or under any Basic Document if
         the Owner Trustee shall have reasonably determined,  or shall have been
         advised by counsel,  that such action is likely to result in  liability
         on the part of the Owner  Trustee or is contrary to the terms hereof or
         of any Basic Document or is otherwise contrary to law.

                  (c)  Whenever  the Owner  Trustee is unable to decide  between
         alternative  courses of action  permitted  or  required by the terms of
         this  Agreement  or  any  Basic  Document,  or  is  unsure  as  to  the
         application, intent, interpretation or meaning of any provision of this
         agreement or the Basic Documents, the Owner Trustee shall promptly give
         notice (in such form as shall be appropriate  under the  circumstances)
         to the Insurer and the Certificateholders  requesting instruction as to
         the  course of action  to be  adopted,  and,  to the  extent  the Owner
         Trustee  acts in good  faith in  accordance  with any such  instruction
         received,  the Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable on  account  of such
         action to any  Person.  If the Owner  Trustee  shall not have  received
         appropriate instructions within ten days of such notice (or within such
         shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or
         may be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall

   
                                       19

<PAGE>

         be under no duty to, take or refrain  from taking such action  which is
         consistent,  in its view,  with this Agreement or the Basic  Documents,
         and   as  it   shall   deem   to  be   the   best   interests   of  the
         Certificateholders,  and the Owner  Trustee  shall have no liability to
         any Person for any such action or inaction.

         SECTION 6.5  Furnishing of  Documents.  The Owner Trustee shall furnish
(a) to the  Certificateholders,  promptly  upon  receipt  of a  written  request
therefor,  duplicate  or  copies of all  reports,  notices,  requests,  demands,
certificates,  financial  statements and any other instruments  furnished to the
Owner Trustee under the Basic Documents,  and (b) to the Insurer,  copies of any
reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates, financial statements, and any
other  instruments  relating to the Trust,  the Certificates or the Notes in the
possession of the Owner Trustee, that the Insurer shall request in writing.

         SECTION 6.6 Representations and Warranties of Owner Trustee.  The Owner
Trustee hereby represents and warrants to the Depositors, for the benefit of the
Certificateholders and the Insurer, that:

                  (a)  It  is a  banking  corporation  duly  organized,  validly
         existing  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  state  of its
         incorporation.

                  (b) It has full power,  authority  and legal right to execute,
         deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement, and has taken
         all  necessary   action  to  authorize  the  execution,   delivery  and
         performance by it of this Agreement.

                  (c) The  execution,  delivery  and  performance  by it of this
         Agreement  (i) shall not violate any provision of any law or regulation
         governing  the  banking  and trust  powers of the Owner  Trustee or any
         order,   writ,   judgment  or  decree  of  any  court,   arbitrator  or
         governmental  authority  applicable  to the Owner Trustee or any of its
         assets,  (ii) shall not violate any provision of the corporate  charter
         or  by-laws  of the  Owner  Trustee,  or (iii)  shall not  violate  any
         provision of, or constitute, with or without notice or lapse of time, a
         default  under,  or result in the creation or imposition of any lien on
         any properties  included in the Trust pursuant to the provisions of any
         mortgage, indenture,  contract, agreement or other undertaking to which
         it is a party,  which  violation,  default or lien could  reasonably be
         expected to have a  materially  adverse  effect on the Owner  Trustee's
         performance  or ability to perform  its duties as owner  Trustee  under
         this Agreement or on the transactions contemplated in this Agreement.

                  (d) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the
         Owner Trustee and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of
         the Owner Trustee,  enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as
         enforceability    may   be   limited   by    bankruptcy,    insolvency,
         reorganization,  or other  similar law  affecting  the  enforcement  of
         creditors'  rights in  general  and by  general  principles  of equity,
         regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding
         in equity or at law.

 
                                       20

<PAGE>

         SECTION 6.7                Reliance; Advice of Counsel.
                                    ---------------------------

                  (a) The Owner  Trustee  shall incur no  liability to anyone in
         acting upon any signature,  instrument,  notice,  resolution,  request,
         consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other document or
         paper  believed by it to be genuine and  believed by it to be signed by
         the proper party or parties and need not investigate any fact or matter
         in any such document.  The Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of
         a resolution of the board of directors or other  governing  body of any
         corporate  party as conclusive  evidence that such  resolution has been
         duly  adopted  by such  body and that  the  same is in full  force  and
         effect.  As to any fact or matter  the method of the  determination  of
         which is not specifically  prescribed herein, the Owner Trustee may for
         all purposes  hereof rely on a certificate,  signed by the president or
         any vice president or by the treasurer or other authorized  officers of
         the relevant  party,  as to such fact or matter,  and such  certificate
         shall  constitute  full  protection to the Owner Trustee for any action
         taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

                  (b) In the exercise or  administration of the trusts hereunder
         and in the  performance  of  its  duties  and  obligations  under  this
         Agreement  or the  Basic  Documents,  the  Owner  Trustee:  (i) may act
         directly  or through  its  agents,  attorneys,  custodians  or nominees
         (including  the  granting  of a power of  attorney  (x) to  officers of
         __________________   to  execute  and   deliver  any  Basic   Document,
         Certificate,  Note or other documents  related thereto on behalf of the
         Owner Trustee or (y) to the  Administrator to execute any tax return of
         the Trust or any document,  report or other instrument to be filed with
         the  Securities  and  Exchange   Commission  or  any  state  securities
         commission or administration)  pursuant to agreements entered into with
         any of them,  and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for the conduct
         or misconduct of such agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees if such
         agents,  attorneys,  custodians or nominees shall have been selected by
         the  Owner  Trustee  with  reasonable  care and (ii) may  consult  with
         counsel,  accountants  and other skilled  professionals  to be selected
         with reasonable care and employed by it. The Owner Trustee shall not be
         liable for  anything  done,  suffered or omitted in good faith by it in
         accordance with the opinion or advice of any such counsel,  accountants
         or other such Persons.

         SECTION 6.8. Owner Trustee May Own  Certificates  and Notes.  The Owner
Trustee in its  individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
of Certificates or Notes and may deal with either Depositor,  the Administrator,
the Indenture  Trustee and the Servicer in  transactions  in the same manner and
with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Owner Trustee.

         SECTION 6.9  Compensation  and  Indemnity.  (a) The Owner Trustee shall
receive from the Depositors as compensation for its services hereunder such fees
as have  been  separately  agreed  upon  before  the  date  hereof  between  the
Depositors and the Owner Trustee,  and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be
reimbursed  by the  Depositors  for its  other  reasonable  expenses  hereunder,
including  the  reasonable  compensation,  expenses  and  disbursements  of such
agents, custodians, nominees, representatives,  experts and counsel as the Owner
Trustee may

                                    
                              
                                       21

<PAGE>


employ in  connection  with the exercise and  performance  of its rights and its
duties  hereunder.  The  Servicer  shall  indemnify  the Owner  Trustee  and its
successors,  assigns,  agents and servants in accordance  with the provisions of
Section 8.01 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                  (b) The  Depositors  shall be jointly and severally  liable as
         primary  obligors  for, and shall  indemnity  the Owner Trustee and its
         successors,   assigns,   agents   and   servants   (collectively,   the
         "Indemnified  Parties")  from  and  against,  any and all  liabilities,
         obligations, losses, damages, taxes, claims, actions and suits, and any
         and  all  reasonable  costs,  expenses  and  disbursements   (including
         reasonable  legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature  whatsoever
         (collectively,  "Expenses")  which  may  at any  time  be  imposed  on,
         incurred by, or asserted  against the Owner Trustee or any  Indemnified
         Party in any way  relating  to or arising  out of this  Agreement,  the
         Basic  Documents,  the assets of the Trust, the  administration  of the
         Trust or the action or inaction of the Owner Trustee hereunder,  except
         only  that the  Depositors  shall  not be  liable  for or  required  to
         indemnify  the Owner  Trustee  from and  against  Expenses  arising  or
         resulting  from the  negligence  or  willful  misconduct  of the  Owner
         Trustee.  The  indemnities  contained in this Section 6.9 shall survive
         the  resignation of the Owner Trustee,  termination of the Trust or the
         termination  of this  Agreement.  Any amounts paid to the Owner Trustee
         pursuant  to this  Article  VI shall be deemed  not to be a part of the
         assets of the Trust immediately after such payment.

         SECTION 6.10               Replacement of Owner Trustee.
                                    -----------------------------

                  (a) The Owner Trustee may resign at any time and be discharged
         from the trusts hereby  created by giving 30 days' prior written notice
         thereof to the Insurer and the Administrator.  The Administrator  shall
         appoint a successor  Owner  Trustee  with the consent of the Insurer by
         delivering  written  instrument,  in duplicate,  to the resigning Owner
         Trustee and the successor Owner Trustee.  If no successor Owner Trustee
         shall have been appointed and have accepted  appointment within 30 days
         after the giving of such notice of  resignation,  the  resigning  Owner
         Trustee  may  petition  any  court of  competent  jurisdiction  for the
         appointment  of a successor  Owner  Trustee.  The  Administrator  shall
         remove the Owner Trustee if:

                           (i) the Owner  Trustee  shall cease to be eligible in
                  accordance  with the provisions of Section 6.13 and shall fail
                  to resign after written request therefor by the Administrator;

                           (ii)  the Owner Trustee shall be adjudged bankrupt or
                  insolvent;

                           (iii) a receiver  or other  public  officer  shall be
                  appointed or take charge or control of the Owner Trustee or of
                  its  property or affairs for the  purposes of  rehabilitation,
                  conservation or liquidation; or

                           (iv)  the Owner  Trustee  shall  otherwise be legally
                  incapable of acting.


 
                                       22

<PAGE>

                  (b) If the Owner Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy
         exists in the office of Owner Trustee for any reason the  Administrator
         shall  promptly  appoint a successor  Owner Trustee with the consent of
         the  Insurer by written  instrument,  in  duplicate  (one copy of which
         instrument  shall be delivered to the outgoing Owner Trustee so removed
         and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee) and shall pay all fees and
         other amounts owed to the outgoing Owner Trustee.

                  (c) Any  resignation  or  removal  of the  Owner  Trustee  and
         appointment  of  successor  Owner  Trustee   pursuant  to  any  of  the
         provisions  of this  Section  6.10 shall not become  effective  until a
         written  acceptance of appointment is delivered by the successor  Owner
         Trustee to the outgoing  Owner  Trustee and the  Administrator  and all
         fees and  expenses  due to the  outgoing  Owner  Trustee are paid.  Any
         successor Owner Trustee  appointed  pursuant to this Section 6.10 shall
         be eligible to act in such  capacity in  accordance  with  Section 6.13
         and,  following  compliance with the preceding  sentence,  shall become
         fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its
         predecessor under this Agreement,  with like effect as originally named
         as Owner  Trustee.  The  Administrator  shall  provide  notice  of such
         resignation  or removal of the Owner Trustee to the Insurer and each of
         the Rating Agencies.

                  (d) The  predecessor  Owner  Trustee shall upon payment of its
         fees and expenses  deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all documents
         and  statements  and  monies  held  by it  under  this  Agreement.  The
         Administrator  and the  predecessor  Owner  Trustee  shall  execute and
         deliver such  instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be
         required  for  fully  and  certainly  vesting  the  confirming  in  the
         successor   Owner   Trustee  all  such  rights,   powers,   duties  and
         obligations.

                  (e)  Upon  acceptance  of  appointment  by a  successor  Owner
         Trustee  pursuant to this Section 6.10,  the  Administrator  (or if the
         Administrator  fails to so notify, the successor Owner Trustee,  at the
         expense of the  Administrator)  shall mail notice of the  successor  of
         such Owner Trustee to all  Certificateholders,  the Indenture  Trustee,
         the Noteholders, the Insurer and each of the Rating Agencies.

         SECTION 6.11 Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee.  Any corporation
into which the Owner  Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated,  or any  corporation  resulting  from any  merger,  conversion  or
consolidation  to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party,  or any  corporation
succeeding to all or  substantially  all of the corporate  trust business of the
Owner Trustee,  shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee hereunder,  provided
such  corporation  shall be eligible  pursuant to Section 6.13,  and without the
execution or filing of any  instrument  or any further act on the part of any of
the parties hereto; provided,  however, that the Owner Trustee shall mail notice
of such merger or consolidation to the Insurer and each of the Rating Agencies.

         SECTION 6.12        Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.
                             ---------------------------------------------

                  (a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at
         any time,  for the  purpose of  meeting  any legal  requirement  of any
         jurisdiction in which any part of the


                                       23

<PAGE>

         assets  of the  Trust  or any  Mortgaged  Property  may at the  time be
         located,  the  Administrator and the Owner Trustee (with the consent of
         the Insurer)  acting jointly shall have the power and shall execute and
         deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons  approved by the
         Owner  Trustee and the Insurer to act as  co-trustee,  jointly with the
         Owner Trustee,  or as separate trustee or trustees,  of all or any part
         of the  assets  of the  Trust,  and to  vest in  such  Person,  in such
         capacity, such title to the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to
         the  other  provisions  of this  Section  6.12,  such  powers,  duties,
         obligations,  rights  and  trusts  as the  Administrator  and the Owner
         Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. If the Administrator shall
         not have joined in such appointment within 15 days after the receipt by
         it of a request so to do, the Owner  Trustee  (with the  consent of the
         Insurer) shall have the power to make such  appointment.  No co-trustee
         or separate  trustee under this Agreement shall be required to meet the
         terms of  eligibility as a successor  trustee  pursuant to Section 6.13
         and no notice of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate  trustee
         shall be required pursuant to Section 6.10.

                  (b) Each separate trustee and co-trustee  shall, to the extent
         permitted  by law,  be  appointed  and  act  subject  to the  following
         provisions and conditions:

                           (i)  all  rights,   powers,  duties  and  obligations
                  conferred or imposed upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred
                  upon and exercised or performed by the Owner Trustee, and such
                  separate  trustee or co-trustee  jointly (it being  understood
                  that such separate  trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to
                  act separately without the Owner Trustee joining in such act),
                  except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in
                  which  any  particular  act or acts are to be  performed,  the
                  Owner Trustee shall be  incompetent  or unqualified to perform
                  such act or acts, in which event such rights,  powers,  duties
                  and  obligations  (including the holding of title to the Trust
                  or any  portion  thereof  in any such  jurisdiction)  shall be
                  exercised  and performed  singly by such  separate  trustee or
                  co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Owner Trustee;

                           (ii) no  trustee  under  this   Agreement   shall  be
                  personally  liable  by reason  of any act or  omission  of any
                  other trustee under this Agreement; and

                           (iii) the  Administrator and the Owner Trustee acting
                  jointly  may at any time accept the  resignation  of or remove
                  any separate trustee or co-trustee; provided, however, that if
                  the  Administrator  is in  default  under  the  Administration
                  Agreement,  the Owner  Trustee  acting  alone may  accept  the
                  resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.


                  (c) Any notice,  request or other  writing  given to the Owner
         Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate
         trustees and  co-trustees,  as effectively as if given to each of them.
         Every  instrument  appointing any separate  trustee or co-trustee shall
         refer  to this  Agreement  and the  conditions  of this  Article.  Each
         separate  trustee and  co-trustee,  upon its  acceptance  of the trusts
         conferred, shall be

  
                                       24

<PAGE>

         vested with the  estates or property  specified  in its  instrument  of
         appointment,  either jointly with the Owner Trustee or  separately,  as
         may  be  provided  therein,  subject  to all  the  provisions  of  this
         Agreement,  specifically  including  every  provision of this Agreement
         relating to the conduct of,  affecting  the  liability of, or affording
         protection to, the Owner Trustee.  Each such instrument  shall be filed
         with the Owner  Trustee and a copy thereof  given to the  Administrator
         and the Insurer.

                  (d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint
         the Owner Trustee as its agent or attorney-in-fact  with full power and
         authority,  to the extent not  prohibited  by law, to do any lawful act
         under or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If
         any  separate  trustee or  co-trustee  shall die,  become  incapable of
         acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,  properties,  rights,
         remedies  and  trusts  shall  vest  in and be  exercised  by the  Owner
         Trustee,  to the extent  permitted by law, without the appointment of a
         new or successor trustee.

         SECTION 6.13  Eligibility  Requirements  for Owner  Trustee.  The Owner
Trustee shall at all times:  (a) be a corporation  satisfying  the provisions of
Section  3807(a) of the Business  Trust  Statute;  (b) be authorized to exercise
corporate  trust  powers;  (c) have a combined  capital  and surplus of at least
$50,000,000  and be subject to  supervision  or  examination by federal or state
authorities;  and (d) have (or have a parent  which has) a  long-term  unsecured
debt rating of at least BBB by Standard & Poor's  Corporation  and at least Baa2
by Moody's  Investors  Service,  Inc. and be acceptable to the Insurer.  If such
corporation  shall publish reports of condition at least  annually,  pursuant to
law or to the requirements of the aforesaid  supervising or examining authority,
then for the purpose of this Section 6.13,  the combined  capital and surplus of
such  corporation  shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set
forth in its most recent  report of condition so  published.  If at any time the
Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in  accordance  with the  provisions of
this Section 6.13, the Owner Trustee shall resign  immediately in the manner and
with the effect specified in Section 6.10.

         SECTION 6.14 Underwriting  Agreement.  For purposes of this Article VI,
the term "Basic Document" shall be deemed to include the Underwriting Agreement.

                                   ARTICLE VII

                         TERMINATION OF TRUST AGREEMENT

         SECTION 7.1   Termination of Trust Agreement.
                       ------------------------------

                  (a) This Agreement (other than Article VI) and the Trust shall
         terminate  and be of no further  force or effect on the earlier of: (i)
         the final  distribution  by the Owner  Trustee  of all  moneys or other
         property or proceeds of the assets of the Trust in accordance  with the
         terms of the Indenture,  the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (including
         the  exercise  of the Class B-2  Certificateholder(s)  of its option to
         purchase the Mortgage  Loans  pursuant to Section  10.01 of the Pooling
         and Servicing  Agreement) and Article V or (ii) at the time provided in
         Section  7.2.  The  bankruptcy,  liquidation,   dissolution,  death  or
         incapacity of any Certificateholder, other than a Depositor as


                                       25

<PAGE>



         described  in Section  7.2,  shall not (x)  operate to  terminate  this
         Agreement or the Trust, nor (y) entitle such Certificateholder's  legal
         representatives  or heirs to claim an  accounting or to take any action
         or  proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of all or any
         part of the Trust or the  assets of the Trust or (z)  otherwise  affect
         the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto.

                  (b) Except  as  provided  in  Section   7.1(a),   neither  any
         Depositor  nor any  Certificateholder  shall be  entitled  to revoke or
         terminate the Trust.

                  (c) Notice of any  termination  of the Trust,  specifying  the
         Payment Date upon which the  Certificateholders  shall  surrender their
         Certificates to the Paying Agent for payment of the final  distribution
         and cancellation,  shall be given by the Owner Trustee by letter to the
         Insurer and the Certificateholders  mailed within five Business Days of
         receipt of notice of such  termination from the Servicer given pursuant
         to subsection  10.01 of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  stating:
         (i) the Payment Date upon or with respect to which final payment of the
         Certificates  shall be made  upon  presentation  and  surrender  of the
         Certificates at the office of the Paying Agent therein designated; (ii)
         the amount of any such final  payment;  and (iii) that the Record  Date
         otherwise  applicable to such Payment Date is not applicable,  payments
         being made only upon  presentation and surrender of the Certificates at
         the office of the Paying Agent  therein  specified.  The Owner  Trustee
         shall give such notice to the Certificate  Registrar (if other than the
         Owner Trustee) and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given to
         Certificateholders.    Upon   presentation   and   surrender   of   the
         Certificates,  the  Paying  Agent  shall  cause  to be  distributed  to
         Certificateholders  amounts distributable on such Payment Date pursuant
         to Section 5.2.

                  (d) If all of the Certificateholders shall not surrender their
         Certificates  for  cancellation   within  six  months  after  the  date
         specified in the above  mentioned  written  notice,  the Owner  Trustee
         shall give a second written notice to the remaining  Certificateholders
         to surrender their  Certificates for cancellation and receive the final
         distribution with respect thereto.  If within one year after the second
         notice  all the  Certificates  shall  not  have  been  surrendered  for
         cancellation,  the Owner  Trustee may take  appropriate  steps,  or may
         appoint an agent to take  appropriate  steps,  to contact the remaining
         Certificateholders concerning surrender of their Certificates,  and the
         cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds and other assets that shall
         remain  subject  to this  Agreement.  Subject  to  applicable  law with
         respect to escheat of funds,  any funds  remaining  in the Trust  after
         exhaustion of such remedies in the preceding  sentence  shall be deemed
         property of the Depositors and  distributed by the Owner Trustee to the
         Depositors.

                  (e) Each  Certificateholder is required, and hereby agrees, to
         return to the Owner Trustee,  any Certificate with respect to which the
         Owner  Trustee has made the final  distribution  due thereon.  Any such
         Certificate   as  to  which  the  Owner  Trustee  has  made  the  final
         distribution  thereon  shall be deemed  canceled and shall no longer be
         outstanding  for any  purpose  of this  Agreement,  whether or not such
         Certificate is ever returned to the Owner Trustee.


                                       26

<PAGE>

                  (f) Upon the winding up of the Trust and its termination,  the
         Owner  Trustee shall cause the  Certificate  or Trust to be canceled by
         filing a  certificate  of  cancellation  with the Secretary of State in
         accordance  with the  provisions of Section 3810 of the Business  Trust
         Statute.

         SECTION 7.2  Dissolution  upon  Bankruptcy  of either  Depositor.  This
Agreement  shall be terminated in accordance  with Section 7.1 90 days after the
occurrence  of an  Insolvency  Event with respect to either  Depositor,  unless,
before the end of such 90 day  period,  the Owner  Trustee  shall have  received
written  instructions  from (a) each of the  Certificateholders  (other than the
Depositor  with respect to which an Insolvency  Event has occurred) and (b) each
of the  Noteholders,  to the  effect  that each such  party  disapproves  of the
liquidation of the Mortgage Loans and  termination of the Trust.  Promptly after
the occurrence of any  Insolvency  Event with respect to either  Depositor:  (i)
such  Depositor  shall  give the  Insurer,  the  Indenture  Trustee,  the Rating
Agencies and the Owner Trustee written notice of such Insolvency Event; (ii) the
Owner  Trustee  shall,  upon  the  receipt  of such  written  notice  from  such
Depositor,  give  prompt  written  notice  to  the  Certificateholders  and  the
Indenture  Trustee  of the  occurrence  of such  event and  (iii) the  Indenture
Trustee shall,  upon receipt of written notice of such Insolvency Event from the
Owner Trustee or such  Depositor,  give prompt written notice to the Noteholders
of the occurrence of such event;  provided,  however, that any failure to give a
notice  required  by this  sentence  shall not  prevent or delay in any manner a
termination  of the Trust  pursuant to the first  sentence of this  Section 7.2.
Upon a termination  pursuant to this Section 7.2, the Owner Trustee shall direct
the Indenture  Trustee  promptly to sell the assets of the Trust (other than the
Accounts and the Certificate  Distribution Account) in a commercially reasonable
manner and on  commercially  reasonable  terms.  The  proceeds of any such sale,
disposition  or  liquidation  of the  assets of the Trust  shall be  treated  as
collections  on the Mortgage  Loans and  deposited in the Principal and Interest
Account pursuant to Section 4.03 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                   AMENDMENTS

         SECTION  8.1  Amendments  Without  Consent  of   Certificateholders  or
Noteholders.  This  Agreement  may be  amended by each  Depositor  and the Owner
Trustee without the consent of any of the Noteholders or the  Certificateholders
(but with the prior  written  consent of the Insurer and prior notice to each of
the Rating  Agencies and the  Administrator),  to (i) cure any  ambiguity,  (ii)
correct or supplement  any provision in this  Agreement that may be defective or
inconsistent with any other provision in this Agreement, (iii) add or supplement
any   credit   enhancement   for  the   benefit  of  the   Noteholders   or  the
Certificateholders (provided that if any such addition shall affect any class of
Certificateholders differently than any other class of Certificateholders,  then
such addition shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect
in any material respect the interests of any class of Certificateholders),  (iv)
add to the covenants, restrictions or obligations of the Depositors or the Owner
Trustee,  (v) evidence and provide for the  acceptance of the  appointment  of a
successor  trustee  with respect to the assets of the Trust and add to or change
any  provisions as shall be necessary to facilitate  the  administration  of the
trusts  hereunder by more than one trustee pursuant to Article VI, and (vi) add,
change or eliminate  any other  provision  of this  Agreement in any manner that
shall not, as


                                       27

<PAGE>



evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders.

         SECTION  8.2  Amendments   With  Consent  of   Certificateholders   and
Noteholders.  This  Agreement may be amended from time to by the  Depositors and
the Owner  Trustee  with the  consent of the  Insurer  and a Majority  in Voting
Interest of  Outstanding  Notes and a Majority  in Voting  Interest of Class B-1
Certificates  (which  consent,  whether given pursuant to this Section 8.2(b) or
pursuant to any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  shall be  conclusive  and
binding on such Person and on all future  holders of such Notes or  Certificates
and of any Notes or Certificates issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange
thereof or in lieu thereof  whether or not notation of such consent is made upon
the Notes or  Certificates)  and the  consent of the  Insurer for the purpose of
adding any  provisions  to or changing in any manner or  eliminating  any of the
provisions  of this  Agreement,  or of modifying in any manner the rights of the
Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such amendment
shall (a) increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay
the timing of,  collections of payments on Mortgage Loans or distributions  that
shall be required to be made on any Note or Certificate,  the Note Interest Rate
or the  Class B-1 Pass  Through  Rate or (b)  reduce  the  aforesaid  percentage
required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the Holders of
all Outstanding Notes and all of the Certificates  then  outstanding;  provided,
further, that Annex A hereto may only be amended pursuant to Section 11 thereof.
Each Depositor shall furnish written notice to each of the Rating Agencies prior
to obtaining consent to any proposed amendment under this Section 8.2.

         SECTION 8.3      Form of Amendments.
                          ------------------

                  (a) Promptly after the execution of any amendment,  supplement
         or consent pursuant to Section 8.1 or 8.2, each Depositor shall furnish
         written  notification  of the substance of such amendment or consent to
         each  Certificateholder,  the Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer and each
         Rating Agency.

                  (b)  It  shall   not  be   necessary   for  the   consent   of
         Certificateholders,  the Noteholders or the Indenture  Trustee pursuant
         to Section 8.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment
         or consent,  but it shall be  sufficient  if such consent shall approve
         the substance  thereof.  The manner of obtaining such consents (and any
         other consents of Certificateholders  provided for in this Agreement or
         in any other Basic Document) and of evidencing the authorization of the
         execution  thereof  by  Certificateholders  shall  be  subject  to such
         reasonable requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe.

                  (c)  Promptly  after the  execution  of any  amendment  to the
         Certificate of Trust,  the Owner Trustee shall cause the filing os such
         amendment with the Secretary of State.

                  (d) Prior to the execution of any amendment to this  Agreement
         or the  Certificate  of Trust,  the Owner  Trustee shall be entitled to
         receive and rely upon an Opinion of Counsel  stating that the execution
         of such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Agreement and that
         all conditions precedent to the execution and


                                       28

<PAGE>

         delivery of such amendment have been satisfied.  The Owner Trustee may,
         but shall not be  obligated  to,  enter into any such  amendment  which
         affects the Owner Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this
         Agreement or otherwise.

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

         SECTION  9.1 No Legal  Title to Trust  Assets.  The  Certificateholders
shall  not  have  legal  title  to any  part of the  assets  of the  Trust.  The
Certificateholders  shall be entitled to receive  distributions  with respect to
their undivided  ownership  interest  therein only in accordance with Articles V
and VII. No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title, and
interest of the  Certificateholders  to and in their  ownership  interest in the
assets of the Trust shall  operate to  terminate  This  Agreement  or the trusts
hereunder or entitle any transferee to an accounting or to the transfer to it of
legal title to any part of the assets of the Trust.

         SECTION 9.2  Limitations  on Rights of Others.  Except for Section 2.7,
the provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Insurer,  the
Owner Trustee, the Depositors, the Certificateholders, the Administrator and, to
the extent expressly provided herein, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders,
and nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be construed to
give to any other  Person any legal or equitable  right,  remedy or claim in the
assets of the Trust or under or in respect of this  Agreement or any  covenants,
conditions or provisions contained herein.

         SECTION 9.3       Notices.
                           -------

                  (a) All demands, notices and communications hereunder shall be
         in writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given if  personally
         delivered at or mailed by overnight mail,  certified mail or registered
         mail,   postage  prepaid,   to  (i)  in  the  case  of  the  Servicers,
         _____________________________________________,   Attention:   _________
         _______________,  or such other addresses as may hereafter be furnished
         to  the  Certificateholders  and  the  Noteholders  in  writing  by the
         Servicers,  (ii) in the case of each Depositor, c/o AMRESCO Residential
         Mortgage                Corporation,                ___________________
         ______________________________,        Attention:       _______________
         _______________,  or such other addresses as may hereafter be furnished
         to the  Certificateholders  and  the  Noteholders  in  writing  by such
         Depositor,  (iii) Owner Trustee,  _______________,  Attention:  AMRESCO
         Residential  Securities Corporation Mortgage Loan Trust 199__- __, (iv)
         in the case of the Certificateholders,  as set forth in the Certificate
         Register,  (vi) in the case of the  Indenture  Trustee,  _____________,
         Attention:  AMRESCO Residential  Securities  Corporation  Mortgage Loan
         Trust 199__-__, (v) in the case of the Noteholders, as set forth in the
         Note Register, (vi) in the case of Moody's, 99 Church Street, New York,
         New York 10007,  Attention:  Home Equity Monitoring Group, (vii) in the
         case  of S&P,  26  Broadway,  New  York,  New  York  10004,  Attention:
         __________,     (viii)     in    the     case    of    the     Insurer,
         _____________________________________________,         _______________,
         _______________,  _______________  _______________ , Attention: AMRESCO
         Residential  Securities  Corporation  Mortgage Loan Trust  199__-__ and
         (ix)


                                       29

<PAGE>

         in the case of the  Account  Party,  at the address  specified  by such
         Account  Party.  Any such notices shall be deemed to be effective  with
         respect to any party  hereto  upon the  receipt of such  notice by such
         party,  except that notices to the  Certificateholders  or  Noteholders
         shall be effective upon mailing or personal delivery.

                  (b)  Any  notice  required  or  permitted  to  be  given  to a
         Certificateholder  or Noteholder  shall be given by  first-class  mail,
         postage  prepaid,  at the  address  of  such  Holder  as  shown  in the
         Certificate  Register or Note Register,  as the case may be. Any notice
         so  mailed  within  the  time  prescribed  in this  Agreement  shall be
         conclusively  presumed  to have been  duly  given,  whether  or not the
         Certificateholder receives such notice.

         SECTION  9.4  Severability.  If any  one  or  more  of  the  covenants,
agreements,  provisions  or terms  of this  Agreement  shall  be for any  reason
whatsoever held invalid,  then such covenants,  agreements,  provisions or terms
shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants,  agreements,  provisions
or  terms  of  this  Agreement  and  shall  in no way  affect  the  validity  or
enforceability  of the other provisions of this Agreement or of the Certificates
or the rights of the holders thereof.

         SECTION 9.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties
hereto in separate  counterparts,  each of which when so executed and  delivered
shall be an original,  but all such counterparts  shall together  constitute one
and the same instrument.

         SECTION 9.6  Successors  and  Assigns.  All  covenants  and  agreements
contained  herein  shall be  binding  upon,  and inure to the  benefit  of,  the
Depositors,  the Owner Trustee and each  Certificateholder  and their respective
successors and permitted assigns, all as herein provided.  Any request,  notice,
direction,  consent, waiver or other instrument or action by a Certificateholder
shall bind the successors and assigns of such Certificateholder.

         SECTION 9.7 No Petition Covenant. Notwithstanding any prior termination
of this Agreement, the Trust (or the Owner Trustee on behalf of the Trust), each
Certificateholder   or  Certificate   Owner,  the  Indenture  Trustee  and  each
Noteholder or Note Owner shall not  acquiesce,  petition or otherwise  invoke or
cause  any  Depositor  or the  Trust  to  invoke  the  process  of any  court or
governmental  authority  for the  purpose of  commencing  or  sustaining  a case
against  such  Depositor  or the Trust  under any  federal or state  bankruptcy,
insolvency  or similar  law or  appointing  a  receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,
trustee, custodian,  sequestrator or other similar official of such Depositor or
the Trust or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or
liquidation of the affairs of such Depositor or the Trust.

         SECTION  9.8  No  Recourse.   Each  Certificateholder  by  accepting  a
Certificate  acknowledges that such  Certificateholder's  Certificates represent
beneficial  interests  in the Trust only and do not  represent  interests  in or
obligations  of  the  Depositors,   the  Servicer,   the   Representative,   the
Administrator, the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee or any Affiliate thereof
and no recourse may be had against such parties or their  assets,  except as may
be expressly set forth or contemplated in this  Agreement,  the  Certificates or
the Basic Documents.


 
                                       30

<PAGE>

         SECTION 9.9 Headings. The headings of the various Articles and Sections
herein are for  convenience  of reference only and shall not define or limit any
of the terms or provisions hereof.

         SECTION  9.10  Governing  Law.  THIS  AGREEMENT  SHALL BE  CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE  WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF  DELAWARE,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE  TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW  PROVISIONS,  AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

         SECTION 9.11 Certificate Transfer  Restrictions.  Neither the Class B-1
Certificates  nor the  Class  B-2  Certificates  may be  acquired  by or for the
account of (i) an employee  benefit  plan (as defined in Section  3(3) of ERISA)
that is subject to the provisions of Title I of ERISA,  (ii) a plan described in
Section  4975(e)(1)  of the Code or (iii) any  entity  whose  underlying  assets
include  plan assets by reason of a plan's  investment  in the entity  (each,  a
"Benefit Plan").  By accepting and holding  Certificate,  the Holder thereof and
the  Certificate  Owner shall each be deemed to have  represented  and warranted
that it is not a Benefit  Plan and,  if  requested  in  writing  to do os by the
Depositors,  with a copy to the Certificate Registrar and the Owner Trustee, the
Certificateholder  and the  Certificate  Owner shall  execute and deliver to the
Certificate  Registrar an Undertaking Letter in the form set forth in Exhibit D.
The  Class  B-1  Certificates  are  also  subject  to the  minimum  denomination
specified in Section 3.4(c).

         SECTION 9.12 The Insurer.  Any right conferred to the Issuer  hereunder
shall be  suspended  during any period in which the Insurer is in default in its
payment  obligations under the Insurance Policy, and its rights hereunder during
such  period  shall vest in the  Majority  in Voting  Interest  of the Class B-1
Certificates. The Servicer shall give the Owner Trustee notice of such event. At
such time as the Notes are no longer  outstanding  under the  Indenture  and the
Class B-1 Certificates are no longer outstanding hereunder, and no amounts owned
to the Insurer under any Basic  Document  remain  unpaid,  the Insurer's  rights
hereunder shall terminate. The Insurer is an intended third party beneficiary of
this Agreement.


 
                                       31

<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Trust Agreement
to be duly executed by their respective officers hereunto duly authorized, as of
the day and year first above written.

                                      ____________________,
                                      as Owner Trustee

                                      By:_____________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                      DEPOSITORS
                                      __________
                                     

                                      AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL SECURITIES CORPORATION

                                      By:_____________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                      AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE CORPORATION

                                      By:_____________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title

                                      Acknowledged and Accepted:

                                      _____________________________
                                      as Servicer


                                      By:_____________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:

                                      _____________________________
                                      as Administrator

                                      By:_____________________________
                                       Name:
                                       Title:



<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B



                             CERTIFICATE OF TRUST OF
     AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__
     -----------------------------------------------------------------------

THIS Certificate of Trust of AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation Mortgage
Loan Trust 199__-__ (the "Trust") dated as of  ___________________  1, 199__, is
being duly executed and filed by _______________,  a ______________, as trustee,
to form a business  trust under the Delaware  Business  Trust Act (12 Del. Code,
ss.3801  et seq.).  

1. Name.  The name of the  business  trust  formed  hereby is
AMRESCO  Residential   Securities  Corporation  Mortgage  Loan  Trust  199__-__.

2. Delaware  Trustee.  The name and business address of the trustee of the Trust
in  the  State  of  Delaware  is  _________________________________,  Attention:
__________________.

3. This  Certificate  of Trust shall be  effective as of its
filing.  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned,  being the sole  trustee of the
Trust,  has  executed  this  Certificate  of Trust as of the  date  first  above
written.


_____________,
not in its individual capacity
but solely as Owner Trustee



By:_____________________________
   Name:
   Title:




    ------------------------------------------------------------------------



           _____% MORTGAGE LOAN BACKED NOTES DUE ____________________

                                    INDENTURE

                                     between

                   AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL SECURITIES CORPORATION
                           MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 199_-_


                         ______________________________
                                AS OWNER TRUSTEE


                         ______________________________
                              AS INDENTURE TRUSTEE


                       Dated as of _______________, 199__



                   AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL SECURITIES CORPORATION
                           MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 199_-_




    ------------------------------------------------------------------------







<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                -----------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                               Page
                                                                                                               ----

<S>                                                                                                              <C>
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE............................................................  2
         SECTION 1.1       Definitions..........................................................................  2
         SECTION 1.2       Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act....................................  2

ARTICLE II THE NOTES............................................................................................  3
         SECTION 2.1       Form.................................................................................  3
         SECTION 2.2       Execution, Authentication and Delivery...............................................  3
         SECTION 2.3       Temporary Notes......................................................................  4
         SECTION 2.4       Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Notes.........................  4
         SECTION 2.5       Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes...........................................  5
         SECTION 2.6       Persons Deemed Noteholders...........................................................  6
         SECTION 2.7       Payment of Principal and Interest....................................................  7
         SECTION 2.8       Cancellation of Notes................................................................  8
         SECTION 2.9       Release of Collateral................................................................  8
         SECTION 2.10      Book-Entry Notes.....................................................................  8
         SECTION 2.11      Notices to Depository................................................................  9
         SECTION 2.12      Definitive Notes.....................................................................  9
         SECTION 2.13      Depositors or Affiliates as Noteholder............................................... 10
         SECTION 2.14      Tax Treatment........................................................................ 10

ARTICLE III COVENANTS........................................................................................... 10
         SECTION 3.1       Note Payment Account; Payment of Principal and Interest.............................. 10
         SECTION 3.2       Maintenance of Agency Office......................................................... 11
         SECTION 3.3       Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust............................................... 11
         SECTION 3.4       Existence............................................................................ 12
         SECTION 3.5       Protection of the Assets of the Trust: Acknowledgment of Pledge...................... 13
         SECTION 3.6       Opinions as to Trust Assets.......................................................... 13
         SECTION 3.7       Performance of Obligations: Servicing of Mortgage Loans.............................. 14
         SECTION 3.8       Negative Covenants................................................................... 15
         SECTION 3.9       Annual Statement as to Compliance.................................................... 16
         SECTION 3.10      Consolidation, Merger, etc., of Issuer; Disposition of Trust Assets.................. 16
         SECTION 3.11      Successor or Transferee.............................................................. 18
         SECTION 3.12      No Other Business.................................................................... 18
         SECTION 3.13      No Borrowing......................................................................... 18
         SECTION 3.14      Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities.................................... 19
         SECTION 3.15      Servicer's Obligations............................................................... 19
         SECTION 3.16      Capital Expenditures................................................................. 19
         SECTION 3.17      Removal of Administrator............................................................. 19
         SECTION 3.18      Restricted Payments.................................................................. 19
         SECTION 3.19      Notice of Events of Default and Other Events......................................... 20
         SECTION 3.20      Further Instruments and Acts......................................................... 20
         SECTION 3.21      Representations and Warranties by the Issuer to the Indenture Trustee................ 20

ARTICLE IV SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE........................................................................... 20
         SECTION 4.1       Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture.............................................. 20
         SECTION 4.2       Application of Trust Money........................................................... 22
         SECTION 4.3       Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent............................................. 22
         SECTION 4.4       Duration of Appointment of Indenture Trustee......................................... 22

                                                                                                           

<PAGE>


ARTICLE V DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.................................................................................. 22
         SECTION 5.1       Events of Default.................................................................... 22
         SECTION 5.2       Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment................................... 23
         SECTION 5.3       Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Indenture Trustee............ 24
         SECTION 5.4       Remedies; Priorities................................................................. 26
         SECTION 5.5       Optional Preservation of the Assets of the Trust..................................... 28
         SECTION 5.6       Limitation of Suits.................................................................. 28
         SECTION 5.7       Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive Principal and Interest................ 29
         SECTION 5.8       Restoration of Rights and Remedies................................................... 29
         SECTION 5.9       Rights and Remedies Cumulative....................................................... 29
         SECTION 5.10      Delay or Omission Not a Waiver....................................................... 29
         SECTION 5.11      Control by the Insurer............................................................... 30
         SECTION 5.12      Waiver of Past Defaults.............................................................. 30
         SECTION 5.13      Undertaking for Costs................................................................ 31
         SECTION 5.14      Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws..................................................... 31
         SECTION 5.15      Action on Notes...................................................................... 31
         SECTION 5.16      Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations................................... 32

ARTICLE VI THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE................................................................................ 33
         SECTION 6.1       Duties of Indenture Trustee.......................................................... 33
         SECTION 6.2       Certain Matters Affecting the Indenture Trustee...................................... 35
         SECTION 6.3       Indenture Trustee Not Liable for Notes or Mortgage Loans............................. 36
         SECTION 6.4       Indenture Trustee May Own Notes...................................................... 36
         SECTION 6.5       Indenture Trustee's Fees and Expenses................................................ 37
         SECTION 6.6       Eligibility; Disqualification........................................................ 37
         SECTION 6.7       Resignation and Removal of the Indenture Trustee..................................... 38
         SECTION 6.8       Successor Trustee.................................................................... 38
         SECTION 6.9       Merger or Consolidation of Indenture Trustee......................................... 39
         SECTION 6.10      Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or Separate Indenture Trustee.................... 39
         SECTION 6.11      Protection of Trust Assets........................................................... 40
         SECTION 6.12      Notice of Defaults................................................................... 41
         SECTION 6.13      Reports to Holders................................................................... 41
         SECTION 6.14      Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer..................................... 42
         SECTION 6.15      Representations and Warranties of Indenture Trustee.................................. 42
         SECTION 6.16      Indenture Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes..................... 42
         SECTION 6.17      Suit for Enforcement................................................................. 43
         SECTION 6.18      Appointment of Custodians............................................................ 43

ARTICLE VII NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS...................................................................... 43
         SECTION 7.1       Issuer To Furnish Indenture Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders............... 43
         SECTION 7.2       Preservation of Information, Communications to Noteholders........................... 43
         SECTION 7.3       Reports by Issuer.................................................................... 44
         SECTION 7.4       Reports by Trustee................................................................... 44

ARTICLE VIII ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES............................................................... 45
         SECTION 8.1       Collection of Money.................................................................. 45
         SECTION 8.2       Accounts............................................................................. 45
         SECTION 8.3       General Provisions Regarding Accounts................................................ 46
         SECTION 8.4       Release of Trust Assets.............................................................. 47
         SECTION 8.5       Opinion of Counsel................................................................... 47

ARTICLE IX SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.............................................................................. 47
         SECTION 9.1       Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders............................... 47
         SECTION 9.2       Supplemental Indentures With Consent of the Noteholders.............................. 49

                                                                                                           
                                                                  - ii -
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>      <C>                                                                                                     <C>
         SECTION 9.3       Execution of Supplemental Indentures................................................. 50
         SECTION 9.4       Effect of Supplemental Indenture..................................................... 50
         SECTION 9.5       Conformity with Trust Indenture Act.................................................. 51
         SECTION 9.6       Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures........................................ 51

ARTICLE X REDEMPTION OF NOTES................................................................................... 51
         SECTION 10.1      Redemption........................................................................... 51
         SECTION 10.2      Form of Redemption Notice............................................................ 52
         SECTION 10.3      Notes Payable on Payment Date and Special Redemption Date............................ 52

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS........................................................................................ 53
         SECTION 11.1      Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc............................................ 53
         SECTION 11.2      Form of Documents Delivered to Indenture Trustee..................................... 54
         SECTION 11.3      Acts of Noteholders.................................................................. 55
         SECTION 11.4      Notices.............................................................................. 56
         SECTION 11.5      Notices to Noteholders; Waiver....................................................... 56
         SECTION 11.6      Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions.............................................. 57
         SECTION 11.7      Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.................................................... 57
         SECTION 11.8      Effect of Headings and Table of Contents............................................. 57
         SECTION 11.9      Successors and Assigns............................................................... 57
         SECTION 11.10     Separability......................................................................... 58
         SECTION 11.11     Benefits of Indenture................................................................ 58
         SECTION 11.12     Legal Holidays....................................................................... 58
         SECTION 11.13     GOVERNING LAW........................................................................ 58
         SECTION 11.14     Counterparts......................................................................... 58
         SECTION 11.15     Recording of Indenture............................................................... 58
         SECTION 11.16     No Recourse.......................................................................... 59
         SECTION 11.17     No Petition.......................................................................... 59
         SECTION 11.18     Inspection........................................................................... 59
         SECTION 11.19     The Insurer.......................................................................... 60


                                                                                                           
                                                                   - iii -



</TABLE>

<PAGE>


         INDENTURE, dated as of ___________,  199__, between AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL
SECURITIES  CORPORATION  MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST 199__-__, a Delaware business trust
(the "Issuer") and  _______________________________________,  a national banking
association,  as trustee  and not in its  individual  capacity  (the  "Indenture
Trustee").

         Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and for
the equal and ratable  benefit of the Holders of the Issuer's  ______%  Mortgage
Loan Backed Notes due _____________________ (the "Notes"):

                                 GRANTING CLAUSE

         The Issuer hereby Grants to the Indenture  Trustee at the Closing Date,
as trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders and (only to the extent  expressly
provided herein) the  Certificateholders,  all of the Issuer's right,  title and
interest in, to and under:  (a) the Mortgage Loans (other than any principal and
interest  payments  due thereon on or prior to the Cut-Off  Date on any Mortgage
Loan that is current as of the Cut-Off  Date) listed in Schedules  ____ and ____
to this Agreement  which the Depositor is causing to be delivered to the Trustee
herewith (and all  substitutions  therefor),  together with the related Mortgage
Loan  documents  and the  Depositor's  interest in any Property  which secured a
Mortgage  Loan but which has been  acquired  by  foreclosure  or deed in lieu of
foreclosure, and all payments thereon and proceeds of the conversion,  voluntary
or involuntary, of the foregoing; (b) such amounts as may be held by the Trustee
in the Certificate Account, the Pre-Funding Account and the Capitalized Interest
Account  together with  investment  earnings on such amounts and such amounts as
may be held in the name of the Trustee in the Principal and Interest Account, if
any,  exclusive of investment  earnings  thereon  (except as otherwise  provided
herein),  whether  in  the  form  of  cash,  instruments,  securities  or  other
properties  (including any Eligible Investments held by the Servicers);  (c) the
Certificate Insurance Policy issued under the Insurance Agreement;  (d) proceeds
of all the foregoing (including,  but not by way of limitation,  all proceeds of
any mortgage insurance,  hazard insurance and title insurance policy relating to
the Mortgage Loans, cash proceeds, accounts, accounts receivable, notes, drafts,
acceptances,  chattel paper, checks, deposit accounts,  rights to payment of any
and every kind, and other forms of obligations and receivables which at any time
constitute  all  or  part  of or are  included  in  the  proceeds  of any of the
foregoing) to pay the Owners and the  Certificate  Insurer as specified  herein;
and (e) certain of the Seller's rights under the Transfer Agreements and Interim
Servicing  Agreements  that are being assigned to the Trust  hereunder  ((a)-(e)
above shall be collectively referred to herein as the "Collateral").

         The foregoing Grant is made in trust to secure the payment of principal
of and  interest  on,  and any other  amounts  owing in  respect  of, the Notes,
equally and ratably without  prejudice,  priority or distinction,  and to secure
compliance  with the  provisions  of this  Indenture,  all as  provided  in this
Indenture.

         The  Indenture  Trustee,  as  trustee  on  behalf  of the  Noteholders,
acknowledges  such  Grant and the  pledge  and  assignment  to it of the  Spread
Account  pursuant to Section  _________ of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,
and thereby  accepts the trusts  under this  Indenture  in  accordance  with the
provisions of this Indenture. In furtherance of such Grant, the Indenture


                                        1

<PAGE>


Trustee acknowledges delivery and receipt of the Mortgage Files,  including each
of the Mortgage Loan  documents  set forth in Sections  ______ and ______ of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  which provisions are incorporated by reference
as if more  particularly set forth herein.  The Indenture  Trustee shall execute
and  deliver on the  Closing  Date an  acknowledgement  of receipt  of, for each
Mortgage Loan, the items listed in Section ______,  ______, ______ and ______ of
the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  in the form attached as Exhibit A to the
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  and declares that it will hold such documents
and any amendments,  replacements or supplements  thereto,  as well as any other
assets  delivered  to it in trust  upon and  subject  to the  conditions  of the
Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders and, to the extent set forth in the
Pooling  and   Servicing   Agreement   and  herein,   for  the  benefit  of  the
Certificateholders.

                                    ARTICLE I
                   DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         SECTION  1.1  Definitions.  Certain  capitalized  terms  used  in  this
Indenture shall have the respective  meanings  assigned them in Article I of the
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  dated as of  _________________,  199__  (the
"Pooling and Servicing  Agreement")  among the Issuer,  the  Servicers,  AMRESCO
Residential Mortgage Corporation and AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation,
as Depositors (the "Depositors").  All references in this Indenture to Articles,
Sections,  subsections  and exhibits are to the same contained in or attached to
this Indenture unless otherwise  specified.  All terms defined in this Indenture
shall have the defined  meanings when used in any certificate,  notice,  Note or
other  document  made or delivered  pursuant  hereto  unless  otherwise  defined
therein.

         SECTION 1.2 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act. Whenever
this Indenture  refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated
by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.  The following TIA terms used
in this Indenture have the following meanings:

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

         "indenture securities" means the Notes.

         "indenture trustee" means the Indenture Trustee.

         "obligor" on the  indenture  securities  means the Issuer and any other
obligor on the indenture securities.

         All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by a Commission rule have
the respective meanings assigned to them by such definitions.


                                        2

<PAGE>




                                   ARTICLE II
                                    THE NOTES

         SECTION 2.1       Form.
                           ----

         (a)  The   Notes   with  the   Indenture   Trustee's   certificate   of
authentication,  shall be in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B, with
such appropriate  insertions,  omissions,  substitutions and other variations as
are required or permitted by this  Indenture and may have such letters,  numbers
or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon
as may,  consistently  herewith,  be determined by the officers  executing  such
Notes, as evidenced by their execution of the Notes.  Any portion of the text of
any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof,  with an appropriate reference
thereto on the face of the Note.

         (b) The Definitive Notes shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or
engraved or produced by any  combination of these methods (with or without steel
engraved  borders) all as determined by the officers  executing  such Notes,  as
evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

         (c) The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibit B are part of the terms
of this Indenture.

         SECTION 2.2     Execution, Authentication and Delivery.
                         --------------------------------------

         (a) The  Notes  shall be dated  the date of their  authentication,  and
shall be issuable as registered Notes in minimum  denominations of $1,000 and in
integral multiples thereof.

         (b) The Notes  shall be  executed on behalf of the Issuer by any of its
Responsible Officers. The signature of any such Responsible Officer on the Notes
may be manual or facsimile.

         (c) Notes bearing the manual or facsimile  signature of individuals who
were at any time  Responsible  Officers  of the Issuer  shall  bind the  Issuer,
notwithstanding  that such  individuals  or any of them have ceased to hold such
office  prior to the  authentication  and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such office at the date of such Notes.

         (d) The Indenture  Trustee,  in exchange for the Mortgage Loans and the
other  components of the Trust and the pledge and assignment to it of the Spread
Account,  simultaneously  with the  assignment  and  transfer  to the  Indenture
Trustee of the Mortgage Loans, and the delivery to the Indenture  Trustee of the
Mortgage  Files and the other  components and assets of the Trust and the Spread
Account, together with an Opinion of Counsel to the Issuer (which may be counsel
to the  Depositors)  relating  to the  issuance of the Notes and the lien of the
Indenture Trustee hereunder and an Officer's  Certificate  relating to the same,
shall,  upon the order of the  Issuer  cause the Notes to be  authenticated  and
delivered  for  original  issue in an  aggregate  principal  amount equal to the
Original  Note  Principal  Balance.  The  aggregate  principal  amount  of Notes
outstanding at any time may not exceed that amount except as provided in Section
2.5.


                                        3

<PAGE>


         (e) No Notes shall be entitled to any benefit  under this  Indenture or
be valid or  obligatory  for any purpose,  unless  there  appears on such Note a
certificate of  authentication  substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B
hereto,  executed by the Indenture Trustee by the manual signature of one of its
Responsible  Officers,  and such  certificate  upon any Note shall be conclusive
evidence, and the only evidence,  that such Note has been duly authenticated and
delivered hereunder.

         SECTION 2.3     Temporary Notes.
                         ---------------

         (a) Pending the preparation of Definitive Notes, if any, the Issuer may
execute,  and upon  receipt  of any Issuer  Order the  Indenture  Trustee  shall
authenticate  and  deliver,  Temporary  Notes which are  printed,  lithographed,
typewritten,  mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the tenor of the Definitive
Notes  in lieu of  which  they  are  issued  and  with  such  variations  as are
consistent with the terms of this Indenture as the officers executing such Notes
may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

         (b) If Temporary  Notes are issued,  the Issuer shall cause  Definitive
Notes to be  prepared  without  unreasonable  delay.  After the  preparation  of
Definitive Notes, the Temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes
upon  surrender of the Temporary  Notes at the Agency Office of the Issuer to be
maintained as provided in Section 3.2,  without charge to the  Noteholder.  Upon
surrender for  cancellation of any one or more Temporary Notes, the Issuer shall
execute  and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall,  at the  Administrator's  cost  and
expense,  authenticate and deliver in exchange  therefor a like principal amount
of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so delivered in exchange,
the Temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under
this Indenture as Definitive Notes.

         SECTION 2.4   Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange
                       --------------------------------------------------- 
                       of Notes.
                       --------

         (a) The  Issuer  shall  cause to be kept the Note  Register,  in which,
subject to such  reasonable  regulations as it may  prescribe,  the Issuer shall
provide for the registration of the Notes. The Indenture Trustee shall initially
be the Note Registrar for the purpose of registering  the Notes and transfers of
the Notes as herein  provided.  Upon any resignation of any Note Registrar,  the
Issuer shall  promptly  appoint a successor or, if it elects not to make such an
appointment assume the duties of the Note Registrar.

         (b) If a Person  other than the  Indenture  Trustee is appointed by the
Issuer as Note  Registrar,  the Issuer will give the  Indenture  Trustee and the
Insurer prompt  written notice of the  appointment of such Note Registrar and of
the  location,  and any  change  in the  location,  of the  Note  Register.  The
Indenture  Trustee  and the  Insurer  shall have the right ti  inspect  the Note
Register at all  reasonable  times and to obtain copies  thereof.  The Indenture
Trustee  shall have the right to rely upon a  certificate  executed on behalf of
the  Note  Registrar  by a  Responsible  Officer  thereof  as to the  names  and
addresses of the Noteholders and the principal amounts and number of such Notes.

         (c) Upon  surrender  for  registration  of  transfer of any Note at the
Corporate  Trust  Office of the  Indenture  Trustee or the Agency  Office of the
Issuer (and following the delivery,


                                        4

<PAGE>


in the former case,  of such Notes to the Issuer by the  Indenture  Trustee) the
Issuer  shall  execute,   the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  authenticate  and  the
Noteholder  shall  obtain  from  the  Indenture  Trustee,  in  the  name  of the
designated  transferee or  transferees,  one or more new Notes in any authorized
denominations, of a like aggregate principal amount.

         (d) At the option of the  Noteholder,  Notes may be exchanged for other
Notes in any authorized  denominations,  of a like aggregate  principal  amount,
upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Indenture Trustee or the Agency Office;  provided,  however,  that in the latter
case the Issuer agrees that such surrendered  Notes shall be promptly  delivered
to the Indenture  Trustee.  Whenever any Notes are so surrendered  for exchange,
the  Issuer  shall   execute,   and  the  Indenture   Trustee   shall,   at  the
Administrator's  cost and expense,  authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain
from the Indenture  Trustee,  the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange
is entitled to receive.

         (e) All Notes issued upon any  registration  of transfer or exchange of
Notes shall be the valid  obligations  of the Issuer,  evidencing the same debt,
and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered
upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

         (f) Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form  satisfactory to the Indenture  Trustee and the Note Registrar,
duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in
writing,  with such signature  guaranteed by a commercial  bank or trust company
located, or having a correspondent  located, in the City of New York or the city
in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Indenture Trustee is located, or by a
member firm of a national securities  exchange,  and such other documents as the
Indenture Trustee may require.

         (g)  No  service   charge  shall  be  made  to  a  Noteholder  for  any
registration  of  transfer or  exchange  of Notes,  but the Issuer or  Indenture
Trustee  may  require  payment  of a sum  sufficient  to cover  any tax or other
governmental  charge that may be imposed in connection with any  registration of
transfer or exchange of Notes,  other than exchanges pursuant to Sections 2.3 or
9.6 not involving any transfer.

         (h) The preceding provisions of this Section 2.4  notwithstanding,  the
Issuer  shall  not be  required  to  transfer  or make  exchanges,  and the Note
Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges, of Notes that: (i) have been
selected  for  redemption  pursuant to Article X; or (ii) are due for  repayment
within 15 days of submission to the Corporate Trust Office or the Agency Office.

         SECTION 2.5    Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes.
                        ------------------------------------------

         (a) If (i) any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Indenture  Trustee,
or  the  Indenture   Trustee  receives  evidence  to  its  satisfaction  of  the
destruction,  loss or theft of any  Note,  and (ii)  there is  delivered  to the
Indenture  Trustee  such  security or indemnity as may be required by it to hold
the Issuer, the Insurer and the Indenture Trustee harmless, then, in the absence
of notice to the Issuer,  the Note Registrar or the Indenture  Trustee that such
Note has been acquired by


                                        5

<PAGE>


a bona fide  purchaser,  the Issuer shall execute and upon the Issuer's  request
the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu
of any such mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen Note, a replacement Note of a
like aggregate principal amount; provided,  however, that if any such destroyed,
lost or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become or within seven
days shall be due and payable, or shall have been called for redemption, instead
of  issuing  a  replacement  Note,  the  Issuer  may pay to the  Holder  of such
destroyed,  lost or stolen Note when so due or payable or upon the Payment  Date
or Special Redemption Date without surrender thereof.

         (b) If, after the delivery of a replacement  Note or payment in respect
of a  destroyed,  lost or stolen Note  pursuant to  subsection  (a), a bona fide
purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued
presents  for  payment  such  original  Note,  the  Issuer,  the Insurer and the
Indenture  Trustee shall be entitled to recover such  replacement  Note (or such
payment)  from (i) any Person to whom it was  delivered,  (ii) the Person taking
such  replacement  Note  from  the  Person  to whom  such  replacement  Note was
delivered;  or (iii) any assignee of such Person,  except a bona fide purchaser,
and the  Issuer,  the  Insurer and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be entitled to
recover upon the security or  indemnity  provided  therefor to the extent of any
loss,  damage,  cost or  expense  incurred  by the  Issuer,  the  Insurer or the
Indenture Trustee in connection therewith.

         (c) In connection with the issuance of any replacement  Note under this
Section  2.5, the Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed
in relation  thereto and any other reasonable  expenses  (including all fees and
expenses of the Indenture Trustee) connected therewith.

         (d)  Any  duplicate  Note  issued  pursuant  to  this  Section  2.5  in
replacement for any mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen Note shall constitute
an original additional  contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the
mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or  stolen  Note  shall  be found at any time or be
enforced  by any  Person,  and shall be  entitled  to all the  benefits  of this
Indenture equally and  proportionately  with any and all other Notes duly issued
hereunder.

         (e) The provisions of this Section 2.5 are exclusive and shall preclude
(to the  extent  lawful)  all other  rights  and  remedies  with  respect to the
replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

         SECTION 2.6 Persons Deemed  Noteholders.  Prior to due  presentment for
registration  of transfer of any Note,  the Issuer,  the Insurer,  the Indenture
Trustee and any agent of the Issuer,  the Insurer or the  Indenture  Trustee may
treat  the  Person  in  whose  name  any  Note is  registered  (as of the day of
determination)  as the  Noteholder  for the  purpose of  receiving  payments  of
principal  of and interest on such Note and for all other  purposes  whatsoever,
whether or not such Note be  overdue,  and neither  the  Issuer,  the  Indenture
Trustee nor any agent of the Issuer, the Insurer, or the Indenture Trustee shall
be affected by notice to the contrary.

 
                                        6

<PAGE>




         SECTION 2.7         Payment of Principal and Interest.
                             ---------------------------------

         (a)  Interest on the Notes shall  accrue at the Note  Interest  Rate as
provided in the form of such Note set forth in Exhibit B and such interest shall
be payable  on each  Payment  Date as  specified  therein.  Any  installment  of
interest  payable on any Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by a
deposit by or at the  direction of the Issuer into the Note  Payment  Account on
the applicable  Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note
(or one or more Predecessor  Notes) is registered on the applicable Record Date,
by check mailed  first-class,  postage  prepaid to such  Person's  address as it
appears on the Note  Register  on such  Record  Date or, in the case of a Holder
owning Notes in aggregate denominations of at least $1,000,000, by wire transfer
in  immediately  available  funds to the account  notified by such Holder to the
Indenture  Trustee  at least  five days  prior to such  Record  Date;  provided,
however,  that,  unless and until  Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to
Section 2.12, with respect to Notes registered on the applicable  Record Date in
the  name  of the  Depository,  payment  shall  be  made  by  wire  transfer  in
immediately available funds to the account designated by the Depository.

         (b)  (i)  Prior  to  the  occurrence  of  an  Event  of  Default  and a
declaration  in  accordance   with  Section  5.2  that  the  Notes  have  become
immediately due and payable,  the principal of each Note unless earlier redeemed
as set forth herein,  shall be payable in  installments on each Payment Date, as
provided  in the form of Note set forth in Exhibit  B,  until paid in full.  All
principal  payments  (including  by  redemption)  shall  be made pro rata to the
Noteholders  entitled  thereto.  Any installment of principal payable on, or any
Special  Redemption  Price of any Note which is punctually paid or duly provided
for by a deposit  by or at the  direction  of the Issuer  into the Note  Payment
Account on the applicable  Payment Date or Special  Payment Date, as applicable,
shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note (or one or more  Predecessor
Notes) is registered on the  applicable  Record Date or Special  Record Date, by
check mailed first-class, postage prepaid to such Person's address as it appears
on the Note Register on such Record Date or Special Record Date; or, in the case
of a Holder owning Notes in aggregate  denominations of at least $1,000,000,  by
wire transfer in  immediately  available  funds to the account  notified by such
Holder to the Indenture  Trustee at least five days prior to such Record Date or
Special Record Date; provided,  however, that, unless and until Definitive Notes
have been issued pursuant to Section 2.12,  with respect to Notes  registered on
the Record Date or Special  Record Date in the name of the  Depository,  payment
shall be made by wire  transfer in  immediately  available  funds to the account
designated by the Depository, except for the final installment of principal with
respect to a Note on the  Maturity  Date or earlier  redemption,  which shall be
payable as provided herein.  The funds represented by any such checks in respect
of interest or principal  returned  undelivered shall be held in accordance with
Section 3.3.

         (c)  The entire unpaid  principal  amount of the Notes shall be due and
payable, if not previously paid, if:

                  (i)  an  Event  of  Default   shall  have   occurred   and  be
         continuing; and



                                        7

<PAGE>



                  (ii)  the  Indenture  Trustee,  at the  direction  or with the
         consent of the Insurer, or at the direction of Noteholders representing
         not less than a Majority  in Voting  Interest  of the  Notes,  with the
         consent of the Insurer,  have declared the Notes to be immediately  due
         and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.2.

         (d) Following an Event of Default and the  acceleration of the Notes as
aforesaid, all principal payments shall be allocated among the Holders of all of
the Notes pro rata on the basis of their respective unpaid principal balances.

         (e) The Indenture  Trustee shall notify each Noteholder of record as of
the Record  Date for a Payment  Date of the fact that the final  installment  of
principal of and interest on such Note is to be paid on such Payment Date.  Such
notice shall be sent (i) on such Record Date by facsimile,  if Book-Entry  Notes
are  outstanding;  or (ii) not later than three  Business Days after such Record
Date in accordance with Section 11.5(a) if Definitive Notes are outstanding, and
shall  specify  that  such  final   installment   shall  be  payable  only  upon
presentation  and  surrender of such Note and shall specify the place where such
Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such  installment.  Notices
in  connection  with  redemptions  of Notes  shall be mailed to  Noteholders  as
provided in Section 10.2.

         SECTION 2.8 Cancellation of Notes.  All Notes  surrendered for payment,
redemption,  exchange or  registration  of transfer shall, if surrendered to any
Person other than the Indenture  Trustee,  be delivered to the Indenture Trustee
and shall be promptly canceled by the Indenture  Trustee.  The Issuer may at any
time  deliver  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  for  cancellation  Notes  previously
authenticated and delivered  hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any
manner whatsoever,  and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the
Indenture Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for
any Notes  canceled  as  provided  in this  Section  2.8,  except  as  expressly
permitted by this  Indenture.  All canceled  Notes may be held or disposed of by
the  Indenture  Trustee in  accordance  with its standard  retention or disposal
policy as in effect at the time  unless  the  Issuer  shall  direct by an Issuer
Order that they be destroyed  or returned to it;  provided,  however,  that such
Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously disposed of by the
Indenture Trustee.

         SECTION  2.9  Release  of  Collateral.  Subject to  Section  11.1,  the
Indenture  Trustee shall release  property from the lien of this  Indenture only
upon receipt of an Issuer Request  accompanied by an Officers'  Certificate,  an
Opinion  of  Counsel  and  Independent   Certificates  in  accordance  with  TIA
ss.ss.314(c)  and 314(d)(1) or an Opinion of Counsel in lieu of such Independent
Certificates  to the effect that the TIA does not  require any such  Independent
Certificates.

         SECTION 2.10 Book-Entry Notes. The Notes, upon original issuance, shall
be issued in the form of a typewritten Note or Notes representing the Book-Entry
Notes, to be delivered to the Depository. Such Note or Notes shall be registered
on the Note  Register  in the name of the  Depository,  and no Note Owner  shall
receive a Definitive Note  representing such Note Owner's interest in such Note,
except as provided in Section 2.12.  Unless and until the Definitive  Notes have
been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12:



                                        8

<PAGE>

                  (a) the provisions of this Section 2.10 shall be in full force
         and effect;

                  (b) the Note  Registrar  and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be
         entitled to deal with the Depository for all purposes of this Indenture
         (including  the payment of  principal  of and interest on the Notes and
         the giving of instructions or directions  hereunder) as the sole holder
         of the Notes and shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;

                  (c) to the extent that the  provisions  of this  Section  2.10
         conflict with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of
         this Section 2.10 shall control;

                  (d) the  rights of the Note  Owners  shall be  exercised  only
         through the Depository and shall be limited to those established by law
         and agreements  between such Note Owners and the Depository  and/or the
         Depository  Participants.  Unless and until Definitive Notes are issued
         pursuant to Section 2.12, the initial  Depository shall make book-entry
         transfers between the Depository  Participants and receive and transmit
         payments of principal  of and interest on the Notes to such  Depository
         Participants, pursuant to the Note Depository Agreement; and

                  (e)  whenever  this  Indenture  or any  other  Basic  Document
         requires  or permits  actions to be taken  based upon  instructions  or
         directions  of Holders of  Outstanding  Notes  evidencing  a  specified
         Percentage  Interest of the Notes,  the  Depository  shall be deemed to
         represent such  percentage  only to the extent that it has (i) received
         instructions  to  such  effect  from  Note  Owners  and/or   Depository
         Participants  owning  or  representing,   respectively,  such  required
         percentage  of the  beneficial  interest  in the  Notes;  and  (ii) has
         delivered such instructions to the Indenture Trustee.

                  SECTION 2.11 Notices to Depository. Whenever a notice or other
communication  to the Noteholders is required under this  Indenture,  unless and
until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section
2.12,  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall give all such  notices and  communications
specified  herein to be given to Noteholders to the Depository and shall have no
obligation to the Note Owners.

                  SECTION 2.12     Definitive Notes.
                                   ----------------

                  If (i) the Depositor or the  Depository  advises the Indenture
Trustee in writing that the  Depository is no longer willing or able to properly
discharge  its  responsibilities  with  respect  to the Notes and the  Issuer is
unable to locate a  qualified  successor;  (ii) the  Depositor,  at its  option,
advises  the  Indenture  Trustee  in  writing  that it elects to  terminate  the
book-entry  system  through the  Depository;  or (iii) after the occurrence of a
Servicer Default,  Note Owners representing  beneficial interests aggregating at
least a  Majority  in Voting  Interest  of the Notes  advise the  Depository  in
writing that the  continuation of a book-entry  system through the Depository is
no long in the best  interests of the Note  Owners,  then the  Depository  shall
notify all Note Owners and the Indenture  Trustee of the  occurrence of any such
event and of the availability of Definitive Notes to Note Owners  requesting the
same. Upon surrender to the Indenture  Trustee of the typewritten  Note or Notes
representing the Book-Entry Notes by the Depository, accompanied by registration
instructions, the Issuer shall, at the Administrator's cost


                                        9

<PAGE>

and expense, execute and the Indenture Trustee shall authenticate the Definitive
Notes in accordance with the instructions of the Depository. None of the Issuer,
the Note  Registrar or the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be liable for any delay in
delivery  of such  instructions  and may  conclusively  rely  on,  and  shall be
protected  in relying on, such  instructions.  Upon the  issuance of  Definitive
Notes, the Indenture Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes
as Noteholders.

                  SECTION 2.13  Depositors or Affiliates as Noteholder.  None of
the Issuer, the Servicer, the Representative, the Administrator, any Originator,
any  Depositor  or any  Subservicer  shall be a  Noteholder.  Any  attempted  or
purported  transfer in violation of the preceding  sentence  shall be absolutely
null and void and  shall  vest no  rights in the  purported  transferee.  If any
purported  transferee  shall become a Noteholder in violation of such  sentence,
then the last  preceding  Noteholder  shall be  restored to all rights as Holder
thereof  retroactive to the date of  registration  of transfer of such Note. The
Indenture  Trustee  shall  notify the  Administrator  of any  violation  of this
Section 2.13 upon receipt of written notice thereof. The Indenture Trustee shall
be under no liability to any Person for any  registration  of transfer of a Note
not  permitted in this  Section 2.13 or for making  payments due on such Note to
the Holder  thereof or taking any other action with respect to such Holder under
the provisions of this Indenture so long as the transfer was registered  without
receipt. The Indenture Trustee shall be entitled, but not obligated,  to recover
from any holder of a Note all payments made on such Note at and after such time.
Any such  payments  so  recovered  by the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be paid and
delivered by the Indenture Trustee to the last preceding Holder of such Note.

                  SECTION  2.14 Tax  Treatment.  The  Issuer  and the  Indenture
Trustee, by entering into this Indenture, and the Noteholders,  by acquiring any
Note or interest  therein,  (i) express their  intention  that the Notes qualify
under  applicable tax law as indebtedness  secured by the  Collateral,  and (ii)
unless otherwise required by appropriate taxing authorities,  agree to treat the
Notes as  indebtedness  secured  by the  Collateral  for the  purpose of federal
income  taxes,  state and local income and  franchise  taxes and any other taxes
imposed upon, measured by or based upon gross or net income.

                                   ARTICLE III
                                    COVENANTS

                  SECTION 3.1 Note Payment  Account;  Payment of  Principal  and
Interest.  (a) The Indenture Trustee, for the benefit of the Noteholders,  shall
establish and maintain in the name of the Indenture  Trustee an Eligible Account
known as the "AMRESCO  Residential  Securities  Corporation  Mortgage Loan Trust
199__-__  Note  Payment  Account"  (the  "Note  Payment  Account"),  bearing  an
additional  designation  clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are
held for the benefit of the Noteholders.

                  (b) The Issuer shall duly and  punctually pay the principal of
and  interest  on the Notes in  accordance  with the terms of the Notes and this
Indenture.  On each Payment Date and on each Special Redemption Date, the Issuer
shall cause all amounts on deposit in the Note Payment Account to be distributed
to the  Noteholders  in  accordance  with  Section 8.2,  less  amounts  properly
withheld under the Code by any Person from a payment to any Noteholder of


                                       10

<PAGE>

interest and/or principal. Any amounts so withheld shall be considered as having
been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes of this Indenture.

                  SECTION 3.2  Maintenance of Agency  Office.  As long as any of
the Notes  remains  outstanding,  the Issuer  shall  maintain  in the borough of
Manhattan, the City of New York an office ( the "Agency Office") being an office
or agency  where  Notes may be  surrendered  to the Issuer for  registration  of
transfer  or  exchange,  and where  notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in
respect  of the  Notes and this  Indenture  may be  served.  The  Issuer  hereby
initially  appoints  [________________]  to serve as its agent for the foregoing
purposes.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Indenture  Trustee
of the  location,  and of any  change  in the  location,  of any such  office or
agency.  If at any time the Issuer  shall fail to  maintain  any such  office or
agency or shall fail to furnish the Indenture  Trustee with the address thereof,
such  surrenders,  notices and  demands  may be made or served at the  Corporate
Trust  Office of the  Indenture  Trustee,  and the Issuer  hereby  appoints  the
Indenture  Trustee as its agency to receive  all such  surrenders,  notices  and
demands.

                  SECTION 3.3    Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust.
                                 --------------------------------------

                  (a) As provided  in Section  8.2(a) and (b),  all  payments of
amounts  due and  payable  with  respect  to any Notes  that are to be made from
amounts withdrawn from the Note Payment Account pursuant to Section 8.2(c) shall
be made on behalf of the Issuer by the  Indenture  Trustee or by another  Paying
Agent, and no amounts so withdrawn from the Note Payment Account for payments of
Notes shall be paid over to the Issuer except as provided in this Section 3.3.

                  (b) On each  Payment  Date and Special  Redemption  Date,  the
Issuer shall  deposit or cause to be  deposited  in the Note Payment  Account an
aggregate  sum  sufficient  to pay the amounts then becoming due, such sum to be
held in trust for the  benefit of the Persons  entitled  thereto and (unless the
Paying Agent is the  Indenture  Trustee)  shall  promptly  notify the  Indenture
Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

                  (c) The Issuer  shall cause each  Paying  Agent other than the
Indenture Trustee,  to execute and deliver to the Indenture Trustee (with a copy
to the  Insurer) an  instrument  in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the
Indenture  Trustee (and if the Indenture Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it hereby
so agrees),  subject to the  provisions  of this Section  3.3,  that such Paying
Agent shall:

                         (i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts
                  due with  respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the
                  persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such
                  Persons or  otherwise  disposed of as herein  provided and pay
                  such sums to such persons as herein provided;

                        (ii) give the Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer  notice
                  of any default by the Issuer of which it has actual  knowledge
                  (or any other  obligor  upon the  Notes) in the  making of any
                  payment required to be made with respect to the Notes;



                                       11

<PAGE>



                       (iii)  at any time  during  the  continuance  of any such
                  default,  upon the written request of the Indenture Trustee or
                  the Insurer,  forthwith pay to the Indenture  Trustee all sums
                  so held in trust by such Paying Agent;

                        (iv) immediately  resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith
                  pay to the Indenture  Trustee all sums held by it in trust for
                  the  payment  of Notes if at any  time it  ceases  to meet the
                  standards  required  to be met by a Paying  Agent in effect at
                  the time of determination; and

                         (v)  comply  with all  requirements  of the  Code  with
                  respect to the withholding from any payments made by it on any
                  Notes of any applicable  withholding taxes imposed thereon and
                  with  respect  to any  applicable  reporting  requirements  in
                  connection therewith.

                  (d) The Issuer may at any time,  for the purpose of  obtaining
the  satisfaction  and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose,  by
Issuer Order direct any Paying  Agent to pay to the  Indenture  Trustee all sums
held in  trust  by such  Paying  Agent,  such  sums to be held by the  Indenture
Trustee  upon the same  trusts  as those  upon  which the sums were held by such
Paying  Agent;  and upon  such  payment  by any  Paying  Agent to the  Indenture
Trustee,  such Paying Agent shall be released  from all further  liability  with
respect to such money.

                  (e)  Subject  to  applicable  laws with  respect to escheat of
funds, any money held by the Indenture  Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for
the payment of any amount due with respect to any Note and  remaining  unclaimed
for one year after such  amount has become due and payable  shall be  discharged
from such trust and be paid to the Issuer on Issuer  Request;  and the Holder of
such Note shall thereafter,  as an unsecured general creditor,  look only to the
Issuer for payment thereof (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to the
Issuer) and all liability of the Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer or such Paying
Agent with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided, however,
that the Indenture  Trustee or such Paying Agent,  before being required to make
any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer cause to be published once,
in a newspaper published in the English language,  customarily published on each
Business  Day and of general  circulation  in the City of New York,  notice that
such money remains  unclaimed and that,  after a date specified  therein,  which
shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication,  any unclaimed
balance  of such  money  then  remaining  shall be  repaid  to the  Issuer.  The
Indenture Trustee may also adopt and employ,  at the expense of the Issuer,  any
other  reasonable  means of  notification of such repaying  (including,  but not
limited to,  mailing  notice of such  repayment to Holders whose Notes have been
called  but  have not  been  surrendered  for  redemption  or whose  right to or
interest  in moneys due and payable  but not  claimed is  determinable  from the
records of the Indenture  Trustee or of any Paying Agent, at the last address of
record for each such Holder).

                  SECTION 3.4  Existence.  The Issuer  shall keep in full effect
its  existence,  rights and franchises as a business trust under the laws of the
State of Delaware  (unless it becomes,  or any successor  Issuer hereunder is or
becomes,  organized under the laws of any other State or of the United States of
America,  in which case the  Issuer  shall  keep in full  effect its  existence,
rights and franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and shall


                                       12

<PAGE>


obtain and preserve its  qualification  to do business in each  jurisdiction  in
which such  qualification  is or shall be  necessary to protect the validity and
enforceability  of this  Indenture,  the Notes,  the  Collateral  and each other
instrument or agreement included in the assets of the Trust.

                  SECTION 3.5    Protection of the Assets of the Trust:
                                 -------------------------------------- 
                                 Acknowledgment of Pledge.
                                 ------------------------

                  (a) The Issuer shall from time to time execute and deliver all
such  supplements  and  amendments  hereto  and all such  financing  statements,
continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and other instruments,
and shall take such other action necessary or advisable to:

                           (i)  maintain  or  preserve  the  lien  and  security
                  interest (and the priority thereof) of this Indenture or carry
                  out more effectively the purposes hereof;

                           (ii) perfect,   publish  notice  of  or  protect  the
                  validity of any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture;

                           (iii)  enforce any of the Collateral; or

                           (iv)  preserve  and defend title to the assets of the
                  Trust  and  the  rights  of  the  Indenture  Trustee  and  the
                  Noteholders  in such  assets of the  Trust  and in the  Spread
                  Account against the claims of all persons and parties, and the
                  Issuer hereby  designates the Indenture  Trustee its agent and
                  attorney-in-fact   to   execute   any   financing   statement,
                  continuation  statement  or other  instrument  required by the
                  Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.5.

                  (b) The Indenture Trustee acknowledges the pledge by the Class
B-2 Certificateholders to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section _____ of the
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement and Section 2.11 of the Trust  Agreement of all
of the Class B-2  Certificateholder's  right,  title and  interest in and to the
Spread Account and all proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation,
all other accounts and investments  held from time to time in the Spread Account
(whether  in  the  form  of  deposit  accounts,  physical  property,  book-entry
securities,  uncertificated securities or otherwise) in order to provide for the
prompt payment to the Noteholders,  the  Certificateholders  and the Servicer in
accordance  with  _____  of the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  to  assure
availability  of  the  amounts   maintained  therein  for  the  benefit  of  the
Noteholders,  the  Certificateholders  and the Servicer, and as security for the
performance by the Issuer of its obligations under the Basic Documents.

                  SECTION 3.6    Opinions as to Trust Assets.
                                 ---------------------------

                  (a) On the  Closing  Date,  the  Issuer  shall  furnish to the
Indenture  Trustee an Opinion of Counsel  either stating that, in the opinion of
such  counsel,  such  action has been taken with  respect to the  recording  and
filing of this  Indenture,  any  indentures  supplemental  hereto  and any other
requisite  documents,  and with respect to the execution and filing or recording
of any


                                       13

<PAGE>


financing  statements and  continuation  statements  and other  documents as are
necessary to perfect and make  effective the lien and security  interest of this
Indenture  and  reciting  the details of such action,  or stating  that,  in the
opinion  of such  counsel,  no such  action is  necessary  to make such lien and
security interest effective.

                  (b) On or before  the last day of the fourth  month  following
the end of the Issuer's  fiscal year,  which  currently  ends on December 31, in
each calendar year,  beginning  with the fiscal year ending  December 31, 199__,
the Issuer shall furnish to the Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer an Opinion of
Counsel  either  stating that,  in the opinion of such counsel,  such action has
been taken with respect to the recording,  filing,  re-recording and refiling of
this  Indenture,  any  indentures  supplemental  hereto and any other  requisite
documents  and with  respect to the  execution  and filing or  recording  of any
financing  statements,   continuation  statements  and  other  documents  as  is
necessary to maintain the lien and security  interest  created by this Indenture
and  reciting  the details of such action or stating that in the opinion of such
counsel no such action is necessary  to maintain the lien and security  interest
created by this  Indenture.  Such  Opinion of Counsel  shall also  describe  the
recording,  filing,  re-recording and refiling to this Indenture, any indentures
supplemental  hereto and any other  requisite  documents  and the  execution and
filing of any financing statements and continuation statements that will, in the
opinion of such counsel,  be required to maintain the lien and security interest
of this  Indenture  until the last day of the fourth month  following the end of
the Issuer's next fiscal year.

                  SECTION 3.7     Performance of Obligations: Servicing of 
                                  ----------------------------------------
                                  Mortgage Loans.
                                  --------------


                  (a) The  Issuer  shall not take any  action  and shall use its
best  efforts not to permit any action to be taken by others that would  release
any Person from any of such Person's material covenants or obligations under any
instrument or agreement included in the assets of the Trust or that would result
in the amendment,  hypothecation subordination,  termination or discharge of, or
impair the validity or effectiveness  of, any such instrument or any other Basic
Document.

                  (b) The Issuer may contract with other Persons to assist it in
performing its duties under this  Indenture,  and any performance of such duties
by a Person identified to the Indenture Trustee in any Officers'  Certificate of
the Issuer  shall be deemed to be action  taken by the  Issuer.  Initially,  the
Issuer has  contracted  with the  Servicer and the  Administrator  to assist the
Issuer in performing its duties under this Indenture.

                  (c) The Issuer shall punctually perform and observe all of its
obligations and the agreements contained in this Indenture,  the Basic Documents
and in the  instruments  and  agreements  included  in the  assets of the Trust,
including  but not  limited to filing or  causing to be filed all UCC  financing
statements and continuation statements required to be filed by the terms of this
Indenture and the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement in accordance with and within
the time periods provided for herein and therein.

                  (d) If the Issuer shall have  knowledge of the occurrence of a
Servicer Default or of an Event of Default hereunder,  the Issuer shall promptly
notify the Indenture Trustee,  the Insurer and the Rating Agencies thereof,  and
shall specify in such notice the response or action,


                                       14

<PAGE>


if any,  the Issuer has taken or is taking with  respect of such  default.  If a
Servicer  Default or an Event of  Default  shall  arise from the  failure of the
Servicer  to perform  any of its duties or  obligations  under the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement  with  respect to the  Mortgage  Loans,  the Issuer and the
Indenture  Trustee shall take all reasonable steps available to them pursuant to
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to remedy such failure.

                  (e)  Without  derogating  from  the  absolute  nature  of  the
assignment  granted to the Indenture  Trustee under this Indenture or the rights
of the Indenture Trustee hereunder,  the Issuer agrees that, except as set forth
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  it shall not, without the prior written
consent  of the  Insurer  and the  Indenture  Trustee  or a  Majority  in Voting
Interest of the Notes, amend, modify, waive, supplement, terminate or surrender,
or agree to any  amendment,  modification,  supplement,  termination,  waiver or
surrender  of,  the terms of any  Collateral  or the Basic  Documents,  or waive
timely  performance  or observance by the Servicer or the  Depositors  under the
Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the  Administrator  under the  Pooling  and
Servicing Agreement, the Administrator under the Administration Agreement or the
Representative  or the  Originators  under the Transfer  Agreement.  If any such
amendment,  modification,  supplement  or waiver shall be so consented to by the
Insurer and the Indenture  Trustee or such Holders,  as  applicable,  the Issuer
agrees,  promptly following a request by the Indenture Trustee or the Insurer to
do so, to execute  and  deliver,  in its own name and at its own  expense,  such
agreements,  instruments,  consents and other documents as the Indenture Trustee
or the Insurer may deem necessary or appropriate in the circumstances.

                  SECTION  3.8  Negative  Covenants.  So long as any  Notes  are
outstanding,  the Issuer shall not (except as expressly  permitted  herein or in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement):

                           (a) Sell, transfer,  exchange or otherwise dispose of
                  any of the  properties  or  assets  of the  Issuer,  except in
                  accordance  with  Section  3.10(b) or Section  10.1(a) of this
                  Indenture  or  Section  _____  of the  Pooling  and  Servicing
                  Agreement;

                           (b) claim any credit on, or make any  deduction  from
                  the  principal  or  interest  payable  in respect of the Notes
                  (other than amounts properly withheld from such payments under
                  the Code or applicable  state law) or assert any claim against
                  any present or former  Noteholder  by reason of the payment of
                  the taxes  levied or  assessed  upon any part of the assets of
                  the Trust;

                           (c) voluntarily commence any insolvency, readjustment
                  of  debt,  marshalling  of  assets  and  liabilities  or other
                  proceeding,  or apply  for an order  by a court or  agency  or
                  supervisory authority for the winding-up or liquidation of its
                  affairs or any other event specified in Section 5.1(e); or

                           (d) either (i) permit the  validity or  effectiveness
                  of this  Indenture to be impaired,  or permit the lien of this
                  Indenture   to   be   amended,   hypothecated,   subordinated,
                  terminated or discharged,  or permit any Person to be released
                  from any  covenants or  obligations  with respect to the Notes
                  under this Indenture


                                       15

<PAGE>



                  except as may be expressly  permitted hereby:  (ii) permit any
                  lien, charge,  excise, claim,  security interest,  mortgage or
                  other  encumbrance  (other than the lien of this Indenture) to
                  be created on or extend to or  otherwise  arise upon or burden
                  the assets of the Trust or any part  thereof  or any  interest
                  therein  or  the  proceeds  thereof  (other  than  tax  liens,
                  mechanics'  liens and other liens that arise by  operation  of
                  law, in each case on a Mortgaged  Property and arising  solely
                  as a result of an action or omission of the related  Obligor);
                  or (iii) permit the lien of this Indenture not to constitute a
                  valid first  priority  security  interest in the assets of the
                  Trust.

                  SECTION  3.9 Annual  Statement  as to  Compliance.  The Issuer
shall  deliver to the Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer,  on or before the last
day of the fourth month  following  the end of the Issuer's  fiscal year,  which
currently ends on December 31, beginning with the fiscal year ending on December
31,  199__,  an Officer's  Certificate  signed by a  Responsible  Officer of the
Issuer, dated as of the last day of such fiscal year, stating that:

                  (a) a review  of the  activities  of the  Issuer  during  such
         fiscal year and of performance under this Indenture has been made under
         such Responsible Officer's supervision; and

                  (b) to the best of such Responsible Officer's knowledge, based
         on such review,  the Issuer has fulfilled all of its obligations  under
         this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in
         the  fulfillment of any such  obligation,  specifying each such default
         known to such Responsible  Officer and the nature and status thereof. A
         copy of such certificate may be obtained by any Noteholder by a request
         in writing to the Issuer addressed to the Corporate Trust Office of the
         Indenture Trustee.

                  SECTION 3.10      Consolidation, Merger, etc., of Issuer; 
                                    ---------------------------------------
                                    Disposition of Trust Assets.
                                    ---------------------------

                  (a) The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any
         other Person, unless:

                  (i) the  Person  (if  other  than  the  Issuer)  formed  by or
         surviving such  consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and
         existing  under the laws of the United States of America,  or any State
         and  shall  expressly  assume,  by an  indenture  supplemental  hereto,
         executed and delivered to the Indenture  Trustee,  in form satisfactory
         to the Indenture Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal
         of and interest on all Notes and the performance or observance of every
         agreement  and covenant of this  Indenture on the part of the Issuer to
         be performed or observed, all as provided herein;

                  (ii)  immediately  after  giving  effect  to  such  merger  or
         consolidation,  no Default or Event of Default  shall have occurred and
         be continuing;

                  (iii) the Insurer shall have consented to such transaction;


            
                                       16

<PAGE>

                  (iv)  any  action as is  necessary  to  maintain  the lien and
         security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken; and

                  (v) the Issuer shall have  delivered to the Indenture  Trustee
         an  Officer's  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel  addressed to the
         Issuer, each stating:

                           (A)  that  such  consolidation  or  merger  and  such
                  supplemental indenture comply with this Section 3.10;

                           (B)  that  such  consolidation  or  merger  and  such
                  supplemental  indenture  shall have no  material  adverse  tax
                  consequence    to   the   Trust   or   any    Noteholder    or
                  Certificateholder; and

                           (C) that all conditions precedent herein provided for
                  relating  to  such   transaction   have  been   complied  with
                  (including any filing required by the Exchange Act).

                  (b) Except as  expressly  permitted  by this  Indenture or the
other Basic Documents, the Issuer shall not sell, convey, exchange,  transfer or
otherwise  dispose of any of its properties or assets,  including those included
in the assets of the Trust, to any Person, unless:

                  (i) the Person that acquires such  properties or assets of the
         Issuer (A) shall be a United States  citizen or a Person  organized and
         existing  under the laws of the  United  States of America or any State
         and (B) by an indenture supplemental hereto,  executed and delivered to
         the Indenture Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee:

                           (1) expressly assumes the due and punctual payment of
                  the principal of and interest on all Notes and the performance
                  or  observance  of  every   agreement  and  covenant  of  this
                  Indenture  on  the  part  of the  Issuer  to be  performed  or
                  observed, all as provided herein;

                           (2)  expressly  agrees  that  all  right,  title  and
                  interest  so  sold,   conveyed,   exchanged,   transferred  or
                  otherwise  disposed of shall be subject and subordinate to the
                  rights of Noteholders;

                           (3) unless  otherwise  provided in such  supplemental
                  indenture,  expressly  agrees to  indemnify,  defend  and hold
                  harmless  the Issuer  against and from any loss,  liability or
                  expense  arising  under or related to this  Indenture  and the
                  Notes; and

                           (4) expressly  agrees that such Person (or if a group
                  of Persons,  then one specified Person) shall make all filings
                  with  the  Commission  (and  any  other  appropriate   Person)
                  required by the Exchange Act in connection with the Notes;


   
                                       17

<PAGE>

                  (ii)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction,  no
         Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

                  (iii) the Insurer shall have consented to such transaction;

                  (iv)  any  action as is  necessary  to  maintain  the lien and
         security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken; and

                  (v) the Issuer shall have  delivered to the Indenture  Trustee
         an  Officer's  Certificate  and an Opinion of Counsel  addressed to the
         Issuer, each stating that:

                           (A) such  sale,  conveyance,  exchange,  transfer  or
                  disposition and such  supplemental  indenture comply with this
                  Section 3.10;

                           (B) such  sale,  conveyance,  exchange,  transfer  or
                  disposition  and such  supplemental  indenture has no material
                  adverse tax  consequence to the Trust or to any Noteholders or
                  Certificateholders; and

                           (C) that all conditions precedent herein provided for
                  relating  to  such   transaction   have  been   complied  with
                  (including any filing required by the Exchange Act).

                  SECTION 3.11      Successor or Transferee.
                                    -----------------------

                  (a)  Upon  any  consolidation  or  merger  of  the  Issuer  in
accordance  with  Section  3.10(a),  the  Person  formed  by or  surviving  such
consolidation  or merger (if other than the  Issuer)  shall  succeed  to, and be
substituted  for,  and may  exercise  every right and power of, the Issuer under
this  Indenture  with the same  effect as if such  Person  had been named as the
Issuer herein.

                  (b)  Upon a  conveyance  or  transfer  of all the  assets  and
properties  of the Issuer  pursuant  to  Section  3.10(b),  the Issuer  shall be
released from every  covenant and agreement of this  Indenture to be observed or
performed on the part of the Issuer with respect to the Notes  immediately  upon
the  delivery  of  written  notice  to the  Indenture  Trustee  from the  Person
acquiring  such  assets  and  properties  stating  that the  Issuer  is to be so
released.

                  SECTION 3.12 No Other Business. The Issuer shall not engage in
any  business or activity  other than (i)  acquiring,  holding and  managing the
Mortgage  Loans and the other assets of the Trust and the proceeds  therefrom in
the manner  contemplated by the Basic Documents,  (ii) issuing the Notes and the
Certificates,  (iii) making payments on the Notes and the  Certificates and (iv)
such other  activities that are necessary,  suitable or convenient to accomplish
the  foregoing  or are  incidental  thereto,  as set forth in Section 2.3 of the
Trust Agreement.

                  SECTION 3.13  No Borrowing. The Issuer shall not issue, incur,
assume,  guarantee or otherwise become liable,  directly or indirectly,  for any
indebtedness for money

      
                                       18

<PAGE>

borrowed other than  indebtedness  for money borrowed in respect of the Notes or
in accordance with the Basic Documents.

                  SECTION   3.14   Guarantees,   Loans,   Advances   and   Other
Liabilities.  Except as expressly permitted by this Indenture or the other Basic
Documents,  the  Issuer  shall not make any loan or  advance  or  credit  to, or
guarantee  (directly  or  indirectly  or by an  instrument  having the effect of
assuring  another's payment or performance on any obligation or capability of so
doing or otherwise) endorse or otherwise become contingently liable, directly or
indirectly, in connection with the obligations,  stocks or dividends of, or own,
purchase,  repurchase  or acquire  (or agree  contingently  to do so) any stock,
obligations,  assets or  securities  of, or any other  interest  in, or make any
capital contribution to, any other Person.

                  SECTION 3.15 Servicer's Obligations.  The Issuer shall use its
best  efforts to cause the  Servicer  to comply with its  obligations  under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                  SECTION 3.16 Capital  Expenditures.  The Issuer shall not make
any  expenditure  (by  long-term or operating  lease or  otherwise)  for capital
assets (either realty or personalty).

                  SECTION  3.17 Removal of  Administrator.  So long as any Notes
are  Outstanding,  the Issuer shall not remove the  Administrator  without cause
unless the Insurer shall have consented to such removal.

                  SECTION  3.18  Restricted  Payments.  Except for  payments  of
principal or interest on or  redemption  of the Notes,  so long as any Notes are
Outstanding, the Issuer shall not, directly or indirectly:

                  (a) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of
         capital  or  otherwise)  whether  in cash,  property,  securities  or a
         combination  thereof, to the Owner Trustee or any owner of a beneficial
         interest in the Issuer or  otherwise,  in each case with respect to any
         ownership or equity interest or similar security in or of the Issuer or
         to the Servicer;

                  (b) redeem,  purchase,  retire or otherwise  acquire for value
         any such ownership or equity  interest or similar  security (other than
         investments of funds in the Accounts in Permitted Investments); or

                  (c) set aside or otherwise  segregate any amounts for any such
         purpose;

provided,  however,  that  the  Issuer  may  make,  or  cause  to be  made,  (i)
distributions to the Servicer,  the Owner Trustee, the Indenture Trustee and the
Certificateholders  as permitted  by, and to the extent funds are  available for
such purpose under,  the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement or the Trust Agreement
(including  without   limitation   proceeds  from  initial  sale  of  the  Notes
distributed to the Class B-2 Certificateholders  pursuant to Section 2.06 of the
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement),  and (ii)  payments to the Indenture  Trustee
pursuant to the Administration

         
                                       19

<PAGE>


Agreement  payments to or  distributions  from the Collection  Account except in
accordance with the Basic Documents.

                  SECTION 3.19 Notice of Events of Default and Other Events. The
Issuer agrees to give the Indenture Trustee, the Insurer and the Rating Agencies
prompt written notice of each Event of Default hereunder, each Servicer Default,
any Insolvency Event with respect to either Depositor,  each default on the part
of either Depositor of its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
and each default on the part of the  Representative and the Originators of their
respective  obligations  under  the  Transfer  Agreement  and  the  other  Basic
Documents.

                  SECTION 3.20 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the
Indenture Trustee, the Issuer shall execute and deliver such further instruments
and do such further acts as may be  reasonably  necessary or proper to carry out
more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

                  SECTION 3.21  Representations  and Warranties by the Issuer to
the  Indenture  Trustee.  The  Issuer  hereby  represents  and  warrants  to the
Indenture Trustee and the Insurer as follows:

                  (a) Good Title.  No Mortgage Loan has been sold,  transferred,
assigned or pledged by the Trust to any Person other than the Indenture Trustee;
immediately  prior to the  conveyance  of the  Mortgage  Loans  pursuant to this
Indenture,  the Trust had good and marketable  title thereto,  free of any Lien;
and,  upon  execution  and  delivery  of this  Indenture  by the Trust,  and the
endorsement  of the  Mortgage  Notes  to the  order of and the  delivery  of the
Mortgage  Notes to the Indenture  Trustee,  as set forth in Section _____ of the
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  the  Indenture  Trustee shall have all of the
right,  title and interest of the Trust in, to and under the Mortgage Loans, the
unpaid indebtedness evidenced thereby and the collateral security therefor, free
of any Lien; and

                  (b) All Filings Made. All filings, recordings or other actions
necessary in any  jurisdiction  to give the Indenture  Trustee a first perfected
security  interest in the Mortgage Loans,  the other assets of the Trust and the
Spread Account shall have been made.

                                   ARTICLE IV
                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

                  SECTION 4.1  Satisfaction  and  Discharge of  Indenture.  This
Indenture  shall cease to be of further  effect with respect to the Notes except
as to: (i) rights of registration of transfer and exchange; (ii) substitution of
mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen  Notes;  (iii) rights of  Noteholders  to
receive payments of principal thereof and interest  thereon;  (iv) Sections 3.3,
3.4, 3.5, 3.8, 3.10, 3.12, 3.13, 3.19 and 3.21; (v) the rights,  obligations and
immunities  of the  Indenture  Trustee  hereunder  (including  the rights of the
Indenture Trustee under Section 6.5 and the obligations of the Indenture Trustee
under  Section 4.2 and 4.4);  (vi) the rights of  Noteholders  as  beneficiaries
hereof with  respect to the  property so deposited  with the  Indenture  Trustee
payable  to  all  or any of  them;  and  (vii)  the  rights  of the  Insurer  to
subrogation in respect

 
                                       20

<PAGE>


of any Insured  Payments,  and the  Indenture  Trustee,  on demand of and at the
expense  of  the  Issuer,   shall  execute  proper   instruments   acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, if:

                           (a)      either:

                  (1) all Notes  theretofore  authenticated and delivered (other
         than (A) Notes that have been  destroyed,  lost or stolen and that have
         been  replaced  or paid as  provided  in Section  2.5 and (B) Notes for
         whose  payment  money  has  theretofore  been  deposited  in  trust  or
         segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the
         Issuer or discharged  from such trust, as provided in Section 3.3) have
         been delivered to the Indenture Trustee for cancellation; or

                  (2) all  Notes  not  theretofore  delivered  to the  Indenture
         Trustee for cancellation:

                           (A) have become due and payable,

                           (B) shall  become  due and  payable  on the  Maturity
                  Date, within one year, or

                           (C) are to be called for  redemption  within one year
                  under  arrangements  satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee for
                  the giving of notice of redemption by the Indenture Trustee in
                  the name, and at the expense, of the Issuer.

         and the  Insurer  has been  reimbursed  for all  amounts  owed to it in
         respect of Monthly Premiums and Insured  Payments,  and the Issuer,  in
         the  case  of  (A),  (B) or  (C) of  subsection  4.1(a)(2)  above,  has
         irrevocably  deposited or caused to be  irrevocably  deposited with the
         Indenture  Trustee  cash  or  direct   obligations  of  or  obligations
         guaranteed by the United States of America  (which will mature prior to
         the date such amounts are payable),  in trust for such  purpose,  in an
         amount  sufficient (as evidenced by an Independent  Certificate) to pay
         and discharge the entire unpaid  principal and accrued interest on such
         Notes  not   theretofore   delivered  to  the  Indenture   Trustee  for
         cancellation when due to the Maturity Date or Payment Date on which the
         Notes  shall  have been  called  for  redemption  pursuant  to  Section
         10.1(a), as the case may be;

                  (b) the  Issuer  has paid or caused to be paid all other  sums
payable hereunder by the Issuer; and

                  (c) the  Issuer  has  delivered  to the  Indenture  Trustee an
Officer's  Certificate,  Opinion of Counsel  and (if  required by the TIA or the
Indenture  Trustee) an Independent  Certificate  from a firm of certified public
accountants,  each meeting the applicable  requirements  of Section  11.1(a) and
each stating that all conditions  precedent  herein provided for relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.


   
                                       21

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 4.2   Application of Trust Money. All moneys deposited
with the Indenture  Trustee  pursuant to Section 4.1 shall be held in trust in a
segregated  account and applied by it, in accordance  with the provisions of the
Notes and this Indenture,  to the payment, either directly or through any Paying
Agent, as the Indenture Trustee may determine,  to the Holders of the particular
Notes for the payment or  redemption  of which such  moneys have been  deposited
with the  Indenture  Trustee,  of all sums due and to  become  due  thereon  for
principal and interest.

                  SECTION  4.3  Repayment  of Moneys  Held by Paying  Agent.  In
connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to
the Notes,  all moneys then held by any Paying  Agent  other than the  Indenture
Trustee under the provisions of this Indenture with respect to such Notes shall,
upon  demand of the  Issuer,  be paid to the  Indenture  Trustee  to be held and
applied  according  to Section  3.3 and  thereupon  such  Paying  Agent shall be
released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

                  SECTION 4.4  Duration of  Appointment  of  Indenture  Trustee.
Notwithstanding the earlier payment in full of all principal and interest due to
the Noteholders  under the terms of the Notes and the  cancellation of the Notes
pursuant to Section  3.1, the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  continue to act in the
capacity  as  Indenture   Trustee   hereunder   and,  for  the  benefit  of  the
Certificateholders,  shall comply with all of its obligations  under the Pooling
and  Servicing  Agreement,  as  appropriate,  until  such  time as all  payments
allocable   to  principal   of  the   Certificates   and  interest  due  to  the
Certificateholders have been paid in full.

                                    ARTICLE V
                              DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

                  SECTION  5.1  Events  of  Default.  For the  purposes  of this
Indenture,  "Event  of  Default"  wherever  used  herein,  means  any one of the
following events:

                  (a) failure  to pay any  interest  on any Note as and when the
         same becomes due and payable,  and such  default  shall  continue for a
         period of five (5) days; or

                  (b) except as set forth in Section 5.1(c),  failure to pay any
         installment  of the  principal of any Note as and when the same becomes
         due and payable, and such default shall continue for a period of thirty
         (30) days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified
         mail, to the Insurer, the Depositors and the Servicer by the Insurer or
         the  Indenture  Trustee  (with the  consent of the  Insurer)  or to the
         Issuer,  the Depositors  and the Servicer and the Indenture  Trustee by
         the Holders  representing an aggregate  Percentage Interest of at least
         25% of Outstanding Notes (with the consent of the Insurer); or

                  (c) failure  to pay in full  the  outstanding  Note  Principal
         Balance on the Maturity Date; or

                  (d) default in the  observance or  performance in any material
         respect  of any  covenant  or  agreement  of the  Issuer  made  in this
         Indenture (other than a covenant or

   
                                       22

<PAGE>

         agreement,  a default  in the  observance  or  performance  of which is
         elsewhere  specifically  addressed in this  Section 5.1) which  failure
         materially  and adversely  affects the rights of the  Noteholders,  and
         such default  shall  continue or not be cured,  for a period of 30 days
         after there shall have been given,  by registered or certified mail, to
         the Issuer and the Depositors  (or the Servicer,  as applicable) by the
         Insurer or by the  Indenture  Trustee (with the consent of the Insurer)
         or to the Issuer,  the  Depositors  and the Servicer and the  Indenture
         Trustee by the Holders representing aggregate Percentage Interest of at
         least 25% of  Outstanding  Notes (with the consent of the  Insurer),  a
         written notice  specifying such default and requiring it to be remedied
         and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or

                  (e) the  filing  of a decree  or order  for  relief by a court
         having  jurisdiction  in the  premises  in respect of the Issuer or any
         substantial  part of the  assets  of the Trust in an  involuntary  case
         under any applicable  federal or state bankruptcy,  insolvency or other
         similar  law now or  hereafter  in effect,  or  appointing  a receiver,
         liquidator,  assignee,  custodian,  trustee,  sequestrator  or  similar
         official of the Issuer or for any substantial part of the assets of the
         Trust,  or ordering  the  winding-up  or  liquidation  of the  Issuer's
         affairs,  and such decree or order shall remain  unstayed and in effect
         for a period of 90 consecutive days; or

                  (f) the  commencement  by the Issuer of a voluntary case under
         any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar
         law now or  hereafter  in effect,  or the  consent by the Issuer to the
         entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law,
         or the consent by the Issuer to the appointment or taking possession by
         a receiver,  liquidator,  assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator or
         similar  official  of the  Issuer  or for any  substantial  part of the
         assets  of the  Trust,  or the  making  by the  Issuer  of any  general
         assignment  for the benefit of creditors,  or the failure by the Issuer
         generally  to pay its debts as such debts  become due, or the taking of
         action by the Issuer in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

The Issuer shall deliver to the Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer,  within five
Business Days after  learning of the occurrence  thereof,  written notice in the
form of an  Officer's  Certificate  of any event which with the giving of notice
and the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under Section 5.1(b), its
status and what  action the Issuer is taking or  proposes  to take with  respect
thereto.

                  SECTION 5.2    Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and
                                 ---------------------------------------- 
                                 Annulment.
                                 ---------

                  (a) If an Event of  Default  should  occur  and be  continuing
hereunder, then and in every such case, unless the principal amount of the Notes
shall  have  already  become  due and  payable,  the  Indenture  Trustee  at the
direction of the  Insurer,  or either the  Indenture  Trustee or the Majority in
Voting  Interest of Notes,  in both cases with the consent of the  Insurer,  may
declare all the Notes to be immediately due and payable,  by a notice in writing
to the Issuer  (and to the  Indenture  Trustee  and the  Insurer if given by the
Noteholders)  setting  forth the Event or Events of  Default,  and upon any such
declaration the unpaid principal amount of such Notes,


                                       23

<PAGE>

together  with  accrued  and  unpaid  interest   thereon  through  the  date  of
acceleration, shall become immediately due and payable.

                  (b) At any time  after such  declaration  of  acceleration  of
maturity  has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money
due has been obtained by the Indenture  Trustee as hereinafter  provided in this
Article  V, the  Indenture  Trustee,  at the  direction  of the  Insurer  or the
Majority  in Voting  Interest  of Notes,  with the  consent of the  Insurer,  by
written notice to the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee,  may waive all Defaults
set forth in the notice  delivered  pursuant to Section 5.2(a),  and rescind and
annul such declaration and its  consequences;  provided,  however,  that no such
rescission  and annulment  shall extend to or affect any  subsequent  default or
impair  any  right  consequent  thereto;  and  provided,  further,  that  if the
Indenture Trustee shall have proceeded to enforce any right under this Indenture
and such proceedings  shall have been  discontinued or abandoned because of such
rescission and annulment or for any other reason,  or shall have been determined
adversely to the Indenture  Trustee,  then and in every such case, the Indenture
Trustee,  the Issuer and the Noteholders,  as the case may be, shall be restored
respectively  to their former  positions and rights  hereunder,  and all rights,
remedies and powers of the Indenture Trustee, the Issuer and the Noteholders, as
the case may be, shall continue as though no such proceedings had been taken.

                  SECTION 5.3    Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for 
                                 ----------------------------------------
                                 Enforcement by Indenture Trustee.
                                 --------------------------------

                  (a)      The Issuer covenants that if:

                  (i)  default  is made in the  payment  of any  installment  of
         interest on any Note when the same  becomes due and  payable,  and such
         default continues unremedied for a period of five days after receipt by
         the  Servicer  of notice  thereof  from the  Insurer  or the  Indenture
         Trustee or receipt by the Servicer and the Indenture  Trustee of notice
         thereof  from the  Insurer or the  Holders  representing  an  aggregate
         Percentage  Interest  of at least 25% of  Outstanding  Notes  (with the
         consent of the Insurer); or

                  (ii) default is made in the payment of the principal of or any
         installment  of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and
         payable,  and such default continues  unremedied for a period of thirty
         (30) days after  receipt by the  Servicer  of notice  thereof  from the
         Insurer or the  Indenture  Trustee or receipt by the  Servicer  and the
         Indenture  Trustee of notice  thereof  from the  Insurer or the Holders
         representing  an  aggregate  Percentage  Interest  of at  least  25% of
         Outstanding Notes (with the consent of the Insurer);

the Issuer  shall,  upon demand of the Indenture  Trustee,  pay to the Indenture
Trustee,  for the ratable benefit of the Noteholders,  the whole amount then due
and payable on such Notes for  principal  and  interest,  with interest upon the
overdue  principal,  at the rate borne by the Notes and in addition thereto such
further  amount  as shall be  sufficient  to cover the  costs  and  expenses  of
collection,  including the reasonable compensation,  expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Indenture Trustee and its agents and counsel.



                                       24

<PAGE>

                  (b) If the Issuer  shall fail  forthwith  to pay such  amounts
upon such demand,  the Insurer or the Indenture Trustee (with the consent of the
Insurer),  in its own name and as trustee of an express  trust,  may institute a
Proceeding for the  collection of the sums so due and unpaid,  and may prosecute
such  Proceeding to judgment or final  decree,  and may enforce the same against
the Issuer or other  obligor upon such Notes and collect in the manner  provided
by law out of the  property  of the  Issuer or other  obligor  upon such  Notes,
wherever situated, the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable.

                  (c) If an Event  of  Default  occurs  and is  continuing,  the
Insurer or the Indenture  Trustee (with the consent of the Insurer) may, as more
particularly provided in Section 5.4, in its discretion,  proceed to protect and
enforce the rights of the Indenture Trustee,  the Insurer,  and the Noteholders,
by such  appropriate  Proceedings  as the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  deem  most
effective  to protect  and  enforce any such  rights,  whether for the  specific
enforcement  of any  covenant or  agreement  in this  Indenture or in aid of the
exercise of any power granted  herein,  or to enforce any other proper remedy or
legal or equitable right vested in the Insurer or the Indenture  Trustee by this
Indenture or by law.

                  (d) If there shall be  pending,  relative to the Issuer or any
other  obligor  upon the Notes or any Person  having or  claiming  an  ownership
interest  in the assets of the Trust,  proceedings  under Title 11 of the United
States Code or any other applicable  federal or state bankruptcy,  insolvency or
other  similar  law, or if a  receiver,  assignee  or trustee in  bankruptcy  or
reorganization,  liquidator,  sequestrator  or similar  official shall have been
appointed  for or taken  possession  of the Issuer or its property or such other
obligor  or  Person,  or in case of any other  comparable  judicial  Proceedings
relative to the Issuer or other  obligor upon the Notes,  or to the creditors or
property  of  the  Issuer  or  such  other  obligor,   the  Indenture   Trustee,
irrespective of whether the principal of any Notes shall then be due and payable
as therein  expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether
the Indenture  Trustee shall have made any demand  pursuant to the provisions of
this Section 5.3, shall be entitled and empowered to (and shall at the direction
of the Insurer), by intervention in such Proceedings or otherwise:

                  (i) file and prove a claim or claims  for the whole  amount of
         principal and interest  owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to
         file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in
         order  to have the  claims  of the  Indenture  Trustee  or the  Insurer
         (including  any  claim for  reasonable  compensation  to the  Indenture
         Trustee and each  predecessor  Indenture  Trustee or the  Insurer,  and
         their respective agents,  attorneys and counsel,  and for reimbursement
         of all expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the
         Indenture Trustee and each predecessor  Indenture Trustee,  except as a
         result of  negligence or bad faith) and of the  Noteholders  allowed in
         such Proceedings;

                  (ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations, vote
         on behalf of the  Noteholders  in any election of a trustee,  a standby
         trustee or Person performing similar functions in any Proceedings;



                                       25

<PAGE>

                  (iii) collect and receive any moneys or other property payable
         or  deliverable  on any  such  claims  and to  distribute  all  amounts
         received with respect to the claims of the Noteholders, the Insurer and
         of the Indenture Trustee on their behalf; and

                  (iv) file such proofs of claim and other  papers or  documents
         as may be  necessary  or  advisable  in order to have the claims of the
         Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer or the Holders of Notes allowed in any
         judicial  proceedings  relative to the Issuer,  its  creditors  and its
         property;

and any trustee,  receiver,  liquidator,  custodian or other similar official in
any such  Proceeding is hereby  authorized by each of such  Noteholders  to make
payments to the Indenture  Trustee or the Insurer,  as  applicable,  and, if the
Indenture  Trustee  shall  consent to the making of  payments  directly  to such
Noteholders, to pay to the Indenture Trustee such amounts as shall be sufficient
to cover  reasonable  compensation to the Indenture  Trustee,  each  predecessor
Indenture Trustee and their respective  agents,  attorneys and counsel,  and all
other expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Indenture
Trustee and each predecessor  Indenture Trustee except as a result of negligence
or bad faith.

                  (e) Nothing herein  contained shall be deemed to authorize the
Indenture  Trustee to  authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on
behalf of any Noteholder any plan of reorganization,  arrangement, adjustment or
composition  affecting  the Notes or the  rights  of any  Holder  thereof  or to
authorize the Indenture Trustee to vote in resect of the claim of any Noteholder
in any such  proceeding  except,  as  aforesaid,  to vote for the  election of a
trustee in bankruptcy or similar Person.

                  (f) All rights of action and of  asserting  claims  under this
Indenture,  or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the Indenture  Trustee
without  the  possession  of any of the Notes or the  production  thereof in any
trial or other Proceedings relative thereto, and any such Proceedings instituted
by the  Indenture  Trustee  shall be  brought  in its own name as  trustee of an
express  trust,  and any  recovery  of  judgment,  subject to the payment of the
expenses,   disbursements  and  compensation  of  the  Indenture  Trustee,  each
predecessor  Indenture  Trustee,  the  Insurer and their  respective  agents and
attorneys, shall be for the ratable benefit of the Noteholders.

                  (g) In any Proceedings  brought by the Indenture  Trustee (and
also any  Proceedings  involving  the  interpretation  of any  provision of this
Indenture to which the Indenture Trustee shall be a party) the Indenture Trustee
shall be held to represent all the Noteholders, and it shall not be necessary to
make any Noteholder a party to any such Proceedings.

                  SECTION 5.4        Remedies; Priorities.
                                     --------------------

                  (a)  If an  Event  of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and  be
continuing,  the Indenture  Trustee  shall,  at the direction of the Insurer and
may, with the consent of the Insurer,  do one or more of the following  (subject
to Section 5.5):



                                       26

<PAGE>

                  (i) institute Proceedings in its own name and as trustee of an
         express  trust for the  collection  of all amounts  then payable on the
         Notes  or  under  this  Indenture  with  respect  thereto,  whether  by
         declaration or otherwise,  enforce any judgment  obtained,  and collect
         from the Issuer and any other  obligor upon such Notes moneys  adjudged
         due;

                  (ii) institute  Proceedings from time to time for the complete
         or partial  foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the assets of
         the Trust;

                  (iii)  exercise any remedies of a secured  party under the UCC
         and take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights
         and remedies of the Indenture Trustee, the Insurer and the Noteholders;
         and

                  (iv) sell the  assets of the Trust or any  portion  thereof or
         rights or  interest  therein,  at one or more  public or private  sales
         called and conducted in any manner permitted by law;

         provided, however, that the Indenture Trustee may not sell or otherwise
         liquidate the assets of the Trust following an Event of Default, unless
         (A)(1) the Holders of all of the Outstanding Notes consent thereto, (2)
         the  proceeds  of  such  sale  or  liquidation   distributable  to  the
         Noteholders  are  sufficient  to discharge in full the principal of and
         the  accrued  interest  on the  Notes  at the  date  of  such  sale  or
         liquidation or (3) the Indenture Trustee  determines that the assets of
         the Trust will not continue to provide sufficient funds for the payment
         of principal of and interest on the Notes as they would have become due
         if the  Notes  had  not  been  declared  due and  payable,  and (B) the
         Indenture  Trustee  obtains the consent of the Insurer.  In determining
         such  sufficiency or  insufficiency  with respect to clauses (A)(2) and
         (A)(3) of this  provision,  the  Indenture  Trustee  may, but need not,
         obtain and rely upon an opinion of an Independent investment banking or
         accounting  firm of national  reputation as to the  feasibility of such
         proposed  action and as to the  sufficiency of the assets of the Issuer
         for such purpose.

                  (b) If the  Indenture  Trustee  collects any money or property
pursuant  to this  Article  V, it shall  pay out the  money or  property  in the
following order:

                  FIRST:      to the  Indenture  Trustee  for  amounts due under
         Section 6.5;

                  SECOND:     to Noteholders (including the Insurer as subrogee)
         for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for interest, ratably among all
         Noteholders,  without preference or priority of any kind,  according to
         the amounts due and payable on all the Notes for interest;

                  THIRD:      to Noteholders (including the Insurer as subrogee)
         for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for  principal,  ratably  among
         all Noteholders,  without preference or priority of any kind, according
         to the amounts due and payable on all the Notes for principal; and



                                       27

<PAGE>

                  FOURTH:     to  the  Owner   Trustee   for   deposit   to  the
         Certificate    Distribution    Account   for    distribution   to   the
         Certificateholders (including the Insurer as subrogee).

                  The  Indenture  Trustee may fix a record date and payment date
for any payment to  Noteholders  pursuant to this  Section 5.4. At least 15 days
before such record date,  the Indenture  Trustee shall mail to each  Noteholder,
the Insurer and the Indenture  Trustee a notice that states the record date, the
payment date and the amount to be paid.

                  SECTION 5.5 Optional  Preservation of the Assets of the Trust.
If the  Notes  have  been  declared  to be due and  payable  under  Section  5.2
following an Event of Default and such declaration and its consequences have not
been rescinded and annulled,  the Indenture Trustee may (with the consent of the
Issuer),  but need not, unless  directed to do so by the Insurer,  elect to take
and  maintain  possession  of the assets of the Issuer.  It is the desire of the
parties hereto and the Noteholders  that there be at all times  sufficient funds
for the payment of  principal of and  interest on the Notes,  and the  Indenture
Trustee shall take such desire into account when  determining  whether or not to
take and maintain possession of the assets of the Issuer. In determining whether
to take and  maintain  possession  of the assets of the  Issuer,  the  Indenture
Trustee  may, but need not,  obtain and rely upon an opinion of any  Independent
investment  banking  or  accounting  firm  of  national  reputation  as  to  the
feasibility of such proposed  action and as to the  sufficiency of the assets of
the Issuer for such purpose.

                  SECTION 5.6  Limitation of Suits.  No Holder of any Note shall
have any right to institute any Proceeding,  judicial or otherwise, with respect
to this Indenture,  or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee,  or for any
other remedy hereunder, unless:

                  (i)   such Holder has  previously  given written notice to the
         Indenture Trustee and the Insurer of a continuing Event of Default;

                  (ii)  the  Holders  of  Outstanding   Notes   representing  an
         aggregate  Percentage Interest of at least 25% (with the consent of the
         Insurer)  or the Insurer  have made  written  request to the  Indenture
         Trustee  to  institute  such  Proceeding  in  respect  of such Event of
         Default in its own name as Indenture Trustee hereunder;

                  (iii) such  Holder or Holders  have  offered to the  Indenture
         Trustee   reasonable   indemnity   against  the  costs,   expenses  and
         liabilities to be incurred in complying with such request;

                  (iv) the  Indenture  Trustee  for 60 days after its receipt of
         such  notice,  request and offer of  indemnity  has failed to institute
         such Proceedings; and

                  (v) no direction  inconsistent  with such written  request has
         been given to the  Indenture  Trustee  during such 60-day period by the
         Holders,  Insurer or by the  Majority in Voting  Interest of the Notes;
         and

                  (vi) such  Holder  has  obtained  the  written  consent of the
         Insurer.



                                       28

<PAGE>


it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes shall have
any right in any manner  whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this  Indenture  to  affect,  disturb  or  prejudice  the rights of any other
Holders of Notes or to obtain or to seek to obtain  priority or preference  over
any other Holders of Notes or to enforce any right under this Indenture,  except
in the manner herein  provided and for the equal,  ratable and common benefit of
all Holders of Notes.  For the protection  and  enforcement of the provisions of
this Section 5.6, each and every  Noteholder shall be entitled to such relief as
can be given either at law or in equity.

                  If  the  Indenture   Trustee  shall  receive   conflicting  or
inconsistent  requests and indemnity  from the Insurer and one or more groups of
Holders of Notes,  each  representing less than a Majority in Voting Interest of
the Notes, the directions of the Insurer shall prevail notwithstanding any other
provisions of this Indenture.

                  SECTION 5.7  Unconditional  Rights of  Noteholders  To Receive
Principal and Interest.  Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture,
the  Holder  of  any  Note  shall  have  the  right,   which  is  absolute   and
unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest, on such Note
on or after the respective  due dates thereof  expressed in such Note or in this
Indenture (or, in the case of redemption,  on or after the Special  Payment Date
or the  applicable  Payment  Date  pursuant to Section  10.01 of the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement)  and to  institute  suit for the  enforcement  of any such
payment,  and such  right  shall not be  impaired  without  the  consent of such
Holder.

                  SECTION  5.8  Restoration  of  Rights  and  Remedies.  If  the
Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer or any Noteholder has instituted any Proceeding
to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such Proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason or has been determined adversely to the
Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer or to such  Noteholder,  then and in every such
case the Issuer, the Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer and the Noteholders shall,
subject to any  determination  in such  Proceeding,  be restored  severally  and
respectively to their former positions hereunder,  and thereafter all rights and
remedies  of the  Indenture  Trustee,  the  Insurer  and the  Noteholders  shall
continue as though no such Proceeding had been instituted.

                  SECTION 5.9 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy
herein  conferred upon or reserved to the Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer or to
the  Noteholders  is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy,  and
every right and remedy shall, to the extent  permitted by law, be cumulative and
in addition to every other right and remedy given  hereunder or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or  otherwise.  The  assertion or employment of any
right or remedy  hereunder,  or  otherwise,  shall not  prevent  the  concurrent
assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

                  SECTION  5.10  Delay or  Omission  Not a  Waiver.  No delay or
omission  of the  Indenture  Trustee,  the  Insurer or any Holder of any Note to
exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall
impair any such right or remedy or  constitute  a waiver of any such  Default or
Event of Default or an  acquiescence  therein.  Every right and remedy  given by
this Article V or by law to the Indenture Trustee, the Insurer or to

                                    

                                       29

<PAGE>

the  Noteholders  may be  exercised  from  time to time,  and as often as may be
deemed expedient,  by the Indenture Trustee,  the Insurer or by the Noteholders,
as the case may be.

                  SECTION  5.11  Control  by the  Insurer.  The  Insurer  or the
Majority  in Voting  Interest  of the Notes  (with the  consent of the  Insurer)
shall,  subject to  provision  being  made for  indemnification  against  costs,
expenses and liabilities in a form satisfactory to the Indenture  Trustee,  have
the right to direct the time,  method and place of conducting any Proceeding for
any remedy  available  to the  Indenture  Trustee  with  respect to the Notes or
exercising  any trust or power  conferred on the  Indenture  Trustee;  provided,
however, that:

                  (i)   such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of
         law or with this Indenture;

                  (ii)  subject  to  the  express  terms  of  Section  5.4,  any
         direction to the  Indenture  Trustee to sell or liquidate the assets of
         the Trust shall be by the Insurer (so long as the  Insurance  Policy is
         in full force and effect), or by the Holders  representing an aggregate
         Percentage  Interest  of at least 100% of  Outstanding  Notes (with the
         consent of the Insurer);

                  (iii) if the  conditions  set forth in  Section  5.5 have been
         satisfied and the Indenture  Trustee elects to retain the assets of the
         Trust  pursuant to Section 5.5,  then any  direction  to the  Indenture
         Trustee by Holders  representing an aggregate  Percentage Interest less
         than 100% of  Outstanding  Notes  without the consent of the Insurer to
         sell or  liquidate  the  assets of the  Trust  shall be of no force and
         effect; and

                  (iv)  the  Indenture  Trustee may take any other action deemed
         proper by the  Indenture  Trustee  that is not  inconsistent  with such
         direction;

provided,  however,  that subject to Section 6.1, the Indenture Trustee need not
take any action it  determines  might cause it to incur any  liability  or might
materially adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such
action.

                  SECTION 5.12     Waiver of Past Defaults.
                                   -----------------------

                  (a)  Prior  to  the  declaration  of the  acceleration  of the
maturity of the Notes as provided in Section  5.2, the Insurer or note less than
a Majority in Voting Interest of the Notes (with the consent of the Insurer) may
waive any past Default or Event of Default and its consequences except a Default
(i) in the  payment of  principal  of or interest on any of the Notes or (ii) in
respect of a covenant or  provision  hereof  which cannot be modified or amended
without the consent of the Holder or each Note.  In the case of any such waiver,
the Issuer, the Indenture Trustee and the Noteholders shall be restored to their
former positions and rights  hereunder,  respectively;  but no such waiver shall
extend  to any  subsequent  or other  Default  or impair  any  right  consequent
thereto.

                  (b) Upon any such waiver,  such  Default  shall cease to exist
and be  deemed to have been  cured  and not to have  occurred,  and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall


                                       30

<PAGE>

be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every purpose of this
Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or
Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

                  SECTION  5.13  Undertaking  for  Costs.  All  parties  to this
Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder's acceptance thereof
shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in
any Proceeding for the  enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture,
or in any  Proceeding  against  the  Indenture  Trustee  for any  action  taken,
suffered or omitted by it as Indenture Trustee, the filing by any party litigant
in such  proceeding of an undertaking to pay the costs of such  proceeding,  and
that  such  court  may in its  discretion  assess  reasonable  costs,  including
reasonable attorneys fees, against any party litigant in such proceeding, having
due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or  defenses  made by such
party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.13 shall not apply to:

                  (a) any proceeding  instituted by the Indenture Trustee or the
Insurer;

                  (b) any proceeding  instituted by any Noteholder,  or group of
Noteholders,  in each  case  holding  in the  aggregate  Notes  representing  an
aggregate Percentage Interest of at least 10% of Outstanding Notes; or

                  (c)  any  proceeding  instituted  by any  Noteholder  for  the
enforcement  of the payment of  principal of or interest on any Note on or after
the  respective  due dates  expressed in such Note and in this Indenture (or, in
the case of redemption,  on or after the Special  Payment Date or the applicable
Payment Date pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement).

                  SECTION  5.14  Waiver of Stay or  Extension  Laws.  The Issuer
covenants  (to the extent  that it may  lawfully do so) that it shall not at any
time  insist  upon,  or plead  or in any  manner  whatsoever,  claim or take the
benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever  enacted,  now or at
any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of
this  Indenture.  The Issuer (to the extent  that it may  lawfully do so) hereby
expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it
shall not hinder,  delay or impede the execution of any power herein  granted to
the Indenture Trustee or the Insurer,  but shall suffer and permit the execution
of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

                  SECTION 5.15 Action on Notes. The Indenture Trustee's right to
seek and  recover  judgment  on the Notes or under this  Indenture  shall not be
affected by the seeking,  obtaining or  application of any other relief under or
with  respect to this  Indenture.  Neither  the lien of this  Indenture  nor any
rights or  remedies of the  Indenture  Trustee,  the Insurer or the  Noteholders
shall be impaired  by the  recovery of any  judgment  by the  Indenture  Trustee
against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution  under such judgment upon any
portion of the assets of the Trust or upon any of the assets of the Issuer.


                                       31

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 5.16      Performance and Enforcement of Certain
                                    -------------------------------------- 
                                    Obligations.
                                    -----------

                  (a) Promptly following a request from the Indenture Trustee or
the Insurer to do so and at the  Administrator's  expense,  the Issuer agrees to
take all such lawful action as the Indenture  Trustee or the Insurer may request
to compel or secure the  performance  and  observance by the  Depositors and the
Servicer, as applicable,  of their respective obligations under or in connection
with  the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement  or by the  Originators  of  their
obligations  under or in  connection  with the Transfer  Agreement in accordance
with the terms thereof, and to exercise any and all rights, remedies, powers and
privileges  lawfully  available  to the Issuer under or in  connection  with the
Pooling and Servicing  Agreement to the extent and in the manner directed by the
Indenture Trustee,  including the transmission of notices of default on the part
of the  Depositors or the Servicer  thereunder  and the  institution of legal or
administrative  actions or  proceedings  to compel or secure  performance by the
Depositors  or the Servicer of each of their  obligations  under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.

                  (b) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Indenture  Trustee  may,  and, at the  direction  (which  direction  shall be in
writing or by  telephone  (confirmed  in writing  promptly  thereafter))  of the
Insurer or the Holders representing an aggregate Percentage Interest of at least
66-2/3% of Outstanding  Notes (with the consent of the Insurer) shall,  exercise
all rights,  remedies,  powers,  privileges and claims of the Issuer against the
Depositors or the Issuer under or in  connection  with the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement,  including  the right or power to take any action to compel or secure
performance  or  observance  by the  Depositors or the Servicer of each of their
obligations to the Issuer thereunder and to give any consent,  request,  notice,
direction,  approval,  extension  or waiver  under  the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement, and any right of the Issuer to take such action shall be suspended.

                  (c) Promptly  following a request from the  Indenture  Trustee
(with  the  consent  of  the  Insurer)  or  the  Insurer  to do so  and  at  the
Administrator's expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as the
Indenture Trustee may request to compel or secure the performance and observance
by  the   Representative  and  the  Originators  of  each  of  their  respective
obligations to the Depositors under or in connection with the Transfer Agreement
in  accordance  with the terms  thereof,  and to  exercise  any and all  rights,
remedies,  powers and  privileges  lawfully  available to the Issuer under or in
connection with the Transfer  Agreement to the extent and in the manner directed
by the Indenture  Trustee,  including the  transmission of notices of default on
the  part  of  the  Depositors  thereunder  and  the  institution  of  legal  or
administrative  actions or  proceedings  to compel or secure  performance by the
Representative and the Originators of each of their respective obligations under
the Transfer Agreement.

                  (d) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Indenture  Trustee  may,  and, at the  direction  (which  direction  shall be in
writing or by  telephone  (confirmed  in writing  promptly  thereafter))  of the
Insurer or Holders  representing  an aggregate  Percentage  Interest of at least
66-2/3% of Outstanding  Notes (with the consent of the Insurer) shall,  exercise
all rights,  remedies,  powers,  privileges and claims of the Depositors against
the  Representative and the Originators under or in connection with the Transfer
Agreement,  including  the right or power to take any action to compel or secure
performance or observance


                                       32

<PAGE>

by  the   Representative  and  the  Originators  of  each  of  their  respective
obligations  to the  Depositors  thereunder  and to give any  consent,  request,
notice, direction,  approval,  extension or waiver under the Transfer Agreement,
and any right of the Depositors to take such action shall be suspended.

                                   ARTICLE VI
                              THE INDENTURE TRUSTEE

                  SECTION 6.1      Duties of Indenture Trustee.
                                   ---------------------------

                  The Indenture Trustee,  prior to the occurrence of an Event of
Default and after the curing of all Events of Default  which may have  occurred,
undertakes  to perform such duties and only such duties to be performed by it as
are  specifically  set  forth in this  Indenture.  If an Event  of  Default  has
occurred and has not bee cured or waived,  the Indenture  Trustee shall exercise
such of the rights and powers vested in it by this  Indenture,  and use the same
degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent  person would  exercise or
use under the  circumstances  in the conduct of such  person's own affairs.  The
Indenture Trustee is hereby authorized to acknowledge and accept the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, and by so doing the Indenture Trustee undertakes to perform
the duties to be performed by the Indenture Trustee as set forth therein.

                  The  Indenture  Trustee,  upon  receipt  of  all  resolutions,
certificates,   statements,   opinions,  reports,  documents,  orders  or  other
instruments  furnished to the Indenture Trustee which are specifically  required
to be furnished pursuant to any provision of this Indenture,  shall examine them
to  determine  whether  they  conform  to the  requirements  of this  Indenture;
provided,  however,  that the Indenture Trustee shall not be responsible for the
accuracy or content of any resolution,  certificate, statement, opinion, report,
document,  order or other instrument furnished by the Issuer, the Servicer,  the
Representative,  the Administrator, any Depositor or any Originator hereunder or
under any Basic Document.  If any such instrument is found not to conform to the
requirements of this Indenture or thereunder, the Indenture Trustee shall notify
the  Insurer  and  request  written  instructions  as to  the  action  it  deems
appropriate  to have the instrument  corrected,  and if the instrument is not so
corrected,  the Indenture Trustee will provide notice thereof to the Insurer who
shall then direct the Indenture Trustee as to the actions, if any, to be taken.

                  No provisions of this Indenture  shall be construed to relieve
the  Indenture  Trustee from  liability for its own  negligent  action,  its own
negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct; provided, however, that:

                  (i) Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default,  and after
         the curing of all such Events of Default which may have  occurred,  the
         duties and  obligations  of the  Indenture  Trustee shall be determined
         solely by the  express  provisions  of this  Indenture,  the  Indenture
         Trustee shall not be liable except for the  performance  of such duties
         and obligations as are  specifically  set forth in this  Indenture,  no
         implied  covenants  or  obligations  shall be read into this  Indenture
         against the  Indenture  Trustee and, in the absence of bad faith on the
         part of the Indenture Trustee, the Indenture Trustee may


                                       33

<PAGE>

         conclusively   rely,  as  to  the  truth  of  the  statements  and  the
         correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon any certificates or
         opinions  furnished  to the  Indenture  Trustee and  conforming  to the
         requirements of this Indenture;

                  (ii) The Indenture  Trustee shall not be personally liable for
         an error of  judgment  made in good faith by a  Responsible  Officer or
         other officers of the Indenture Trustee, unless it shall be proved that
         the  Indenture  Trustee was  negligent in  ascertaining  the  pertinent
         facts;

                  (iii) The Indenture  Trustee  shall not be  personally  liable
         with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it
         in good faith in  accordance  with the  direction of the Insurer or the
         Noteholders,  relating to the time,  method and place of conducting any
         Proceeding  for any  remedy  available  to the  Indenture  Trustee,  or
         exercising  any trust or power  conferred  upon the Indenture  Trustee,
         under this Indenture;

                  (iv) The  Indenture  Trustee  shall  not be  required  to take
         notice or be deemed to have notice or knowledge of any Default or Event
         of Default unless a Responsible  Officer of the Indenture Trustee shall
         have received notice thereof. In the absence of receipt of such notice,
         the Indenture Trustee may conclusively  assume that there is no Default
         or Event of Default;

                  (v) The  Indenture  Trustee shall not be required to expend or
         risk its own  funds or  otherwise  incur  financial  liability  for the
         performance  of any of its duties  hereunder  or the exercise of any of
         its rights or powers if there is reasonable  ground for believing  that
         the repayment of such funds or adequate  indemnity against such risk or
         liability is not  reasonably  assured to it and none of the  provisions
         contained in this  Indenture  shall in any event  require the Indenture
         Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of,
         any of the  obligations  of the  Issuer  under  this  Indenture  or the
         Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,  except during such
         time, if any, as the  Indenture  Trustee shall be the successor to, and
         be vested with the rights, duties, powers and privileges of, the Issuer
         in  accordance  with the terms of this  Indenture  or the  Servicer  in
         accordance with the terms of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement;

                  (vi) Subject to the other  provisions  of this  Indenture  and
         without limiting the generality of this Section,  the Indenture Trustee
         shall have no duty (A) to see to any recording,  filing,  or depositing
         of this Indenture or any agreement  referred to herein or any financing
         statement or continuation  statement evidencing a security interest, or
         to see to the maintenance of any such recording or filing or depositing
         or to any rerecording,  refiling or redepositing of any thereof, (B) to
         see to any  insurance,  (C) to see to the payment or  discharge  of any
         tax,   assessment,   or  other  governmental  charge  or  any  lien  or
         encumbrance  of any kind  owing with  respect  to,  assessed  or levied
         against,  any part of the assets of the Trust, (D) to confirm or verify
         the contents of any reports or certificates of the Issuer  delivered to
         the  Indenture  Trustee  pursuant  to this  Indenture  believed  by the
         Indenture Trustee to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by
         the proper party or parties;



                                       34

<PAGE>

                  (vii) The  Indenture  Trustee  shall not be deemed a fiduciary
         for the  Insurer  in its  capacity  as such,  except to the  extent the
         Insurer has made an Insured  Payment and is thereby  subrogated  to the
         rights of the Noteholders with respect thereto; and

                  (viii) Money held in trust by the  Indenture  Trustee need not
         be segregated  from other funds except to the extent required by law or
         the terms of this  Indenture or the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement or
         the Trust Agreement.

                  (ix)  Every  provision  of  this  Indenture  relating  to  the
         Indenture  Trustee  shall be  subject  to this  Section  6.1 and to the
         provisions of the TIA.

                  SECTION 6.2    Certain Matters Affecting the Indenture 
                                 ---------------------------------------
                                 Trustee.
                                 -------

                  Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.1:

                  (i) The  Indenture  Trustee may rely and shall be protected in
         acting  or  refraining  from  acting  upon  any  resolution,  Officers'
         Certificate,  Opinion of Counsel,  certificate of auditors or any other
         certificate,  statement,  instrument, opinion, report, notice, request,
         consent, order, appraisal,  bond or other paper or document believed by
         it to be genuine  and to have been  signed or  presented  by the proper
         party or parties;

                  (ii) The  Indenture  Trustee may consult  with counsel and any
         Opinion  of  Counsel  shall  be full  and  complete  authorization  and
         protection  in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by it
         hereunder  in  good  faith,  in  the  absence  of  negligence,  and  in
         accordance with such Opinion of Counsel;

                  (iii) The  Indenture  Trustee  shall be under no obligation to
         exercise any of the trusts or powers vested in it by this  Indenture or
         to institute,  conduct or defend by litigation hereunder or in relation
         hereto at the request,  order or direction of the Insurer or any of the
         Noteholders,  pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, unless such
         Noteholders or the Insurer,  as  applicable,  shall have offered to the
         Indenture Trustee  reasonable  security or indemnity against the costs,
         expenses  and  liabilities  which may be  incurred  therein or thereby;
         nothing contained herein shall, however,  relieve the Indenture Trustee
         of the  obligation,  upon the  occurrence of an Event of Default (which
         has not been cured),  to exercise  such of the rights and powers vested
         in it by this  Indenture,  and to use the same degree of care and skill
         in its  exercise as a prudent  person  would  exercise or use under the
         circumstances in the conduct of such person's own affairs;

                  (iv) The Indenture  Trustee shall not be personally liable for
         any action  taken,  suffered  or omitted  by it in good  faith,  in the
         absence of  negligence,  and believed by it to be  authorized or within
         the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture;

                  (v)  Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default  hereunder
         and after the curing of all Events of Default which may have  occurred,
         the Indenture Trustee shall not

 
                                       35

<PAGE>

         be bound to make any investigation  into the facts or matters stated in
         any resolution,  certificate,  statement,  instrument, opinion, report,
         notice,  request,  consent,  order,  approval,  bond or other  paper or
         document,  unless  requested  in  writing  to do so by the  Insurer  or
         Holders evidencing a Percentage Interest  aggregating not less than 25%
         of Outstanding Notes or any Account Party;  provided,  however, that if
         the payment  within a reasonable  time to the Indenture  Trustee of the
         costs,  expenses  or  liabilities  likely to be  incurred  by it in the
         making  of such  investigation  is,  in the  opinion  of the  Indenture
         Trustee,  not  reasonably  assured  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  by the
         security  afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture,  the Indenture
         Trustee  may  require  reasonable  indemnity  against  such  expense or
         liability  as a condition  to taking any such  action.  The  reasonable
         expense of every such  examination  shall be paid by the  Administrator
         or,  if  paid  by  the  Indenture  Trustee,  shall  be  repaid  by  the
         Administrator upon demand from the Administrator's own funds;

                  (vi)  The  right  of the  Indenture  Trustee  to  perform  any
         discretionary  act enumerated in this Indenture  shall not be construed
         as a duty, and the Indenture  Trustee shall not be answerable for other
         than its  negligence or willful  misconduct in the  performance of such
         act;

                  (vii) The Indenture  Trustee shall not be required to give any
         bond or surety in respect of the execution of the Trust created  hereby
         or the powers granted hereunder; and

                  (viii) The Indenture  Trustee may execute any of the trusts or
         powers  hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by
         or through agents or attorneys.

                  SECTION 6.3     Indenture Trustee Not Liable for Notes or
                                  -----------------------------------------
                                  Mortgage Loans.
                                  --------------

                  The recitals contained herein and in the Notes (other than the
certificate of  authentication on the Notes) shall be taken as the statements of
the  Issuer,  and the  Indenture  Trustee  assumes no  responsibility  for their
correctness.  The Indenture Trustee makes no  representations as to the validity
or  sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes or of any Mortgage Loan or any
other Basic Document. The Indenture Trustee shall not be accountable for the use
or  application  by the  Issuer of any of the Notes or of the  proceeds  of such
Notes,  or for the use of application of any funds paid to the Issuer in respect
of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement or  deposited in or withdrawn  from the
Principal  and  Interest  Account by the  Issuer.  In the  absence of bad faith,
negligence or willful misconduct, the Indenture Trustee shall not be responsible
for the  legality  or  validity  of the  Indenture  or the  validity,  priority,
perfection or sufficiency of the security for the Notes issued or intended to be
issued hereunder.

                  SECTION 6.4      Indenture Trustee May Own Notes.
                                   -------------------------------

                  The Indenture  Trustee in its individual or any other capacity
may become  the owner or pledgee of Notes with the same  rights it would have if
it were not Indenture Trustee, and may otherwise deal with the parties hereto.

 
                                       36

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 6.5     Indenture Trustee's Fees and Expenses.
                                  -------------------------------------

                  The  Issuer  has caused the  Servicer  under the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement to covenant and agree to pay to the Indenture  Trustee from
time to time,  and the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  be  entitled  to,  reasonable
compensation  (which  shall not be limited by any  provision of law in regard to
the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) for all services  rendered by
it in the  execution  of the  trusts  hereby  created  and in the  exercise  and
performance of any of the powers and duties hereunder of the Indenture  Trustee,
and the Servicer will pay or reimburse  the  Indenture  Trustee upon its request
for all reasonable expenses,  disbursements and advances incurred or made by the
Indenture  Trustee in accordance  with any of the  provisions of this  Indenture
(including  the  reasonable  compensation,  expenses  and  disbursements  of its
counsel and of all persons not regularly in its employ) except any such expense,
disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or bad faith,  provided
that the Indenture Trustee shall have no lien on the assets of the Trust for the
payment of its fees and  expenses.  Failure by the Issuer to cause any such fees
or other  expenses  to be paid shall not relieve  the  Indenture  Trustee of its
obligations hereunder. The Indenture Trustee and any director, officer, employee
or agent of the Indenture  Trustee  caused to be indemnified by the Servicer and
held harmless against any loss,  liability or expense (i) incurred in connection
with any legal action  relating to this  Indenture or the Notes,  other than any
loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of willful misfeasance,  bad faith
or negligence in the  performance  of duties  hereunder or by reason of reckless
disregard of obligations and duties hereunder, and (ii) resulting from any error
in any tax or information  return prepared by or on behalf of the Servicer.  The
obligations  of the Issuer and the Servicer under this Section 6.5 shall survive
payment of the Notes, and shall extend to any co-trustee  appointed  pursuant to
this Article VI. The compensation due to the Indenture  Trustee pursuant to this
Section 6.5 shall be paid by the Servicer from its own funds.

                  SECTION  6.6  Eligibility;   Disqualification.  The  Indenture
Trustee  shall at all times  satisfy the  requirements  of TIA  ss.310(a) and be
reasonably  acceptable  to the  Insurer.  The  Indenture  Trustee  shall  have a
combined  capital and surplus of at least  $50,000,000  as set forth in its most
recent  published  annual  report  of  condition  and it shall  have a long term
deposit  rating of at least  "BBB" by S&P and "Baa2" by Moody's.  The  Indenture
Trustee shall comply with TIA ss.310(b);  provided, however, that there shall be
excluded  from the  operation of TIA  ss.310(b)(1)  any  indenture or indentures
under which other  securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the  requirements
for such  exclusion  set  forth in TIA  ss.310(b)(1)  are met.  If such  banking
association publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or
to the requirements of the aforesaid  supervising or examining  authority,  then
for the purposes of this Section 6.6 its combined  capital and surplus  shall be
deemed to be as set forth in its most recent  report of condition so  published.
In case at any  time  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  cease  to be  eligible  in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.6, the Indenture  Trustee shall
give notice of such ineligibility to the Insurer and any Account Party and shall
resign,  upon the request of the Insurer or the  Majority in Voting  Interest of
the Notes (with the consent of the  Insurer),  in the manner and with the effect
specified in Section 6.7.


                                       37

<PAGE>




                  SECTION 6.7     Resignation and Removal of the Indenture
                                  ----------------------------------------
                                  Trustee.
                                  -------

                  The Indenture Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged
from the trusts hereby  created by giving  written notice thereof to the Issuer,
the Insurer,  each Account  Party,  the Owner  Trustee,  the Servicer and to all
Noteholders.  Upon  receiving  such  notice of  resignation,  the Issuer (or the
Administrator  on behalf of the Issuer) shall,  with the consent of the Insurer,
promptly  appoint a successor  trustee who satisfied the requirements of Section
6.6 by written instrument, in duplicate,  which instrument shall be delivered to
the resigning  Indenture  Trustee and to the successor  trustee.  A copy of such
instrument  shall  be  delivered  to the  Noteholders  by the  Issuer.  Unless a
successor  trustee shall have been so appointed  and have  accepted  appointment
within 60 days after the giving of such  notice of  resignation,  the  resigning
Indenture  Trustee may  petition  any court of  competent  jurisdiction  for the
appointment of a successor trustee.

                  If at  any  time  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  cease  to be
eligible  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of Section 6.6 and shall fail to
resign after written request therefor by the  Administrator,  the Insurer or the
Majority  in  Voting  Interest  of the  Notes,  or if at any time the  Indenture
Trustee  shall  become  incapable  of acting,  or shall be adjudged  bankrupt or
insolvent,  or a receiver of the Indenture  Trustee or of its property  shall be
appointed,  or any public  officer shall take charge or control of the Indenture
Trustee  or of its  property  or  affairs  for the  purpose  of  rehabilitation,
conservation or liquidation,  then the Servicer may remove the Indenture Trustee
and shall, within 30 days after such removal,  appoint,  subject to the approval
of the Insurer,  which approval shall not be unreasonably  withheld, a successor
trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, which instrument shall be delivered
to the Indenture  Trustee so removed and to the success trustee.  A copy of such
instrument shall be delivered to the Insurer, the Noteholders, the Owner Trustee
and each Account Party by the Issuer.

                  The Majority in Voting Interest of the Notes (with the consent
of the Insurer) or, if the Indenture Trustee fails to perform in accordance with
this  Indenture,  the Insurer,  may remove the  Indenture  Trustee and appoint a
successor trustee by written instrument or instruments, in triplicate, signed by
such Noteholders or their attorneys-in-fact duly authorized,  or by the Insurer,
as the case may be, one complete set of such  instruments  shall be delivered to
the  Issuer,  one  complete  set to the  Indenture  Trustee so  removed  and one
complete set to the successor  Indenture  Trustee so  appointed.  A copy of such
instruments  shall also be  provided  to the  Insurer,  the Owner  Trustee,  the
Administrator and the Servicer.

                  Any  resignation  or  removal  of the  Indenture  Trustee  and
appointment  of a successor  trustee  pursuant to any of the  provisions of this
Section shall become  effective upon  acceptance of appointment by the successor
trustee as provided in Section 6.8.

                  SECTION 6.8      Successor Trustee.
                                   -----------------

                  Any  successor  trustee  appointed  as provided in Section 6.7
shall  execute,  acknowledge  and  deliver to the Issuer and to its  predecessor
trustee an instrument  accepting such appointment  hereunder,  and thereupon the
resignation or removal of the predecessor trustee shall


                                       38

<PAGE>

become  effective and such successor  trustee,  without any further act, deed or
conveyance,  shall become fully vested with all the rights,  powers,  duties and
obligations of its predecessor hereunder,  with the like effect as if originally
named as trustee herein. The predecessor  trustee shall deliver to the successor
trustee all Trustee's  Mortgage Files and related  documents and statements held
by it hereunder,  and the Issuer and the  predecessor  trustee shall execute and
deliver such  instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required
for more fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor trustee all
such rights, powers, duties and obligations.

                  No successor  trustee shall accept  appointment as provided in
this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor  trustee shall
be eligible under the provisions of Section 6.6.

                  Upon  acceptance  of  appointment  by a  successor  trustee as
provided in this Section, the Issuer shall mail notice of the succession of such
trustee hereunder to all Noteholders, to the Insurer and to the Rating Agencies.
If the Issuer fails to mail such  notices  within ten days after  acceptance  of
appointment  by the successor  trustee,  the successor  trustee shall cause such
notice to be mailed at the expense of the Issuer.

                  SECTION 6.9     Merger or Consolidation of Indenture
                                  ------------------------------------ 
                                  Trustee.
                                  -------

                  Any Person into which the  Indenture  Trustee may be merged or
converted or with which it may be  consolidated  or any  corporation or national
banking  association  resulting from any merger,  conversion or consolidation to
which the Indenture  Trustee shall be a party,  or any  corporation  or national
banking association  succeeding to the business of the Indenture Trustee,  shall
be the successor of the Indenture Trustee  hereunder,  provided such corporation
or national  banking  association  shall be  eligible  under the  provisions  of
Section 6.6,  without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on
the  part  of  any  of the  parties  hereto,  anything  herein  to the  contrary
notwithstanding.

                  SECTION 6.10     Appointment of Co-Indenture Trustee or 
                                   --------------------------------------
                                   Separate Indenture Trustee.
                                   --------------------------

                  Notwithstanding  any other provisions hereof, at any time, for
the purpose of meeting any legal  requirements of any  jurisdiction in which any
part of the assets of the Trust or property securing the same may at the time be
located,  the Issuer and the  Indenture  Trustee  acting  jointly shall have the
power and shall  execute  and  deliver  all  instruments  to appoint one or more
Persons  approved by the Indenture  Trustee and the Insurer to act as co-trustee
or  co-trustees,  jointly with the  Indenture  Trustee,  or separate  trustee or
separate trustees, of all or any part of the assets of the Trust, and to vest in
such Person or Persons, in such capacity, such title to the assets of the Trust,
or any part thereof,  and, subject to the other provisions of this Section 6.10,
such  powers,  duties,  obligations,  rights  and  trusts as the  Issuer and the
Indenture Trustee may consider  necessary or desirable.  If the Issuer shall not
have  joined in such  appointment  within 15 days  after the  receipt by it of a
request so to do, or in case an Event of  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
continuing,  the Indenture Trustee alone (with the consent of the Insurer) shall
have the power to make such  appointment.  No  co-trustee  or  separate  trustee
hereunder


                                       39

<PAGE>

shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor  trustee under
Section 6.6  hereunder and no notice to Holders of Notes of the  appointment  of
co-trustee(s) or separate trustee(s) shall be required under Section 6.8 hereof.

                  In the case of any  appointment  of a  co-trustee  or separate
trustee  pursuant  to  this  Section  6.10,  all  rights,   powers,  duties  and
obligations  conferred or imposed upon the Indenture  Trustee shall be conferred
or imposed upon and  exercised or  performed by the  Indenture  Trustee and such
separate trustee or co-trustee jointly,  except to the extent that under any law
of any  jurisdiction  in which any  particular  act or acts are to be  performed
(whether  as  Indenture   Trustee  hereunder  or  as  successor  to  the  Issuer
hereunder), the Indenture Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform
such act or acts,  in which event such rights,  powers,  duties and  obligations
(including  the  holding  of title to the  assets  of the  Trust or any  portion
thereof in any such  jurisdiction)  shall be  exercised  and  performed  by such
separate trustee or co-trustee at the direction of the Indenture Trustee.

                  Any notice,  request or other  writing  given to the Indenture
Trustee shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees
and co-trustees,  as effectively as if given to each of them. Every  instrument,
appointing any separate  trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Indenture and
the conditions of this Article VI. Each separate  trustee and  co-trustee,  upon
its  acceptance  of the trusts  conferred,  shall be vested  with the estates or
property  specified in its  instrument of  appointment,  either jointly with the
Indenture Trustee or separately,  as may be provided therein, subject to all the
provisions of this  Indenture,  specifically  including  every provision of this
Indenture  relating to the conduct of,  affecting the liability of, or affording
protection to, the Indenture Trustee.  Every such instrument shall be filed with
the Indenture Trustee.

                  Any  separate   trustee  or  co-trustee   may,  at  any  time,
constitute the Indenture Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact, with full power
and  authority,  to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under
or in respect to this  Indenture  on its behalf and in its name.  The  Indenture
Trustee shall not be responsible for any action or inaction of any such separate
trustee or co-trustee.  If any separate  trustee or co-trustee shall die, become
incapable  of acting,  resign or be  removed,  all of its  estates,  properties,
rights,  remedies and trusts  shall vest in and be  exercised  by the  Indenture
Trustee,  to the extent  permitted by law,  without the  appointment of a new or
successor trustee.

                  SECTION 6.11      Protection of Trust Assets.
                                    --------------------------

                  (a) The  Indenture  Trustee  will hold the assets of the Trust
and the  Spread  Account  in  trust  for the  benefit  of the  Noteholders,  the
Certificateholders  (to the  extent  set  forth  in the  Pooling  and  Servicing
Agreement)  and the  Insurer  and,  upon  request of the  Insurer,  or, with the
consent of the Insurer,  at the request of the Issuer or any Account Party, will
from time to time execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto
pursuant  to Section  9.1 and all  instruments  of further  assurance  and other
instruments, and will take such other action upon such request to:



                                       40

<PAGE>

                  (i)  more  effectively hold in trust all or any portion of the
         assets of the Trust and the Spread Account;

                  (ii) perfect,  publish  notice of, or protect the  validity of
         any grant made or to be made by this Indenture;

                  (iii) enforce any of the Mortgage Loans; or

                  (iv) preserve and defend title to the assets of the Trust, the
         lien on the Spread Account and the rights of the Indenture Trustee, and
         the interests of the Noteholders represented thereby, in such Trust and
         the Spread Account against the claims of all Persons and parties.

                  The  Indenture  Trustee  shall  send  copies  of  any  request
received from any Account Party, the Insurer, the Owner Trustee or the Issuer to
take any action pursuant to this Section 6.11 to the others.

                  (b) Subject to Article V hereof,  the Indenture  Trustee shall
have the  power to  enforce,  and shall  enforce  the  obligations  of the other
parties to this Indenture,  of any Letter of Credit Bank and of the Insurer,  by
action,  suit or proceeding  at law or equity,  and shall also have the power to
enjoin,  by  action  or suit in  equity,  any acts or  occurrences  which may be
unlawful or in violation of the rights of the  Noteholders;  provided,  however,
that  nothing in this  Section  6.11 shall  require any action by the  Indenture
Trustee  unless  the  Indenture  Trustee  shall  first (i) have  been  furnished
indemnity  satisfactory  to it and second (ii) when required by this  Indenture,
have been  requested to take such action by the  Majority in Voting  Interest of
the Notes,  the Insurer,  the Issuer or any Account Party in accordance with the
terms of this Indenture.

                  (c)  the  Indenture   Trustee  shall  execute  any  instrument
required  pursuant  to this  Section  6.11 so long as such  instrument  does not
conflict with this Indenture or with the Indenture Trustee's fiduciary duties.

                  SECTION 6.12 Notice of Defaults.  If an Default  occurs and is
continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Indenture Trustee,
the Indenture Trustee shall mail to each Noteholder notice of the Default within
90 days  after it  occurs.  Except  in the case of the  Default  in  payment  of
principal  of or  interest  on any  Note  (including  payments  pursuant  to the
mandatory  redemption  provisions  of such  Note),  the  Indenture  Trustee  may
withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in
good  faith  determines  that  withholding  the  notice is in the  interests  of
Noteholders.

                  SECTION 6.13 Reports to Holders.  The Indenture  Trustee shall
deliver to each  Noteholder the  information  and documents set forth in Article
VII, and, in addition,  the Indenture  Trustee shall deliver to each  Noteholder
all such information with respect to the Notes as may be required to enable such
holder to prepare its federal and state income tax returns supplied to it by the
Servicer pursuant to Section 5.07 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.



                                       41

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 6.14 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer.
The Indenture  Trustee shall comply with TIA  ss.311(a),  excluding any creditor
relationship listed in TIA ss.311(b). A trustee who has resigned or been removed
shall be subject to TIA 311(a) to the extent indicated.

                  SECTION  6.15  Representations  and  Warranties  of  Indenture
Trustee.  The Indenture  Trustee  represents and warrants as of the Closing Date
that:

                  (a) the  Indenture  Trustee  is a  national  association  duly
organized,  validly  existing and in good standing  under the laws of the United
States of America;

                  (b) the Indenture Trustee has full power,  authority and legal
right to  execute,  deliver  and  perform  this  Indenture,  and has  taken  all
necessary  action to authorize the execution,  delivery and performance by it of
this Indenture;

                  (c) the execution,  delivery and  performance by the Indenture
Trustee of this  Indenture  (i) shall not  violate any  provision  of any law or
regulation  governing the banking and trust powers of the  Indenture  Trustee or
any order, writ,  judgment or decree of any court,  arbitrator,  or governmental
authority  applicable to the Indenture Trustee or any of its assets,  (ii) shall
not violate any provision of the  corporate  charter or by-laws of the Indenture
Trustee,  or (iii) shall not violate any  provision of, or  constitute,  with or
without notice or lapse of time, a default  under,  or result in the creation or
imposition of any lien on any  properties  included in the Trust pursuant to the
provisions of any mortgage, indenture,  contract, agreement or other undertaking
to which it is a party,  which  violation,  default or lien could  reasonably be
expected  to  have  a  materially  adverse  effect  on the  Indenture  Trustee's
performance  or ability to perform  its duties  under this  Indenture  or on the
transactions contemplated in this Indenture;

                  (d) the execution,  delivery and  performance by the Indenture
Trustee  of this  Indenture  shall not  require  the  authorization,  consent or
approval of, the giving of notice to, the filing or  registration  with,  or the
taking of any other action in respect of, any  governmental  authority or agency
regulating the banking and corporate trust activities of the Indenture  Trustee;
and

                  (e) this Indenture has been duly executed and delivered by the
Indenture Trustee and constitutes the legal,  valid and binding agreement of the
Indenture Trustee, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

                  SECTION  6.16  Indenture  Trustee May Enforce  Claims  Without
Possession of Notes. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the
Notes may be  prosecuted  and  enforced  by the  Indenture  Trustee  without the
possession  of any of the  Notes or the  production  thereof  in any  proceeding
relating  thereto,  and any such proceeding  instituted by the Indenture Trustee
shall be brought in its own name as Indenture Trustee.  Any recovery of judgment
shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Indenture Trustee,  its agents and counsel, be
for the ratable benefit of the Noteholders in respect of which such judgment has
been obtained.



                                       42

<PAGE>

                  SECTION  6.17  Suit for  Enforcement.  If an Event of  Default
shall occur and be continuing,  the Indenture  Trustee,  in its discretion  may,
subject to the  provisions  of Section  6.1,  proceed to protect and enforce its
rights and the rights of the  Noteholders  under this  Indenture  by  proceeding
whether for the specific  performance of any covenant or agreement  contained in
this Indenture or in aid of the execution of any power granted in this Indenture
or for the  enforcement  of any other  legal,  equitable  or other remedy as the
Indenture  Trustee,  being  advised by  counsel,  shall deem most  effectual  to
protect  and  enforce  any  of  the  rights  of  the  Indenture  Trustee  or the
Noteholders.

                  SECTION 6.18 Appointment of Custodians.  The Indenture Trustee
may,  with the consent of the  Servicer  and notice to the Insurer and  Moody's,
appoint  one or more  Custodians  acceptable  to the  Insurer  to hold  all or a
portion of the Mortgage  Files as agent for the Indenture  Trustee,  by entering
into a Custodial  Agreement.  ___________________________________  is  initially
appointed as  Custodian.  Subject to this Article  XVI,  the  Indenture  Trustee
agrees to comply with the terms of each  Custodial  Agreement and to enforce the
terms and  provisions  thereof  against  the  Custodian  for the  benefit of the
Noteholders and the Insurer.  The Indenture Trustee shall be liable for the fees
of  any  Custodian  appointed  hereunder.  Each  Custodian  shall  be a  deposit
institution  subject to supervision by federal or state authorities and shall be
qualified  to do business  in the  jurisdiction  in which it holds any  Mortgage
File.

                                   ARTICLE VII
                         NOTEHOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS

                  SECTION  7.1 Issuer To  Furnish  Indenture  Trustee  Names and
Addresses of  Noteholders.  The Issuer shall furnish or cause to be furnished by
the  Servicer to the  Indenture  Trustee (a) not more than five days before each
Payment  Date or Special  Payment  Date, a list,  in such form as the  Indenture
Trustee may  reasonably  require,  of the names and  addresses of the Holders of
Notes as of the close of business on the  immediately  preceding  Record Date or
Special  Record  Date,  as the case may be, and (b) at such  other  times as the
Indenture  Trustee may request in writing,  within 14 days after  receipt by the
Issuer of any such request,  a list of similar form and content as of a date not
more than 10 days prior to the time such list is furnished;  provided,  however,
that so long as the Indenture Trustee is the Note Registrar,  no such list shall
be required to be furnished.

                  SECTION 7.2   Preservation of Information, Communications 
                                -------------------------------------------
                                to Noteholders.
                                --------------

                  (a) The Indenture Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form
as is  reasonably  practicable,  the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes
contained in the most recent list furnished to the Indenture Trustee as provided
in Section 7.1 and the names and  addresses of Holders of Notes  received by the
Indenture  Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar.  The Indenture Trustee may
destroy any list furnished to it as provided in such Section 7.1 upon receipt of
a new list so furnished.



                                       43

<PAGE>

                  (b) Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA ss.312(b) with
other Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the
Notes.

                  (c) The Issuer,  the Indenture  Trustee and the Note Registrar
shall have the protection of TIA ss.312(c).

                  SECTION 7.3       Reports by Issuer.
                                    -----------------

                  (a)      The Issuer shall:

                  (i) file with the Indenture Trustee,  within 15 days after the
         Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission,  copies of the
         annual reports and of the information,  documents and other reports (or
         copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the  Commission  may
         from time to time by rules and regulations  prescribe) which the Issuer
         may be required to file with the  Commission  pursuant to Section 13 or
         15(d) of the Exchange Act;

                  (ii) file with the  Indenture  Trustee and the  Commission  in
         accordance with rules and  regulations  prescribed from time to time by
         the Commission such additional information,  documents and reports with
         respect to compliance by the issuer with the  conditions  and covenants
         of this  Indenture  as may be required  from time to time by such rules
         and regulations; and

                  (iii)  supply  to the  Indenture  Trustee  (and the  Indenture
         Trustee  shall  transmit by mail to all  Noteholders  described  in TIA
         ss.313(c))  such  summaries of any  information,  documents and reports
         required to be filed by the Issuer  pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) of
         this  Section  7.3(a)  as may be  required  by  rules  and  regulations
         prescribed from time to time by the Commission.

                  (iv) supply  copies of each of the  foregoing to the Indenture
         Trustee and the Insurer.

                  (b) Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal year of
the Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year.

                  SECTION 7.4     Reports by Trustee.
                                  ------------------

                  (a) If  required by TIA  ss.313(a),  within 60 days after each
March 1, beginning with March 1, 1994, the Indenture  Trustee shall mail to each
Noteholder,  in the manner required by TIA ss.313(c), a brief report dated as of
such date that complies  with TIA  ss.313(a).  The Indenture  Trustee also shall
comply  with TIA  ss.313(b).  A copy of any report  delivered  pursuant  to this
Section 7.4(a) shall, at the time of its mailing to Noteholders, be filed by the
Indenture Trustee with the Commission and each stock exchange,  if any, on which
the Notes are listed.  The Issuer shall notify the Indenture Trustee if and when
the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and provided to the Insurer.



                                       44

<PAGE>

                  (b) On each Payment Date, the Indenture  Trustee shall include
with each payment to each  Noteholder a copy of the statement for the Due Period
applicable  to such  Payment  Date as required  pursuant to Section  5.07 of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                      ACCOUNTS, DISBURSEMENTS AND RELEASES

                  SECTION 8.1 Collection of Money. Except as otherwise expressly
provided  herein,  the Indenture  Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and
shall receive and collect,  directly and without  intervention  or assistance of
any fiscal agent of other intermediary,  all money and other property payable to
or receivable by the Indenture Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. The Indenture
Trustee shall apply all such money  received by it as provided in this Indenture
and in the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement.  Except as  otherwise  expressly
provided in this  Indenture,  if any default
 occurs in the making of any payment
or performance  under any agreement or instrument  that is part of the assets of
the Trust,  the Indenture  Trustee may take such action as may be appropriate to
enforce such payment or  performance,  including the institution and prosecution
of appropriate  Proceedings.  Any such action shall be without  prejudice to any
right to claim a Default or an Event of Default  under  this  Indenture  and any
right to proceed thereafter as provided in Article V.

                  SECTION 8.2       Accounts.
                                    --------

                  (a) On or prior to the Closing  Date,  the  Indenture  Trustee
shall  establish and maintain,  in the name of the  Indenture  Trustee,  for the
benefit of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders,  the Accounts as provided
in Article V of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                  (b) (i) On or before each Monthly Deposit Date, the portion of
the Available Payment Amount that is net of Advances and any amounts required to
be paid by the Servicer in connection  with losses or  investments of amounts in
the  Accounts  shall be  deposited  into the  Collection  Account as provided in
Section _____ of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  On or before each Monthly
Deposit Date that is a Special  Redemption  Date, the Special  Redemption  Price
with  respect to such  Special  Redemption  Date shall be  transferred  from the
Collection   Account  to  the  Note  Payment  Account  as  provided  in  Section
5.02(a)(iv) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                      (ii) On  each  Special   Redemption  Date,  the  Indenture
Trustee  shall  call for  redemption  Notes in an  amount  equal to the  Special
Redemption  Price and shall pay to Noteholders  such Special  Redemption  Price,
until the Note Principal Balance is paid in full.

                  (c) (i) On or before each Payment Date, (i) the portion of the
Available  Payment  Amount that is net of Advances,  any amounts  required to be
paid by the  Servicer in  connection  with losses on  investments  of amounts in
Accounts, any Advances, amounts transferred from the Spread Account, and Insured
Payments shall be deposited  into the Collection  Account as provided in Section
_____ of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement.  On or before each Payment Date,
the Note Payment Amount shall be transferred from the Collection


                                       45

<PAGE>

Account to the Note Payment Account as provided in Sections  _______________ and
_______________ of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

                  (ii) On each Payment Date, the Indenture  Trustee shall pay to
Noteholders all amounts on deposit in the Note Payment Account in respect of the
Notes to the extent of amounts  due and  unpaid on the Notes for  principal  and
interest in the following order of priority:

                  (i) to accrued  and unpaid  interest  on the Notes;  provided,
         however,  that if there are not  sufficient  funds in the Note  Payment
         Account to pay the entire  amount of accrued and unpaid  interest  then
         due on the  Notes,  the  amount in the Note  Payment  Account  shall be
         applied to the  payment of such  interest  on the Notes pro rata on the
         basis of the total such interest due on the Notes;

                  (ii) to  principal  of the  Notes  until  the  Note  Principal
         Balance is paid in full.

                  SECTION 8.3    General Provisions Regarding Accounts.
                                 -------------------------------------

                  (a) Pursuant and subject to the provisions of Section _____ of
the  Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement,  all or a  portion  of the funds in the
Accounts  shall be  invested  in  Eligible  Investments  and  reinvested  by the
Indenture Trustee as directed in writing by the Servicer. The Servicer shall not
direct the Indenture  Trustee to make any investment of any funds or to sell any
investment held in any of the Accounts unless the security  interest granted and
perfected in such account shall  continue to be perfected in such  investment or
the  proceeds  of such sale,  in either case  without any further  action by any
Person,  and, in connection with any direction to the Indenture  Trustee to make
any such investment or sale, if requested by the Indenture  Trustee,  the Issuer
shall deliver to the Indenture Trustee an Opinion of Counsel,  acceptable to the
Indenture Trustee, to such effect.

                  (b) Subject to Section 6.1, the Indenture Trustee shall not in
any way be held  liable by reason of any  insufficiency  in any of the  Accounts
resulting from any loss on any Eligible  Investment  included therein except for
losses  attributable to the Indenture Trustee's failure to make payments on such
Eligible Investments issued by the Indenture Trustee, in its commercial capacity
as principal obligor and not as trustee, in accordance with their terms.

                  (c) If (i) the Servicer,  on behalf of the Issuer,  shall have
failed to give investment directions for any funds on deposit in the Accounts to
the Indenture  Trustee by 11:00 a.m.,  New York City Time (or such other time as
may be agreed by the Issuer and the  Indenture  Trustee) on any Business Day; or
(ii) an Default or Event of Default shall have  occurred and be continuing  with
respect to the Notes but the Notes shall not have been  declared due and payable
pursuant  to Section  5.2,  or, if such Notes shall have been  declared  due and
payable following an Event of Default,  amounts collected or receivable from the
assets of the Trust are being applied in accordance with Section 5.5 as if there
had not been  such a  declaration;  then the  Indenture  Trustee  shall,  to the
fullest extent practicable,  invest and reinvest funds in the Accounts in one or
more Eligible Investments selected by the Indenture Trustee.



                                       46

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 8.4      Release of Trust Assets.
                                   -----------------------

                  (a) Subject to the payment of its fees and  expenses  pursuant
to Section 6.5 and the provisions of Section 8.5, the Indenture Trustee may, and
when required by the provisions of this Indenture shall,  execute instruments to
release  property  from the lien of this  Indenture,  or  convey  the  Indenture
Trustee's  interest in the same,  in a manner and under  circumstances  that are
consistent  with the  provisions  of this  Indenture.  No party  relying upon an
instrument  executed by the  Indenture  Trustee as provided in this Article VIII
shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture Trustee's authority,  inquire into the
satisfaction  of any  conditions  precedent  or see  to the  application  of any
moneys.

                  (b) The Indenture  Trustee shall, at such time as there are no
Notes  Outstanding and all sums due to the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section
6.5 have been paid,  release  any  remaining  portion of the assets of the Trust
that secured the Notes from the lien of this Indenture and release to the Issuer
or any other Person entitled  thereto any funds then on deposit in the Accounts.
The Indenture  Trustee shall  release  property from the lien of this  Indenture
pursuant  to  this  Section  8.4(b)  only  upon  receipt  of an  Issuer  Request
accompanied by an Officer's Certificate,  an Opinion of Counsel and (if required
by the TIA)  Independent  Certificates in accordance with TIA  ss.ss.314(c)  and
314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.1.

                  SECTION 8.5 Opinion of Counsel.  The  Indenture  Trustee shall
receive at least seven days'  notice  when  requested  by the Issuer to take any
action  pursuant to Section  8.4(a),  accompanied  by copies of any  instruments
involved,  and the  Indenture  Trustee shall also require as a condition to such
action,  an  Opinion  of  Counsel,  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to the
Indenture  Trustee,  stating the legal effect of any such action,  outlining the
steps  required  to  complete  the  same,  and  concluding  that all  conditions
precedent to the taking of such action have been  complied  with and such action
shall not  materially  and  adversely  impair the  security for the Notes or the
rights of the Noteholders in  contravention of the provisions of this Indenture;
provided, however, that such Opinion of Counsel shall not be required to express
an opinion as to the fair  value of the assets of the Trust.  Counsel  rendering
any such opinion may rely, without  independent  investigation,  on the accuracy
and validity of any certificate or other  instrument  delivered to the Indenture
Trustee in connection with any such action.

                                   ARTICLE IX
                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

                  SECTION 9.1    Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of 
                                 ------------------------------------------
                                 Noteholders.
                                 -----------

                  (a)  Without  the consent of the Holders of any Notes but with
the prior  written  consent of the Insurer  and upon prior  notice to the Rating
Agencies,  the Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee,  when  authorized by an Issuer
Order,  at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures
supplemental  hereto  (which  shall  conform  to the  provisions  of  the  Trust
Indenture  Act as in  force  at the  date  of the  execution  thereof)  in  form
satisfactory to the Indenture Trustee, for any of the following purposes:



                                       47

<PAGE>

                  (i) to correct or amplify the  description  of any property at
         any time  subject to the lien of this  Indenture,  or better to assure,
         convey and confirm unto the Indenture  Trustee any property  subject or
         required to be subjected to the lien of this  Indenture,  or to subject
         to additional property to the lien of this Indenture;

                  (ii) to evidence the  succession,  in compliance  with Section
         3.10 and the  applicable  provisions  hereof,  of another person to the
         Issuer,  and the  assumption by any such  successor of the covenants of
         the Issuer contained herein and ni the Notes contained;

                  (iii) to add to the  covenants of the Issuer,  for the benefit
         of the Noteholders, or to surrender any right or power herein conferred
         upon the Issuer;

                  (iv)  other  than  in  connection  with  the  substitution  of
         Mortgage  Loans  pursuant to Sections  2.05 and 3.03 of the Pooling and
         Servicing Agreement,  to convey,  transfer,  assign, mortgage or pledge
         any property to or with the Indenture Trustee;

                  (v)   to cure any  ambiguity,  to  correct or  supplement  any
         provision  herein  or  in  any  supplemental  indenture  which  may  be
         inconsistent  with any other  provision  herein or in any  supplemental
         indenture;

                  (vi)  to  evidence  and  provide  for  the  acceptance  of the
         appointment  hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes
         and to add to or change  any of the  provisions  of this  Indenture  as
         shall be  necessary  to  facilitate  the  administration  of the trusts
         hereunder by more than one  trustee,  pursuant to the  requirements  of
         Article VI; or

                  (vii) to modify,  eliminate or add to the  provisions  of this
         Indenture   to  such  extent  as  shall  be  necessary  to  effect  the
         qualification  of this  Indenture  under the TIA or under  any  similar
         federal  statute  hereafter  enacted and to add to this  Indenture such
         other  provisions  as may be  expressly  required  by the TIA,  and the
         Indenture  Trustee is hereby authorized to join in the execution of any
         such  supplemental  indenture  and  to  make  any  further  appropriate
         agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained.

                  (b) The Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee,  when authorized by
an Issuer  Order,  may, also without the consent of any of the  Noteholders  but
with the prior  written  consent of the  Insurer  and upon  prior  notice to the
Rating  Agencies,  at any  time  and from  time to time  enter  into one or more
indentures  supplemental  hereto for the  purpose of adding any  provisions  to,
changing in any manner,  or eliminating any of the provisions of, this Indenture
or modifying in any manner the rights of the  Noteholders  under this Indenture;
provided,  however,  that such action  shall not, as  evidenced by an Opinion of
Counsel,  adversely  affect  in  any  material  respect  the  interests  of  any
Noteholder.


                                       48

<PAGE>

                  SECTION 9.2    Supplemental Indentures With Consent 
                                 ------------------------------------
                                 of the Noteholders.
                                 ------------------

                  (a) The Issuer and the Indenture  Trustee,  when authorized by
an Issuer Order,  also may,  with the prior  written  consent of the Insurer and
upon prior notice to the Rating  Agencies and with the consent of the Holders of
not less  than a  Majority  in  Voting  Interest  of the  Notes,  enter  into an
indenture  or  indentures  supplemental  hereto  for the  purpose  of adding any
provisions to, changing in any manner,  or eliminating any of the provisions of,
this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders under
this Indenture;  provided,  however, that no such supplemental  indenture shall,
without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby:

                           (i) change the date of payment of any  installment of
         principal of or interest on any Note,  or reduce the  principal  amount
         thereof,  the interest rate applicable thereto,  the Special Redemption
         Price,  or the  Termination  Price,  the  provision  of this  Indenture
         relating to the  application of collections  on, or the proceeds of the
         sale of, the assets of the Trust to payment of principal of or interest
         on the  Notes,  or change any place of  payment  where,  or the coin or
         currency in which,  any Note or the  interest  thereon is  payable,  or
         impair  the  right  to  institute  suit  for  the  enforcement  of  the
         provisions  of  this  Indenture  requiring  the  application  of  funds
         available  therefor,  as  provided  in Article V, to the payment of any
         such  amount  due on the  Notes on or after  the  respective  due dates
         thereof on the Notes on or after the  respective due dates thereof (or,
         in the case of a redemption, on or after the Special Redemption Date or
         Termination Date, as applicable);

                           (ii) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding  Notes,
         the  consent  of  the  Holders  of  which  is  required  for  any  such
         supplemental  indenture,  or the  consent  of the  Holders  of which is
         required for any waiver of compliance  with certain  provisions of this
         Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences provided
         for in this Indenture;

                           (iii)  modify or alter the  provisions of the proviso
         to the definition of the term "Outstanding";

                           (iv) reduce the percentage of the  Outstanding  Notes
         required to direct the  Indenture  Trustee to direct the Issuer to sell
         or  liquidate  the assets of the Trust  pursuant  to Section 5.4 if the
         proceeds of such sale would be insufficient to pay the principal amount
         of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Outstanding Notes;

                           (v) modify any  provision  of this Section 9.2 except
         to  increase  any   percentage   specified   herein  in  favor  of  the
         Noteholders,  or to provide that certain additional  provisions of this
         Indenture or the Basic  Documents  cannot be modified or waived without
         the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected thereby;

                           (vi) modify any of the  provisions of this  Indenture
         in such  manner  as to  affect  the  calculation  of the  amount of any
         payment of interest or principal due on any


                                       49

<PAGE>

         Note on any  Payment  Date  (including  the  calculation  of any of the
         individual  components of such  calculation) or to affect the rights of
         the Holders of Notes to the benefit of any provisions for the mandatory
         redemption of the Notes contained herein or in Article X of the Pooling
         and Servicing Agreement; or

                           (vii) permit the  creation of any Lien ranking  prior
         to or on a parity with the lien of this  Indenture  with respect to any
         part of the assets of the Trust or,  except as  otherwise  permitted or
         contemplated  herein,  terminate  the  lien  of this  Indenture  on any
         property at any time  subject  hereto or deprive the Holder of any Note
         of the  security  provided  by the  lien  of this  Indenture  or by the
         Insurance Policy.

                  (b) The  Indenture  Trustee  may in its  discretion  determine
whether or not any Notes would be affected  (such that the consent of each would
be required) by any supplemental Indenture proposed pursuant to this Section 9.2
and any such  determination  shall be conclusive  upon the Holders of all Notes,
whether  authenticated  and delivered  thereunder  before or after the date upon
which such supplemental indenture become effective.  The Indenture Trustee shall
not be liable for any such determination made in good faith.

                  (c) It shall be sufficient if a Majority in Voting Interest of
the Notes approves the substance, but not the form, of any proposed supplemental
indenture.

                  (d)  Promptly  after  the  execution  by the  Issuer  and  the
Indenture  Trustee of any supplemental  indenture  pursuant to this Section 9.2,
the Indenture  Trustee shall mail to the  Noteholders to which such amendment or
supplemental  indenture  relates a notice  setting  forth in  general  terms the
substance of such supplemental  indenture.  Any failure of the Indenture Trustee
to mail such  notice,  or any defect  therein,  shall not,  however,  in any way
impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture.

                  SECTION  9.3   Execution  of   Supplemental   Indentures.   In
executing,  or permitting  the additional  trusts  created by, any  supplemental
indenture  permitted  by this  Article  IX or the  modifications  thereby of the
trusts  created by this  Indenture,  the Indenture  Trustee shall be entitled to
receive,  and  subject to  Sections  6.1 and 6.2,  shall be fully  protected  in
relying  upon,  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  stating  that  the  execution  of such
supplemental  indenture  is  authorized  or  permitted  by this  Indenture.  The
Indenture  Trustee  may,  but shall not be  obligated  to,  enter  into any such
supplemental  indenture that affects the Indenture Trustee's own rights, duties,
liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

                  SECTION  9.4  Effect  of  Supplemental  Indenture.   Upon  the
execution of any supplemental  indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this
Indenture  shall be and be deemed  to be  modified  and  amended  in  accordance
therewith with respect to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights,
limitations of rights,  obligations,  duties,  liabilities and immunities  under
this Indenture of the Indenture  Trustee,  the Issuer and the Noteholders  shall
thereafter  be  determined,  exercised  and  enforced  hereunder  subject in all
respects to such modifications and amendments,  and all the terms and conditions
of any such  supplemental  indenture,  shall be and be  deemed to be part of the
terms and conditions of this Indenture for any and all purposes.


                                       50

<PAGE>


                  SECTION  9.5  Conformity   with  Trust  Indenture  Act.  Every
amendment of this Indenture and every  supplemental  indenture executed pursuant
to this  Article  IX shall  conform  to the  requirements  of the TIA as then in
effect so long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the TIA.

                  SECTION 9.6  Reference  in Notes to  Supplemental  Indentures.
Notes  authenticated  and  delivered  after the  execution  of any  supplemental
Indenture  pursuant to this  Article IX may,  and if  required by the  Indenture
Trustee shall,  bear a notation in form approved by the Indenture  Trustee as to
any matter  provided for in such  supplemental  indenture.  If the Issuer or the
Indenture  Trustee shall so determine,  new Notes so modified as to conform,  in
the opinion of the Indenture  Trustee and the Issuer,  to any such  supplemental
indenture  may be  prepared  and  executed by the Issuer and  authenticated  and
delivered by the Indenture Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

                                    ARTICLE X
                               REDEMPTION OF NOTES

                  SECTION 10.1      Redemption.
                                    ----------

                  (a) The Notes are subject to redemption  in whole,  but not in
part,  upon the exercise by the Holders of the Class B-2  Certificates  of their
option to cause the Issuer to sell the Mortgage  Loans pursuant to Section _____
of the Pooling  and  Servicing  Agreement.  Such  redemption  shall occur on the
applicable  Payment  Date as  specified  in  Section  10.01 of the  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement.  Upon such  redemption,  the Noteholders  shall receive an
amount equal to 100% of the Note Principal Balance plus accrued interest thereon
to the date of  redemption.  The Issuer shall furnish the Insurer and the Rating
Agencies  notice of such  redemption on the date the Mortgage Loans are sold. If
the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to this Section 10.1(a),  the Issuer shall
furnish notice thereof to the Indenture Trustee not later than the Determination
Date with  respect to the Payment Date on which the Notes are to be redeemed and
the  Issuer  shall  deposit  into the  Collection  Account,  on or before  three
Business Days prior to the  applicable  Payment  Date,  the  Termination  Price,
whereupon all Notes shall be due and payable on such Payment Date.

                  (b) If, in accordance  with the provisions of Section _____ of
the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  the Indenture  Trustee  determines that a
Special  Redemption  shall be made on a Monthly  Deposit  Date (which shall be a
"Special  Redemption  Date"), the Indenture Trustee shall notify the Noteholders
thereof at least 5 days (or by the related  Determination  Date, if later) prior
to such Special  Redemption Date pursuant to Section 10.2. The Indenture Trustee
shall withdraw the Special  Redemption  Price from the Collection  Account on or
before   the   applicable   Special   Redemption   Date   pursuant   to  Section
_______________  of the Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement  and, on such  Special
Payment Date,  the Notes shall be redeemed,  pro rata in  accordance  with their
respective Percentage  Interests,  pursuant to Section 8.2(c) hereof and Section
_____ of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.  Payment of the Special Redemption
Price shall be made to  Noteholders  of record as of the related  Special Record
Date.



                                       51

<PAGE>

                  (c) If the  assets of the Trust are sold  pursuant  to Section
7.2 of the Trust  Agreement,  all amounts on deposit in the Note Payment Account
shall  be paid to the  Noteholders.  If  amounts  are to be paid to  Noteholders
pursuant to this  Section  10.1(c),  the  Servicer or the Issuer  shall,  to the
extent  practicable,  furnish notice of such event to the Indenture  Trustee and
the Insurer pursuant to Section 10.2.

                  SECTION 10.2      Form of Redemption Notice.
                                    -------------------------

                  (a) Notice of redemption under Sections  10.1(a),  (b) and (c)
shall be given by the Indenture  Trustee by first-class  mail,  postage prepaid,
mailed not less than five days prior to the  applicable  Payment Date or Special
Redemption  Date to each  Noteholder  of  record  at such  Noteholder's  address
appearing in the Note Register.

                  (b)      All notices of redemption shall state:

                           (i)   the   applicable   Payment   Date  or   Special
         Redemption Date;

                           (ii)  the  principal  amount of Notes to be  redeemed
         and the principal  amount of Notes per $1,000 original  denomination to
         be redeemed; and

                           (iii) in the case of a redemption pursuant to Section
         10.1(a)  hereof,  the place where such Notes are to be surrendered  for
         final  payment  (which  shall be the  Agency  Office  of the  Indenture
         Trustee to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2).

                  (c) Notice of  redemption  of the Notes  shall be given by the
Indenture Trustee in the name and at the expense of the  Administrator.  Failure
to give notice of redemption,  or any defect therein,  to any Holder of any Note
shall not impair or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note.

                  SECTION 10.3     Notes Payable on Payment Date and 
                                   ---------------------------------
                                   Special Redemption Date.
                                   -----------------------

                  The Notes or portions thereof to be redeemed shall,  following
notice of  redemption  as  required by Section  10.2 (in the case of  redemption
pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(b) on the applicable Payment Date or Special
Redemption  Date,  as the case may be, cease to be  Outstanding  for purposes of
this  Indenture  and shall  thereafter  represent  only the right to receive the
redemption  price,  and (unless the Issuer  shall  default in the payment of the
principal  amount  of Notes to be  redeemed)  no  interest  shall  accrue on the
redemption  price,  for any period after the date to which  accrued  interest is
calculated for purposes of calculating the redemption price, as the case may be.


                                       52

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XI
                                  MISCELLANEOUS

                  SECTION 11.1      Compliance Certificates and Opinions, 
                                    -------------------------------------
                                    etc.
                                    ---

                  (a) Upon any  application  or  request  by the  Issuer  to the
Indenture Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture,  the
Issuer shall  furnish to the  Indenture  Trustee:  (i) an Officer's  Certificate
stating that all conditions  precedent,  if any,  provided for in this Indenture
relating to the  proposed  action have been  complied  with,  (ii) an Opinion of
Counsel  stating  that  in the  opinion  of such  counsel  all  such  conditions
precedent, if any, have been complied with and (iii) (if required by the TIA) an
Independent  Certificate from a firm of certified public accountants meeting the
applicable  requirements  of this Section 11.1,  except that, in the case of any
such  application  or request as to which the  furnishing  of such  documents is
specifically  required  by  any  provision  of  this  Indenture,  no  additional
certificate  or opinion need be  furnished.  Every  certificate  or opinion with
respect  to  compliance  with a  condition  or  covenant  provided  for in  this
Indenture shall include:

                  (i) a statement  that each  signatory of such  certificate  or
         opinion has read or has caused to be read such  covenant  or  condition
         and the definitions herein relating thereto;

                  (ii) a brief  statement  as to the  nature  and  scope  of the
examination or investigation  upon which the statements or opinions contained in
such certificate or opinion are based;

                  (iii)  a  statement   that,  in  the  judgment  of  each  such
         signatory, such signatory has made such examination or investigation as
         is necessary to enable such signatory to express an informed opinion as
         to whether or not such covenant or condition  has been  complied  with;
         and

                  (iv) a statement  as to  whether,  in the opinion of each such
         signatory, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

         (b)  (i)  Prior  to the  deposit  with  the  Indenture  Trustee  of any
Collateral or other property or securities  that is to be made the basis for the
release of any property or securities subject to the lien of this Indenture, the
Issuer  shall,  in  addition  to any  obligation  imposed in Section  11.1(a) or
elsewhere  in this  Indenture,  furnish to the  Indenture  Trustee an  Officers'
Certificate  certifying  or stating  the  opinion of each  person  signing  such
certificate  as to the fair value (within 90 days of such deposit) to the Issuer
of the Collateral or other property or securities to be so deposited.

                  (ii)  Whenever  the  Issuer  is  required  to  furnish  to the
         Indenture  Trustee an Officers'  Certificate  certifying or stating the
         opinion of any signer thereof as the matters described in clause (b)(i)
         above,  the Issuer  shall  also  deliver  to the  Indenture  Trustee an
         Independent  Certificate  as to the same matters,  if the fair value to
         the Issuer of the


                                       53

<PAGE>

         securities to be so deposited and of all other such securities made the
         basis of any such  withdrawal or release since the  commencement of the
         then  current  fiscal  year  of  the  Issuer,   as  set  forth  in  the
         certificates  delivered  pursuant  to clause (i) above and this  clause
         (b)(ii) is 10% or more of the Note Principal  Balance then outstanding,
         but  such a  certificate  need not be  furnished  with  respect  to any
         securities so deposited, if the fair value thereof to the Issuer as set
         forth in the related Officers' Certificate is less than $25,000 or less
         than one percent of the Note Principal Balance then outstanding.

                  (iii) Other than with  respect to the release of any  Mortgage
         Loans to be  purchased  pursuant  to  Sections  _____  and _____ of the
         Pooling and  Servicing  Agreement,  whenever any property or securities
         are to be released  from the lien of this  Indenture,  the Issuer shall
         also  furnish  to  the  Indenture  Trustee  an  Officer's   Certificate
         certifying  or  stating  the  opinion  of  each  Person   signing  such
         certificate  as to the fair value  (within 90 days of such  release) of
         the property or securities  proposed to be released and stating that in
         the opinion of such  person the  proposed  release  will not impair the
         security  under  this  Indenture  in  contravention  of the  provisions
         hereof.

                  (iv)  Whenever  the  Issuer  is  required  to  furnish  to the
         Indenture  Trustee an Officer's  Certificate  certifying or stating the
         opinion of any signatory  thereof as to the matters described in clause
         (b)(iii) above, the Issuer shall also furnish to the Indenture  Trustee
         an Independent  Certificate as to the same matters if the fair value of
         the  property  or  securities  and of all other  property,  other  than
         Mortgage Loans to be purchased  pursuant to Sections _____ and _____ of
         the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  or securities  released from the
         lien of this  Indenture  since  the  commencement  of the then  current
         calendar  year,  as set forth in the  certificates  required  by clause
         (b)(iii)  above and this clause  (b)(iv) equals 10% or more of the Note
         Principal  Balance then  outstanding,  but such certificate need not be
         furnished in the case of any release of property or  securities  if the
         fair value thereof as set forth in the related Officer's Certificate is
         less  than  $25,000  or less  than one  percent  of the Note  Principal
         Balance then outstanding.

                  (v) Notwithstanding Section 2.9 or any other provision of this
         Section 11.1, the Issuer may (A) collect,  liquidate, sell or otherwise
         dispose of Mortgage Loans as and to the extent permitted or required by
         the Basic  Documents  and (B) make cash payments out of the Accounts as
         and to the extent permitted or required by the Basic Documents.

                  SECTION 11.2     Form of Documents Delivered to 
                                   ------------------------------
                                   Indenture Trustee.
                                   -----------------

                  (a) In any case  where  several  matters  are  required  to be
certified  by, or covered  by an opinion  of,  any  specified  Person,  it i not
necessary  that all such matters be certified  by, or covered by the opinion of,
only one  document,  but one such  Person may  certify  or give an opinion  with
respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other  matters,
and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such  matters in one or
several documents.


                  (b) Any  certificate or opinion of an  Responsible  Officer of
the  Issuer  may be  based,  insofar  as it  relates  to legal  matters,  upon a
certificate or opinion of, or representations


                                       54

<PAGE>

by,  counsel,  unless such officer knows,  or in the exercise of reasonable care
should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations  with respect to
the matters upon which his  certificate or opinion is based are  erroneous.  Any
such  certificate of an Responsible  Officer or Opinion of Counsel may be based,
insofar as it relates to factual  matters,  upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, an officer or officers of the Servicer, the Depositors,  the
Issuer or the  Administrator,  stating that the information with respect so such
factual matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Depositors, the Issuer
or  the  Administrator,  unless  such  counsel  knows,  or in  the  exercise  of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or  representations
with respect to such matters are erroneous.

                  (c) Where any Person is required to make,  give or execute two
or more applications, requests, consents, certificates,  statements, opinions or
other instruments under this Indenture,  they may, but need not, be consolidated
and form one instrument.

                  (d)  Whenever  in  this  Indenture,  in  connection  with  any
application or certificate  or report to the Indenture  Trustee,  it is provided
that the Issuer  shall  deliver any  document as a condition  of the granting of
such  application,  or as  evidence  of the  Issuer's  compliance  with any term
hereof, it is intended that the truth and accuracy,  at the time of the granting
of such  report (as the case may be), of the facts and  opinions  stated in such
document  shall in such case be conditions  precedent to the right of the Issuer
to have such  application  granted or to the sufficiency of such  certificate or
report.  The foregoing shall not, however,  be construed to affect the Indenture
Trustee's  right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of any statement or opinion
contained in any such document as provided in Article VI.

                  SECTION 11.3      Acts of Noteholders.
                                    -------------------

                  (a) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,
consent,  waiver or other action  provided by this  Indenture or the Pooling and
Servicing  Agreement  to  be  given  or  taken  by  Noteholders  or a  class  of
Noteholders  may be  embodied in and  evidenced  by one or more  instruments  of
substantially  similar tenor signed by such  Noteholders  in person or by agents
duly appointed in writing;  and except as herein  otherwise  expressly  provided
such action shall become  effective  when such  instrument  or  instruments  are
delivered to the Indenture Trustee,  and, where it is hereby expressly required,
to the Issuer.  Such instrument or instruments  (and the action embodied therein
and  evidenced  thereby)  are herein  sometimes  referred to as the "Act" of the
Noteholders  signing such instrument or  instruments.  Proof of execution of any
such  instrument or of a writing  appointing  any such agent shall be sufficient
for any purpose of this  Indenture  and (subject to Section 6.1)  conclusive  in
favor of the Indenture Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in
this Section 11.3.

                  (b) The fact and date of the  execution  by any  person of any
such  instrument  or  writing  may be proved in any  manner  that the  Indenture
Trustee deems sufficient.

                  (c) The  ownership  of  Notes  shall  be  proved  by the  Note
Register.

                  (d) Any request,  demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,
consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Notes shall bind the Holder
of every Note issued upon the


                                       55

<PAGE>


registration  thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof,  in respect of
anything  done,  omitted or suffered to be done by the Indenture  Trustee or the
Issuer in reliance thereon,  whether or not notation of such action is made upon
such Note.

                  SECTION   11.4   Notices.   (a)  All   demands,   notices  and
communications  hereunder  shall be in writing  and shall be deemed to have been
duly given if  personally  delivered at or mailed by overnight  mail,  certified
mail or registered mail,  postage prepaid,  to (i) in the case of the Servicers,
_____________________________________________,        Attention:       _________
_______________,  or such other  addresses as may  hereafter be furnished to the
Certificateholders and the Noteholders in writing by the Servicers,  (ii) in the
case  of  each  Depositor,   c/o  AMRESCO  Residential   Mortgage   Corporation,
___________________  ______________________________,  Attention: _______________
_______________,  or such other  addresses as may  hereafter be furnished to the
Certificateholders and the Noteholders in writing by such Depositor, (iii) Owner
Trustee, _______________,  Attention: AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation
Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__, (iv) in the case of the Certificateholders, as set
forth in the Certificate  Register,  (vi) in the case of the Indenture  Trustee,
_____________,  Attention:  AMRESCO Residential  Securities Corporation Mortgage
Loan Trust  199__-__,  (v) in the case of the  Noteholders,  as set forth in the
Note Register, (vi) in the case of Moody's, 99 Church Street, New York, New York
10007,  Attention:  Home Equity Monitoring  Group,  (vii) in the case of S&P, 26
Broadway, New York, New York 10004, Attention: __________, (viii) in the case of
the  Insurer,  _____________________________________________,   _______________,
_______________,    _______________   _______________   ,   Attention:   AMRESCO
Residential  Securities Corporation Mortgage Loan Trust 199__-__ and (ix) in the
case of the Account Party, at the address  specified by such Account Party.  Any
such notices  shall be deemed to be  effective  with respect to any party hereto
upon the  receipt  of such  notice by such  party,  except  that  notices to the
Certificateholders  or  Noteholders  shall be effective upon mailing or personal
delivery.

                  (b)  Any  notice  required  or  permitted  to  be  given  to a
Certificateholder  or Noteholder  shall be given by  first-class  mail,  postage
prepaid,  at the address of such Holder as shown in the Certificate  Register or
Note  Register,  as the  case may be.  Any  notice  so  mailed  within  the time
prescribed in this Agreement  shall be  conclusively  presumed to have been duly
given, whether or not the Certificateholder receives such notice.

                  SECTION 11.5      Notices to Noteholders; Waiver.
                                    ------------------------------

                  (a) Where this Indenture provides for notice to Noteholders of
any event,  such notice shall be  sufficiently  given (unless  otherwise  herein
expressly provided) if it is in writing and mailed, first-class, postage prepaid
to each  Noteholder  affected  by such  event,  at such  Person's  address as it
appears on the Note  Register,  not later than the latest date,  and not earlier
than the earliest date,  prescribed for the giving of such notice.  If notice to
Noteholders  is given by mail,  neither  the failure to mail such notice nor any
defect in any notice so mailed to any  particular  Noteholder  shall  affect the
sufficiency  of such notice with  respect to other  Noteholders,  and any notice
that is mailed in the manner herein  provided shall  conclusively be presumed to
have been duly given  regardless  of  whether  such  notice is in fact  actually
received.


                                       56

<PAGE>


                  (b) Where this  Indenture  provides  for notice in any manner,
such  notice may be waived in writing by any  Person  entitled  to receive  such
notice,  either  before  or  after  the  event,  and  such  waiver  shall be the
equivalent of such notice.  Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with
the Indenture Trustee but such filing shall not be a condition  precedent to the
validity of any action taken in reliance upon such a waiver.

                  (c) In case,  by  reason of the  suspension  of  regular  mail
service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or similar activity,  it shall be
impractical  to mail  notice of any  event of  Noteholders  when such  notice is
required  to be given  pursuant to any  provision  of this  Indenture,  then any
manner of giving such notice as shall be satisfactory  to the Indenture  Trustee
shall be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice.

                  (d) Where  this  Indenture  provides  for notice to the Rating
Agencies,  failure to give such  notice  shall not  affect  any other  rights or
obligations created hereunder,  and shall not under any circumstances constitute
an Event of Default.

                  SECTION 11.6     Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions.
                                   ---------------------------------------

                  Notwithstanding  any provision of this Indenture or any of the
Notes to the contrary,  the Issuer may enter into any agreement  with any Holder
of a Note providing for a method of payment,  or notice by the Indenture Trustee
or any Paying Agent to such Holder,  that is different from the methods provided
for in this Indenture for such payments or notices.  The Issuer shall furnish to
the Indenture  Trustee a copy of each such  agreement and the Indenture  Trustee
shall cause payments to be made and notices to be given in accordance  with such
agreements.

                  SECTION 11.7     Conflict with Trust Indenture Act.
                                   ---------------------------------

                  (a) If any  provision  hereof  limits,  qualifies or conflicts
with another  provision hereof that is required to be included in this Indenture
by any of the provisions of the TIA, such required provision shall control.

                  (b) The  provisions of TIA  ss.ss.310  through 317 that impose
duties on any Person  (including the provisions  automatically  deemed  included
herein unless  expressly  excluded by this  Indenture)  are a part of and govern
this Indenture, whether or not physically contained herein.

                  SECTION 11.8      Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.
                                    ----------------------------------------

                  The  Article  and  Section  headings  herein  and the Table of
Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

                  SECTION 11.9      Successors and Assigns.
                                    ----------------------

                  (a) All  covenants and  agreements  in this  Indenture and the
Notes by the Issuer shall bind its successors and assigns,  whether so expressed
or not.



                                       57

<PAGE>

                  (b) All covenants and  agreements of the Indenture  Trustee in
this Indenture  shall bind its  successors and assigns,  whether so expressed or
note.

                  SECTION 11.10        Separability.
                                       ------------

                  In case any provision in this  Indenture or in the Notes shall
be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability
of the  remaining  provisions  shall  not in any  way be  affected  or  impaired
thereby.

                  SECTION 11.11        Benefits of Indenture.
                                       ---------------------

                  Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied,
shall give to any Person,  other than the Insurer,  the parties hereto and their
successors  hereunder,  and  the  Noteholders,   and  any  other  party  secured
hereunder,  and any other Person with an  ownership  interest in any part of the
assets of the Trust,  any  benefit or any legal or  equitable  right,  remedy or
claim under this Indenture.  The Insurer is an intended third-party  beneficiary
under the Indenture.

                  SECTION 11.12         Legal Holidays.
                                        --------------

                  If the  date  on  which  any  payment  is due  shall  not be a
Business Day,  then  (notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Notes or this
Indenture)  payment  need not be made on such date,  but may be made on the next
succeeding Business Day with the same force and effect as if made on the date on
which  nominally due, and no interest shall accrue for the period from and after
any such nominal date.

                  SECTION 11.13        GOVERNING LAW.
                                       -------------

                  THIS INDENTURE  SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK,  WITHOUT  REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS,
AND THE  OBLIGATIONS,  RIGHTS AND  REMEDIES  OF THE PARTIES  HEREUNDER  SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

                  SECTION 11.14        Counterparts.
                                       ------------

                  This Indenture may be executed in any number of  counterparts,
each of which  so  executed  shall be  deemed  to be an  original,  but all such
counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

                  SECTION 11.15        Recording of Indenture.
                                       ----------------------

                  If this  Indenture is subject to recording in any  appropriate
public recording offices,  such recording is to be effected by the Issuer and at
its expense  accompanied  by an Opinion of Counsel  (which may be counsel to the
Indenture  Trustee or any other counsel  reasonably  acceptable to the Indenture
Trustee) to the effect that such recording is necessary


                                       58

<PAGE>

either  for the  protection  of the  Noteholders  or any  other  Person  secured
hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the Indenture
Trustee under this Indenture.

                  SECTION 11.16        No Recourse.
                                       -----------

                  No recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect
to the obligations of the Issuer,  the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee on
the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing  delivered
in connection herewith or therewith, against:

                  (i)    the  Indenture  Trustee  or the  Owner  Trustee  in its
         individual capacity;

                  (ii)   any  Certificateholder  or other owner of a  beneficial
         interest in the Issuer; or

                  (iii)  any   Certificateholder   or  other   partner,   owner,
         beneficiary,  agent,  officer,  director,  employee  or  agent  of  the
         Indenture Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity,  any
         holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the
         Indenture  Trustee  or of any  successor  or  assign  of the  Indenture
         Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity,  except as any
         such Person may have  expressly  agreed (it being  understood  that the
         Indenture  Trustee and the Owner  Trustee have no such  obligations  in
         their individual  capacity) and except that any such partner,  owner or
         beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable
         law,  for  any  unpaid   consideration   for  stock,   unpaid   capital
         contribution  or failure to pay any  installment  or call owing to such
         entity.  For all purposes of this Indenture,  in the performance of any
         duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder,  the Owner Trustee shall
         be  subject  to,  and  entitled  to the  benefits  of,  the  terms  and
         provisions of Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.

                  SECTION 11.17        No Petition.
                                       -----------

                  The Indenture  Trustee,  by entering into this Indenture,  and
each Noteholder, by accepting a Note issued hereunder, hereby covenant and agree
that they shall  not,  prior to the date which is one year and one day after the
termination of this Indenture with respect to the Trust pursuant to Section 4.1,
acquiesce,  petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Depositors or the Trust to
invoke  the  process of any court or  government  authority  for the  purpose of
commencing  or  sustaining a case against the  Depositors or the Trust under any
federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official
of the  Depositors  or the Trust or any  substantial  part of its  property,  or
ordering the winding up or  liquidation  of the affairs of the Depositors or the
Trust.

                  SECTION 11.18        Inspection.
                                       ----------

                  The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable  prior notice,  it shall
permit any  representative of the Indenture  Trustee or the Insurer,  during the
Issuer's normal  business  hours, to examine all the books of account,  records,
reports, and other papers of the Issuer, to make


                                       59

<PAGE>

copies and extracts therefrom,  to cause such books to be audited by Independent
certified public accountants,  and to discuss the Issuer's affairs, finances and
accounts with the Issuer's officers,  employees and Independent certified public
accountants,  all at such  reasonable  times  and as often as may be  reasonably
requested.  The Indenture Trustee shall and shall cause its  representatives  to
hold in confidence all such information  except to the extent  disclosure may be
required by law (and all reasonable  applications for confidential treatment are
unavailing)  and except to the extent that the Indenture  Trustee may reasonably
determine that such disclosure is consistent with its obligations hereunder.

                  SECTION 11.19        The Insurer
                                       -----------

                  Any  right  conferred  to  the  Insurer   hereunder  shall  be
suspended  during any period in which the  Insurer is in default in its  payment
obligations under the Insurance Policy,  and its rights during such period shall
vest in the Majority in Voting  Interest of the Notes. At such time as the Notes
are no longer outstanding under the Indenture and the Class B-1 Certificates are
no longer  outstanding  under the Trust  Agreement,  and no amounts  owed to the
Insurer hereunder remain unpaid, the Insurer's rights hereunder shall terminate.

                  The Indenture Trustee shall receive,  as  attorney-in-fact  of
each Holder of a Note,  any Insured  Payment  from the Insurer and  disburse the
same to each Holder of a Note in  accordance  with the  provisions of Article 8.
Insured  Payments  disbursed  by the  Indenture  Trustee  from  proceeds  of the
Insurance  Policy  shall not be  considered  payment by the Trust nor shall such
payments  discharge the obligation of the Trust with respect to such Notes,  and
the Insurer shall become the owner of such unpaid  amounts due from the Trust in
respect of Notes.  The Indenture  Trustee hereby agrees on behalf of each Holder
of a Note for the benefit of the Insurer that it  recognizes  that to the extent
the Insurer makes Insured Payments,  either directly or indirectly (as by paying
through  the  Indenture  Trustee),  to the  Noteholders,  the  Insurer  will  be
subrogated  to the  rights  of the  Noteholders  with  respect  to such  Insured
Payment,  shall be deemed to the extent of payments  so made to be a  registered
Noteholder  and shall  receive all future  distributions  until all such Insured
Payments by the Insurer,  together  with  interest  thereon at the interest rate
borne by the Notes,  have been dully  reimbursed.  To evidence such subrogation,
the  Indenture  Trustee  shall,  or shall cause the Note  Registrar to, note the
Insurer's  rights  as  subrogee  on the  registration  books  maintained  by the
Indenture  Trustee or the Note  Registrar upon receipt from the Insurer of proof
of payment of any Insured Payment.


                                       60

<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Issuer and the Indenture Trustee have
caused  this  Indenture  to be  duly  executed  by  their  respective  officers,
thereunto duly  authorized  and duly attested,  all as of the day and year first
above written.


                                                 AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL SECURITIES
                                                 CORPORATION MORTGAGE LOAN TRUST
                                                 199__-__

                                                                             ,
                                                 ______________________________,
                                                 as Owner Trustee,

                                                 By:____________________________
                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:


                                                 _______________________________
                                                 _________,as Indenture Trustee,


                                                 By:____________________________
                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:

ACKNOWLEDGED AND ACCEPTED:

__________________________________
         as Servicer


By:_______________________________
         Name:
         Title:


__________________________________
         as Administrator



By:_______________________________
         Name:
         Title:



 

<PAGE>




STATE OF DELAWARE                           )
                                            )        ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW CASTLE                        )


                  BEFORE ME, the undersigned  authority,  a Notary Public in and
for   said    county   and   state,    on   this   day    personally    appeared
_______________________,  known to me to be the person and officer whose name is
subscribed to the foregoing  instrument and acknowledged to me that the same was
the act of the said AMRESCO  Residential  Securities  Corporation  Mortgage Loan
Trust 199__--__, a Delaware business trust, and that he executed the same as the
act of said business trust for the purpose and consideration  therein expressed,
and in the capacities therein stated.

                  GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE, this the _____ the day
of _______________ 199__.




                                                ________________________________
                                                Notary  Public in and for the
                                                State of________________.
                                                
                                                              

         [Seal]

My commission expires:





<PAGE>




STATE OF                                    )
                                            )        ss.:
COUNTY OF                                   )


                  BEFORE ME, the undersigned  authority,  a Notary Public in and
for   said    county   and   state,    on   this   day    personally    appeared
_______________________,  known to me to be the person and officer whose name is
subscribed to the foregoing  instrument and acknowledged to me that the same was
the act of the said __________________________________,  a national association,
and that he executed the same as the act of said corporation for the purpose and
consideration therein stated.

                  GIVEN UNDER MY HAND AND SEAL OF OFFICE, this the _____ the day
of _______________ 199__.




                                                ________________________________
                                                Notary  Public in and for the
                                                State of New York.
                                                

         [Seal]

My commission expires:

____________________________________

 
<PAGE>




                                                                       EXHIBIT A



                       [Form of Note Depository Agreement]



     






                                                                     Exhibit 5.1


                                                   July 24, 1996


AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation
700 N. Pearl Street, Suite 2400
Dallas, Texas  75201


         Re: AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation
             Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1996-5
             Registration Statement on Form S-3 No. 333-
             -------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to AMRESCO Residential  Securities Corporation
(the  "Depositor")  in  connection  with  the  preparation  and  filing  of  the
registration   statement  on  Form  S-3  (such   registration   statement,   the
"Registration  Statement")  filed with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
pursuant to the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  in respect of
Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed  Pass-Through Certificates (the "Certificates") which
you plan to offer in series,  each series to be issued under a separate  pooling
and servicing agreement (a "Pooling and Servicing Agreement"),  in substantially
the form set  forth as an  exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement,  among  the
Depositor,  AMRESCO  Residential  Mortgage  Company (the "Seller"),  one or more
servicers named therein (the  "Servicers"),  and a trustee (the "Trustee") to be
identified in the prospectus supplement for such series of Certificates.

         We have  examined and relied on the  originals  or copies  certified or
otherwise  identified to our  satisfaction  of all such documents and records of
the  Depositor  and such  other  instruments  and other  certificates  of public
officials, officers and representatives of the Depositor and such other persons,
and we have made such investigations of law, as we deemed appropriate as a basis
for the opinions expressed below.

         The opinions  expressed  below are subject to  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
reorganization,  moratorium  and other laws relating to or affecting  creditors'
rights generally and to general equity principles.



<PAGE>



         This  opinion is limited to matters  involving  the Federal laws of the
United States of America,  the laws of the State of New York,  and to the extent
relevant to the opinions  expressed herein,  the General  Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware.  All opinions expressed herein are based on laws, regulations
and  policy  guidelines  currently  in  force  and  may be  affected  by  future
regulations.

         Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

         1.  When,  in  respect  of a series  of  Certificates,  a  Pooling  and
Servicing  Agreement has been duly  authorized by all necessary  action and duly
executed and  delivered by the  Depositor,  the Seller,  the  Servicers  and the
Trustee for such series, such Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  will be a valid
and legally binding obligation of the Depositor; and

         2. When a Pooling and Servicing  Agreement for a series of Certificates
has been duly authorized by all necessary action and duly executed and delivered
by the Depositor, the Seller, the Servicers and the Trustee for such series, and
when the  Certificates of such series have been duly executed and  authenticated
in accordance  with the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing  Agreement,  and
issued  and  sold  as  contemplated  in  the  Registration   Statement  and  the
prospectus,  as amended or supplemented,  delivered pursuant to Section 5 of the
Act in  connection  therewith,  such  Certificates  will be legally  and validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable,  and the holders of such Certificates will
be entitled to the benefits of such Pooling and Servicing Agreement.

         We hereby  consent to the filing of this  opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the
Registration  Statement  and to the  reference to this firm in the  Registration
Statement and the related prospectus under the heading "Legal Matters".

         This opinion is furnished by us as counsel to the company and is solely
for the benefit of the addressee thereof. It may not be relied upon by any other
person or for any other purpose without our prior written consent.


                                                Very truly yours,




                                              /s/ Arter & Hadden


                                        2





                                                                     Exhibit 8.1





                                  July 24, 1996


         Re: AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation
             Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1996-5
             Registration Statement on Form S-3 No. 333-
             -------------------------------------------


Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to AMRESCO Residential  Securities Corporation
in connection with the preparation and filing of the  registration  statement on
Form S-3 (such registration statement, the "Registration Statement") being filed
today with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act
of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Act"),  in respect of  Mortgage  Loan  Asset-Backed
Pass-Through  Certificates,  (the  "Certificates")  which  you  plan to offer in
series.  Our opinions formed the basis for the description of federal income tax
consequences  appearing under the heading  "Federal Income Tax  Consequences" in
the prospectus  supplement  contained in the  Registration  Statement.  Assuming
issuance  of  Certificates  of a series  and  assuming  the  federal  income tax
characterization  of those Certificates as REMIC interests,  standard interests,
stripped  interests or  partnership  interests at that time, we confirm that the
description  under "Federal  Income Tax  Consequences"  in the prospectus of the
federal  income  tax  consequences  with  respect  to a series  of  Certificates
presents  our opinion of the material tax issues  relating to an  investment  in
those Certificates.

         We hereby  consent to the filing of this  letter as Exhibit  8.1 to the
Registration  Statement  and to the  reference to this firm in the  Registration
Statement and related  prospectus  supplement  under the heading "Federal Income
Tax Consequences."

                                            Very truly yours,



                                            /s/ Arter & Hadden






                                                                     Exhibit 8.2





                                  July 24, 1996




         Re: AMRESCO Residential Securities Corporation
             Mortgage Loan Asset-Backed Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1996-5
             Registration Statement on Form S-3 No. 333-
             -------------------------------------------

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         We have acted as counsel to AMRESCO Residential  Securities Corporation
in connection with the preparation and filing of the  registration  statement on
Form S-3 (such registration statement, the "Registration Statement") being filed
today with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act
of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Act"),  in respect of  Mortgage  Loan  Asset-Backed
Pass-Through Certificates,  Series 1996-5 (the "Certificates") which you plan to
offer in series.  Our advice  formed  the basis for the  description  of federal
income tax consequences  appearing under the heading "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences"  in  the  prospectus  supplement  contained  in  the  Registration
Statement.  Such  description  does not purport to discuss all possible  federal
income tax  consequences  of an investment in  Certificates  but with respect to
those  tax  consequences  which  are  discussed,  it is  our  opinion  that  the
description is accurate.  In addition,  assuming (i) REMIC  electives made, (ii)
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement is fully executed, delivered and enforceable
against the parties thereto in accordance with its terms,  (iii) the transaction
described in the prospectus  supplement is completed on substantially  the terms
and  conditions  set forth  therein  and (iv)  compliance  with the  Pooling and
Servicing Agreement,  it is our opinion that for federal income tax purposes the
Trust Estate (other than the Pre-Funding  Account and the  Capitalized  Interest
Account) will be treated as a REMIC, the Class A Certificates will be treated as
"regular  interests" in the REMIC and the Class R Certificates  will be the sole
"residual interests" in the REMIC.

         We hereby  consent to the filing of this  letter as Exhibit  8.2 to the
Registration  Statement  and to the  reference to this firm in the  Registration
Statement and related  prospectus  supplement under the heading "Certain Federal
Income Consequences."

                                            Very truly yours,



                                            /s/Arter & Hadden




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission